Aaron, Robert L. 1981 Helping Remedial Readers Master the Reading Vocabulary through a Seven Step Method. Journal of Research and Development in Education; v14 n4 p90 to 93 Sum 1981 Aarons, Louis 1990 Bilingual Dichotic Learning of Foreign Language Vocabulary: Visual Cued Recall and Phrases. Unknown Reference Aarons, Louis 1990 The bilingual dichotic method for learning a foreign language vocabulary. Applied Cognitive Psychology; 1990 Sep Oct Vol 4(5) 383 to 392 Aarts, J. 1991 Intuition-Based and Observation-Based Grammars. In Aijmer, K and B. Altenberg (eds), English Corpus Linguistics. London: Longman. Aarts, J. and Granger, S. 1998 Tag Sequences in learner corpora. In Granger, S. (ed.) Learner English on Computer. Addison Wesley Longman, London and New York, pp. 132-141. Abberton, E., A. Parker and S. Fourcin. 1978. Speech improvement in deaf adults using laryngograph displays. Speech and Hearing Work in Progress. University College, London, Dept. of Phonetics and Linguistics. PP. 33-60. Abberton, Evelyn. 1963 Some persistent English vocabulary problems for speakers of Serbo-Croatian. English Language Teaching Journal. 22: 167-172 Abbs, B. and Freebairn, I. 1977 Strategies. London: Longman. Abdi, Herve 1985 Representations arborees de l'information verbatim. (Tree structures of verbatim recall of verbal material.) Bulletin de Psychologie; 1984 to 85 Jul Aug Vol 38(371) 633 to 643 Abdullah, KI 1993 Teaching reading vocabulary: from theory to practice. English Teaching Forum, July 10-26. Abe, H. 1991 How ESL students acquire the meanings and use-potentials of communicative vocabulary. RIFLT. 10: 9-27 Abe, H. and H. Nomura. 1993 The prototype effects on lexical learning by Japanese ESL students. Dokkyo University Studies in Foreign Language Teaching.11: 1-69 Abe, H. and T. Matsui. 1992 An analysis of verbs of utterance. In: Y. Shimizu (Ed.), Lexical development of Japanese ESL students. Dokkyo University: Association for English Language Teaching. Abel, Fritz 1971 Die Vermittlung passiver Spanisch und Italienischkenntnisse im Rahmen des Franzosischunterrichts (Transmitting Passive Knowledge of Spanish and Italian within the Framework of French Instruction) Neueren Sprachen; 70; 7; 355 to 359 Abkarian, G. G. 1988 Acquiring Lexical Contrast: The Case of Bring Take Learning. Journal of Speech and Hearing Research; v31 n3 p317 to 26 Sep 1988 Aborn, M. and Rubenstein, H. 1956 Word class distribution in sentences of fixed length. Language. 32: 666-674 Aborn, M., Rubenstein, H. and Sterling, T. D. 1959 Sources of contextual constraint upon words in sentences. Journal of Experimental Psychology. 57, 3: 171-180 Abraham, R.G. and C.A. Chapelle. 1992 The meaning of cloze test scores: an item difficulty perspective. Modern Language Journal, 76 (4), 468-479. Abraham, R.G. and Vann, R.J. 1987 Strategies of two language learners: A case study. In Wenden, A. and Rubin, J. (eds.) Learner Strategies in Language Learning. New York: Prentice Hall. Abramovici, Shimon. 1984 Lexical information in reading and memory. Reading Research Quarterly. 19, 2;173-187 Abudarham Samuel 1997 The tenability of comparing the receptive lexical proficiency of dual language children with standardised monoglot norms Educational Studies; Vol.23,no.1: Apr 97 127-143 Abunuwara, Ehab 1992 The structure of the trilingual lexicon. Special Issue: Multilingual community. European Journal of Cognitive Psychology; 1992 Dec Vol 4(4) 311 to 322 Achiba, M. 1995. Word definition and language proficiency. JALT Journal. 17, 2. 167-179. Ackerman, Brian P.; Rathburn, Jill 1984 The Effect of Recognition Experience on Cued Recall in Children and Adults. Child Development; v55 n5 p1855 64 Oct 1984 Ackers, J. 1990. The involvement of the British Council in vocabulary teaching in Senegal. English Studies (British Council). 5. 24-26. Acton, W. 1981 The monitor as an affective state. Paper presented at the 15th annual TESOL Convention, Detroit, Michigan. Acton W. 1984 Changing Fossilized pronunciation. TESOL Quarterly, Vol 18, No 1, March Adair-Hauck B, Donato R 1994 foreign-language explanations within the zone of proximal development. Canadian modern language review-revue canadienne des langues vivantes. vol.50 no.3 pp.532-557. Adams, Anne Marie; Gathercole, Susan E. 1995 Phonological Working Memory and Speech Production in Preschool Children. Journal of Speech and Hearing Research; v38 n2 p403 to 14 Apr 1995 Adams, M. 1978 Methodology for examining second language acquisition. In E. Hatch (Ed.), Second language acquisition: A book of readings, (pp. 278-296). Rowley, Mass.: Newbury House Publishers. Adams, M. 1994 Beginning to read: Thinking and learning about print MIT press Adams, M. J. and Huggins, A. W. F. 1985 The growth of children's sight vocabulary: a quick test with educational and theoretical considerations. Reading Research Quarterly. 20, 3: 262-281 Adams, Marilyn Jager 1979 Models of Word Recognition. Cognitive Psychology; v11 n2 p133 to 76 Apr 1979 Adams, Raymond J.; And Others 1987 A Latent Trait Method for Measuring a Dimension in Second Language Proficiency. Language Testing; v4 n1 p9 27 Jun 1987 Adams, S. 1982 Scripts and the recognition of unfamiliar vocabulary: enhancing second language reading skills. Modern Language Journal. 66, 2: 155-169 Adams, Sidney and Powers, Francis F. 1929. The measurement of language capacity: the psychology of language. Psychological Bulletin. 26: 241-260 Adams, Sidney and Powers, Francis F. 1929. The psychology of language. Psychological Bulletin. 26: 261-74 Adams, V. 1973 An introduction to modern English word-formation Longman : London Adaskou, K. and Britten, D. 1990. Vocabulary work in secondary-level EFL in Morocco. English Studies (British Council). 5. 21-23. Addison, J.C. Jr. 1983 Lexical collocation and topic occurence in well-written editorials: A study in form. Paper presented at the Annual meeting of the Conference on College Composition and Communication 34th, Detroit, MI, March 17-19. Adepoju, Adelanke-A.; Elliott, Robert-T. 1997 Comparison of different feedback procedures in second language vocabulary learning. Journal-of-Behavioral-Education. 1997 Dec; Vol 7(4): 477-495 Adjemian, C. 1983 The transferability of lexical properties. In: S. Gass and L. Selinker (Eds.) Language Transfer in Language Learning. Rowley, Mass.: Newbury House. Af Trampe, P. 1982 Two experimental studies in foreign language learning/teaching. Doctoral Thesis, Dept. of General Linguistics, University of Stockholm. Af Trampe, P. 1983 An experiment in foreign language vocabulary learning. Concept learning and memorization. Papers from the Institute of Linguistics, University of Stockholm. 45 Af Trampe, P. 1983 Foreign language vocabulary learning - a criterion of learning achievement. In: H. Ringböm (Ed) Psycholinguistics and Foreign Language Learning. Bay: Åbo Academia. Af Trampe, P. 1984 Experiments in vocabulary learning. Scandinavian Working Papers on Bilingualism. 3: 20-33 Aghbar, A.A. 1990 Fixed expressions in written texts: Implications for assessing writing sophistication. Paper presented at a Meeting of the English Association of Pennsylvania State System Universities, October 1990. Paper presented at 1991 Language Testing Research Colloquium, Educational Testing Service, Princeton, N.J., 1-24. Aghbar, A.A. & Tang, H. 1991 Partial credit scoring of cloze-type items. Paper presented at 1991 Language Testing Research Colloquium, Educational Testing Service, Princeton, N.J., 1-24. Ahmed, M.O. 1988, A7. Vocabulary learning strategies Ph.D., Wales, Bangor - 39-133 Ahmed, MO. 1987 Lexical goofing in error analysis. Bangor Research Papers in Linguistics. 2: 42-54. Ahmed, MO. 1989 Vocabulary learning strategies. In: P. Meara (Ed.) Beyond Words. London: CILT. Also PhD Thesis, UCNW Bangor. Aijmer, Karin and Bengt Altenberg (eds) 1991 English corpus linguistics London: Longman Airapetyan, A. A.; Maloyan, V. A. 1992 Human reaction to "associations of words" and "trained tests." Human Physiology; 1992 Mar Apr Vol 18(2) 15 to 21 Aisenstadt, E. 1979 Collocability restrictions in dictionaries. ITL: Review of Applied Linguistics. 45, 6, 71-74. Aisenstadt, E. 1979 Collocability restrictions in dictionaries. In R.R.K. Hartmann (Ed.), Dictionaries and their users: Papers from the 1978 B.A.A.L. Seminar on Lexicography (pp. 71-74). Exeter: University of Exeter. Aisenstadt, E. 1981 Restricted collocations in English lexicology and lexicography. ITL: Review of Applied Linguistics. 53, 53-61. Aitchison, J. 1976 The articulate mammal: an introduction to psycholinguistics. London: Unwin Hyman or Hutchinson. Aitchison, J. 1987 Mental lexicon. Blackwell: Oxford. Aitchison, J. 1987 Reproductive furniture and extinguished professors. In Language Topics: Essays in Honour of Michael Halliday Ed Ross Steele and Terry Threadgold, Vol. II John Benjamin, Amsterdam, 3-14. Aitchison, J. 1987 Words in the mind: an introduction to the mental lexicon. Blackwell: Oxford. Aitchison, J. 1991 Language change: progress or decay? (second edition) Cambridge: Cambridge University Press. /ISBN 0-521-42283-3/ Aitchison, J. 1992 Good birds, better birds and amazing birds: the development of prototypes. In: Arnaud P. and H. Bejoint (Eds.), Vocabulary and Applied Linguistics. London: Macmillan. 71-83 Aitchison, J. 1994 Bad Birds and Better Birds : Prototype theories. In: Clark, V. P., P. A. Eschholz and A. E. Rosa, Language: Introductory readings. New York, St Martin¹s Press. Aitchison, J. 1996 Taming the Wilderness: Words in the Mental Lexicon. In G. Anderman and M. Rogers. Words words words. Multilingual Matters: Cleveland. Aitchison, J. 1996 The language Web : The power and problem of words. 1996 Reith lectures. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press Aitchison, J. 1996 The seeds of Speech Cambridge University Press Aitchison, J. and A. Koppel The lexicon in 11-14 year olds (LSE -Longman project) Language studies Centre. London School of Economics. London Aitchison, J. and D. M. Lewis 1995 How to handle wimps: incorporating new lexical items as an adult Folia Linguistica 29, 7-20 Aitchison, J. and M Straf 1981 Lexical storage and retrieval: a developing skill Linguistics: 19, 751-95 Aitchison, Jean 1972 Mini Malaproprisms British Journal of Disorders of Communication; 7; 1; 38 to 43 Aitchison, Jean 1992 Teach yourself linguistics Hodder and Stoughton Aizawa, K 1998 Incidental vocabulary learning through reading: guessing exercises, glossing or accessing dictionaries? Bulletin of the Kanto-koshin-etsu English language education society, 12 , 79-94. Akhutina, Tatiana V.; Glozman, Jeanne M. 1995 The neurolinguistic study of semantics. Special Issue: Special issue for A. R. Luria. Aphasiology; 1995 Mar Apr Vol 9(2) 143 to 152 Akirov, A. and Salager, F. 1985. Difficulty analysis and reading comprehension: an experimental study with Venezuelan science students. English for Specific Purposes (Oregon State University). 94. 8-11. Al-Abbas, S.A.M. 1995.. The use of Arabic as a mother tongue in teaching English as a foreign language in the schools of Jordan. Ph.D., Wales, Aberystwyth - 46-569 Al-Ahmar, H.F. 1983 Some effects of perspectives on reading and recall of text Ph.D., Dundee - 34-3774 Al-Hazemi, Hassan 1993 Low level EFL vocabulary tests for Arabic speakers. Unpublished Ph.D thesis, University of Wales. Al-Kufaishi, Adil 1988 A vocabulary-building program is a necessity not a luxury. English Teaching Forum. 26, 2, 42. Al-Shabab, Omar 1996 Interpretation and the Language of Translation Janus Publishing Co Al-Sulaimani, A. 1990 Reading problems in Arabic learners of English. PhD Thesis, Birkbeck College, University of London. Alatis, James E. (Ed.) 1996 Round Table on Languages and Linguistics; 1996: Linguistics, Language Acquisition and Language Variation: Current Georgetown University Alatis JE (ed) . 1994 Georgetown University Round Table on Language and Linguistics Washington DC: Georgetown University Press. Alba, J. W. & Hasher, L. 1983 Is memory schematic?. Psychological Bulletin. 93: 203 - 211. Albanese, J-F 1985 Language lateralization in English-French bilingual. Brain and Language, 24, 284-296. Albert, M. and L. K. Obler 1978 The bilingual brain: neuropsychological and neurolinguistic aspects of bilingualism. Academic Press. Alderson, C. 1984 Reading in a Foreign Language. London: Longman. Alderson, C. and G. Alvarez 1979 The development of strategies for the assignment of semantic information to unknown lexemes in text. Lenguas para Objectivos Especificos, 5, 2-13. Alderson, J. C. 1995 The Notion of Subskills in Reading Comprehension Tests: An EAP Example. Responses and Replies. Language Testing; v12 n1 p121 30 Mar 1995 Alderson, J. C. and C. Clapham and D. Wall 1995 Language Test construction and evaluation Cambridge : Cambridge University Press. Alderson, J. Charles 1984 Reading in a Foreign Language: A Reading Problem or a Language Problem? 1-27 IN Alderson J. Charles (ed. & introd.); Urquhart A. H. (ed. & introd.); Candlin Christopher N. (pref.). Reading in a Foreign Language. London : Longman, 1984. xxviii, 324 pp. Alderson, J. Charles 1988 New Procedures for Validating Proficiency Tests of ESP? Theory and Practice. Language Testing; v5 n2 p220 32 Dec 1988 Alderson, J. Charles 1990 Testing Reading Comprehension Skills (Part Two) Getting Students to Talk about Taking a Reading Test (A Pilot Study). Reading in a Foreign Language; v7 n1 p465 503 Fall 1990 Alderson, J. Charles; Lukmani, Yasmeen 1989 Cognition and Reading: Cognitive Levels as Embodied in Test Questions. Reading in a Foreign Language; v5 n2 p253 70 Spr 1989 Alderson, J. Charles; Urquhart, A. H. 1985 The Effect of Students¹ Academic Discipline on Their Performance on ESP Reading Tests. Language Testing; v2 n2 p192 204 Dec 1985 Alexander, F. and Chamberlain, I. C. 1904. Studies of a child. Pedagogical Seminary . 11, 263-291. Alexander, James Charles 1996 Reading Skill and Context Facilitation: A Classic Study Revisited Dissertation Abstracts International, Ann Arbor, MI (DAI). 1996 Sept, 57:3, 1076A DAI No.: DA9622385. U of Arkansas, 1995 Alexander, L. G. 1994 Right word wrong word London : Longman Alexander, R. 1982 Vocabulary assimilation and the 'advanced learner of English': a brief survey of the issues. Arbeiten aus Anglistik und Amerikanistik, 7, 1, 59-75. Alexander, R. 1982 What's in a four-letter word? Word meaning in English and second language learning. Die Neueren Sprachen, 2, 219-224. Alexander, R. 1984 Fixed expressions in English: reference books and the teacher. English Language Teaching Journal. 38, 2, 127-134.Also inAnglistik u. Englischunterricht. 6, 171-188. Alexander, R. 1985 Phraseological and pragmatic deficits in advanced learners of English: problems of vocabulary learning? Die Neueren Sprachen, 84, 6, 613-621. Alexander, R. 1987 Problems in understanding and teaching idiomaticity in English. Anglistik und Englischunterrict. 32 105-122. Alexander, R.J. 1989 Fixed expressions, idioms and collocations revisited In Meara, P. (ed.) Beyond Words. (British Studies in Applied Linguistics 4 15--24 Alexandri, I. 1995 Lexical reading strategies of Greek learners of English. University of Essex: MA dissertation. Alfes, Leonhard 1980 Lassen sich aus latenten Lernstrategien Ansprueche an systematisches "vocabulary building" ableiten? (Can Systematic Vocabulary Building Benefit from Latent Learning Strategies?). Englisch; v15 n1 p1 to 6 1980 Alhusaini, Abdullah Abdulaziz 1995 Second Language Acquisition of Lexical Semantics Dissertation Abstracts International, Ann Arbor, MI (DAI). 1995 Feb, 55:8, 2363A DAI No.: DA9500382. Degree granting institution: Indiana U, 1994 Alig Cybriwsky, Catherine; And Others 1990 Use of a Constant Time Delay Procedure in Teaching Preschoolers in a Group Format. Journal of Early Intervention; v14 n2 p99 to 116 Spr 1990 Aljaafreh, Ali, 1992 Negative Feedback and Second Language Learning in the Zone of Proximal Development. Diss., U. of Delaware. Alkon, Daniel 1989 Memory storage and neural systems Scientific American, July. 26-34 Allan, Alastair I. C. G. 1995 Begging the Questionnaire: Instrument Effect on Readers¹ Responses to a Self Report Checklist. Language Testing; v12 n2 p133 56 Jul 1995 Allan, Alistair 1992 Development and Validation of a Scale to Measure Test Wiseness in EFL/ESL Reading Test Takers. Language Testing; v9 n2 p101 22 1992 Allan, Keith and Burridge, Kate. 1991 Euphemism and dysphemism: language used as shield and weapon. Oxford. / ISBN 0-. 19-506622-7 / Allen, Irving. Allan, Kevin; Doyle, Michael C.; Rugg, Michael D. 1996 An event related potential study of word stem cued recall. Cognitive Brain Research; 1996 Nov Vol 4(4) 251-2 Allen, Barbara F. H. 1992 The Acquisition of Second Language Vocabulary. Unknown Reference Allen, E., Bernhardt, E., Berry, M., & Demel, M 1988 Comprehension and text genre: An analysis of secondary school foreign language readers Modern Language Journal, 72 , 163-172. Allen, E. D. and Valette, R. M. 1972 Modern Language Classroom Techniques. Harcourt, Brace, Jovanovich, New York, Chapter 7. Allen, Elaine 1994 Some theoretical and practical problems with lexical collocations MA dissertation Allen, P.A., McNeal, M. and Kvak, D. 1992. Perhaps the lexicon is coded as a function of word frequency. Journal of Memory and Language. 31. 826-844. Allen, P., B. Harley, and M. Swain. 1989 Analytic and Experiential aspects of Second Language Teaching. RELC Journal, 20:1-19. Allen, Roach Van, and Claryce Allen 1976 Language Experience Activities, and Teachers¹ Manual Boston: Houghton-Mifflin Allen, Virgina G. & Allen, Edward D. 1985 Story retelling: Developmental stages in second-language acquisition, Canadian Modern Language Review, 41:4, 686691. Allen, Virginia French. 1983 Techniques in Teaching Vocabulary. Oxford University Press, New York. Allerhand, M.H. 1986 A knowledge-based approach to speech pattern recognition. Ph.D., Cambridge - 36-2016 Allerton, D. 1979 Essentials of grammatical theory London: Routledge & Kegan Paul. Allerton, D. J. 1984 Three (or four) levels of word coocurrence restriction Lingua 63 17-40 Allin, Arthur 1895-6 Recognition American Journal of Psychology Vol. 7 p240-373. Allington, Richard L. 1979 Diagnosis of Reading Disability: Word Prediction Abilities Tests. Academic Therapy; n14 n3 p267 to 74 Jan 1979 Allington, Richard L.; And Others 1975 Poor and Normal Readers Achievement on Visual Tasks Involving High Frequency Low Discriminability Words. Paper presented at the Annual Meeting of the International Reading Association (20th, New York City, May 13 to 16, 1975 Allington, Richard L.; Fleming, James T. 1976 The Misreading of High Frequency Words. Paper presented at the New England Educational Research Organization Conference (Provincetown, Massachusetts, May 1976); Allport, A. 1989 Visual attention. In M. Posner (Ed.) Foundations of Cognitive Science. (pp. 631-682). Cambridge, MA: MIT Press. Allport Alan 1979 Word recognition in reading (tutorial paper) Processing of visible language;p.227-257 Allport, D. 1979 Consciousness and unconscious cognition: a computational metaphor for the mechanism of attention and integration. In L. Nilsson (Ed.). Perspectives On Memory Research. Hillsdale, NJ: Lawrence Erlbaum. Allport D. and Funnell E. 1981 Components of the mental lexicon Phil trans R soc Lond B 295 397-410 Allwood, J. and E. Ahlsen. unknown Lexical convergence and language acquisition. In: O. Dahl (Ed.). Papers from the 9th Scandinavian Conference of Linguistics. University of Stockholm, Dept. of Linguistics. Allwood, Jens, Lars-Gunnar Andersseon and Osten Dahl 1977 Logic in Linguistics Cambridge: Cambridge University Press. Altarriba, J. 1992 The representation of translation equivalents in bilingual memory. In: R. Harris (Ed.), Cognitive Processing in Bilinguals. Amsterdam: Elsevier. Altarriba, J. (Ed.) unknown Cognition and Culture : Cross-Cultural Approach to Cognitive Psychology Altarriba, Jeanette and Katherine Mathis 1997 Conceptual and lexical development in second language acquisition Journal of memory and language 36, 550-568 Altenberg, B. 1998 Exploring the Swedish component of the International Corpus of Learner English. In Lewandowska-Tomaszcyk, B. and Melia, P.J. (eds) Proceedings of PALC'97: Practical Applications in Language Corpora (Lódz, 12-14 April 1997). Lódz University Press, Lódz, pp.119-132. Altenberg, B. and Granger, S. in preparation The grammatical and lexical patterning of make in native and non-native student writing. Altenberg, B. and Tapper, M. 1998 The use of adverbial connectors in advanced Swedish learners' written English. In Granger, S. (ed.) Learner English on Computer. Addison Wesley Longman, London and New York, pp.80-93. Altenberg, Evelyn P. 1981 Bilingual Lexical Retrieval Dissertation Abstracts International, Ann Arbor, MI (DAI). 1981 June, 41:12, 5077A Altenberg, Evelyn P.; Cairns, Helen Smith 1983 The Effects of Phonotactic Constraints on Lexical Processing in Bilingual and Monolingual Subjects. Journal of Verbal Learning and Verbal Behavior; v22 n2 p174 88 Apr 1983 Altman, R. 1990 Accounting for successful vocabulary development through learner introspection. Paper delivered at AILA Thessaloniki. Altman, R. 1990 Evaluation of self-assessment measures in longitudinal language development research. ACROLT Language Testing symposium. Altman, Roann 1997 Oral production of vocabulary: a case study In Coady, J and T. Huckin. Second language Vocabulary Acquisition: A rationale for Pedagogy. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press. pp 69-97 Altuwaijri, Majid Mohammed 1995 A Parallel Recognition System for Arabic Cursive Words with Neural Learning Capabilities Dissertation Abstracts International, Ann Arbor, MI (DAI). 1995 Nov, 56:5, 2713B DAI No.: DA9530636. Degree granting institution: U of Southwestern Louisiana, 1995 Alvarez, Gabriel; And Others 1993 Reading Wants and Needs in EFL: Learners¹ and Teachers¹ Perceptions. Reading in a Foreign Language; v9 n2 p859 65 Spr 1993 Amer, A. 1986 Semantic field theory and vocabulary teaching. English Teaching Forum. 24, 1, 30-31. Amer, A. A. M. 1980 A comparative study of English and Egyptian word associations and their implications for the teaching of English to Egyptian learners. Unpublished Ph.D. thesis, London University Institute of Education. Amer, Aly A. 1992 The Effect of Story Grammar Instruction on EFL Students¹ Comprehension of Narrative Text. Reading in a Foreign Language; v8 n2 p711 20 Spr 1992 Amer, Aly Anwar; Khouzam, Naguib 1993 Effect of EFL Students¹ Reading Styles on Their Reading Comprehension Performance. Reading in a Foreign Language; v10 n1 p967 78 Fall 1993 American Society of Mechanical Engineers unknown Mechanics of Phase Transformations and Shape Memory Alloys Amery, H. and Cartwright, S. 1979 The First 1, 000 Words - A Picture Word Book. Usborne Publishing Co., London. Ames, W. S. 1964 The understanding vocabulary of first grade pupils Elementary English 41, 401-402 Ames, Wilbur S. 1966 The development of a classification scheme of contextual aids. Reading Research Quarterly. 2, 1, 57-82. Ames, Wilbur S. 1970 The use of classification schemes in teaching the use of contextual aids. Journal of Reading. 14, 1, 5-8, 50. Amir-Coffin, E. 1981 The acquisition of vocabulary in modern Hebrew: problems and strategies. In: M. Nadir (Ed.) Hebrew Teaching and Applied Linguistics. University Press of America. Ammons, R and H. Ammons 1962 The Quick Test (QT) Provisional manual Psychological reports vol 11 pp 111-61 Ammons, R and J. C. Holmes 1962 The full-range picture vocabulary test: III results for a pre-school-age population Child development 20: 5-14 Ammons, R , and L. Rachiel 1950 The full-range picture vocabulary test: IV. results for a white school population Educational and psychological measurement 10:, 307-319 Ammons, R. B., W. L. Larson and C. R. Shearn 1950 The full-range picture vocabulary test: V. Results for an adult population Journal of consulting psychology 16, 150-155 Ammons, R , P. Arnold and R. Herrmann 1950 The full-range picture vocabulary test: IV. results for a white school population Journal of clinical psychology , 6 p 164-169 Amsel, Abram unknown Frustration Theory: An Analysis of Dispositional Learning and Memory Amster, Judith B. 1987 Test Review: Receptive One Word Picture Vocabulary Test. Reading Teacher; v40 n4 p452 to 55 Jan 1987 Anasatsi, A. 1933 Further studies on the memory factor Archives of Psychology No. 143 Anderman, G. and M. Rogers 1996 Words words words Multilingual Matters: Cleveland. Anders, Patricia L.; Bos, Candace S. 1986 Semantic Feature Analysis; An Interactive Strategy for Vocabulary Development and Text Comprehension. Journal of Reading; v29 n7 p610 16 Apr 1986 Anders, Patricia L.; Bos, Candace S.; Filip, Dorothy 1984 The effect of semantic feature analysis on the reading comprehension of learning disabled students. National Reading Conference Yearbook; 1984 No 33 162 to 166 Andersen, Elaine S. 1975 Cups and glasses: learning that boundaries are vague. Journal of Child Language. 2, 79-103. Andersen, G. &;A-B. Stenstrom. Forthcoming. A corpus-based investigation of the discourse items cos and innit. Synchronic Corpus Linguistics. Toronto. Andersen, P. etc. (Ed.) unknown Memory Concepts 1993: Basic and Clinical Aspects - Proceedings of the 7th Andersen, R.W. 1978 An implicational model for second language research. Language Learning, 28(2), 221-282. Andersen, W. R. and Shirai, Y. 1994 Discourse motivations for some cognitive acquisition principles. Studies in Second Language Acquisition 16 pp. 133 - 156. Anderson, Alasdair; Macleod, Iseabail (Ed.) unknown Early Word Skills Anderson, J. C. and Beretta, A. (eds) unknown Evaluating second language education. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press Anderson, J. Charles 1990 Testing Reading Comprehension Skills (Part One). Reading in a Foreign Language; v6 n2 p425 38 Spr 1990 Anderson, J. E. 1937 An evaluation of various indices of linguistic development Child development. 8: 62-68 Anderson, J.I. 1978 Order of difficulty in adult second language acquisition. In W.C. Ritchie (Ed.), Second language acquisition research: Issues and implications, pp. 91-108. New York: Academic Press, Inc. Anderson, J. P. and Jordan, A. M. 1928. Learning and retention of Latin words and phrases. Journal of Educational Psychology. 19, 485-496. Anderson, J.R 1979 An elaborative processing explanation of depth of processing. In L.S. Cermak & F.I.M. Craik (Eds.), Levels of processing in human memory. Hillsdale, NJ: Erlbaum. Anderson, James D. 1972 The Development of the English French, French English Bilingual Dictionary: A Study in Comparative Lexicography. Dissertation Abstracts International, Ann Arbor, MI 1972, 32, 6952A 53A(La. State) Anderson, Janet I. 1980. The lexical difficulties of English medical discourse for Egyptian students. English for Specific Purposes (Oregon State University).37. 4. Anderson, John. R. 1982 Acquisition of Cognitive Skill. Psychological Review, 89, 369406. Anderson, John. R. 1983 The Architecture Of Cognition. Cambridge. MA: Harvard University Press. Anderson, John R. unknown Cognitive Psychology and Its Implications Anderson, John R. unknown Learning and Memory: An Integrated Approach Anderson, John R.; Reder, Lynne M. 1987 Effects of number of facts studied on recognition versus sensibility judgments. Journal of Experimental Psychology Learning, Memory, and Cognition; 1987 Jul Vol 13(3) 355 to 367 Anderson, Lynn. W. 1988 Attitude Measurment In Keeves, John P. 1988. Educational Research, methodology and measurement. Oxford : Pergamon Press. pp. 421-429. Anderson, R.C. 1996 Research foundations to support wide reading. In V. Greaney. (Ed.), Promoting Reading in Developing Countries (pp.55-77). Newark, DE: International Reading Association. Anderson R. W. (Ed.) 1984 A Crosslinguistic perspective for second language research. Rowley, Mass.: Newbury House. Anderson, Richard. C. 1972 How to construct achievement tests to assess comprehension Review of Educational Research 42: 145-170 Anderson, Richard. C. 1981 New Dimensions In Second Language Research. Rowley, Mass: Newbury House. Anderson, Richard. C. and Kulhavy, R. W. 1972 Learning concepts from definitions. American Educational Research Journal. 9, 3, 385-390. Anderson, Richard. C. and Nagy, W. E. 1991 Word meanings. Handbook of Reading Research 2nd edition.In R. Barr, M. L. Kamil, P. Mosenthal and P. D. Pearson (eds) Handbook of Reading Research  ­
Vol II, Longman, New York.690-724. Anderson, Richard. C. and Ortony, A. 1975 On putting apples into bottles - a problem of polysemy. Cognitive Psychology. 7, 167-180. Anderson, Richard C., and P. David Pearson 1988 A Schema-Theoretic View of Basic Processes in Reading Comprehension. Chap. in Interactive Approaches to Second Language Reading Cambridge: Cambridge University Press Anderson, Richard C., and Peter Freebody 1981 Vocabulary Knowledge. In Comprehension and Teaching: Research Reviews, ed. John T. Guthrie Newark, Del.: International Reading Association. 77-l17. Anderson, Richard. C. and Shifrin, Z. 1980 The meaning of words in context. In Spiro et al, 330-348. Anderson, Richard C., Elfrieda H. Hiebert, Judith A. Scott, and Ian A. G. Wilkinson 1985 Becoming a Nation of Readers: The Report of the Commission on Reading Washington, D. C.: National Institute of Education Anderson, Richard C.; Freebody, Peter 1983 Reading comprehension and the assessment and acquisition of word knowledge. In B. Hutson (ed.) Advances in Reading/Language Research. Volume 2. Greenwich, CT: JAI Press. 221-256 Anderson, Richard C.; Nagy, William E. 1992 The Vocabulary Conundrum. American Educator: The Professional Journal of the American Federation of Teachers; v16 n4 p14 to 18,44 to 47 Win 1992 Anderson, Richard. C., Stevens, K. C., Shifrin, Z. and Osborn, J. 1978 Instantiation of word meanings in children. Journal of Reading Behaviour. 10, 2, 149-157. Anderson, Richard. C., Wilson, P., & Fielding, L. 1988 Growth in reading and how children spend their time outside of school. Reading Research Quarterly, 23, 285-303. Andersson, A-B 1992 Second language learners acquisition of grammatical gender in Swedish. University of Gothenburg Dept of Linguistics: . Andersson, L. and P. Trudgill. 1990 Bad language. Oxford: Blackwell. Ando, Shoichi 1978 Reading: Three Practical Suggestions on Testing Reading Ability The Teaching of English in Japan, ed. Ikuo Koike, Masao Matsuyama, Yasuo Igarashi, and Koji Suzuki, 485-500. Tokyo: Eichosha Ando, Shoichi, and David A. Sell 1989 Reading Faster and Better Ashiya, Hyogo: Seido Language Institute Andolina, Charlene 1980 Syntactic maturity and vocabulary richness of learning disabled children at four age levels. Journal of Learning Disabilities; 1980 Aug Sep Vol 13(7) 372 to 377 Andrade, Hiromi 1997 The effects of previewing vocabulary and providing information on the comprehension of Television commercials JACET Bulletin 28, 1-16. Andrade, Melvin, and Marc Bremer 1994 Can the Michigan Language Tests Predict TOEFL Scores? A Study of Language Placement at Nanzan University¹s International Management Program JACET Bulletin 25 :1-17 Andre, Thomas; And Others 1974 Organizational Strategy and Retroactive Inhibition in Free Recall American Journal of Psychology; 87; 4; 609 to 28 Andrew, Dorothy and Charles Bird 1938 A comparison of two new-type questions: recall and recognition Journal of Educational psychology 29: 175-193 Andrews, Sally 1986 Morphological influences on lexical access: Lexical or nonlexical effects? Journal of Memory and Language; 1986 Dec Vol 25(6) 726 to 740 Andrews, Sally 1989 Frequency and neighborhood effects on lexical access: Activation or search? Journal of Experimental Psychology Learning, Memory, and Cognition; 1989 Sep Vol 15(5) 802 to 814 Andrianantenaina, Dodier-Zafinialy 1994 Effects of Multiple Rereadings on Foreign Language Readers' Recall, Grammaticality Judgement, and Vocabulary Recognition Dissertation-Abstracts-International, Ann Arbor, MI (DAI). 1994 Feb, 54:8, 2963A DAI No.: DA9400842. Degree granting institution: U of Texas, Austin, 1993. Andrus, Lawrence 1941 A composition test for foeign languages Educational and psychological measurement 1: 355-364 Angelotti, M. 1978 Towards a Theory of Vocabulary Teaching: Psycholinguistic Implications for Vocabulary Growth. Paper presented at the Annual Meeting of the Conference on English Education (16th, Minneapolis, MN, March 16-18. Anglin, J. M. 1977 Word, Object And Conceptual Development. W.W. Norton, New York. Anglin, J. M. 1993 Vocabulary Development: A morphological analysis Monographs of the society for research in child development 238 (58) 10 Anglin, J. M. unknown A reply to Miller and Wakefield On Anglin¹s analysis of vocabulary growth In Anglin, J. Child lexical development. Chicago University Press. Annen, Ida. 1933 The Construction, Analysis and Evaluation of a Vocabulary Measure. Unpublished Masters Thesis. University of Oregon. Anon. 1843 List of words from which grammalogues may be selected. Phonotypic Journal 2, 161-3 and 170-1 anon 1924 When is a word really in one¹s vocabulary? Emerson Quarterly 4, 4 May Anon 1935 Objective counts reviewed Bulletin of the institute for research in English teaching, january, 110: 3-6 Anon 1947 Your vocabulary is bigger than you think Library Journal 72: 1676 Anon 1994 Special volume 'Lexical acquistion' Lingua. Volume 92, Number 1-4 Anthony, Edward. 1955 The importance of the native language in teaching vocabulary. Language Learning. 5, 3&4, 108-111. Anthony, Edward and L Menasche 1991 Teaching Vocabulary: the current word. In: JE Alatis (ed) Georgetown University Round Table on Language and Linguistics. Washington DC: Georgetown University Press. Anthony, Edward M. 1952-53. The teaching of cognates. Language Learning. 4, 3 & 4. Anthony, Edward. M. 1975 Lexicon and vocabulary: some theoretical and pedagogical aspects of word meaning. RELC Journal, 6, 1, 21-30. Anthony, H. M., Raphael, T. E. 1989 Using questioning strategies to promote students' active comprehension of content materials. In D. Lapp, J. Flood, N. Farrar (Eds.) Content area reading and learning: Instructional strategies. pp. 244-257), Englewood Cliffs, N.J.: Prentice Hall. Antram, M.C. 1981 Factors influencing the process of recognition Ph.D., Dundee - 32-5279 Antze, Paul; Lambek, Michael (Ed.) unknown Tense Past : Cultural Essays in Trauma and Memory Apelt, W. 1973 Zur Lexikarbeit im Englischunterricht. [Dictionary work in English teaching.] Fremdsprachenunterricht, 17, 5, 235-238. Apelt, W. 1974 Festigung und Aktivierung lexikalischer Kenntnisse im Englischunterricht. [Repetition and activation of lexical knowledge in English instruction.] Fremdsprachenunterricht, 18, 1, 13-17. Appel, R 1998 Linguistic minortiy children's knowledge of multiple word meanings: polysemy and the testing of lexical skills. ITL, 119-120 , 79-89 Appel, R and A Vermeer 1993 Woordenschat van allochtone leerlingen met sprongen vooruit. Didaktief, 23,3, 5-7. Arabski, J. 1979 Errors as Indicators of the Development of Interlanguage. Katowice: Universytet Slaski. Cited in Ellis. 1994. Arai, Linda 1996 Word recognition in semantically related and unrelated sets In P. Nation and D. Tatsuki Temple University Japan research studies in TESOL. Temple University Japan Vol. 7 Aranha, M 1985 Sustained silent reading goes east Reading Teacher, 39 , 214-217. Aranov, M 1961 A study of the effects of individualized reading on children's reading test scores Reading Teacher, 15 , 86-91. Arbib, M. (Ed.). unknown Handbook of Brain theory and Neural networks. MIT Press. Arcaini, E. 1968 L'interference au niveau du lexique. [Interference at the level of lexis.] Audio-Visual Language Journal, 5, 3, 109-123. Archangeli, Diana and D. terrence Langendoen 1997 Optimality theory Oxford: Blackwell Archibald and Libben unknown Research perspectives in second language acquisition Archibald, John 1993 Language Learnability: an overview of the issues. TESL Canada Journal. 11 (1): 53-74 Archibald, John 1994 Language Learnability and L2 Phonology: The Acquisition of Metrical parameters Kluwer Archova, O and E Sebova 1991 Generating comparisons to adjectives by bilinguals. Studia Psychologica 33,3 , 149-157. Ard, J. 1982. The use of bilingual dictionaries by EFL students while writing. ITL Review of Applied Linguistics. 58. 1-27. Ard, J. and Gass, S. M. 1987 Lexical constraints on syntactic acquisition. Studies in Second Language Acquisition. 9, 233-252. Ard, J. and T. Homburg 1983 Verification of language transfer. In: S. Gass and L. Selinker (eds.) Language Transfer in Language learning. Rowley, Mass.: Newbury House. Arden Close, Christopher 1993 NNS Readers¹ Strategies for Inferring the Meanings of Unknown Words. Reading in a Foreign Language; v9 n2 p867 93 Spr 1993 Arden-Close, C. 1993 NN .S. Readers¹ strategies for inferring the meanings of unknown words. Reading in a Foreign Language. 9 (2): 867-93. Arenberg, David 1976 Effects of Input Condition on Free Recall in Young and Old Adults Journal of Gerontology; 31; 5; 551 to 555 Arevart, Supot; Nation, Paul 1991 Fluency Improvement in a Second Language. RELC Journal: 22 n1 p84 94 Jun 1991 Arkwright, T. and A. Viau 1974 Les processus d'association chez les bilingues. [The process of association in bilinguals.] Working Papers in Bilingualism, 2, 57-67. Arlin, Marshall. 1976 Causal priorities between comprehension subskills: word meaning and paragraph meaning. Journal of Reading Behavior. 8, 4, 351-362. Armand, E. 1988 Typologie des exercices de vocabulaire contenus dans les manuels de francais edites en France entre. 1970 et. 1984 et destines a l'enseignement-apprentissage du francais aux etrangers. [A typology of vocabulary exercises found in French course-books.]. Bulletin de l'Unite de Recherche Linguistique. 4 97-183. Armbruster, Bonnie B.; Nagy, William E. 1992 Vocabulary in Content Area Lessons (Reading to Learn). Reading Teacher; v45 n7 p550 to 51 Mar 1992 Arnaud, P. 1980 L'enseignement du vocabulaire. In: Linguistique et Enseignement des Langues. Lyon: Presse Universitaire de Lyon, (No Ed.). Arnaud, P. 1980 Problemes de vocabulaire et de son acquisition lors de l'aprentissage d'une langue étrangère (anglais). [Problems in the acquisition of vocabulary while learning a foreign language (English)]. These de 3ème cycle, Universite de Paris 7. Arnaud, P. 1982 A study of some variables linked to the English Vocabulary Proficiency of French Students. Journal of Applied Language Study, 1, 1, 97-92. Arnaud, P. 1983 Review of B. Rudzka, J. Chanell, Y. Putseys & P. Ostyn: The words you need. London: Macmillan, 1981 Langues Modernes, LXXVII, 5/6, 491-493. Arnaud, P. 1984 A practical comparison of five types of vocabulary tests and an investigation into the nature of L2 lexical competence. Paper read at 7th World Congress of Applied Linguistics, Brussels, 1-21. Arnaud, P. 1984 The lexical richness of L2 written productions and the validity of vocabulary tests. In: Culhane, T., Klein-Braley, C. and Stevenson, D. K. (Eds.) Practice and Problems in Language Testing University of Essex, Colchester, 14-28. Arnaud, P. 1985 Review of M. Wallace: Teaching Vocabulary. London: Heinemann, 1982 Langues Modernes, LXXIX, 3/4, 110-111. Arnaud, P. 1987 Enseignement / apprentis sage du lexique en Francais langue etrangere. Presented to L'Association Nationale des Enseignants de Francais Langue Etrangere, Strasbourg. Arnaud, P. 1989 Estimations subjectives des frequences des mots. Cahiers de Lexicologie. 54 (1): 69-81. Arnaud, P. 1989 Vocabulary and grammar: a multi-trait, multimethod investigation. AILA Review. 6, 56-65. Arnaud, P. 1990 Subjective word frequency estimates in L1 and L2. Paper presented at the 9th world congress of Applied Linguistics, (AILA) Thessaloniki, April 15-21. Arnaud, P. 1992 La connaissance des proverbes franáais par les locuteurs natifs et leur sÇlection didactique' Cahiers de Lexicologie 60,1. 195--238 Arnaud, P. 1992 Objective lexical and grammatical characteristics of L2 written compositions and the validity of separate-component tests. In: Arnaud P. and H. Bejoint (Eds.) Vocabulary and Applied Linguistics. Macmillan. 133-145. Arnaud, P. 1992 Review of Nation¹s Teaching and Learning Vocabulary. Applied Linguistics. 13, 3, 326-328. Arnaud, P. and H. Bejoint (Eds.). 1992 Vocabulary and Applied Linguistics. London: Macmillan. Arnaud, P, H. Bejoint and P. Thoiron 1985 A quoi sert le programme lexical? Langues Modernes, 79, 3, 72-85. Arnaud, P, H. Bejoint and P. Thoiron 1985 La Lexique. Langues Modernes, LXXIX, 5, 128-130. Arnaud, P.J.L. & Savignon, S.S. 1994 Rare words, complex lexical units and the advanced learner. In J. Coady & T. Huckin (Eds.), Second language vocabulary acquisition: A rationale for pedagogy. Arnaud, P. & Moon, R.E. 1993 Frequence et emploi des proverbes anglais et franáais' In Plantin, C. (ed.) Lieux Communs, Topoi, StÇrÇotypes, ClichÇs. Paris: KimÇ. 323--341 Arnold, H. H. 1955 A list of graded vocabularies and methods of grading Modern Language Journal 16 (8): 644-655. Aronoff, Mark 1983 Potential Words, Actual Words, Productivity and Frequency; Pub. under Auspices of CIPL (The Hague); Actes du XIIIe cong. internat. des linguistes/Akten des XIII. Internat. Linguistenkongresses/Atti del XIII. cong. internazionale dei linguisti/Dai XIII-kai kokusai gengogakusha kaigi rombunshu In: Hattori Shiro (ed.); Inoue Kazuko (ed.); Shimomiya Tadao (assoc. ed.); Nagashima Yoshio (assoc. ed.). Proceedings of the XIIIth International Congress of Linguists, August 29-September 4, 1982, Tokyo. Tokyo : Tokyo Press. Aronsson, K. Anja Metosola, Eero Norrbacka and kaisa Tervonen 1983 Free recall of mixed language lists: error patterns in bilingual memory. In: H. Ringböm (Ed.) Psycholinguistics and Foreign Language Learning. Åbo: Åbo Akademi, Arrouays, A. 1985 Le droit a l'oubli. [The right to forget.] Langues Modernes, LXXIX, 3/4, 86-88. Arsenian, Seth 1942 Own estimate and objective measurement Journal of Educational psychology 33: 291-302 Arthur, Louise M.; Daniel, Terry C. 1974 Effect of picture word transfer on accuracy and latency of recognition memory. Journal of Experimental Psychology; 1974 Aug Vol. 103(2) 211 to 215 Artley, A. Sterl. 1943. Teaching word-meaning through context. Elementary English Review. 20, 1, 68-74. Arts, M. 1986 L'aptitude a deviner la signification d'un mot nouveau. [Guessing the meaning of unknown words.]. Doctoraal scriptie, RU Utrecht. As, A. 1962 The recovery of forgotten language knowledge through hypnotic age regression: a case report. American Journal of Clinical Hypnosis, 5, 24- 29. Ashcraft, Mark H. unknown Human Memory and Cognition Ashdown, Robert 1984 Teaching Receptive Vocabulary to Children with Severe Learning Difficulties. Special Education: Forward Trends; v11 n1 p23 to 26 Mar 1984 Asher, J.J. 1977 Learning Another Language Through Actions. Los Gatos, CA: Sky Oaks. Asher, James J. 1972 Children¹s First Language as a Model for Second Language Learning Modern Language Journal; 56; 3; 133 139 Asher, James J. 1977 Children Learning Another Language: A Developmental Hypothesis Child Development; 48; 3; 1040 1048 Asher, James J. and State, San Jose. 1963 Evidence for genuine one-trial learning. IRAL. 1, 2, 98-103. Asher, R.(Ed.) unknown The Encyclopaedia of Language and Linguistics. Oxford, Permagon Asiri, I.M. 1997.. University EFL teachers' written feedback on compositions and students' reactions. Ph.D., Essex - 46-12415 Asker, L.; Gamback, B.; Samuelsson, C. 1992 EBL2: An Approach to Automatic Lexical Acquisition 15th International conference on computational linguistics -- 1992 Aug : Nantes; France pp. 1172-1176 Astell, A. J.; Harley, T. A. 1996 Tip-of-the-Tongue States and Lexical Access in Dementia Brain And Language, 54; 2 pp. 196-215 Astika, Gusti. G. 1993 Analytical assessment of foreign students¹ writing RELC Journal. 24: 61-72 Aston, Paul and Christian, Carol (Eds.). 1974 Guide To Rangers. Macmillan Educ., London. Athey, Lionel  1978 A Critical Analysis of the Standard Reading Tests, Test 7B. Reading;v12 n2 p39-47 Jul 1978; Atkins, B. and K. Varantola 1997 Monitoring dictionary use International Dictionary of lexicography 10, 1, 1-46 Atkins, Paul-W.-B.; Baddeley, Alan-D. 1998 Working memory and distributed vocabulary learning. Applied-Psycholinguistics. 1998 Dec; Vol 19(4): 537-552 Atkins, S., Clear J., and Ostler N. 1992 Corpus design criteria Literary and Linguistic Computing, 7, 1. Atkinson. D. 1989 Humanistic approaches in the adult classroom: and affective reaction. English Language Teaching Journal. 43 / 4 pp. 268 - 273. Atkinson, Dwight 1997 A Critical Approach to Critical Thinking in TESOL. TESOL Quarterly; v31 n1 p71 94 Spr 1997 Atkinson, Leslie 1991 The British Picture Vocabulary Scale: Constructing confidence intervals to evaluate change. British Journal of Disorders of Communication; 1991 Dec Vol 26(3) 369 to 372 Atkinson, R. C. 1972 Optimizing the learning of a second language vocabulary Journal of Experimental Psychology, 96, 1, 124-129. Atkinson, R. C. 1975 Mnemotechnics in second language learning. American Psychologist. 30,82 1 -828. Atkinson, R. C. and M. Raugh 1975 An application of the mnemonic keyword method to the acquisition of Russian vocabulary Journal of Experimental Psychology: Human Learning and Memory, 1, 2, 126-133. Atkinson, R. C., Hearnstein, R. J., Lindzey, G. & R. D. Luce (Eds.). 1988. Stevens¹ handbook of experimantal psychology. New York: Wiley and sons. Atkinson, R.C., & Shiffrin, R.M. 1968 A proposed system and its control processes. In K.W. Spense & T.J. Spense (Eds.). The Psychology Of Learning And Motivation : Advances in Research and Theory. (pp. 89 - 195). New York: Academic Press. Atkinson, Rhonda; And Others 1993 Building Workplace Vocabulary for E & I: General, Specialized, & Technical Terms. Unknown Reference Atkinson, Rita, Richard. C. Aderson, Edward Smith, Darryl Bem and Susan Nolen-Hoeksema 1996 Hilgard¹s Introduction to psychology Harcourt Brace College publications Atkinson, William Walker unknown Memory Culture: Or, the Science of Observing, Remembering and Recalling Atwell, C. R. and F. Wells 1937 Wide range of multiple choice vocabulary tests. Journal of applied psychology. XXI 550-555 Augarde, Tony 1984 Word Games Oxford: Oxford University Press Aulls, M. 1971 Context in reading: How it may be depicted. Journal of Reading Behavior. 3, 61-73. Austin, J.L. 1975 (second edition). How to do things with words. Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press. Austin, Jennifer 1994 Review of Computer-Assisted Language Learning and Testing: Research Issues and Practice, by Patricia Dunkel In TESOL Quarterly 28, no. 4 : 826-7 Austin, John 1961 philosophical papers Oxford: OUP Australian Council for Educational research 1933-76 A.C.E.R word knowledge test Australian Council for Educational research Avery, Nanette L. 1995 Utilizing Right Brained Assists, Vocabulary in Content, and Prior Knowledge To Improve Vocabulary Instruction in the Third Grade. ERIC Avery P. and Erlich S. 1992 Teaching American English Pronunciation Oxford University Press, Oxford Avila, Enrique; Sadoski, Mark 1996 Exploring New Applications of the Keyword Method To Acquire English Vocabulary. Language Learning; v46 n3 p379 95 Sep 1996 Avons, S.-E.; Wragg, Christopher-A.; Cupples, L.; Lovegrove, William-J. 1998 Measures of phonological short-term memory and their relationship to vocabulary development. Applied-Psycholinguistics. 1998 Dec; Vol 19(4): 583-601 Awaida, May; Beech, John R. 1995 Children's lexical and sublexical development while learning to read. Journal of Experimental Education; 1995 Win Vol 63(2) 97 113 Ayoun, Dalila 1996 The Subset Principle in Second Language Acquisition. Applied Psycholinguistics; v17 n2 p185 213 Jun 1996 Ayto, J. and J. Simpson 1992 Oxford dictionary of modern slang Oxford University press Ayto, John 1993 Euphemisms or over 3000 ways to avoid being rude or giving offence London: Bloomsbury Ayto, John unknown Bloomsbury Dictionary of Word Origins London Bloomsbury Ayto, John L. 1989 Longman register of new words Vols I & II London: Longman Azabdaftari, B. 1992, March. The Concept of Extensive Reading in the Light of the L1=L2 Hypothesis. Paper presented at the Annual Meeting of the Teachers of English to Speakers of Other Languages, Vancouver. ERIC Document Reproduction Service No. ED350864. Aziz Yowell Y. 1980 Some problems of English word-stress for the Iraqi learner Engl. Lang. Teach. J.; Vol.34, no.2 : Jan 80 104-109 ISSN: 03078337 Azuma, Shoji 1996 Speech perception units among bilinguals Journal of Psycholinguistic Research, 25 (3): 397-416. Baars, Bernard J. unknown Cognitive Revolution in Psychology Baayen, H. and Lieber, R. 1991. Productivity and English derivation: a corpus-based study. Linguistics. 29. 801-843. Baayen, R. Harald 1994 Productivity in language production. Special Issue: Morphological structure, lexical representation and lexical access. Language and Cognitive Processes; 1994 Aug Vol 9(3) 447 to 469 Baayen, R. Harald 1996 The Effects of Lexical Specialization on the Growth Curve of the Vocabulary Computational Linguistics, Morristown, NJ (CompLing). 1996 Dec, 22:4, 455 80 Babbitt E. H. 1907 A vocabulary test Popular Science Monthly. 70, p. 378 Babbitt, Marcia 1996 Lexical Acquisition in Second Language Learning Dissertation Abstracts International, Ann Arbor, MI (DAI). 1996 July, 57:1, 191A DAI No.: DA9618043. City U of New York, 1996 Babcock, H. 1930 An experiment in the measurement of mental deterioration. Archives of psychology No. 117 Bachman et al 1995 UCLES Studies in Language testing: Comparison of TOEFL and Cambridge Cambridge: Cambridge University Press. Bachman, L.F. 1985 Performance on cloze tests with fixed-ratio and rational deletions. TESOL Quarterly, 19 (3), 535-556. Bachman, L.F. 1986 The Test of English as a Foreign Language as a measure of communicative competence In C.W. Stansfield (ed.) Toward Communicative Competence Testing: Proceedings of the Second TOEFL Invitational Conference. TOEFL Research Reports, No. 21. Princeton, NJ: Educational Testing Service. Bachman, L.F. 1990 Fundamental Considerations in Language Testing. Oxford: Oxford University Press. Bachman L.F. and A.D. Cohen (eds.) 1996?? Language Testing and Second Language Acquisition Interfaces ???? Bachman, L.F. and A.S. Palmer. 1996 Language Testing in Practice. Oxford: Oxford University Press. Bachman, Lyle F. 1995 Investigating Variability in Tasks and Rater Judgements in a Performance Test of Foreign Language Speaking. Language Testing; v12 n2 p239 57 Jul 1995 Bachman, Lyle F.; And Others 1988 Task and Ability Analysis as a Basis for Examining Content and Construct Comparability in Two EFL Proficiency Test Batteries. Language Testing; v5 n2 p128 59 Dec 1988 Bachman, Lyle F.; And Others 1996 The Use of Test Method Characteristics in the Content Analysis and Design of EFL Proficiency Tests. Language Testing; v13 n2 p125 50 Jul 1996 Backenkohler, Gerd 1974 Exponat. Archiv fur das Studium der Neueren Sprachen und Literaturen,. 211, 54-62 Backlund, U. 1973 The collocation of adverbs of degree in English. Doctoral Dissertation, Uppsala University, Uppsala, Sweden. Backlund, U. 1976 Frozen adjective-noun collocations in English. Cahiers de Lexicologie, 28(1), 74-88. Backman, J. 1976. Some common word attributes and their relations to objective frequency counts. Scandinavian Journal of Educational Research 20: 175-186. Backman, J. 1978. Subjective structures in linguistic recurrence. ERIC Document ED180195. Backman, Jarl 1978 Sentence Production with Homonymous and Polysemous Words. Educational Reports Umea, No. 18. Backman, Lars (Ed.) unknown Memory Functioning in Dementia Baddeley, A. 1990 Human Memory. Lawrence Erlbaum Associates. Baddeley, A.D. 1978 The trouble with levels: a reexamination of craik and Lockhart¹s framework for memory research Psychological review 85, 3, 139-152 Baddeley, Alan. 1997 Human Memory. Theory and practice Hove: Psychology Press Baddeley, Alan. unknown Reading and Working Memory. Best of SET Reading, Item 10, New Zealand Council for Educational Research. Baddeley, Alan D. unknown Your Memory : A User's Guide Baddeley, Alan D.; And Others 1975 Word Length and the Structure of Short Term Memory Journal of Verbal Learning and Verbal Behavior; 14; 6; 575 to 589 Baddeley, Alan D.; Bernsen, Niels Ole (Ed.) unknown Cognitive Psychology Baddeley, Alan D. etc. (Ed.) unknown Handbook of Memory Disorders Baddeley, Alan; Emslie, Hazel; Nimmo Smith, Ian 1993 The Spot the Word test: A robust estimate of verbal intelligence based on lexical decision. British Journal of Clinical Psychology; 1993 Feb Vol 32(1) 55 to 65 Baddock, Barry. 1979 Vocabulary development through describing pictures. Modern English Teacher. 6, 5, 9-10. Badecker, William; Rapp, Brenda; Caramazza, Alfonso 1996 Lexical Morphology and the Two Orthographic Routes Cognitive Neuropsychology, Letchworth, Herts, England (CogN). 1996, 13:2, 161 75 Bader, L., Veatch, J., & Eldridge, J 1987 Trade books or basal readers? Reading Improvement, 24 , 62-67. Badr, Mostafa M. A. 1990 Comparing Spelling Mechanisms of Beginning and Pre Intermediate EFL Students. Unknown Reference Baeuml, Karl-Heinz 1997 The list-strength effect: Strength-dependent competition or suppression? Psychonomic-Bulletin-and-Review. 1997 Jun; Vol 4(2): 260-264 Bagley, Carol Lynne. 1994 The Necessity of Including Word Connotation in English as a Second Language Instruction. MA Thesis, Brigham Young University, Linguistics Department. Provo, Utah. Bagley, D. 1937 A critical survey of objective estimates in the teaching of English British Journal of Educational psychology 7, 57-71 and 138-155 Bagster-Collins, E. W. 1918. A brief study showing the relation between the vocabulary and treatment of the annotated reading text. Modern Language Journal. 2, 8, 341-351. Bahadur, I. 1978 Retrieval and recall of category items in semantic memory tasks. Ph.D., Queen's University Belfast - 28-5384 Bahat, E. 1986 The acquisition of word formation devices in a second language. Unpublished master's thesis, Tel Aviv University. Bahns, J. 1993 Lexical collocations: a contrastive view. English Language Teaching Journal. 47, 1, 56-63. Bahns, J. 1993 Review of John Sinclair's "Collins Cobuild English Usage". System, 21(4), 514-517. Bahns, J. and Eldaw, M. 1993 Should we teach EFL students collocations? System. 21, 1, 101-114. Bahrick, H.P. and Bahrick, P.O. 1964 A re-examination of the interrelations among measures of retention. Quarterly Journal of Experimental Psychology 16: 318-324. Bahrick, H., P. Bahrick and R. Wittlinger. 1975 Fifty years of memory for names and faces: A cross sectional approach. Journal of Experimental Psychology: General 104: 54-75. Bahrick, Harry 1970 Two-phase model for prompted recall Psychological review 77, 3 215-222 Bahrick, Harry P. 1979 Maintenance of Knowledge: Questions about Memory We Forgot to Ask. Journal of Experimental Psychology: General; v108 n3 p296 308 Sep 1979 Bahrick, Harry P. 1984 Semantic memory content in permastore: Fifty years of memory for Spanish learned in school. Journal of Experimental Psychology General; 1984 Mar Vol 113(1) 1 to 29 Bahrick, Harry P. 1984 Fifty Years of Second Language Attrition: Implications for Programmatic Research. Modern Language Journal; v68 n2 p105 18 Sum 1984 Bahrick, Harry P.; Bahrick, Lorraine E.; Bahrick, Audrey S.; Bahrick, Phyllis E. 1993 Maintenance of foreign language vocabulary and the spacing effect. Psychological Science; 1993 Sep Vol 4(5) 316 to 321 Bahrick, Harry P.; Hall, Lynda K.; Goggin, Judith P.; Bahrick, Lorraine E.; et al 1994 Fifty years of language maintenance and language dominance in bilingual Hispanic immigrants. Journal of Experimental Psychology General; 1994 Sep Vol 123(3) 264 to 283 Bahrick, Harry P.; Phelphs, Elizabeth 1987 Retention of Spanish vocabulary over 8 years. Journal of Experimental Psychology Learning, Memory, and Cognition; 1987 Apr Vol 13(2) 344-9 Bahrick, Harry P.; Wellman, Cara-L.; Hall, Lynda-K. 1988 The effect of language schemas on learning and retention of vocabulary. Practical aspects of memory: Current research and issues, Vol. 1: Memory in everyday life. (M. M. Gruneberg, Peter E. Morris, R. N. Sykes, Eds.), pp. 385-389. John Wiley & Sons, New York, NY, US; xii, 568 pp. Bahrick, HP, LE Bahrick, AS Bahrick and PE Bahrick 1993 Maintenance of foreign language vocabulary and the spacing effect. Psychological Science, 4, 316-321. Bailey, K. and D. Nunan 1996 Voices from the language classroom Cambridge: Cambridge University Press. Bailey, N., C. Madden, and S. Krashen. 1974 Is there a natural sequence in adult second language learning? Language Learning 24, 235-244. Bailey, R.E. 1974-75 Automatic recognition of spoken words. Ph.D., London, University College - 25-4581 Bailey, Richard. 1991 Images of English. University of Michigan Press. Bain, Bruce; Yu, Agnes 1978 Toward an Integration of Piaget and Vygotsky: A Cross Cultural Replication (France, Germany, Canada) Concerning Cognitive Consequences of Bilinguality 83 95 IN Paradis Michel. The Fourth LACUS Forum 1977. Columbia, SC : Hornbeam, 1978. 679 pp. Bainbridge, J. Vivien; Lewandowsky, Stephan; Kirsner, Kim 1993 Context effects in repetition priming are sense effects. Memory and Cognition; 1993 Sep Vol 21(5) 619 to 626 Baird, Raymond 1972 On the Role of Chance in Imitation Comprehension Production Test Results. Journal of Verbal Learning and Verbal Behavior. 11, 474-77 Baker, Colin 1995 A parent¹s and teacher¹s guide to bilingualism Multilingual matters, Pilladelphia Baker, Colin 1996 Foundations of bilingual education and bilingualism Multilingual matters Baker, Florence 1928 A tentative vocabulary for first year French students Journal of educational research. 18: 369-377 JIM!!! Baker, Henry G. (Ed.) unknown Memory Mangement; International Workshop IWMM 95, Kinross, UK, September 27-29,1995 Baker, Katherine E. and Sonderegger, Theo B. 1964 Acquisition of meaning through context. Psychonomic Science. 1, 75-76. Baker, L. 1989 Developmental changes in readers' responses to unknown words. Journal of Reading Behavior. 21, 3, 241- 260. Baker, M. 1988 Sub-technical vocabulary and the ESP teacher: an analysis of some rhetorical items in medical journal articles. Reading in a Foreign Language. 4, 2, 91- 105. Baker, M. & McCarthy, M.J. 1988 Multi-word units and things like that'. Mimeograph. Birmingham: University of Birmingham Baker, Mona 1988 Sub Technical Vocabulary and the ESP Teacher: An Analysis of Some Rhetorical Items in Medical Journal Articles. Reading in a Foreign Language; v4 n2 p91 105 Spr 1988 Baker, Scott K.; And Others 1995 Vocabulary Acquisition: Curricular and Instructional Implications for Diverse Learners. Technical Report No. 14. Baker, Scott K.; And Others  unknown Vocabulary Acquisition: Synthesis of the Research. -ERIC_NO- ED386860 Technical Report No. 13.  Baker, Scott-K.; Simmons, Deborah-C.; Kameenui, Edward-J. 1998 Vocabulary acquisition: Instructional and curricular bases and implications. Baker, Scott-K.; Simmons, Deborah-C.; Kameenui, Edward-J. 1998 Vocabulary acquisition: Research bases. Balajthy, Ernest 1988 An Investigation of Learner Control Variables in Vocabulary Learning Using Traditional Instruction and Two Forms of Computer Based Instruction. Reading Research and Instruction; v27 n4 p15 to 24 Sum 1988 Baldwin, R. Scott; Readence, John E.; Schumm, Jeanne S.; Konopak, John P.; et al 1992 Forty years of NRC publications: 1952 to 1991. Journal of Reading Behavior; 1992 Dec Vol 24(4) 505 to 532 Baldwin, R. Scott; Schatz, Elinore K. IN: U Miami, FL, US 1985 Context clues are ineffective with low frequency words in naturally occurring prose. National Reading Conference Yearbook; 1985 No 34 132 to 135 Balhouq, S. A. 1976 The place of lexis in foreign Language acquisition. Unpublished MA thesis, University of Sheffield. Ball, John Price. 1973 An Experimental Comparison of Elaborative Prompt Utilization by Learners of Different Aptitude Levels in Foreign Language Vocabulary Learning. MA Thesis, Brigham Young University, Linguistics Department. Provo, Utah. Balman, T. 1977 Extension of problem solving methods to recognition. Ph.D., London, Queen Mary and Westfield College - 26-9662 Balota, D.A., Flores d'Arcais, G.B. and Rayner, K. (eds). 1990. Comprehension Processes in Reading. Lawrence Erlbaum Associates, Hillsdale, N.J. Balota, David A.; Neely, James H. 1980 Test Expectancy and Word Frequency Effects in Recall and Recognition. Journal of Experimental Psychology: Human Learning and Memory; v6 n5 p576 87 Sep 1980 Balota, David-A.; Spieler, Daniel-H. 1999 Word frequency, repetition, and lexicality effects in word recognition tasks: Beyond measures of central tendency. Journal-of-Experimental-Psychology:-General. 1999 Mar; Vol 128(1): 32-55 Baltra, Armando 1983 Learning How to Cope with Reading in English for Academic Purposes in 26 Hours. Reading in a Foreign Language; v1 n1 p20 34 Mar 1983 Baluch, Bahman; Abdullah Darlan, Kamsiah 1991 On processing the Roman and Arabic orthographies of Malay: Some implications from the Stroop Color Word Test. Psychological Reports; 1991 Oct Vol 69(2) 563 to 569 Baluch, Bahman; Besner, Derek 1991 Visual word recognition: Evidence for strategic control of lexical and nonlexical routines in oral reading. Journal of Experimental Psychology Learning, Memory, and Cognition; 1991 Jul Vol 17(4) 644 to 652 Bamber, Brian, and Roger Bowers 1990 Word Play London: Longman Bamford, J. 1984 Extensive reading by means of graded readers. Reading in a Foreign Language. 2, 2, 218-260. Bamford, J. 1992 Beyond grammar translation: Teaching students to really read. In P. Wadden Ed.), A handbook for teaching english at Japanese colleges Bamford, J. 1992 Review of Vocabulary by M. McCarthy. English Language Teaching Journal. 46 (2): 228-229. Bamford, J. 1993 EPER: a valuable resource for extensive reading The Language Teacher, 9 29-30 Bamford, J 1993 Tell us about it In R. R. Day (Ed.), New ways in teaching reading, (pp. 3-4. Alexandria, VA: TESOL. Bamford, J. 1994 Review of The Lexical Approach by M. Lewis. Language Teaching Publications. 1993. The Language Teacher. 16 p. 37. Bamford, J., & Day, R. 1998 Teaching reading. Annual Review of Applied Linguistics v18 p124-41. Bamford, J., & Day, R. R 1997 Extensive reading: What is It? Why bother? The Language Teacher, 21 (5), 6-8. Banda, Felix 1992 A Lexical Semantic and Syntactic Grammatical Analysis of Zambian English: Towards a "Meaning to Grammar Hypothesis" of Classroom Second Language Instruction. Journal of Multilingual and Multicultural Development; v13 n4 p341 to 57 1992 Bangs, Tina E. 1990 The Bangs Receptive Vocabulary Checklist: Manual and Stimulus Book. ERIC Document: CLEARINGHOUSE NO- EC230842; Banks, Benjamin unknown A study of certain aspects of vocabulary research: spoken vocabulary word meaning, vocabulary tests MA Thesis Temple University, Philadephia Banks, William 1970 Signal detection theory and human memory Psychological bulletin, 74: 2: 81-99 Banta, F. G. 1981 Teaching German vocabulary: the use of English cognates and common loan words. Modern Language Journal, 65, 129-136. Bar Shalom, Eva G.; And Others 1993 A Comparison of Comprehension and Production Abilities of Good and Poor Readers. Applied Psycholinguistics; v14 n2 p197 227 Jun 1993 Bar Shalom, Eva Greenwald 1990 Comprehension and Production of Relative Clauses and Passives by Good and Poor Readers Dissertation Abstracts International, Ann Arbor, MI (DAI). 1990 Dec., 51:6, 2002A 2003A Bar-Adon, A. and W. F. Leopold 1971 Child language: a book of readings Englewood cliffs, NJ: Prentice hall Barash, R. M. 1994. Beyond the monitor model: comments on current theory and practice in second language acquisition. Boston, MA: Heinle & Heinle. Barber, C. L. 1962 Some measurable characteristics of modern scientific prose. Contributions to English Syntax and Philology. Acta Universitatis Gothoburgensis (Gothenburg) 21-43. Barbey, L. 1972 Les formes du bilinguisme. [Types of bilingualism.] Nouvelle Revue Pedagogique, 27, 10, 599-604. Barbour, Nita Hale 1974 Relationship of Change in Child Language to Nursery School Climate as Determined by Teacher Verbal Behavior Probe; 1; 6; 52 to 54 Barbour, Ross Patrick 1996 Spoken Word Recognition as a Function of Lexical Knowledge and Language Proficiency Level in Adult ESL Learners Dissertation Abstracts International, Ann Arbor, MI (DAI). 1996 Feb, 56:8, 2935A DAI No.: DANN98250. U of British Columbia, 1995 Barbour, Stephen 1996 Is German Vocabulary Really So Difficult? Language Learning Journal; n13 p55 57 Mar 1996 Bardovi Harlig, Kathleen; Reynolds, Dudley W. 1995 The Role of Lexical Aspect in the Acquisition of Tense and Aspect. TESOL Quarterly; v29 n1 p107 to 31 Spr 1995 Bardovi-Harlig, K. 1987 Markedness and salience in second-language acquisition. Language Learning, 37(3), 385-407. Bardovi-Harlig, K. 1992a A second look at T-Unit analysis: reconsidering the sentence. TESOL Quarterly, 26, 390-395. Bardovi-Harlig, K. 1992b The relationship of form and meaning: A cross- sectional study of tense and aspect in the interlanguage of learners of English as a second language. Applied Psycholinguistics, 13, 253-278. Bardovi-Harlig, K., & Bofman, T. 1989 Attainment of syntactic and morphological accuracy by advanced language learners. Studies in Second language Acquisition, 11, 17-34 Barfield, A. 1995 Review of The Lexical Approach by M. Lewis. The Language Teacher 19,2: 51-52. Barfield, A 1995 Vocabulary building from student generated topics. The Language Teacher, 19, 259-61. Barlow, M. 1992 Using Concordance Software in Language Teaching and Research. In Shinjo, W. et al. Proceedings of the Second International Conference on Foreign Language Education and Technology. Kasugai, Japan: LLAJ &;IALL Barlow, M. 1995 A Guide to ParaConc. Houston: Athelstan Barlow, M. 1995 ParaConc: A Concordancer for Parallel Texts. Computers and Texts, 10. (CTI Textual Studies) Barlow, M. 1996 Corpora for Theory and Practice. International Journal of Corpus Linguistics, 1, 1. Barlow, M. Forthcoming. Parallel texts in linguistic analysis. In In M. Barlow and S. Kemmer (eds.) Usage-based models of language. Barnard, H. 1971 Teachers¹ Book for Advanced English vocabulary. Rowley, Massachusetts: Newbury House, Barnard, H. 1972. Advanced English Vocabulary. Newbury House, Massachusetts. Barnard, H. and D. Brown. 1984 The E.L. I. little language. In Nation 1984 Barnard, Helen. 1961 A test of P.U.C. students' vocabulary in Chotanagpur. Bulletin of the Central Institute of English. 1, 90-100. Barnbrook 1996 language and computers Edinburgh: Edinburgh University press Barnes, Judy A.; And Others 1989 Schema and Purpose in Reading Comprehension and Learning Vocabulary from Context. Reading Research and Instruction; v28 n2 p16 to 28 Win 1989 Barnes, Nathaniel 1911 The working vocabulary The nation July, 6, 93: 262-263 Barnett, Marva A. 1986 Syntactic and Lexical/Semantic Skill in Foreign Language Reading: Importance and Interaction. Modern Language Journal; v70 n4 p343 49 Win 1986 Barnett, Marva A 1988 Teaching Reading in a Foreign Language ERIC Digest, Clearinghouse on Language and Learning.Washington, D.C.: Center for Applied Linguistics, December Barnett, Marva A. 1989 More Than Meets the Eye: Foreign Language Reading: Theory and Practice Englewood Cliffs, N. J.: Prentice-Hall Barnhart, C. L., Steinmetz, S. and Barnhart, R. K. 1980 The Second Barnhart Dictionary of New English. Barnhart/Harper and Row, New York ,. Barnitz, John G 1985 Reading Development of Nonnative Speakers of English New York: Harcourt Brace Jovanovich Barnlund, D. C. 1989 Communicative styles of Japanese and Americans. Belmont , CA. Wadsworth. Baron J and C Strawson 1976 Use of orthographic and word-specific knowledge in reading words aloud. Journal of Experimental Psychology: Human perception and performance 2,386-393. Baron-Cohen, S. unknown Mindblindness. MIT Press. Barr, A.S. and Gifford, C.W. 1929. The vocabulary of American history. Journal of Educational Research. 20, 2. 103-121. Barrett Martyn D. 1978 Lexical development and over extension in child language J. Child Lang.; Vol.5, no.2: Jun 78 p.205-219 ISSN: 03050009 Barrett, Martyn D. 1982 Distinguishing between prototypes: the early acquisition of the meaning of object names. In Stan A.Kuczaj II (Ed.) Language Development. Lawrence Erlbaum Associates, New Jersey, 313-334. Barrett, Martyn D. 1983 The course of early lexical development: A review and an interpretation. Early Child Development and Care; 1983 Vol 11(1) 19 to 32 Barrett, Martyn; Harris, Margaret; Chasin, Joan 1991 Early lexical development and maternal speech: A comparison of children's initial and subsequent uses of words. Journal of Child Language; 1991 Feb Vol 18(1) 21 to 40 Barrie, W. B. 1972 Semantics and the teaching of vocabulary. Bulletin de la Commission Interuniversitaire Suisse de Linguistique Appliquée, 16, 28-44. Barron, R. F. and Stone, F. 1974 The effect of student constructed graphic post organizers upon learning vocabulary relationships. In Nacke, P. (Ed.) Interaction: Reading and Practice for College-Adult Reading National Reading Conference, 172-175. Barrow, Jack 1994 What foreign language reading teachers in Japan can learn from research in second language reading Osaka Joshi Daigaku Kiyou 20, 2, 131-146 Barrow, Jack, Yoshiko Nakanishi and Harumi Ishino 1996 Vocabulary familiarity survey for Japanese students: Pilot study Osaka Joshi Daigaku Kiyou 22, 2, 99-109. Also Paper presented at JALT Matsuyama, Oct 1996 Barrow, Jack; Yoshiko Nakanishi and Harumi Ishino Forthcoming Assessing Japanese College Students¹ vocabulary knowledge with a self checking familiarity survey System Barry, C. 1984 Visual field asymmetries in word recognition Ph.D., St. Andrews - 33-2808 Barry, C., & Seymour, P.H.K. 1988 Lexical priming and sound-to-spelling contingency effects in nonword spelling. Quarterly Journal of Experimental Psychology, 40(A), 5-40. Barsalou, L.W. unknown Cognitive Psychology: An Overview for Cognitive Scientists Barsky, Robert 1997 Noam Chomsky: A life of dissent Cambridge, MA: Bradford Books/MIT Press. Bartelt, G. 1992 Rhetorical Transfer in Apachean English' In Gass, S., and Selinker, L. (eds.) 1992: Language Transfer in Language Learning. Amsterdam/Philadelphia: John Benjamins. Bartelt, Guillermo 1997 The Ethnography of second language production IRAL 35: 1 p23-35 Barter, A. R. 1970 Learning languages the comparative method. Newton Abbot: David and Charles. Bartholomew, Doris 1996 Translation Equivalents for Headwords: Examples from Mexican Indian Languages Lexicographica 1996, 12, 16 25 Bartlett, F. C. 1932 Remembering: An experimental and social study. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press. Bartlett, James Craig 1977 Effects of Immediate Testing on Delayed Retrieval: Search and Recovery Operations with Four Types of Cue Journal of Experimental Psychology: Human Learning and Memory; 3; 6; 719 to 32 Bartlett, James Craig; Tulving, Endel 1974 Effects of Temporal and Semantic Encoding in Immediate Recall upon Subsequent Retrieval Journal of Verbal Learning and Verbal Behavior; 13; 3; 297 to 309 Bartling, Carl A. 1991 Memory processes influencing recognition failure of recallable words. Perceptual and Motor Skills; 1991 Feb Vol 72(1) 331 to 338 Barton, M, H. Goodglass and A. Shai 1965 Differential recognition of tachistoscopically presented English and Hebrew words in right and left visual fields. Perceptual and Motor Skills, 21, 43 1 -437. Bartram, D. 1973-74 Object recognition and naming. D.Phil., Sussex - 24-723 Bartram, M. and Walton R, 1991 Correction Language Teaching Publications Basden, Barbara H.; Bonilla Meeks, Jennifer L.; Basden, David R. 1994 Cross language priming in word fragment completion. Journal of Memory and Language; 1994 Feb Vol 33(1) 69 to 82 Bashford, James A.; Warren, Richard M. 1987 Effects of spectral alternation on the intelligibility of words and sentences. Perception and Psychophysics; 1987 Nov Vol 42(5) 431 to 438 Baskin, W 1959 / 74 F. de Saussure Course in general linguistics New York: The philosophical Library; London: Fontana, 1974 Bass, Barry A. 1974 Validity of Borgatta and Corsini's Quick Word Test with young adults. Psychological Reports; 1974 Jun Vol. 34(3, Pt. 1) 726 Bass, Jo Ann Fisher 1985 The Effects of the Suggestive Accelerative Learning and Teaching Method and a Structural Analysis Method on Vocabulary Learning. Unknown Reference Bassili, John N.; Smith, Marilyn C.; MacLeod, Colin M. 1989 Auditory and visual word stem completion: Separating data driven and conceptually driven processes. Quarterly Journal of Experimental Psychology Human Experimental Psychology; 1989 Aug Vol 41(3 A) 439 to 453 Bateman, W. G. 1914 A child's progress in speech. Journal of Educational Psychology. 5, 6, 307-320. Bateman, W. G. 1915. Two children's progress in speech. Journal of Educational Psychology. 6, 475-493. Baten, L, A-M Cornu and LV Engels. 1988 The use of concordances in vocabulary acquisition. In: C. Lauren and M. Nordmann (Eds.). Special language: from humans thinking to thinking machines. Clevedon: Multilingual Matters. Baten, L and J Vanparys 1995 WIC (Words in Context): an assessment. In: R Dirven and J Vanparys (eds) Current approaches to the lexicon. Frankfurt: Peter Lang. 1995. pp451-463. Baten, L and L Vekemans 1993 Woordnetwerken. Een strategie voor autonoom leren. Werkmap voor Taal- en Literatuuronderwijs, 64, 157-168. Bates, E. , I. Bretherton and L. Snyder 1988 From first words to grammar: Individual differences and dissociable mechanisms Cambridge: Cambridge University Press Bates, E., & MacWhinney, B. 1981 Second language acquisition from a functionalist perspective In H. Winitz (Ed.), Native Language and Foreign Language Acquisition, Annals of the New York Academy of Sciences, 379, 190-214. Bates, Elizabeth 1993 Comprehension and Production in Early Language Development. Monographs of the Society for Research in Child Development; v58 n3 4 p222 42 1993 Bates, Elizabeth & Goodman, Judith C. 1997 On the inseperability of grammar and the lexicon: Evidence from acquisition, aphasia, and real-time processing. Language and Cognitive Processes, 12_, 507-584. Bates, Elizabeth; Marchman, Virginia; Thal, Donna; Fenson, Larry; et al 1994 Developmental and stylistic variation in the composition of early vocabulary. Journal of Child Language; 1994 Feb Vol 21(1) 85 to 123 Battig, William, Philip Merikle and Mary Schild 1965 Anagram Free-recall and recognition learning, and paired associate transfer Journal of verbal learning and erbal behaviour, 4, 44-52 Bauer, L. 1978 Productivity in Word Formation In: Gregersen Kirsten; Basboll Hans; Mey Jacob. Papers from the Fourth Scandinavian Conference of Linguistics, Hindsgavl, Jan. 6-8, 1978. Odense : Odense UP, 1978. 473 pp. Bauer, L. 1980 Review of The Longman Dictionary of Contemporary English. RELC Journal. 11, 1, 104-109. Bauer, L. 1981 Review of Chambers Universal Dictionary. RELC Journal. 12, 2, 100-103. Bauer, L. 1983 English Word-formation. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press Bauer, L. 1993. Wellington Corpus of Written New Zealand English. Victoria University of Wellington, New Zealand. Bauer, L. and Nation, I.S.P. 1993 Word families. International Journal of Lexicography. 6, 3: 1-27. Bauer, Laurie 1994 Watching English change London: Longman Bauerle Rainer (ed.); Schwarze Christoph (ed.); Stechow Arnim von (ed.). 1983 Meaning, Use, and Interpretation of Language. Berlin : de Gruyter. Baugh, A. C. and T. Cable 1978 History of the English Language Englewood Clifs, N. J.: Prentice Hall Bauman, John 1998 A Morphological sequence for beginning students. Paper presented at PACSLRF conference. Aoyama Gakuin University, Tokyo March 26-29th. Baumann, JF and EJ Kameenui 1991 Research on Vocabulary Acquisition: Ode to Voltaire. In: J Flood, J Jensen, D Lapp and J Squire (eds.) Handbook of research on teaching the English Language. New York: Macmillan. Bawcom, L. 1995. Designing an advanced speaking course. English Teaching Forum. 33, 1. 41-43. Baxter, J. 1980 The dictionary and vocabulary behaviour: a single word or a handful? TESOL Quarterly, 14, 3, 325-336. Bayer, M. L. 1976 Primary grade understanding vocabulary as measured by an orally administered Basic Word Vocabulary Test Unpublished MA thesis Rutger¹s University. ERIC Document ED 131 417 Bayley, Robert (ed.); Preston, Dennis R. (ed.) 1996 Second Language Acquisition and Linguistic Variation Amsterdam : Benjamins, 1996. xviii, 317 pp. Beach, Fred 1926 Vocabulary tests and prognosis of academic success Educational review. 18: 539-545 Beaken, Mike 1996 The making of language Edinburgh University press Bean, Thomas W.; And Others 1983 The Effect of a Catagorization Strategy on Secondary Students' Retention of Literary Vocabulary. Reading Psychology; v4 n3 to 4 p247 to 52 Jul Dec 1983 Bear, Robert M. and Odbert, Henry S. 1941 Insight of older pupils into their knowledge of word meanings. School Review. 49, 754-760. Beard, R. 1975 Dynamic glossing. Slavic and Eastern European Journal, 19, 1, 49-57. Beard, Robert 1976 A Semantically Based Model of a Generative Lexical Word Formation Rule for Russian Adjectives Language; 52; 1; 108 to 120 Beardsall, Lynn; Huppert, Felicia A. 1994 Improvement in NART word reading in demented and normal older persons using the Cambridge Contextual Reading Test. Journal of Clinical and Experimental Neuropsychology; 1994 Apr Vol 16(2) 232 to 242 Bearne, C. 1988 Readers and ŒReaders¹: Foreign language reading in 18+ learners. Russian as a case study and some strategies. Reading in a Foreign Language, 5(1), 163-179. Beaton, A., Gruneberg, M., and Ellis, N. 1995 Retention of Foreign Vocabulary Learned Using the Keyword Method: A Ten Year Follow Up. Second Language Research 11, 2: 112-120. Beauvillain, C. 1992 Orthographic and lexical constraints in bilingual word recognition In: R. Harris (Ed.), Cognitive Processing in Bilinguals. Amsterdam: Elsevier. 221-234 Beauvillain, Cecile; Grainger, Jonathan 1986 Procedures d'acces au lexique chez les bilingue. (Lexical access in bilingual subjects.) National Scientific Colloquium on the Works of Georges Noizet (1984, Aix en Provence, France). Bulletin de Psychologie; 1985 to 86 Mar May Vol 39(375) 439 to 443 Beauvillan, C. and J. Grainger. 1987 Accessing interlexical homographs: some limitations of a language selective device. Journal of Memory and Language. 26, 658-672. Bechtel, William and Adele Abrahamsen 1991 Connectionism and the mind: an introduction to parallel processing in networks Blackwelll: Oxford. Beck, Frances Wi; And Others 1985 The Concurrent Validity of the Peabody Picture Vocabulary Test Revised Relative to the Comprehensive Tests of Basic Skills. Educational and Psychological Measurement; v45 n3 p705 to 10 Aut 1985 Beck, I. and M. McKeown. 1983 Learning words well - A program to enhance vocabulary and comprehension The Reading Teacher, 36 pp622-625 Beck, . I. L. et al. 1984 Improving the comprehensibility of stories: the effects of revisions that improve coherence. Reading Research Quarterly. 19, 3, 263-277. Beck, I. L., & McKeown, M. G. 1991 Conditions of Vocabulary Acquisition In R. Barr, M. Camail, P. Mosenthal, & P. D. Pearson (Eds.), The Handbook of Reading Research, Volume II, 789-814. Beck, I. L., McKeown, M. G. and Omanson, R. C. 1987 The effects and uses of diverse vocabulary instructional techniques. In McKeown, M. G. and M. E. Curtis. (Eds.). The Nature of Vocabulary Acquisition. Lawrence Erlbaum Associates. Hillsdale: New Jersey.147-163. Beck, I. L., McKeown, M. G., & McCaslin, E. S. 1983 Vocabulary development: All contexts are not created equal. Elementary School Journal, 83, 177-181. Beck, I. L., Perfetti, C. A. and McKeown, M. G. 1982 The effects of long-term vocabulary instruction on lexical access and reading comprehension. Journal of Educational Psychology. 74, 506-521. Beck, J. 1981 New vocabulary and the associations it provokes. Polyglot. 3, 3, C7-F14. Becka, J. V. 1972 The lexical composition of specialized texts and its quantitative aspect. Prague Studies in Mathematical Linguistics. 4, 47-64. Becker, D. 1977 The etymological dictionary as a teaching device. Die Unterrichtspraxis, 10, 1, 70-77. Becker, Judith A. 1994 "Sneak shoes," "sworders" and "nose beards": A case study of lexical innovation. First Language; 1994 Vol 14(41, Pt 2) 195 to 211 Becker, W. C., Dixon, R. and Anderson-Inman, L. 1980 Morphographic and root word analysis of 26, 000 high frequency words. University of Oregon, Follow Through Project, College of Education, Eugene, Oregon. Beebe, L. 1988 Issues in Second language acquisition Newbury House. Beech, John-R.; Keys, Alison 1997 Reading, vocabulary and language preference in 7- to 8-year-old bilingual Asian children. British-Journal-of-Educational-Psychology. 1997 Dec; Vol 67(4): 405-414 Begg, I. 1974. Estimation of word frequency in continuous and discrete tasks. Journal of Experimental Psychology 102, 6: 1046-1052. Begg, I. and Roew, E.J. 1972. Continuous judgements of word frequency and familiarity. Journal of Experimental Psychology 95, 1: 48-54. Beglar, D. 1995 Review of New Ways in Teaching Vocabulary. The Language Teacher 19,2: 50-51. Beglar, D. and A. Hunt 1999 Revising and validating the 2000 word level and the university word level vocabulary tests. Language Testing. 16, 2. Beglar, David 1998 Depth of lexical knowledge in native and advanced-level non-native speakers of English. Paper presented at PACSLRF conference. Aoyama Gakuin University, Tokyo March 26-29th. Beheydt, L. 1984 Woordenschat in het VTO [Vocabulary in foreign language teaching]. Neerlandica Extra Muros 42, 17-27. Beheydt, L. 1985 Dossier 'CONTEXT'. Een woordenschatverwervingsprogramma op huiscomputer. [CONTEXT: a vocabulary learning program for a microcomputer]. Nederlands Taalunie. Beheydt, L. 1985 Het semantiseren van woordbetekenis. [Learning word meanings.]. In: Verslag van het negende Colloquium Nederlandicum. Nijmegen. Beheydt, L. 1986 Optimalisering van de woordenschatverwerving. [Optimising vocabulary learning]. Levende Talen, 416, 630-637. Beheydt, L. 1987 The semantization of vocabulary in foreign language learning. System. 15 (1): 55-67. Also Paper presented to the 1st ISAPL Conference, Barcelona. Beheydt, L. 1987 Vocabulary in foreign language teaching methodology. Dutch Crossing: a Journal of Low Country Studies. 32, 3-25. Beheydt, L. 1989 De vergeten leerprincipies: cognitieve aspecten van de woordenschatverwerving. [Forgotten principles of learning: cognitive aspects of vocabulary development]. Toegepaste Taalwetenschap in Artikelen. 34, 42-50. Beheydt, L. 1990 CALL and vocabulary acquisition in Dutch. In: PJ Kingston, C. Zaehner & A Beutner (Eds.) Languages, Continuity, Opportunity. London: CILT. Beheydt, L 1993. Lexical memory: a linguist's point of view. In: J Chapelle and M Claes (eds) Proceedings of the first international conference on memory and memorization in acquiring and learning languages. Louvain la Neuve. Bejar, I. 1980. A procedure for investigating the unidimensionality of achievement tests based on item parameter estimates. Journal of Educational Measurement 17(4), 283-96. Bejoint, H. 1981 The foreign student's use of monolingual English Dictionaries: a study of language needs and reference skills Applied Linguistics, 2, 3, 207-222. Bejoint, Henri 1994 Tradition and innovation in modern English dictionaries Oxford: Clarendon press Bekkers, Yves (Ed.); Cohen, Jacques (Ed.) unknown Memory Management; International Workshop IWMM 92, St. Malo, France, September 17-19,1992 Belasco, Simon 1972 Language Teaching: Help or Hindrance Canadian Modern Language Review; 28; 2; 10 20 Belay, Carol Blackshire- unknown Current Issues in Second Language Acquisition and Development Bell, H.  1998 A replication of the Lexical Frequency Profile. Unpublished paper Bell, Theodore S.; Dirks, Donald D.; Trine, Timothy D. 1992 Frequency importance functions for words in high and low context sentences. Journal of Speech and Hearing Research; 1992 Aug Vol 35(4) 950 to 959 Bell, Wendy J. 1983 Vocabulary Acquisition of Students of English as a Second Language: The Effect of Formal and Informal Input. MA Thesis, Brigham Young University, Linguistics Department. Provo, Utah. Bellezza, F.S. 1981 Mnemonic devices: Classification, characteristics, and criteria. Review of Educational Research 51, 2: 247-275. Bellezza, F. S. 1983 Mnemonic-device instruction with adults. In Pressley, M. & Levin. J.R. (Eds.) Cognitive Strategy Research Springer-Verlag, New York, 51-74. Bellezza, F.S. 1983 The spatial-arrangement mnemonic. Journal of Educational Psychology 75, 6: 830-837. Bellzezza, F.S. 1984 The self as a mnemonic device: The role of internal cues. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology. 47: 506 - 516. Belme J 1981 A qualitative analysis of kindergarten children's vocabulary. Series: Mt Druitt Early Childhood Project. Project Evaluation report n.8 Macquarie University. School of Education Belmore, Susan M. 1981 Imagery and Semantic Elaboration in Hypermnesia for Words. Journal of Experimental Psychology: Human Learning and Memory; v7 n3 p191 to 203 May 1981 Belopol'sky, Viktor I.; Kaptelinin, Viktor N. 1988 Visual word recognition: The role of frequency and grammatical pretuning. Psikologicheskii Zhurnal; 1988 Sep Oct Vol 9(5) 35 to 44 Belyayev, B. V. 1963 The psychology of teaching foreign languages London: Longman. Belyayev, B. V. 1963 The receptive, reproductive and productive command of a foreign language In Belyayev, B. V. The psychology of teaching foreign languages. London Belyayev, B. V. 1963 The psychological description of the perception and comprehension of speech in a foreign language In Belyayev, B. V. The psychology of teaching foreign languages. London Belyayev, B. V. 1963 On the use of translation in teaching a foreign language In Belyayev, B. V. The psychology of teaching foreign languages. London Ben-Yacov, H 1996 A guide to guided reading: An extensive reading project in Beersheva English Teachers' Journal, 49 , 20. Bencivenga, Ermanno 1997 A theory of language and mind University of California Press Bendix, Edward Herman. 1966 Componential analysis of general vocabulary. International Journal of American Linguistics. 32, 2. Benedict, Helen 1979 Early Lexical Development: Comprehension and Production. Journal of Child Language; v6 n2 p183 to 200 Jun 1979 Bennett, Raymond W.; Kurzeja, Paul L. 1976 Competition Processes and Proactive Interference in Short Term Memory Journal of Verbal Learning and Verbal Behavior; 15; 6; 703 to 711 Bennett, S. 1971-72 Information handling processes in free recall learning. Ph.D., Exeter - 22-1335 Bennett, S.; Davies, P. 1973 Constancy of Mnemonic Capacity as a Function of Trials in Free Recall Learning British Journal of Psychology; 64 pt 1; 25 to 33 Bennett, William, and Chester E. Finn 1986 What Works: Research about Teaching and Learning Washington, D.C.: U. S. Department of Education Benson, J. D., M. J. Cummings, and W. S. Greaves (Eds.) 1988 Languages in a Systematic Perspective Benjamins, Amsterdam. Benson, M. 1985 Collocations and idioms. In R. Ilson (Ed.), Dictionaries, lexicography and language learning (pp. 61-68). Oxford: Pergamon Press Ltd and The British Council. Benson, M. 1989. The collocational dictionary and the advanced learner. In M.L. Tickoo (ed.). 84-93. Benson, M. 1995. Review of Longman Language Activator  System. 23, 2. 253-255. Benson, M. and Benson, E. 1988 Trying out a new dictionary. TESOL Quarterly. 22, 2, 340-345. Benson, M., Benson, E., & Ilson, R. 1986b Lexicographic description of English. Amsterdam, The Netherlands: John Benjamins Publishing Company. Benson, M., E. Benson & R. Ilson. 1986 The BBI Combinatory Dictionary of English. A guide to word combinaations. Amsterdam: John Benjamins. Benson, Phil and Peter Voller 1997 Anatomy and independence in language learning Harlow: Addison Wesley Bensoussan, M. 1983 Dictionaries and tests of EFL reading comprehension. English Language Teaching Journal. 37, 4, 341-345. Bensoussan, M. and B. Laufer 1984 Lexical guessing in context in EFL reading comprehension Journal of Research in Reading, 7, 1, 15-32. Bensoussan, M., Sim, D. and Weiss, R. 1984 The effect of dictionary usage on EFL test performance compared with student and teacher attitudes and expectations. Reading in a Foreign Language. 2, 2, 262-276. Bensoussan, Marsha 1989 EFL reading difficulties revealed by translation and discurse analysis: narrative vs. expository texts In: C. Lauren and M. Nordmann (Eds.). Special language: from humans thinking to thinking machines. Clevedon: Multilingual Matters.324-336 Bensoussan, Marsha 1990 Redundancy and the cohesion cloze. Journal of Research in Reading; 1990 Feb Vol 13(1) 18 to 37 Bensoussan, Marsha 1992 Learners¹ Spontaneous translations in an L2 Reading comprehension task: Vocabulary Knowledge and use of schemata. In: Arnaud P. and H. Bejoint (Eds.), Vocabulary and Applied Linguistics. London: Macmillan. 102-112 Bensoussan, Patrick 1988 L'enfant qui se tait: Ecoute t il? / The child who remains silent: Is he listening? Etudes Psychotherapiques; 1988 Dec Vol 19(4) 299 to 306 Bensoussan, Patrick 1989 "Pa biswin pale": Le dit, le non dit, l'inter dit et l'agir dans la culture creole. ("Pa biswin pale": Spoken, unspoken, and forbidden words and acting out in the Creole culture.) 8th Congress of the French Psychiatric Association Congress of Continuing Education: Languages, speech, and culture in the psychiatric practice (1989, Paris, France). Psychiatrie Francaise; 1989 May Vol 20(Spec Issue) 48 to 49 Bentin, Shlomo; Ibrahim, Raphiq 1996 New Evidence for Phonological Processing during Visual Word Recognition: The Case of Arabic Journal of Experimental Psychology: Learning, Memory, and Cognition, Washington, DC (JExPLMC). 1996 Mar, 22:2, 309 23 Benton R 1982 The anatomy of a word list. Set; n.2 item 3 Beran, J. unknown Statistical Methods for Long Memory Processes Berducci, Domenic 1993 Inside the SLA Classroom: Verbal Interaction in Three SLA Classes Language Learning Journal 8 12-16 Berge, Zane L.; Collins, Marie (Ed.) unknown Wired Together: Online Classroom in K-12; v.4: Writing, Reading and Language Acquisition Berger K. 1967 Conversational English of university students Speech monograph 34 65 Berger K. 1967 The most common words used in conversations Communication disorders, 1, 201 Berger, L. R 1996 Reader response journals: You make the meaning... and how Journal of Adolescent & Adult Literacy, 39 (5), 380-385. Bergman, Jerry R. 1977 Reducing reading frustration by an innovative technique for vocabulary growth. Reading Improvement. 14, 3, 168-171. Bergman, Peter M. 1968. The concise dictionary of 26 languages. New York: Bergson, Henri Louis unknown Matter and Memory Berk, Laura 1994 Why children talk to themselves. Scientific American, November. 60-65. Berko Gleason, Jean and Sandra Weintraub The acquisition of routines in child language Language in society 5, 129-136 Berko, Jean 1958 The child¹s lerning of English morphology Word 14, 150-177 Berleant, Daniel; And Others 1997 LEARN: Software for Foreign Language Vocabulary Acquisition from English Unrestricted Text. Computer Assisted Language Learning; v10 n2 p107 20 Apr 1997 Berlin, Laura Jane 1988 Comparing Young Children's Comprehension and Production in Discourse Dissertation Abstracts International, Ann Arbor, MI (DAI). 1988 Nov., 49:5, 1963B Berliner, D. C., and R. Clafee 1996 Handbook of educational psychology New York: Simon and Schuster Macmillan Berlitz, Charles. 1982 Native tongues. New York: Grosset & Dunlap. Berman, I. M, V. A. Buchbinder and M. L. Beznedeznych 1968 Formirevanie potentialnogo slovarnogo pri obucenii russkomu jazykukak inostrannomu. Russkij Jazyk za rubezom, 4, 57-60. Berman, R.A. 1986 A step-by-step model of language acquisition. In I. Levin (Ed.), Stage and structure: Reopening the debate (pp. 191-219). Norwood, New Jersey: Ablex Publishing Corporation. Berman, Ruth A.; Clark, Eve V. 1989 Learning to use compounds for contrast: Data from Hebrew. First Language; 1989 Vol 9(27, Pt 3) 247 to 270 Bernbach, Harley A. 1973 Processing Strategies for Recognition and Recall Journal of Experimental Psychology; 99; 3; 409 to 12,423 Bernbrock, Chris. 1980 Stemgo: a word-stems game. English Teaching Forum. 18, 3, 45-46. Bernhardt, E. B 1986 A Model of L2 Text Reconstruction: The Recall of Literary Text by Learners of German Issues in L2: Theory as Practice, Practice as Theory, ed. A. Labarca, Norwood: Ablex Bernhardt, Elizabeth 1992 Life in Language Immersion classrooms Multilingual matters Bernstein, W. 1975 Sprachvergleich und Bezugnahme auf die Muttersprache im Fremdsprachenunterricht. [Language comparison and reference to mother tongue in foreign language teaching.] Zielsprache Deutsch, 3, 17-215. Bernstein, Wolf 1979 Wie kommt die muttersprachliche Interferenz beim Erlernen des fremdsprachlichen Wortschatzes zum Ausdruck? (How Does Native Language Interference Show Up in Learning Foreign Vocabulary?) Linguistik und Didaktik; v10 n38 p142 to 47 1979 Berry, Charles, S. 1912 A comparison of the Binet tests of 1908 and 1911 Journal of Educational Psychology. 3, 444- Berry, D. C. 1994 Implicit and Explicit Learning of Complex tasks. In Ellis, N. Implicit and Explicit Learning of Languages. Acadamic Press. London. 147-164. Berry, Jill Kessler 1987 Learning Disabled Children's Use of Mnemonic Strategies for Vocabulary Learning Dissertation Abstracts International, Ann Arbor, MI (DAI). 1987 July, 48:1, 78A Berry-Rogghe, G.L.M. 1973 The computation of collocations and their relevance in lexical studies. In A.J. Aitken, R.W. Bailey & N. Hamilton-Smith (Eds.), The computer and literary studies (pp. 103-112). Edinburgh: Edinburgh University Press. Bertkau, Jana Anne S. 1974 Comprehension and Production of English Relative Clauses in Adult Second Language Acquisition and Child First Language Acquisition. Dissertation Abstracts International, Ann Arbor, MI 1974, 35, 2695A(Mich.) Berwick, Mildred 1959 The semantic method for testing vocabulary Journal of experimental education. 28: 123-141 Berwick, Robert C.; Weinberg, Amy unknown Grammatical Basis of Linguistic Performance: Language Use and Acquisition Besel, Ronald 1972 An Initial Facet Analysis of the FYCSP Word Attack Test. Unknown Reference Besner D and J Johnston 1989 'Uptake of visual information' In W. Marslen-Wilson (ed) Lexical Representation and Process Cambridge, Mass: MIT Press. Besner, D.; Humphreys, Glyn W. (Ed.) unknown Basic Processes in Reading : Visual Word Recognition Besse, H. 1970 Problèmes de sens dans l'enseignement d'une langue étrangère. [Problems of meaning in teaching a foreign language.] La Langue Française 8, 62-77. Besson, M. and Kutas, M. 1993 The many facets of repetition a cued-recall and event-related potential analysis of repeating words in same versus different contexts. Journal of Experimental Psychology: Learning, Memory and Cognition 19,5: 1115-1133. Best A.E 1957 Educational theory: a critical examination of its methods and vocabulary Thesis (B.Litt.) - Oxford, 1957/58 Betts, Emmett A 1946 Foundations of Reading Instruction New York: American Book Co Bhat, K. V. T. 1978 Lexical and Productive Causatives in Kannada: A Study in Semantic Contrast CIEFL Bulletin, Hyderabad 500 007, India 1978, 14:1, 17-29 Bhatia, V. K. 1983 Simplification v. easification - the case of legal texts. Applied Linguistics. 4, 1, 42-54. Bialystock, E. 1979 Explicit And Implicit Judgments Of L2 Grammaticality. Language Learning, 28: 81 - 104. Bialystock, E. 1981 Some evidence for the integrity and interaction of two knowledge sources. In Anderson, R. New Dimensions In Second Language Research. Rowley, Mass: Newbury House. Bialystock, E. 1981 The role of conscious strategies in second language proficiency Modern Language Journal 65(1): 24-35Also in Canadian Modern Language Review 35: 372-94. Bialystock, E. 1981 The role of linguistic knowledge in second language use. Studies in 2nd lang. acquisition, 4, 31-45 Bialystock, E. 1982 An Analytical view of second language competence; a model and some evidence Modern language journal. 66 (2): 257-62 Bialystock, E. 1985 The compatibility of teaching and learning foreign languages. Applied Linguistics 6: 255-62 Bialystock, E. 1987 Words as things: development of word concept by bilingual children. Studies in Second Language Acquisition. 9, 2, 133-140. Bialystock, E. 1988 Psycholinguistic dimensions of second language proficiency. In Rutherford, W. & Sharwood - Smith, M. ed. Grammar and Second Language Teaching. Rowley, Mass: Newbury House. Bialystock, E. 1990 Communication Strategies. Oxford: Basil Blackwell Bialystock, E. 1994 Analysis and control in the development of second language proficiency. Studies in Second Language Acquisition 16 pp. 157 - 168. Bialystock, E. unknown Symbolic representation and attentional control in pragmatic competence. In Kasper Interlanguage pragmatics Bialystock, E. and K. Hakuta 1994 In other words: The science and psychology of second language learning Basic Books Bialystock, E. and M. Frohlich 1980 Oral communication strategies for lexical difficulties. Interlanguage Studies Bulletin, 5, 1, 3-30. Bialystock, E. and Sharwood Smith, M. 1985 'Interlanguage is not a State of Mind: an Evaluation of the Construct for Second Language Acquisition'. Applied Linguistics 6.3: 101 117. Bialystok, E. 1983 Inferencing: Testing the "hypothesis-testing" hypothesis. In H.W. Seliger & M.H. Long (Eds.), Classroom oriented research in second language acquistion (pp. 104-124). Rowley, MA: Newbury. Bialystok, Ellen 1997 The Structure of Age: In Search of Barriers to Second Language Acquisition. Second Language Research; v13 n2 p116 37 Apr 1997 Bianz, G. L, G. T. Versonder and J.F. Voss, 1978 Knowledge of one¹s own responding and the relation of such knowledge to learning Journal of Experimental Child Psychology. 25: 116-128 Biber, D 1985 Investigating Macroscopic Textual Variation through Multifeature/Multidimensional Analysis Linguistics 23 : 337-60 Biber, D. 1988 Variation across speech and writing. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press. Biber, D. 1990 A typology of English texts. Linguistics 27: 3-43. Biber, D. 1993. Representativeness in corpus design. Literary and Linguistic Computing. 8, 4. 243-257. Biber, D and E. Finegan. 1991 On the Exploitation of Computerized Corpora in Variation Studies. In K. Aijmer and B. Altenberg (eds.), English Corpus Linguistics. London: Longman. Biber, D. Conrad, S. and Reppen, R. 1994 Corpus based approaches. Applied Linguistics. 15 (20 pp. 169 - 189. Biber, Douglas; And Others 1996 Corpus Based Investigations of Language Use. Annual Review of Applied Linguistics; v16 p115 36 1996 Biber, G. and Reppen, R. 1998 Comparing native and learner perspectives on English grammar: A study of complement clauses. In Granger, S. (ed.) Learner English on Computer. Addison Wesley Longman, London and New York, pp.145-158. Bickerton, D. 1981 Discussion of Two perspectives on pidginization as second language acquisition. In Andersen (ed.) Bickerton, Derek 1983 Creole languages Scientific American; 1983 Jul Vol 249(1) 116 to 122 Bickerton, Derek. 1990 Language and species. Chicago: Chicago University Press. Biederman, I. and Y-C Tsao 1979 On processing Chinese ideographs and English words: some implications from Stroop test results. Cognitive Psychology, 11, 125-132. Bierling, Marilyn Ruth 1991 Foreign Language Vocabulary Attrition: A Study of College Level Spanish Students over an 18 Month Period Dissertation Abstracts International, Ann Arbor, MI (DAI). 1991 June, 51:12, 4043A DAI No.: DA9111564. Degree granting institution: Michigan State U. Umi reference 9111564 Bierwisch, M 1970 Semantics. In: J Lyons (ed) New Horizons in linguistics. Harmondsworth: Penguin Books. Billows, F. 1975 The teaching of vocabulary. Paper presented to the IVth International Congress of Applied Linguistics, Stuttgart. Bilodeau, Edward A. 1965 Free Association Norms and Associative Structure. Binge, Joan; Jennet Campbell and Norman Beer 1968 Assessing Comprehension London association for the teaching of English Binon, J. and A-M Cornu 1984 L'acquisition du vocabulaire en français fonctionnel. [The acquisition of vocabulary in functional French]. Fachsprache 6, 10-27. Binon, J. and A-M Cornu 1985 A semantic approach to collocations: a means to reduce the random character of the co-occurrence of lexical items. ABLA Papers, 9, 37-61. Binon, Jean and A. Cornu 1984 Du Receptif au constructif Echanges pedagogiques Nov 6 Bird, N. 1990 A First Handbook of the Roots of English Lapine. Education and Language Services Ltd. Bird, Norman. 1987 Applied philology and the teaching of foreign languages. Lexis. 6, 1-17. Bird, Norman. 1987 Words, lemmas and frequency lists: old problems and new challenges (Parts 1 & 2). Al-manakh. 6, 2, 42-50. Bird, Norman unknown Investigating Lexis beyond the Most Frequent Words--Part 2. -ERIC_NO- ED386054 Birdsong, D. 1994 Asymmetrical knowledge of ungrammaticality in SLA theory. Studies in Second Language Acquisition 16 pp. 463 - 473. Birdsong, D. 1994 Decision Making in second language acquisition. Studies in Second Language Acquisition 16 pp. 169 - 182. Birdsong, D. and M. Kassen 1988 Teachers¹ and students¹ evaluations of foreign language errors: A meeting of minds? Modern language journal. 72 (1): 1-12 Birgit Henriksen and Kirsten Haastrup 1998 Describing learners¹ lexical competence across tasks and over time: a focus on research design In Haastrup, Kirsten and Ake Viberg Perspectives on lexical acquistion in second languages: Lund University p. 61-96 Birkenmaier, W. 1977 Kontrastive Lexik Deutsch-Russisch. [Contrastive German-Russian vocabulary.] Praxis des Neusprachlichen Unterrichts, 24, 3, 299-305. Birnbaum, Isabel M.; And Others 1978 Alcohol and Memory: Retrieval Processes Journal of Verbal Learning and Verbal Behavior; 17; 3; 325 to 35 Bishop, D. V. 1985 Spelling ability in congenital dysarthria: Evidence against articulatory coding in translating between phonemes and graphemes. Cognitive Neuropsychology; 1985 Aug Vol 2(3) 229 to 251 Bishop D.V.M. 1986 Some new vocabulary using English Picture Vocabulary Test (full range version) with a British sample British Journal of Disorders of Communication; Vol.21,no.2: Aug 86 209-221 Bishop, D. V.; Robson, J. 1989 Accurate non word spelling despite congenital inability to speak: Phoneme grapheme conversion does not require subvocal articulation. British Journal of Psychology; 1989 Feb Vol 80(1) 1 to 13 Biskup. D. 1992 L1 influence on learners' renderings of English collocations: a Polish-German empirical study. In: Arnaud P. and H. Bejoint (Eds.), Vocabulary and Applied Linguistics. London: Macmillan. 85-93 Bismoko, J.; Nation, I. S. P. 1974 English Reading Speed and the Mother Tongue or National Language. Developments in the Region, Indonesia, 2 RELC Journal; 5; 1; 86 89 Bismonte, Asuncion R.; And Others 1994 Effectiveness of the Possible Sentences Vocabulary Strategy with Middle School Students in Guam. Reading Improvement; v31 n4 p194 to 99 Win 1994 Bitter, Gary G., and Ruth C. Camuse 1988 Using a Microcomputer in the Classroom 2d ed. Boston: Allyn and Bacon Bizzarri, Helen Herbig Unknown Date L'acquisizione e lo sviluppo del lessico in un bambino bilingue che inizia il processo di verbalizzazione in ritardo (The Acquisition and Development of the Lexicon in a Bilingual Child Who Began the Process of Verbalization Late) Rassegna Italiana di Linguistica Applicata; 9; 3; 61 to 80 Bjork, Elizabeth L.; Bjork, Robert A. (Ed.) unknown Memory Bjork, Robert A.; Woodward, Addison E., Jr. 1973 Directed Forgetting of Individual Words in Free Recall Journal of Experimental Psychology; 99; 1; 22 to 7 Blaas, R. 1982 Fossilization in the advanced learner's lexicon. Unpublished Scriptie, Rijksuniversiteit, Utrecht. Blachowicz, C. L. Z. 1987 Vocabulary instruction: What goes on in the classroom?. The Reading Teacher. 41, 2, 132-137. Blachowicz, Camille L. Z. 1991 Vocabulary Instruction in Content Classes for Special Needs Learners: Why and How? Journal of Reading, Writing, and Learning Disabilities International; v7 n4 p297 to 308 Oct Dec 1991 Black, A. 1986 The effects on comprehension and memory of providing different types of defining information for new vocabulary. Cambridge: MRC Applied Psychology Unit. Black, A 1991 On-line consultation of definitions and examples: implications for the design of interactive dictionaries. Applied Cognitive Psychology, 5 , 149-166. Black, John W.; Takefuta, Yukio; Jancosek, Elizabeth 1979 The Production and Recognition of Sounds in English Words Spoken by Young Japanese Adults; Proc. of the IPS 77 Congress, Miami Beach, 17 19 Dec. 1977 In: Hollien Harry; Hollien Patricia. Current Issues in the Phonetic Sciences. Amsterdam : Benjamins. Blackburn, Simon unknown Spreading the Word : Groundings in the Philosophy of Language Blagg N. R. 1983 A systematic procedure for the teaching of a sight vocabulary Rem. Educ.; Vol.18, no.2 : May 83 81-85 ISSN: 00344214 Blair, Cyrus E. and Burke, Edmund V. 1980 Vocabulary / contextual / spelling interdependency in specific reading and writing tasks for the elementary school student. Guidelines. 3, 95-103. Blake, J., Austin, W., Cannon, M., Lisus, A., & Vaughan, A. 1994 The relationship between memory span and measures of imitative and spontaneous language complexity in pre-school children. International Journal of Behavioural Development, 17, 91-107. Blake, Kathryn 1976 Massed and distributed practice and retarded and normal pupils' learning sight vocabulary. Journal of Research and Development in Education; 1976 Vol 9(Mono) 12 to 13 Blake, M.E. and Majors, P.L. 1995 Recycled words: holistic instruction for LEP students. Journal of Adolescent and Adult Literacy 39,2: 132-137. Blake, Milton 1973 Prediction of Recognition When Recall Fails: Exploring the Feeling of Knowing Phenomenon Journal of Verbal Learning and Verbal Behavior; 12; 3; 311 319 Blake, Milton 1978 Human Memory and the 'Feeling of Knowing' Dissertation Abstracts International, Ann Arbor, MI 1978, 38, 5053B 54B Blake, Milton; Okada, Ronald 1973 Intralist Cuing following Retroactive Inhibition of Well Learned Items Journal of Experimental Psychology; 101; 2; 386 to 88 Bland, SK, J .S. Noblitt, S. Armington and G. Gesi. 1990 The naive lexical hypothesis: evidence from computer assisted language learning. Modern Language Journal. 74,4, 440-450. Blatt, S. J. 1959 Recall and recognition vocabulary A.M.A. Archives of general psychiatry 1, 473-476 Bley - Vroman, R. 1988 The fundamental character of foreign language learning. In Rutherford, W. & Sharwood - Smith, M. ed. Grammar and second language teaching: a book of readings. pp. 19 - 30. Newbury House. Bley - Vroman, R. Felix, S. & Ioup, G. 1988 The accessibility of Universal Grammar in adult language learning. Second Language Research 4 (1 ): 1 - 32. Bley-Vroman, R. & Chaudron. 1994. Elicited imitation as a measure of L2 cometence. In Tarone, E., S. Gass and A. D. Cohen (Eds). Bliemal, W. 1975 Zum Gebrauch von Key Words im Englischunterricht. [On the use of key words in teaching English.] Zielsprache Englisch, 3, 36-38 Block, David 1996 Not So Fast: Some Thoughts on Theory Culling, Relativism, Accepted Findings and the Heart and Soul of SLA. Applied Linguistics, 17 n1 p63 83 Mar 1996 Block, Ellen 1992 See How They Read TESOL Quarterly 26, no. 2 : 319-43 Blom. Burgess, Anthony. 1965 Language made plain. New York: Crowell. , Blonder, Lee X. 1991 Human neuropsychology and the concept of culture. Special Issue: Exploring the interface of mind, culture, and neurobiology. Human Nature; 1991 Vol 2(2) 83 to 116 Bloom, Kristine C.; Shuell, Thomas J. 1981 Effects of Massed and Distributed Practice on the Learning and Retention of Second Language Vocabulary. Journal of Educational Research; v74 n4 p245 48 Mar Apr 1981 Bloom, L. 1974 Talking understanding and thinking. In Schielelbusch, R. L., and Lloyd, L. L. Language prespectives- Acquisition, Retardation and Intervention. MacMillan, London. pp 285-311 Bloom, L. 1991 Language development from two to three Cambridge: Cambridge University Press. Bloom, Lois; And Others 1993 The Words Children Learn: Evidence against a Noun Bias in Early Vocabularies. Cognitive Development; v8 n4 p431 to 50 Oct Dec 1993 Bloom, Lois; And Others 1996 Early Conversations and Word Learning: Contributions from Child and Adult. Child Development; v67 n6 p3154 75 Dec 1996 Bloom, P. and Markson, L. 1998. Capacities underlying word learning. Trends in Cognitive sciences. 2, 2. 67-73. Bloom, Paul (Ed.) unknown Language Acquisition: Core Readings Bloomfield, L. 1933. Language. New York: Holt Rinehart and Winston. Bloor, M 1985 Some approaches to the design of reading courses in English as a foreign language Reading in a Foreign Language, 3 (1), 341-361. Blum, S. 1975 The foundation word list of Hebrew and its applications - a critical appraisal of Easy Hebrew. Paper presented to the IVth International Congress of Applied Linguistics, Stuttgart. Blum, S. and E. A. Levenston 1978 Lexical simplification in second language acquisition. Studies in Second Language Acquisition, 2, 2, 43-64. Blum, S. and E. A. Levenston 1978 Universals of lexical simplification. Language Learning, 28, 2, 399-415. In Strategies in Interlanguage Communication. London: Longman. Blum, S. and E. Levenston 1977 Strategies of communication through lexical avoidance in the speech and writing of second Language teachers and learners and in translation. Ontario Institute for Bilingual Education. Education Resources Information Center. EDI 39280. Blum-Kulka, S. 1981 Learning to use words: acquiring semantic competence in a second language. In: M. Nahir (ed) Hebrew Teaching and Applied Linguistics. University Press of America. Blum-Kulka, S, and EA Levenston. 1987 Lexical-grammatical pragmatic indicators. Studies in Second Language Acquisition. 9, 155-170. Boag, A. K. and M. Nield 1962 The influence of the time factor on the scores of the TRiggs Diagnostic reading test as reflected in the performance of secondary school pupils grouped according to ability Joural of educational research 55, 181-183 Boatman, Dana Frances 1990 An Investigation of Adult Second Language Perception and Production: Evidence for and against a Predictive Account Dissertation Abstracts International, Ann Arbor, MI (DAI). 1990 Jan., 50:7, 2034A 2035A Bock, Carolyn. 1948. Prefixes and suffixes. Classical Journal. 44, 132-133. Bock, J. Kathryn 1986 Meaning, sound, and syntax: Lexical priming in sentence production. Journal of Experimental Psychology Learning, Memory, and Cognition; 1986 Oct Vol 12(4) 575 to 586 Bock, Kathryn 1991 A sketchbook of production problems Journal of psycholinguistic research 20, 3 141-160 Bode, Arndt (Ed.) unknown Distributed Memory Computing: Conference Proceedings Boff, K., Kaufman, L. & Thomas, J.P., (Eds.). 1986 Handbook of perception and human performance . Hillsdale, NJ: Erlbaum. Bogaards, P. 1980 Geheugen en woordverwerving in een vreemde taal. [Memory and the acquisition of words in a foreign language.] Levende Talen, 351, Bogaards, P. 1986 Hoe nuttig zijn frequente woorden? [How useful are frequent words?]. Levende Talen. 416, 626-629. Bogaards, P. 1986 Op zoek naar nuttige woorden. Een geschiedenis van de vocabulaireselectie voor het vreemde-talenonderwijs. [In search of useful words.]. Levende Talen. 411, 329-335. Bogaards, P. 1988 La valence comme indice de l'utilite des mots. [Coverage as an index of the usefulness of words.]. In: R.Landheer (Ed.) Aspects de linguistique francaise. Amsterdam: Rodopi. Bogaards, P. 1989 Lexicon, statistiek en taalonderwijs. [Lexicon, statistics and language teaching.]. Toegepaste Taalwetenschap in Artikelen. 34, 58-66. Bogaards, P. 1990 Oó cherche-t-on dans le dictionnaire?. International Journal of Lexicography 3: 79-102. Bogaards, P. 1991 Dictionnaires pédagogiques et apprentissage du vocabulaire. Cahiers de Lexicologie 59:93-107. Bogaards, P 1991 Het woordenboek als onmisbaar obstakel. In: L de Regt and P van Reenen (eds) Corpusgebaseerde Woordanalyse. Jaarboek Bogaards, P. 1992 French dictionary users and word frequency. Paper submitted to the 5th EURALEX International Conference of Lexicography, Tampere Finland. Bogaards, P 1993 Models of dictionary use. Toegepaste Taalwetenschap in Artikelen, 46/4717-28. Bogaards, P 1994 Le vocabulaire dans l'apprentissage des langues etrangeres. Paris: Hatier/Didier. . Bogaards, P 1995 Dictionnaires et comprehension ecrite. Cahiers de lexicologie, 6737-53. Bogaards, P. 1996. Dictionaries for learners of English. International Journal of Lexicography. 9, 4. 277-320. Bogaards,P, E van der Linden, T de Wolf and LJA Nienhaus 1994 Polysemie en vertaling in een vreemde taal: een experimenteel onderzoek. Toegepaste Taalwetenschap in Artikelen, 50 145-156. Boguraev, B. and J. Pustejovsky (Eds) 1996 Corpus processing for lexical acquisition MIT Press. Bohdanecky, Z.; Lansky, P.; Radil, Tomas 1988 Repeated association test with nonsense, emotional and indifferent words. 21st Conference of Higher Nervous Functions (1985, Olomouc, Czechoslovakia). Activitas Nervosa Superior; 1988 Mar Vol 30(1) 74, 51 Bohn, William E. 1914 First steps in verbal expression. Pedagogical Seminary .. 21, 579-595. Bohrnstedt, George W.; And Others 1971 The Reliability and Validity of Quick Tests with High School Seniors Journal of Experimental Education; 39; 4; 22 to 3 Bol, E. and J. A. M. Carpay 1972 Der Semantisierungprozess im Fremdsprachenunterricht: Lernpsychologie, Experimente und methodische Folgerungen. [The process of semanticization in foreign language teaching: the psychology of learning, experiments and methodological conclusions.] Praxis des Neusprachlichen Unterrichts, 19, 2, 119-1 33. Bolanowski, Stanley J.; Gescheider, George A. (Ed.) unknown Ratio Scaling of Psychological Magnitude : In Honor of the Memory of SS Bolinger, D. 1965 The atomization of meaning. Language, 41, 555-573. Bolinger, D. 1968 Aspects of language. New York: Harcourt Brace Jovanovich, Inc. Bolinger, D. 1976 Meaning and memory. Forum Linguisticum, 1, 1-14. Bolinger, D. 1978 Intonation and gesture American Speech. 58, 156-174. Bolinger, Dwight. 1980 Language: the loaded weapon: the uses and abuses of language today. London: Longman. Bolton, S. 1988 A comparative study of basic German vocabulary lists Modern Language Journal 72(2): 196-200 Bond, Guy L., and Eva Bond 1949 Vocabulary and Word Recognition Techniques Chap. VII in Teaching the Child to Read.New York: Macmillan Bond, Guy L., and Miles A. Tinker 1973 Diagnoses of Reading Difficulties Englewood Cliffs, N.J.: Prentice- Hall Bond, Z. S. 1975 Lexical Representation: Some Evidence from Jargon Aphasia Glossa; 9; 1; 25 to 35 Bonet, Diana; Hicks, Tony (Ed.) unknown Vocabulary Improvement: Words Made Easy Bongaerts, T. 1985 Taalvaardigheidsniveau en het gebruik van compensatie- strategieen in tweede-taalproductie; een bespreking van enkele voorstudies. [Use of compensatory strategies at different levels of language proficiency.]. Gramma. 9 (1-25). Bongaerts, T., Kellerman, E. and Bentlage, A. 1987 'Perspective and Proficiency in L2 Referential Communication'. Studies in Second Language Acquisition 9.2: 171 199. Bongaerts, T. & Poulisse, N. 1989 Communicative strategies in L1 and L2 ; same or different? Applied Linguistics, 10, 253 - 268. Bongers, H. 1947. Chapter V: Graded Texts and Text Simplification. In The History and Principles of Vocabulary Control Wocopi: Woerden, 86-95. Bonk, William James 1998 Lexical knowledge and listening comprehension Paper presented at PACSLRF conference. Aoyama Gakuin University, Tokyo March 26-29th. Also in Press Bonser, F. G.; L. Burch and M. R. Turner 1915 Vocabulary tests as measures of school efficiency School and Society .Vol 2 714-718 Booji, G. and van Marle, J. 1992 Yearbook of morphology The Netherlands, Kluwer Bool, H. and Carter, R. 1989. Vocabulary, culture and the dictionary. In M.L. Tickoo (ed.). 172-183. Booth, Andrew D. 1967 A `law' of occurrences for words of low frequency. Information and Control. 10, 386-393. Bordon, R. 1976 The effects of a suggestive learning climate, synchronized breathing and music on the learning and retention of Spanish words Journal of suggestive-accelerated learning and teaching, 1, 3-15. Borgatta, E. and Corsini R. 1960 Quick word test Journal of educational research. 54: 15-19 Borges, DA 1983 Meaningfulness in second language vocabulary learning. Ph.D. thesis, University of Texas at Austin. Bormuth, John R. 1969 Factor Validity of Cloze Tests as Measures of Reading Comprehension Reading Research Quarterly; 4; 358 65 Borner, W and K Vogel (eds) 1994 Mentales Lexikon und Lehrsprache. In: Boerner, W and K Vogel (eds.) Kognitieve Linguistik und Fremdsprachenerwerb: das mentale Lexikon.Tubingen: Gunther Narr. Borner, W and K Vogel (eds) 1994 Kognitieve Linguistik und Fremdsprachenerwerb: das mentale Lexikon. Tubingen: Gunther Narr. . Bornstein, Marc H.; Lamb, Michael E. (Ed.) unknown Developmental Psychology: An Advanced Textbook; Pt.2: Perceptual, Cognitive and Linguistic Development Borowski, E.J. 1979 Sentence meaning and word meaning Philosophical Q.; Vol.29, no.115: p.111-124Apr 79 Borowsky, Ron; Masson, Michael E. J. 1996 Semantic Ambiguity Effects in Word Identification Journal of Experimental Psychology: Learning, Memory, and Cognition, Washington, DC (JExPLMC). 1996 Jan, 22:1, 63 85 Borror, Donald J. (Ed.) unknown Dictionary of Word Roots and Combining Forms Bos, Candace S.; Allen, Adela A.; Scanlon, David J. 1989 Vocabulary instruction and reading comprehension with bilingual learning disabled students. National Reading Conference Yearbook; 1989 No 38 173 to 179 Bos, Candace S.; Anders, Patricia L. 1990 Effects of Interactive Vocabulary Instruction on the Vocabulary Learning and Reading Comprehension of Junior High Learning Disabled Students. Learning Disability Quarterly; v13 n1 p31 to 42 Win 1990 Bossers, B 1991 On thresholds, ceilings and short-circuits: the relation between L1 reading, L2 reading and L2 knowledge. AILA Review, 8 45-60 Botagga M. 1991 A generative phonetic analysis of the vowel development of native Arabic speakers learning English as a foreign language. Unpublished Ph.D thesis, University of Wales. Botha, Rudolf P. unknown Form and Meaning in Word Formation : Study of Afrikaans Reduplication Bottiglia, william f. 1963 Language learning the intermediate phase. Reports of the working committees of the northeast conference on the teaching of foreign languages, 1963. Botwinick, Jack; Storandt, Martha 1974 Vocabulary Ability in Later Life Journal of Genetic Psychology; 125; 2; 303 to 308 Boucher, Jill 1981 Immediate Free Recall in Early Childhood Autism: Another Point of Behavioural Similarity with the Amnesic Syndrome. British Journal of Psychology; v72 pt2 p211 to 15 May 1981 Bough, J. and P. Fulvey (Eds.) 1995 English Language Testing in Hong Kong. University of Hong Kong. Chinese Press Bouman, L. 1985. Who's afraid of reading? Some strategies for using simplified readers in class. Modern English Teacher. 12 (3): 3-13. Bourassa, Derrick-C.; Besner, Derek 1998 When do nonwords activate semantics? Implications for models of visual word recognition. Memory-and-Cognition. 1998 Jan; Vol 26(1): 61-74 Bourhis, R., Giles, H., and Tajfel, H. unknown Language as a determinant of Welsh identity. European Journal of Social Psychology, 3(4), pp. 447-460. Bousfield, W.A. 1953 The occurrence of clustering in the recall of randomly arranged associates. Journal of General Psychology 49: 229-40. Bouwhuis Don G. 1979 Word knowledge and letter recognition as determinants of word recognition Processing of visible language; p.269-281 Bowen, J. D. unknown Patterns of English pronunciation. Newbury House. Rowley Mass. Bowen, J. D., H. Madsen and A. Hilferty 1985 TESOL: Techniques and procedures New York: Newbury House. Bowen, T. 1991. The development of reading skills in a foreign language with special reference to English as a foreign language: the views of practitioners and participants. M.Phil., Southampton - 41-9408 Bower, G. H. 1970 Analysis of a mnemonic device. American Scientist. 58, 496-510. Bower, G.H. and Clark, M.C. 1969 Narrative stories as mediators for social learning. Psychonomic Science 14, 4: 181-82. Bower, G. H., Clark, M.C., Lesgold, A.M. & Winzenz, D. 1969 Hierarchical retrieval schemes in recall of categorized word lists. Journal of Verbal Learning and Verbal behaviour. 8: 323 - 343. Bower, G.H., & Springston, F. 1970 Pauses as recording points in letter series. Journal of Experimental psychology. 83: 421 - 430. Bower, G.H. & Winzenz, D. 1970 Comparison of associative learning strategies. Psychonomic Science, 20, 119-120. Bower, Gordon H.; And Others 1978 Emotional Mood as a Context for Learning and Recall. Journal of Verbal Learning and Verbal Behavior; v17 n5 p573 to 85 Oct 1978 Bower, Gordon H.; Clark Meyers, Gail 1980 Memory for Scripts with Organized vs. Randomized Presentations. British Journal of Psychology; v71 pt3 p369 to 77 Aug 1980 Bower, Gordon H. Oct. 1973 How to... uh. remember. Psychology Today. 7, 5, 63-69. Bowerman, M. 1978 Words and sentences: unifromity, individual variation, and shifts over time in patterns of acquisition In F. Minifie and L. Lloyd (Eds) Communicative and cognitive abilities - early behavioural assessment. Baltimore: Univer Park press pp 355-371 Bowerman, M. 1987 What shapes children¹s Grammar? in Slobin ed. Bowers & Brumfit 1992 Applied Linguistics and english language teaching Modern English publications Bowey, Judith 1996 Orthographic Onsets as a function of units of adult word recognition. Journal of Psycholinguistic Research, 25 (5): 571-595 Bowey, Judith A. 1996 On the Association between Phonological Memory and Receptive Vocabulary in Five-Year-Olds Journal of Experimental Child Psychology, v 63, n 1, p44-78 (ID CH960042) Bowey, Judith A.; Patel, Rinu K. 1988 Metalinguistic ability and early reading achievement. Applied Psycholinguistics; 1988 Dec Vol 9(4) 367 to 383 Bowring, Richard John; Laurie, Haruko Uryu unknown Introduction to Modern Japanese; Bk.2: Exercises and Word Lists Boyarin, Jonathan (Ed.) unknown Remapping Memory: The Politics of Timespace Boyd, S 1993 Attrition or expansion? Changes in the lexicon of Finnish and American adult bilinguals in Sweden. In: K Hyltenstam and A Viberg (eds.) Progression and regression in language: sociocultural, neuropsychological and linguistic perspectives. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press. . Boyd, S Attrition or expansion? 1993 Changes in the lexicon of Finnish and American adult bilinguals in Sweden. In: K Hyltenstam and A Viberg (eds.) Progression and regression in language: sociocultural, neuropsychological and linguistic perspectives. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press. Boyd, W. 1924 Measuring devices in composition, spelling and arithmetic London Harrap Boyd, William. 1914 The development of a child's vocabulary. Pedagogical Seminary .. 21, 95-123. Boyle, David 1996 Adapting communicative tasks for indirect vocabulary learning In P. Nation and D. Tatsuki Temple University Japan research studies in TESOL. Temple University Japan Vol. 7 Boyle, Eloise 1993 Beyond Memorization: teaching Russian (and other languages¹) vocabulary Foreign language annals 26, 2, 226 -32 Boyle, J. P. 1987 Sex differences in listening vocabulary. Language Learning. 37, 2, 273-284. Bracken, Bruce A.; Prasse, David P.; McCallum, R. Steve 1984 Peabody Picture Vocabulary Test Revised: An appraisal and review. School Psychology Review; 1984 Win Vol 13(1) 49 to 60 Bradac, J.J., Davies, R.A., Courtright, J.A., Desmond, R.J. and Murdock, J.I. 1977. Richness of vocabulary: an attributional analysis . Psychological Reports. 41. 1131-1134. Bradley, John M.; And Others 1984 The Effects of Text Adaptation on Rated Appeal and Difficulty. Reading Psychology; v5 n3 to 4 p185 to 91 1984 Bramki, Doudja; Williams, Ray 1984 Lexical Familiarization in Economics Text and Its Pedagogic Implications in Reading Comprehension. Reading in a Foreign Language; v2 n1 p169 81 Spr 1984 Brandenburg, G. C. 1915 The language of a three-year-old child. Pedagogical Seminary .. 22, 89-120. Brandenburg, G. C. and Brandenburg, Julia. 1919. Language development during the fourth year: the conversation. Pedagogical Seminary .. 26, 1, 27-40. Brandenburg, George C. 1918 Psychological aspects of language Journal of educational psychology 9: 313-332 Brandimonte, Maria A. etc. (Ed.) unknown Prospective Memory: Theory and Applications Brandon, Lee, and Kelly Brandon 1993 Sentences and Paragraphs: Strategies for Writing, with Readings Lexington, Mass.: D. C. Heath Branigan George 1979 Some reasons why successive single word utterances are not J. Child Lang.; Vol.6, no.3: Oct 79 .411-421 ISSN: 03050009 Bransford, J. 1979 Human Cognition: Learning, understanding and remembering. Belmont. Wadsworth. Bransford, J.; B. Stein; N. Vye; J. Franks; P. Auble; K. Mezynski and G. Perfetto 1982 Differences in Approaches to learning: an overview Journal of Experimental Psychology: General. 111:390-398 Bransford J. D. and M. K. Johnson 1973 Some problems in comprehension In Chase, W. G, Visual information Processing. New York: Academic press Bransford, J. D., Barclay, J.R. & Franks, J.J. 1972 Sentence memory: A constructivist versus interpretive approach. Cognitive Psychology. 3: 193 - 209. Bransford, J. D. & Johnston, M.K. 1972 Contextual prerequisites for understanding: Some investigations of comprehension and recall. Journal Of Verbal Learning And Verbal Behavior. 11:717 - 726. Brasington, R. 1994 Distinctive features. In: Asher, R.E. and Simpson, J.M.Y. (eds), The Encyclopedia of Language and Linguistics . Oxford: Pergamon Press, Vol 2, 1042-1050 Brasington, R. 1994 Distinctiveness. In: Asher, R.E. and Simpson, J.M.Y. (eds), The Encyclopedia of Language and Linguistics . Oxford: Pergamon Press, Vol 2, 1050-1052. Brasington, R. 1994 Neutralisation. In: Asher, R.E. and Simpson, J.M.Y.(eds), The Encyclopedia of Language and Linguistics. Oxford: Pergamon Press, Vol 5, 2784-2786. Brasington, R. 1994 Opposition. In: Asher, R.E. and Simpson, J.M.Y. (eds), The Encyclopedia of Language and Linguistics . Oxford: Pergamon Press, Vol 5, 2876-2879. Brazdziunas, Dana M.; Roizen, Nancy J. M.; Kohrman, Arthur F.; Smith, Dawn K. 1994 Children of HIV positive parents: Implications for intervention. Special Issue: Serving people with psychiatric disability at risk for HIV/AIDS. Psychosocial Rehabilitation Journal; 1994 Apr Vol 17(4) 145 149 Brazil, D. 1995 The Grammar of speech. Oxford: Oxford University Press. Brazil, David 1987 Moving on In Sinclair, John (Ed.), Looking Up : Account of the Cobuild Project in Lexical Computing. Collins ELT, London. Breakwell, G et al (Eds.) 1995 research methods in Psychology London: sage Breen, Michael J.; Siewert, Julaine C. 1983 Comparison of the Peabody Picture Vocabulary Test Revised and the Wechsler Intelligence Scale for Children Revised for learning disabled and referred students. Journal of Psychoeducational Assessment; 1983 Mar Vol 1(1) 95 to 99 Brent, Michael, R. 1997 Toward a unified model of lexical acquisition and lexical access Journal of Psycholinguistic Research, 26 (3): 363-375. Brenza, Barbara A.; And Others 1981 Comprehension and Production of Basic Semantic Concepts by Older Hearing Impaired Children. Journal of Speech and Hearing Research; v24 n3 p414 19 Sep 1981 Bretherton, Inge; Bates, Elizabeth; McNew, Sandra; Shore, Cecilia; Williamson, Carol; Beeghly Smith, Marjorie 1981 Comprehension and Production of Symbols in Infancy: An Experimental Study Developmental Psychology, Washington, DC (DP). 1981 Nov., 17:6, 728 736 Brett, A., Rothlein, L. and Hurley, M. 1996 Vocabulary acquisition from listening to stories and explanations of target words. The Elementary School Journal 96,4: 415-422. Brett, Paul 1994 Using Text Reconstruction Software ELT Journal 48, no. 4 Oct.: 329-36 Brettschneider, H. 1974 Zur Arbeit mit der Zeitung im Deutschunterricht auf fortgeschrittener Stufe: zur Erweiterung des Wortschatzes. [On working with newspapers in teaching German at advanced level: towards increasing vocabulary.] Deutsch als Fremdsprache, 11, 3, 172-180. Brewer, Annie M. (Ed.) unknown Dictionaries, Encyclopaedias and Other Word-related Books Brewer Bomar, Krista Ewing 1982 Second Language Lexical and Syntactical Interference on the First Language of Two Four Year Old Spanish Speakers Dissertation Abstracts International, Ann Arbor, MI (DAI). 1982 June, 42:12, 5105A Brewer, W.F. & Treyens, J. C. 1981 Role of schemata in memory for places. Cognitive Psychology. 13: 207 - 230. Brewin, Chris R. unknown Cognitive Foundations of Clinical Psychology Brewster, robert f. 1961 Vocabulary learning through reading german prose (ebacher method) with or without aural reinforcement. To determine whether aural visual learning of vocabulary in context is more effective than only visual learning, and to contribute statistical basis to the assumption that aural familiarity with the language facilitates more efficient learning and retention of vocabulary, a project was undertaken at earlham college that involved two groups of first year college students. Using erich maria remarque's "drei kameraden" as the text (with interlinear english translation and a phasing out of vocabulary items after the tenth occurrence), group one read the material alone for the first eight weeks, and in the second eight weeks read while simultaneously listening to tapes of the same text. Group two did the same thing in reverse order. Written vocabulary tests were administered in the first, second, fifth, and sixth weeks of each 8 week term, and dictated tests in the other four weeks. Results show that, except for the slight positive effective of text with tape reinforcement in the second term, the experiment did not prove that the use of tapes as aural reinforcement had any significant effect over the text only method. Recommendations are included, as well as tables and graphs on students' language ability, group averages, and test scores. (ss) Bricker, Diane D.; And Others 1973 Receptive Vocabulary: Performances and Selection Strategies of Delayed and Nondelayed Toddlers American Journal of Mental Deficiency; 77; 5; 579 to 84 Bricker, William A.; Bricker, Diane D. 1970 Development of Receptive Vocabulary in Severely Retarded Children American Journal of Mental Deficiency; 74; 5; 599 to 607 Bricker, William A.; Bricker, Diane D. 1971 Receptive Vocabulary as a Factor in the Discrimination Performance of Low Functioning Children American Journal of Mental Deficiency; 75; 5; 599 to 605 Bridges, Robert. 1919. English Homophones. SPE Tract No.2, Clarendon Press, London. Bright, J. A. and McGregor, G. P. 1970 Teaching English As A Second Language. Longman, London. Brill, Eric and Philip Resnik. 1994 A Rule-Based Approach To Prepositional Phrase Attachment Disambiguation. COLING-94. Brinkman, Bruce 1996 A vocabulary development program: a case study of two Japanese returnees from North America In P. Nation and D. Tatsuki Temple University Japan research studies in TESOL. Temple University Japan Vol. 7 Brinkman, FG, JA van der Schee and MC Schouten-van Parreren (eds) 1994 Curriculum research: different disciplines and common goals. Amsterdam: Vrije Universiteit. Briones, I. T. 1937 An experimental comparison of two forms of linguistic learning. Psychological Record. 1 , 204-214. British Council Teachers. 1980 Six aspects of vocabulary teaching. Guidelines. 2, 80-94. Britton, B. and A. Graesser 1996 Models of Understanding Text Mahwah: Lawrence Earlbaum: Broadbent, Donald E.; And Others 1978 A Comparison of Hierarchical and Matrix Retrieval Schemes in Recall. Journal of Experimental Psychology: Human Learning and Memory; v4 n5 p486 to 97 Sep 1978 Broadbent, Donald E.; Broadbent, Margaret H. P. 1977 Effects of Recognition on Subsequent Recall: Comments on "Determinants of Recognition and Recall: Accessibility and Generation" Journal of Experimental Psychology: General; 106; 3; 330 to 35 Broadley, G.; Broadley, K. M. 1975 Rural Standardization of the Burt Vernon Graded Word Reading Test Alberta Journal of Educational Research; 21; 4; 289 to 94 Brock, C., G. Crookes, R. Day and M. H. Long. 1986 The differential effects of corrective feedback In NS - NNS conversation. In Day, R. (Ed), Talking to Learn: Conversation In Second Language Acquisition. Rowley Mass. Newbury House. Brodie, Delbert A.; Murdock, Bennet B., Jr. 1977 Effect of Presentation Time on Nominal and Functional Serial Position Curves of Free Recall Journal of Verbal Learning and Verbal Behavior; 16; 2; 185 to 200 Brody, M. 1995 Lexico-logical form: a radically minimalist theory MIT Press Broeder, P. 1990 Praten over mannen en vrouwen. Tijdschrift voor Taa1- en Tekstwetenschap. 9, 51-75. Broeder, P. 1990 Reference to people in adult language acquisition. ITL Review of Applied Linguistics. 87-88, 23-43. Broeder, P. 1991 Talking about people: a multiple case-study on adult language acquisition. Amsterdam: Swets and Zeitlinger. See also Sterckx, C. ITL 99-100 1993, 129-133. Broeder, P. 1995 Acquisition of pronominal reference: a longitudinal perspective. Second Language Research. 11,2, 178-191. Broeder, P. and Extra, G. 1988 Extra Woordvormingsprocede's bij verwijzing naar objecten in tweede-taalverwervingsprocessen van volwassen. [Reference to objects in adult second language acquisition: a study of word formation processes.]. Toegepaste Taalwetenschap in Artikelen. 30, 1, 105-117. Broeder, P and G Extra 1991 Acquisition of kinship reference: a study of word formation processes of adult language learners. International Journal of Applied Linguistics, 1,2 , 209-225. Broeder, P. and J Murre (eds.) 1995 Language and Thought in Development: Cross-linguistic studies. Tubingen: Gunther Narr. Broeder, P. and K. Plumkett. 1994 Connectionism and Second Language Acquisition. In Ellis, N. Implicit and Explicit Learning of Languages. Acadamic Press. London. 421-453. Broeder, P. and K. Voionmaa. 1986 Establishing word class distinctions in the vocabulary of adult language learners; a cross linguistic perspective. In: O. Dahl (Ed.). Papers from the ninth Scandinavian conference of linguistics. Stockholm: Dept. of Linguistics. Broeder, P, G. Extra and R.van Hout. 1986 Acquiring the linguistic devices for pronominal reference to persons: a cross-linguistic perspective on complex tasks with small words. In: F. Beukema and A Hulk (Eds.). Linguistics in the Netherlands. Dordrecht: Foris. Broeder, P, G. Extra and R. van Hout. 1987 Measuring lexical richness and variety in second language use. Polyglot. 8, A3-B5. Broeder, P, G. Extra and R.van Hout. 1989 Processes in the developing lexicon of adult immigrant learners. AILA Review. 6, 86-109. Broeder, P, G Extra and R van Hout 1996 Word formation processes in adult language acquisition: a multiple case study on Turkish and Moroccan learners of Dutch. In: K Sajavaara and C Fairweather (eds)Approaches to Second Language Acquisition. Jyvaskyla. . Broeder, P., G. Extra and R. van Hout unknown Richness and variety in the developing lexicon In Perdue (ed) Adult language acquisition. Cross linguistic prespectives (vol 1). 145-163. Broeder, P, G Extra, R van Hout and K Voionmaa 1993 Word formation processes in talking about entities. In: C Purdue (ed) Adult Language Acquisition: cross-linguistic perspectives, vol 2. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press. . Broeder, P, G. Extra, R.van Hout, S. Stroemqvist & K. 1988 Voionmaa Processes in the developing lexicon. Tilburg. Broeder, P, J. Coenen, G. Extra, R.van Hout and R.Zerrouk. 1985 Ontwikkelingen in het Nederlandstalig lexicon bij anderstalige volwassen: een macro- en microperspectief. [Development of Dutch vocabulary in adult L2 learners]. In: J. Creten, G. Geerts and K. Jaspaert (Eds.), Werk-in-uitvoering. Momentopname van de sociolinguistiek in Belgie en Nederland. Leuven: ACCO, 39-57. Broeder, P., J. Coenen, G. Extra, R.van Hout and R.Zerrouk. unknown Spatial reference in L2 Dutch of Turkish and Moroccan adult learners: the initial stages. In: G. Extra and T. Vallen (Eds.). Ethnic minorities and Dutch as a second language. Dordrecht: Foris. Bromage, Bruce K. and Mayer, Richard E. Aug. 1986 Quantitative and qualitative effects of repetition on learning from technical text. Journal of Educational Psychology. 78, 271-278. Bromberg, Murray, Julius Liebb, and Arthur Traiger 1988 504 Absolutely Essential Words New York: Barron¹s Brook, G.L. 1973 English dialects: varieties of English. London: MacMillan. Brooks, Peter; Walton Diana 1995 The spoonerism test Educational and Child Psychology; Vol.12,no.1: 95 50-52 Brookshire, Robert H.; Nicholas, Linda E. 1994 Speech sample size and test retest stability of connected speech measures for adults with aphasia. Journal of Speech and Hearing Research; 1994 Apr Vol 37(2) 399 to 407 Broquist, Lynn Marie, 1992 The Effect Of Exposure Type And Cognition-Related Factors On Adult Second Language Vocabulary Acquisition (Adult Learners). Edd. Columbia University Teachers College, 1992. 218 Pp. Advisor: Beebe, Leslie M. Umi Dissertation Reference 9228440 Broselow, Ellen 1984 An Investigation of Transfer in Second Language Phonology. International Review of Applied Linguistics in Language Teaching; v22 n4 p253 69 Nov 1984 Broselow, Ellen 1985 Metrical Phonology and the Acquisition of a Second Language. Unknown Reference Broukal, Milada, and Enid Nolan-Woods 1990 Preparation for TOEFL and Practice Tests for TOEFL London: MacMillan Press Brown, A. L., J. D. Bransford, R. Ferrera, and J. C. Champione 1983 Learning, Remembering, and Understanding Carmichael¹s Manual of Child Psychology l, ed. J. N. Flavell and E.M. Markham. New York: Wiley, Brown, C. 1993 Factors affecting the acquisiton of vocabulary: frequency and saliency of words. In: T. Huckin, M. Haynes and J. Coady (Eds.) Second Language Reading and Vocabulary. Norwood, NJ.: Ablex. Brown.C. and M. Payne 1994 Five essential steps of processes in vocabulary learning Paper presented at TESOL 1994 Brown, Cecil H. 1996 Lexical Acculturation, Areal Diffusion, Lingua Francas, and Bilingualism Language in Society, New York, NY (LSoc). 1996 June, 25:2, 261 82 Brown, Cheryl 1993 Looking for lexical connections between reading and writing: does vocabulary reception become vocabulary production Paper presented at RM TESOL Salt Lake City Utah October 30 Brown, Cheryl 1996 Towards a practical theory of second language vocabulary acquisition Paper presented at RM TESOL Salt Lake City Utah March 2 Brown, D. 1980 Relative merits of four methods for scoring cloze tests Modern language Journal 64 (3): 311-317 Brown, D. and Barnard, H. 1975 Dictation as a learning experience. RELC Journal. 6, 2, 42-62. Brown, D. F. 1974 Advanced vocabulary teaching: the problems of collocation. RELC Journal, 5, 2, 1-11. Brown, D. F. 1980 Eight Cs and a G. Guidelines 3, 1-17. Brown, G and C Hulme 1992. Cognitive psychology and second language processing: the role of short-term memory. In: R Harris (ed.), Cognitive Processing in Bilinguals.Amsterdam: Elsevier. Brown, G.D.A. and Ellis, N.C. 1994. Handbook of Spelling. John Wiley and Sons, Chichester. Brown, G., K. Malmkjaer, Alistair Pollit and J. Williams 1996 Language and understanding Oxford: Oxford University Press Brown, G., K. Malmkjaer and J. Williams 1996 Performance and competence in second language acquisition Cambridge: Cambridge University Press Brown, Gillian 1996 Language Learning, Competence and Performance 187 203 IN Brown Gillian (ed.); Malmkjaer Kirsten (ed.); Williams John (ed.). Performance and Competence in Second Language Acquisition. Cambridge : Cambridge UP, 1996. iv, 219 pp. Brown, H. Douglas. 1994. Teaching by principles: an interactive approach to language pedagogy. Prentice hall Regents. Brown H Douglas. 1995 Readings on second language acquisition Prentice Hall Regents Brown, Heather; Abrol, Sunil; Kirsner, Kim 1985 Processing the terms "left" and "right": The role of experiential and response factors. Australian Journal of Psychology; 1985 Aug Vol 37(2) 127 to 140 Brown, Heather; Sharma, N. K.; Kirsner, Kim 1984 The role of script and phonology in lexical representation. Quarterly Journal of Experimental Psychology Human Experimental Psychology; 1984 Aug Vol 36A(3) 491 to 505 Brown, J. 1971 Programmed Vocabulary. New Century, New York 2nd ed. Brown, J. 1979 Vocabulary: learning to be imprecise. Modern English Teacher, 7, 1, 25-27. Brown. J. D. 1993 Grammatical and Semantic relationships in the Monbusho list of 507 English words. The Language Teacher. 17(11): 41-47. Brown, J.D. 1997. An EFL readability index. University of Hawaii Working Papers in ESL. 15, 2.85-119. Brown, J. D. and S. O. Yamashita 1995 Language testing in Japan The Japan Association of Language Teaching Brown, J. S., Collins, A., & Duguid, P. 1989 Situated cognition and the culture of learning. Educational Researcher, 18, 32-42. Brown, James 1991 Reading Power 4th ed.Lexington, Mass.: D. C. Heath Brown, James, and Vivian V. Fishco 1993 Efficient Reading 7th ed.Lexington, Mass.: D. C. Heath, Brown, James Dean 1988 Understanding research in second language learning Cambridge : Cambridge university press Brown, James Dean 1995 The elements of language curriculum: a systematic approach to program development Heinle Heinle Brown, James Dean 1996 Testing in language programs New Jersey, Prentice Hall. Brown, James Dean, and Sayoko Okada Yamashita 1995 English Language Entrance Examinations at Japanese Universities: What Do We Know about Them? JALT Journal 17, no. 1 : 7-30 Brown, John 1965 A comparison of Recognition and recall by a multiple-response method Journal of verbal learning and verbal behaviour 4, 401-408 Brown, John 1974 Recognition assessed by rating and ranking British Journal of Psychology; 65 pt 1; 13 22 Brown, John 1976 An anlysis of recognition and recall and of problems in their comparison In Brown. J. (ed.), Recall and recognition. London: John Wiley Brown, John; Brown, Malcolm W. 1990 The effects of repeating a recognition test in lorazepam induced amnesia: Evidence for impaired contextual memory as a cause of amnesia. Quarterly Journal of Experimental Psychology Human Experimental Psychology; 1990 May Vol 42(2 A) 279 to 290 Brown. John. (ed.) 1976 Recall and recognition London: John Wiley Brown, Lesley A. and Lynn, Robert. 1976 Review of The Oxford Advanced Learner's Dictionary of Current English. RELC Journal. 7, 1, 77-79. Brown, Linda; Bryant, Brian R. 1985 The evaluation of selected measures of spoken vocabulary using the Consumer's Guide criteria. RASE Remedial and Special Education; 1985 Jan Feb Vol 6(1) 59 to 61 Brown, Malcolm W.; Brown, John; Bowes, John B. 1989 Absence of priming coupled with substantially preserved recognition in lorazepam induced amnesia. Quarterly Journal of Experimental Psychology Human Experimental Psychology; 1989 Aug Vol 41(3 A) 599 to 617 Brown, P. 1994 Lexical collocation: a strategy for advanced learners. Modern English Teacher. 3,2, 24-27. Brown, P., Keenan, J.M. & Potte, G.R. 1986 The self - reference effect with imagery and encoding. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology 51: 897 - 906. Brown, Paula M.; Dell, Gary S. 1987 Adapting Production to Comprehension: The Explicit Mention of Instruments. Cognitive Psychology; v19 n4 p441 72 Oct 1987 Brown, R. 1957 Linguistic determinism and part of speech. Journal of Abnormal and Social Psychology, 55, 1-5. Brown, R. 1973 A first language. Cambridge, Mass.: Harvard University Press. Brown, R. and McNeill, D. 1966. "The "Tip of the Tongue" Phenomenon." Journal of Verbal Learning and Verbal Behaviour 5,4, 325 to 357. Brown, R. & Hanlon, C. 1970 Derivational complexity and order of acquisition in child speech. In J.R. Hayes (Ed.), Cognition and the development of language (pp. 11-53). New York: John Wiley & Sons, Inc. Brown, Rexel E., Ed. 1981 Vocabulary Development in the Classroom. Journal of Children and Youth; Spr 1981 Brown, Richard; Ruttle, Kate unknown First Fifty Words: Sight Vocabulary; Workbook 1 Brown, Roger. 1978 A new paradigm of reference. In The Psychology and Biology of Language and Thought, G. A. Miller and Elizabeth Lenneberg. Academic Press, New York, 151-166. Brown, Rollo 1911 The size of the working vocabulary The nation July, 6, 93:11 Brown, Sam C.; Conover, Jerry N.; Flores, Luis M.; Goodman, Karen M. 1991 Clustering and recall: Do high clusterers recall more than low clusterers because of clustering? Journal of Experimental Psychology Learning, Memory, and Cognition; Jul Vol 17(4) 710 to 721 Brown T and M Haynes 1985 Literacy background and reading development in a second language In T Carr (ed) The development of reading skills, . San Francisco: Jossey-Bass Inc. Brown, Thomas S. and Perry, Fred L. 1991 A comparison of three learning strategies for ESL vocabulary acquisition. TESOL Quarterly. 25, 4, 655-670. Brown, Tracy; Haynes, Margot 1983 Learning to Read English as a Second Language: Effects of First Language Script System and Cultural/Educational Background. Unknown Reference Brown, Tracy L.; Roos Gilbert, Linda; Carr, Thomas 1995 Automaticity and Word Perception: Evidence from Stroop and Stroop Dilution Effects Journal of Experimental Psychology: Learning, Memory, and Cognition, Washington, DC (JExPLMC). 1995 Nov, 21:6, 1395 1411 Browning, William G. unknown Memory Power for Exams Bruce, B., Rubin, A., Starr, K. and Liebling, C. 1983 Vocabulary Bias in Reading Curricula. Technical Report No. 280, Center for the Study of Reading, pub. Bolt Beranek and Newman Inc. June. Bruce, Martin 1959-67 Bruce Vocabulary test Unknown Reference Bruce, Nigel J. (Ed.). 1985 Newsletter: English for medical paramedical purposes. The Medical Study Skills Division, Health Sciences Centre, Kuwait University. 2, 2. Bruce, V. 1996 Unsolved mysteries of the mind: Tutorial essays in cognition Erlbaum (UK) Taylor and Francis: Hove. Bruland, Richard A. 1974 Learnin¹ Words: Evaluating Vocabulary Development Efforts Journal of Reading; 18; 3; 212 14 Brumfit, C 1985 Dictionaries, Lexicography And Language Learning. Pergamon Press, Oxford. Brumfit, C. 1993. Simplification in pedagogy. In Tickoo (ed.) 1993.1-6. 15. Brumfit, C. (ed.). 1984 General English Syllabus Design. Oxford: Pergamon 1984. Brumfit, C.J. 1980. Problems and principles in English teaching . Oxford: Pergamon Press. Brumfit, C.J. 1984. Communicative methodology in language teaching Cambridge: CUP Brumfit, C.J. 1985. Graded material and the use of the lexicon. In C.J. Brumfit Language and Literature Teaching: From Practice to Principle  Pergamon, Oxford.96-99. Brumfit, Christopher 1997 How Applied Linguistics Is the Same as Any Other Science International Journal of Applied Linguistics, Oslo, Norway (INJAL). 1997, 7:1, 86 94 Bruner, J. 1986 Actual minds, possible worlds. Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press. Bruning, Roger etc. unknown Cognitive Psychology and Instruction Brunt, Richard J. 1980 A Basic Vocabulary and a Bibliography for Scientific and Technical English. Essen Univ. (West Germany). Inter University Language Testing Group. Bruton, A. and Samuda, V. 1980 Learner and teacher roles in the treatment of error in group work. RELC Journal. 11 (2): 49-63. Bruton, Anthony. 1984 Review of Wallace 1982 English Language Teaching Journal. 38, 1, 58-60. Bruton, Anthony and Samuda, Virginia. 1981 Guessing words. Modern English Teacher. 8, 3, 18-21. Bruton, J. G. 1964 Overlap. English Language Teaching Journal. 18, 4, 161-166. Brutten, Sheila R. 1981 An analysis of student and teacher indications of vocabulary difficulty. RELC Journal. 12, 1, 66-71. Bryan, E. 1952 The size of children¹s vocabularies. PhD Dissertation. University of Pitsburg Bryan, Fred E. 1953 How large are children's vocabularies?. Elementary School Journal. 54, 210-216. Bryan, Miriam; Janet Afflerbach and Herbert Landry 1955- New standard vocabulary test Educational department: Reader¹s Digest Buchbinder, W. A. 1972 Voprosy obucheniya leksike. [Problems in teaching vocabulary.] Inostrannye Yazyki v Shkole, 6, 39-47. Bucher, Bradley 1984 Learning word and phrase relations in two languages: Transfer between reception and production. Human Learning Journal of Practical Research and Applications; 1984 Jan Mar Vol 3(1) 71 to 82 Buckingham, B. 1926 Textbooks and its vocabulary Journal of educational research 14: 142-5 Buckingham, R. R. and Dolch, E. W. 1936. A Combined Word List. Ginn & Co, Boston. Budde, U. 1977 What's this in English. Ein kommunikativer Ansatz der Vokabeleinfuhrung. [A communicative approach to introducing new words.] Englisch, 12, 2, 67-8. Budge, Sir E.A.Wallis unknown Hieroglyphic Vocabulary to the Book of the Dead Budworth, Geoffrey unknown Right Way to Improve Your Memory Bueno Gonzalez, A 1998 True and false friends: making the most of vocabulary acquisition. GRETA, 6,1 , 23-28. Buffa, Liz unknown Research paper smart: How to write a research paper. Where to find it, How to write it. How to cite it. Princeton review Bui, KP. 1989 Hyperlexicon, a hypermedia-based lexicon for vocabulary acquisition. Computer Assisted Learning: 2nd International Conference. Buick, Anna 1993 An Approach to Teaching the Reading Skill for Academic Study. Reading in a Foreign Language; v10 n1 p979 94 Fall 1993 Buikema, J. L., & Graves, M. F. 1993 Teaching students to use context cues to infer word meanings. Journal of Reading, 36, 450-457. Bullard, N. 1985 Word-based perception: a handicap in second language acquisition? English Language Teaching Journal, 39, 1, 28-32. Bullon, S 1990 The treatment of connotation in learner's dictionaries in T. Magay (ed.) Budalex '88 Proceedings Akadémiai Kiadó, Budapest. Bulteel, J. unknown Criteria of vocabulary selection for teaching purposes: principles, lists and teaching practice. MA Thesis. KU Leuven: Applied Linguistics. Burani, Cristina 1990-91 The Lexical Representation of Prefixed Words: Data from Production Tasks Acta Linguistica Hungarica: An Internatioanl Journal of Linguistics. 40:1-2, 95-113 Burchfiled, Robert 1987 Studies in lexicography Oxford: Clarendon press Burd, William C. and Morrison, Donald M. no date. Lexicographic correlation of documents. Unpublished manuscript. Burgess, Chris unknown English Skills; Vocabulary Module Burke, Deborah M.; Peters, Laura 1986 Word associations in old age: Evidence for consistency in semantic encoding during adulthood. Psychology and Aging; 1986 Dec Vol 1(4) 283 to 291 Burling, R. 1983 A proposal for computer-assisted instruction in vocabulary. System 11, 2, 181-190. Burnham, Denis K. 1986 Developmental Loss of Speech Perception: Exposure to and Experience with a First Language. Applied Psycholinguistics; v7 n3 p207 40 Sep 1986 Burns, D. G. 1951 An investigation into the extent of first-year vocabulary in French in boys' grammar schools. British Journal of Educational Psychology. 21, 36-44. Burns, D. G. 1959 Vocabulary of the secondary modern school child Occassional publication No. 1 of the National Foundation for Educational research in England and Wales Burns, Edward 1982 Commentary: Linear Regression and Simplified Reading Expectancy Formulas. Reading Research Quarterly; v17 n3 p446 53 1982 Burns, P. C. 1967 Vocabulary Growth Through The Use Of Context. Paper Presented At The International Reading Association Conference (Seattle, May 4-6. 1967). Burns, Tom unknown Use of Memory: Publishing and Further Pursuits Buros, Oscar K. (Ed.) 1941 The Nineteen Forty Mental Measurements Yearbook Bridgeport, Connecticut: Braunworth & Co. Buros, Oscar K. (Ed.) 1949 The Third Mental Measurements Yearbook New Brunswick: Rutgers University press Buros, Oscar K. (Ed.) 1953 The Fourth Mental Measurements Yearbook New Jersey: Gryphon Press Burridge, Shirley and Adam, Max. No date. Using A Learner's Dictionary In The Classroom. Oxford University Press, Oxford, England. Burroughs, G. E. R 1945 A study of the vocabulary of young children Edinburgh: Oliver and Boyd Burroughs, R. S. 1982 Vocabulary study and context, or how I learned to stop worrying about word lists English Journal. Feb. 53-55. Burt, C. 1921, 1960 Mental and scholastic tests London Burt, M., Dulay, H. & Finocchario, M (Eds.). 1977 Viewpoints on English as a Second Language. Regents: New York. Burton, J., Weir, C.J. and Roberts, J. 1994 The Role and Design of Baseline Studies in the Evaluation of English Language Teaching: the Case of Nepal. ODA Evaluation Report EV485, . Busacker, K. 1975. Wie kann extensives Lesen ueberprueft werden? (How Can Extensive Reading Be Checked?). Praxis des Neusprachlichen Unterrichts; 22, 2, 210-214. Busch, Michael; Turner, Jean 1993 Using Likert Scales in L2 Research. TESOL Quarterly; v27 n4 p733 39 Win 1993 Buschke, Herman 1977 Two Dimensional Recall: Immediate Identification of Clusters in Episodic and Semantic Memory Journal of Verbal Learning and Verbal Behavior; 16; 2; 201 to 215 Busemeyer, Jerome (Ed.); Hastie, Reid (Ed.) unknown Psychology of Learning and Motivation: Advances in Research and Theory; v.32: Decision Making from a Cognitive Perspective Ed. J Busemeyer & R Bush, Arthur. 1914 The vocabulary of a three-year-old girl. Pedagogical Seminary .. 21, 125-142. Buss, Ray R.; Coon, Robert C.; Williford, Elizabeth B. 1987 When is a word a word: The development of word knowledge. Journal of Genetic Psychology; 1987 Sep Vol 148(3) 271 to 277 Bussel, Franciscus Jacobus Josephus van 1991 Computerondersteund leren van Engels vocabulaire: Een onderzoek naar de effecten van sequentiering en oefenvorm (Computer Assisted Learning of English Vocabulary: The Effects of Item Sequencing and Learning Options) Dissertation Abstracts International, Ann Arbor, MI (DAI). 1991 Winter, 52:4, Item 2757C Degree granting institution: Katholieke U Brabant Bussmann, Hadumod 1996 The Routledge Dictionary of Language and linguistcs London: Routledge Butler, C. 1995 Between lexis and grammar: Repeated word sequences and collocational frameworks in Spanish. Paper presented to the 5th Dyffryn Conference on Vocabulary and Lexis, Cardiff, March 31-April 2, 1995. Butler, C.S. 1982 Recent Developments in Systemic Linguistics. University of Cambridge Surveys. CUP. Butler, Christopher 1985 Statistics in Linguistics Oxford: Blackwell Butler, D, C. Ott and R. Blake 1973 Cognitive scaffolding in the learning of foreign language vocabulary. Paper given at the Association of Educational Communications and Technology, Las Vegas. Butterworth, Brian 1983 Lexical Representation In: Butterworth Brian (ed. & pref.). Language Production, II: Development, Writing and Other Language Processes. London : Academic. Butterworth, Brian 1989 Lexical Access in Speech Production In: Marslen Wilson William (ed.). Lexical Representation and Process. Cambridge : MIT Press. Butterworth Brian (ed) 1983 Language Production, II: Development, Writing and Other Language Processes. London : Academic Press. Butterworth, G. and E. Hatch 1978 A Spanish speaking adolescent¹s acquisition of English syntax. In Hatch E (Ed) Second Language Acquistion: A book of readings. Also MA TESL thesis, Los Angeles, University of California. Buvac, Sasa 1996 Resolving Lexical Ambiguity Using a Formal Theory of Context 101 24 IN Deemter Kees van (ed.); Peters Stanley (ed.). Semantic Ambiguity and Underspecification. Stanford, CA : Center for Study of Lang. & Information, 1996. xxiii, 272 pp. Buxbaum, K. 1943 Double-barreled vocabulary test College English 4, 436-437 Buxton, Barbara. 1986 An alternative to multiple choice vocabulary tests. MA Thesis Birkbeck College Buzan, Tony unknown Master Your Memory Buzan, Tony unknown Memory Vision Bye, C. 1980 The acquisition of grammatical morphemes in Quiche Mayan. Unpublished Ph.D. dissertation, Pittsburgh, University of Pittsburgh. Bygate, M. 1988 Units of Oral Expression and Language learning in Small Group Interaction. Applied Linguistics, 9 2: 59-82. Bygate, M. and Letts, C. 1994 Applied linguistics as evaluation of theory and practice: (Inter)relating the problems of learners, teachers and therapists. I In: Graddol, D. and Swann, J. (eds) Evaluating Language. Clevedon: BAAL/Multilingual Matters, 24-36. Bygate, Martin 1987 Speaking Oxford: Oxford University Press Bygate, Martin 1996 Effects of task repetition: appraising the developing language of learners in Willis, Jane and Dave Willis, Challenge and change in Language teaching. Heinemann. Bygrave, Pat 1995 The development of receptive vocabulary in music Bulletin of the council for research in music Byler Judy Kay 1985 The Makaton Vocabulary: an analysis based on recent research Br. J. Spec. Educ.; Vol.12, no.3 : Sep 85 109-116 ISSN: 03057526 Byram, M 1997 'Cultural awareness' as vocabulary learning. Language Learning Journal, 16, 51-58. Byrne, Joseph M.; Dywan, Christopher A.; Connolly, John F. 1995 An innovative method to assess the receptive vocabulary of children with cerebral palsy using event related brain potentials. Journal of Clinical and Experimental Neuropsychology; 1995 Feb Vol 17(1) 9 19 Byrnes, James P.; Duff, Michele A. 1988 Young Children's Comprehension and Production of Causal Expressions. Child Study Journal; v18 n2 p101 19 1988 Cabezas, JM and A Ruiz Rios 1998 How we teach words, words, words in ESO. GRETA, 6,1 , 74-76. Cacciari, C. and Tabossi, P. 1988 The comprehension of idioms Journal of Memory and Language 27. 668--683 Cacciari, C. and Tabossi, P. (eds.). 1993 Idioms. Processing, Structure, and Interpretation. Hillsdale, NJ: Lawrence Erlbaum Associates Cachapuz, Antonio F.C.; Maskill Roger 1989 Learning about the chemistry topic of equilibrium: the use of word association tests to detect developing conceptualisations International Journal of Science Education; Vol.11,no.1: Jan-Mar 89 57-69 Cahen, L. S., Craun, M. J. and Johnson, S. K. 1971 Spelling difficulty - a survey of the research. Review of Educational Research. 41, 4, 281-301. Cairns, H.S., Cowart, W. and Jablon, A.D. 1981. Effects of prior context upon the integration of lexical information during sentence processing. Journal of Verbal Learning and Verbal Behavior. 20. 445-453. Cairns, Helen S.; Kamerman, Joan 1975 Lexical Information Processing During Sentence Comprehension Journal of Verbal Learning and Verbal Behavior; 14; 2; 170 to 179 Calkins, Mary L. 1980 Free Text or Controlled Vocabulary? A Case History Step By Step Analysis Plus Other Aspects of Search Strategy. Database; v3 n2 p53 to 67 Jun 1980 Calve, P. 1976 Review of H. Holec: Structures lexicales et Enseignement du vocabulaire. Canadian Modern Language Review. 33, 1, 87-88. Calvin, William 1994 The emergence of Intelligence Scientific American, October, 79-85 Camarata, Stephen M.; Schwartz, Richard G. 1985 Production of Object Words and Action Words: Evidence for a Relationship between Phonology and Syntax Journal of Speech and Hearing Research. Sept., 28:3, 323-330 Cameron, Angus (Ed.) unknown Old English Word Studies Cameron, L. 1992 From Cognitive Psychology to Vocabulary Learning. Talk given at IATEFL Lille. Cameron, L. 1994 Organizing the world: children's concepts and categories, and implications for the teaching of English. English Language Teaching Journal 48,1: 28-39. Cammarota, M. and J. Giacobbe. 1986 L'acquisition du lexique en francais par des adultes hispanophones. [How adult, Spanish-speakers acquire vocabulary in French.]. Langages. 84, 65-78. Campbell, George 1995 Concise compendium of the world¹s languages London: Routledge Campbell, N. 1987 Adapted literary texts and the EFL reading programme. English Language Teaching Journal 41 / 2 April Campbell, Ruth; Conway, Martin A. (Ed.) unknown Broken Memories : Case Studies in Memory Impairment Campion, Mary E. and Elley, Warwick B. 1971 An academic vocabulary list. New Zealand Council for Educational Research, Wellington. Canakis, Anastasia. A case study on the relationship between expressive and receptive ... : the underlying mechanism of their relationship INSTITUTE OF EDUCATION DISSERTATIONS CAN Canale, M. and Swain, M. 1980 Theoretical bases of communicative approaches to second language teaching and testing. Applied linguistics, 1:1-47. Caner Cukiert, Ana Regina; Cukiert, Arthur 1994 Dichotic words listening test: Technical aspects and results in normal right handed individuals. Arquivos de Neuro Psiquiatria; 1994 Jun Vol 52(2) 204 to 209 Canney, George 1989 Metropolitan Achievement Tests (MAT6) Reading Diagnostic Tests (Test Review). Journal of Reading; v33 n2 p148 50 Nov 1989 Cao, Yiwei 1993 Comparison of the verbal ability of Chinese and Japanese children. Japanese Journal of Educational Psychology; 1993 Mar Vol 41(1) 64 to 69 Cape, J.D. 1974-75 Generalisation between receptive and productive language in retarded children: an attempted replication. M.Phil., London, Institute of Psychiatry - 25-908 Capehardt, Judy 1991 Cherishing and Challenging Children Wheaton, Ill.: Scripture Press Capel, A. 1982 An investigation into reading style in English as a first and foreign language using the Œe¹ cancellation task MA project Birbeck College Caplan, D 1983 The new lexicon - a summary of some arguments pertaining to the nature of lexical representations In: Studdert Kennedy Michael (ed. pref. & introd.). Psychobiology of Language. Cambridge : MIT Press. Capron, H. L 1990 Computers: Tools for an Information Age 2d ed. Redwood City, Calif.: Benjamin/Cummins Publishing Carabine, Bob 1991 Fuzzy boundaries and the extension of object words. Journal of Child Language; 1991 Jun Vol 18(2) 355 to 372 Caramazza, A. and I. Brones 1979 Lexical access in bilinguals. Bulletin of the Psychonomic Society, 13, 4, 212-214. Caramazza, Alfonso; Goodman, Roberta Ann 1986 Phonologically Plausible Errors: Implication for a Model of the Phoneme Grapheme Conversion Mechanism in the Spelling Process 300 325 IN Augst Gerhard (ed.). New Trends in Graphemics and Orthography. Berlin : de Gruyter, 1986. 464 pp. Caramazza, Alfonso; Hillis, Argye E. 1990 Spatial representation of words in the brain implied by studies of a unilateral neglect patient. Nature; 1990 Jul Vol 346(6281) 267 to 269 Caramazza, Alfonso; Hillis, Argye E. 1991 Lexical organization of nouns and verbs in the brain. Nature; 1991 Feb Vol 349(6312) 788 to 790 Caramazza, Alfonso; Miceli, Gabriele 1991 Selective Impairment of Thematic Role Assignment in Sentence Processing Brain and Language, Orlando, FL (B&L). 1991 Oct, 41:3, 402 36 Caramazza, Alfonso; Miceli, Gabriele; Villa, Giampiero; Romani, Cristina 1987 The role of the Graphemic Buffer in spelling: Evidence from a case of acquired dysgraphia. Cognition; 1987 Jun Vol 26(1) 59 to 85 Card, R. D. 1966 Conditions related to Paired-associate learning and their implications for foreign language learning. Unpublished Ph.D. thesis, University of Utah. Cardin, Regis 1995 Improved Learning Strategies for Small Vocabulary Automatic Speech Recognition Dissertation Abstracts International, Ann Arbor, MI (DAI). 1995 Aug, 56:2, 913B DAI No.: DANN94599. Degree granting institution: McGill U, 1994 Care, J-M. 1989 La joie des series. Le francais dans le monde. 154-162. Carey, S. 1983 Constraints on the meanings of natural kind terms In T. B. Seiler & W. Wannenmacher (Eds.), Concept development and the development of word meaning (pp. 126-143) Berlin: Springer-Verlag. Carey, Susan. 1978 The child as word learner. In ŒLinguistic Theory and Psychological Reality¹, M. Halle, J. Bresnan and G. A. Miller (Eds.). MIT Press, Massachusetts, 264-293. Carey, Susan and Elsa Bartlett 1978 Acquiring a single new word PAPERS AND REPORTS ON CHILd language development Carkeet, David. 1980 Double negative. A novel. New York: Dial Press. Carkeet, David. 1990. The full catastrophe. New York: Linden Press. Carmichael, Leonard (Ed.) unknown Handbook of Child Psychology; v.3: Cognitive Development Carney, E. 1994. A Survey of English Spelling. Routledge, London. Carney, Edward 1997 English spelling London: Routledge. Carnine, D., Kameenui, E.J. and Coyle, G. 1984 Utilization of contextual information in determining the meaning of unfamiliar words. Reading Research Quarterly. 19, 2, 188-204. Caron, Jean (Translated by Tim Pownall 1992 An introduction to psycholinguistics New York: Harvester Wheatsheaf Carpenter B. 1987 A formative evaluation of a Makaton-based reading programme Thesis (M.Phil.) - Nottingham, 1987 Carpenter, P.A. & Just, M. A. 1989 The role of working memory in language comprehension. In D. Klahr & K. Kotovsky (Eds.). Complex information processing: The impact of Herbert H. Simon.. (pp. 31 - 69). Hillsdale, NJ: Erlbaum. Carr, Eileen M. 1985 The Vocabulary Overview Guide: A Metacognitive Strategy to Improve Vocabulary Comprehension and Retention. Journal of Reading; v28 n8 p684 89 May 1985 Carr, Eileen M.; Mazur Stewart, Marianne 1988 The effects of the vocabulary overview guide on vocabulary comprehension and retention. Journal of Reading Behavior; 1988 Vol 20(1) 43 to 62 Carr, Eileen; Wixson, Karen K. 1986 Guidelines for Evaluating Vocabulary Instruction. Journal of Reading; 29 n7 p588 to 95 Apr 1986 Carr, T. H. and Curran, T. 1994 Cognitive factors in learning about structured sequences. Studies in Second Language Acquisition 16 pp. 205 - 230. Carr, Thomas H.; Pollatsek Alexander 1979 Rule-governed and wholistic processes in word perception Processing of visible language; p.295-308 Carreiras, Manuel; Perea, Manuel; Grainger, Jonathan 1997 Effects of the orthographic neighborhood in visual word recognition: Cross-task comparisons. Journal-of-Experimental-Psychology:-Learning, Memory, and-Cognition. 1997 Jul; Vol 23(4): 857-871 Carrell, John Millar and Roeloffs, Robert Jul. 1969 Computer selection of keywords using word-frequency analysis. American Documentation. 227-233. Carrell, P. 1984 Schema theory and ESL reading: classroom implications and applications. Modern Language Journal 68: 332-343. Carrell P and J Eisterhold 1988 Schema theory and ESL reading pedagogy In Carrell P, J Devine and D Eskey (eds) Interactive approaches to second language reading. Cambridge: CUP. Carrell., P. & Devine 1988 Interactive approaches to second Language reading Cambridge: Cambridge University Press. Carrell, P.L. 1992. Awareness of text structure: effects on recall. Language Learning 42:1 1 - 19. Carrell, P.L., & Carson, J.G. 1997 Extensive and intensive reading in an EAP setting. English for Specific Purposes, 16, 47-60. Carrell, Patricia L. 1983 Some Issues in Studying the Role of Schemata, or Background Knowledge, in Second Language Comprehension. Reading in a Foreign Language; v1 n2 p81 92 Oct 1983 Carrell, Patricia L 1986 Facilitating ESL Reading by Teaching Text Structure TESOL Quarterly 20, no. 1 : 727-51 Carrell, Patricia L. 1987 Readability in ESL. Reading in a Foreign Language; v4 n1 p21 40 Fall 1987 Carrell, Patricia L 1988, Interactive Text Processing: Implications for ESL/Second Language Reading Classrooms Chap. in Interactive Approaches to Second Language Reading. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 239-59 Carrell, Patricia L 1988 Some Causes of Text-Boundedness and Schema Interference in ESL Reading Chap. In Interactive Approaches to Second Language Reading.Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, , 101-13 Carrell, Patricia L.; And Others 1993 First and Second Language Reading Strategies: Evidence from Cloze. Reading in a Foreign Language; v10 n1 p953 65 Fall 1993 Carrell, SE. 1992 On Cognates. Second Language Research. 8,2, 93-119. Carroll, B. A. and Drum, P. A. 1983 Definitional gains for explicit and implicit context clues. In J. A. Niles & L. A. Harris (Eds.) Searches for meaning in reading / language processing and instruction 32nd yearbook of the National Reading Conference, Rochester, NY, 158-162. Carroll, B. and Drum, P. A. 1982 Effects of context in facilitating unknown word comprehension. In J. A.Niles & L. A.Harris eds, New enquiries in reading, National Reading Conference, Rochester, N.Y., 89-93. Carroll, B.J. and P.J. Hall. 1985 Make Your Own Language Tests: A Practical Guide to Writing Language Performance Tests. Oxford: Pergamon. Carroll, F. W. 1977 Cerebral dominance for language: a dichotic listening study of Navaio-English bilinguals. Paper presented at the Southwest Area Language and Linguistics Workshop. (Swallow VI.) Carroll, F. W. 1978 Cerebral lateralization and adult second language learning. Ph.D. thesis, University of New Mexico. (University Microfilms 78-19272.) Carroll, F. W. 1980 Neurolinguistic processing of a second language. Experimental evidence. In: R. Scarcella and S. Krashen (Eds.), Research in Second Language Acquisition. Rowley, Mass: Newbury House. Carroll, J. B. 1940. Knowledge of English roots and affixes as related to vocabulary and Latin study. Journal of Educational Research. 34, 2, 102-111. Carroll, J. B. 1963 Research on teaching foreign languages. In Handbook of Research on Teaching, N. L. Gage (Ed.). Rand McNally, Chicago, 1060-1100. Carroll, J. B. 1964 Words, meanings and concepts. Harvard Educational Review. 34, 2, 178-202. Carroll, J. B. 1969 Modern languages. In Encyclopaedia of Educational Research, R. L. Ebel (Ed.). 4th ed. Carroll, J.B. 1970. An alternative to Juilland's usage coefficient for lexical frequencies, and a proposal for a Standard Frequency Index (SFI). Computer Studies in the Humanities and Verbal Behavior 3: 61-65. Carroll, J.B. 1971 Measurement properties of subjective magnitude estimates of word frequency. Journal of Verbal Learning and Verbal Behavior 10: 722-729 Carroll, J. B. 1972 A new word frequency book. Elementary English. 49, 1070-1074. Carroll, J. B. 1972 Defining language comprehension: some speculations In Carroll, J. B. and Freedle. Language comprehension and the acquisition of knowledge. Wiley: New York. pp 1-29 Carroll, J. B. and Freedle 1972 Language comprehension and the acquisition of knowledge Wiley: New York Carroll, J. B., Davies, P. and Richman, B. 1971 The American Heritage Word Frequency Book. Houghton Mifflin, Boston American Heritage, New York. Carroll, John, and S. Sapon 1959 Modern Language Aptitude Test MLAT New York: Psychological Corporation Carroll, John B 1964 Language and Thought Englewood Cliffs, N. J.: Prentice-Hall Carroll, Lewis. 1960 Alice's adventures in Wonderland and Through the looking glass. New York: MacMillan. Carroll, Michael and Owen Mordant 1991 The Frontier Method of Vocabulary practice TESOL Journal Autumn 1991. pp23-26. Carroll, Nicocle 1995 CD-ROMs May Give Kids an Edge From Reading USA Today, p. 1 18 July Carroll, Patrick; Slowiaczek, Maria L. 1986 Constraints on semantic priming in reading: A fixation time analysis. Memory and Cognition; 1986 Nov Vol 14(6) 509 to 522 Carroll, SE 1992 On Cognates. Second Language Research, 8,2 , 93-119. Carruthers, peter 1996 Language Thought and consciousness Cambridge: Cambridge University press Carson, Joan Eisterhold; Kuehn, Phyllis A. 1994 Evidence of Transfer and Loss in Developing Second Language Writers 257 81 IN Cumming Alister H. (ed.). Bilingual Performance in Reading and Writing. Ann Arbor : Lang. Learning/Benjamins, 1994. 378 pp. Carter et al 1997 Working with texts Routledge Carter, R. 1981. Studying language: an integrated approach to lexis in literature. English in Education.15, 3. 41-48. Carter, R. 1983 A note on core vocabulary. Nottingham Linguistics Circular. 11, 2, 39-50. Carter, R. 1983 You look nice and weedy these days': lexical associations, lexicography and the foreign language learner Journal of Applied Language Study, 1, 2, 172-189. Carter, R. 1986 Core vocabulary and discourse in the curriculum: a question of the subject. RELC Journal. 17, 1, 52-70. Carter, R. 1987 Is there a core vocabulary? Some implications for language teaching. Applied Linguistics, 8, 2. 178-. 193. Carter, R. 1987 Vocabulary and second / foreign language teaching. Language Teaching. 20, 1, 3-16. Carter, R. 1987 Vocabulary: applied linguistic perspectives. London: George Allen and Unwin. Carter, R. 1988 Vocabulary, cloze and discourse. In Carter and McCarthy 1988, 161-180. Carter, R. 1989 Introduction. AILA Review. 6, 5-9. Carter, R. 1989 Review of Collins Cobuild English Dictionary. Collins. English Language Teaching Journal. 43(2): 150-52. Carter, R. 1993 Describing Knowledge about Language: Pupils, Teachers and the LINC Programme; Festschrift for Malcolm Coulthard 94 108 IN Sinclair John M. (ed.); Hoey Michael (ed.); Fox Gwyneth (ed.). Techniques of Description: Spoken and Written Discourse. London : Routledge, 1993. xv, 213 pp. Carter, R. 1995 Keywords in language and literacy London: Routledge Carter, R. unknown Lexis In Bowes and Brumfit Applied Linguistics and English Language Teaching. Carter, R. and Long, M. 1991 Teaching Literature. London: Longman. extracts Carter, R. and M. McCarthy, (Eds.). 1987 Vocabulary and Language Teaching. Longman, London. Carter, R. (ed.) 1982 Language and Literature: An Introductory Reader in Stylistics London : Allen & Unwin, 1982. xiv, 256 pp. Carter, R. M. and B. L. Criscoe-Lanasa 1978 Study of a compilation and analysis of writing vocabulary in Spanish of Mexican American children. Paper presented at the Vth International Congress of Applied Linguistics, Montreal. Carter, Ronald (ed.); Burton, Deirdre (ed.) 1982 Literary Text and Language Study London : Arnold, 1982. ix, 115 pp. Carter, Ronald; McCarthy, Michael 1995 Grammar and the Spoken Language. Applied Linguistics, 16 n2 p141 58 Jun 1995 Carter, Ronald; McCarthy, Michael 1997 Exploring Spoken English Cambridge: Cambridge University Press. Carton, A. S. 1966 A summary of the 'method of inference' in foreign language study. USA: The Research Foundation of City University of New York. Carton, A. S. 1971 Inferencing: a process in using and learning language. In The Psychology of Second Language Learning, Paul Pimsleur and Terrence Quinn (Eds.). Cambridge University Press, Cambridge, 45-58. Carton, D. 1976 Teaching a foreign language in the adult education classroom. Modern Language Journal, 50, 7, 363-68. Carton, Dana 1982 Simulating a Real Life Exchange in the Second Language Classroom. Canadian Modern Language Review; v38 n4 p706 08 May 1982 Cartwright, D. . and Nickerson, C.A. 1979. An empirical thesaurus: meaning norms for ninety common words. Modern Language Journal. 63. 442-447. Carvajal, Howard; Hayes, Jeff E.; Miller, Holly R.; Wiebe, Deloise A.; et al 1993 Comparisons of the vocabulary scores and IQs on the Wechsler Intelligence Scale for Children III and the Peabody Picture Vocabulary Test Revised. Perceptual and Motor Skills; 1993 Feb Vol 76(1) 28 to 30 Carver, D. J. 1971 'Idioms' and the teaching of an active vocabulary. English Language Teaching, 26, 1, 47-54. Carver, R.P. 1994 Percentage of unknown vocabulary words in text as a function of the relative difficulty of the text: implications for instruction. Journal of Reading Behavior 26,4: 413-437. Carver, R. P., & Leibert, R. E. 1995 The effect of reading library books at different levels of difficulty upon gain in reading ability. Reading Research Quarterly, 30, 26-48. Carver, Ronald P. 1986 Validity of the Rate Test. National Reading Conference Yearbook; 1986 Vol 35 382 to 386 Cary, Luz; Morais, Jose; Kolinsky Regine 1987 Awareness of words as phonological entities: the role of literacy Applied Psycholinguistics; Vol.8,no.3: Sep 87 223-232 Casanave, C.P 1988 Comprehension monitoring in ESL reading: a neglected essential. TESOL Quarterly 22:2, 283 - 302. Casanueva, Diane 1989 The Word Fragment Cue as a Test of Word Form Information with Delayed and Average Readers Dissertation Abstracts International, Ann Arbor, MI (DAI). 1989 Sept., 50:3, 1101B Cassels, J. T. T. and Johnstone, A. H. 1985 Words that matter in science. London Royal Society of Chemistry. Cassidy, F.G. 1972. Toward more objective labeling in dictionaries. In J.E. Alatis (ed.) Studies in Honor of Albert H. Marckwardt  TESOL, Washington. 49-56. Cassidy, Frederic. 1985-. Dictionary of American Regional English. Cambridge, MA:. Cataldo, Suzanne; Ellis, Nick C. 1988 Interactions in the development of spelling, reading and phonological skills. Special Issue: Cognitive processes in reading disability. Journal of Research in Reading; 1988 Sep Vol 11(2) 86 to 109 Catford, J. C. 1987 Phonetics and the teaching of pronunciation: a systemic description of English Phonology. In Morley J Ed. Current Perspectives on pronunciation. Washington, D.C. Catt, C. 1992 CALL authoring programs and vocabulary development exercises. CALL Journal. 4, 3. Cattell, James McKeen 1886 The Time it Takes to See and Name Objects Mind 11 : 63-65 Catts, Stanley V.; McConaghy, Nathaniel; Ward Philip B. 1991 Word association and measures of psychosis proneness in university students Personality and Individual Differences; Vol.12,no.5: 91 473-480 Cavosi, Ricciarda; Taeschner, Traute 1987 L'influenza dell'ambiente linguistico nel processo di acquisizione di un lessico bilingue (Influence of the Linguistic Environment on the Process of Acquiring a Bilingual Vocabulary). Rassegna Italiana di Linguistica Applicata; v19 n1 p67 to 71 Jan Apr 1987 Cawdrey, T. 1992 Reviews the Frequency ananlysis of English vocab and grammar based on the LOB corpus book by Johanssen and Hofland. English Studies. 73 (3): 276. Cazden, C., Cancino, E., Rosansky, E. & Schumann, J. 1975 Second language acquisition in children, adolescents and adults. Final report submitted to the National Institute of Education, Washington, D.C. Celce-Murcia, M. 1977 Phonological factors in vocabulary acquisition: a case study of a two-year old, English-French bilingual. Working Papers in Bilingualism, 13, 27-4 1 . Celce-Murcia, M. 1978 The simultaneous acquisition of English and French in a two year-old child In Second Language Acquisition, ed. E.M. Hatch. Rowley, Mass.: Newbury House. Celce-Murcia, M. unknown Review of Nation, P. Teaching and Learning Vocabulary. New York: Newbury House. 1990. TESOL Quarterly Celce-Murcia, M. and F. Rosenzweig 1979 Teaching Vocabulary in the ESL classroom. In: M. Celce-Murcia and L. McIntosh (Eds.) Teaching English as a second or Foreign language. Rowley, Mass.: Newbury House. Celce-Murcia, Marianne 1991 : Book Notices on the Role of Vocabulary in Language Teaching TESOL Quarterly 25, no. 4 715-28 Celce-Murcia, Marianne and James Coady 1991 Two Reviews of Teaching and Learning Vocabulary by I.S.P.Nation , TESOL Quarterly 25, no 4 : 705 10 Cembalo, M. 1969 Le vocabulaire des débutants. [Beginners' vocabulary] Unpublished MA thesis, Nancy, Faculte des Lettres et des Sciences Humaines. Cembalo, M. 1970 L'enseignement du vocabulaire aux débutants en anglais. [Teaching vocabulary to beginners in English.] Mélanges Pédagogigues. Cermak L. S. & F. I.M. Craik ed. 1979 Levels Of Processing In Human Memory. Hillsdale, NJ: Erlbaum. Cermak, Laird S. (Ed.) unknown Neuropsychological Explorations of Memory and Cognition Cermak, Laird S.; Reale, Lynn 1978 Depth of Processing and Retention of Words by Alcoholic Korsakoff Patients Journal of Experimental Psychology: Human Learning and Memory; 4; 2; 165 to 74 Chafe, W. 1968 Idiomaticity as an anomaly in the Chomskyan paradigm. Foundations of Language, 4, 109-125. Chafe, W., J. DuBois, and S. Thompson. 1991 Towards a New Corpus of Spoken American English. In K. Aijmer and B. Altenberg (eds), English Corpus Linguistics. London: Longman. Chafetz, J. 1994 The closed-class vocabulary as a closed-set. Applied Psycholinguistics 15: 273-287. Chaffin, Roger 1997 Associations to unfamiliar words: Learning the meanings of new words. Memory-and-Cognition. 1997 Mar; Vol 25(2): 203-226 Chaima, K. unknown Etude du phenomene de transfert dans des epreuves ecrites de vocabulaire en francais langue seconde chez des apprenants anglophones et hellenophone de niveau universitaire. Doctoral thesis. Universite de Montreal. Chalhoub-Deville, Micheline 1997 Theoretical models, assessment frameworks and test construction language testing 14 (1): 3-22 Chalker, Sylvia unknown English Grammar Word by Word Chall, J. 1958 Readability: an appraisal of research and application. Ohio State Bureau of Education Research Monographs. Chall J. S. and Dale E. 1950 Familiarity of selected health terms Educational research bulletin 39, 197-206 Chall, Jeanne 1983 Learning to Read: the Great Debate, 2d ed New York, NY: McGraw-Hill Chall, Jeanne 1983 Stages of Reading Development New York: McGraw Hill Chall, Jeanne S. 1987 Two vocabularies for reading: recognition and meaning. In McKeown, M. G. and M. E. Curtis. (Eds.). The Nature of Vocabulary Acquisition. Lawrence Erlbaum Associates. Hillsdale: New Jersey. Challis, Bradford H.; Brodbeck, David R. 1992 Level of processing affects priming in word fragment completion. Journal of Experimental Psychology Learning, Memory, and Cognition; 1992 May Vol 18(3) 595 to 607 Challis, Bradford H.; Roediger, Henry L. 1993 The effect of proportion overlap and repeated testing on primed word fragment completion. Canadian Journal of Experimental Psychology; 1993 Mar Vol 47(1) 113 to 123 Chamberlain, A. 1965 Learning a passive vocabulary. International conference on Modern Language Teaching. Chamis, Alice Yanosko unknown Vocabulary Control and Search Strategies in On Line Searching Chamot, A.U. 1984 Identification of ESL learning strategies. Paper presented at the 18th Annual TESOL Convention. Houston, Texas, 1984. Chamot, A.U. 1987 The learning strategies of ESL students In Wenden, A. and Rubin, J. (eds.) Learner Strategies in Language Learning. New York: Prentice Hall. Chamot, A.U. and Rubin, J. 1994 Comments on Janie Rees-Miller's "A critical appraisal of learner training: Theoretical bases and teaching implications. Two readers react... TESOL Quarterly 28, 4: 771-776. Champagnol, R. 1972 Conditions d'apprentissage du vocabulaire. [Factors affecting vocabulary acquisition.] Les Langues Modernes, 66, 413-426. Champagnol, R. 1973 Organization sémantique et linguistique dans le rappel libre bilingue. [Semantic and linguistic organization in the free recall of bilingual subjects.] Année Psychologique, 73, 115-134. Champagnol, R. 1974 Association verbale, structuration et rappel libre bilingues. [Word associations, structuring and free recall in bilinguals.] Psychologie Française, 19, 83-100. Champagnol, R. unknown L'utilisation du vocabulaire: les fondements actuels de la pédagogie des langues, sont-ils insuffisants? [Using vocabulary: how satisfactory are the present bases of language teaching?] Psychological Laboratory, University of Poitiers, n.d. Champion, James J. 1979 Derivatives of Irregular Verbs. Hispania; v62 n3 p317 to 20 May Sep 1979 Chance, Larry L. 1974 Using a Learning Stations Approach to Vocabulary Practice Journal of Reading; 18; 3; 244 to 46 Chandler, Theodore A.; Pengilly, Joy 1992 Use of Meaningfulness in Retention Related to Attributions and Divergent Thinking -ERIC_NO- ED344912 -CLEARINGHOUSE_NO- TM018241 Chandrasegaran, A. 1980 Teaching the context-clue approach to meaning. Guidelines 3, 61-68. Chandrasegaran, A. 1993. Simplification in student writing. In Tickoo (ed.) 1993.114-126. Chang, J. 1987 'Chinese Speakers' In Swan and Smith (eds.) 1987. Channell, J. 1981 Applying semantic theory to vocabulary teaching. English Language Teaching Journal, 35, 2, 115-122. Channell, J. 1987 Psycholinguistic considerations in the study of L2 vocabulary acquisition. In: RA Carter and M. McCarthy (Eds.) Vocabulary and foreign language learning. London: Longman. Channell, J. 1990 Vocabulary acquisition and the mental lexicon. In: J. Tomasczyk and B. Lewandowska-Tomasczyk (Eds.) Meaning and Lexicography. Amsterdam: John Benjamins. Chapelle, C.A. 1994 Are C-tests valid measures for L2 vocabulary research? Second Language Research, 10 (2), 157-187. Chapelle, C.A. Forthcoming Construct definition and validity inquiry in SLA research In L.F. Bachman and A.D. Cohen (eds.) Language Testing and Second Language Acquisition Interfaces. Chapelle, C.A. and R.G. Abraham. 1990 Cloze method: what difference does it make? Language Testing 7 (2), 121-146. Chapelle, Carol 1993 Issues in computer-assisted analysis for one-word test responses CALICO Œ93 Annual symposium Chapelle, J and M Claes (eds) 1993 Proceedings of the first international conference on memory and memorization in acquiring and learning languages. Louvain la Neuve. . Chapelle J. (Ed.) 1994 Memory and meorization in acquiring and learning languages. Brussels. ??????? Chapman, F. L. and Gilbert, L. C. 1937 A study of the influence of familiarity with English words upon the learning of their foreign language equivalent. Journal of Educational Psychology. 28, 621-628. Chapman, Robin 1974 Discussion Summary- Developmental relationship between receptive and expressive language In Schielelbusch, R. L., and Lloyd, L. L. Language prespectives- Acquisition, Retardation and Intervention. MacMillan, London. pp 335-344 Chapman, Robin S. unknown Child Talk : Processes in Language Acquisition Chapman, Robin S.; Miller, Jon F. 1975 Word Order in Early Two and Three Word Utterances: Does Production Precede Comprehension? Journal of Speech and Hearing Research. 18, 355-71 Chapnik Smith, M. and K. Kirsener 1982 Language and orthography as irrelevant features in colour-word and picture-word Stroop interference. Quarterly Journal of Experimental Psychology, 34A, 153-170. Chapnik Smith, Marilyn 1991 On the recruitment of semantic information for word fragment completion: evidence from bilingual priming Journal of Experimental Psychology learning, memory and cognition 17: 2, 234-244 Chappelle, C. and Read, J. 1996 Toward a framework for vocabulary assessment Paper presented at the AILA Congress, Jyvaskyla, Finland. August 1996. Charles, C.M 1988 Introduction to Educational Research White Plains: Longman Charniak, E. 1993 Statistical Language Learning. Cambridge, Mass.: MIT Press. Chase, C. I. 1961 Applications of levels of concept formation to measurement of vocabulary Journal of educational research. 55: 75-78 Chase, W. G 1973 Visual information processing. Carnegie Symposium on Cognition, 8th, 1972, Carnegie-Mellon University, Pittsburgh. New York Academic press Chastaing, Maxime 1986 Comment jouer avec des enfants a associer des mots. (How to play word association games with children.) Journal de Psychologie Normale et Pathologique; 1986 Vol 81(1 to 2) 41 to 70 Chaudron, C. 1988 Second Language Classrooms. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press. Chaudron, C., & Richards, J.C. 1986 The effect of discourse markers on the comprehension of lectures. Applied Linguistics, 7(2), 113-127. Chaudron, Craig. 1982 Vocabulary elaboration in teachers' speech to L2 learners. Studies in Second Language Acquisition. 4, 2, 170-180. Cheah, Y.M. 1996 Innovation, survival and processes of change in the bilingual classroom in Brunei Darussalam. Journal of Multilingual and Multicultural Development, 17, 163-168. Cheah, Y.M. 1997 Shaping the classrooms of tomorrow: Lessons from the past. In G.M. Jacobs (ed.), Language classrooms of tomorrow: Issues and responses (pp. 16-35). Singapore: SEAMEO Regional Language Centre. Cheepen, Christine and James Monoghan 1997 Spoken English: a practical guide London: Pinter Chen, H. C. & Leung,Y.S 1989 Patterns of lexical processing in a non-native language Journal of Experimental Psychology: Learning, Memory and Cognition, 15_: 316-25. Chen HC and C. HO. 1986 Development of Stroop interference in Chinese-English bilinguals. Journal of Experimental Psychology: Learning, Memory and Cognition. 12, 397-401. Chen, Hsuan chih 1990 Lexical processing in a non native language: Effects of language proficiency and learning strategy. Memory and Cognition; 1990 May Vol 18(3) 279 to 288 Chen, Hsuan-Chih 1992 Lexical prosessing in bilingual or mulitlingual speakers In: R. Harris (Ed.), Cognitive Processing in Bilinguals. Amsterdam: Elsevier. 253-264 Chen, Tung-Bo; Lin, Koong-H.C.; Soo, Von-Wun 1997 Training recurrent neural networks to learn lexical encoding and thematic role assignment in parsing Mandarin Chinese sentences. Neurocomputing:-An-International-Journal. 1997 Jun; Vol 15(3-4): 383-409 Chen, Y. P. 1993, A7. Word recognition and reading in Chinese. D.Phil., Oxford - 43-8062 Chen Zheng and Grant Henning 1985 Linguistic and cultural bias in language proficiency tests Language Testing 2: 155-163 Cherchi, L. 1977 L'anglais dans l'université: étude théorique des stratégies d'acquisition. Thèse d'état: Universite de Paris 7. Cherchi, L. 1981 L'activation du lexique dans la compréhension: recherche en linguistique étrangère. [Activation of the lexicon in comprehension. Annales litteraires de l'université de Besançon, VII, 11-22. Chern Chiou-lan. 1993 Chinese students word solving strategies in reading in English. In: T. Huckin, M. Haynes and J. Coady (Eds.). Second Language Reading and Vocabulary. Norwood, NJ.: Ablex. Chester, Robert 1971 A Critical Examination of Vocabulary Control in View of Present Research Dealing with Initial Learning Tasks. Unknown Reference Chesterfield, R. and Chesterfield, K.B. 1985 Natural order in children's use of second language learning strategies. Applied Linguistics 6, 1: 45-59. Chesterman, Andrew 1997 Memes of Translation : Spread of Ideas in Translation Theory J Benjamins, Netherlands Cheung, H and S Kemper 1993 Recall and articulation of English and Chinese words by Chinese-English bilinguals. Memory and Cognition, 21,5, 666-670. Cheung, Him 1996 Nonword Span as a Unique Predictor of Second Language Vocabulary Learning. Developmental Psychology; v32 n5 p867 73 Sep 1996 Chevallier, Christelle. 1995 The Acquisition of English Word Connotations by Nonnative Speakers of English. MA Thesis, Brigham Young University, Linguistics Department. Provo, Utah. Cheydleur, Frederic 1928 Results and significance of the new type foreign language tests Modern language Journal 12: 513-31 Chi Mah-Lai, A, Kwong Pui-Yiu and M Wong Cahu-Ping 1994 Collocational problems amongst learners: a corpus based study. In: L Flowerdew and AK Tong (eds) Entering Text. Hong Kong: Language Centre, HKUST. . Chiarello, Christine 1988 More on words, hemifields, and hemispheres: A reply to Schwartz and Kirsner. Brain and Cognition; 1988 Jun Vol 7(3) 394 to 401 Chiarello, Christine; Maxfield, Lisa; Richards, Lorie; Kahan, Todd 1995 Activation of lexical codes for simultaneously presented words: Modulation by attention and pathway strength. Journal of Experimental Psychology Human Perception and Performance; 1995 Aug Vol 21(4) 776 808 Chiarello, Christine; Richards, Lorie 1992 Another look at categorical priming in the cerebral hemispheres. Neuropsychologia; 1992 Apr Vol 30(4) 381 to 392 Chihara, T. J.W. Oller, K.A. Weaver and M.A. Chavetz-Oller 1977 Are cloze items sensitive to constraints across sentences language learning 27, (1) 63-73 Chikalanga, I. W. 1993 Exploring Inferencing Ability of ESL Readers. Reading in a Foreign Language; v10 n1 p931 52 Fall 1993 Chikalanga, Israel 1992 A Suggested Taxonomy of Inferences for the Reading Teacher. Reading in a Foreign Language; v8 n2 p697 709 Spr 1992 Chikamatsu, Nobuko 1996 The Effects of L1 Orthography on L2 Word Recognition: A Study of American and Chinese Learners of Japanese. Studies in Second Language Acquisition; v18 n4 p403 32 Dec 1996 Chipman, Harold H.; Dardel, Catherine de 1974 Developmental Study of the Comprehension and Production of the Pronoun 'It'. Journal of Psycholinguistic Research, New York, NY 1974, 3, 91 99 Chitiri, Helena-Fivi; Yilin Sun and Dale M. Wlliws 1992 Word recognition in second language reading In: R. Harris (Ed.), Cognitive Processing in Bilinguals. Amsterdam: Elsevier. 283-297 Chitri, HF, and DM Willows 1994 Word recognition in two languages and orthographies: English and Greek. Memory and Cognition, 22 , 313-325. Cho, K. S., & Krashen, S 1995 Becoming a dragon: Progress in English as a second language through narrow free voluntary reading. California Reader, 29 , 9-10 Cho, K-S and SD Krashen 1994 Acquisition of vocabulary from the Sweet Valley Kids series: Adult ESL Acquisition. Journal of Reading, 37662-667. Cho, KS and S Krashen 1996 From Sweet Valley Kids to Harlequins in one year: a case study of an adult second language learner. California English 1 , 18-19. Choi, Soonja; Bowerman, Melissa 1991 Learning to express motion events in English and Korean: The influence of language specific lexicalization patterns. Special Issue: Lexical and conceptual semantics. Cognition; 1991 Dec Vol 41(1 to 3) 83 to 121 Chomsky, C 1969 The acquisition of syntax in children for 5-10. Cambridge, Mass.: MIT Press. Chomsky, N. 1959 Review of Verbal Behaviour by Skinner Language: 25(1): 26-59. Chomsky, N. 1965 Aspects of a Theory of Syntax. Cambridge, Mass.: MIT Press. Chomsky, N. 1976 Reflections on Language. London: Temple Smith. Chomsky, N. 1986 Knowledge of Language: Its Nature, Origin and Use. New York: Praeger. Chomsky, N and M Halle 1968 The Sound Pattern of English. New York: Harper Row. Chomsky, Noam. 1988. Language and problems of knowledge: the Managua lectures. Cambridge, MA: The MIT Press. Chomsky, Noam 1996 Powers and prospects London: Pluto Chou, Chih-p'ing etc. unknown Advanced Reader of Modern Chinese : China's Own Critics; v.1 & 2: Text AND Vocabulary and Sentence Patterns Christian, J. et al. 1978 Measures of free recall of 800 English nouns: correlations with imagery, concreteness, meaningfulness and frequency. Memory and Cognition. 6, 379- 390. Christianson, Sven-Ake (Ed.) unknown Handbook of Emotion and Memory : Research and Theory Christopher, John. 1972 In The Beginning. Longman, London. Chueng, C.H. & Kemper, S. 1992 Competing complexity metrics for assessing the production of adult and child speech. Applied Psycholinguistics, 13, 53- 76. Chujo, Kazumitsu; Okazaki, Hitomi; Okazaki, Toshio 1992 An examination of effects on communicative activities in vocabulary learning. Japanese Journal of Educational Psychology; 1992 Sep Vol 40(3) 323 to 330 Chun, Ann E., Day, R. R., Chenoweth, N. A. and Luppescu. S. 1982 Errors, interaction and correction: a study of native-non-native conversations. TESOL Quarterly. 16, 4, 537-547. Chun, Dorothy M.; Plass, Jan L. 1996 Effects of Multimedia Annotations on Vocabulary Acquisition. Modern Language Journal; v80 n2 p183 98 Sum 1996 Chung Hyunjoo. 1995. Effects of elaborative modification on second language reading comprehension and incidentalvocabulary learning. University of Hawai'i Working Papers in ESL. 14, 1. 27-61. Church, K., Gale, W., Hanks, P., Hindle, D., and Moon, R. 1994 Lexical substitutability in B.T.S. Atkins and A. Zampolli (eds.) Computational Approaches to the Lexicon Oxford University Press. Church, K.W. and Hanks, P.W. 1990 Word association norms, mutual information, and lexicography' Computational Linguistics 16,1. Church, K., W. Gale, P. Hanks and D. Hindle. 1991 Using statistics in lexical analysis. In U. Zernik (ed.) Lexical Acquisition. Englewood Cliff, NJ: Erlbaum. 115--64. Cianflone, Ralph; Zullo, Thomas G. 1980 The Relationship of an Early Measure of Intelligence to the Ability to Learn Sight Vocabulary Words and to Later Reading Achievement. Educational and Psychological Measurement; v40 n4 p1197 to 1200 Win 1980 Ciani, Alfred J. 1976 Syntactic Maturity and Vocabulary Diversity in the Oral Language of First, Second, and Third Grade Students Research in the Teaching of English; 10; 2; 150 to 56 Ciborowski, Tom; Price Williams, D. 1975 A Study of Cued Free Recall Learning among Rural Hawaiian Children Using Standardized Norms. ERC?? Technical Report No. 71. Cieslicka, A 1997 The effect of language proficiency and L2 vocabulary learning strategies on patterns of bilingual lexical processing. PhD thesis: Poznan: Universytet im. Adama Mickiewicza. Cieslicka-Ratajczak, A 1995 The mental lexicon in second language learning. Studia Anglica Posnaniensia 29 , 105-117. Citino, David unknown House of Memory Clackson, Janet. 1977 Interference and vocabulary learning, the influence of cross-language homonymy. TESL Hons. Course, course paper. Clahsen, Harald (Ed.) unknown Generative Perspectives on Language Acquisition : Empirical Findings, Claiborne, Robert. 1983. Our marvelous native tongue: the life and times of the English language. London: Faber and Faber. Clapham, Caroline 1996 UCLES Studies in Language testing 4:The development of IELTS Cambridge: Cambridge University Press. Clare, L.; McKenna, Peter J.; Mortimer, A. M.; Baddeley, Alan D. 1993 Memory in schizophrenia: What is impaired and what is preserved? Neuropsychologia; 1993 Nov Vol 31(11) 1225-41 Clark, E. and B. Hecht 1983 Comprehension, production and language acqusistion Annual review of psychology 34, 325-349 Clark, E. V. 1971 On the acquisition of the meaning of `before' and `after'. Journal of Verbal Learning and Verbal Behavior. 10, 266-275. Clark, E. V. 1973 What's in a word? On the child's acquisition of semantics in his L1. In Cognitive Development and the Acquisition of Language, T. E. Moore (Ed.), Academic Press, New York. Clark, Eve 1995 The proceedings of the 27th annual Child language research forum Stanford Linguistics association. Stanford Clark, Eve V. 1978 Strategies for communicating. Child Development; 1978 Dec Vol 49(4) 953 to 959 Clark, Eve V. 1980 Lexical Innovations: How Children Learn to Create New Words. Papers and Reports on Child Language Development, Number 18. and Child language: A reader. (Margery B. Franklin, Sybil S. Barten, Eds.), pp. 118-129. Oxford University Press, New York, NY, US; xi, 398 pp. Clark, Eve V. 1988 On the logic of contrast. Journal of Child Language; 1988 Jun Vol 15(2) 317 to 335 Clark, Eve V. 1990 On the pragmatics of contrast. Journal of Child Language; 1990 Jun Vol 17(2) 417 to 431 Clark, Eve V. 1993 The Lexicon in Acquisition. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press Clark, Eve V.; Cohen, Sophia R. 1984 Productivity and memory for newly formed words. Journal of Child Language; 1984 Oct Vol 11(3) 611 to 625 Clark, F. M. and Monahan, M. M. 1955 Controlled Vocabulary? Journal of Education 137: 15 Clark, Gordon E. 1991 The Effect of the Root/Affix Method of Instruction on the Vocabulary Acquisition of Japaneses ESL Learners. MA Thesis, Brigham Young University, Linguistics Department. Provo, Utah. Clark, H. H. and E. V. 1977 Psychology and Language. Harcourt Brace Jovanovich, New York. Clark, H.H. and Gerrig, R.J. 1983 Understanding old words with new meanings. Journal of Verbal Learning and Verbal Behavior. 22, 591-608. Clark, Herbert 1970 Word associations and linguistic theory In J. Lyons. New Horizons in Linguistic Theory 2: London; Pelican Clark, Herbert 1973 The language-as-fixed-effect Fallacy: A critique of language statistics in psychological research Journal of verbal learning and verbal behaviour 12 335-359 Clark, J. 1987 Curriculum Renewal in School Foreign Language Learning. Oxford: Oxford University Press. Clark, J.L.D. 1972 Foreign Language Testing: Theory and Practice. Philadelphia: Center for Curriculum Development. Clark, James M. and Paivio, Allan. 1991 Dual coding theory and education, Educational Psychology Review, 3:3, 149-210. Clark, Joan; Klecan Aker, Joan S. 1992 Therapeutic strategies for language disordered children: The impact of visual imagery on verbal encoding in vocabulary instruction. Journal of Childhood Communication Disorders; 1992 Vol 14(2) 129 to 145 Clark, R. 1975 Adult theories, child strategies and their implications In Allen, J.P.B. & Corder, S.P. (eds.) Papers in Applied Linguistics, 2, pp. 308-327. Clark, R. E. Hutcheson and P. van Burren. 1974 Comprehension and production in Language acquisition. Journal of Linguistics. 10: 39-54. Clark, V. , Eschholz, P. and A. Rosa 1994 Language: Introductory readings New York: MacMillan Clarke, D. 1986 Vocabulary acquisition and the computer database. Paper presented to the 2Oth International conference of the IATEFL. Brighton. 1986 UEA Papers in Linguistics, Special Issue, 21-42. Clarke, D.F. 1991 The negotiated syllabus: What is it and how is it likely to work? Applied Linguistics. 12, 1: 13-28. Clarke, D. F. and I. S. P Nation 1980 Guessing the meanings of words from context: strategy and techniques. System, 8, 3, 211-220. Clarke, E. 1987 Reorganization in language acquisition Special interest group discussion, Stanford Child Language Research Forum, Clarke, M. 1992 Vocabulary learning with and without computers: some thoughts on a way forward. CALL Journal. 5, 139-146. Clarke, M. A., and Sandra Silberstein 1979 Toward a Realization of Psycholinguistic Principles in the ESL Reading Class Reading in a Second Language: Hypotheses, Organization, and Practice. ed. R. B. Mackay, B. Barkman, and R. R. Jordan, 48-65.Rowley, Mass.: Newbury House Clarke, M. J. (Ed.). 1964 English Studies Series l. Oxford University Press, London. Claxton, Guy L. 1974 Initial Consonant Groups Function as Units in Word Production. Language and Speech,. 17, 271-77 Clay, M. M 1975 Learning to inflect English words. RELC Journal, 6, 2, 33-41. Clear, J. 1988 Trawling the language: monitor corpora in M. Snell-Hornby (ed.) ZüriLEX '86 Proceedings. Francke, Tübingen. Clear, J. 1992 Corpus sampling in G. Leitner (ed.) New Directions in English Language Corpora: Methodology, Results, Software Developments. Mouton de Gruyter, Berlin. Clear, J 1993 From Firth principles: computational tools for the study of collocation in M. Baker, G. Francis, E, Tognini-Bonelli (eds.) Text and Technology: In Honour of John Sinclair, Amsterdam: John Benjamins Clear, J. 1996 "Grammar and nonsense": or syntax and word senses, in J. Svartvik (ed.) Words: Proceedings of an International Symposium, Lund, 25-26 August 1995 KVHAA Konferenser 36, Stockholm. Clear, J. 1996 Technical implications of multilingual corpus lexicography International Journal of Lexicography 9, 3. Clear, J., Fox, G., Francis, G., Krishnamurthy, R., and Moon, R. 1996 COBUILD: the state of the art International Corpus Linguistics 1, 2. Clear, J. H. 1993 The British National Corpus in G. P. Landow and P. Delaney (eds.), . MIT Press, Cambridge Mass. 163-87. Clear, J.H. 1994 I Can't See the Sense in a Large Corpus in F. Kiefer, G. Kiss, J. Pajzs (eds.) . Research Institute for Linguistics, Hungarian Academy of Sciences, Budapest, 33-48. Clear Jeremy 1987 Computing In Sinclair, John (Ed.), Looking Up : Account of the Cobuild Project in Lexical Computing. Collins ELT, London. Clifford, Geraldine Joncich. 1978 Words for schools: the applications in education of the vocabulary researches of Edward L. Thorndike. In P. Suppes (Ed.) Impact of Research on Education: Some Case Studies, 107-. 198. Clifford, Margaret M. 1971 Goals and Motivational Effects in the Elementary School Part I: Effect of Competition on Performance, Interest, and Retention with the Use of a Fifth Grade Vocabulary Learning Task. Final Report. Unknown Reference Clifton, C., P. Sorce, P. Schaye and A. Fiszman 1978 Translation between languages in memory search. American Journal of Psychology, 91, 237-249. Cline, Tony; Wilson Jo 1995 The naming speed test Educational and Child Psychology; Vol.12,no.1: 95 39-45 Cline, William May 85 Teaching Spanish for Technical Purposes. ERIC Number: ED272020 Clipperton, R. 1994 Explicit vocabulary instruction in French immersion. Canadian Modern Language Review. 50,4 736-749. Close, R. A. 1992 A Teacher¹s Grammar Language Teaching Publications Clotworthy, C.J. 1988, K2b. A study in automated voice recognition. Ph.D., Queen's University Belfast - 38-8604 Clyne, M. 1987 Constraints of code-switching. How universal are they? Linguistics 25, 736-64 Coady, J. 1993 Research on ESL / EFL Vocabulary Acquisition: putting it in context. In: T. Huckin, M. Haynes and J. Coady (Eds.) Second Language Reading and Vocabulary. Norwood, NJ.: Ablex. Coady, J. unknown Review of Nation, P. Teaching and Learning Vocabulary. New York: Newbury House. 1990. TESOL Quarterly Coady, J. and N. Anderson Rapid reading in L2: ensuring top-down comprehension through bottom-up automaticity Unpublished paper Ohio University Coady, J. and T. Huckin 1996 Incidental vocabulary acquisition in a second language: a review. Paper presented at the AILA Congress, Jyvaskyla, Finland. August 1996. Coady J. and T. Huckin. 1997 Second Language Vocabulary Acquisition: A rationale for Pedagogy. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press. . Coady, J., Carrell, P., and Nation, Paul. unknown The teaching of vocabulary in ESL from the perspective of schema theory. Unpublished paper. Coady, J, J. Magoto, P. Hubbard, J. Graney and K. Mokhtari. 1993 High frequency vocabulary and reading proficiency in ESL readers. In: T. Huckin, M. Haynes and J. Coady (Eds.). Second Language Reading and Vocabulary. Norwood, NJ.: Ablex. Coady, J. M. 1979 A psycholinguistic model of the ESL reader. In R. Mackay et al (Eds.).Reading in a Second Language Newbury House, Rowley, Massachusetts, 5-12. Coady, James. 1988 Research on L2 vocabulary acquisition: putting it in context. Unpublished paper, Ohio University. Coady, James 1997 L2 Vocabulary acquisition: a synthesis of the research In Coady, J and T. Huckin. Second language Vocabulary Acquisition: A rationale for Pedagogy. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press. pp 273-290 Coady, James 1997 L2 vocabulary acquisition through extensive reading In Coady, J and T. Huckin. Second language Vocabulary Acquisition: A rationale for Pedagogy. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press. pp 225-237 Cobb, P.H. 1985 Context effects in word recognition. Ph.D., London, University College - 35-2929 Cobb, T 1994 EspritdeCorpus: Computer assisted corpus builder. Oman: Sultan Qaboos University, software Cobb, T. 1996. From concord to lexicon: development and test of a corpus-based lexical tutor. Unpublished Ph.D. thesis, Concordia University, Montreal. Cobb, T 1997 Is there any measurable learning from hands-on concordancing? System, 25,3, 301-315. Cobb, T and M Horst 1997 Vocabulary sizes of some City University Students. Journal of Language Studies. City University, Hong Kong. Cobb, T.M. 1993 Imported tests: Analyzing the task TESOL Arabia COBUILD 1995 English Guides: Homophones Collins COBUILD Cochran, Judith A 1993 Reading in the Content Areas for Junior High and High School Boston: Allyn and Bacon Cocking, Rodney R. 1977 Measures of language comprehension: Relations to performance. Child Study Journal; 1977 Vol 7(4) 165 178 Cody, William J.; Borkowski, John G. 1977 Proactive Interference and Its Release in Short Term Memory of Mildly Retarded Adolescents American Journal of Mental Deficiency; 82; 3; 305 to 8 Coe, N. 1987 'Speakers of Spanish and Catalan' Swan and Smith (eds.) Coe, Norman 1997 Vocabulary must be learnt, not taught Modern English teacher. Volume 6, Number 3 pp. 47 Coenen, M. 1989 Woordvormingsonderwijs en de uitbreiding van de passieve nederlandse woordenschat van allochtone leerlingen. [Lexical morphology and the development of passive Dutch vocabulary of ethnic minority children.]. Toegepaste Taalwetenschap in Artikelen. 34, 81-87. Coenen, M. and A Vermeer. 1988 Nederlandse woordenschat allochtone kinderen. [Children's vocabulary in Dutch as a foreign language]. Tilburg: Zwijsen. Coenen, M and A Vermeer 1989 Nederlandse woordenschat allochtone kinderen. [The Dutch Vocabulary of non-native children.] Samenwijs 181-182 Cofer, C.N., Bruce, D.R., and Reicher, G. M. 1966 Clustering in free recall as a function of certain methodological variations. Journal of Experimental Psychology 71: 858-866. Cohen, A. 1986 Forgetting foreign language vocabulary. In: B. Weltens, K. de Bot and T. van Els (Eds.) Language Attrition in Progress. Dordrecht: Foris. Cohen, A. 1986 Verbal report as a source of information on reading strategies. ESPecialist. 15, 1, 1-12. Cohen, A. 1987 The use of verbal and imagery mnemonics in second language vocabulary learning. Studies in Second Language Acquisition. 9, 1, 43-62. Cohen, A. 1989 Attrition in the productive lexicon of two Portugese third-language speakers. Studies in Second Language Acquisition. 11: 2,135-149. Cohen, A. and E. Aphek 1980 Retention of second language vocabulary over time: investigating the role of mnemonic associations. System, 8, 221-235. Cohen, A. and Hosenfield, C. 1981 Some uses of mentalistic data in second language research. Language Learning. 31, 2, 285-313. Cohen, A.D. 1988. Review of Lexical Semantics  by D. A. Cruse. Cambridge University Press, Cambridge Studies in Second Language Acquisition . 10, 3.404-406 . Cohen, A . D. 1990 Language Learning. New York: Newbury House. Cohen, A.D. 1990. Research in vocabulary, attending, and speaking. In A.D. Cohen. Language Learning  . Newbury House, New York: Chapter 7..133-158. Cohen, A. D., H. Glasman, P. R. Rosenbaum-cohen, J Ferrara and J. Fine 1979 Reading English for specialized purposes: discourse analysis and the use of student informants TESOL Quarterly. 13: 551-564 Cohen, Alice Sheff; Schwartz, Elaine 1975 Interpreting Errors in Word Recognition Reading Teacher; 28; 6; 534 to 37 Cohen, Andrew D.; Aphek, Edna 1981 Easifying second language learning. Studies in Second Language Acquisition, 3, 2, 221-236. Cohen, Dorothy H. 1968 The Effect of Literature on Vocabulary and Reading Achievement. Elementary English; v45 n2 p209 to 13, 217 Feb 1968 Cohen, Gillian; Burke, Deborah M. (Ed.) unknown Memory for Proper Names Cohen, Gillian (Ed.) unknown Memory in the Real World Cohen, Gillian, George Kiss and Martin LeVoi 1993 Memory: Current issues, 2nd edition Open University press Cohen, I. and A. Mauffrey 1978 Lexique et pédagogie. Etudes de Linguistique Appliquée, 32, 85-109. Cohen, M. B. 1967 Active and passive language development of grammar Connecticut College Psychology Journal, 4, 20-24 Cohen, Neal J.; Eichenbaum, Howard unknown Memory, Amnesia and the Hippocampal System Cohen, Ronald L. 1981 On the generality of some memory laws. Scandinavian Journal of Psychology; 1981 Vol 22(4) 267 to 281 Cohen, Y.; Norst, M. J. 1989 Fear, Dependence, and Loss of Self Esteem: Affective Barriers in Second Language Learning among Adults. RELC Journal: A Journal of Language Teaching and Research in Southeast Asia; v20 n2 p61 77 Dec 1989 Cohn, Robert unknown Aphasia: A Pathophysiological Key to Memory Function and ' Volitional' Coiffet, Philippe 1986 A propos du vocabulaire de la productique Banque des Mots. 32, 187-204 Cole, L. R. 1976 Relationships between visual presentations and linguistic items in second language teaching. IRAL, 14, 4,339-350. Cole, P., Beauvillain, C. and Segui, J. 1989 On the representation and processing of prefixed and suffixed derived words: A differential frequency effect. Journal of Memory and Language. 28, 1-13. Cole R.A. (Ed.) 1980 Perception and Production of Fluent Speech Hillsdale, N.J.: Lawrence Erlbaum. Coleman, Peter 1991 An Advance upon the Lexical Route to Learning to Read. Confirmation of the Componential Approach? Reading; v25 n3 p26 to 28 Nov 1991 Coles, M. 1982 Word Perception, First Language Script and Learners of English as a Second Language, M.A. Project. Birkbeck College, University of London. Coley, Joan Develin; Kapinus, Barbara A. 1988 Vocabulary Learning at Various Grade Levels: Student Perspectives. Unknown Reference Coll, A. et al. 1991, April. Impacto de un programa de lectura extensiva en la adquisicion de una segunda lengua (Impact of an Extensive Reading Program on Second Language Acquisition). Paper presented at National Congress of the Spanish Association of Applied Linguistics, San Sebastian, Spain. ERIC Document Reproduction Service No. ED353772 Collins 1978 A Guide To Collins English Library William Collins & Son, Glasgow,. Collins, A. M. & Loftus, E. F. 1975 A spreading-activation theory of semantic memory . Psychological Review, 82: 407-428. Collins, Alan F. etc. (Ed.) unknown Theories of Memory Collins, C 1980 Sustained silent reading periods: Effect on teachers' behaviors and students' achievements Elementary School Journal, 81 , 109-114. Collins, Steven Wayne unknown Practical Everyday English : New Method of Learning Vocabulary for Colman, Andrew (Ed.) 1995 Applications of psychology Longman Essential psychology Colman, Andrew (Ed.) 1995 Psychological research methods and statistics Longman Essential psychology Coltheart and al. 1977 Access to the internal lexicon. In. S. Dornic (Ed.), Attention And Performance V. I. LondonL Academic Press. Coltheart, M. 1978 Lexical access in simple reading tasks. In G. Underwood (Ed.) STRATEGIES OF INFORMATION PROCESSING. London: Academic Press. Coltheart, M. 1982 Analysis of acquired dyslexias. Philosphical Transactions of the Royal Society of London Series B, vol 298, 151-164. Coltheart, Veronika; Langdon, Robyn Recall of Short Word Lists Presented Visually at Fast Rates: Effects of Phonological Similarity and Word Length Memory-and-Cognition, Bloomington, IN (M&C). 1998 Mar, 26:2, 330-42 Colvin, Cynthia 1951 A Re-examination of the vocabulary question Elementary English 28: 350-356 Combe-McBride, N. 1977 Un exemple d'approche notionelle dans le cadre du Français fondamental. [An example of a conceptual approach within the framework of 'Le français fondamental'.] Le Français dans le Monde, 129, 8-14. Comrie, Bernard, ed. 1987 The world's major languages. New York: Oxford University Press. Condon E. U. 1928 Statistics of vocabulary Science 67: 300 Condus, Maria M.; And Others 1986 Effects of the Keyword Mnemonic Strategy on Vocabulary Acquisition and Maintenance by Learning Disabled Children. Journal of Learning Disabilities; v19 n10 p609 to 13 Dec 1986 Connell, Phil J.; McReynolds, Leija V. 1981 Experimental Analysis of Children's Generalization During Lexical Learning Comprehension or Production Applied Psycholinguistics, New York, NY (APsy). 1981 Nov., 2:4, 309 332 Connor, Lisa T.; Balota, David A.; Neely, James H. 1992 On the relation between feeling of knowing and lexical decision: Persistent subthreshold activation or topic familiarity? Journal of Experimental Psychology Learning, Memory, and Cognition; 1992 May Vol 18(3) 544 to 554 Constantino, R 1995 Learning to read in a second language doesn't have to hurt: The effect of pleasure reading Journal of Adolescent and Adult Literacy, 39 , 68-69. Constantino, R., Lee, S.Y., & Krashen, S. 1997 Free voluntary reading as a predictor of TOEFL scores. Applied Language Learning, 8(1), pp. 111-118. Conway, Martin A. etc. (Ed.) unknown Theoretical Perspectives on Autobiographical Memory : Proceedings of the Cook, Brent 1996 Vocabulary and TOEFL listening In P. Nation and D. Tatsuki Temple University Japan research studies in TESOL. Temple University Japan Vol. 7 Cook, Guy 1989 Discourse Oxford: Oxford University press Cook, Guy 1994 Discourse and Literature Oxford: Oxford University Press Cook, J. M., Heim, A. W. and Watts, K. P. 1963 The word-in-context: a new type of verbal reasoning test. British Journal of Psychology. 54, 3, 227-237. Cook, L.K. and Mayer, R.E. 1983 Reading Strategies Training for Meaningful Learning from Prose In Pressley, M. and Levin, J. (eds.) Cognitive Strategy Research. New York: Springer Verlag. Cook, V. 1979 Aspects of memory in secondary school language learners. Interlanguage Studies Bulletin - Utrecht, 4, 161-172. Cook, V. 1988 Chomsky¹s Universal Grammar: an Introduction. Oxford: Basil Blackwell. Cook, V. 1989 Universal Grammar Theory and the classroom. System. 17: 2 pp. 169-181. Cook, Vivian 1969 The analogy between first and second language learning IRAL 7, 2, 207-216 Cook, Vivian. 1981 Teaching vocabulary. Modern English Teacher. 8, 3, 16-18. Cook, Vivian 1995. The consequences of bilingualism for cognitive processing In: A de Groot and J Kroll (eds) Tutorials in Bilingualism Hillsdale, NJ.: Lawrence Erlbaum. Cook, Vivian 1997 Inside Language London: Arnold Cook, Vivian unknown Linguistics and Second Language Acquisition London: MacMillan Cook, Vivian J. 1996 Competence and Multi Competence In: Brown Gillian (ed.); Malmkjaer Kirsten (ed.); Williams John (ed.). Performance and Competence in Second Language Acquisition. Cambridge : Cambridge UP, 1996. iv, 219 pp. pp 57-69 Cook VJ (Ed.). unknown Experimental approaches to second language learning. Oxford: Pergamon Press. Cook, W. A. and O¹Shea, M. V. 1914 The child and his spelling Indianapolis, Indiana: Bobbs-Merrill Co. Inc. Cooksey, Ray W.; Freebody, Peter 1987 Aspects of a computer managed test of children's reading vocabulary: Reliability, validity, and characterization of knowledge. Reading Psychology; 1987 Vol 8(2) 103 118 Coomber, James E.; And Others 1986 Elaboration in Vocabulary Learning: A Comparison of Three Rehearsal Methods. Research in the Teaching of English; v20 n3 p281 to 93 Oct 1986 Cooper, A.J.R., 1974-75 The differential effects of study and test on recognition and recall. Ph.D., Bristol - B2d. 25-975 Cooper, Janelle; Fairbairn, Ingrid 1989 Ten Years of the Communicative Use of English Examinations Reading. Reading in a Foreign Language; v5 n2 p299 309 Spr 1989 Cooper, R.I. and Greenfield, L. 1969. Word frequency estimation as a measure of degree of bilingualism. Modern Language Journal 53, 3: 163-166. Cooper, W. E., N. Tye-Murray and S. J. Eady. 1985 Acoustical cues to the reconstruction of missing words in speech perception. Perception and Psychophysics. 38, pp. 30 -40. Cooper, W. E.; Zurif, E. B. 1983 Aphasia: Information Processing in Language Production and Reception IN Butterworth Brian (ed. & pref.). Language Production, II: Development, Writing and Other Language Processes. London : Academic, 1983. 225-246 Corder, P. 1967, The significance of Learner errors. IRAL., 5:161 to 9. Corder, S. P. 1969 The teaching of meaning. In H. Fraser and W. R. O'Donnell: Applied Linguistics and the Teaching of English. Longman. Corder, S.P. 1973 Introducing Applied Linguistics. Harmondsworth: Penguin. Corder, S. P. 1976 The study of interlanguage. In proceedings of the fourth International conference of Applied Linguistics. Munich, Hochschulverlag. . Cornejo, Ricardo J. 1973 The Acquisition of Lexicon in the Speech of Bilingual Children. 67 93 IN Turner Paul R. Bilingualism in the Southwest. Tucson : U. of Ariz. P, 1973. 352 pp. Cornish, Francis 1992 Foreign Language Reading Comprehension as ³Externally Guided Thinking.² Reading in a Foreign Language; v8 n2 p721 52 Spr 1992 Cornu, A. M. 1979 The first step in vocabulary teaching. Modern Language Journal, 63, 262-272. Cornu, A. M. 1980 The first two steps in vocabulary teaching. ILT, 3, 62-92. Cornu, A. M. and J. Binon 1983 La place de l'acquisition du vocabulaire dans l'enseignement du français, langue étrangère. [The place of vocabulary acquisition in the teaching of French as a foreign language.] Romaniac, 10-11, 97-131. Cornu, A-M 1978 First steps in vocabulary teaching. Paper presented at the Vth International Congress of Applied Linguistics, Montreal. Cornu, AM and M. Delahaye. 1987 On the identification of transitional stages in the IL lexicon. Paper presented at the XIth University of Michigan Conference on Applied Linguistics: variation in second language acquisition. Ann Arbor. Cornwall, Steve 1998 Review of ³Second Language Vocabulary Acquisition² by James Coady and Thoams Huckin, CUP The Language Teacher 22 (1): 52 Corrales, O. and ME. 1987 Call At a loss for words: the use of communication strategies to convey lexical meaning. Foreign Language Annals. 20, 227-240. Corrales, Olga and Mary Emily Call 1989 At a loss for words: the use of communicative strategies to convey lexical meaning Foreign language annals 22, 3, 227-40 Corrigan, A. and J.A. Upshur 1982 Test method and linguistic factors in foreign language tests IRAL 20 (4) 313-321 Corrigan, A., B. Dobson, E. Kellman, M. Spaan, L. Strowe, and S. Tyma 1979 Michigan Test of English Language Proficiency, Forms A and P Ann Arbor: Testing and Certificate Division, English Language Institute, The University of Michigan Corriveau, Jean-Pierre unknown Time-Constrained Memory : Reader-Based Approach to Text Comprehension Corson, D.J. 1995. Using English Words. Kluwer Academic Pub;ishers, Dordrecht. Corson, D.J. 1997. The learning and use of academic English words. Language Learning. 47, 4. 671-718. Corson, D.J. Social group lexes in the Illawarra: the register of the secondary school. The Australian and NZ Journal of Sociology.26, 1. 7. Corson, David 1989 Adolescent lexical differences in Australia and England by social group. Journal of Educational Research; 1989 Jan Feb Vol 82(3) 146-7 Corson, David 1997 Critical Realism: An Emancipatory Philosophy for Applied Linguistics. Applied Linguistics; v18 n2 p166 88 Jun 1997 Corson, David J. 1982 The Graeco-Latin (G-L) instrument: a new measure of semantic complexity in oral and written English. Language and Speech. 25, Pt. 1, 1-10. Corson, David J. 1983 Measures of lexical difficulty: the lexical bar. Working Papers in Language and Linguistics, Tasmanian College of Advanced Ed. Corson, David J. 1983 Social dialect, the semantic barrier, and access to curricular knowledge. Language and Society. 12, 213-222. Corson, David J. 1983 The Corson measure of passive vocabulary. Language and Speech. 26, 1, 3-20. Corson, David J. 1984 Lying and killing: language and the moral reasoning of 12 and 15 year olds by social group. Adolescence, Libra Pub. Inc. 391 Willets Rd, Roslyn Hts, NY 11577 20, 74. Corson, David J. 1984 The case for oral language in schooling. The Elementary School Journal, University of Chicago. 84, 4. Corson, David J. 1984 The lexical bar: lexical change from 12 to 15 years measured by social class, region and ethnicity. British Educational Research Journal. 10, No.2, 115-133. Corson, David J. 1985 The Lexical Bar. Pergamon Press, Oxford. Corson, David J. unknown Social group lexes in the Illawarra: the register of the secondary school. The Australian and NZ Journal of Sociology. 26, 1. Corson, David J. unknown The priority of words in meaning. Working Papers, University of Wollongong. 8-27. Corten, Irina H. unknown Vocabulary of Soviet Society and Culture: A Selected Guide to Russian Cortese, Giuseppina 1985 From Receptive to Productive in Post Intermediate EFL Classes: A Pedagogical ³Experiment.² TESOL Quarterly; v19 n1 p7 25 Mar 1985 Cortese, Giuseppina 1987 Interaction in the FL Classroom: From Reactive to Proactive Experience of Language. System; v15 n1 p27 41 1987 Costermans, J. and J. Galland 1980 Sur l'accessibilité du lexique chez les bilingues. [On the accessibility of the lexicon for bilinguals.] Canadian Journal of Psychology 34, 381-387. Cotterall, Sara 1991 Meiko: Case Study of a Second Language Reader. Reading in a Foreign Language; v8 n1 p611 30 Fall 1991 Cottrell, Garrison W.; Small, Steven L. 1983 A connectionist scheme for modeling word sense disambiguation. Cognition and Brain Theory; 1983 Win Vol 6(1) 89 to 120 Coulmas, F. 1979 Idiomaticity as a problem of pragmatics In Parret, H., Sb°sa, M., and Verschueren, J. (eds.) Possibilities and Limitations of Pragmatics. (Proceedings of the Conference on Pragmatics, Urbino 1979 Amsterdam: John Benjamins. 139--151 Coulmas, F. 1979 On the sociolinguistic relevance of routine formulae Journal of Pragmatics 3. 239--266 Coulmas, Florian 1989 Kinds of Production In: Dechert, Hans and Manfred Raupach (Eds.) Psycholinguistic Models of Language Production. Ablex Coultheart. M., K. Patterson and J.C. Marshall. 1987 Deep Dyslexia Routledge (2nd ed) Courtillon, J. 1989 Lexique et apprentissage de la langue. [The Lexicon and Language Learning.]. Le francais dans le monde. 146-153. Courtney, Douglas, Margaret E. Bucknam and Donald Durrell 1946 Multiple-choice recall versus oral and written recall Journal of educational research 39 (6): 458-461 Covell, Alan Carter. 1986 The Perception and Production of Articles by Korean Learners of English as a Second Language. MA Thesis, Brigham Young University, Linguistics Department. Provo, Utah. Cowan, J. R. 1974 Lexical and syntactic research for the design of EFL reading materials. TESOL Quarterly. 8, 4, 389-400. Cowan, J. Ronayne 1992 A Model of Lexical Storage: Evidence from Second Language Learners' Orthographic Errors 275 90 IN Downing Pamela (ed.); Lima Susan D. (ed.); Noonan Michael (ed.). The Linguistics of Literacy. Amsterdam : Benjamins, 1992. xx, 334 pp. Cowan, L. 1989 Towards a definition of collocation. Unpublished MA Thesis, Concordia University, Montreal, Quebec, Canada. Cowan, Nelson unknown Attention and Memory : An Integrated Framework Cowan, Nelson (Ed.) unknown Development of Memory in Childhood Cowart, Wayne 1978 Production, Comprehension, and Theories of the Mental Lexicon CUNYForum: Papers in Linguistics, New York, NY 1978 79, 5 6, 218 38 Also ERIC? Cowie, A. 1982 Polysemy and the structure of lexical fields. Nottingham Linguistics Circular. 11, 2, 51-64. Cowie, A. P. 1978 Vocabulary exercises within an individualized study programme. ELT Documents, 103, 37-44. Cowie, A. P. 1978 Vocabulary teaching in Dutch schools: a survey of some recently published materials. Levende Talen, 335, 477-484. Cowie, A.P. 1978 The place of illustrative material and collocations in the design of a learner's dictionary. In P. Strevens (Ed.), In Honour of A.S. Hornby (pp. 127-139). Oxford: Oxford University Press. Cowie, A. P. 1981 Lexicography and its pedagogic applications. An Introduction. Applied Lingustics. 2 (3). Cowie, A. P. 1981 The Treatment of collocations in Learner¹s dictionaries. Applied Lingustics. 2 (3). Cowie, A. P. 1988 Stable and creative aspects of vocabulary use. In Carter and McCarthy, 126-139. Cowie, A. P. 1992 Multiword Lexical units and communicative teaching In: Arnaud P. and H. Bejoint (Eds.), Vocabulary and Applied Linguistics. London: Macmillan. 1-12 Cowie, A. P. unknown Problems of syntax and the design of a pedagogic dictionary. Rassegna Italiana di Linguistica Applicata. 10, 2, 255-264. Cowie, A.P. and Howarth, P. (with Gloria Corpus Pastor). 1996. Phraseology - a select bibliography. International Journal of Lexicography. 9, 1. 38-51. Cowie, A. P. and R. Mackin. 1975 Oxford Dictionary of Current Idiomatic English. Oxford: OUP. Cowie, AP and P Howarth 1996 Phraseological competence and written proficiency. In: G Blue and R Mitchell(eds) Language and Education.Clevedon: Multilingual Matters. 1996 Coxhead, Avriel 1998 An Academic Word List English Language Institute Occasional Publication number 18. Wellington New Zealand Craig, Chie H.; Kim, Byoung W. 1990 Effects of Time Gating and Word Length on Isolated Word Recognition Performance. Journal of Speech and Hearing Research; v33 n4 p808 to 15 Dec 1990 Craik, F. I. M. 1979 Levels of Processing: Overview and closing comments. In L.S. Cermak & F. I.M. Craik (Eds.) Levels Of Processing In Human Memory (pp. 447 - 461). Hillsdale, NJ: Erlbaum. Craik, F. I. M. and Lockhart, R. S. 1972 Levels of processing: a framework for memory research. Journal of Verbal Learning and Verbal Behavior. 11, 671-684. Craik, F. . I. M. and Tulving, E. 1975 Depth of processing and the retention of words in episodic memory. Journal of Experimental Psychology. 104, 268-284. Craik, Fergus I. M.; McDowd, Joan M. 1987 Age Differences in Recall and Recognition Journal of Experimental Psychology: Learning, Memory, and Cognition, Washington, DC (JExPLMC). 1987 July, 13:3, 474-9 Crain, S. & Shankweiler, D. 1988 Syntactic complexity and reading acquisition. In R. Davison & G. Green (Eds.), Linguistic complexity and text comprehension (pp.167-193). Hilldale, N.J.: Lawrence Erlbaum. Crain, Stephen (Ed.) unknown Development of Binding : A Special Issue of Language Acquisition Crais, Elizabeth R. 1990 World Knowledge to Word Knowledge. Topics in Language Disorders; v10 n3 p45 to 62 Jun 1990 Cramer, Hazel; Terrio, Susan 1985 Moving from Vocabulary Acquisition to Functional Proficiency: Techniques and Strategies. French Review; v59 n2 p198 to 209 Dec 1985 Cranmer, David 1985 The teacher's role in the oral lesson - a reminder'. In A Matthews, M. Spratt & L. Dangerfield (Ed.), At the chalkface. London: Edward Arnold. Crawford, Fred D. unknown Mixing Memory and Desire : ' Waste Land' and Modern British Novels Crawford J. 1989 Estimation of premorbid intelligence: a review of recent developments. In Crawford, John R. and D. Parker (Eds.) Developments in clinical and experimental neuropsychology. New York: Plenum. pp. 55-74 Crawford, June etc. unknown Emotion and Gender : Constructing Meaning from Memory Crawford W. W. 1987 The Pronunciation Monitor: L2 Acquisition Considerations and Pedagogical Priorities. In Morley J Ed. Current Perspectives on pronunciation. Washington, D.C. Crew, C.C. unknown Easier Vocabulary Exercises Cripwell, Kenneth and Foley, Joseph. 1984 The grading of extensive readers. World Language English. 3, 3, 168-173. Crist, Robert L. 1981 Learning concepts from contexts and definitions: a single subject replication. Journal of Reading Behaviour. 13, 3, 271-277. Cristoffanini, P, K. Kirsner and D. Milech. 1986 Bilingual lexical representation: the status of Spanish-English cognates. Quarterly Journal of Experimental Psychology. 38A, 367-393. Critchely, M. 1974 Aphasia in polyglots and bilinguals. Brain and Language, 1, 15-27. Croce, Marcella; Schoener, Wendy 1982 Contrastive Analysis for Italian Learners of English: An Exploration of Lexical Interference. Rassegna Italiana di Linguistica Applicata; v14 n2 p123 to 49 May Aug 1982 Croft, K. and A. Adams 1960 Reading and word study for students of English as a second language. Language Learning 10, 3-4, 185. Croft, K, ed 1972 Readings on English as a second language for teachers and teacher trainee USA: Prentice-Hall. Cromer, Cindy C.; Ault, Ruth L. 1979 Generalization in the Receptive and Productive Language of Preschool Children. Journal of Educational Research; v73 n1 p31 36 Sep Oct 1979 Cromer, Richard 1974 Receptive language in the mentally retarded: processes and diagnostic distinctions In Schielelbusch, R. L., and Lloyd, L. L. Language prespectives- Acquisition, Retardation and Intervention. MacMillan, London. pp 237-67 Cronbach, Lee 1939 Note on the multiple true-false test exercise. Journal of Educational psychology 30: 628-631 Cronbach, lee and Lita Furby 1970 Should we measure change? Psychological bulletin 74 (1): 68-80 Cronbach, Lee J. 1942 An analysis of techniques for diagnostic vocabulary testing. Journal of Educational Research. 36, 3, 206-217. Cronbach, Lee J. 1943 Measuring knowledge of precise word meaning. Journal of Educational Research. 36, 7, 528-534. Cronin, Morton J. unknown Vocabulary 1000: With Words in Context Cronin, Virginia; Pratt, Michael; Abraham, JoAnne; Howell, Diana; et al 1986 Word association and the acquisition of reading. Journal of Psycholinguistic Research; 1986 Jan Vol 15(1) 1 to 11 Cronk, B.C. & Schweigert, W.A. 1992 The comprehension of idioms: The effects of familiarity, literalness, and usage. Applied Psycholinguistics, 13, 131-146. Crookes, G. 1989 Planning and interlanguage variation. Studies in Second Language Acquisition, 11, 367-383. Cross, Anthony (Ed.) unknown Engraved in the Memory: James Walker, Engraver to the Empress Catherine Crothers, E. and P. Suppes 1967 Experiments in second language learning. Academic Press. Crow, J. T. and J. R. Quigley 1985 A semantic field approach to passive vocabulary acquisition for reading comprehension. TESOL Quarterly, 19, 3, 497-513. Crow, John T. 1986 Receptive Vocabulary Acquisition for Reading Comprehension. Modern Language Journal. 70, 3: 242 - 250. Crow, John T. unknown Vocabulary for Advanced Reading Comprehension: The Keyword Approach Crowdy, S. 1993 Spoken corpus design. Literary and Linguistic Computing 8: 259-265. Crowston, DJ 1993 Imagery mnemonics for foreign language vocabulary as evidence of dual coding theory: an alternative view. In: J Chapelle and MT Claes (eds) Memory and memorization in Acquiring and Learning Languages. Louvain-la-Neuve: CLL. Crowther, Jonathan 1980 Introductory Crosswords: For Learners of English as a Foreign Language Tokyo: Oxford University Press Cruse, D. A. 1977 The pragmatics of lexical specificity. Journal of Linguistics 13: 153-164. Cruse, D. A. 1986 Lexical Semantics. Cambridge University Press: Cambridge. Cruse, D.A. 1986 Lexical semantics. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press. Cruse, D. A. 1994 Review of The Psychology of word meanings by P. A. Schwanenflugel. Journal of Linguistics. 30: 295-99. Crutcher, R.J. 1998. The role of prior knowledge in mediating foreign vocabulary acquisition and retention: a process-analytic approach. In Healy and Bourne (1998). 92-111. Crutcher, RJ 1992 The effect of practice on retrieval of foreign vocabulary learned using the key-word method. PhD University of Colorado, Boulder. Cruz Cabanillas, Isabel de la 1996 Origins of English Homophones Cahiers de Lexicologie, Paris, France (CdL). 1996, 68:1, 129 36 Crystal, D. 1971 Linguistics London: Penguin. Crystal, D. 1985 A dictionary of linguistics and phonetics. Oxford: Basil Blackwell Ltd. Crystal, D 1986 The first Year in Listen to your child London: Penguin Crystal, D. 1988 The English Language. London: Penguin. Crystal, David. 1984 Who cares about English usage. Penguin. Crystal, David. 1987 How many words?. English Today. 12. Crystal, David. 1997 The Cambridge encyclopedia of language. 2nd Edition Cambridge: Cambridge University Press. Cubelli, Roberto 1991 A selective deficit for writing vowels in acquired dysgraphia. Nature; 1991 Sep Vol 353(6341) 258 to 260 Cuff, Noel B. 1930. Vocabulary tests. Journal of Educational Psychology. 21, 3, 212-220. Cuff, Noel B. 1930 Social status and vocabulary Journal of genetic psychology. 46: 226-229 Culhane, P. T. 1977 Lexis in applied linguistics: word frequency in preparation and presentation of Russian reading texts. Russian Language Journal. 31. 109, 25-33. Culhane, T., Klein-Braley, C. and Stevenson, D. K. (Eds.) 1984 Practice and Problems in Language Testing University of Essex, Colchester, UK Culligan, Brent 1998 Vocabulary measurement in the EFL writing classroom Paper presented at PACSLRF conference. Aoyama Gakuin University, Tokyo March 26-29th. Cumberbatch, W.G. 1971-72 Rehearsal and recall in short-term memory. Ph.D., Leicester - 22-1340 Cumming, A. 1987 Decision making and text representation in ESL writing performance. Paper presented at the 21st TESOL Convention, Miami Beach, Fla., April. Cumming, G, S. Cropp and R. Sussex. 1994 On-line lexical resources for language learners: assessment of some approaches to word definition. System. 22,3, 369-377. Cummins, J. 1980 The crosslingual dimensions of language proficiency: implications for bilingual education and the optimal age issue. TESOL Quarterly 14,2: 175-187. Cummins, J. 1984 Wanted: a theoretical framework for relating language proficiency to academic achievement among bilingual students. Academic Achievement? Multilingual Matters, Clevedon: 2-19. Cummins, J. 1986 Language proficiency and language achievement. In J. Cummins and M. Swain (eds.) Bilingualism in Education. Longman, London: 138-161. Cummins, J. 1991 Interdependence of first- and second-language proficiency in bilingual children In E. Bialystock (Ed.), Language processing in bilingual children. Cambridge, England: Cambridge University Press. Cummins, James 198l The Role of Primary Language Development in Promoting Educational Success for Language Minority Students Schooling and Language Minority Students: A Theoretical Framework. Los Angeles: California State Department of Education, Evaluation, Dissemination, and Assessment Center Cummins, Jim. 1981 Age on arrival and immigrant second language learning in Canada: a reassessment. Applied Linguistics. 2, 132-149. Cunningham, A.E. and Stanovich, K.E. 1991. Tracking the unique effects of print exposure in children: Associations with vocabulary, generalknowledge, and spelling. Journal of Educational Psychology. 83, 2. 264-274. Cunningham, J.W. and Moore, D.W. 1993 The contribution of understanding academic vocabulary to answering comprehension questions. Journal of Reading Behavior 25,2: 171-180. Cunningham, K. 1951 The vocabulary of the Australian child Australian Journal of psychology. 3: 36-42 Cunningham, L. unknown L2 vocabulary: a study of the word association responses of beginning learners of Irish. MPhil thesis: University of Dublin. Cunningham, R. 1991 The Zanzibar English reading programme. Reading in a Foreign Language, 8(1), 663-675. Cunningham, Thomas H. 1986 Influences of Spanish Immersion on Children's Native English Vocabulary: Transfer from Foreign to First Language. MA Thesis, Brigham Young University, Linguistics Department. Provo, Utah. Cunningsworth, A. 1983 Making vocabulary links. Practical English Teaching, 3, 4, 19-20. Cunningsworth, A. 1984 Teaching tips for vocabulary 2. Practical English Teaching, 4, 1, 26-27. Cureton, Edward 1971 Reliability of multiple-choice tests is the proportion of variance which is true variance Educational and psychological measurement 31, 827-829 Cureton, Edward, E. 1963 Note on vocabulary test construction Educational and psychological measurement 23 (3), 461-466 Curran, Charles 1976 Counseling-Learning in Second Languages Apple River, Ill. : Apple River Pess Curran, Margaret etc.; Carr, Ruth (Ed.) unknown Word of Mouth Curtis, M. E. 1987 Vocabulary testing and vocabulary instruction. In McKeown, M. G. and M. E. Curtis. (Eds.). The Nature of Vocabulary Acquisition. Lawrence Erlbaum Associates. Hillsdale: New Jersey., 37-51. Curtis, M. E and Robert Glaser 1983 Reading theory and the assessment of reading achievement Journal of educational measurement 20, 133-147 Curtiss, Susan. 1977. Genie: a psycholinguistic study of a modern-day wild child. New York: Academic Press. Cutler, A. 1981 Degree of transparency in word formation. Canadian Journal of Linguistics. 26, 73-77. Cutler, A. 1982 Slips of the tongue and language production Berlin: Mouton Cutler, A. & Fay, D.A. 1982 One mental lexicon, phonologically arranged: comments on Hurford's comments. Linguistic Inquiry, 13(1), 107-112. Cutler, Anne; Fodor, Jerry A. 1979 Semantic Focus and Sentence Comprehension. Cognition; v7 n1 p49 to 59 Mar 1979 Cutler, Anne; Mehler, Jacques; Norris, Dennis; Segui, Juan 1989 Limits on bilingualism. Nature; 1989 Jul Vol 340(6230) 229 to 230 Cutler, Sue A.; Dwyer, David J. 1981 Maniyaka: A Reference Handbook of Phonetics, Grammar, Lexicon and Learning Procedures. Unknown Reference Cutt, W. T. 1953 Two thousand words are enough ATA Magazine 33: 9-10 Cuvo, Anthony J. 1975 Developmental Differences in Rehearsal and Free Recall Journal of Experimental Child Psychology; 19; 2; 265 to 278 Cuvo, Anthony J.; Ashley, Kristin M.; Marso, Kimberly J.; Zhang, Bingju Lucy; et al 1995 Effect of response practice variables on learning spelling and sight vocabulary. Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis; 1995 Sum Vol 28(2) 155 173 Cuvo, Anthony J.; Riva, Maria T. 1980 Generalization and transfer between comprehension and production: A comparison of retarded and nonretarded persons. Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis; 1980 Sum Vol 13(2) 315 331 Cziko, G. 1980 Language competence and reading strategies: A comparison of first- and second-language oral reading errors. Language Learning, 30(1), 101-116. Cziko, Gary A. 1978 Differences in first- and second-language reading: the use of syntactic, semantic and discourse constraints. Canadian Modern Language Review. 34, 473-489. D'Agostino, P. R., O'Neell, B. J. and Paivio, A. 1977 Memory for pictures and words as a function of level of processing: depth or dual coding?. Memory and Cognition. 5, 252-256. D'Aguiar, Fred unknown Longest Memory D'Anna, Catherine A. and Zechmeister, Eugene B. 1991 Toward a meaningful definition of vocabulary size. Journal of Reading Behaviour: A Journal of Literacy. 23, 1: 109-122. D¹Orsey 1840? The study of the English language ?? Daams-Moussault, A. 1986 Woordverwerving en lesmateriaal. [Vocabulary learning and lesson material.]. Levende Talen. 416, 644-649. Daams-Moussault, A. and F. M. Blauw-Holtzappel 1981 Over de complexiteit van woordverwering, getoetst aan het onderwijs Frans in Nederland. [Factors affecting vocabulary acquisition.] Toegepaste Taalwetenschap in Artikelen, 11, 46-60. Daelemans, W. 1993 Memory-Based Lexical Acquisition and Processing Lecture Notes In Computer Science : pp. 85-100 Dagenbach, Dale; Carr, Thomas H. (Ed.) unknown Inhibitory Processes in Attention, Memory and Language Dagneaux, E., Denness, S. and Granger, S. forthcoming Computer-aided Error Analysis, System An International Journal of Educational Technology and Applied Linguistics 26(2). Dagut, M. 1977 Incongruities in lexical gridding - an application of contrastive semantic analysis to language teaching. IRAL, 15, 3, 221-229. Dagut, M. and Laufer, B. 1982 How intralingual are 'intralingual errors'?. In G. Nickel (eds.) Error Analysis, Contrastive Linguistics and Second Language Learning.: . Dagut, M. and Laufer, B. 1985 Avoidance of phrasal verbs - a case for contrastive analysis. Studies in Second Language Acquisition. 7, 73-80. Dahan, H.B.A.M. 1992. Teaching Arabic vocabulary to beginners in secondary schools in Malaysia. M.Litt., St. Andrews - 42-2737 Dale, Edgar. 1931. Difficulties in vocabulary research. Educational Research Bulletin. 10, 5, 119-122. Dale, Edgar. 1956 The problem of vocabulary in reading. Educational Research Bulletin. 35, 113-123. Dale, Edgar. 1965 Vocabulary measurement: techniques and major findings. Elementary English. 42, 895-901. Dale, Edgar. and O'Rourke, J. 1971 Techniques of Teaching Vocabulary. Field Enterprises, Chicago. Dale, Edgar and O'Rourke, Joseph. 1976 The living word vocabulary. Field Enterprises. DOME, Inc. Dale, Edgar, T. Razik and W. Petty 1973 Bibliography of vocabulary research. Third revised edition. Bureau of Educational Research and Service, Ohio State University, Ohio 2nd ed. Dale, H.C.A. and Baddeley, A.D. 1962 Alternatives in testing recognition memory. Nature 196: 93-94. Dale, Philip S. 1976 Language Development. Holt, Rinehart & Winston, New York 2nd ed. Dalrymple, Mary etc. (Ed.) unknown Formal Issues in Lexical-functional Grammar Dalrymple-Alford, E. 1967 Pre stimulus language cuing and speed of identifying Arabic and English words. Psychological Reports, 21, 27-28. Dalrymple-Alford, E. 1968 Interlingual interference in a colour naming task. Psychonomic Science, 10, 215-216. Dalrymple-Alford, E. and A. Aamiry 1970 Word associations of bilinguals. Psychonomic Science, 21, 319-320. Dalrymple-Alford, E. and B. Budayr 1966 Examination of some aspects of the Stroop colour-word test. Perceptual and Motor Skills, 23, 1211-1214. Dalrymple-Alford, E. C. 1982 Associations of bilinguals to synonyms and translation equivalent words. Current Psychological Research, 2, 181-186. Dalrymple-Alford, E. C. 1984 Bilingual retrieval from semantic memory. Current Psychological Research and Reviews, 3, 3-13. Dalrymple-Alford, E. C. 1985 Language switching during bilingual reading. British Journal of Psychology, 76, 111-122. Dam, Leni and Leinhard Legenhausen 1996 The acquisition of vocabulary in an autnomous learning environment - the first months of beginning English In Pemberton, R., E. Li, W. Or and H. Pierson: Taking control, Autonomy in language learning, Hong Kong University press, Hong Kong. Damasio, Antonio R., Damasio, Hanna 1992 Brain and language Scientific American; v267 n3 p88 to 95 Sep 1992 Danan, Martine 1995 Reversed subttling and dual coding theory: new directions for foreign language instruction In B. Harley (Ed.) lexical Issues in language learning. Amsterdam: John Benjamins. pp 253-282 Daneman, M., & Case, R. 1981 Syntactic form, semantic complexity, and short-term memory: Influences on children s acquisition of new linguistic structures. Developmental Psychology, 17, 367-378. Daneman, Meredith and Green, Ian. 1986 Individual differences in comprehending and producing words in context. Journal of Memory and Language. 25, 1-18. Danesi, M. 1975 Semantics in foreign language teaching. Canadian Modern Language Review, 31, 4, 320-324. Daniel, Mark 1981 Vocabulary Test Errors and Word Learning. Report 1981 to 8. Daniels, J.M. 1994. Vocabulary acquisition during intensive French language learning - the effect of a residential course for middle school pupils. M.A., Durham - 44-3418 Danner, Horace G.; Noel, Roger unknown Thesaurus of Word Roots of the English Language Dansel, Michael unknown 50 Best Memory Methods and Tests Dansereau, D. F. 1988 Cooperative learning strategies In Weinstein, C. E., Goetz, E.T., and Alexander, P.A. (eds.) Learning and Study Strategies: Issues in Assssment, Instruction, and Evaluation. New York: Academic Press. Danticat, Edwidge unknown Breath, Eyes, Memory Darkwah, Banchie Alexander 1992 The Instructional Effect of Selective Attention on Second Language Vocabulary Learning Dissertation Abstracts International, Ann Arbor, MI (DAI). 1992 Mar, 52:9, 3166A DAI No.: DA9206485. Degree granting institution: Texas A&M U Darnell, Donald K. and Howes, D. H. 1971 Review of Carroll et al. Research in the Teaching of English. 6, 2, 222-246. Darnell, Regna. 1990. Edward Sapir, linguist, anthropologist, humanist. Berkeley, CA: University of California Press. Darwish, Mahmud etc.; Muhawi, Ibrahim (Tr.) unknown Memory for Forgetfulness: August, Beirut, 1982 Dato, D. 1970 American children's acquisition of Spanish syntax in the Madrid environment: A preliminary edition. Final Report, Project No. 3036, Contract No. O.E.C. 2-7-002 637, USHEW. Daulton, Frank 1998 Japanese Loanword cognates and the acquisition on English vocabulary The Language Teacher 22 (1): 17-25 Davidson, Denise; Hoe, Sony 1993 Children¹s Recall and Recognition Memory for Typical and Atypical Actions in Script Based Stories. Journal of Experimental Child Psychology; v55 n1 p104 26 Feb 1993 Davies, A. 1990 Principles of language testing Blackwell: Oxford. Davies, A. 1993. Simply defining: constructing a dictionary of language testing. In Tickoo (ed.) 1993.101-113. Davies, A. and Widdowson, H.G. 1974. Reading and writing. In Techniques in Applied Linguistics: The Edinburgh Course in Applied Linguistics  .Vol. 3.­
Oxford University Press, Oxford .176-177. Davies, A. C. Criper and APR Howatt (Eds.) 1982 Interlanguage. Edinburgh: Edinburgh University Press. Davies, Alan 1988 Operationalizing Uncertainty in Language Testing: An Argument in Favour of Content Validity. Language Testing; v5 n1 p32 48 Jun 1988 Davies, Alan and Widdowson, H. G. 1974 Reading and writing. In Techniques in Applied Linguistics: The Edinburgh Course in Applied Linguistics. Oxford University Press, London 3, 176-177. Davies, G 1986 Authoring CALL courseware: a practical approach In Computers in English Language Teaching and Research, ed. G. Leech and C. Candlin, Harlow: Longman Davies, G 1988 CALL software development. In Computers in Applied Linguistics and Language Teaching: a CALL Handbook, ed. U. O. H. Jung Frankfurt: Lang Davies, Graham M.; Brown W.P. 1977 Studies in word listing: testing for group differences in category norms Ir. J. Psychol.; Vol.3: Winter 76 .87-120 ISSN: 03033910 Davies, Helen 1980 Focus on Listening. Alberta Modern Language Journal; v18 n3 p25 to 42 Spr 1980 Davies, M. M.` 1997 Fake fact and fantasy: childrens¹ interpretations of television reality Lawrence earlbaum Davies, N. F 1983 The receptive way-to language learning System, 3 , 245-248. Davies Norman 1976 Receptive versus productive skills in foreign language learning Modern Language Journal 60:8 440-3 Davies, Norman F. 1980 Language Acquisition, Language Learning and the School Curriculum. System; v8 n2 p97 102 May 1980 Davies, Norman F. 1980 Putting Receptive Skills First: An Experiment in Sequencing. Canadian Modern Language Review; v36 n3 p461 67 Mar 1980 Davies, Pat and Williams, Phillip. 1974 Ch. 3, Growth of Word Recognition Skills. In Aspects of Early Reading Growth: A Longitudinal Study. Schools Council Research and Development Project in Compensatory Education. Basil Blackwell, Oxford, 13-53. Davies, S. J 1997 Helping Japanese EFL learners to read English novels The Language Teacher, 21 (4), 38-39. Davies, William D. 1996 Morphological Uniformity and the Null Subject Parameter in Adult SLA. Studies in Second Language Acquisition; v18 n4 p475 93 Dec 1996 Davis A.C. 1984 An examination of short-term recognition memory for lists with repeated items Thesis (Ph.D.) - London, University College, 1984 Davis, B. J. and M. Wertheimer 1967 Some determinants of associations to French and English words Journal of Verbal Learning and Verbal Behavior, 6, 574-581. Davis, C. 1995 Extensive reading: an expensive extravagance? English Language Teaching Journal. 49(4): 329-335. Davis, F. B. 1968 Research in comprehension in reading. Reading Research Quarterly 4, 499-545. Davis, F. B. 1972 Psychometric research on comprehension in reading. Reading Research Quarterly 7, 628-678. Davis, Frederick B. 1944. The interpretation of frequency ratings obtained from `The Teacher's Word Book'. Journal of Educational Psychology. 35, 169-174. Davis, Fredrick; F. S. Beers; D. G. paterson; mary Willis and Charlotte Croon Davis 1940- Cooperative vocabulary test Cooperative test division, Educational Testing Service Davis, G.M.; Logie, Robert H. (Ed.) unknown Memory in Everyday Life Davis, J., L. Gorell, R. Kline and G. Hsieh 1992 Readers and Foreign Languages: A survey or undergraduate Attitudes toward the study of literature. Modern Language Journal. 76 (3): 320-332 Davis, J.N. 1989. Facilitating effects of marginal glosses on foreign language reading. Modern Language Journal. 73, 1. 41-48. Davis, J. N. and L. Bistodeau 1993 How do L1 and L2 Reading Differ? Evidence from Think Aloud Protocols. Modern Language Journal, 77, 459- Davis, John M.; Spring, Carl 1990 The Digit Naming Speed Test: Its Power and Incremental Validity in Identifying Children with Specific Reading Disabilities. Psychology in the Schools; v27 n1 p15 to 22 Jan 1990 Davis, Mark and Ted Dunning. 1995 Query Translation Using Evolutionary Programming for Multi-lingual Information Retrieval. Proceedings of Evolutionary Programming 95. Davis, Mark, Ted Dunning and Bill Ogden. 1995 Text Alignment in the Real World: Improving Alignments of Noisy Translations Using Common Lexical Features, String Matching Strategies and N-Gram Comparisons. European Association for Computation Linguistics. Davis, Miriam 1992 How Successful a Language Learner Are You? Japan Harvest 42, no. 1 22-23. Davis, Nancy B 1973 Vocabulary Improvement: A Program for Self-Instruction.2d ed New York: McGraw Hill Davis, R. A and C. C. Moore. 1935 Methods of measuring retention Journal of general psychology Vol XII pp. 144-155. Davis, R., N. S. Sutherland and B. R. Judd. 1961 Information content in recognition and recall Journal of Experimental Psychology. 61: 422-429. Davison, Alice; Kantor, Robert N. 1982 On the Failure of Readability Formulas to Define Readable Texts: A Case Study from Adaptations. Reading Research Quarterly; v17 n2 p187 209 1982 Davous, P.; Boller, F. 1994 Transcortical alexia with agraphia following a right temporo occipital hematoma in a right handed patient. Neuropsychologia; 1994 Oct Vol 32(10) 1263 to 1272 Dawasamdup, Kazi unknown English-Tibetan Dictionary: Vocabulary of 20,000 Words and Their Tibetan Dawkins, Richard 1976 The selfish gene Oxford University press Dawson, N. (Ed. 1992 The Longman guide to graded reading Essex, England: Longman. Day, R. 1984 Student participation in the language classroom. Language Learning. 34: 69-98 Day, R. (Ed), 1986 Talking to Learn: Conversation In Second Language Acquisition. Rowley Mass. Newbury House. Day, R. R., & Bamford, J 1998 Extensive reading in the second language classroom Cambridge: Cambridge University Press. Day, R. R. (Ed.) 1993 New ways in teaching reading Alexandria, VA: TESOL. Day, R. R., Omura, C. and Hiramatsu, M. 1991 Incidental EFL vocabulary learning and reading. Reading in a Foreign Language. 7, 2, 541-551. De Armond, R. C. 1975 A concrete interpretation of English verbal morphology within the lexicalist framework. USA: Pacific NorthWest Council on Foreign Languages. de Beaugrande, R. and Dressler, W. 1981 Introduction to text linguistics London: Longman De Bot and R.Schreuder. 1987 Taalverlies en taalherstel: lexicale vaardigheden in het frans als vreemde taal. [Remembering and forgetting languages: lexical skills in French as a foreign language.]. AIO-aanvrage. KU Nijmegen. De Bot, K. 1986 Fonologische processen in woordherkenning door twee-talige kinderen. [Phonological processes in the way bilingual children recognise words]. Interdisciplinaire Tijdschrift voor Taa1- en Tekstwetenschap. 6, 339-354. de Bot, K, A Cox, S Ralston, A Schaufeli and B Weltens 1995 Lexical processing in bilinguals. Second Language Research, 11, (1) 1-19. De Bot, K. and R. Schreuder. 1993 Word production and the bilingual lexicon. In: R. Schreuder and B. Weltens (Eds.) The Bilingual Lexicon. Amsterdam: Benjamins. de Bot, K, L Coleman and I Huibregtse 1995 A longitudinal study of lexical development in immersion classes in the Netherlands. Paper presented at AAAL. de Bot, K.; Paribakht, T.S. and Wesche M.B. 1997 Toward a lexical processing model for the study of second language vocabulary acquisition: evidence from ESL reading Studies in second language acquisition 19: 309-329 De Bot, Kees 1992 A Bilingual Production Model: Levelt¹s ³Speaking² Model Approach. Applied Linguistics, 13 n1 p1 24 Mar 1992 de Bot, Kees 1996 The Psycholinguistics of the Output Hypothesis. Language Learning; v46 n3 p529 55 Sep 1996 de Bot, Keys and Bert Weltens 1992 Lexical aspects of language attrition and shift in: G. Exlin and L. Verhoeve: Immigrant languages De Carrico, J. and J. Nattinger. 1988 Lexical phrases for the comprehension of academic lectures. English for Special Purposes. 7: 91-102. de Chantal 1994 Lexicologie et enseignement des langues. Des indices: pour quoi faire? Revue de l'ACLA, 16,1 , 59-68. De Cock, S. forthcoming A Recurrent Word Combination Approach to the Study of Formulae in the Speech of Native and Non-Native Speakers of English, International Journal of Corpus Linguistics 3(1). De Cock, S., Granger, S., Leech, G. and McEnery, T. 1998 An automated approach to the phrasicon of EFL learners. In Granger, S. (ed.) Learner English on Computer. Addison Wesley Longman, London and New York, pp. 67-79. De Glopper, K, C. Schouten-van Parreren and M. van Dalen-Kapiteijns. 1993 Woordenschat, woordleerwardigheden in moedertaal en vreemde taal. [Vocabulary and word reading skills in L1 and L2.]. Levende Talen. 485 584-588. de Greve M. and van Passel, F. 1973 Linguistique et Enseignement des langues etrangeres. Langue et Culture Ed. Labor, Nathan de Groot, A. and J. Hoeks. 1995 The development of Bilingual memory: Evidence from Word Translation by Trilinguals Language Learning. 45, 4: 683-724. De Groot, AMB. 1992 Bilingual lexical representation: a closer look at conceptual representations. In: R. Frost (Ed.) Orthography, Phonlogy, Morphology and Meaning. Amsterdam: Elsevier. De Groot, AMB. 1992 Determinants of word translation. Journal of Experimental Psychology: Learning, Memory and Cognition. 18 10001-1018. De Groot, AMB. 1993 Word type effects in bilingual processing tasks: support for a mixed representational system. In: R. Schreuder and B. Weltens (Eds.) The Bilingual Lexicon. Amsterdam: Benjamins. de Groot, AMB 1995 Determinants of bilingual lexico-semantic organisation. CALL 8,2-3 , 151-180. de Groot, AMB and C Barry 1992 The multi-lingual community: Introduction. European Journal of Cognitive Psychology, 4 , 241-252. de Groot, AMB and GLJ Nas. 1991 Lexical representation of cognates and non-cognates in compound bilinguals. Journal of Memory and Language. 30, 90-123. de Groot, AMB and H Cornijs 1995 Translation recognition and translation production: comparing a new and an old tool in the study of bilingualism. Language Learning, 45, 3467-509. de Groot, AMB and J Hoeks 1995 The development of bilingualmemory: evidence from word translation by trilinguals. Language Learning, 45,4 , 683-724. de Groot, AMB and J Kroll (eds) 1995 Tutorials in bilingualism: psycholinguistic perpectives. Hillsdale, NJ.: Lawrence Erlbaum. 1995. de Groot, AMB L Dannenburg and JG van Helle 1994 Forward and backward word translation by bilinguals. Journal of Memory and Language, 33, 600-629. de Groot, Annette and Rik Poot 1997 Word translation at 3 levels of proficiency in a second language: the ubiquitous involvement of conceptual memory Language Learning 47: 2 215-264 de Groot, Annette M. 1987 The priming of word associations: A levels of processing approach. Quarterly Journal of Experimental Psychology Human Experimental Psychology; 1987 Nov Vol 39(4, Sect A) 721 to 756 de Groot, Annette M. 1989 Representational aspects of word imageability and word frequency as assessed through word association. Journal of Experimental Psychology Learning, Memory, and Cognition; 1989 Sep Vol 15(5) 824 to 845 de Haan, P. 1992. The optimum corpus sample size?. In G. Leitner (ed.) New Directions in English Language Corpora: Methodology, Results, SoftwareDevelopments. Mouton de Gruyer, Berlin. 3-19. de Haan, P. 1997 An experiment in English learner data analysis. In Aarts, J., de Mönnink, I. and Wekker, H. (eds) Studies in English Language and Teaching. Rodopi: Amsterdam and Atlanta. de Haan, P. forthcoming How native-like are advanced learners of English? To appear in the proceedings of the 18th ICAME conference. de Kerckhove Varent, D. 1978 Pour une méthode 'audio-phonologique' de l'intégration d'une langue. [Towards an audio-phonological method of language integration.] Paper presented to the Vth International Congress of Applied Linguistics, Montreal. De Koninck, Z and A d'Anglejean. unknown Le developpement de la litteratie dans deux ecoles pluriethniques du Quebec: analyse de textes oraux et ecrits d'eleves francophones et d'eleves allophones et etude du lexique. Report to Conseil de Recherches en Sciences Humaines du Canada. #410-88-0887. De Lattre P. Liberman, A. M., and Cooper F. S. 1955 Acoustic Loci and Transitional Cues for Consonants The Journal of the Acoustic Society of America. , 27 pp. 769-774. De Marco, Christopher John 1987 Patterns of Lexical Cohesion in a Multiple Choice Cloze Test: Differences between English as a Second Language Learners and Native Speakers of English Dissertation Abstracts International, Ann Arbor, MI (DAI). 1987 Jan., 47:7, 2489A de, Saussure, Ferdinand 1915 Cours de linguistique générale Paris: Payot de Villiers, Peter and Jill G. de Villiers. 1979 Early language. Cambridge: Harvard University Press. de-Klerk,-Len-F.-W. 1991 Computer-Assisted Language Learning: The learning of a foreign vocabulary. Learning and instruction: European research in an international context, Vol. 3. (Mario Carretero, Maureen L. Pope, P. Robert-Jan Simons, Juan Ignacio Pozo, Eds.), pp. 415-434. Pergamon Press, Inc, Oxford, England; xiii, 597 pp. Dean, M. 1990. Vocabulary teaching and learning: a survey. English Studies (British Council). 5. 17-20. Debyser, Francis 1971 Comparaison et interferences lexicales: francais italien (Lexical Interferences and Differences Between French and Italian) Francais dans le Monde; 81; 51 to 57 DeCarrico, J. 1996 Redefining the distinction between syntax, lexis and discourse. Paper presented at the AILA Congress, Jyvaskyla, Finland. August 1996. DeCarrico, J. & Nattinger, J. 1993 Promoting pragmatic competence: lexical phrase stacking. Paper presented in AILA 1993, Free University, Amsterdam, 8-15 August. DeCarrico, Jeannette 1998 Syntax, lexis and discourse: issues in redefining the boundaries In Haastrup, Kirsten and Ake Viberg Perspectives on lexical acquistion in second languages: Lund University. p. 127-148 Dechert, H and M. Raupach (Eds.) unknown Transfer in language Production. New York: Ablex. Dechert , H. (Ed.) 1987 Current trends of European second language acquisition research. Clevedon: Multilingual Matters. Dechert , H. (Ed.) unknown Interlingual processes. Tubingen: Narr. Dechert, Hans 1989 Understanding Production In: Dechert, Hans and Manfred Raupach (Eds.) Psycholinguistic Models of Language Production. Ablex Dechert, Hans and Manfred Raupach 1989 Psycholinguistic Models of Language Production Ablex Dechert, Hans et al 1989 Psycholinguistic model construction: some current and future issues In: Dechert, Hans and Manfred Raupach (Eds.) Psycholinguistic Models of Language Production. Ablex Dechert, Hans, W. 1983 Some psycholinguistic considerations towards a theory of secod language processing In: H. Ringböm (Ed.) Psycholinguistics and Foreign Language Learning. Åbo: Åbo Akademi, 30-46 Dechert Hans W. (ed); Raupach Manfred (ed). 1980 The Temporal Variables in Speech. Hague : Mouton Decker, W.H. and Wheatley, P.C. 1982 Spatial grouping, imagery, and free recall. Perceptual and Motor Skills 55: 45-46. Decure, N 1993 Designing vocabulary games: how to use words. English Teaching Forum. July , 31-33. Deese, J 1962 Form class and the determinants of association Journal of verbal learning and verbal behaviour, 1, 79-84 Deese, J 1964 The associative structure of some common English adjectives Journal of verbal learning and verbal behaviour, 1, 79-84 Deese, J 1966 The structure of Associations in Language and Thought. Baltimore: John Hopkins Deighton, L. C. 1959 Vocabulary Development In The Classroom. Columbia University Press, New York. Deiss, Lucien; Burton, Jane (Tr.) unknown Celebration of the Word DeKeyser, R. M. 1994 How implicit can adult second language learning be? in Hulstyn and Schmidt, R. Eds. Consciousness and second language learning, perspectives on form focused instruction. AILA Review, 11. From Schmidt lecture DeKeyser, R. M. and Karl Sokalski 1996 The differential role of comprehension and production practice Language Learning 46: 4 613-642 DeKeyser, Robert, unknown a paper on error correction Modern Language Journal. Delacour, Jean (Ed.) unknown Memory System of the Brain Delaney, HD 1978 Interaction of individual differences with visual and verbal elaboration instructions Journal of Educational Psychology, 70, 306-318. Delay, D. 1983 La mémorisation des mots en classe. Bulletin CILA, 38, 97-105. Delbridge, A. 1981 The Macquarie Dictionary (2nd Ed.). Sydney: Macquarie University. Dell, Gary S.; And Others 1991 Mediated and Convergent Lexical Priming in Language Production: A Comment on Levelt et al. (1991). Psychological Review; v98 n4 p604 to 18 Oct 1991 Dell, Gary S.; O'Seaghdha, Padraig G. 1992 Stages of Lexical Access in Language Production Cognition: International Journal of Cognitive Science. Mar, 42:1-3, 287-314 DeMarco, Salvatore; Bolen, Larry M. 1990 Differential Performance on the Expressive One Word Picture Vocabulary Test. Psychology in the Schools; v27 n3 p196 to 203 Jul 1990 Demopoulos, W.; Marras, A. (Ed.) unknown Language Learning and Concept Acquisition Dempster, F. N. 1987 Effects of variable encoding and spaced presentation on vocabulary learning. Journal of Educational Psychology. 79, 2, 162-170. Dendrinos, B. 1988 Brief statement about the "Task Way English" course series. Unpublished Report, Athens. Denison, Norman 1966 The Nature and Diagnosis of Interference Phenomena. Philippine Journal for Language Teaching; v4 n3 to 4 p1 to 16 Oct 1966 Denning, K. and W. R. Leben. 1995 English vocabulary elements. Oxford University Press. Denninghaus, Friedhelm 1976 Der kontrollierte Erwerb eines potentiellen Wortschatzes im Fremdsprachunterricht (Checking on the Acquisition of a "Potential" Vocabulary in Foreign Language Teaching) Praxis des Neusprachlichen Unterrichts; 23; 1; 3 to 14 Deno, S. L. 1968 Effects of words and pictures as stimuli in learning language equivalents. Journal of Educational Psychology. 59, 202-206. Derbyshire, W. W 1971 The lexical impact of Russian upon English. Russian Language Journal, 25, 91, 41-50. Derewianka, B. 1990. Exploring How Texts Work. Primary English Teaching Association, New South Wales. DeRocher, J.E.et al. 1973 The Counting of Words: A Review of the History, Techniques and Theory of Word Counts with Annotated Bibliography. ERIC document. Derwing, T.M. 1989. Information type and its relation to non-native speaker comprehension. Language Learning. 39, 2. 157-172. Descamps, J-L. 1992 Towards classroom concordancing. In: Arnaud P. and H. Bejoint (Eds.), Vocabulary and Applied Linguistics. London: Macmillan. 167-181 Deschamps, Alain 1992 From spelling to sound: English graphematics as an aid to vocabulary acquisition. In: Arnaud P. and H. Bejoint (Eds.), Vocabulary and Applied Linguistics. London: Macmillan. 182-195 Desrochers, A. 1980 Effects of an imagery mnemonic on acquisition and retention of French article-noun pairs. Unpublished Ph.D. thesis, University of Western Ontario. Desrochers, A. 1980 Les techniques mnemoniques liées a l'apprentissage des langues. [Mnemonic techniques and language learning.] Unpublished paper. Desrochers, A and I. Begg. 1987 A theoretical account of encoding and retrieval processes in the use of imagery-based mnemonic techniques: the special case of the keyword method. In: MA McDaniel and M. Pressley (Eds.). Imagery and related processes: theories, individual differences and applications. New York: Springer-Verlag. Desrochers, A, C. Gelinas and LD Wieland. 1989 An application of the mnemonic keyword method to the acquisition of German nouns and their grammatical gender. Journal of Educational Psychology. 81, 25-32. Desrochers, A, L DeRoy Wieland and M Cote 1991 Instructional effects in the use of the mnemonic keyword method for learning German nouns and their grammatical gender. Applied Cognitive Psychology, 5, 19-36. Deutsch, Avital; Frost, Ram; Forster, Kenneth-I. 1998 Verbs and nouns are organized and accessed differently in the mental lexicon: Evidence from Hebrew. Journal-of-Experimental-Psychology:-Learning, Memory, and-Cognition. 1998 Sep; Vol 24(5): 1238-1255 Deutsch, J.Anthony (Ed.) unknown Physiological Basis of Memory Deville, G. 1985 Measuring a FL learner¹s lexical needs. Paper presented at the 5th LSP symposium, Leven, Belgium. DeVilliers, Jill G. 1985 Learning How to Use Verbs: Lexical Coding and the Influence of the Input. Journal of Child Language; v12 n3 p587 95 Oct 1985 Devine & Carrell., P. 1987 Research in Reading in a second Language. TESOL Devine, Joanne 1988 A Case Study of Two Readers: Models of Reading and Reading Performance Interactive Approaches to Second Language Reading, ed. Patricia A. Carrell, Joanne Devine, and David E. Eskey, 127-39. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press DeVito, Joseph A. 1969 Some Psycholinguistic Aspects of Active and Passive Sentences Quart J Speech; 55; 4; 401 to 6 DeVito, Joseph A. 1976 Relative Ease in Comprehending Yes/No Questions 143 54 IN Blankenship Jane; Stelzner Hermann G.; Nebergall Roger E.; Wenzel Joseph W. Rhetoric and Communication: Studies in the University of Illinois Tradition. Urbana : U of Illinois P, 1976. 262 pp. Dewaele, J-M 1992 Variation in the morpohosyntactic and lexical systems of French based interlanguages. In: B Kettermann and W Wieder (eds) Second Language Acquisition Research.Tubingen: Gunther Narr. . Dewaele, J-M 1993 Extraversion et richesse lexicale dans deux styles d'interlangue francaise. ITL 99-100, 87-105. Dewaele, J-M. 1994 Variation synchronique dea taux d'exactitude. IRAL. 32, 277-302. DeWaele, J-M 1996 How to measure the formality of speech? A model of systematic variation. In: K Sajavaara and C Fairweather (eds) Approaches to Second Language Acquisition.Jyvaskyla. . Dewaele, J-M. unknown La composition lexicale de styles oraux et ecrits. Language and Style (to appear). Dewaele, J-M. unknown Variation dans la composition lexicale de styles oraux. IRAL (to appear). Dewale, Jean-Marc 1998 Lexical Interventons: French Interlanguage as L2 versus L3 Applied Linguistics. 19, 4, 471-490 Dewhurst, Stephen-A.; Hitch, Graham-J.; Barry, Christopher 1998 Separate effects of word frequency and age of acquisition in recognition and recall. Journal-of-Experimental-Psychology:-Learning, Memory, and-Cognition. 1998 Mar; Vol 24(2): 284-298 DeWolfe, Alan S.; Fedirka, Paul J. 1978 Interference in Word Associations in Schizophrenia Journal of Clinical Psychology; 34; 2; 302 to 5 Deyes, Tony 1987 Towards a Minimum Discourse Grammar for ESP Reading Courses. Reading in a Foreign Language; v3 n2 p417 28 Spr 1987 Dhaif, Husain 1990 Reading Aloud for Comprehension: A Neglected Teaching Aid. Reading in a Foreign Language; v7 n1 p457 64 Fall 1990 Di Piero, W.S. unknown Memory and Enthusiasm: Essays, 1975-1985 Di Scillo, Anna-Mariea 1992 The Oxford Companion to the English language Oxford: Oxford University press Di Scillo, Anna-Mariea 1997 Projections and interface conditions: essays on modularity Oxford: Oxford University press Diack, D 1960 Reading and the Psychology of Perception New York: Philosophical Library Diack, D 1965 The Teaching of Reading in Spite of the Alphabet New York: Philosophical Library Diack, Hunter. 1975 Standard literacy tests. Hart-Davis Educational. Diack, Hunter. 1975 Test your word power. St Albans: Paladin. Diakidoy, I. A. 1993 The role of reading comprehension and local context characteristics in word meaning acquisition from context. Unpublished doctoral dissertation, University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign. Dickerson, Dolores P. 1982 A study of use of games to reinforce sight vocabulary. Reading Teacher; 1982 Oct Vol 36(1) 46 to 49 Dickerson, W. ?? unknown Generative theory in TESL practice. Modern language Journal. 179 - 187 Dickinson 1987 Self-instruction in language learning Cambridge : Cambridge university press Dickinson, D.K. 1984. First impressions: children's knowledge of words gained from a single exposure. Applied Psycholinguistics. 5. 359-373. Dickinson, David K.; And Others 1993 Learning Vocabulary in Preschool: Social and Discourse Contexts Affecting Vocabulary Growth. New Directions for Child Development; n61 p67 to 78 Fall 1993 Dickinson, L. 1995. Autonomy and motivation: A literature review. System, 23, 2, 165-174. Diefendorf, David unknown Word Warps Dienhart, J.W. unknown Cognitive Approach to the Ethics of Counselling Psychology Dietrich, R. 1987 Nouns and verbs in the learner's lexicon. In: H. Dechert (Ed.) Current trends of European second language acquisition research. Clevedon: Multilingual Matters. Dietrich, T. G. and Freeman, C. 1979 A linguistic guide to English proficiency testing in schools. CAL / ERIC. 13-14. Dijkstra, T, H van Jaarsveld and S Ten Brinke 1998 Interlingual homograph recognition: effects of task demands and language intermixing. Bilingualism, 1,1 , 51-66. Dijkstra, Ton and Koenraad de Smedt 1996 COMPUTATIONAL PSYCHOLINGUISTICS: AI AND CONNECTIONIST MODELS OF HUMAN LANGUAGE PROCESSING London: TAYLOR FRANCIS Dillard, J.L. 1972 Black English: its history and usage in the United States. Vintage. Diller, H-J, et Al. 1987 Wortschatzarbeit. Heidelberg. Diller, K. C. 1970 Compound and co-ordinate bilingualism: a conceptual artifact. Word. 26, 2, 254-26 1 . Diller, Karl Conrad. 1978 The Language Teaching Controversy. Newbury House, Rowley, Mass. Chapter 12. Dillon, R. F, P. D. McCormack, W. M. Petrusic, M. Cook and L. Lafleur 1973 Release from proactive interference in compound and co-ordinate bilinguals. Bulletin of the Psychonomic Society. 2 . 293-294. Dillon, Richard F.; Petrusic, William M. 1972 Proactive Interference in Short Term Recognition and Recall Memory Journal of Experimental Psychology; 95; 2; 412 to 8 Dillon, Richard F.; Thomas, Heather 1975 The Role of Response Confusion in Proactive Interference Journal of Verbal Learning and Verbal Behavior; 14; 6; 603 to 615 Dimino, J., Taylor, R., Gersten, R. 1995 Synthesis of the research on story grammar as a means to increase comprehension. Reading and Writing Quarterly, 11, 1, 53-72. Dimitrijevic,-Naum-R. 1969 Lexical Availability; A New Aspect of the Lexical Availability of Secondary School Children. Julius Groos Verlag, Gaisbergstr. 6, 6900 Heidelberg, Germany ($6.74) Dimitrova, M.I. 1994. Retrieval processes in recall. M.Sc., Warwick - 46-532 Dinnes, I. 5 1971 Must all unclassified Spanish words be memorized for gender? Hispania, 54, 3, 487-492. Dinsdale, W.A. unknown Spoken Word Dirven, R. 1981 Words and scenes in a didactic lexicon. Toegepaste Taalwetenschap in Artikelen, 11, 61-81. Dirven R. and J Vanparys (eds) 1993 Current approaches to the lexicon. Frankfurt am Main: Peter Lang. Dirven, Rene, Angela Albrecht and Wim Waumans 1993 Foreign language vocabulary learning by computer: principles, fundamentals and instructions for the setting up of a database In: R Dirven and J Vanparys (eds) Current approaches to the lexicon. Frankfurt am Main: Peter Lang. p463-490 Dixon, Carol N., and Denise D. Nessel 1992 Meaning Making: Directed Reading and Thinking Activities for Second Language Students Use of Directed Reading and Thinking Activities DRTA .Englewood Cliffs, N. J. : Prentice Hall Regents Dixon, Peter; LeFevre, Jo Anne; Twilley, Leslie C 1988 Word knowledge and working memory as predictors of reading skill. Journal of Educational Psychology; 1988 Dec Vol 80(4) 465 472 Dixson, Robert 1994 New essential idoms in English Prentice hall Dobrich, Wanda; Scarborough, Hollis J. 1992 Phonological Characteristics of Words Young Children Try to Say Journal of Child Language. Oct, 19:3, 597-616 Dobrushin, R.L. etc. (Ed.) unknown Stochastic Cellular Systems: Ergodicity, Memory, Morphogenesis Dockrell J. 1981 The child's acquisition of unfamiliar words: an experimental study Thesis (Ph.D.) - Stirling, 1981 Doctor, Estelle Ann and Denise Klein 1992 Phonological processing in bilingual word recognition In: R. Harris (Ed.), Cognitive Processing in Bilinguals. Amsterdam: Elsevier. 237-252 Dodd A. 1982 Emerging word knowledge in the first year of school Thesis (M.A.) - Manchester, 1982 Dodd, Elizabeth unknown Like Memory, Caverns Dolby, J. L. and Resnikoff, H. L. 1967 The English Word Speculum. Mouton & Co., The Hague. Dolch, E, 1928 Vocabulary burden (tabs?) Edu. Research 17: 170-83 March 1928 Dolch, E. 1955 The vocabulary of basal reading instruction Methods in reading. Champaign Illinois: The Garrard press p 195-208 Dolch, E. W. 1927 Reading and word meaning Ginn and Co. Boston Dolch, E. W. 1930 Sampling of reading matter Journal of educational research, pp 213-215 Dolch, E. W. 1931 Grade Vocabularies Journal of Educational Research. 16: 1, p16-26 Dolch, E. W. 1936. How much word knowledge do children bring to grade one? Elementary English Review. 13, 177-183. Dolch, E. W. 1949 Depth of meaning Education 69: 562-566(US version) Dolch, E. W. 1951. The use of vocabulary lists in predicting readability and in developing reading materials. Elementary English. 28, 142-9, 177. Dolch, E. W. 1951 Tested word knowledge vs Frequency counts Journal of educational research 44: 457-470 Dolch, E. W. 1953 Vocabulary development Elementary English 30: 70-75 Dolch, E. W. and Leeds, D. 1932 Testing word difficulty Journal of Educational Research. 26, 22-27 Dolch, E. W. and Leeds, D. 1953. Vocabulary tests and depth of meaning. Journal of Educational Research. 47, 181-189. Dolezal, Fredric; McCreary, Don R. 1996 Language Learners and Dictionary Users: Commentary and an Annotated Bibliography Lexicographica 1996, 12, 125 65 Dollaghan, Christine; Maureen Biber and Thomas F. Campbell 1995 Lexical influences on non-word repetition Applied Psycholinguistics: 16: 211-222 Dollerup, C. 1982. An analysis of some mechanisms and strategies in the translation process based on a study oftranslations between Danish and English. The Incorporated Linguist, the Journal of the Institute of Linguists. 21, 4. Dollerup, C, E. Glahn, and C. Hansen. 1989 Vocabularies in the reading process. AILA Review. 6, 21-33. Dollerup, Cay etc. (Ed.) 1994 Perspectives : Studies in Translatology; 1994, Pt.1 Museum Tusculanum P Dollerup, Cay, Glahn, Esther and Hansen, C. R. 1982 Reading strategies and test-solving techniques in an EFL-reading comprehension test: a preliminary report. Journal of Applied Language Study. 1, 1, 93-99. Dollerup, Cay, Glahn, Esther and Rosenberg Hansen, C. unknown Issues raised by studies of passive vocabularies in reading comprehension with advanced EFL-learners. Unpublished paper. Dollinger, Stephen J.; Levin, Eric L.; Robinson, Ann E. 1991 The Word Association Implications Test. Journal of Personality Assessment; 1991 Oct Vol 57(2) 368 to 380 Dollinger, Stephen J.; McMorrow, Mary A. 1991 Individual differences in "reading between the lines": The Word Association Implications Test. American Journal of Psychology; 1991 Fal Vol 104(3) 395 to 411 Dolphin, E. 1987 Enhancing vocabulary acquisition and comprehension by visual stimuli. Canadian Modern Language Review. 43, 2, 239-244. Donaldson, Wayne; Bass, Michael 1980 Relational Information and Memory for Problem Solutions. Journal of Verbal Learning and Verbal Behavior; v19 n1 p26 to 35 Feb 1980 Donato, R. & Adair-Hauck B, 1992 Discourse perspectives and formal instruction, Language Awareness Vol1:2. Dong, Tim 1972 Cued Partial Recall of Categorized Words Journal of Experimental Psychology; 93; 1; 123 to 9 Donley, M. 1974 The role of structural semantics in expanding and activating the vocabulary of the advanced learner: the example of the homophone. Audio-Visual Language Journal, 12, 2, 81-89. Doran, E. W. 1907. A study of vocabularies. Pedagogical Seminary . 14, 4, 401-438. Dorfman, David 1986 List Composition Effects in Lexical Decision and Recognition Memory Dissertation Abstracts International, Ann Arbor, MI (DAI). 1986 Oct., 47:4, 1761B Dorfman, Len unknown Beyond Memory Dornic, S. 1978 The bilingual's performance: language dominance, stress and individual differences. In: D. Gerver and V. Sinaiko (Eds.), Language, Interpretation and Communication. London: Plenum Press. Dornic, S. 1979 Information processing in bilinguals - some selected issues. Psychological Research, 40, 329-348. Dornic, S. 1980 Information processing and language dominance. International Review of Applied Psychology, 29, 119-140. Dornic, S. 1980 Language dominance, spare capacity and perceived effort in bilinguals. Ergonomics, 23, 4, 369-377. Dörnyei, Z. & Thurrell, S. 1991 Strategic competence and how to teach it. English Language Teaching Journal, 45: 16-23. Dorriots, B. unknown How to succeed with only fifty words: an analysis of role-play in the frame of adult language acquisition. Gothenburg Papers in Theoretical Linguistics. 52. Doswell, Gwithian; Lewis, Vicky; Sylva, Kathy; Boucher, Jill 1994 Validational data on the Warwick Symbolic Play Test. European Journal of Disorders of Communication; 1994 Vol 29(3) 289 to 298 Dougherty, C. 1991 Second Language Instruction does make a difference. Studies in Second Language Acquisition. 13 431-469. Doughty, C. 1991 Effect of instruction on SLA. Studies in Second Language Acquisition. Doughty, C. and T. Pica, 1986 ³Information Gap² tasks: Do they facilitate Second language Acquisition? TESOL Quarterly 20 2: 305-325. Douglas, William unknown Spelling and Vocabulary Workshop; Mixed Pack Dowhower, Sarah L. 1989. Repeated reading: research into practice. The Reading Teacher. 42. 502-507. Downie, Robyn; Milech, Dan; Kirsner, Kim 1985 Unit definition in the mental lexicon. Australian Journal of Psychology; 1985 Aug Vol 37(2) 141 to 155 Downing, John A. (Ed.) unknown Cognitive Psychology and Reading in the USSR Downing, P. 1980 Factors influencing lexical choice in narrative. In W.L. Chafe (Ed.) The Pear Stories: Cognitive, Cultural and Language aspects of Narrative Production. Ablex, Norwood, N.J. Downing, Paul and Nancy Kanwisher 1995 Types and tokens unscathed: a reply to Whittlesea, Dorken and Podrouzek and Whittlesea and Podrouzek Journal of Experimental Psychology Learning, Memory, and Cognition; 21, 4, 1698-1702 Doyle, A. B, M. Champagne and N. Segalowitz 1977 Some issues in the assessment of linguistic consequences of early bilingualism. Working Papers in Bilingualism, 14, 21-30. Doyle Terry and Paul Meara unknown Lingo! How to learn languages BBC Books Drake, Richard M. 1940. The effect of teaching the vocabulary of algebra. Journal of Educational Research. 33, 8, 601-610. Draper, A. G. and Moeller, G. H. 1971 I / we think with words. Phi Delta Kappan. 52, 8, 482-484. Dreher, M. J. and H. Singer 1981 The validity of the Instantiation hypothesis Journal of reading behavior. 13, 223-228. Dresher, Richard. 1934. Training in mathematics vocabulary. Educational Research Bulletin. 13, 8, 201-204. Drevno, Gregg E.; And Others 1994 Effects of Active Student Response during Error Correction on the Acquisition, Maintenance, and Generalization of Science Vocabulary by Elementary Students: A Systematic Replication. Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis; v27 n1 p179 to 80 Spr 1994 Dromi, Esther 1987 Early Lexical development Cambridge: Cambridge University press Drum, P. A. 1983 Vocabulary knowledge: history. In J. A. Niles & L. A. Harris (Eds.) Searches for meaning in reading / language processing and instruction 32nd yearbook of the National Reading Conference, Rochester, NY, 163-171. Drum, P. A. and Konopak, B. C. 1987 Learning word meanings from context. In McKeown, M. G. and M. E. Curtis. (Eds.). The Nature of Vocabulary Acquisition. Lawrence Erlbaum Associates. Hillsdale: New Jersey. 73-87. du Plessis, Jacques Christiaan. 1992 Computer-Assisted Vocabulary Learning: A Comparison of Paired-Associate Computer Drills and Idiosyncratic Learning. MA Thesis, Brigham Young University, Linguistics Department. Provo, Utah. Dubin, F. 1989 The odd couple: reading and vocabulary. English Language Teaching Journal. 43, 4, 283-287. Dubin, F. and E. Olshtain. 1993 Predicting word meanings from contextual clues: evidence from L1 readers. In: T. Huckin, M. Haynes and J. Coady (Eds.). Second Language Reading and Vocabulary. Norwood, NJ.: Ablex. Dubin, F. and Olshtain, E. 1986 Course Design. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press. Dubin, F. & D. E. Eskey & W. Grabe (eds.) 1996 Teaching second language reading for academic purposes Reading, MA: Addison Wesley. Dubois, J. 1981 Models of the dictionary : Evolution in dictionary design. Applied Linguistics. 2(3): 236-249. DuBois, Philip; Kenneth Teel and Robert Petersen 1954 On the validity of proficiency tests Educational and psychological measurement 14: 605-616 Dubravcic, J 1996 Telling the truth about extensive reading The Language Teacher, 20 (12), 52. Dudai, Yadin unknown Neurobiology of Memory : Concepts, Findings, Trends Dudley, Geoffrey Arthur unknown Double Your Learning Power : Master the Techniques of Successful Memory Duff, P.A. 1997. The lexical generation gap: a connectionist account of circumlocution in Chinese as a secondlanguage. In G. Kaspar and E. Kellermen (eds) Communication Strategies  Longman, London.. 192-215. Duffelmeyer, Frederick A. 1980 The Influence of Experience Based Vocabulary Instruction on Learning Word Meanings. Journal of Reading; v24 n1 p35 40 Oct 1980 Dufflemeyer, F. A. 1985 Letters to the editors: a reaction to Nagy Herman and Anderson Reading Research Quarterly 20: 669-670 Dufour, Robert 1995. Sign language and bilingualism: modality implications for bilingual language representation In: A de Groot and J Kroll (eds) Tutorials in Bilingualism Hillsdale, NJ.: Lawrence Erlbaum. Dufour, Robert; Kroll, Judith F. 1995 Matching words to concepts in two languages: A test of the concept mediation model of bilingual representation. Memory and Cognition; 1995 Mar Vol 23(2) 166 180 Dugas, Andre (ed.); Molinier, Christian (ed.) 1992 La Productivite lexicale Langue Francaise. Duignan, Magali Aparecida Morais, 1990 An Investigation Of Second Language Vocabulary Acquisition Through Reading. Da. State University Of New York At Stony Brook, 1990. 237 Pp. Umi Dissertation Reference 9105267 Duin, A. H. and Graves, M. F. 1987 Intensive vocabulary instruction as a prewriting technique. Reading Research Quarterly. 22, 3, 311-330. Duker, Sam 1965 Listening and Reading Elementary School Journal 65, March : 321-29 Dulay, H and M.K. Burt. unknown Natural sequences in child second language acquisition. Language Learning 24, 37-53. Dulay, H. & Burt, M. 1975 Creative construction in second language learning and teaching. In Burt, M & Dulay, H. On TESOL Œ75 pp. 21 - 32. TESOL, Washington, D.C. Dulay, H. & Burt, M. 1977 Remarks on creativity in language acquisition. In Burt, M., Dulay, H. & Finocchario, M (Eds.). Viewpoints on English as a second language. Regents: New York. Dulay, H.C. & Burt, M.K. 1973 Should we teach children syntax? Language Learning, 23(2), 245-258. Dulin, Kenneth L. 1970 Using context clues in word recognition and comprehension. Reading Teacher. 23, 5, 440-445. Dulin, Kenneth La Marr. 1969 New research on context clues. Journal of Reading. 13, 1, 33-38, 53. Dummer, E. H. 1943 New vocabulary test Modern language journal 27: 21-24 Dunant, S. 1994 The war of the words: The political correctness debate London: Virago Dunbar, G. 1991 The Cognitive Lexicon. Tubingen: Gunter Narr. Dunbar, G. L. 1994 Artificial neural network versus case-based approaches to lexical combination [2243-17] The Society; 1994 pp. 154-161 Dunbar, S. 1992 Developing vocabulary by integrating language and content. TESL Canada Journal. 9, 2, 73-79. Duncan, C. P. 1966 Effect of word frequency on thinking of a word. Journal of verbal learning and verbal behaviour. 5, 434-440. Duncan, Carl P. 1970 Thinking of a word under different retrieval constraints. Journal of Verbal Learning and Verbal Behaviour. 9, 356-361. DUNCAN,-CARL-P.; WOOD,-GORDON 1966 NORMS FOR SUCCESSIVE WORD ASSOCIATIONS. Psychonomic-Monograph-Supplements. 1966; 1(7): 203-206 Duncan, Starkey, Jr. 1997 Early Parent Child Interaction Grammar Prior to Language Acquisition. Language & Communication; v17 n2 p149 64 Apr 1997 Dunkel, H. B. 1944 Testing the precise use of words College English 5: 386-389 Dunkel Patricia 1994 Using the Computer to Assess Listening Comprehension Proficiency in English as a Second Language: An Update TESOL Matters, April/May : 11 Dunkel, Patricia, ed 1991 Computer-Assisted Language Learning and Testing: Research Issues and Practice New York: Newbury House Dunlop, I. 1975 Conversation at the intermediate level. Zielsprache Englisch, 3, 1-6. Dunmore, D. 1989 Using contextual clues to infer word meaning: an evaluation of current exercise types. Reading in a Foreign Language. 6 (1): 337-347. Dunn, Anna Margaret 1974 Serial Ordering, Clustering, and Total Recall with Three Recall Conditions in Two Racial Groups. Dissertation Abstracts International, Ann Arbor, MI 1974, 34, 4078B(Miss.) Dunn, L.M. 1965. Peabody Picture Vocabulary Test. American Guidance Service Inc., Minnesota. Dunn, Lloyd M. 1988 Bilingual Hispanic Children on the U.S. Mainland: A Review of Research on Their Cognitive, Linguistic, and Scholastic Development. Emphasizing Studies Involving the English and Spanish Language Versions of the Peabody Picture Vocabulary Test Revised. Unknown Reference Dunn-Rankin, Peter 1978 The Visual Characteristics of Words Scientific American; 238; 1; 122 to 30 Dunning, R.S. 1974-75 The application of linguistic criteria to the construction of a valid and reliable test at ordinary level of receptive and productive skills in written French. Ph.D., London, Birkbeck College - 25-1139 Dunning, Ted. 1992 A Single Language Evaluation of a Multi-lingual Text Retrieval System. TREC-1 Proceedings, In NIST Special Publication 500-207. Dunning, Ted. 1993 Accurate Methods for the Statistics of Surprise and Coincidence. Computational Linguistics 19, 1 Dunning, Ted. 1994 Statistical Identification of Language. CLR Tech Report. (MCCS-94-273) Dunning, Ted and Mark Davis. 1993 Multi-lingual Information Retrieval. CLR Tech Report. (MCCS-93-252) Dunning, Ted, Jim Cowie and Takahiro Waka. 1991 Analysis of Parallel Japanese and English Corpora. CLR Tech Report. (MCCS-91-233) Dunson, M. I. and Fraser Roberts, J. 1955 A study of the performance of 2,000 children on four vocabulary tests British Journal of statistical psychology 8: 3-15 Dunson, M. I. and Fraser Roberts, J. 1955 A study of the performance of 2,000 children on four vocabulary tests. II. Norms, with some observations on the relative variability of boys and girls British Journal of statistical psychology 10: 1-16 Dupuis, Mary M.; Snyder, Sandra L. 1983 Develop Concepts through Vocabulary: A Strategy for Reading Specialists to Use with Content Teachers. Journal of Reading; v26 n4 p297 305 Jan 1983 Dupuy, B. 1997 Lecture-cadeau, lecture-plaisir: Des étudiants en FLE et les bénéfices dérivés de la lecture libre. [Reading as gift, Reading as pleasure: Students of French as a foreign language and the benefits derived from free reading] The French Review, 71, 2, 182-191. Dupuy, B. 1997 Literature Circles: An alternative framework for increasing intermediate FL students' comprehension of texts in the target language. Mosaic, 5, 1, 13-16. Dupuy, B. 1997 Voices from the classroom: Students favor extensive reading over grammar instruction and practice, and give their reasons. Applied Language Learning, 8, 2, 253-261. Dupuy, B. 1998 Cercles de lecture: Une autre approche de la lecture dans la classe intermédiaire de français langue étrangère.[Literature Circles: A different reading approach in the intermediate French classroom] The Canadian Modern Language Review, 54, 4, 579-585. Dupuy, B and S Krashen 1992 Incidental vocabulary acquisition in French as a foreign language. Applied Language Learning, 4,1, 55-64. Dupuy, B., Tse, L., & Cook, T. 1996 Bringing books into the classroom: First steps in turning college-level ESL students into readers. TESOL Journal, 5(4), 10-15. Dupuy, Harold J. 1974 The rationale, development, and standardization of a basic word vocabulary test. Vital and Health Statistics, Series 2; 1974 Apr No 60 1-71 Duquette, L. 1993 L'aprentissage du vocabulaire en contexte. CREAL Occasional Paper, No.1. University of Ottawa. Duquette, L 1993 Etude sur l'apprentissage du vocabulaire en contexte par l'ecoute scenarise en francais langue seconde. Quebec: CIRAL. . Duquette, Lise; Painchaud, Gisele 1996 A Comparison of Vocabulary Acquisition in Audio and Video Contexts. Canadian Modern Language Review; v53 n1 p143 72 Oct 1996 Durga, R. 1978 Bilingualism and interlingual interference Journal of Cross- cultural Psychology, 9, 401-415. Durgunoglu AY and HL Roediger II. I. 1987 Test differences in accessing bilingual memory. Journal of Memory and Language. 26, 377-391. Durgunoglu, Aydin Y.; Nagy, William E.; Hancin Bhatt, Barbara J. 1993 Cross language transfer of phonological awareness. Journal of Educational Psychology; 1993 Sep Vol 85(3) 453 to 465 Durgunoglu, Aydin Y.; Neely, James H. 1987 On obtaining episodic priming in a lexical decision task following paired associate learning. Journal of Experimental Psychology Learning, Memory, and Cognition; 1987 Apr Vol 13(2) 206 to 222 Durgunoglu, Aydin Yücesan 1995. Bilingual reading: its components, development and other issues In: A de Groot and J Kroll (eds) Tutorials in Bilingualism Hillsdale, NJ.: Lawrence Erlbaum. Duriau, N. 1987 Reading techniques and vocabulary retention. Thesis: Louvain la Neuve. Durie, Mark and Malcolm Ross 1996 The comparative method reviewed: Regularity and irregularity in language change New York: Oxford University press Durkin, D. 1979 What classroom observations reveal about reading comprehension instruction. Reading Research Quarterly, 14, 481-533. Durkin, K., Crowther, R. D. and Shire, B. 1986 Children's processing of polysemous vocabulary in school. In Language development in the school years, K. Durkin (Ed.) Croom Helm, London. Durkin, K., Crowther, R., Shire, B., Riem, R. and Nash P. 1985 Polysemy in mathematical and musical education. Applied Linguistics. 6, 2, 147-161. Durkin, Pia M. 1991 Vocabulary Acquisition in Context Reconsidered: The Effect of Word Type and Exposure Level on the Learning of Unknown Words Dissertation Abstracts International, Ann Arbor, MI (DAI). 1991 Feb, 51:8, 2691A DAI No.: DA9102613. Degree granting institution: New York U Durost, Walter and Stella Center 1951- Durost-Center Word Mastery test: evaluation and adjustment series World Book Co. Durrett, Marry Ellen; Henman, James 1972 Concurrent Validity of the Peabody Picture Vocabulary Test, Draw a Man, and Children's Embedded Figures Test with Four Year Old Children Educational and Psychological Measurement; 32; 4 Durso, F. T. and Shore, W. J. 1991 Partial Knowledge of word meanings Journal of Experimental Psychology: General. 120(2): 190-202. Duschl, Richard; Hamilton, R.J. (Ed.) unknown Philosophy of Science, Cognitive Psychology and Educational Theory and Duskova, L. 1969 On sources of error in foreign language teaching. IRAL, 7, 11-36. Düwell, H. 1972 Zur Wortschatzselektion und Wortschatzprogression im Französischunterricht. [On vocabulary selection and vocabulary progression in teaching French.] Linguistik und Didaktik, 3, 2, 129-143. Düwell, H. 1974 Informelle Wortschatztests für den Fremdsprachenunterricht: Möglichkeiten und Probleme ihrer Konstruktion. [Informal vocabulary tests for foreign language instruction: possibilities and problems in their construction.] Die Neueren Sprachen, 73, 2, 113-127. Dwyer, David James 1981 Lorma: A Reference Handbook of Phonetics, Grammar, Lexicon and Learning Procedures. Unknown Reference Dyer, F. N. 1971 Colour naming interference in monolinguals and bilinguals Journal of Verbal Learning and Verbal Behavior, 10, 297-302. Dyson, P. 1988 The Year Abroad. Oxford. Oxford University Press. Eagan, Ruth L.; Fagan William T. 1986 Cues used by two groups of remedial readers in identifying words in isolation Journal of Research in Reading; Vol.9,no. 1:Feb 86 56-68 Eagle, M. and E. Leiter 1964 Recall and recognition in intentional and incidental learning Journal of experimental psychology 68, 58-63 Eames, T. H. 1937 A study of the speed of word recognition Journal of educational research 31: 181-87 Eason and Yates. 1995 Review of Language Activator. TESOL Quarterly. Spring. 209-211. Eaton, Helen S. 1940. An English -French- German- Spanish Word Frequency Dictionary. Dover Publications, New York. Eaton, Helen S. 1951-52. Vocabulary building. Language Learning. 4 1 & 2, 54-60. Ebbinghaus, H. 1885. Über das Gedächtnis. Leipzig: Dunker. (Translation by H. Ruyer and C. Bussenius, (1913), Memory. New York: Teacher¹s College, Columbia University. Ebbinghaus, Hermann unknown Memory: A Contribution to Experimental Psychology Echols, Catharine H. 1993 A Perceptually Based Model of Children's Earliest Productions Cognition: International Journal of Cognitive Science. Mar, 46:3, 245-96 Eckerson, L. E. 1938 The estimation of individual differences in the total size of English recognition vocabulary. MA Thesis. University of southern california, Los Angeles Eckman et al., 1988 On the generalization of relative clause instruction in the acquisition of Eng as a 2nd lang. Applied ling., 9:1-20 Eckman, F.R. 1977 Markedness and the constrastive analysis hypothesis. Language Learning, 27, 315-330. Eckman, Fred R. etc. (Ed.) unknown Second Language Acquisition Theory and Pedagogy Ed. R Fletcher 1994 ITI Directory of Translators and Interpreters; 1994-95 Institute of Translation & Interpreting Edelsky, C. 1982 Writing in a Bilingual Program. The relation of L1 and L2 texts. TESOL Quarterly, 16,211 - 228. Edge J. and Richards, K. 1993 Teachers develop Teachers Research Heinemann. Edge, Julian 1983 Reading to Take Notes and to Summarise: A Classroom Procedure. Reading in a Foreign Language; v1 n2 p93 98 Oct 1983 Edmonds, William unknown Vocabulary Skills Edmundson, H.P. unknown Methods of Computing Vocabulary Size for the Two Parameter Rank Distribution. College Park : U. of Md., Comput. Science Ctr. 46 pp. Edwards, Allen Jack unknown When Memory Fails : Helping the Alzheimer's and Dementia Patient Edwards, Derek 1997 Discourse and Cognition London: Sage Edwards, J.A. &;M. D. Lampert (eds.) 1993 Talking Data: Transcription and Coding in Discourse Research. Hillsdale, NJ: Erlbaum, Associates. Edwards, P.J. 1974. Teaching specialist English (with special reference to nurses and midwives in Nigeria. ELT Journal. 28, 3. 247-252. Edwards, R. P. A. and Gibbon, Vivian. 1973 Words Your Children Use. Burke Books, London. Edwards, S. and Knott, R. 1994 Assessing spontaneous language abilities of aphasic speakers. In: Graddol, D. and Swann, J. (eds) Evaluating Language. Clevedon: Multilingual Matters, 91-101. and Language Testing, 11, 49-64. Edwards, S., Bastiaanse, R. and Kiss, K. 1994 Fluent aphasia and grammatical complexity in three languages. Brain and Language, 47, 414-416. Eeg-Olofsson, Mats. 1991 Word-class tagging. Some computational tools. Department of computational linguistics, University of Gvteborg (Gothenburg). ISBN 91-628-0297-6. (available through University Microfilms International) Egerton, George (Ed.) unknown Political Memoir: Essays on the Politics of Memory Egli, U., P. Pause, Chr. Schwarze, A. Von Stechow and G. Weingold unknown Lexical Knowledge in the organization of language Konstanz and Tubingen Ehri, L. C. and E. B. Ryan 1980 Performance of bilinguals in picture-word interference task Journal of Psycholinguistic Research, 9, 3, 285-302. Ehri, Linnea C. 1976 Comprehension and Production of Adjectives and Seriation Journal of Child Language; 3; 3; 369 384 Ehri, Linnea C.; Wilce, Lee S. 1979 Does Word Training Increase or Decrease Interference in a Stroop Task? Journal of Experimental Child Psychology; v27 n2 p352 to 64 Apr 1979 Ehrman, madeline E 1996 Understanding second language learning diffculties London : Sage Eichholz, Gerhard and Barbe, Richard. 1961 An experiment in vocabulary development. Educational Research Bulletin. 40, 1, 1-7, 28. Eicholtz, G. and R. Barbe 1961 Vocabulary development Elementary school journal 61: 414 Eisenstein, M 1980 Grammatical explanations in ESL: teach the student not the method. TESL Talk, 11, 3-13 Eiser, J. Richard 1994 Attitudes, chaos and the connectionist mind Oxford: Blackwell Eisermann, H. 1974 Die Semanalyse als Grundlage für eine systematische Wortschatzarbeit im Franzosischunterricht der zweiten Stufe. [Analysis of units of meaning as a basis for systematic vocabulary development in teaching level two.] Der Fremdsprachliche Unterricht, 8, 1, 38-56. Ekwall, Eldon E. 1974 Should Repetitions be Counted as Errors? Reading Teacher; 27; 4; 365 to 67 Ekwall, Eldon E 1976 Diagnosis and Remediation of the Disabled Reader Boston: Allyn and Bacon El Halees, Yousef 1984 Simplification and Reduction as Foreign Language Learning Strategies: Implications from Jordanian Arabs Learning English. Unknown Reference Elardo, Richard 1971 The Experimental Facilitation of Children's Comprehension and Production of Four Syntactic Structures Child Development; 42; 6; 2101 4 Elbers Loekie, and Frank Wijnen 1992 Effort, production skill, and language learning In Charles Ferguson , Lise Men and Carol Stoel-Gammon (eds.) Phonological development: models research, implications. Timonium, MD York Press Elder, Catherine 1996 The Effect of Language Background on "Foreign" Language Test Performance: The Case of Chinese, Italian, and Modern Greek. Language Learning; v46 n2 p233 82 Jun 1996 Elerick, Charles 1977 The Bilingual Lexicon and Linguistic Innovation. Unknown Reference Elffers, Els 1996 The History of Thought about Language and Thought 73 84 IN Cremers Crit (ed.); Dikken Marcel den (ed.). Linguistics in the Netherlands 1996. Amsterdam : Benjamins, 1996. ix, 268 pp. Elhelou Mohamed-Wafaie A. 1994 Arab children's use of the keyword method to learn English vocabulary words Educational Research; Vol.36,no.3: Winter 94 295-302 Elivian, J. 1938. Word perception and word meaning in student reading in the intermediate grades. Education. 59, 51-56. Elkhatib, A.S.A. 1984 A Classification of the lexical problems of EFL/ESL Students. (New York, U.S., Reports - Research/Technical). Elkins, R. 1978 Lexical systems in language teaching. RELC 13th Seminar. Ellegård, Alvar. 1960 Estimating vocabulary size. Word. 16, 219-244. Ellegård, Alvar. 1978 On dictionaries for language learners. Moderna Sprak. 72, 3, 225-242. Eller, R. G., Pappas, C. C. and Brown, E. 1988 The lexical development of kindergarteners: learning from written context. Journal of Reading Behavior. 20, 1, 5-24. Elley, W.B. 1969. The assessment of readability by noun frequency counts. Reading Research Quarterly. 4, 3.411-427. Elley, W.B. 1980. A comparison of 'content-interest' and 'structuralist' reading programmes in Niue primary schools. New Zealand Journal of Educational Studies.15. 39-53. Elley, W.B. 1996 Lifting literacy levels in developing countries: some implications from an IEA study. In V. Greaney.(Ed.), Promoting Reading in Developing Countries (pp.39-54). Newark, DE: International Reading Association. Elley, W. B. and Croft, A. C. 1989 Assessing the difficulty of reading materials: the noun frequency method. New Zealand Council for Educational Research, Wellington. Elley, W. B. and Mangubhai, F. 1981 The impact of a Book Flood in Fiji Primary Schools. New Zealand Council for Educational Research. Elley, W.B. and Mangubhai, F. 1981. The long-term effects of a book flood on children's language growth. Directions. 7.15-24. Elley, W. B., & Mangubhai, F 1983 The impact of reading on second language learning Reading Research Quarterly, 19 , 53-67. Elley, Warwick. 1985 What do children learn from being read to?. SET New Zealand Council for Educational Research. l. Elley, Warwick B. 1981 The role of reading in bilingual contexts. In Comprehension and Teaching: Research Reviews, ed. John T. Guthrie Newark, Del.: International Reading Association. p. 227-254. Elley, Warwick B. 1984 Exploring the Reading Difficulties of Second Language Learners in Fiji 281 301 IN Alderson J. Charles (ed. & introd.); Urquhart A. H. (ed. & introd.); Candlin Christopher N. (pref.). Reading in a Foreign Language. London : Longman, 1984. xxviii, 324 pp. Elley, Warwick B. 1988 New vocabulary: How do children learn new words?. Set - Research Information for Teachers. Item 10 No.1. Elley, Warwick B. 1989 Vocabulary acquisition from listening to stories. Reading Research Quarterly, 24(2), 174187. Elley, Warwick B. 1991 Acquiring Literacy in a Second Language: The Effect of Book-Based Programs. Language Learning; 41 n3 p375-411 Elliot, Alison J 1981 Child language Cambridge Cambridge University press Ellis and Hedge 1993 interview about SLA. Talking shop.. Reply by Hopkins and Nettle attached. English Language Teaching Journal. 47 Ellis, Gail and John McRae 1991 The extensive Reading Handbook for secondary teachers London: penguin Ellis, Gail and Sinclair, Barbara. 1989 Learning to learn English. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press. Ellis, Henry C.; Hunt, R.Reed unknown Fundamentals of Cognitive Psychology; Instructors' Manual to 5re Ellis, N. 1992 Linguistic relativity revisited: the bilingual word-length effect in working memory during counting, remembering numbers and mental calculation. In: R. Harris (Ed.), Cognitive Processing in Bilinguals. Amsterdam: Elsevier. Ellis, N. 1993 Rules and instances in foreign language learning: interaction of explicit and implicit knowledge. European Journal of Cognitive Psychology. 5, 289-318. Ellis, N. 1994 Consciousness in second language learning: psychological perspectives on the role of conscious processes in vocabulary acquisition. AILA Reviw. 11, 37-56. Ellis, N. 1994 Implicit and explicit vocabulary acquisition In N.C. Ellis, ed. Implicit and Explicit Learning of Second Language London: Academic Press. pp 211-282. Ellis, N. 1994 The cognitive psychology of developmental dyslexia In G. Hales (Ed.) Dyslexia Matters: A Celebratory Contributed Volume to Honour T.R. Miles. London: Whurr Publishers Ltd. Ellis, N. 1995 Consciousness in second language acquisition: A review of recent field studies and laboratory experiments. Language Awareness, 4, 123-146. Ellis, N. 1996 Lexical sequence analysis in SLA Paper presented at the AILA Congress, Jyvaskyla, Finland. August 1996. Ellis, N. & Beaton, A. 1993 Psychological determinants of foreign language vocabulary learning. Learning, 43(4), 559-617. Ellis, N.C. In press. Memory for language. In P. Robinson (ed.) Cognition and Second Language Instruction  Cambridge University Press, Cambridge. Ellis, N.C. and Schmidt, R. 1997. Morphology and longer distance dependencies: Laboratory research illuminating the A in SLA. SSLA. 19. 145-171. Ellis, N.C. (Ed.). 1994 Implicit and Explicit Learning of Languages. London: Academic Press. Ellis, N.C., & Miles, T.R. 1981 A lexical encoding deficiency I: Experimental evidence In G. Th. Pavlidis and T.R. Miles (Eds.) Dyslexia Research and Its Applications to Education. Chichester: Wiley. Ellis, NC 1993 Rules and instances in foreign language learning: interaction of explicit and implicit knowledge. European Journal of Cognitive Psychology, 5, 289-318. Ellis Nick. 1994 Vocabulary Acquisition: the implicit Ins and outs of explicit cognitive mediation. In Ellis, N. Implicit and Explicit Learning of Languages. Acadamic Press: London. 211-282. Ellis, Nick. 1995 Vocabulary acquisition: psychological perspectives and pedagogical implications. The Language Teacher. 19, 2, 12-18. Ellis, Nick 1997 Vocabulary acquisition: word structure, collocation, word class and meaning In Schmitt, N. and M. McCarthy (Eds.): Vocabulary: Description, Acquisition and Pedagogy: Cambridge, Cambridge University Press. 122-139 Ellis, Nick 1997 The Epigenisis of language: acquisition as a sequence learning problem In Ryan, A. and A. Wray (Eds.) Evolving models of language Clevedon: Multilingual matters Ellis, Nick; Beaton, Alan 1993 Factors affecting the learning of foreign language vocabulary: Imagery keyword mediators and phonological short term memory. Quarterly Journal of Experimental Psychology Human Experimental Psychology; 1993 Aug Vol 46A(3) 533 to 558 Ellis Nick C. 1995 The psychology of foreign language vocabulary acquisition: implications for CALL Computer Assisted Language Learning; Vol.8,nos.2-3: 95 103-128 Ellis, Nick C. 1996 Analyzing Language Sequence in the Sequence of Language Acquisition. Studies in Second Language Acquisition; v18 n3 p361 68 Sep 1996 Ellis, Nick C. 1996 Sequencing in SLA: Phonological Memory, Chunking, and Points of Order. Studies in Second Language Acquisition; v18 n1 p91 126 Mar 1996 Ellis, Nick C.; Beaton, Alan 1993 Psycholinguistic Determinants of Foreign Language Vocabulary Learning. Language Learning; v43 n4 p559 to 617 Dec 1993 and In B. Harley (Ed.) lexical Issues in language learning. Amsterdam: John Benjamins. Ellis, Nick .C., & Laporte, Nadine. 1995 Contexts of acquisition: Effects of formal instruction and naturalistic exposure on SLA. In A. de Groot & J. Kroll (Eds.), Tutorials in Bilingualism: Hillsdale, N.J.: Lawrence Erlbaum Associates. Ellis, Nick C.; Large, Barbara 1987 The development of reading: As you seek so shall you find. British Journal of Psychology; 1987 Feb Vol 78(1) 1 to 28 Ellis, Nick C.; Sinclair, Susan G. 1996 Working memory in the acquisition of vocabulary and syntax: Putting language in good order. Quarterly Journal of Experimental Psychology Human Experimental Psychology; 1996 Feb Vol 49A(1) 234-0 Ellis, Nick; Large, Barbara 1988 The early stages of reading: A longitudinal study. Special Issue: Cognitive psychology and the unskilled reader. Applied Cognitive Psychology; 1988 Jan Mar Vol 2(1) 47 to 76 Ellis, Norman R.; Palmer, Roland L. 1988 Instructional effects in memory for frequency of occurrence. Bulletin of the Psychonomic Society; 1988 May Vol 26(3) 197 to 199 Ellis, R. 1984 Can syntax be taught? A study of the effects of formal instruction on the acquisition of WH questions by children. Applied ling. 5:138-55 Ellis, R. 1984 Classroom Second language development. Oxford. Permagon. . Ellis, R 1985 Sources of Variability in Interlanguage Applied Linguistics 6.2: 118 131. Ellis, R. 1985 Understanding Second Language Acquisition. Oxford: Blackwell. Ellis, R 1988 The effects of linguistic environment on the second language acquisition of grammatical rules. Applied Linguistics, 9, 257-274 Ellis, R. 1988 The role of practice in classroom language learning. Teanga, 8: 1 - 25. Ellis, R. 1989 Are classroom and naturalistic acquisition the same? a study of the classroom acquisition of German word order rules. Studies in Second Language Acquisition 11 P.305-28, Ellis, R. 1990 Individual learning styles in classroom second language development. In J.H.L. de Jong & D.K. Stevenson (Eds.), Individualizing the assessment of language abilities. Philadelphia: Multilingual Matters. Ellis, R. 1991 Grammatically judgments and second language acquisition. Studies in Second Language Acquisition. 161-186. see also Beck In cook¹s book Ellis, R. 1991 Instructed Second Language Acquisition. Oxford: Blackwell. Ellis, R, 1991 Second languange acquisition & language pedagogy. Clevedon: Multilingual Matters Ellis, R. 1991. The interaction hypothesis: a critical evaluation. In E. Sadtono (ed.) Language Acquisition and the Second/Foreign Language Classroom. RELCAnthology: Series 28. 179-211. Ellis, R. 1992 Learning to Communicate in the Classroom. Studies in Second Language Acquisition. 14:1-23. Ellis, R. 1992 The classroom context: An acquisition rich or an acquisition poor environment?. In Kramsch, C. & McConnell - Ginet S.. Text and Context: cross - disciplinary Perspectives in Language Study. Lexington, Mass . D.C. Heath & Co. Ellis, R. 1993. Naturally simplified input, comprehension and second language acquisition. In Tickoo (ed.) 1993.53-68. Ellis, R 1994 Factors in the Incidental Acquisition of Second Language Vocabulary from Oral Input: A Review Essay. Applied Language Learning; v5 n1 p1 to 32 1994 Ellis, R. 1994 The Study of Second Language Acquisition. Oxford: Oxford University Press. Ellis, R. 1996 Modified Oral Input and the Acquisition of Word Meanings. Applied Linguistics. 16(4): 409-41 Ellis, R. 1997 Second Language Acquisition. Oxford: OUP Ellis, R. unknown Grammar teaching - Practice or consciousness raising? In Ellis Second language acquisition pedagogy. Ellis, R. and He X. In press. The roles of modified input and output in the incidental acquisition of word meanings. Studies in Second Language Acquisition. Ellis, R. and McClintock, A. 1990 If you take my meaning: Theory into practice in human communication 2nd ED London: Edward Arnold Ellis, Rod 1997 SLA research and language teaching Oxford: Oxford University press Ellis, Rod; Heimbach, Rick 1997 Bugs and Birds: Children's Acquisition of Second Language Vocabulary through Interaction. System; v25 n2 p247 59 Jun 1997 Ellis, Rod, Yoshihiro Tanaka and Asako Yamanaka 1995 Classroom interaction, comprehension and the acquisition of L2 word meanings In B. Harley (Ed.) lexical Issues in language learning. Amsterdam: John Benjamins. pp 187-228. Also in Language Learning, 44,3, 449-491. Elmaliach, J 1992 Extensive reading: in the intermediate school: A choice of readers English Teachers' Journal, 45 , 75-77. Elshout-Mohr, M. and van Daalen-Kapteijns, M. 1987 Cognitive processes in learning word meanings. In McKeown, M. G. and M. E. Curtis. (Eds.). The Nature of Vocabulary Acquisition. Lawrence Erlbaum Associates. Hillsdale: New Jersey. 53-71. Elster, Charles 1990 Gricean Maxims and Reading Instruction 381 89 IN Hall Kira (ed.); Koenig Jean Pierre (ed.); Meacham Michael (ed.); Reinman Sondra (ed.); Sutton Laurel A. (ed.). Proceedings of the Sixteenth Annual Meeting of the Berkeley Linguistics Society, February 16 19, 1990: General Session and Parasession on the Legacy of Grice. Berkeley : Berkeley Ling. Soc., 1990. xii, 559 pp. Elston, K 1996 Processing L1 homonyms, polysemous nouns and cognates in the L2: evidence of L1 lexical-conceptual relationships as an influential factor in L2 lexical processing. Working Papers in English and Applied Linguistics, 3, 59-79. Elvira, J.M. 1994. Neural networks for speech and speaker recognition. Ph.D., Staffs - 45-8387 Elwood, M. I. 1939 A preliminary note on the vocabulary test in the revised Stanford-Binet scale. Journal of Educational psychology 30, 632-634 Emans, Robert and Fisher, Gladys Mary. 1967 Teaching the use of context clues. Elementary English. 44, 3, 243-246. Engber, C 1995 The relationship of lexical proficiency to the quality of ESL compositions. Journal of L2 Writing, 4,2 138-155. Engber, Cheryl Ann 1992 A Study of Lexis and the Relationship to Quality in Written Texts of Second Language Learners of English Dissertation Abstracts International, Ann Arbor, MI (DAI). 1992 Dec, 53:6, 1888A DAI No.: DA9231596. Degree granting institution: Indiana U Engel, D and MR Whitehead 1993 More first words: a comparative study of bilingual siblings. Early Years, 14,1, 27-35. Engel, F. L.; Andriessen, J. J. 1981 Educational Technology Research: Computer Aided Learning of a Foreign Vocabulary. Educational Technology; v21 n5 p46 to 53 May 1981 Engel-Ortlieb, Dorothea 1989 How linguistic is cognition? In: Dechert, Hans and Manfred Raupach (Eds.) Psycholinguistic Models of Language Production. Ablex Engelbart, S.M. and Theuerkauf, B. 1999. Defining context within vocabulary acquisition. Language Teaching Research. 3, 1. 57-69. Engelkamp, Johannes; Zimmer, Hubert D. 1983 Foci of Attention in Comprehension and Production of Sentences 119 133 IN Rickheit Gert (ed.); Bock Michael (ed.). Psycholinguistic Studies in Language Processing. Berlin : de Gruyter, 1983. viii, 305 pp. Engels, L. K. 1968 The fallacy of word counts. IRAL. 6, 3, 213-231. Engels, L. K. 1981 Toetsen en beheersingleren van het Engels vocabularium op universitair niveau. [Testing and mastery learning of English vocabulary at University level.] Toegepaste Taalwetenschap in Artikelen, 11, 84-97. Engels, L.K. et al. 1990 Frequency studies and vocabulary lists for teaching. Unpublished paper. Engels, LK, M Goethals, U Vanerman, B van Beckhoven and T Laenders 1991 Didactic frequency research for English as a foreign language at the KU Leuven. In: S Granger (ed.) Perspectives on the English lexicon. Louvain la Neuve: Cahiers de l'Institut de Linguistique de Louvain. 17 269-280. Engen, Trygg unknown Odour Sensation and Memory Englehard, George, Jr. 1990 Thorndike, Thurstone and Rasch: A Comparison of Their Approaches to Item Invariant Measurement. Unknown Reference English, Fiona. 1985 Measuring Vocabulary in non-native speakers of English MA Thesis, Birkbeck College, London English Language Institute unknown Intensive Course in English; Vocabulary in Context Enochs, J. R.; And Others 1984 The Relationship of Learning Style, Reading Vocabulary, Reading Comprehension, and Aptitude for Learning to Achievement in the Self Paced and Computer Assisted Instructional Modes of the Yeoman "A" School at the Naval Technical Training Center, Meridian. Unknown Reference Enochs, J. R.; Handley, H. M.; Wollenberg, J. P. 1986 Relating learning style, reading vocabulary, reading comprehension, and aptitude for learning to achievement in the self paced and computer assisted instructional modes. Journal of Experimental Education; 1986 Spr Vol 54(3) 135 to 139 Eoff, S, and W. E. Bull 1948 A semantic approach to teaching foreign languages. Modern Language Journal, 32, 1, 3-13. Eppert, F. 1977 Translation and second language teaching. Canadian Modern Language Review, 34, 50-61. Epstein, Lee 1978 The Effects of Intraclass Peer Tutoring on the Vocabulary Development of Learning Disabled Children. Journal of Learning Disabilities; v11 n8 p518 to 21 Oct 1978 Epstein, Michael L.; And Others 1975 Recall of Related and Unrelated Word Pairs as a Function of Processing Level Journal of Experimental Psychology (Human Learning and Memory); 104; 2; 149 to 52 Epstein, Michael L.; Ward, Thomas B. 1974 Recall of Related and Unrelated Word Pairs: Test of Single Continuum Theory of Memory Perceptual and Motor Skills; 39; 1; 141 to 42 Epstein, W. 1967 The influence of syntactical structure on learning In N.J. Slamecka (Ed.), Human Learning and Memory: Selected Readings (pp. 391-395) New York: Oxford University Press. Erber, Norman P. 1971 Auditory and Audiovisual Reception of Words in Low Frequency Noise by Children with Normal Hearing and by Children with Impaired Hearing. Journal of Speech and Hearing Research. 14, 596-612 Erdmenger, Manfred. 1985 Word acquisition and vocabulary structure in third-year EFL-learners. IRAL. 23, 2, 159-164. Erickson, James R.; Gaffney, Carol R.; Heath, Wendy P. 1987 Difficulty and familiarity norms for 192 single solution word fragments. Behavior Research Methods, Instruments, and Computers; 1987 Aug Vol 19(4) 370 to 376 Ericsson, K. A. and H. A. Simon 1993 Protocol Analysis: Verbal reports as data. Boston: MIT Press. Ericsson, K. A., W. G. Chase and S. Faloon. 1980 Aquisition of a memory skill Science 208, 1181-2 Eringa, D. 1974 Enseigner, c'est choisir: vocabulaire-verwering. [To teach is to choose; vocabulary selection.] Levende Talen, 306, 260-267. Erneling, Christina E. unknown Understanding Language Acquisition : The Framework of Learning Ernst, Margaret; Thurber, James unknown In a Word Ervin G. 1979 Communication strategies employed by American students of Russian. Modern Language Journal 63 :329-334. Ervin, S. M. 1961 Learning and recall in bilinguals. American Journal of Psychology, 74, 446-45 1 . Ervin, S. M. 1961 Semantic shift in bilingualism. American Journal of Psychology, 74, 233-24 1 . Ervin Tripp, Susan 1974 The Comprehension and Production of Requests by Children. Papers and Reports on Child Lang. Development 1974, 8, 188 96 Ervin Tripp, Susan 1974 Is second language learning like the first? TESOL Quarterly 8, 11-128 Ervin Tripp, Susan M. 1973 Imitation and Structural Change in Children's Language. 391 406 IN Ferguson Charles A.; Slobin Dan Isaac. Studies of Child Language Development. New York : Holt, 1973. 645 pp. Eskey, D. 1995 Remarks made at Colloquium on Research in Reading in a Second Language. TESOL '95. Long Beach, California. Eskey, David E 1973 A Model Program for Teaching Advanced Reading to Students of English as a Second Language Language Learning 23, no. 2 Eskey, David E 1988 Holding in the Bottom: An Interactive Approach to the Language Problems of Second Language Readers Chap. in Interactive Approaches to Second Language Reading, ed. Patricia A. Carrell, Joanne Devine, and David E. Eskey, 93-100.Cambridge: Cambridge University Press Eskey, David E., and William Grabe 1988 Interactive Models for Second Language Reading. Chap. in Interactive Approaches to Second Language Reading, ed. Carrell, Devine, and Eskey, 223-38 Cambridge: Cambridge University Press Estebanez, S. 1995 GCSE Business studies through Spanish Language Learning Journal, 11, 47-52. Estébanez, S. 1996 Generaciones Rotes Vide Hispanica Estes, W.K. 1972 An associative basis for coding and organization in memory In A.W. Melton & E. Martin (Eds.), Coding Processes in Human Memory. Washington, D.C.: Winston. Estes, William K. unknown Models of Learning, Memory and Choice : Selected Papers Eubank L., L. Selinker and M. Sharwood-Smith 1995?? The Current state of Interlanguage. John Benjamins, Amsterdam: Evans, Bergen, ed 1969 Wordcraft, Books 1-3 Chicago: Vocab. Evans, H., & Towner, J 1975 Sustained silent reading: Does it increase skills? Reading Teacher, 29 , 155-156. Evans, I. and J. Townsendsen 1979 Another view on the bilingual Stroop test. Polyglot. 1, 2, E13-G5. Evans, Jonathan St.B.T. (Ed.) unknown Cognitive Psychology of Reasoning Evans, Mary Ann; Kirchmann, Susanne 1993 Maternal Sensitivity to Vocabulary Development in Specific Language Impaired and Language Normal Preschoolers. Unknown Reference Evans, Robert C. 1980 Depth of Processing and Recognition Memory Performance in First , Third , and Eighth Graders. Journal of Experimental Education; v48 n3 p217 to 22 Spr 1980 Evans, Roger; Gazdar, Gerald 1996 DATR: A Language for Lexical Knowledge Representation Computational Linguistics, Morristown, NJ (CompLing). 1996 June, 22:2, 167 216 Evans, Ronald V. 1977 The Relationship of Reading Comprehension to Written Production of Transformationally Lengthened Prose Journal of Reading Behavior; 9; 3; 295 300 Eysenck, M. (ed) 1994 The Blackwell Dictionary of Cognitive Psychology Oxford, Blackwell Eysenck, M.W..­1978. Levels of processing: a critique. British Journal of Psychology. 69.157-169. Eysenck Michael W. 1979 The feeling of knowing a word's meaning Br. J. Psychiatr.; Vol.70, Pt 2: May 79 p.243-251 ISSN: 00071269 Eysenck, Michael W. unknown Cognitive Psychology: An International Review Eysenck, Michael W. unknown Handbook of Cognitive Psychology Eysenck, Michael W.; Baron, Cynthia R. 1974 Effects of Cuing on Recall from Categorized Word Lists Developmental Psychology; 10; 5; 665 to 666 Eysenck, Michael W.; Eysenck, M. Christine 1979 Processing Depth, Elaboration of Encoding, Memory Stores, and Expended Processing Capacity. Journal of Experimental Psychology: Human Learning and Memory; v5 n5 p472 to 84 Sep 1979 Eysenck, Michael W.; Keane, Mark T. (r.) unknown Cognitive Psychology: A Student's Handbook Psychology press Ezell, Helen K.; Goldstein, Howard 1989 Effects of Imitation on Language Comprehension and Transfer to Production in Children with Mental Retardation. Journal of Speech and Hearing Disorders; v54 n1 p49 to 56 Feb 1989 Faerch, C and G. Kasper, 1984 Two ways of Defining Communication Strategies. Language Learning 34 (1): 45-63. Faërch, C. and Kasper, G. 1986 Cognitive Dimensions of Language Transfer In Kellerman, E., and Sharwood Smith. M. (eds.) 1986: Crosslinguistic Influence in Second Language Acquisition. Oxford: Pergamon Press. Faerch, C. and Kasper, G. (Eds.). 1987 Introspection in Second Language Research. Multilingual Matters, Clevedon. Faerch, Claus 1984 Strategies in production and reception - some empirical, evidence. In: A. Davies, C. Criper and APR Howatt (Eds.) Interlanguage. Edinburgh: Edinburgh University Press. Faerch K. and Kasper G. 1983 Strategies in Interlanguage Communication. London: Longman. Faerch, K. Haastrup and R. Phillipson. 1984 Learner Language and Language Learning. Copenhagen: Multilingual Matters. Fahy, F.L. 1994 Neural mechanisms underlying visual recognition memory. Ph.D., Bristol - 44-7920 Fair, C.M. 1989 A method of estimating the total number of words in English. Language Sciences 11,4: 355-366. Fair, Charles M. unknown Cortical Memory Functions Fairclough, N. 1989. Language and Power. Longman, London. Fakhri, Ahmed 1989 Variation in the Use of Referential Forms within the Context of Foreign Language Loss II: 189 201 IN Gass Susan (ed.); Madden Carolyn (ed.); Preston Dennis (ed.); Selinker Larry (ed.). Variation in Second Language Acquisition, I: Discourse and Pragmatics; II: Psycholinguistic Issues. Clevedon, Eng. : Multiling. Matters, 1989. viii, 288 + 264 pp. Fand, Roxanne J. 1989 Detecting Bias in Newspapers: Implications for Teaching ESL. Reading in a Foreign Language; v6 n1 p315 22 Fall 1989 Fanselow, John unknown Breaking Rules Farb, Peter. 1973 Word play: what happens when people talk. Bantam. Farghal, M. and H. Obiedat 1995 Collocations: a neglected variable in EFL IRAL 23/4: 315-31 Farid, Anne. 1985 A Vocabulary Workbook. Prentice Hall Inc., Englewood Cliffs. Farina, Donna M. T. Cr. (ed.) 1996 The Translational Equivalent in Bilingual Lexicography Lexicographica 1996, 12, 1 104 Farmer, I.M. 1978 . Acquisition of advanced vocabulary by five-year-old children: an experimental study. Ph.D., Hull - 31-691 Farr, Roger. and R. F. Carey 1986 Assessing reading vocabulary, study skills and rate Reading: what can be measured? Second Edition Newark DE: International Reading Association Farrand, P.A. 1995. Serial recall of visuo-spatial information: implications for models of short-term memory. Ph.D., Wales, Cardiff - 46-533 Farrar Frederic William 1865 Language and languages. Being "Chapters on language" and "Families of speech". London: Longmans, Green & Co., Farrar, Michael Jeffrey; Tomasello Michael 1984 Cognitive bases of lexical development: object permanence and relational words J. Child Lang.; Vol.11, no.3 : Oct 84 477-493 ISSN: 03050009 Farrell, P. 1990, A7. Vocabulary in ESP: a lexical analysis of the English of electronics and a study of semi-technical vocabulary. M.Phil., Trinity College Dublin - 39-7900Occasional Paper No. 25 Trinity College: . Farrington, Pat 1979 Social Sight Words in Pre Reading and Early Reading. Reading; v13 n1 p30 to 35 Apr 1979 Fasold, Ralph. 1984. Introduction to sociolinguistics. Blackwell: Oxford. Fathman, A. 1977 Similarities and simplification in the interlanguage of second language learners. In S.P. Corder & E. Roulet (Eds.), Actes du seme colloque de linguistique appliquee de Neuchatel (pp. 30-38). Geneve: Librairie Droz. Fathman, A. 1978 ESL and EFL learning: similar of dissimilar? In C. Blatchford & J. Schachter (Eds.), On TESOL '78 (pp. 213-223). Washington, D.C.: TESOL. Faulkner, Dorothy; Cohen Gillian 1983 Word recognition: age differences in contextual facilitation effects Br. J. Psychol.; Vol.74, pt.2 : May 83 239-251 ISSN: 00071269 Faulkner, Ray 1940 Evaluation in a general art course Journal of educational psychology 31: 481-506 Faust, G. W. and R. C. Anderson 1967 Effects of incidental material in a programmed Russian vocabulary lesson Journal of Educational Psychology. 58, 1, 3-10. Faust, Miriam; Kravetz, Shlomo; Babkoff, Harvey 1993 Hemisphericity and top down processing of language. Brain and Language; 1993 Jan Vol 44(1) 1 to 18 Fauvel, Monique Crandell 1990 Using Vocabulary Drills Incorporating Assimilated Foreign Words To Improve Reading Competence in a Sophomore Class. Unknown Reference Favreau, M. and N. S. Segalowitz. 1983 Automatic and controlled processes in the first and second language reading of fluent bilinguals. Memory and Cognition. 11: 6 565-574. Favreau, M, M. K. Komoda and N. Segalowitz 1980 Second language reading: implications of the word superiority effect in skilled bilinguals. Canadian Journal of Psychology, 34, 370-380. Fay, D. & Cutler, A. 1977 Malapropisms and the structure of the mental lexicon. Linguist Inquiry, 8(3), 505-20. Fayez-Hussein, R. 1990 Collocations: the missing link in vocabulary acquisition amongst EFL learners. In J. Fisiak (Ed.), Papers and studies in contrastive linguistics: The Polish English contrastive project, 26 (pp. 123-136). Poznan: Adam Mickiewicz University. Feagans, Lynne; Short, Elizabeth J. 1984 Developmental Differences in the Comprehension and Production of Narratives by Reading Disabled and Normally Achieving Children. Child Development; v55 n5 p1727 36 Oct 1984 Feeny, T. P. 1976 Vocabulary teaching as a means of vocabulary expansion. Foreign Language Annals, 9,485-486. Feifel, Herman 1949 Qualitative differences in the vocabulary responses of normals and abnormals Genetic Psychology monographs 39, 151-204 Feifel, Herman and Lorge, Irving. 1950. Qualitative differences in the vocabulary responses of children. Journal of Educational Psychology. 41, 1, 1-18. Feinberg, H. 1934 The examinee defines Œshrewd¹ Papers of the Michigan academy of science. 20, 549-557 Feinstein, George W. unknown Programmed College Vocabulary Feitelson,D, Z Goldstein, J Iraqi and D Share 1993 Efects of listening to story reading on aspects of literacy acquisition in a diglossic situation. Reading Research Quarterly, 28, 70-79. Feldman, A. and Healy, A.F. 1998. Effect of first language phonological configuration on lexical acquisition in a second language. In Healy and Bourne (1998). 57-76. Feldman, K. V. and Klausmeier, H. J. 1974 Effects of two kinds of definition on concept attainment of fourth and eighth graders. Journal of Educational Research. 67, 5, 2. 19-223. Feldmann H. 1833 De statu normali functionum corporis humani Dissertation, Bonn Felix, S. 1985 More evidence on competing cognitive systems. Second Language Research 1 (1): 47 - 72. Feltham, Rob; Halliwell Miles 1995 Comparing the Neale and BAS reading tests: a reply to Gregory and Gregory Educational Psychology in Practice; Vol.10,no.4: Jan 95 228-230 Fensei, Dieter unknown Knowledge Acquisition and Representation Language KARL Ferber, Ross 1991 Slip of the tongue or slip of the ear? On the perception and transcription of naturalistic slips of the tongue Journal of psycholinguistic research 21, 2 105-122 Ferguson Charles, Lise Men and Carol Stoel-Gammon (eds.) 1992 Phonological development: models research, implications. Timonium, MD York Press Fernald, Charles D. 1972 Control of Grammar in Imitation, Comprehension, and Production: Problems of Replication Journal of Verbal Learning and Verbal Behavior; 11; 5; 606 613 Fernandez, MC, BZ Pearson, VM Umbel, DK Otter and M. Molinet-Molina. 1992 Bilingual receptive vocabulary in Hispanic pre-school children. Hispanic Journal of the Behavioral Sciences. 14, 268-276. Fernandez Sartas, C 1998 Films: meaningful contexts to pick up vocabulary. GRETA 6,1 , 61-65. Fernando, C. 1978 Towards a definition of idiom: its nature and function Studies in Language 2,3. 313--343 Fernando, C. and Flavell, R. 1981 On Idiom: Critical Views and Perspectives. (Exeter Linguistic Studies 5 Exeter: University of Exeter Fernando, Chitra 1996 Idioms and Idiomcity Oxford: Oxford University Press Ferrand, Ludovic 1994 Acces au lexique et production de la parole: Un survol. / Lexical access in speech production: A brief review. Annee Psychologique; 1994 Jun Vol 94(2) 295 to 311 Ferrarotti, Franco unknown Time, Memory and Society Ferreira, Victor 1996 Is it better to give than to donate? Syntactic flexibility in language production Journal of memory and language, 35, 724-755 Ferris, D.R. 1991 Syntactic and lexical characteristics of ESL student writing: A multidimensional study. Unpublished Ph.D. disseration, California, University of Southern California. Ferris, DR 1994 Lexical and syntactic features of ESL writing by students at different levels of L2 proficiciency. TESOL Quarterly 28, 414-420 Fetter, Rob 1996 Review of quantative research on Extensive Reading Paper presented at JALT Nove 2 Feuge, James Edgar, 1976 Massing Versus Distributing Practice With Set And Non-Set Foreign Language Vocabulary Lists.. Phd. The University Of Texas At Austin, 1976. 154 Pp. Umi Dissertation Reference 7626628 Fewtrell, William David; O'Connor, Kieron P. unknown Clinical Phenomenology and Cognitive Psychology Ffrench, C. 1983 Inferencing. The Humanities (Yokohama National University) sec. II no. 30: 11-33. Fiask Jacek. (ed) 1991 Further insights into contrastive analysis. Amsterdam and New York: John Benjamin Fidlow, Michael unknown Strengthen Your Memory Fielstra, Clarence and Frances Curtis 1939 A comparison of the thorndike lists Journal of Educational psychology 30: 445-452 Fife, R. H 1930 Frequency Word Lists Modern Language Forum 15: 125-8 Fiks, A.E. and Corbino, J.P. 1967. Course density and student perception. Language Learning. 17. 3-8. Fill, A. 1975 Semantik - ihre Theorie und ihre Anwendung im Fremdsprachenunterricht (mit besonderer Berücksichtigung des Englischunterrichts). [Semantics as theory and as application in foreign language teaching (with special consideration of English instruction).] Linguistik und Didaktik, 6, 2, 22, 149-158. Fillmore, C.J. 1978 On the organisation of semantic information in the lexicon. In D. Farkas, W.M. Jacobsen & K.W. Todrys (Eds.), Papers from the parasession on the lexicon (pp.148-173), April 14-15, Chicago Linguistic Society. Chicago: Chicago University Press. Fillmore, W. 1976 The second time around: cognitive and social strategies in second language acquisition. Unpublished Ph.D. thesis. Stanford University. Fimiani, Guy T. 1985 An Analysis of Vocabulary and Comprehension Subtests of Two Standardized Tests on the Ninth Grade Level. ERIC Number: ED255889 Finch, S., & Chater, N. 1994 Learning syntactic categories: A statistical approach In M. Oaksford & G.D.A. Brown (Eds.) Neurodynamics and Psychology. London: Academic. Findlay, J. J. 1927 A note on the acquirement of vocabulary Modern languages 9: 4-7 Finkenstaedt, T., Leisi, E. and Wolff, D. 1970 A Chronological English Dictionary. Carl Winter, Universitets Verlag, Heidelberg. Finn, P. J. 1977-78. Word frequency, information theory, and cloze performance: a transfer theory of processing in reading. Reading Research Quarterly. 13, 508-537. Firges, J. 1974 Fremdsprachenunterricht ohne Vokabellernen? Eine empirische Untersuchung. [Foreign language teaching without vocabulary learning] Der Fremdsprachliche Unterricht, 8, 1, 57-63. Firsten, R and P. Killian 1994 Troublesome English: a teaching grammar for ESOL instructors Firth, A. and J. Wagner 1997 On discourse, communication and (some) fundamental concepts in SLA research Modern Language Journal 81, 3, 285-300 Firth, J.R. 1951-1957 Modes of meaning In Papers in Linguistics: 190-215. Oxford: Oxford University press. Firth, J.R. 1957 Papers in linguistics 1934-1951. London: Oxford University Press. Fischbach, G 1992 Mind and brain Scientific American 267 (3) pp24-33 Fischer, U 1994 Learning words from context and dictionaries: an experimental comparison. Applied Psycholinguistics, 15,4 , 551-574. Fisher, Cynthia 1994 Structure and Meaning in the Verb Lexicon: Input for a Syntax Aided Verb Learning Procedure. Language and Cognitive Processes; v9 n4 p473 to 517 Nov 1994 Fisher, Julia-Anne Mental Lexicons of Children: Multiple Routes to Lexical Access with Implications for Reading Dissertation-Abstracts-International, Section-A:-The-Humanities-and-Social-Sciences, Ann Arbor, MI (DAIA). 1998 Sept, 59:3, 803 DAI No.: DA9827711. Degree granting institution: U of Colorado, Boulder, 1998 Fisher, Mary 1928 Vocabulary difficulty of students in Educational psychology MA Thesis Nebraska university Fisher, Peter J.; Blachowicz, Camille L.; Smith, Judith C. 1991 Vocabulary learning in literature discussion groups. National Reading Conference Yearbook; 1991 No 40 201 to 209 Fisher-Kruse, A. 1979 Vocabulary in context. In: M. Long and JC Richards (Eds.) Methodology in TESOL: a book of readings. Rowley, Mass.: Newbury House. Also in English Language Teaching Journal. 33, 3, 207-213. Fishman, J. and R. Cooper 1969 Alternative measures of bilingualism Journal of Verbal Learning and Verbal Behavior, 8, 276-282. Fisiak, J. 1990 Papers and Studies in contrastive linguistics: The Polish English contrastive project, 26. Poznan: Adam Mickiewicz University. Fisk, Arthur D.; Schneider, Walter 1980 On the Learning of Distractors during Controlled and Automatic Processing. ERIC Report No. 8007. Flaherty, Mary 1993 Are Japanese kanji processed like pictures? Psychologia An International Journal of Psychology in the Orient; 1993 Sep Vol 36(3) 144 to 150 Flaherty, Mary 1994 Word picture interference effects in Chinese, Japanese kanji and kana, and English. Psychologia An International Journal of Psychology in the Orient; 1994 Sep Vol 37(3) 169 to 179 Flavell J. H. and H. M. Wellmann 1977 Metamemory In R. V. Kail, Jr. and J.W. Hagen (eds.): Perspectives on the development of memory and cognition. Hillsdale, NJ: Lawrence Earlbaum and Associates. Flavell, L.; Flavell, R.H. unknown Dictionary of Word Origins Flege, J.E. 1986 Effects of equivalence classification on the production of foreign language sounds in A. James and J. Leather (eds) sound patterns in second language acquisition Flege, J.E. 1991 Age of learning affects the authenticity of voice onset time in stop consonants produced in a second language Journal of the acoustical society of America 89 395-411 Flege, J.E. and Munro, M.J. 1994 The word unit in second language speech production and perception. Studies in Second Language Acquisition; v16 n4 p381 to 411 Dec 1994 Flege, J.E. & Davidian, R. 1985 Transfer and speech production. Applied Psycholinguistics, 5, 323-347. Flege, James-E.; Frieda, Elaina-M.; Walley, Amanda-C.; Randazza, -----------Lauren-A. 1998 Lexical Factors and Segmental Accuracy in Second Language Speech Production. Studies-in-Second-Language-Acquisition; v20 n2 p155-87 Jun 1998 Fleischmann, Ulrich M. 1988 Freie Wiedergabe und Wiedererkennen von Wortmaterial: Eine gerontopsychologische Untersuchung zum Zwei Phasen Modell der Reproduktion. / Free recall and recognition of word lists: An evaluation of the generation recognition model of free recall in elderly subjects. Zeitschrift fur Gerontologie; 1988 May Jun Vol 21(3) 150 to 155 Fleming, G. 1966 Meaning, meaningfulness and association in the context of language teaching media. Praxis des Neusprachlichen Unterrichts, 13, 2 . Flesch, Rudolf 1949 A new Readability Yardstick Journal of applied Psychology 32, 221-33 Flesch, Rudolph Franz. 1943 Estimating the comprehension difficulty of magazine articles Journal of General psychology 28: 63-80 Flesch, Rudolph Franz. 1955. Why Johnny can't read and what you can do about it. New York: Harper and Row. Flesch, Rudolph Franz. unknown Why Johnny still can't read: a new look at the scandal of our schools. New York: Harper and Row. Fletcher, Gwen and M. W, Sanders 1938-64 Sanders-Fletcher vocabulary test Bureau of Educational measurements and Data processing and educational measurements center. Fletcher, P. 1994 Language acquisition in the child. In: Asher, R.E. and Simpson, J.M.Y. (eds), The Encyclopedia of Language and Linguistics. Oxford: Pergamon Press, Vol 4, 1903-07. Fletcher, P. unknown Grammar and language impairment: clinical linguistics as applied linguistics. In: Graddol, D. and Swann, J. (eds) Evaluating language. Clevedon: BAAL/Multilingual Matters, 1-14. Fletcher, P. and Ingham, R. 1994 Grammatical impairment. In: Fletcher, P. and MacWhinney (eds) The Handbook of Child Language . Oxford: Basil Blackwell, 603-622. Fletcher, P. and M. Garman. 1986. Language Acquisition.: Studies in First Language Development Cambridge: Cambridge University Press. Fletcher, Paul and Brian MacWhinney 1995 The handbook of child language Oxford, Blackwell Flexser, A.J. and Bower, G.H. 1975. Further evidence regarding instructional effects on frequency judgements. Bulletin of the Psychonomic Society 6, 3: 321-324. Flexser, Arthur and Endel Telving 1978 Retrieval independence in recognition and recall Psychological review 85, 3, 153-171 Flexser, Arthur J. 1978 Long term Recognition Latencies Under Rehearsal Controlled Conditions: Do List Length Effects Depend on Active Memory? Journal of Experimental Psychology: Human Learning and Memory; 4; 1; 47 to 54 Flick, W.C. and Anderson, J.I. 1980. Rhetorical difficulty in scientific English: a study in reading comprehension. TESOL Quarterly. 14, 3.345-351. Flieller, Andre: Pascal Delesmont and Eric Thiebaut 1992 La mesure des competences lexicales: effets des instruments utilises L¹anne psychologique 92: 365-392 Flipsen, Peter 1993 Use of the ROWPVT with small town Canadian kindergarten children. Journal of Speech Language Pathology and Audiology; 1993 Sep Dec Vol 17(3 to 4) 145 to 148 Flood, W. E. 1957 The problem of vocabulary in the popularization of science. University of Birmingham, Institute of Education. Flood, W. E. and West, M. P. 1950. A limited vocabulary for scientific and technical ideas. English Language Teaching Journal. 4, 4&5, 104 & 128. Flores d'Arcais, Giovanni B.; Saito, Hirofumi 1993 Lexical decomposition of complex Kanji characters in Japanese readers. Psychological ResearchPsychologische Forschung; 1993 Mar Vol 55(1) 52 to 63 Florian. 1989 The writing systems of the world. Oxford: Blackwell. Flower, John; Martinez, Ron; Slater, James (Ill.) unknown American Business Vocabulary Flower, L and Hayes, J. R. 1981 A cognitive process theory of writing. College Composition and Communication, 32, 365 - 387. Flowerdew, J. 1991. Pragmatic modifications on the 'representative' speech act of defining. Journal of Pragmatics. 15. 253-264. Flowerdew, J. 1992 Definitions in science lectures. Applied Linguistics. 13, 2, 202-221. Flowerdew, J. 1993 Concordancing as a tool in course design. System. 21 (2): 231-244. Flowerdew, J. (Ed.) 1994 Academic listening Cambridge: Cambridge University Press Flowerdew, Lynne 1995 Designing CALL Courseware for an ESP Situation: A Report on a Case Study English for Specific Purposes: An International Journal 14, no. 1,: 19-35 Flowers, John H.; Reed, Dorie; Green, Thomas D. 1991 Priming by "predictive" context stimuli in visual classification. Bulletin of the Psychonomic Society; 1991 Jan Vol 29(1) 79 to 81 Flynn, S. 1986 Production vs comprehension: differences in underlying competencies. Studies in Second Language Acquisition. 8 135-164. Fodor, J. 1966 How to learn to talk: some simple ways. In Smith, F & Miller, G. (Eds.). The genesis of language. Cambridge Mass : MIT Press Fodor, J.A. 1983 The Modularity of Mind. Cambridge, Mass.: MIT Press. Fodor, J.A. 1995 The Elm and the expert: mentalese and its semantics Cambridge, Mass.: MIT Press. Fogler, Janet; Stern, Lynn unknown Improving Your Memory : How to Remember What You're Starting to Forget Fogler, Janet; Stern, Lynn unknown Teaching Memory Improvement to Adults Folarin, Bamidele A. 1989 An investigation of children's word association. Psychology A Journal of Human Behavior; 1989 Vol 26(2 to 3) 60 to 64 Folarin, Bamidele A. 1989 Comparison of patterns of word association among three grades of Nigerian school children. Psychological Reports; 1989 Jun Vol 64(3, Pt 1) 773 to 774 Foley, Joseph 1994 Review of E. Clark The lexicon in acquisition RELC Journal 25,2 147-153 Foley, Joseph A. 1983 More Questions on Assumptions about Cloze Testing RELC Journal: A Journal of Language Teaching and Research in Southeast Asia, Singapore, Singapore (RELC). 1983 June, 14:1, 57 69 Foley,-Mary-Ann; Foley,-Hugh-J. 1985 Do We Process Frequency Information Automatically? Paper presented at the Annual Meeting of the Eastern Psychological Association (Boston, MA, March 21-24, 1985). Avail from Eric Fontenelle, T. 1997. Using a bilingual dictionary to create semantic networks. International Journal of Lexicography. 10, 4. 275-303. Fontenelle, Thierry 1996 Turning a Bilingual Dictionary into a Lexical Semantic Database Dissertation Abstracts International, Ann Arbor, MI (DAI). 1996 Fall, 57:3, Item 3085C U de Liege, 1995 Foos, Paul W.; Lero, Susan; McDonnell, Pat; Sabol, Mark A. 1985 Recall evidence for a frequency ordered lexicon. Bulletin of the Psychonomic Society; 1985 Sep Vol 23(5) 355-8 Foos, Paul W.; Smith, Kirk H. 1974 Effects of Spacing and Spacing Patterns in Free Recall Journal of Experimental Psychology; 103; 1; 112 to 16 Ford, J. C. 1972 Analysis of a particular audio-visual method for teaching French vocabulary. French Review, 45, ii, 842-845. (Special Issue.) Forlano, G. and Hoffman, M. 1937. Guessing and telling methods in learning words in a foreign language. Journal of Educational Psychology. 28, 632-636. Forrai, E. 1968 Theory and practice in language teaching. Canadian Modern Language Review, 24, 3, 49-50. Forster, K. 1976 Accessing the Mental Lexicon In Wales, R.J. & Walker, E. (eds.) New Approaches to Language Mechanisms. Amsterdam: North Holland. pp. 257-287. Forster, K. 1981 Priming and the effects of sentence and lexical contexts on naming time: Evidence for autonomous lexical processing. Quarterly Journal Of Experimental Psychology. 33, 465-495. Forster, Kenneth unknown Lexical Processing. In: An invitation to cognitive science: Language VOL.1 Fotos, S. 1990 Consciousness raising and noticing through focus on form: Grammar task performance versus Formal instruction. Applied Linguistics. 11:385 - 407. Fotos, S. & Ellis. R. 1993 Communicating about grammar: a task based approach. TESOL Quarterly 25: 605 - 28. Fotos, Sandra S. 1994 Integrating Grammar Instruction and Communicative Language Use through Grammar Consciousness Raising Tasks. TESOL Quarterly; v28 n2 p323 to 51 Sum 1994 Foucault, Michel; Bouchard, Donald F. (Ed.) unknown Language, Counter-Memory, Practice: Selected Essays and Interviews Fouly, Kamal A.; Cziko, Gary A. 1985 Determining the Reliability, Validity, and Scalability of the Graduated Dictation Test. Language Learning; v35 n4 p555 66 Dec 1985 Fountain, R and Nation, P. unpublished A graded dictation test Unpublished Paper. University of Victoria, Wellington NZ Fountain, R. L. 1974 A case for dictation tests in the selection of foreign students for English medium study in New Zealand. Paper offered for Dip.Applied Linguistics at the University of Edinburgh. Fountain, R.L. 1979. Word making and word taking: a game to motivate language learning. RELC Journal: Guidelines. l. 76-80. Fountain, R. L. 1980 Word learning games with vocabulary cards. Guidelines. 3, 104-110. Fournier, Patricia A.; And Others 1975 Reading Level and Locus of Interference in the Stroop Color Word Task Perceptual and Motor Skills; 41; 239 to 42 Fouzder Nani B. 1997 The effect of modified input on the acquisition of vocabulary in science by a newly arrived bilingual student in a secondary school Multicultural Teaching; Vol.15,no.3: Summer 97 23-27 Fowler W. S and N. Coe 1987 The Nelson QuickCheck Placement tests Nelson Fowler, W.S.; Murphy, P. (Ed.) unknown Right Word Fowlie, Wallace unknown Memory: A Fourth Memoir Fox, Barbara; Baker, Robin 1980 The Acquisition of Grapheme Phoneme Correspondences in a Word Learning Task. Reading Psychology; v1 n3 p156 to 64 Sum 1980 Fox, G. 1989. A vocabulary for writing dictionaries. In M.L. Tickoo (ed.). 153-171. 16. Fox, G. 1993 A comparison of `policespeak' and `normalspeak': a preliminary study in J.M. Sinclair, M. Hoey, and G. Fox (eds.) Techniques of Description: Spoken and Written Discourse Routledge Fox, G.M. 1990 Increasing intrinsic motivation in second language readers. The Language Teacher, 14(3), 13-15. Fox, Gwyneth 1987 The case for examples In Sinclair, John (Ed.), Looking Up : Account of the Cobuild Project in Lexical Computing. Collins ELT, London. Fox, J. 1984 Computer-assisted vocabulary learning. English Language Teaching Journal 38, 1, 27-33. Fox, J. 1989 Can computers aid vocabulary acquisition?. In: K. Cameron (Ed.): Computer assisted language learning. Oxford: Intellect. Fox, J. and J. Mahood 1980 Mnemonic and contextualising techniques in the learning of foreign language vocabulary. Paper given at BAAL Sept. Fox, J. and J. Mahood 1982 Lexicons and the ELT materials writer. English Language Teaching Journal 36, 2, 125-129. Fox, Jeremy 1984 Computer Assisted Vocabulary Learning. ELT Journal; v38 n1 p27 to 33 Jan 1984 Fox, Jeremy 1987 Some Advantages and Disadvantages of Developing Reading Skills with Computers. Reading in a Foreign Language; v4 n1 p59 67 Fall 1987 Fox, Jeremy and Mahood, John. 1982 Review of The Longman Lexicon of Contemporary English. English Language Teaching Journal. 36, 4, 275-277. Fox, Len 1979 On Acquiring an Adequate Second Language Vocabulary. Journal of Basic Writing; v2 n3 p68 to 75 Fall Win 1979 and In M.N. Long & J.C. Richards (Eds.), Methodology in TESOL: A book of readings (pp. 307-311). New York: Newbury House Publishers. Francis, G. 1990 Theme in the daily press Occasional Papers in Systemic Linguistics 4 Nottingham. Francis, G. 1991 Nominal group heads and clause structure Word USA 42, 2. Francis, G. 1993 A corpus-driven approach to grammar: principles, methods and examples in M. Baker, G. Francis, and E. Tognini-Bonelli (eds.) Text and Technology: In Honour of John Sinclair Benjamins. Francis, G. 1994 Grammar teaching in schools: what should teachers be aware of? Language Awareness 3, 3-4. Francis, G. 1994 Labelling discourse: an aspect of nominal-group lexical cohesion in M. Coulthard (ed.) Advances in Written Discourse Analysis, Routledge. Francis, G. 1996 Grammar and lexical patterning Paper presented at the AILA Congress, Jyvaskyla, Finland. August 1996. Francis, G. and Hunston, S. 1992 Analysing everyday talk in M. Coulthard (ed.) Advances in Spoken Discourse Analysis Routledge. Francis, G. and Kramer-Dahl, A. 1991 From clinical report to clinical story: two ways of writing about a medical case in E. Ventola (ed.) Functional and Systemic Linguistics: Approaches and Uses Mouton. Francis, G. and Kramer-Dahl, A. 1992 Grammaticalising the medical case history in M. Toolan (ed.) Language, Text and Context: Essays in Stylistics Routledge. Francis, G. and Sinclair, J. 1994 "I bet he drinks Carling Black Label": a riposte to Charles Owen on corpus grammar Applied Linguistics 15, 2. Francis, W. Nelson and Kucera, Henry. 1982 Frequency Analysis of English Usage. Houghton Mifflin Company, Boston. Frank, Francine and Frank Anshen. 1983 Language and the sexes. Albany: SUNY Press. Franklin, Harry B., Herbert G. Meikle, and Jeris E. Strain 1963 Vocabulary in Context: Oral Drills Ann Arbor: University of Michigan Press, English Language Institute Franzen, Michael D.; Tishelman, Amy C.; Sharp, Brian H.; Friedman, Alice G. 1987 An investigation of the test retest reliability of the Stroop Color Word Test across two intervals. Archives of Clinical Neuropsychology; 1987 Vol 2(3) 265 to 272 Franzen,-Michael-D.; Robbins,-Douglas-E.; Sawicki,-Robert-F. 1989 Reliability and validity in neuropsychological assessment. Plenum Press; New York, NY, US; xv, 304 pp. Fraser, B. 1970 Idioms within a transformational grammar. Foundations of Language 6, 1. 22--42 Fraser, C. 1996 Lexical processing strategy use and vocabulary acquisition through reading. Paper presented at the AILA Congress, Jyvaskyla, Finland. August 1996. Fraser, C., Bellugi, U. & Brown, R. 1963 Control of Grammar in Imitation, Comprehension and Production. Journal of Verbal Learning and Verbal Behaviour 2, 121-135. And in 465-85 IN Ferguson Charles A.; Slobin Dan Isaac. Studies of Child Language Development. New York : Holt, 1973. 645 pp. Frauenfelder, U. and R. Schreuder 1992 Constraining psycholinguistic models or morphological processing and representation In Yearbook of morphology ed by Booji, G. and van Marle, J. The netherlands, Kluwer Frauenfelder, Uli and Lorraine Komisarjevsky Tyler 1987 Spoken Word recognition MIT Press Frawley, William 1992 Lexicography and Mathematics Learning: A Case Study of ³Variable.² Applied Linguistics; v13 n4 p385 402 Dec 1992 Frazier, L. 1988 The study of linguistic complexity. In R. Davison & G. Green (Eds.), Linguistic complexity and text comprehension (pp.193-221). Hilldale, N.J.: Lawrence Erlbaum. Frazier, Lyn 1982 Shared Components of Production and Perception 225 236 IN Arbib Michael A. (ed.); Caplan David (ed.); Marshall John Crook (ed.). Neural Models of Language Processes. New York : Academic, 1982. xvi, 571 pp. Frazier, Lyn; Flores D'Arcais, Giovanni B. 1989 Filler driven parsing: A study of gap filling in Dutch. Journal of Memory and Language; 1989 Jun Vol 28(3) 331 to 344 Frazier, Lyn; Villiers, Jill G.De (Ed.) unknown Language Processing and Language Acquisition Frechette, E. A. 1970 A study of the vocabulary content of ten French textbooks. French Review, 44,1,84-86. Fredrickson, S.E. 1995, K4j.. Neural networks for speaker identification. D.Phil., Oxford - 45-14816 Freebody P 1982 Vocabulary knowledge: its importance and assessment. In 'Reading: techniques, materials and organization' papers of the inaugural conference, Brisbane, 1982, edited by N Stewart-Dore and P van Homrigh, pages 110-129. Brisbane: Meanjin Reading Council of the Australian Reading Association Freebody P; Cooksey R W 1983 Measuring vocabulary knowledge: relationships between knowledge, word frequency and response time. In 'Educational research for national development: policy, planning and politics' papers of the National Conference November 1983 Canberra, pages 122-130. Canberra: Australian Association for Research in Education Freebody, Peter; Anderson, Richard C. 1981 Effects of Differing Proportions and Locations of Difficult Vocabulary on Text Comprehension. Technical Report No. 202. Urbana Centre for Reading Research Freebody, Peter; Anderson, Richard C. 1981 Effects of vocabulary difficulty, text cohesion and scheme availability on reading comprehension Technical Report No. 225. Urbana Centre for Reading Research Freebody, Peter; Anderson, Richard C. 1983 Effects on text comprehension of differing proportions and locations of difficult vocabulary. Journal of Reading Behavior; 1983 Vol 15(3) 19- Freebody, Peter; Cooksey, Ray W 1985 Computer assessment of reading vocabulary: A preliminary study of the relationships between knowledge, word frequency, and response time. Reading Psychology; 1985 Vol 6(3 4) 157 168 Freed, Barbara 1995 Second language acquisition in a study abroad context Carnegie Mellon Universty Freed, Barbara unknown Foreign Language Acquisition Research and the Classroom Freedle, R. and J. Carroll 1972 Language comprehension and the acquisition of knowledge: Reflections In Carroll, J. B. and Freedle. Language comprehension and the acquisition of knowledge. Wiley: New York. pp 359-368 Freedle, Roy O. 1977 Discourse Production and Comprehension Norwood, NJ : Ablex, 1977. 345 pp. Freedman, Sarah W. (Ed.) unknown Acquisition of Written Language : Revision and Response Freeman, .D. and J. Richards (Eds.) 1996 Teacher learning in language teaching Cambridge: Cambridge University Press Freeman, Diane Larsen-; Long, Michael H. unknown Introduction to Second Language Acquisition Research Freire, Paulo; Macedo, Donaldo unknown Literacy: Reading the Word and the World Fremgen, Amy; Fay, David 1980 Overextensions in Production and Comprehension: A Methodological Clarification. Journal of Child Language; v7 n1 p205 11 Feb 1980 French N. , C. W. Carter and W. Koenig 1930 The words and sounds of telephone conversations Bell system technology journal 9, 290 French, P. L. 1977 Cognitive storage of word meaning in bilingualism. Paper presented to the IVth International Congress of Applied Linguistics, Stuttgart. Frenck, C. and J. Pynte. 1987 Semantic representation and surface forms: a look at across- language priming in bilinguals. Journal of Pyscholinguistic Research. 16, 4: 383-396. 24. Frenck-Mestre, Cheryl and Jyotsna Vaid 1992 Language as a factor in the identification of ordinary words and number words In: R. Harris (Ed.), Cognitive Processing in Bilinguals. Amsterdam: Elsevier. 265-281 Frese, Michael; Albrecht, Karen; Altmann, Alexandra; Lang, Jutta; et al 1988 The effects of an active development of the mental model in the training process: Experimental results in a word processing system. Behaviour and Information Technology; 1988 Jul Sep Vol 7(3) 295 to 304 Friederici, Angela D.; Graetz, Patty A. 1987 Processing passive sentences in aphasia: Deficits and strategies. Brain and Language; 1987 Jan Vol 30(1) 93 to 105 Friedlander, A. 1990 Composing in English: Effects of a First Language on Writing in English as a Second Language. In Second Language Writing, B. Kroll. CUP Friedrich, W. 1976 Welche Worter gehen miteinander Verbindungen ein? [Which words can be combined into compounds?] Russisch, 10, 2, 17-25 Friend, Tressa J.; Channell, Ron W. 1987 A Comparison of Two Measures of Receptive Vocabulary. Language, Speech, and Hearing Services in the Schools; v18 n3 p231 to 37 Jul 1987 Fries, C. C 1963 Linguistics and Reading New York, NY: Holt and Rinehart Fries, Charles C. 1945. Teaching and learning English as a foreign language. University of Michigan Press, Ann Arbor. Fries, Charles C. and Traver, A. Aileen. 1940 English Word Lists. George Wahr, Ann Arbor. Fries, P. and Francis, G. 1991 Exploring theme: problems for research Systemic Functional Linguistic Forum. Journal of the African Chapter of the International Systemics Congress Nigeria. Fries, P. and Francis, G. 1992 Exploring theme Occasional Papers in Systemic Linguistics 6 Nottingham. Frith U 1980 (ed). Cognitive processes in Spelling . London: Academic Press. Frith, U. (ed.). 1980. Cognitive Processes in Spelling. Academic Press, London. Fritzen, James 1975 Intralist Repetition Effects in Free Recall Journal of Experimental Psychology: Human Learning and Memory; 1; 6; 756 to 63 Fromkin, V. & Rodman, R. 1993 An Introduction to language. Harcourt Brace Jovanovich. . Frost, R. 1994 Prelexical and postlexical strategies in reading: evidence from deep and shallow orthography Journal of Experimental psychology: Learning, memory and cognition. 20, 116-129 Frost, R, L. Katz and S. Bentin. 1987 Strategies for visual word recognition and orthographical depth: a multilingual comparison. Journal of Experimental Psychology: Human Performance and Perception. 13, 1, 104-115. Frumkina, R. M. 1967 Slovar-minimum i ponimanie tksta (Minimum vocabulary and text comprehension) Russkij jazyk za runezom 2 15-21 Fry, E. B. 1960 A study of teaching machine response modes. In Teaching Machines and Programmed Learning, A. A. Lumsdaine and R. Glaser (Eds.). National Education Association, Washington, 469-474. Fry, Prem S. unknown Memory Enhancement Programs for Older Adults: A Guide for Practitioners Fuchs, Laszlo etc. (Ed.) unknown Abelian Groups and Non-commutative Rings: A Collection of Papers in Memory Fudge, E. 1994 Glossematics. In: Asher, R.E. and Simpson J.M.Y. (eds), Encyclopedia of Language and Linguistics. Oxford: Pergamon Press, Vol 3, 1439-1444. Fudge, E. 1994 Natural generative phonology. In: Asher, R.E. and Simpson J.M.Y. (eds), Encyclopedia of Language and Linguistics . Oxford: Pergamon Press, Vol 5, 2726-2729. Fudge, E. 1994 Natural phonology. In: Asher, R.E. and Simpson J.M.Y. (eds), Encyclopedia of Language and Linguistics. Oxford: Pergamon Press, Vol 5, 2761-2763. Fudge, E. 1994 Phonemics, taxonomic. In: Asher, R.E. and Simpson J.M.Y. (eds), Encyclopedia of Language and Linguistics. Oxford: Pergamon Press, Vol 6, 3036-3038. Fudge, E. 1994 Phonology: an overview. In: Asher, R.E. and Simpson J.M.Y. (eds), Encyclopedia of Language and Linguistics. Oxford: Pergamon Press, Vol 6, 3130-3141. Fudge, E. 1994 Phonology, Post-Bloomfieldian. In: Asher, R.E. and Simpson J.M.Y. (eds), Encyclopedia of Language and Linguistics . Oxford: Pergamon Press, Vol 6, 3151-3158. Fudge, E. 1994 Subject Editor for Phonology. In: Asher, R.E. and Simpson J.M.Y. (eds), Encyclopedia of Language and Linguistics . Oxford: Pergamon Press, 10 Vols. Fudge, E. 1994 Tone group. In: Asher, R.E. and Simpson J.M.Y. (eds), Encyclopedia of Language and Linguistics. Oxford: Pergamon Press, Vol 9, 4624-4626. Fudge, E. 1994 Word, phonological. In: Asher, R.E. and Simpson J.M.Y. (eds), Encyclopedia of Language and Linguistics. Oxford: Pergamon Press, Vol 9, 5007-5009. Fuentes, E. J. 1976 An investigation into the use of imagery and generativity in learning a foreign language vocabulary. Dissertation Abstracts International. 37, 2694. Fugal, Eloise Godfrey. 1980 A Statistical Approach to Developing an ESL Oral Production Placement Test Battery. MA Thesis, Brigham Young University, Linguistics Department. Provo, Utah. Fujita, Tetsuya 1992 Is word fragment completion a data driven test? Japanese Journal of Psychology; 1992 Dec Vol 63(5) 326 to 332 Fujita, Tetsuya 1994 Word fragment completion task in implicit memory research. Japanese Psychological Review; 1994 Vol 37(1) 72 to 91 Fukumoto, F. 1993 Automatic recognition of verbal polysemy. M.Sc., Manchester, UMIST - 44-3102 Fulcher, Glenn. 1987 ŒContextual hyponymy': a communicative approach to teaching lexis in context. Modern English Teacher. 14, 3, 14-17. Fulcher, Glenn. 1988 Teaching vocabulary for writing. Modern English Teacher. 15, 3, 25-30. Fulcher, Glenn 1995 Variable competence in second language acquisition: a problem for research methodology? System, 23,1, 25-33 Fulcher, Glenn 1997 An English language placement test: issues in reliability and validity language testing 14 (2): 113-138 Fuller, J. 1978 Natural and monitored sequences by adult learners of English as a second language. Unpublished Ph.D. dissertation, Florida, Florida State University. Funatsu, Kohei 1993 English Education in Asia for Global Peace JACET Tsushin Bulletin 91, Nov.: 1292-93 Funk, Peter; Funk, Mary) unknown Dynamic Vocabulary! ; Series 1 & 2 Funk, Wilfred. 1950. Word origins and their romantic stories. New York: Bell. Furlong, Michael J.; Teuber, Jeffrey F. 1984 Validity of the Expressive One Word Picture Vocabulary Test for learning disabled children. Journal of Psychoeducational Assessment; 1984 Mar Vol 2(1) 29 to 36 Fuster, Joaquin M. unknown Memory in the Cerebral Cortex : Empirical Approach to Neural Networks in Gadallah, M.E. 1991, K4j. Data compression techniques for isolated and connected word recognition. Ph.D., Cranfield - 43-2182 Gaffuri, Ann 1991 Expanding Third Graders' Vocabulary Using a Data Base, Individual Thesauri and Brainstorming Strategies. Unknown Reference Gagné. E. D. 1985 The cognitive psychology of school learning. Boston, Mass. Little, Brown. Gagne, Ellen D. unknown Cognitive Psychology of School Learning Gahren, Francis Michael 1993 A Study of the Vocabulary Acquisition of Advanced Learners of French in Classroom and Naturalistic Environments Dissertation Abstracts International, Ann Arbor, MI (DAI). 1993 Nov, 54:5, 1708A DAI No.: DA9325498. Degree granting institution: Ohio State U, 1993 Gaies, S. 1981 Native Speaker - Nonnative speaker interaction among academic peers. Paper presented at the 56th annual meeting of the Linguistic Society of America, New York December. Cited in Richards, J. & Long, M. H.. (Eds.),Methodology in TESOL. Gaies, S. 1983 Learner Feedback: an exploratory study of its role in the second Language classroom. In Seliger, H. W. & Long, M. H. (Eds.), Classroom Oriented research on Second language Acquisition. Rowley Mass. Newbury House. Gainotti, Guido; Caltagirone, Carlo; Miceli, Gabriele; Masullo, Carlo 1981 Selective Semantic Lexical Impairment of Language Comprehension in Right Brain Damaged Patients Brain and Language, Orlando, FL (B&L). 1981 July, 13:2, 201 211 Gainotti, Guido; Silveri, M. C.; Daniele, A.; Giustolisi, L. 1995 How Luria and Vinogradova's theory on the dynamics of the semantic systems could explain an unusual case of lexical comprehension disorders. Special Issue: Special issue for A. R. Luria. Aphasiology; 1995 Mar Apr Vol 9(2) 153 to 161 Gair, A. (ed.). 1995 Collins' Artist's Manual London: HarperCollins Gairns, R. and Redman, S. 1986 Working with Words. Cambridge University Press. See also: R Rossner, English language Teaching Journal 41,4(1987) 301-303. Gajdusek, L. unknown Toward a wider use of Literature in ESL: Why and how. TESOL Quarterly. 22 2. 227 - 257. Galambos, Janos etc. (Ed.) unknown Probability Theory and Applications: Essays to the Memory of Jozsef Gale, H. 1901 Recent studies of Children's vocabularies. Child study Monthly. Vol VI 272-280 Gale, M. C. and H. 1902 Children's vocabularies. Popular Science Monthly. 61, 45-51. Gale, M. C. and H. 1902. The vocabularies of three children in one family at two and three years of age. Pedagogical Seminary.. 9, 422-435. Galisson, R. 1966 L'enseignement du vocabulaire par les textes. [Teaching vocabulary through texts.] Bureau pour l'Enseignement de la Langue et de la Civilisation Françaises à l'Etranger, Paris. Galisson, R. 1968 Vers un apprentissage systématisé du vocabulaire. Bureau pour l'Enseignement de la Langue et de la Civilisation Françaises a l'Etranger, Paris. Galisson, R. 1970 L'apprentissage systématisé du vocabulaire. [A systematic way of learning vocabulary.] Hachette. Galisson, R. 1973 Pour une méthodologie de l'enseignement du sens étranger. [Towards a methodology for teaching the meaning of foreign words.] In: P. Charaudeau and R. Galisson (Eds.): L'enseignement du sens en française, langue maternelle et étrangère. Etudes de Linguistique Appliquée, 11, Galisson, R. 1974 Un nouvel instrument didactique sur le marché de l'enseignement des langues: le thème de prédilection. [A new tool for the foreign language teacher: the favourite subject.] In: A. Abbou (ed): Principes et méthodologies des techniques d'expression. Etudes de Linguistique Appliquée, 14,96-99. Galisson, R. 1975 Thèmes de prédilection et vocabulaires thématisés à charge incentive. [Favourite subjects and motivating structured vocabularies.] Etudes de Linguistique Appliquée, 18, 59-114. Galisson, R. 1979 Lexicologie et enseignement des langues. [Lexicology and language teaching.] Hachette. Galisson, R. 1983 Des mots pour communiquer: elements de lexicomethodologie. Paris: CLE. Galisson, R. 1987 De la lexicographie de depannage a la lexicographie d'apprentissage. [lexicography for learning, not for a quick fix]. Cahiers de Lexicologie. 51 95-118. Galisson, R. unknown De la langue a la culture par les mots. Paris: CLE International. Galisson, Robert 1980 Competence communicative et acquisition des vocabulaires (Communicative Competence and Vocabulary Learning). Bulletin CILA; n32 p26 to 59 1980 Gallagher, Tanya M. 1975 The Relationship between Lexical Boundaries and Speech Production Behavior in Children Journal of Phonetics,. 3, 35-39 Gallaway, C. & Richards, B. J. (eds.). 1994 Input and interaction in language acquisition. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press. xvi, . Galloway, L. 1981 The convolutions of second language: a theoretical article with a critical review and some new hypotheses towards a neuropsychological model of bilingualism and second language performance. Language Learning 31, 2, 439-464. Galloway, L. 1983 Etudes cliniques et experimentales sur la repartition hemispherique du traitement cerebrale du langage chez les bilingues: modeles theoriques. [Clinical and experimental studies of how language is shared between the two hemispheres of the bilingual's brain: some theoretical models.] Langages, 72, 79-124. Galloway, L. and S. Krashen 1980 Cerebral organization in bilingualism and second language acquisition. In R. Scarcella and S. Krashen (Eds.) Research in Second Language Acquisition. Rowley, Mass: Newbury House. Ganellen, R.J. & Carver, C.S. 1985 Why does self - reference promote incidental encoding? Journal Of Experimental Social Psychology. 21: 284 - 300. Gansl, Irene. 1939. Vocabulary: its measurement and growth. Archives of Psychology, NY. 33, No.236. Garcia, GE. 1991 Factors influencing the English reading test performance of Spanish speaking Hispanic students. Reading Research Quarterly. 26 371-392. Garcia-Albea, Jose; Susana del Viso and Jose Igoa 1989 Movement errors and levels of processing in sentence production Journal of psycholinguistic research 18, 1- 145-161 Gardiner, John M. 1980 Exceptions to Recognition Failure of Recallable Words. Journal of Verbal Learning and Verbal Behavior; v19 n2 p194 209 Apr 1980 Gardiner, John M. 1988 Generation and Priming Effects in Word Fragment Completion Journal of Experimental Psychology: Learning, Memory, and Cognition, Washington, DC (JExPLMC). 1988 July, 14:3, 495 501 Gardiner, John M.; And Others 1974 Negative Recency in Initial Free Recall Journal of Experimental Psychology; 103; 1; 71 to 8 Gardner, Eric F. Apr 85 How Can Tests be Misused: Let Me Count the Ways. ERIC Number: ED262045 Gardner, Howard. 1985. The mind's new science: a history of the cognitive revolution. New York: Basic Books. Gardner, Michael K.; Rothkopf, E. Z.; Lapan, Richard; Lafferty, Toby 1987 The word frequency effect in lexical decision: Finding a frequency based component. Memory and Cognition; 1987 Jan Vol 15(1) 24 to 28 Gardner, R. C.; And Others 1985 Social Factors in Second Language Attrition. Language Learning; v35 n4 p519 40 Dec 1985 Gardner, Richard, and William C. Lambert 1972 Attitudes and Motivation in Second Language Learning Rowley, Mass.: Newbury House Garman, M. 1990 Psycholinguistics. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press. Garman, M. 1994 Aphasia and communicative speech therapy: the potential of grammatical analyses. Aphasiology, 8, 491-496. Garman, M. 1994 Language Acquisition in the Blind Child. In: Asher, R.E., and Simpson, (eds), The Encyclopedia of Language and Linguistics. Oxford: Pergamon Press, Vol 4, 1897-1899. Garman, M. 1994 Psycholinguistics - Overview. In: Asher, R.E. and Simpson, J.M.Y. (eds), The Encyclopedia of Language and Linguistics. Oxford: Pergamon Press, Vol 6, 3395-3404. Garman, M. 1994 Subject Editor for Psycholinguistics. . Asher, R.E. and Simpson J.M.Y. (ed), Encyclopedia of Language and Linguistics. Oxford: Pergamon Press, 10 Vols Garner, R. 1988 Metacognition and reading comprehension Norwood: Ablex Garrett, M. F. 1990 Review of Levelt's; speaking Language and speech 33, 273-91. Garrett, M. F. 1993 Disorders of lexical selection in Levelt, Willem J.M. Lexical Access in Speech Production (Ed.)Oxford: Blackwell Garrett, Merrill F. 1982 Remarks on the Relation between Language Production and Language Comprehension Systems 209 224 IN Arbib Michael A. (ed.); Caplan David (ed.); Marshall John Crook (ed.). Neural Models of Language Processes. New York : Academic, 1982. xvi, 571 pp. Garrison, D. 1990 Inductive strategies for teaching Spanish-English cognates. Hispania. 73, 508-512. Garrison, K. C. 1930 The relationship between three different vocabulary abilities Journal of educational research 21: 43-45 Garro, Luisa Costa 1992 Lexical Access in Bilinguals: The Case of English Based Spanish Calques Dissertation Abstracts International, Ann Arbor, MI (DAI). 1992 Oct, 53:4, 1143A DAI No.: DA9224814. Degree granting institution: City U of New York Gary, J. D. and N. G. 1981 Caution: talking may be dangerous for your linguistic health. IRAL. 19, 1, 1-13. Gass, S. 1979 Language transfer and universal grammatical relations. Language Learning, 29, 327-344. Language Learning, 29, 327-344. Gass, S. 1984 The empirical basis for the Universal Hypothesis in Interlanguage studies. In A. Davies, C. Criper & A.P.R. Howatt (Eds.), Interlanguage: Papers in honour of S. Pit Corder (pp. 3-33). Edinburgh: Edinburgh University Press. Gass S. and Crookes, G. (Eds.), unknown Task Based Learning in a Second Language. London: Multilingual Matters. Gass, S. and E.M. Varonis, 1984 The effect of familiarity on the comprehensibility of Nonnative speech. Language Learning 34 ,1: 65-87. Gass, S. and E.M. Varonis, 1984 Variation in Native Speaker Speech, Studies in Second Language Acquisition. 7: 37-58. Gass, S. and E.M. Varonis, 1985 Task Variation and Nonnative / Nonnative negotiation of Meaning. . in S. Gass and C. Madden Eds. Input in Second Language Acquisition. Rowley, Mass., Newbury House Gass , S. and Selinker L. (eds.) 1992 Language transfer in language learning. Newbury House, Rowley, Mass. Gass, S. & Ard, J. 1980 L2 data: their relevance for language universals. TESOL Quarterly, 14, 443-452. Gass, S. M. 1989 Second language vocabulary acquisition. Annual Review of Applied Linguistics. 9, 92-106. Gass, S.M. and L. Selinker. 1994 Second Language Acquisition. An Introductory Course Lawrence Erlbaum. Gass, SM. 1987 Introduction to Gass. 1987 Studies in Second Language Acquisition. 9, 2: 129-132. Gass, SM (Ed.). 1987 The use and acquisition of the second language lexicon. Studies in Second Language Acquisition. 9, 2 (whole volume). Gass, Susan 1984 Development of speech perception and speech production abilities in adult second language learners Applied Psycholinguistics, 5, 51-74 Gass, Susan; Catherine Fleck; nevin Leder and Ildiko Svetics 1998 Ahistoricity revisited Studies in second language acquisition 20: 407-421 Gass, Susan M.; Varonis, Evangeline Marlos 1994 Input, Interaction, and Second Language Production. Studies in Second Language Acquisition; v16 n3 p283 302 Sep 1994 Gasser, M 1988 Connectionism and Universals of Second Language Acquisition. Studies in Second Language Acquisition 12: 179-99 Gasser, M. 1990 Connectionist models. Studies In Second Language Acquisition. 12: 179 - 99. Gates, A. I., Bond, G. L. and Russell, D. H. 1938. Relative meaning and pronunciation difficulty of the Thorndike 20, 000 words. Journal of Educational Research. 32, 161-167. Gates, Arthur 1962 Vocabulary control in Basal reading material Reading Teacher . Nov 1961, 15: 81-85 Gates, Edward Should a Dictionary Include Only the 'Good' Words?; Proc. of 5th Internat. Symposium on Lexicography May 3-5, 1990 at Univ. of Copenhagen 265-80 IN Hyldgaard-Jensen-Karl (ed.); Zettersten-Arne (ed.). Symposium on Lexicography, V. Tubingen : Niemeyer, 1992. viii, 425 pp. Gates, Edward 1997 A Survey of the Teaching of Lexicography: 1979 1995 Dictionaries: Journal of the Dictionary Society of North America, Cleveland, OH (Dictionaries). 1997, 18, 66 93 Gatewood, John B. 1984 Familiarity, vocabulary size, and recognition ability in four semantic domains. American Ethnologist; 1984 Aug Vol 11(3) 507 to 527 Gathercole, S. E. and Baddeley, A. D. 1989 Evaluation of the role of phonological STM in the development of vocabulary in children: a longitudinal study. Journal of Memory and Language. 28, 200-213. Gathercole, S.E. and Thorn, A.S.C. 1998. Phonological short-term memory and foreign language learning. In Healy and Bourne (1998). 142-158. Gathercole, S.E., & Baddeley, A.D. 1990 The role of phonological memory in vocabulary acquisition: A study of young children learning new names. British Journal of Psychology, 81, 439-454. Gathercole, S.E.; Conway, Martin A. 1988 Exploring long term modality effects: Vocalization leads to best retention. Memory and Cognition; 1988 Mar Vol 16(2) 110 to 119 Gathercole, S.E., Willis, C., Emslie, H., & Baddeley, A.D. 1991 The influences of number of syllables and wordlikeness on children s repetition of nonwords. Applied Psycholinguistics, 12, 349-367. Gathercole, S.E., Willis, C.S., Emslie, H. and Baddeley, A.D. 1992. Phonological memory and vocabulary development during the early school years: a longitudinalstudy. Developmental Psychology. 28, 5. 887-898. Gathercole, Susan E.; Baddeley, Alan D. 1993 Working Memory and Language Hove, U.K.: Lawrence Erlbaum Associates. Gathercole, Susan E. (Ed.) 1996 Models of Short-term Memory Hove: Earlbaum Gaudart, H. 1994 Selecting readers: Children¹s choice. In M.L. Tickoo. (Ed.), Research in Reading and Writing: A Southeast Asian Collection, (pp.63-78). Singapore: SEAMEO Regional Language Centre. Gaustad, Martha G. 1986 Longitudinal effects of manual English instruction on deaf children's morphological skills. Applied Psycholinguistics; 1986 Jun Vol 7(2) 101 127 Gavaghan, Mary; Kevin Arnold and John Gibbs 1983 Moral judgement in delinquents and nondelinquents: recognition versus production measures The Journal of psychology 114. 267-274 Gay, Judy; Tweney, Ryan D. 1976 Comprehension and Production of Standard and Black English by Lower Class Black Children Developmental Psychology; 12; 3; 262 268 Gaziel, T, L. K. Obler and M. Albert 1979 A tachistoscopic study of Hebrew English bilinguals. In: Albert, M. L. and L. K. Obler: The bilingual brain. Academic Press. Gazzaniga, Michael (ed) 1988 perspectives in memory research MIT press Gearhart, M. and Hall, W. unknown Internal State Words: Cultural and Situational Variation in Vocabulary Usage. Technical Report No. 115. CS: Bolt, Beranek and Newman, Inc., Cambridge, Mass.; Illinois Univ., Urbana. Center for the Study of Reading. Geckeler, H 1994 Review of MELKA TEICHROEW . THE CONCEPTS OF RECEPTION AND PRODUCTION IN THE AREA OF VOCABULARY AND SEMANTICS - AN EXPLORATORY- STUDY (German text) ZEITSCHRIFT FUR ROMANISCHE PHILOLOGIE, 1994, Vol.110, No.3-4, pp.493-495 Geelen, F. 1989 Computeronderstuende woordenschatverwerving voor het nederlands als tweede taal. [Computer aided vocabulary instruction for Dutch as an L2]. Levende Talen. 440 246-250. Geeraerts, Dirk , stefan Gronelaers and Peter Bakema 1994 The structure of lexical variation: meaing naming and context Berlin: Mouton De gruyer Gefen, Raphael. 1987 Increasing vocabulary teaching in Israel schools. English Teachers Journal (Israel). 35, 38-44. Geffner, Donna S. 1981 Assessment of language disorders: Linguistic and cognitive functions. Topics in Language Disorders; 1981 Jun Vol 1(3) 1 9 Geirsson, H. and M. Losonsky 1996 Readings in Language and Mind Blackwell.l: Oxford. Geiselman, Ralph E.; Bellezza, Francis S. 1977 Eye Movements and Overt Rehearsal in Word Recall Journal of Experimental Psychology: Human Learning and Memory; 3; 3; 305 to 15 Gekoski, W. 1969 Associative and translation habits of bilinguals as a function of Language acquisition context. Unpublished Ph.D. thesis, University of Michigan. Gekoski, W. 1970 Effects of language acquisition contexts on semantic processing in bilinguals. Proceedings of the American Psychological Association, 5, 487-488. Gekoski, W. L. 1980 Language acquisition context and language organization in bilinguals Journal of Psycholinguistic Research, 9, 429-449. Gelder, beatrice and José Morias 1995 Speech and Reading a comparative approach Hove: Earlbaum Gellatly, Angus (Ed.) unknown Skilful Mind : Introduction to Cognitive Psychology Gellatly, Angus; Parker, Amanda; Blurton, Anthony; Woods, Chris 1994 Word stem and word fragment completion following semantic activation and elaboration. Journal of Experimental Psychology Learning, Memory, and Cognition; 1994 Sep Vol 20(5) 1099 to 1107 Gelman, Susan A.; Wilcox, Sharon A.; Clark, Eve V. 1989 Conceptual and lexical hierarchies in young children. Cognitive Development; 1989 Oct Vol 4(4) 309 to 326 Genesee, F. 1982 Experimental neuropsychological research on second language processing. TESOL Quarterly 16, 3, 315-322. Genesee, F. 1989 Early bilingual development: one language or two?. Journal of Child Language. 16, 161-179. Genesee, F. and Upshur, J 1996 Classroom based evaluation in second language education Cambridge Language education Genesee, F, J. Hamers, W. E. Lambert, L. Mononen, M. Seitz and P. Starck 1978 Language processing in bilinguals. Brain and Language, 5, 1-12. Genesee, Fred 1987 Learning through Two Languages: Studies of Immersion and Bilingual Education Cambridge, Mass.: Newbury House Genesee, Fred; Nicoladis Elena 1996 Word awareness in second language learners and bilingual children Language Awareness; Vol.5,no.2: 96 80-90 Gensemer, Ira B.; And Others 1976 Using the Peabody Picture Vocabulary Test with Children Having Difficulty Learning Journal of Learning Disabilities; 9; 3; 179 to 81 Gentile, J. Ronald and Robert Seibel 1969 A rating scale measure of word relatedness Journal of verbal learning and verbal behaviour 8, 252-256 Gentilhomme, Yves 1973 Interferences de vocabulaire entre deux sciences, linguistique et mathematique (Vocabulary Borrowings between Two Sciences Linguistics and Mathematics) Langue Francaise; 17; 44 to 58 Gentner, Dedre July. 1982 Why Nouns are learned before verbs: linguistic relativity versus natural partitioning. Technical Report No. 257, Center for the Study of Reading, pub. Bolt Beranek and Newman Inc. George, H. V. 1962 On teaching and `unteaching'. English Language Teaching Journal. 17, 1, 16-20. George, H. V. 1972 Common Errors In Language Learning. Newbury House, Massachusetts. George, H. V. 1978 Teaching from a structural syllabus English Language Institute. Victoria University of Wellington. George, H. V. 1983 Classification, communication, teaching and learning English. Language Institute, Victoria University of Wellington. George, H.V. 1993. Simplification. In Tickoo (ed.) 1993.7-13. Gerard, Christophe Loic; Dugas, M.; Valdois, S.; Franc, S.; et al 1993 Landau Kleffner syndrome diagnosed after 9 years of age: Another Landau Kleffner syndrome? Special Issue: Acquired childhood aphasia. Aphasiology; 1993 Sep Oct Vol 7(5) 463 to 473 Gerard, LD and Scarborough. 1989 Language specific lexical access of homographs by bilinguals. Journal of Experimental Psychology: Learning, Memory and Cognition. 15, 2: 305-315. Gerard, Linda D. 1986 Interaction of Information in Bilingual Lexical Memory Dissertation Abstracts International, Ann Arbor, MI (DAI). 1986 May, 46:11, 4042B 4043B Gerbert, Manfred 1989 The production and comprehension of scientific texts In: C. Lauren and M. Nordmann (Eds.). Special language: from humans thinking to thinking machines. Clevedon: Multilingual Matters.309-315 Gere, Anne Ruggles and Eugene Smith. 1979 Attitudes, language, and change. Urbana, IL: National Council of Teachers of English. Gerganov, E. and K. Taseva-Rangelova 1982 The impact of association value and number of syllables of English words on memorization in teaching English to Bulgarian learners. Supstavitelno Ezikoznarie 7, 4, 3-12. Gerganov, E. and Taseva-Rangelova, K. 1982 The impact of the factors 'associative value' and 'number of syllables' of English lexical items on word memorization in teaching English to Bulgarian students. Supostavitelno Ezikoznanie (Contrastive Linguistics) 7/4: 3-12. Gerganov, Encho; Tasseva, Krasimira 1987 Influence of natural language mediators on foreign language vocabulary acquisition. Psikhologiia Bulgaria; 1987 Vol 15(1) 26 to 33 Gerlach, Fred M. 1917 Vocabulary studies. False definition test Studies in Education and Psychology No 1. Colorado College, Ed. J. V. Brentwieser. German, Diane J. 1983 I Know It but I Can't Think of It: Word Retrieval Difficulties. Academic Therapy; v18 n5 539 to 545 German, Diane J. 1983 Word finding skills in children with learning disabilities Journal of learning disabilities 12:3 43-48 German, Diane J.; Glasnapp, Douglas R. 1990 The Test of Word Finding in Discourse: Diagnostic utility evidence. Educational and Psychological Measurement; 1990 Sum Vol 50(2) 383 to 392 German, Diane; Perney, Jan 1987 Content, construct and criterion related validity of the National College of Education Test of Word Finding (TWF). Journal of Psychoeducational Assessment; 1987 Dec Vol 5(4) 387 to 400 Gernsbacher, M. and T. Givon (eds) 1995 Coherence in spontaneous text John Benjamins Gershman, S. J. 1970 Foreign language vocabulary learning under seven conditions. Dissertation Abstracts International. 31, 3690B. Gershon, E and Rieder, O. 1992 Major disorders of the mind and Brain Scientific American 267 (3) pp88-95 Getz, Donald J. 1980 Learning Enhancement through Visual Training. Academic Therapy; v15 n4 p457 to 66 Mar 1980 Ghadessy, M. 1989 The use of vocabulary and collocations in the writing of primary school students in Singapore. AILA Review. 6, 110-117. Ghadessy, M. 1991. Vocabulary of written business communication: matching the situational factors with the linguistic features. Unpublished MS. Ghadessy, Mohsen. 1979 Frequency counts, word lists, and materials preparation: a new approach. English Teaching Forum. 17, 1, 24-27. Ghatala, Elizabeth S.; And Others 1978 Varieties of Frequency Interference in Children's Recognition of Sentence Information Journal of Experimental Child Psychology; 25; 2; 354 to 65 Ghatala, Elizabeth S.; And Others 1980 Attribute Structure and Incidental Memory for Words: Test of a Developmental Hypothesis. Child Development; v51 n3 p685 to 90 Sep 1980 Giacobbe, J 1993 Construction des formes lexicales et activite cognitive dans l'acquisition du francais langue seconde. Acquisition et Interaction en Langue Etrangere, 3( -94), 29-55. Giacobbe, J. and M. Cammarota 1986 Learners' hypotheses for the acquisition of lexis. Studies in Second Language Acquisition. 8, 327-342. Giacobbe, J. and M-A Cammarota. 1986 Un modele de rapport langue source / langue cible dans la construction du lexique. [How the relationship between L1 and L2 affects the development of a lexicon.]. In: A Giacomi and D. Veronique (Eds.). Acquisition d'une langue etrangere. PUP. Gianutsos, Rosamond 1972 Free Recall of Grouped Words Journal of Experimental Psychology; 95; 2; 419 to 28 Gibbons, H. D. 1940 The ability of college freshmen to construct the meaning of a strange word from the context in which it appears Journal of experimental education 9: 29-33 Gibbs, D.A. 1990 Second language acquisition of the English modal auxiliaries can, could, may, and might. Applied Linguistics, 11(3), 297-314. Gibson, Deborah; Ingram, David 1983 The Onset of Comprehension and Production in a Language Delayed Child. Applied Psycholinguistics; v4 n4 p359 75 Dec 1983 Gibson, E.J., and H. Levin 1975 On the perception of words: an application of some basic concepts In The Psychology of Reading, E.J. Gibson and H. Levin. Cambridge, Mass.: The MIT Press. Gibson, E.J., Pick, A., Osser, H., and Hammond, M. 1962 . The role of grapheme-phoneme correspondence in the perception of words. American Journal of Psychology 75: 554-570. Gibson, Janet M.; Brooks, John O. 1993 A collection of 4,741 word fragments that have unique completions with respect to 146,205 words. Behavior Research Methods, Instruments and Computers; 1993 Nov Vol 25(4) 434 to 454 Gibson, Janet M.; Watkins, Michael J. 1988 A pool of 1,086 words with unique two letter fragments. Behavior Research Methods, Instruments, and Computers; 1988 Aug Vol 20(4) 390 to 397 Gibson, R.E. 1975. The strip story: a catalyst for communication. TESOL Quarterly. 9, 2. 149-154. Gierich, E. 1976 Intensive Wortschatzarbeit - aber wie? [Intensive vocabulary work - how to realize?] Fremdsprachenunterricht, 20, 1, 10-12. Giesbers, H. 1989 code switching tussen dialect en standaardtaal Amsterdam: P. Meertensinstituut Giglioli, Pier Paolo, ed. 1972 Language and social context: selected readings. Penguin. Gile, Daniel 1995 Basic Concepts and Models for Interpreter and Translator Training Benjamins Translation Library, v.8 ISSN 0929-7316 Gilhooly, K. J.; Gilhooly, M. L. 1979 Age of acquisition effects in lexical and episodic memory tasks. Memory and Cognition; 1979 May Vol 7(3) 214-3 Gilhooly, M.J.M.; Gilhooly K.J. 1980 The validity of age-of-acquisition ratings Br. J. Psychol.; Vol.71, pt 1: Feb 80 .105-110 ISSN: 00071269 Gillard, P. and Gadsby, A. 1998 Using a learners' corpus in compiling ELT dictionaries. In Granger, S. (ed.) Learner English on Computer. Addison Wesley Longman, London and New York, pp.159-171. Gille, Isabelle; Fayne, Harriet R. 1980 The Effect of Practice vs. Practice with Informative Feedback on Sight Word Vocalization Time for Normal and Disabled Readers. Columbia Univ., New York, N.Y. Research Inst. for the Study of Learning Disabilities. Technical Report # 8. Gillespie, and Grey. 1992 Hypercard and the development of vocabulary skills. CALL Journal. 5. Gillette, J. M. 1927 Extent of personal vocabularies and cultural control Illustrated Science Monthly. 29: 451-467 Gillis, M. & Weber, R.M. 1976 The emergence of sentence modalities in the English of Japanese-speaking children. Language Learning, 26(1), 77-94. Gillis, S. 1987 Words and categories at the onset of language acquisition Belgian Journal of linguistics. 2, 37-53 Gilroy, Colette Aubry 1990 Reading in a Foreign Language: Effects of Considerate vs. Inconsiderate Texts at the Lexical Level in Content Area Texts Dissertation Abstracts International, Ann Arbor, MI (DAI). 1990 Aug., 51:2, 497A Gimson, A. C. 1980 An introduction to Pronunciation London: Edward Arnold Gimson, A. C. 1981 Pronunciation in EFL dictionaries. Applied Linguistics. 2 (3). Gipe, Joan. 1979 Investigating techniques for teaching word meanings. Reading Research Quarterly. 14, 4, 625-644. Gipe, Joan P. 1980 Use of a relevant context helps kids learn new meanings. The Reading Teacher. 33, 4, 398-402. Gipe, Joan P. and Arnold, Richard D. 1979 Teaching vocabulary through familiar associations and contexts. Journal of Reading Behavior. 11, 3, 282-285. Gipps, Caroline 1994 Beyond Testing: Towards a theory of educational assessment London: Falmer Press Gitsaki, C. 1992 Vocabulary learning and teaching in Greece. Unpublished MA TESL thesis, Bangor, U.K., University of Wales. Givón, T., Yang. L. and Gernsbacher, M. A. 1993 The Processing of Second Language Vocabulary: From attended to automated word-recognition. In Burmeister, H. and Rounds, P. (Eds.) Variability in Second Language Acquisition. Eugene; University of Oregon. Glanzer, M. and A. Duarte 1971 Repetition between and within languages in free recall Journal of Verbal Learning and Verbal Behavior, 10, 625-630. Glanzer, Murray 1976 Intonation Grouping and Related Words in Free Recall Journal of Verbal Learning and Verbal Behavior; 15; 1; 85 to 92 Glanzer, Murray; Bowles, Nancy 1976 Analysis of the Word Frequency Effect in Recognition Memory Journal of Experimental Psychology: Human Learning and Memory; 2; 1; 21 to 31 Glazer, Susan Mandel, Lyndon W. Searfoss, and Lance M. Gentile, eds 1988 Reexamining Reading Diagnosis: New Trends and Procedures Newark, Del.: International Reading Association, Glazier, Teresa Ferster unknown Least You Should Know About Vocabulary Building; Word Roots Gleason, H. A 1961 An Introduction to Descriptive Linguistics New York: Holt, Rinehart, and Winston Gleitman, L. and Landau, B. 1994 The Acquisition of the lexicon. MIT. Gleitman, Lila and Mark Lieberman 1995 language Vol 1 MIT press Glenberg, Arthur; Adams, Frederick 1978 Type I Rehearsal and Recognition. Journal of Verbal Learning and Verbal Behavior; v17 n4 p455 to 63 Aug 1978 Glenberg, Arthur; Alex Wilkinson and William Epstein 1992 The Illusion of knowing: failure in self -assessment of comprehension In Nelson Thomas O. (ed.). 1992. Metacognition : core readings, Ch 17. Allyn and Bacon Glenberg, Arthur M. 1976 Monotonic and Nonmonotonic Lag Effects in Paired Associate and Recognition Memory Paradigms Journal of Verbal Learning and Verbal Behavior; 15; 1; 1 to 16 Glenberg, Arthur M. 1977 Influences of Retrieval Processeson the Spacing Effect in Free Recall Journal of Experimental Psychology: Human Learning and Memory; 3; 3; 282 to 94 Glicksberg, D. H. 1964 A study of the span of immediate memory among adult students of English as a foreign language. Unpublished Ph.D. thesis, University of Michigan. Glik, E. E. 1951 Comparison of recall and recognition types of measurement on verbal items and their implications for deterioration testing Journal of clinical psychology 7: 157-162 Glisan, E. and V. Drescher 1993 Textbook grammar: Does it reflect Native Speaker speech? Modern language journal. 77 (1): 23-33 Glisan, Eileen 1986 Total physical response: a technique for teaching all skills in Spanish Foreign language annals 19, 5, 419-26 Glisky, Elizabeth L.; Schacter, Daniel L.; Tulving, Endel 1986 Learning and retention of computer related vocabulary in memory impaired patients: Method of vanishing cues. Journal of Clinical and Experimental Neuropsychology; 1986 Jun Vol 8(3) 292 to 312 GlÑser, R. 1988 The grading of idiomaticity as a presupposition for a taxonomy of idioms. In HÅllen, W. and Schulze, R. (eds.) Understanding the Lexicon. TÅbingen: Max Niemeyer. 264--279. Glopper, de, K. 1996 Effects of training of a word learning strategy in Mother tongue and foreign language Paper presented at the AILA Congress, Jyvaskyla, Finland. August 1996. Gnutzmann, C. 1973. Zur Analyse lexikalischer Fehler In Nickel (ed.) 1973: Fehlerkunde. Berlin: Cornelsen-Velhagen & Klasing. Godden, D. R.; Baddeley, A. D. 1975 Context dependent memory in two natural environments: on land and underwater British Journal of Psychology; 66 pt3; 325 31 Godden, D. R.; Baddeley, A. D. 1980 When does context influence recognition memory? British Journal of Psychology; 71, 99-104 Godefroy, Oliver; Rousseaux, Marc; Pruvo, Jean Pierre; Cabaret, Maryline; et al 1994 Neuropsychological changes related to unilateral lenticulostriate infarcts. Journal of Neurology, Neurosurgery and Psychiatry; 1994 Apr Vol 57(4) 480 to 485 Godin, P. and P. Ostyn. 1986 Apprendre a communiquer en langues etrangeres. [Learning to communicate in foreign languages.]. IRAL. 24, 4 329-336. Godley, Robert M.; Fournet, Glenn P.; Estes, Robert E. 1987 The effects of administration, treatment, and pacing factors on the keyword method of foreign vocabulary learning. Educational and Psychological Research; 1987 Sum Vol 7(3) 173 to 181 Godman, A. and Payne, E. M. F. 1981 A taxonomic approach to the lexis of science. English for Academic & Technical Purposes: Studies in Honor of Louis Trimble, Newbury House Pub., 23-39. Godsall Myers, Jean Elizabeth 1982 The Attrition of Language Skills in German Classroom Bilinguals: A Case Study Dissertation Abstracts International, Ann Arbor, MI (DAI). 1982 July, 43:1, 157A Goethals, M 1992 COBUILD, BNC, LET, LCL, Marzano and otehrs. Forging an instrument for vocabulary learning/teaching from word frequency counts, word clusters and other types of vocabulary lists. ITL, 97-98 , 121-158. Goethals, M 1994 Vocabulary management in foreign language teaching and learning. In: K Carlon, K Davidse and B Rudzka-Ostyn (eds.) ORBIS Supplementa: Perspectives on English. Leuven: Peters. Goethals, M COBUILD, BNC, LET, LCL, Marzano and others. 1992 Forging an instrument for vocabulary learning/teaching from word frequency counts, word clusters and other types of vocabulary lists. ITL, 97-98. 121-158. Goethals, M., Engels, L. K. and Leenders, T. 1987 Automated analysis of the vocabulary of English texts. AILA paper, Sydney. Goffin, Roger Unknown Date Structures lexicales, terminologies techniques et glossaires contextuels multilingues (Lexical Structures, Technical Terminologies, and Multilingual Contextual Glossaries) Meta; 18; 1 to 2; 237 to 253 Goffman, Erving. 1963 Behavior in public places: notes on the social organization of gatherings. New York: Free Press of Glencoe. Goggin, J. G. and D. D Wickens 1971 Proactive interference and language change in short term memory Journal of Verbal Learning and Verbal Behavior, 10, 453-458. Gold, David L. 1978 Lexicography and Allied Fields. New Perspectives in Spanish Bilingual Lexicography. Babel (International Journal of Translation); v24 n2 p57 to 64 1978 Gold Karen 1992 Ordinary voices and extraordinary thoughts: creation of an English language mega-wordlist Times Higher Education Supplement; No.1002: Jan 17 92 15 Gold, Patricia Cohen 1981 Two Strategies for Reinforcing Sight Vocabulary of Language Experience Stories. Reading Teacher; v35 n2 p141 to 43 Nov 1981 Goldblum, Naomi; Frost, Ram 1988 The crossword puzzle paradigm: The effectiveness of different word fragments as cues for the retrieval of words. Memory and Cognition; 1988 Mar Vol 16(2) 158 to 166 Golden, Charles J.; And Others 1975 Cognitive Relationships of Resistance to Interference Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology; 43; 3; 432 Goldfus, C. and P. Rosenbluth. 1987 Teaching vocabulary for production in the upper division. English Teachers' Journal (Israel). 35, 53-57. Goldin Meadow, Susan; And Others 1976 Language in the Two year Old Cognition; 4; 2; 189 to 202 Goldman, Anne E. unknown Take My Word : Autobiographical Innovations of Ethnic American Working Goldman, Milton 1996 If You Can Read This, Thank TV. TESOL Journal; v6 n2 p15 18 Win 1996 Goldman-Rakic P. S 1992 Working memory and the mind Scientific American 267 (3) pp72-79 Goldsmith, Peggy 1995 Development of Spelling and Word Knowledge in Older Students (Years 5-11). Australian Review of Applied Linguistics; v18 n1 p109-28 1995 Goldstein, Donald J.; Allen, Chere M.; Fleming, Linda P. 1982 Relationship between the Expressive One Word Picture Vocabulary Test and measures of intelligence, receptive vocabulary, and visual motor coordination in borderline and mildly retarded children. Psychology in the Schools; 1982 Jul Vol 19(3) 315 to 318 Goldstein, Howard 1981 The Effects of Lexical Learning Histories on the Generative Language Acquisition of Preschool Children Dissertation Abstracts International, Ann Arbor, MI (DAI). 1981 Aug., 42:2, 796B 797B Goldstein, Howard; Wetherby, Bruce 1984 Application of a Functional Perspective on Receptive Language Development to Early Intervention. Remedial and Special Education (RASE); v5 n2 p48 to 58 Mar Apr 1984 Goldstein, L. 1983 Word recognition in foreign language: a study of speech perception Journal of Psycholinguistic Research, 12, 4, 414-427. Goleman, Daniel 1996 Emotional Intelligence: why it can matter more than IQ London: Bloomsbury Golinkoff, Roberta M.; Hirsh Pasek, Kathy; Bailey, Leslie M.; Wenger, Neill R. 1992 Young children and adults use lexical principles to learn new nouns. Developmental Psychology; 1992 Jan Vol 28(1) 99 to 108 Golinkoff, Roberta Michnick; Alioto, Anthony 1995 Infant Directed Speech Facilitates Lexical Learning in Adults Hearing Chinese: Implications for Language Acquisition. Journal of Child Language; v22 n3 p703 26 Oct 1995 Golinkoff, Roberta Michnick; And Others 1992 Young Children and Adults Use Lexical Principles to Learn New Nouns. Developmental Psychology; v28 n1 p99 to 108 Jan 1992 Golinkoff, Roberta Michnick; Mervis, Carolyn B.; Hirsh Pasek, Kathryn 1994 Early object labels: The case for a developmental lexical principles framework. Journal of Child Language; 1994 Feb Vol 21(1) 125 to 155 Golinkoff, Roberta Michnick; Shuff Bailey, Margaret; Olguin, Raquel; Ruan, Wenjun 1995 Young children extend novel words at the basic level: Evidence for the principle of categorical scope. Developmental Psychology; 1995 May Vol 31(3) 494 to 507 Gollan, T, KI Foster and R Frost 1997 Translation priming with different scripts: masked priming with cognates andnon-cognates in Hebrew-English bilinguals. Journal of Experimental Psychology, Learning Memory and Cognition, 1997. Gonick, Larry. 1993. The cartoon guide to (non)communication, the use and misuse of information in the modern world. New York: Harper Perennial. Gonsalves, M. B.; Gonsalves, R. 1995 Second Language Lexical Errors: Production and Recognition (Linguistic Association of Canada and the United States) LACUS FORUM VOL 21 : pp. 515-524 Gonzales, Phillip C., Comp. 1984 Vocabulary for the Spanish English Bilingual Program. Grades K 6. Unknown Reference Gonzales, S. 1977 Coding processes in bilingual word recognition. Unpublished Ph.D. thesis, University of New Mexico. Gonzalez Lorenzo, M.; Lopez Castedo, A.; Martinez Martinez, J. 1991 La practica bilingue y los estilos de respuesta en el experimento asociativo. (Bilingual behavior and style responses in an associative experiment.) Revista de Psicologia General y Aplicada; 1991 Oct Vol 44(4) 477 to 484 Good, H. G. 1928 Three List of English Words Educational Research Bulletin 122: 273-275 Goodale, Malcolm unknown Collins COBUILD Student Vocabulary Book Goodfellow, R 1993 CALL for vocabulary: requirements, theory and design. Computer Assisted Language Learning, 6: 99-122. Goodfellow, R 1994 Design principles for computer-aided vocabulary learning. Computers and Education, 23, 1/2 Goodfellow, R. 1994.. A computer-based strategy for foreign-language vocabulary-learning (BL) Ph.D., Open University - 46-12417 Goodfellow, R. 1995 A review of the types of CALL programs for vocabulary instruction. CALL. 8,2-3, 205-226. Goodfellow, R 1996 The language learner and the computer: interpreted results from a vocabulary learning program. In: A Gimena (ed)Proceedings EUROCALL 95. Valencia: Universidad Politecnica de Valencia. Goodfellow, R. and C. Powell 1994 Approaches to vocabulary learning: Data from a CALL interaction. ReCall. 6 (1): 27-33. Goodfellow, Robin; Laurillard, Diana 1994 Modeling Learning Processes in Lexical CALL. CALICO Journal; v11 n3 p19 to 46 Spr 1994 Goodglass, H. 1983 Word Retrieval for Production In: Studdert Kennedy Michael (ed. pref. & introd.). Psychobiology of Language. Cambridge : MIT Press. Goodglass, Harold 1983 Disorders of Lexical Production and Comprehension In: Bauerle Rainer (ed.); Schwarze Christoph (ed.); Stechow Arnim von (ed.). Meaning, Use, and Interpretation of Language. Berlin : de Gruyter. Goodluck, Helen. 1991. Language acquisition: a linguistic introduction. Blackwell.l: Oxford. Goodman, C. 1978 The representation and monitoring of recall. Ph.D., City - 28-5396 Goodman, G. S., M. M. Haith, R. Guttentag and S. Rao 1985 Automatic processing of word meaning: intralingual and interlingual interference. Child Development, 56, 103-118. Goodman, John M. unknown Memory Management for All of Us; Deluxe Edition Goodman, K. S. 1976 Reading: a psycholinguistic guessing game. In H. Singer and R. Ruddell (Eds.) Theoretical Models and Processes of Reading International Reading Association, Newark. 2nd ed. Goodman, K. S. and Bird, L. B. 1984 On the wording of texts: a study on intra-text word frequency. Research in the Teaching of English. 18, 1. 19-145. Goodman, K.S. and Freeman, D. 1993. What's simple in simplified language?. In Tickoo (ed.) 1993.69-81. Goodman, Kenneth S 1968 The Psycholinguistic Nature of the Reading Process Detroit: Wayne State Univ. Press Goodman, Kenneth S 1975 The Reading Process Language and Literacy: The Selected Writings of Kenneth Goodman, ed. Gollasch, 5-16. London: Routledge and Kegan Paul Goodrich, H.C. 1977. Distractor efficiency in foreign language testing. TESOL Quarterly. 11, 1. 69-78. Goodrich, Hubbard C. 1977 Vocabulary Development with Contextual Clues Zielsprache Englisch; 3; 18 to 20 Goodwin, Donald W.,; et al. 1974 Effect of alcohol on "dissociated" learning in alcoholics. Journal of Nervous and Mental Disease; 1974 Mar Vol. 158(3) 198-1 Goolsby, Thomas M. 1973 Levels of performance and concurrent validity of two measures of vocabulary and reading for certain graduate students. Educational and Psychological Measurement; 1973 Win Vol. 33(4) 947 to 949 Gopnick, Alison and Andrew Meltzoff 1997 Words, thoughts and theories Mass. MIT press Gordon, Barry 1985 Subjective frequency and the lexical decision latency function: Implications for mechanisms of lexical access. Journal of Memory and Language; 1985 Dec Vol 24(6) 631 to 645 Gordon, Barry; Caramazza, Alfonso 1985 Lexical access and frequency sensitivity: Frequency saturation and open/closed class equivalence. Cognition; 1985 Nov Vol 21(2) 95 to 115 Gordon, Cyrus H. 1982. Forgotten scripts: their ongoing discovery and decipherment. New York: Basic Books. Gordon, D. and R. Zatorre 1981 A right-ear advantage for dichotic listening in bilingual children. Brain and Language, 13, 389-396. Gordon, H. 1980 Cerebral organization in bilinguals. Brain and Language, 9, 255-268. Gordon, Jane; And Others 1992 Effects of Inconsiderate versus Considerate Text on Elementary Students' Vocabulary Learning. Reading Psychology; v13 n2 p157 to 69 Apr Jun 1992 Gordon, P. 1989 Levels of affixation in the acquisition of English morphology. Journal of Memory and Language. 28, 5. 19-530. Gordon, Susan K.; Clark, W. Crawford 1974 Application of signal detection theory to prose recall and recognition in elderly and young adults. Journal of Gerontology; 1974 Jan Vol. 29(1) 64- Gordon, W.C. 1989 Learning and Memory Cole Publishing Company, California: . Gordon, W. T. 1976 Object-orientated expression practice and vocabulary acquisition. Canadian Modern Language Review, 32, 4, 422-423. Gormezano, I. (Ed.) unknown Learning and Memory : The Behavioural and Biological Substrates Gotz, Axel; Jacoby, Larry L. 1974 Encoding and Retrieval Processes in Long Term Retention Journal of Experimental Psychology; 102; 2; 291 to 97 Gough, C 1995 Actually activating vocabulary. Modern English Teacher, 4,2 35-37. Gough, C 1996 Words and words: helping learners to help themselves with collocations. Modern English Teacher, 5,1 32-36. Gough, P. B 1972 One Second of Reading Language by Ear and Eye, ed. J. F. Kavanagh and I. G.Mattingly, 331-59. Cambridge, Mass Gough, Philip B. 1993 The beginning of decoding. Special Issue: The role of decoding in reading research and instruction. Reading and Writing; 1993 Jun Vol 5(2) 181 to 192 Gough, Philip, B., Linnea Ehri and Rebecca Treiman 1992 Reading Acquisition Hillsdale New Jersey: Lawrence Earlbaum Gould, S. J. and P. Marler, 1987 Learning by instinct Scientific American 1, 69-73 Goulden, R., I. S. P. Nation, and J. Read. 1990 How large can a receptive vocabulary be? Applied Linguistics. 11, 4, 341-363. Goulden, Robin 1984 Measuring vocabulary size Unpublished BA Hons research paper Gove, P. B. (Ed.). 1963 Webster's Third New International Dictionary. Springfield, MA:G. & C. Merriam Co., Massachusetts. Gower, R. 1990. Opportunities in vocabulary teaching. English Studies (British Council). 5. 27-28. Gozalo Sainz, MJ 1994 The development of the skill of deducing the meaning of umnfamiliar words when reading agricultural texts. In: A Gimeno Sanz, A practical approach. Valencia: UP de Valencia. . Grabe, W. 1986. The transition from theory to practice in teaching reading. In F. Dubin, D. E. Eskey & W. Grabe (eds.), Teaching second language reading for academic purposes (pp. 25-48). Reading, MA: Addison Wesley. Grabe, William 1986 Contrastive Rhetoric and Text-Type Research Writing Across Cultures, ed. U.Conner and R. B. Kaplan, 115-37. Reading, Mass.: Addison-Wesley Grabe, William 1988 Reassessing the Term ŒInteractive¹ Chap. in Interactive Approaches to Second Language Reading, ed. Patricia Carrell, Joanne Devine, and David E. Eskey, 56-70.Cambridge: Cambridge University Press Grabe, William 1991 Current Developments in Second Language Reading Research. TESOL Quarterly 25, no. 3 Autumn : 375-406 Grabe, William and Frederika Stoller 1997 Reading and vocabulary development in a second language: a case study In Coady, J and T. Huckin. Second language Vocabulary Acquisition: A rationale for Pedagogy. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press. pp 98-122 Grace, A. G. 1932 Individual differences in adults Journal of educational psychology 23: 179-186 Graddol, D. and Swann, J. (eds) 1994 Evaluating Language. Clevedon: Multilingual Matters, Gradman, H. and Hanania, E. 1991 Language learning background factors and ESL proficiency. Modern Language Journal, 75(1), 39-51. Grady, William, Michael Dobrovolsky and Francis Katamba 1997 Contemporary Linguistics London: Longman Graf, P. and G. Mandler 1984 Activation makes words more accessible but not necessarily more retrievable Journal of verbal learning and verbal behavior, 23, 553-568 Graf, P.; Masson, M.E.J. (Ed.) unknown Implicit Memory : New Directions in Cognition, Development and Graf, Peter; Williams, Diane 1987 Completion norms for 40 three letter word stems. Behavior Research Methods, Instruments, and Computers; 1987 Oct Vol 19(5) 422 to 445 Graham, C. R. and Belnap, R. K. 1986 The acquisition of lexical boundaries in English by native speakers of English. IRAL. 24, 4, 275-286. Graham, Kim S.; Hodges, John R.; Patterson, Karalyn E. 1994 The relationship between comprehension and oral reading in progressive fluent aphasia. Neuropsychologia; 1994 Mar Vol 32(3) 299 to 316 Graham, Marilyn T.; Isom, Rebecca M. 1994 Bad Test...Good Test: Designing Classroom Tests To Accommodate Disabled Learners. Unknown Reference Graham, Martha unknown Blood Memory Grainger, J. 1993. Visual word recognition in bilinguals. In Schreuder and Weltens (eds). 11-25. Grainger, J 1994 Le lexique bilingue: approaches de la psychologie experimentale. Revue de Phonetique appliquee 112-113 , 221-238. Grainger, J. and C. Beauvillain. 1988 Associative priming in bilinguals: some limits of interlingual facilitation effects. Canadian Journal of Psychology. 42, 261-273. Grainger, J and J O'Reagan 1992 A psychophysical investigation of language priming effects in two English-French bilinguals. European Journal of Cognitive Psychology, 4 , 323-339. Grainger, J and T Dijkstra 1992 On the representation and use of language information in bilinguals. In: R Harris (ed.), Cognitive Processing in Bilinguals. Amsterdam: Elsevier. Grainger, J.; Beauvillain, C. 1987 Language blocking and lexical access in bilinguals. Quarterly Journal of Experimental Psychology Human Experimental Psychology; 1987 May Vol 39A(2) 295 to 319 Grainger, Jonathan 1987 L'acces au lexique bilingue: vers une nouvelle orientation de recherche. / Bilingual word recognition: A new orientation for research. Annee Psychologique; 1987 Dec Vol 87(4) 553 to 566 Granger, S. 1993 The International Corpus of Learner English. In Aarts, J., de Haan, P. and Oostdijk, N. (eds) English Language Corpora: Design, Analysis and Exploitation. Rodopi, Amsterdam, pp. 57-69. Granger, S. 1993 The International Corpus of Learner English, The European English Messenger 2(1): 34. Granger, S. 1993 Cognates: an aid or a barrier to successful L2 vocabulary development?, ITL Review of Applied Linguistics 99-100: 43-56. Granger, S 1993 Cognates: an aid or a barrier to successful L2 vocabulary development. ITL, 99-100, 87-105. Granger, S. 1994 The Learner Corpus: A Revolution in Applied Linguistics, English Today 39(10/3): 25-29. Granger, S. 1996 From CA to CIA and back: An integrated approach to computerized bilingual and learner corpora. In Aijmer, K. and Altenberg, B. and Johansson, M. (eds) Languages in Contrast. Text-based cross-linguistic studies. Lund Studies in English 88. Lund University Press, Lund, pp. 37-51. Granger, S. 1996 Learner English around the World. In Greenbaum, S. (ed.) Comparing English World-wide. Clarendon Press, Oxford , pp.13-24. Granger, S. 1996 Romance Words in English: from History to Pedagogy. In Svartvik, J. (ed.) Words. Proceedings of an International Symposium. Almqvist and Wiksell International, Stockholm, pp. 105-121. Granger, S. 1997 Automated retrieval of passives from native and learner corpora: precision and recall, Journal of English Linguistics 25(4): 365-374. Granger, S. 1997 On identifying the syntactic and discourse features of participle clauses in academic English: native and non-native writers compared. In Aarts, J., de Mönnink, I. and Wekker, H. (eds) Studies in English Language and Teaching. Rodopi: Amsterdam & Atlanta, pp. 185-198. Granger, S. 1997 The computer learner corpus: a testbed for electronic EFL tools. In Nerbonne, J. (ed.) Linguistic Databases. CSLI Publications, Stanford, pp. 175-188. Granger, S. 1998 The computerized learner corpus: a versatile new source of data for SLA research. In Granger, S. (ed.) Learner English on Computer. Addison Wesley Longman, London and New York, pp. 3-18. Granger, S. forthcoming Prefabricated patterns in advanced EFL writing: collocations and formulae. In Cowie, A. (ed.) Phraseology: theory, analysis and applications. Oxford University Press, Oxford. Granger, S. unknown International corpus of learner English. In: J. Aarts, P. de Haan and N. Oostdijk (Eds.) English Language Corpora: design, analysis and exploration. Amsterdam: Rodopi. Granger, S and G Montfort 1993 La description de la competence lexicale en langue etrangere: perspectives methodologique. Acquisition et Interaction en Langue EtrangSre, 3( -94), 55-76. Granger, S. and Meunier, F. 1994 Towards a grammar checker for learners of English. In Fries, U. and Tottie, G. (eds) Creating and using English language corpora. Rodopi, Amsterdam and Atlanta, pp. 79-91. Granger, S. and Rayson, P. 1998 Automatic Lexical Profiling of Learner Texts. In Granger, S. (ed.) Learner English on Computer. Addison Wesley Longman, London and New York, pp.119-131. Granger, S. and Swallow, H. 1988 False Friends: a Kaleidoscope of Translation Difficulties, Le Langage et l'Homme 23(2): 108-120. Granger, S. and Tribble, C. 1998 Learner corpus data in the foreign language classroom: form-focused instruction and data-driven learning. In Granger, S. (ed.) Learner English on Computer. Addison Wesley Longman, London and New York, pp. 199-209. Granger, S. and Tyson, S. 1996 Connector usage in the English essay writing of native and non-native EFL speakers of English, World Englishes 15: 19-29. Granger, S., Meunier, F. and Tyson, S. 1994 New insights into the learner lexicon: a preliminary report from the International Corpus of Learner English. In Flowerdew, L. and Tong, K.K. (eds) Entering Text. The Hong Kong University of Science and Technology, Hong Kong, pp.102-113. Granger, Sylviane 1998 Learner English on Computer Addison Wesley Longman, London and New York Grant, Joan unknown Far Memory: The Autobiography of Joan Grant Grant R. 1981 Word blindness: fact or fiction Links; Vol.6, no.3 : Summer 81 18-20 ISSN: 01411284 Grauberg, W. 1971. ' An Error Analysis in German of First-Year University Students In Perren, G. and Trim, J. (eds.) 1971: Applications of Linguistics.Cambridge: Cambridge University Press. Graves, M. F. 1985 A Word is a Word. Scholastic, New York. Graves, M. F. 1986 Vocabulary learning and instruction In E. Z. Rothkopf & L. C. Ehri (Eds.), Review of research in education (Vol. 13, pp. 49-89. Washington, DC: American Educational Research Association. Graves, M. F. 1987 The roles of instruction in fostering vocabulary development. In McKeown, M. G. and M. E. Curtis. (Eds.). The Nature of Vocabulary Acquisition. Lawrence Erlbaum Associates. Hillsdale: New Jersey. 165-184. Graves, M. F. 1989 A quantitative and qualitative study of elementary school children's vocabularies. Journal of Educational Research. 82, 4, 203-209. Graves, M.F. and Prenn, M.C. 1986. Costs and benefits of various methods of teaching vocabulary. Journal of Reading. 29. 596-602. Graves, M.F., Boettcher, J.A., Peacock, J.L., and Ryder, R.J. . 1980. Word frequency as a predictor of students' reading vocabularies. Journal of Reading Behavior 12, 2. Graves, M. F.; Duin, Ann H. 1985 Building Students' Expressive Vocabularies. Educational Perspectives; v23 n1 p4 to 10 Spr 1985 Graves, M. F., Ryder, R. J. and Slater, W. H. 1983 Family frequency as a predictor of word knowledge. In J. A. Niles & L. A. Harris (Eds.) Searches for meaning in reading / language processing and instruction 32nd yearbook of the National Reading Conference, Rochester, NY, Graves, M. F., Ryder, R. J., Slater, W. H. and Calfee, R. C. 1987 The relationship between word frequency and reading vocabulary using six metrics of frequency. Journal of Educational Research. 81, 81-90. Graves-Cummings Martha and Honeb-genzel, R (?) unknown Writing your way Heinle Heinle Gray, Lee Learner 1970 Better and Faster Reading New York: Cambridge, New York Times Media Green, D. 1986 Control, activation and resource: a framework for the control of speech in bilinguals. Brain and Language. 27: 210-223. Green, D. 1994 Towards a model of L2 comprehension and production. In: R. Schreuder and B. Weltens (Eds.) The Bilingual Lexicon. Amsterdam: Benjamins. Green D and P Meara 1987 The effects of script on visual search. Second Language Research 3,2,101-117. Green, D. and P. Meara. 1995 Guest Editorial. CALL. 8,2-3, 97-101. Green D M and J A Swets 1966 Signal detection theory and psychophysics New York J Wiley Green, David and others 1996 Cognitive science: an Introduction Oxford: Blackwell Green, G. M. 1989 Pragmatics and natural language understanding. Hillsdale, NJ: Erlbaum. Green, Georgia M. 1984 Some remarks on how words mean. Technical Report No. 307, Center for the Study of Reading, Bolt Beranek and Newman Inc. January. Green, J. M. and Oxford, R. 1995 A closer look at learning strategies, L2 proficiency and gender. TESOL Quarterly, 29(2), 261-297. Green, P. and Hecht, K. 1992 Implicit and explicit Grammar: an empirical study. Applied Linguistics. 13 2. Greenbaum, S. 1970 Verb-Intensifier Collocations in English: an experimental approach. The Hague: Mouton. Greenbaum, S. 1974 Some verb-intensifier collocations in American and British English. American Speech, 49, 79-89. Greenbaum, S. 1984 Corpus analysis and elicitation tests. In J. Aarts & W. Meijs (Eds.), Corpus linguistics: Recent developments in the use of computer corpora in English language research (pp. 193-201), vol.45, Costerus N.S. Amsterdam: Rodopi. Greenbaum, Sidney 1996 Comparing English worldwide: The international corpus of English Oxford: Clarendon Press Greenberg, Jacob and geraldine Spaulding 1933-40 Cooperative French Test New York: Cooperative Test Service Greene, Edward 1937- The Michigan Vocabulary profile World Book Co. Greene, Edward 1938 Michigan Vocabulary profile: A sampling of vocabularies of superior adults Journal of Higher education 9: 383-9 Greene, Edward 1951 The Michigan Vocabulary profile test, after ten years Educational and psychological measurement 11: 208-211 Greene, Judith unknown Memory, Thinking and Language Greene, Robert L 1986 Effects of intentionality and strategy on memory for frequency. Journal of Experimental Psychology Learning, Memory, and Cognition; 1986 Oct Vol 12(4) 489 to 495 Greene, Robert L. 1986 Word stems as cues in recall and completion tasks. Special Issue: Human memory. Quarterly Journal of Experimental Psychology Human Experimental Psychology; 1986 Nov Vol 38(4 A) 663 to 673 Greene, Robert L. (Ed.) unknown Human Memory: Paradigms and Paradoxes GREENFELD,-NORMAN; PRINDLE,-ANTHONY 1966 ACQUISITION OF A FOREIGN LANGUAGE VOCABULARY AS INFLUENCED BY MEANING (M) AND REINFORCEMENT. Psychological-Reports. 1966; 19(2): 585-586 Greenfield, Daryl B.; Scott, Marcia S. 1985 Individual differences in preschool children's knowledge of superordinate categories. Journal of Applied Developmental Psychology; 1985 Oct Dec Vol 6(4) 321 to 334 Greenfield Patricia M. 1978 How much is one word J. Child Lang.; Vol.5, no.2: Jun 78 p.347-352 ISSN: 03050009 Greenfield Patricia M. 1980 Going beyond information theory to explain early word choice : a reply to Roy Pea J. Child Lang.; Vol.7, no.1: Feb 80 .217-221 ISSN: 03050009 Greenfield Susan 1997 The human brain: A guided Tour London: orion Greenfield Susan (ed) 1997 The human mind explained New York: Holt Greenwald, A.G. & Banaji, M.R. 1989 The self as a memory system: Powerful but ordinary. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology 57: 41 - 54. Greenwald, Anthony, Sean Draine ans Richard Abrams 1996 Three cognitive markers of unconscious semantic activation Science 273 1699-1702 Greenwood, Jean 1988 Class readers Oxford: Oxford University press Grefenstette, G. 1994 Explorations in automatic thesaurus discovery Boston : Kluwer Academic Publishers. Gregg, K. 1984 Krashen¹s Monitor And Occam¹s Razor. Applied Linguistics, 5: 79 - 100. Gregg, K. R. 1995 Review of Cook. 1993. Second Language Research 11.1: 90 94. Gregg, Noel; Hoy, Cheri 1989 Coherence: The Comprehension and Production Abilities of College Writers Who Are Normally Achieving, Learning Disabled, and Underprepared. Journal of Learning Disabilities; v22 n6 p370 72,390 Jun Jul 1989 Gregg, Noel; Hoy, Cheri; McAlexander, Patricia; Hayes, Christopher 1991 Written sentence production error patterns of college writers with learning disabilities. Reading and Writing; 1991 Jun Vol 3(2) 169 to 185 Gregg., V. H. 1970-71 Word frequency effects in human memory. Ph.D., London, Birkbeck College - 21-1189 Gregg, V.H., Montgomery, D.C., and Castano, D. 1980 Recall of common and uncommon words from pure and mixed lists. Journal of Verbal Learning and Verbal Behavior 19: 240-245. Gregg, Vernon 1978 Recognition and recall Milton Keynes : Open University Press ISBN 033507281x Gregg, Vernon H.; Freedman, Carmen M.; Smith, Deana K. 1989 Word frequency, articulatory suppression and memory span. British Journal of Psychology; 1989 Aug Vol 80(3) 363 to 374 Gregory, Andrew H.; Gregory H. Margaret 1994 A comparison of the Neale and the BAS reading tests Educational Psychology in Practice; Vol.10,no.1: Apr 94 15-18 Gregory, C. A. 1923. The reading vocabularies of third-grade children. Journal of Educational Research. 7, 2, 127-131. Greidanus, T, P. de Beyl and J. Schouwerwou. 1986 Het opmaken van de betekenis van onbekende woorden uit de context. [Guessing the meaning of unknown words in context.]. Levende Talen. 416, 638-644. Greiffenstein, Manfred; McGillicuddy, John; Brown, Gregory G.; Simkins Bullock, Jennifer; et al 1995 Modeling the immediate free recall impairment of patients with surgical repair of anterior communicating artery aneurysm. Neuropsychology; 1995 Jan Vol 9(1) 27 to 38 Grellet, Francoise 1981 Developing reading skills Cambridge: Cambridge University Press. Grendel, M 1993 Verlies en herstel van lexikale kennis. Doctoral Dissertation, Katholieke Universiteit Nijmegen. . Griffee, Dale and David Nunan (Eds) 1997 Classroom teachers and classroom research The Japan Association for language teaching Griffen, T. D., 1975 A New Welsh consonant shift, Description and Implications. Ph.D. dissertation, Gainsville Florida. Griffin, G.F. 1992. Aspects of the psychology of second language vocabulary list learning. Ph.D., Warwick - 44-3380 Griffin, Gerry; Harley, Trevor A. 1996 List Learning of Second Language Vocabulary. Applied Psycholinguistics; v17 n4 p443 60 Dec 1996 Griffith, D. unknown The keyword method of vocabulary acquisition: an experimental evaluation. ERIC Doc. ED 195.164 Grimm, H. J. 1973 Zur semantischen Differenzierung bedeutungsnaher deutscher Substantive. [Semantic differentiation of German substantives which are close in meaning.] Deutsch als Fremdsprache, 10, 5, 292-301. Grinstead, W. J. 1915. An experiment in the learning of foreign words. Journal of Educational Psychology. 6, 242-245. Grinstead, W. J. 1924. On the sources of the English vocabulary. Teachers College Record. 26, 32-46. Griswold, Peter C.; And Others 1987 Does a Production Deficiency Hypothesis Account for Vocabulary Learning among Adolescents with Learning Disabilities? Journal of Learning Disabilities; v20 n10 p620 to 26 Dec 1987 Gritten, Frances and Donald Johnson 1941 Individual differences in judging multiple choice questions Journal of Educational psychology: Vol 32: 423-430 Groeger, John A. 1997 Memory and remembering: Everyday memory in context Harlow: Addison Wesley Groff, Patrick 1977 A Test of the Utility of High Frequency Words Reading Horizons; 18; 1; 57 to 61 Groff, Patrick 1981 Direct Instruction versus Incidental Learning of Reading Vocabulary. Reading Horizons; v21 n4 p262 to 65 Sum 1981 Groff Patrick 1982 Sight words: the major myth of reading Reading; Vol.16, no.3 : Dec 82 129-134 ISSN: 00340472 Groff, Patrick 1987 Preventing Reading Failure: An Examination of the Myths of Reading Instruction Portland, Oreg.: National Book Co. Grogory, R. and Colman, Andrew (Eds.) 1995 Sensation and perception Longman Essential psychology Gronholm, M 1992 Lexikal strategier hos svensksprakiga elever vid inlarning av finska. In: M Axelsson and A Viberk (eds) Forsta forskarsymposiet om Nordens sprak som andrasprak. Stockholm: . Gronholm, M 1996 Worstschatzverfeinerung eines Zweitsprachenlerners in Lichte von hapax legomenon Vokablen. In: K Sajavaara and C Fairweather (eds) Approaches to Second Language Acquisition.Jyvaskyla. . Groninger, L.D. 1971 Mnemonic imagery and forgetting. Psychonomic Science 23, 2: 161-163. Gronlund, Scott and Laurie Elam 1994 List-length effect: recognition accuracy and variance of underlying distributions Journal of Experimental Psychology Learning, Memory, and Cognition; 20, 3, 1355-1369 Groot, P. M. J. 1989 Woordverwerving in een vreemde taal. [Learning words in a foreign language]. Toegepaste Taalwetenschap in Artikelen. 34, 26-32. Groot, P. M. J. and J. G. Hoekstra 1981 Tests of English vocabulary command for EFL students at University level. Toegepaste Taalwetenschap in Artikelen, 11, 98-136. Grosjean, F. 1988 Exploring the recognition of guest words in bilingual speech. Language and Cognitive Processes. 3, 233-274. Grosjean, F 1989 Neurolinguists beware! The bilingual lexicon is not two monolinguals in one person Brain and Language, 36, 3-15 Grosjean, F 1995 A psycholinguistic approach to code-switching: the recognition of guest words by bilinguals. In: L Milroy and P Muysken (eds). One speaker, two languages: cross disciplinary perspectives on code switching. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press. 1995. Grosjean, F and J Miller 1994 Going in and out of languages: an example of bilingual flexibility. Psychological Science, 5, 4201-206. Grosjean, Francois 1981 Sign and Word Recognition: A First Comparison. Sign Language Studies; n32 p195 to 220 Fall 1981 Grosjean, Francois 1995. Processing mixed language: issues, findings and models In: A de Groot and J Kroll (eds) Tutorials in Bilingualism Hillsdale, NJ.: Lawrence Erlbaum. Grotelueschen, Arden; McQuarrie, Duncan Unknown Date Cross Validation of the Quick Word Test as an Estimator of Adult Mental Ability Adult Education; 21; 1; 14 to 19 Grucza, B. & Jaruzelska, H. 1978 Typowe bledy popelnanie przez kandydatow jezyku niemieckim: bledy gramatyczne i leksykalne. In F. Grucza (Ed.), Z Problematyki Bledow Obcojezycznych, (pp. 124-143). Warsaw: WSP (cited in Biscup 1992). Gruneberg, M and K Pascoe 1996 The effectiveness of the key word method for receptive and productive foreign vocabulary learning in the elderly. Journal of Contemporary Educational Psychology 21 102-109 Gruneberg, M. and R. Sykes. 1991 Individual differences and attitudes to the keyword method of foreign language learning. Language Learning Journal. 4, 60-62. Gruneberg, M. J. Monks and R. Sykes 1977 Some methodological problems of feeeling of knowing studies Acta Psychologica 41, 365-371 Gruneberg, M.M. 1992 The practical application of memory aids. In M. Gruneberg and P. Morris (eds.) Aspects of Memory Vol 1 2nd edition. Routledge, London: 168-195. Gruneberg, M. M. (Ed); Morris, Peter E. (Ed); Sykes, R. N. (Ed) 1988 Practical aspects of memory: Current research and issues, Vol. 1: Memory in everyday life. John Wiley & Sons; New York, NY, US; xii, 568 pp. Gruneberg, M.M.; Morris, Peter unknown Aspects of Memory; v.1: Practical Aspects Gruneberg, M.M.; Morris, Peter unknown Aspects of Memory; v.2: The Theoretical Aspects of Memory Gruneberg, M.M.; Morris, Peter (Ed.) unknown Applied Problems in Memory Gruneberg, M, R Sykes and E Gillett, 1994 1994 The facilitating effects of mnemonic strategies in two learning tasks in disabled adults. Neuropsychological Rehabilitation, 4241-254. Gruneberg Michael M. 1982 The Gruneberg Keyword System: educational implications and limitations J. Assoc. Teach. Ital.; No.36 : Summer 82 25-27 ISSN: 02627833 Gruneberg, Michael M.; Sykes, Robert N. 1978 Knowledge and Retention: The Feeling of Knowing and Reminiscence In Gruneberg Michael M.; Morris Peter E.; Sykes Robert N. Practical Aspects of Memory. London : Academic, 1978. 786 pp. 189-96 Grunewald, S 1995 Die mentale Verarbeitung franz²sischer Propositionen durch deutche Lerner. Theorie des Lexikons 72 1-78. Dusseldorf: Heinrich Heine Grunwell, P. (Ed.) 1988 Applied Linguistics in Society, CILT, London., Gu Yongqi 1994 Vocabulary learning strategies of good and poor Chinese EFL learners. In: N Bird, P Falvey, A Tsui, D Allison and A McNeill (eds.) Language Learning. Hong Kong: Government Printers. 1994. ERIC ED 370411. Gu, Yongqi; Johnson, Robert Keith 1996 Vocabulary Learning Strategies and Language Learning Outcomes. Language Learning; v46 n4 p643 79 Dec 1996 Gueho, R. 1974 Fautes de vocabulaire: l'ironie involontaire. [Vocabulary errors: involuntary irony.] Die Neueren Sprachen, 73, 1, 68-76. Guess, Doug 1969 A Functional Analysis of Receptive Language and Productive Speech: Acquisition of the Plural Morpheme. Journal of applied behaviour analysis 2, 55-64 Guess, Doug and D. Baer 1974 An Analysis of Individual Differences in Generalization Between Receptive and Productive Language in Retarded Children. Journal of applied behaviour analysis 6, 311-329 Gui Shi-Chun 1982 A survey of the size of vocabulary knowledge of Chinese students. [Chinese text]. Language Learning and Communication, 1, 2, 163-178. Guisset, M. 1992 Activites orales et motivation dans l'etude du vocabulaire d'une langue etrangere. Contact. 11, 2, 11-14. Gulick, Sidney 1954- Gulick Vocabulary survey Chandler publishing Gulick, Sidney and Darrell Holmes 1958 A vocabulary test for the English teacher College English 19: 214-7 Gumpertz, J. J. 1982 Discourse Strategies. Cambridge: Cambridge University press. Günther, K. 1971 Die Sicherung lexikalischer Kenntnisse alls wichtige Voraussetzung für die rationelle Entwicklung sprachlicher Fertigkeiten und Fähigkeiten. [The consolidation of lexical knowledge as an important prerequisite for rational development of linguistic skills and abilities.] Fremsprachenunterricht, XV, 10, 425-438. Gupta, R. and Saravanan, V. 1995. Old beliefs impede student teacher learning of reading instruction. Journal of Education for Teaching. 21:3, 347-360. Gustafson, David J. 1974 Sight Vocabularies. Paper presented at the Annual Meeting of the International Reading Association (19th, New Orleans, Louisiana, May 1 to 4, 1974) Gustafsson, Jan Eric; Holmberg, Lena M. 1992 Psychometric Properties of Vocabulary Test Items as a Function of Word Characteristics. Scandinavian Journal of Educational Research; v36 n3 p191 to 210 1992 Guszak, Frank J. 1969 A Comparative Study of the Validity of the Cloze Test and Metropolitan Achievement Test (Reading Comprehension Subtest) for Making Judgments of Instructional Levels. Unknown Reference Guthrie, J. T. (Ed.). 1981 Comprehension and Teaching: Research Reviews. International reading Association: Newark. Guthrie, John T. 1984 Research Views: Lexical Learning. Reading Teacher; v37 n7 p660 to 62 Mar 1984 Gutierrez-Marsh, and R. Hipple Maki 1976 Efficiency of arithmetic operations in bilinguals as a function of language. Memory and Cognition, 4, 4, 459-464. Guttentag, Robert E. 1979 Picture Naming Interference with Good and Poor Readers. Perceptual and Motor Skills; v49 n1 p67 to 70 Aug 1979 Guzy, J.J. 1990, K4j. Automatic speech recognition: a refutation approach Ph.D., CNAA, Leicester Polytechnic - 40-4518 Gvishiani, V 1994 Towards the integration of different types of knowledge in vocabulary teaching. IATEFL Research SIG News, 4 , 6-8. Gyatso, Janet (Ed.) unknown In the Mirror of Memory : Reflections on Mindfulness and Remembrance in Haarmann, Henk J.; Kolk, Herman H. J. 1994 On line sensitivity to subject verb agreement violations in Broca's aphasics: The role of syntactic complexity and time. Brain and Language; 1994 May Vol 46(4) 493 to 516 Haastrup, K. 1985 Lexical inferencing: a study of procedures in reception. Scandinavian Working Papers in Bilingualism. 5: . 63-86. Haastrup, K. 1989 Developing learners' procedural knowledge in reception. In: L. Selinker, R.Phillipson and M. Swain (Eds.), Research in Foreign Language Pedagogy. Clevedon: Multilingual Matters. Haastrup, K. 1989 Lexical inferencing procedures. Handelshojskolen i Kobenhavn. 1, 2. Haastrup, K. 1989 The learner as word processor. AILA Review. 6, 34-46. Haastrup, K. 1992 Approaching learning theory from a different angle: a comprehension perspective on the integrated theory of instructed learning. Die Neueren Sprachen,. 91,2,148-165. Haastrup, K. 1994 On word procesing and vocabulary learning. In: Boerner, W. and K. Vogel (Eds.) Kognitieve Linguistik und Fremdsprachenerwerb: das mentale Lexikon. Tuebingen: Guenther Narr. Haastrup, K. 1996 Selecting tasks for probing lexical proficiency Paper presented at the AILA Congress, Jyvaskyla, Finland. August 1996. Haastrup, K. unknown Lexical inferencing procedures or talking about words. Tuebingen: Guenther Narr. Haastrup, K and A Viberg (eds) 1998 Perspectives on lexical acquisition in a second language. Travaux de l'Institut de Linguistique de Lund. 38. Lund. 1998. Haastrup, Kirsten. 1987 Using thinking aloud and retrospection to uncover learners' lexical inferencing procedures. In C. Faerch and G. Kasper Introspection in Second Language Research Multilingual Matters, Clevedon. 197-212. Haastrup, Kirsten and Birgit Henriksen 1998 Vocabulary acquisition: from partial to precise understanding In Haastrup, Kirsten and Ake Viberg Perspectives on lexical acquistion in second languages: Lund University. p. 97 - 126 Haberlandt, K. 1994 Cognitive Psychology Needham Heights, Mass : Allyn & Bacon. Hadar, Uri 1989 Two types of gesture and their role in speech production. Third International Conference on Social Psychology and Language (1987, Bristol, England). Journal of Language and Social Psychology; 1989 Vol 8(3 to 4) 221 to 228 Hadaway, Nancy L; Florez, Viola 1988 Five Strategies for Teaching Vocabulary as a Process. Reading Horizons; v28 n3 p165 to 71 Spr 1988 Hadlich, R. 1965 Lexical contrastive analysis. Modern Language Journal, 49, 426-429. Haeusser, C. 1981 Les difficultés lexicales dans l'apprentissage de l'anglais par les francophones. [Lexical difficulties for French speaking learners of English.] These de 3ème cycle. Aix-en-Provence. Hafiz, F. M. and I. Tudor 1989 Extensive reading and the development of language skills. English Language Teaching Journal 43(1): 4-11 Hafner, Lawrence, E. 1965 A one-month experiment in teaching context aids in fifth grade. Journal of Educational Research. 58, 10, 472-474. Hafner, Lawrence E. 1967 Using context to determine meanings in high school and college. Journal of Reading. 10, 7, 491-498. Hagen, E. and Thorndike, R. L. 1942 Normative test data for adult males obtained by house-to-house testing Journal of educational psychology 46, 207-216 Hagen, Lewis Kirk 1991 The Representation of Clitics in the Lexicons of English Speaking Learners of French Dissertation Abstracts International, Ann Arbor, MI (DAI). 1991 June, 51:12, 4044A DAI No.: DA9114254. Degree granting institution: U of Illinois, Urbana Haggan, Madeline 1991 Spelling Errors in Native Arabic Speaking English Majors: A Comparison Between Remedial Students and Fourth Year Students. System; v19 n1 2 p45 61 1991 Haggard, Martha Rapp 1982 The Vocabulary Self Collection Strategy: An Active Approach to Word Learning. Journal of Reading; 26 n3 p203 07 Dec 1982 Hagtvet, B. 1980 On the relation between language comprehension and language production in a social psychological perspective. Revue de phonetique Applique. 55-56: 289-301 Hague, Sally A. 1987 Vocabulary instruction: what L2 can learn from Ll?. Foreign Language Annals. 20, 3, 217-225. Hague, Sally A. Jul 1984 An Assessment of the Reading Achievement of Secondary Students and Its Relationship to the Readability Levels of Student Generated Writing in English and in Spanish. ERIC Number: ED263533 Hahn, Sidney Mayfield 1972 The Effect of Music in the Learning and Retention of Lexical Items in German. Unknown Reference Haider, N.G. 1989 A digital neural network approach to speech recognition Ph.D., Brunel - 39-4966 Hainline, Douglas, ed 1987 New Developments in Computer-Assisted Language Learning London and Sydney: Croom Helm Hains, Sylvia Margaret Joyce 1986 Individual Differences in Word Recognition: The Interaction of Knowledge and Process Dissertation Abstracts International, Ann Arbor, MI (DAI). 1986 May, 46:11, 4043B Haist, Frank, Arthur Shimamura and Larry Squire 1992 On the relationship between recall and recognition memory Journal of Experimental Psychology Learning, Memory, and Cognition; 18, 4, 691-702 Haith, Marshall M.; Morrison, Frederick J. 1976 Recognition versus Recall of Briefly Presented Visual Information: A Developmental Study Journal of Experimental Child Psychology; 21; 2; 191 200 Hakuta, K. 1974 Prefabricated patterns and the emergence of structure in second language acquisition. Language Learning, 24, 287-298. Hakuta, Ken 1986 The Mirror of Language: The Debate on Bilingualism New York: Basic Books Halbauer, S. 1976 Ermittlung von Wortstämmen in Russischen wissenschaftlichen Fachsprachen mit Hilfe des Computers. [Establishing word stems in scientific Russian with the aid of a computer.] Russisch, 10, 1, 1-4. Halbwachs, Maurice unknown On Collective Memory Hale, Edward E. 1897 Dr. Hale on the necessary 600 words Critic 31: 291 Hale, G.A., C.W. Stansfield, D.A. Rock, M.M. Hicks, F.A. Butler and J.W. Oller, Jr. 1988 Multiple-Choice Cloze Items and the Test of English as a Foreign Language. TOEFL Research Reports, No. 26. Princeton, NJ: Educational Testing Service. Halff, Henry M. et al. 1976 A context-sensitive representation of word meanings. Memory and Cognition. 4, 4, 378-383. Hall, A. A. 1958 The use of dictionaries in language teaching. In Readings in Applied Linguistics, H. B. Allen (Ed.). Appleton-Century Crofts, New York. Hall, Chris 1990 Managing the Complexity of Revising across Languages. TESOL Quarterly; v24 n1 p43 60 Spr 1990 Hall, Chris 1995 Comments on Joy Reid¹s ³Responding to ESL Students¹ Texts: The Myths of Appropriation.² There Are Myths and Then There Are Myths. TESOL Quarterly; v29 n1 p159 66 Spr 1995 Hall, Christopher 1987 Language Structure and Explanation: A Case from Morphology Dissertation Abstracts International, Ann Arbor, MI (DAI). 1987 Oct., 48:4, 914A 915A Hall, Christopher 1993 The Direct Testing of Oral Skills in University Foreign Language Teaching. IRAL; v31 n1 p23 38 Feb 1993 Hall, Christopher J. 1992 Making the Right Connections: Vocabulary Learning and the Mental Lexicon. Unknown Reference Hall, D. R. and Thomas, H. R. 1989 Seven series of graded readers. English Language Teaching Journal. 43, 3, 221-231. Hall, David A. 1985 Variations on Kim's game. Modern English Teacher. 12, 4, 14-17. Hall, Diane; Foley, Mark) unknown Say the Word Hall, E. 1959 The silent language New York: Anchor Hall, E.T. 1966. The hidden dimension: an anthropologist examines man's use of space in public and private. Garden City, NY: Anchor. Hall, Geoffrey 1994 Semantic constraints on word learning: proper names and adjectives. Child development 65, 5, 1299-1317. Hall, J. W. 1979 Keyword method effects on university students learning of foreign language vocabulary. Paper presented to the annual meeting of the American Educational Research Association, San Francisco. Hall, J. W. 1991 More on the utility of the keyword method. Journal of Educational Psychology. 83, 171-172. Hall, J. W., K. P. Wilson and R. J. Patterson 1981 Mnemotechnics: Some limitations of the mnemonic keyword method for the study of foreign language vocabulary Journal of Educational Psychology 73, 3, 345-357. Hall, James W. 1988 On the utility of the keyword mnemonic for vocabulary learning. Journal of Educational Psychology; 1988 Dec Vol 80(4) 554 to 562 Hall, James W.; And Others 1981 Mnemotechnics: Some Limitations of the Mnemonic Keyword Method for the Study of Foreign Language Vocabulary. Journal of Educational Psychology; v73 n3 p345 to 57 Jun 1981 Hall, James W.; Kozloff, Edward E. 1973 False Recognitions of Associates of Converging versus Repeated Words American Journal of Psychology; 86; 1; 133 to 39 Hall, James W.; Owens, William L.; Wilson, Kim P. 1987 Presentation rates and keywords in vocabulary learning. Bulletin of the Psychonomic Society; 1987 May Vol 25(3) 179 to 181 Hall Joan 1982 Vocabulary and translation skills J. Assoc. Teach. Ital.; No.37 : Autumn 82 32-42 ISSN: 02627833 Hall, John F. 1983 Recall Versus Recognition: A Methodological Note. Journal of Experimental Psychology: Learning, Memory, and Cognition; v9 n2 p346 49 Apr 1983 Hall, John F. unknown Invitation to Learning and Memory; Instructor's Manual Hall K. and Oldfield R. C. 1950 An experimental study on the fitness of signs to words Quarterly Journal of Experimental Psychology 2: 60-170welcome datacompwelcome datacomp Hall, S 1991 Using split information tasks to learn mathematics vocabulary. Guidelines, 14, 72-77. Hall, S.J. 1991. The effect of split information tasks on the acquisition of mathematics vocabulary. Unpublished M.A. thesis, Victoria University of Wellington, New Zealand. Hall, W. S., Nagy, W. E. and Linn, R. 1984 Spoken words: effects of situation and social group on oral word usage and frequency. Lawrence Erlbaum Associates, Hillsdale, New Jersey. Hall, William S.; Nagy, William E. 1979 Theoretical Issues in the Investigation of Words of Internal Report. Technical Report No. 146. Unknown Reference Hall, Winfield S. 1896 The first five hundred days of a child's life. Child Study Monthly. 2, 586-608. Halle,M., J. Bresnan and G. A. Miller (eds.). unknown ŒLinguistic Theory and Psychological Reality¹, MIT Press, Massachusetts , 264-293. Halle, P. A.; de Boysson Bardies, B. 1992 Word Recognition before Production of First Words? ERIC_NO- ED356509 Halle, Pierre A.; de Boysson Bardies, Benedicte 1994 Emergence of an early receptive lexicon: Infants' recognition of words. Infant Behavior and Development; 1994 Apr Jun Vol 17(2) 119-9 Halliday. M. A. K. 1966 Lexis as a linguistic level In Bazzell, C. E et al In memory of J. R. Firth. London, Longmans. Halliday, M.A.K. 1985 An Introduction to Functional Grammar. London: Edward Arnold. Halliday, M.A.K., A. McIntosh, and P. Strevens 1964 The Linguistic Science and Language Teaching. London: Longman. Halliday, M. A. K. and Hasan, R. 1967 Cohesion In English. Longman, London. Halliday, M.A.K., and Robins, R.H. (eds.) unknown In memory of J.R. Firth. London: Longman Halliday, M.A.K. & Hasan, R. 1976 Cohesion in English. London: Longman. Halliday, M.A.K., McIntosh, A. & Strevens, P. 1964 The linguistic sciences and language teaching. London: Longman. Halperin, Marcia S. 1974 Developmental Changes in the Recall and Recognition of Categorized Word Lists Child Development; 45; 1; 144 to 151 Hamayan, E. V. and G. R. Tucker 1979 Strategies of avoidance used by native and non-native speakers of French. Working Papers in Bilingualism, 17, 84-96. Hambleton, RK, H Swaminathan and HJ Rogers 1991. Fundamentals of Item Response Theory. Newbury Park: Sage. Hamers, J, and W. Lambert 1972 Bilingual interdependencies in auditory perception Journal of Verbal Learning and Verbal Behaviour, 11, 303-310. Hamers, J, and W. Lambert 1977 Visual fields and cerebral hemisphere preferences in bilinguals. In: S. J. Segalowitz and F. A. Gruber (Eds.): Language development and neurological theory. Academic Press. Hamilton, Ian Stuart- unknown Dictionary of Cognitive Psychology Hammadou, J. 1991 Interrelationships among prior knowledge, inference and language proficiency in foreign language reading Modern Language Journal 75 (1): 27-38 Hammarstrom, G. 1980 Australian English: Its Origin and Status (Forum Phoneticum 19). Hamburg (Verlag Press) Hammer, P. 1978 The utility of cognates in second language acquisition. Paper presented at the Vth International Congress of Applied Linguistics, Montreal. Hammer, P. and M. Monod 1976 English-French cognates: a re-examination. Edmonton: Alberta Teachers Association, Modern Language Council. Alberta Modern Language Joumal, Hammer, P, and M. Monod 1978 The role of French-English cognates in listening comprehension. Audio-Visual Language Journal, 16 . 29-32. Hammer, P. & G .S. Giauque. 1989 The role of cognates in the teaching of French. New York: Lang. See also: JE Joseph, Modern Language Journal 75 (1991), p252. Hammerly, H. 1974 Primary and secondary associations with visual aids as semantic conveyors. IRAL 12, 118-125. Hammerly, H. 1975 Teaching of second language vocabulary. Proceedings of the Pacific North West Conference,131-138. Hammerly, H. 1979 Conveying meaning in second language teaching. Canadian Modern Languages Review, 35, 567-580. Hammerly, H. 1982. Contrastive phonology and error analysis. IRAL. 20, 1. 17-32. Hammerly, Hector 1979 Conveying Lexical Meaning in Second Language Teaching. Canadian Modern Language Review; v35 n4 p567 80 May 1979 Hammerly, Hector 1994 A Picture is Worth 1,000 Words and a Word is Worth 1,000 Pictures. Mosaic; v1 n4 p14 to 17 Sum 1994 Hamp-Lyons, S. 1983 Developing a course to teach extensive reading skills to university bound ESL learners. System. 11: 303-312. Hanania, Aniseh V. 1986 Effect of Feedback on State Anxiety and Performance While Learning Arabic Vocabulary Through Computer Assisted Instruction. MA Thesis, Brigham Young University, Linguistics Department. Provo, Utah. Hancin-Bhatt, B. and Nagy, W. 1994 Lexical transfer and second language morphological development. Applied Psycholinguistics 15: 289-310. Hancock, Jonathan unknown Boost Your Mindpower : Step-by-step Guide to Improving Your Memory Hancock, Jonathan unknown Mega Memory Handlan, B. 1946 Vocabulary development Elementary English Review 23: 350-357 Handschin, Carl 1919 Handshin Modern Language tests A. Yonkers, N.Y.: World Book Company Handscombe, J., R. A. Orem and B. P. Taylor (Eds.). 1983 On TESOL '83: The Question of Control. TESOL, 163-176. Handyside, John 1960 A general introduction to attitude scaling The Market Research Society Publication number 4 Hanks, P. 1996. Contextual dependency and lexical sets. International Journal of Corpus Linguistics. 1, 1. 75-98. Hanks, Patrick 1987 Definitions and explanations In Sinclair, John (Ed.), Looking Up : Account of the Cobuild Project in Lexical Computing. Collins ELT, London. Hanley Maxwell, Cheryl; And Others 1982 A Comparison of Vocabulary Learning by Moderately Retarded Students under Direct Instruction and Incidental Presentation. Education and Training of the Mentally Retarded; v17 n3 p214 to 21 Oct 1982 Hanna, Paul R.; And Others 1966 Phoneme Grapheme Correspondences as Cues to Spelling Improvement. Unknown Reference Hanna, Paul R., Hodges, Richard E. and Hanna, Jean. 1971 Spelling: Structure And Strategies. Houghton Mifflin Company, Boston. Hanse, G. 1975 Zur Behandlung expressiver lexik im Deutschunterricht für Auslander. [The treatment of expressive vocabulary in German instruction for foreigners.] Deutsch als Fremdsprache, 12, 6, 370-375. Hansen, Cheryl L.; Feinburg, Phil 1982 Which Words Shall They Learn? Paper presented at the Annual Meeting of the Far West Regional Conference of the International Reading Association (8th, Portland, OR, April 1 to 3, 1982). Hansen, Georgene 1986 Cooperative vs. Individual Learning Effects on Vocabulary Retention. Unknown Reference Hansen, Lynne 1981 Learning and Forgetting a Second Language: The Acquisition, Loss and Re Acquisition of Hindi Urdu Negative Structures by English Speaking Children Dissertation Abstracts International, Ann Arbor, MI (DAI). 1981 July, 42:1, 193A Hanson, V. and L. Feldman. 1989 Lexical specificity in lexical organisation: evidence from deaf signers' lexical organization of ASL and English. Memory and Cognition. 17, 292-301. Hanus, Karen Stinson; And Others 1991 Pre Reading Vocabulary Strategies to Help Students Develop Schema. Ohio Reading Teacher; v25 n2 p17 to 23 Win 1991 Hardisty, David, and Scott Windeatt 1989 CALL Oxford: Oxford University Press Hardwick, H. C 1963 Words are Important Vocabulary Improvement Series. Maplewood, N. J.: Hammond and Co. Hardyck, C. 1978 Recognition memory processes and language dominance in bilingualism Journal of Psycholinguistic Research, 7, 1, 25-34. Hargreaves, P. H. 1965 Vocabulary selection and its influence on teaching. London Linguist, 3, 30-1. Hargus, Sharon; Kaisse, Ellen M. (Ed.) unknown Lexical Phonology Hariston, M. 1982 The winds of Change: Thomas Kuhn and the revolution in the Teaching of Writing. College Composition and Communicaion. 33 1 Harjo, Joy unknown Spiral of Memory: Interviews Harlan, C. F. 1926 The technical vocabulary of psychology Journal of Educational psychology. 17: 554-557 Harlech-Jones, B. 1981 Vocabulary proficiency in English of students in the Primary Teachers' Centre course. M.Ed. thesis, Rhodes University, Grahamstown. Harlech-Jones, B. 1983 ESL proficiency and a word frequency count. English Language Teaching Journal 37, 1, 62-70. Harley, B. 1976 Alternative Programs for Teaching French as a Second Language: Introduction Canadian Modern Language Review; 33; 2; 134 136 Harley, B. 1988 Effects of instruction on SLA: Issues and evidence. ANNAULA Review of Applied Linguistics, 9:165-178. Harley, B 1992 Paterns of second language development in French immersion. French Language Studies, 2 , 159-183. Harley, B. 1995 Lexical issues in language learning. Amsterdam: John Benjamins. . Harley, B. 1995. The lexicon in second language research. In Harley (ed.) 1995. 1-28. Harley, B. 1996 Introduction: Vocabulary Learning and Teaching in a Second Language. Canadian Modern Language Review; v53 n1 p3 12 Oct 1996 Harley, B. 1996. Vocabulary learning and teaching in a second language. Canadian Modern Language Journal. 53, 1. 3-12. Harley, B. unknown Transfer in the written compositions of French Immersion Students. In: H. Dechert and M. Raupach (Eds.), Transfer in language Production. New York: Ablex. Harley, B., Allen, P. Cummins, J. & Swain, M. (Eds.). 1990 The Development Of Second Language Proficiency. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press. Harley B (ed) 1995 Research in Second Language Vocabulary Learning. Toronto: University of Toronto Press. Harley, B (ed) 1996 Studies in Vocabulary Learning. Clevedon: Multilingual Matters. Harley, B, ML King and J. Burtis. 1987 Perspectives on lexical proficiency in a second language. In: B. Harley, JPB Allen, J. Cummins and M. Swain (Eds.), The development of bilingual proficiency. Toronto: OISE. Harley, Birgit 1984 Age as a Factor in the Acquisition of French as a Second Language in an Immersion Setting 143 163 IN Andersen Roger W. (ed. & introd.). Second Languages: A Cross Linguistic Perspective. Rowley, MA : Newbury House, 1984. ix, 428 pp. Harley, Birgit 1993 Instructional Strategies and SLA in Early French Immersion. Studies in Second Language Acquisition; v15 n2 p245 59 Jun 1993 Harley, Birgit; And Others 1986 The Effects of Early Bilingual Schooling on First Language Skills. Applied Psycholinguistics; v7 n4 p295 321 Dec 1986 Harley, Birgit; And Others 1987 The Development of Bilingual Proficiency. Final Report. Volume I: The Nature of Language Proficiency, Volume II: Classroom Treatment, Volume III: Social Context and Age. Toronto Modern Language Centre, Ontario Institute for studies in Education. Canada. Harley, Birgit; And Others 1995 Second Language Processing at Different Ages: Do Younger Learners Pay More Attention to Prosodic Cues or to Sentence Structure? Language Learning; v45 n1 p43 71 Mar 1995 Harley, Birgit; And Others 1996 Teaching Vocabulary: An Exploratory Study of Direct Techniques. Canadian Modern Language Review; v53 n1 p281 304 Oct 1996 Harley, Birgit and Wenxia Wang 1995. The critical period Hypothesis: where are we now? In: A de Groot and J Kroll (eds) Tutorials in Bilingualism Hillsdale, NJ.: Lawrence Erlbaum. Harley, Birgit, Jim Cummins, Merril Swain and Patrick Allen 1990 The Nature of language proficiency In Harley, B., Allen, P. Cummins, J. & Swain, M. (Eds.). The Development Of Second Language Proficiency. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press. 7-25 Harley, Birgit; King, Mary Lou 1989 Verb Lexis in the Written Compositions of Young Second Language Learners. Studies in Second Language Acquisition; v11 n4 p415 39 Dec 1989 Harley, Trevor 1996 The psychology of language: from data to theory Earlbaum Harlow, Linda and Rosario Caminero 1990 Oral testing of beginning language students at large universities: is it worth the trouble? Foreign language annals 23,6, 489-501 Harmer, J. and R. Rossner. unknown More than words: vocabulary for upper and intermediate to advanced students. London: Longman. Harper, Candace Ann 1990 A Comparative Study of the Readability and Comprehensibility of a Simplified and the Original Version of an American Short Story with Students of English as a Foreign Language Dissertation Abstracts International, Ann Arbor, MI (DAI). 1990 Oct., 51:4, 1144A Harrell, Minnie etc. unknown Cognitive Rehabilitation of Memory : A Practical Guide Harrington, M. 1992 Working memory capacity as a constraint on L2 development. In: R. Harris (Ed.), Cognitive Processing in Bilinguals. Amsterdam: Elsevier. Harrington, M and S Park 1997 Link based lexical CALL. OnCALL 11,3, 21-35. Harrington, Michael 1994 CompLex: A tool for the development of L2 vocabulary knowledge. Special Issue: Languge learning. Journal of Artificial Intelligence in Education; 1994 Vol 5(4) 481 to 499 Harrington, Mike; Sawyer, Mark 1992 L2 Working Memory Capacity and L2 Reading Skill. Studies in Second Language Acquisition; v14 n1 p25 to 38 Mar 1992 Harris, A. J. and Jacobsen, M. D. 1982 Basic Elementary Reading Vocabularies. Macmillan, New York. Harris, D.P. 1970. Report on an experimental group administered memory span test. TESOL Quarterly. 4, 3. 203-213. Harris, David P. 1969 Testing English As A Second Language. McGraw-Hall, New York. Harris, Frances N.; Flora, June A. 1982 Children's use of Œget¹ passives. Journal of Psycholinguistic Research; 1982 Jul Vol 11(4) 297 311 Harris, Godfrey; Harris, Gregory unknown Talk is Cheap : Promoting Your Business Through Word of Mouth Advertising Harris, J.E.; Morris, Peter (Ed.) unknown Everyday Memory: Actions and Absent-mindedness Harris, Margaret; And Others 1995 Symmetries and Asymmetries in Early Lexical Comprehension and Production. Journal of Child Language; v22 n1 p1 18 Feb 1995 Harris, P. L. 1981 Experimenting with Children's Language: A Commentary British Journal of Psychology, Letchworth, Herts, England (BJP). 1981 May, 72:2, 223 224 Harris R (ed.) 1992. Cognitive Processing in Bilinguals. Amsterdam: Elsevier Harris, R. J., Sardarpoor - Bascom, F., & Meyer, T. 1989 The role of cultural knowledge in distorting recall for stories. Bulletin of the Psychonomic Society. 27: 9 - 10. Harris, Randy. 1993. The linguistics wars. Oxford University Press. Harris, Richard Jackson unknown Cognitive Psychology of Mass Communication Harris, Roy 1996 Signs language and communication London: Routledge. Harris, Roy and Talbot J. Taylor. 1989. Landmarks in linguistic thought: the Western tradition from Socrates to Saussure. London: Routledge Harris, S. 1997. Procedural vocabulary in law case reports. English for Specific Purposes. 16, 4. 289-308. Harrison, A. 1980 A Language Testing Handbook. London: Macmillan. Harrison, T.A. 1970-71. The vocabulary content of speech discrimination. M.Ed., Manchester - 21-1198 Harrison, WF and D Winters Welker 1994 Spanish memory book: a new approach to vocabulary building. Austin: University of Texas Press. Harrsion, C.  1980 Readability in the classroom Cambridge, Cambridge University Press Harste, J. C., and C. L. Burke 1977 A New Hypothesis for Reading Teacher Research: Both Teaching and Learning of Reading are Theoretically Based, In Reading: Theory, Research and Practice, 26th Yearbook of the National Reading Conference, ed. P. D. Person, 32-40.Clemson, S.C.: National Reading Conference Hart, Betty 1996 The Initial Growth of Expressive Vocabulary among Children with Down Syndrome. Journal of Early Intervention; v20 n3 p211 21 Sum 1996 Hart, J. T. 1965 Memory and the feeling of knowing experience Journal of educational psychology 56, 208-216 Hart, J. T. 1967 Memory and the memory monitoring process Journal of verbal learning and verbal behaviour 6, 685-691 Hart, J. T. 1967 second try recall, recognition and the memory monitoring process Journal of educational psychology 58 193-197 Hart, J.T. 1992 Memory and feeling-of-knowing experience In Nelson Thomas O. (ed.). 1992. Metacognition : core readings, Ch 12. Allyn and Bacon Hartman, G. J. 1981 De konstruktie van een vokabulair in tweede-taalverwerving. [The development of a vocabulary in second language learning.] Toegepaste Taalwetenschap in Artikelen, 11, 121-149. Hartman R. R. K. 1983 The bilingual learners' dictionary and its uses. Multilingua 2, 4, 195-201. Hartmann, G. W. 1941 A critique of the common method of estimating vocabulary size, together with some data on the absolute word knowledge of educated adults. Journal of Educational Psychology. 32: 351-358. Hartmann, George W. 1946. Further evidence on the unexpected large size of recognition vocabularies among college students. Journal of Educational Psychology. 37, 436-439. Hartmann, Peter 1989 Psycholingistic models of production: some linguistic remarks In: Dechert, Hans and Manfred Raupach (Eds.) Psycholinguistic Models of Language Production. Ablex Hartmann, R. 1987 The dictionary in vocabulary learning, with particular reference to English learners of German. In: W. Loerscher and R.Schultz (Eds.). Perspectives on Language in Performance. Tuebingen: G. Narr. Hartmann, R. R. K. 1981 Style Values: lingustic approaches and Lexicographical practice. Applied Linguistics. 2 (3). Hartmann, R. R. K. 1982 Reviews of Chambers dictionaries. System. 10, 1, 85-86. Hartmann, R. R. K. 1992 Lexicography, with particular reference to English Learners¹ dictionariesa critical select bibliography. Language Teaching.25, 3.151-159. Hartmann, Reinhard. 1981 Dictionaries, learners, users: some issues in lexicography. Applied Linguistics. 2, 3, 297-303. Hartmann, RRK 1994 Bilingualised versions of learners' dictionaries. Fremdsprachen Lehren und Lernen, 23 206-220. Hartmann, RRK 1995 Pedagogical lexicography - some desiderata. In: R Dirven and J Vanparys (eds) Current approaches to the lexicon.Frankfurt: Peter Lang. Hartwig, R. J. 1974 Teaching French vocabulary. French Review, 47, 4, 720-726. Harvey, K. and Yuill, D. 1997. A study of the use of a monolingual pedagogical dictionary by learners of English engaged in writing. Applied Linguistics. 18, 3. 253-278. 16. Harvey, P. D. 1983 Vocabulary learning: the use of grids. English Language Teaching Journal, 37, 3, 243-246. Harwood, F.W. and Wright, A.M. 1956 Statistical study of English word formation. Language. 32, 260-273. Hasan, Ruquaiya 1996 Ways of saying: ways of meaning London: Cassell Hasher, L. and Chromiak, W. 1977 The processing of frequency information: An automatic mechanism? . Journal of Verbal Learning and Verbal Behavior 16: 173-184. Hasher, Lynn 1973 Position Effects in Free Recall American Journal of Psychology; 86; 2; 389 to 98 Hasher, Lynn; And Others 1973 Learning and Interference Effects in Short Term Memory Journal of Experimental Psychology; 101; 1; 1 to 9 Hasher, Lynn; And Others 1976 Imagery and the Retention of Free Recall Learning Journal of Experimental Psychology: Human Learning and Memory; 2; 2; 172 to 81 Hashimoto, Chie. 1993 The Influence of English Loanwords in Japanese on Japanese Natives' Spelling Accuracy of the English Model Words. MA Thesis, Brigham Young University, Linguistics Department. Provo, Utah. Hashimoto, Eiji 1995 Evaluation Criteria for ESL/EFL Software JALT Journal 17, no. 1 May : Hashtroudi, Shahin; Ferguson, Susan A.; Rappold, Virginia A.; Chrosniak, Linda D. 1988 Data driven and conceptually driven processes in partial word identification and recognition. Journal of Experimental Psychology Learning, Memory, and Cognition; 1988 Oct Vol 14(4) 749 to 757 Haskel, P.I. 1971 Collocations as a measure of stylistic variety. In R.A. Wisbey (Ed.), The computer in literary and linguistic research: Papers from a Cambridge symposium (pp. 159-168). Cambridge: Cambridge University Press. Haslerud, V. &;A-B. Stenstrom. 1995 The Bergen Corpus of London Teenage Corpus (COLT). In G. Leech, G. Meyres &;J. Thomas (eds) Spokan English on computer. London: Longman, 235-242. Haslerud, V. &;A-B Stenstrom. COLT: 1994 . Mark-up and Trends. In Hermes, Journal of Linguistics 13, 55-70. Hassall, P. and Ganesh, S. 1996. Correspondence analysis of English as an international language. The New Zealand Statistician. 31, 1. 24-33. Hasselgren. Angela 1994 Lexical teddy-bears and advanced learners: a study into the ways Norwegian students cope with English vocabulary. International Journal of Applied Linguistics. 4:2, 237-260. Hasselgren. Angela unknown Right words, wrong words and different words. MA Thesis. University of Bergen. Hastings, P. M. 1996 Implications of an automatic lexical acquisition system Lecture Notes In Computer Science, Issue 1040 pp. 261-274 Hatano, Giyoo; Kuhara, Keiko; Akiyama, Michael 1997 Kanji help readers of Japanese infer the meaning of unfamiliar words. Hatch, E. 1983 Simplified Input and Second Language Acquisition. In R. Anderson (Ed.)Pidginization and Creolization as language Acquisition, , 64-86. Rowley Mas. Newbury House Publishers, Inc. Hatch, E. 1996 Relations between Vocabulary Acquisition research and models of second language acquisition Paper presented at the AILA Congress, Jyvaskyla, Finland. August 1996. Hatch, E. and C. Brown 1995 Vocabulary, Semantics and Language Education. Cambridge. Cambridge University Press. Hatch, E. M. 1983 Psycholinguistics: A Second Language Perspective. Newbury House, Massachusetts, Chapter 4. Hatch, Evelyn 1978 Second language acquisitoin a book of readings Rowley, Masa: Newbury House. Hatch, Evelyn and Anne Lazaraton 1991 The Resarch Manual: Design statistics for applied linguistics. New York: newbury House Hatch, Evelyn and Farhady, Hossein. 1982 Research Design And Statistics For Applied Linguistics. Rowley, Massachusetts, Newbury House Pub. Inc. Hatch, Evelyn, Yasuhiro Shirai, and Cheryl Fantuzzi 1990 The Need for an Integrated Theory: Connecting Modules TESOL Quarterly 24, no. 4 : 697-716 Hattingh, S. 1996 Students using dictionaries In P. Nation and D. Tatsuki Temple University Japan research studies in TESOL. Temple University Japan Vol. 7 Hauert, C-.A. (Ed.) unknown Developmental Psychology: Cognitive, Perceptuo-motor and Hausmann, F-J 1993 Was ist eigentlich Wortschatz? In: Boerner, W and K Vogel (eds.) Wortschatz und Fremdsprachenerwerb.Bochum: AKS-Verlag, 2-21. Haussamen, B. 1995 The passive reading fallacy. Journal of Reading. 38(5): 378-381. Havola, S. and S. Takala. 1986 Review of some recent soviet research on vocabulary learning and teaching. Papers in Linguistics. 19 495-510. Hawas, HM. 1990 Vocabulary and reading comprehension: an experimental study. ITL Review of Applied Linguistics. 87-88, 45-63. Hawker, V. and McPherson, K. 1990 Narrow reading - A self-directed approach to vocabulary extension. EA Journal. 8, 1, 43-45. Hawkins, Harold L.; And Others 1976 Flexible Coding in Word Recognition Journal of Experimental Psychology: Human Perception and Performance; 2; 3; 380 to 85 Hawkins, John A. unknown Word Order Universals and Their Explanation Haworth, John; Hudson Jean A. 1983 Dimensions of word recognition Reading; Vol.17, no.2 : Jul 83 87-94 ISSN: 00340472 Hayakawa S.I. 1990 Choosing the right word Harper Hayakawa S.I. 1990 Language in Thought and Action Harcourt Brace Jovanovich Hayashi, T. 1987 Language competence and information processing strategy: a comparison of first and second language word recognition in connected speech. PhD University of Illinois. Hayashi, T. 1991 Interactive processing of words in connected speech in L1 and L2. IRAL. 29, 151-160. Hayes, Donald P. 1988 Speaking and writing: Distinct patterns of word choice. Journal of Memory and Language; 1988 Oct Vol 27(5) 572 to 585 Hayes, Edmund B. 1988 Encoding strategies used by native and non native readers of Chinese Mandarin. Modern Language Journal; 1988 Sum Vol 72(2) 188 to 195 Hayes, Pam; Arnold, Paul 1992 Is hearing impaired children's reading delayed or different? Journal of Research in Reading; 1992 Sep Vol 15(2) 104 to 116 Hayes, Zoe L.; Waller, T. Gary 1994 Gender differences in adult readers: A process perspective. Canadian Journal of Behavioural Science; 1994 Jul Vol 26(3) 421 to 437 Hayes-Roth, B. and Hayes-Roth, F. 1977 The prominence of lexical information in memory representations of meaning. Journal of Verbal Learning and Verbal Behaviour. 16, 1. 19-136. Haynes, Corinne 1992 Vocabulary deficit: One problem or many? Child Language Teaching and Therapy; 1992 Feb Vol 8(1) 1- Haynes, D. 1990. The teacher and learner as vocabulary resource. English Studies (British Council). 5. 29-30. Haynes, J. 1976 Polysemy and association in poetry. English Language Teaching Journal, 31, 1, 56-63. Haynes, M 1993 Patterns and perils of guessing in second language reading. In: T Huckin, M Haynes and J Coady (eds.) Second Language Reading and Vocabulary. Norwood, NJ.: Ablex. also in In J. Handscombe, R. A. Orem and B. P. Taylor (eds) On TESOL '83: The Question of Control TESOL. 163-176. Haynes, M. and Baker, I. 1993 American and Chinese readers learning from lexical familiarization in English text. In: T. Huckin, M. Haynes and J. Coady (Eds.). Second Language Reading and Vocabulary. Norwood, NJ.: Ablex. Haynes M and T Carr. 1990 Writing system background and second language reading: a component skills analysis of English reading by native speaker-readers of Chinese. In Carr T and B Levy (eds) Reading and its development: component skills approaches. New York: Academic Press Inc. Hayward, T, A. Michiels, J. Mullenders and J. Noel 1981 Les faux amis revisited. Toegepaste Taalwetenschap in Artikelen, 11, 137-157. Hazenberg, S. 1993 Tekstdekking: goochelen met ciphers?. Levende Talen. 476, 10-15. Hazenberg, S 1994 Een keur van woorden: de wenselijke en feitelijke woordenschat van anderstalige studenten. Dissertatie, Vrije Universiteit Amsterdam. . Hazenberg, S. and J. Hulstijn. 1992 Woorden op zicht. Levende Talen. 467, 2-7. Hazenberg, Suzanne; Hulstijn, Jan H. 1996 Defining a Minimal Receptive Second Language Vocabulary for Non native University Students: An Empirical Investigation. Applied Linguistics; v17 n2 p145 63 Jun 1996 Head, Martha H.; Readence, John E.; Buss, Ray R. 1989 An examination of summary writing as a measure of reading comprehension. Reading Research and Instruction; 1989 Sum Vol 28(4) 1 to 11 Healey, A. 1968 English Idioms' KIVUNG 1, 2. 71--108 Healey, Alice F.; Bourne, Lyle E. (Ed.) unknown Learning and Memory of Knowledge and Skills : Durability and Specificity Healy, A.F. and Bourne, L.E. (eds.). 1998. Foreign Language Learning: Psycholinguistic Studies on Training and Retention. Lawrence Erlbaum, Mahwah, N.J. Healy, Jane 1994 Who's Teaching the Children to Talk? NAMTA Journal; v19 n1 p89 to 103 Win 1994 Healy, M. R 1986 Matrices for statistics Oxford science publications Hearst, Marti A.; Schutze, Hinrich 1996 Customizing a Lexicon to Better Suit a Computational Task; 77 96 IN Boguraev Branimir (ed.); Pustejovsky James (ed.). Corpus Processing for Lexical Acquisition. Cambridge, MA : MIT Press, 1996. xi, 245 pp. Heath, Shirley Brice. 1983 Ways with words: language, life, and work in communities and classrooms. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press. Heaton, J. B. 1975 Writing English Language Tests. Longman, London, Chapter 4. Heavey, R. 1963 Vocabulary development for the college bound Journal development reading, Summer, 6: 281-3 Hebert, Bobbie M.; Murdock, Jane Y. 1994 Comparing Three Computer Aided Instruction Output Modes to Teach Vocabulary Words to Students with Learning Disabilities. Learning Disabilities Research and Practice; v9 n3 p136 to 41 1994 Hedayet, Nagwa 1990 Some Errors in the Writings of the Intermediate and Advanced Learners of Arabic as a Foreign Language. Unknown Reference Heddesheimer, C. 1971 Les dictionnaires, ces inconnus familiers. [Dictionaries, those familiar strangers.] Mélanges Pédagogiues. Hedgcock, J., & Atkinson, D 1993 Differing reading-writing relationships in L1 and L2 literacy development? TESOL Quarterly, 27 (2), 329-33. Hedgcock, John 1991 Foreign language retention and attrition: a study of regression models Foreign language annals 24, 1, 43-55 Hedgcock, John Scott 1992 Foreign Language Retention and Attrition: A Study of Maintenance Patterns among Adult Learners of Spanish Dissertation Abstracts International, Ann Arbor, MI (DAI). 1992 Feb, 52:8, 2907A Degree granting institution: U of Southern California Hedge, T 1985 Using Readers in LanguageTeaching. Macmillan: London Heggart P W 1984 Australian word list compilation study: an investigation of existing vocabulary corpora proceeding to the development and differential analysis of a computer generated corpus of a representative sample of Australian vocabulary. Monash University Melbourne, Doctoral theses (041) Heibeck, Tracy and Ellen Markman 1987 Word learning in children: an examination of fast mapping Child development 58: 1021-1034 Heidemann, A. 1996. The Vizualisation of Foreign Language Vocabulary in CALL. Duisburg Papers on research inLanguage and Culture No. 28. Peter Lang, Frankfurt am Main. Heikkinen, H. 1983 Errors in lexical processing. In H. Ringböm (ed), Psycholinguistics and Foreign Language Learning. Åbo: Åbo Akademi, Heilenman, L. K. 1977 Foreign language vocabulary learning and native language processes. In: R. Schultz (ed): Personalizing foreign Language instruction: learning styles and teaching options: selected papers from the 1977 Joint Meeting of the Central States Conference and Ohio Modern Language Teachers Association. Skokie, Illinois: National Textbook Co. Heilig, Mathias R. 1913 A child's vocabulary. Pedagogical Seminary . 20, 1-16. Heim, A. W. and Watts, K. P. 1958 Preliminary Note on the words-in-context test Psychological reports 4, 214 Heim, A. W. and Watts, K. P. 1958 Preliminary Note on the self-judging vocabulary scale Psychological reports 4, 222 Heim, A. W. and Watts, K. P. 1961 A Preliminary study on the self-judging vocabulary scale British Journal of Psychology, 52,2, 175-186 Heimbach, Ricky L. 1994 The Effect of Interaction on the Comprehension and Acquisition of New Lexical Items by Kindergarten E.S.L. Learners Dissertation Abstracts International, Ann Arbor, MI (DAI). 1994 Apr, 54:10, 3691A DAI No.: DA9408779. Degree granting institution: Temple U, 1993 Heinrich, Robert, Michael Molenda, and James D. Russell 1985 Instructional Media: The New Technologies of Instruction 2d ed. Chap. in Computers. N.Y.: Macmillan Heise, D. R. 1965 Semantic differential profiles for 1, 000 most frequent English words. Psychological Monographs: General and Applied. 79, 8. Heit, Gary; Smith, Michael E.; Halgren, Eric 1988 Neural encoding of individual words and faces by the human hippocampus and amygdala. Nature; 1988 Jun Vol 333(6175) 773 to 775 Helgesen, M 1995 Taking reading to task Paper presented at the Sendai JALT September '95, Sendai. Helgesen, M 1997 Bringing those books back to the classroom: Tasks for extensive reading The Language Teacher, 21 (5), 53-54. Helgesen, M 1997 What one extensive reading program looks like The Language Teacher, 21 (5), 31-34. Heller, Morton A. 1986 Active and passive tactile braille recognition. Bulletin of the Psychonomic Society; 1986 May Vol 24(3) 201 to 202 Heltai, P. 1989 Teaching vocabulary by oral translation. English Language Teaching Journal. 43, 4, 288-293. Heltai, P. unknown Motivation in English and Hungarian and its effect on vocabulary learning. Annales Universitatis Scientiarum Budapestinensis Sectio Linguistica. 18. Henderson, L. (Ed.) unknown Orthographies and Reading : Perspectives from Cognitive Psychology, Hendon, Rufus S. 1961 Review of An Indonesian-English Dictionary, Echolls, John M. and Shadily, Hassan. Language. 37, 3, 433-453. Hendrickson, Jo; Roberts, Michael; Shores, Richard E. 1978 Antecedent and contingent modeling to teach basic sight vocabulary to learning disabled children. Journal of Learning Disabilities; 1978 Oct Vol 11(8) 524 to 528 Hennelly, R.A.; Ellis N.C. 1980 A bilingual word-length effect : implications for intelligence testing and the relative case of mental calculation in Welsh and English Br. J. Psychol.; Vol.71, Pt 1: Feb 80 .43-51 ISSN: 00071269 Henning, G. 1987. A Guide to Language Testing. Cambridge, Mass.: Newbury House. Henning, G. 1991 A study of the effects of contextualization and familiarization on responses to the TOEFL vocabulary test items. TOEFL Research Report 35, Educational Testing Service, Princeton, N.J. Henning, G. H. 1973 Remembering foreign language vocabulary: acoustic and semantic parameters. Language Learning, 23, 2, 185-196. Henning, G, T Hudson and J Turner. 1985. Item response theory and the assumption of unidimensionality for language tests. Language Testing 2, 2 141-154. Henning, Grant 1992 Dimensionality and Construct Validity of Language Tests. Language Testing; v9 n1 p1 11 1992 Henning, Grant; And Others 1983 Listening Recall A Listening Comprehension Test for Low Proficiency Learners. System; v11 n3 p287 93 1983 Henrici, G, F Kostrzewa and E Zofgen 1991 Zur Wirkung von Bedeutungserklarungsverhafen auf Verstehen und Behalten: Ergebnisse aus einem empirischen Projekt. Zeitschrift f*r Fremdsprachenforschung, 2,2 , 30-65. Henriksen, B. 1996 Semantisation, Retention and accessibility: Key concepts in vocabulary learning Paper presented at the AILA Congress, Jyvaskyla, Finland. August 1996. Henriksen, B. Forthcoming. Vocabulary retention: a learning effect study. The information gap revisited. 17. Henry, A. and Roseberry, R. 1995. Strategies for selecting EAP vocabulary. ESP Malaysia. 3, 2. 166-185. Henzl, Vera.M. 1973 Linguistic register of foreign language instruction. Language Learning. 23, 2, 207-222. Herber, Hal 1978 Teaching Reading in Content Areas 2d revised ed. Boston: Allyn and Bacon, Herbert. K. 1993 Review of Nation, . I. S. P. (1990). Teaching and learning vocabulary. New York: Newbury House / Harper Row. Language teacher. Herbst, T. 1996. On the way to the perfect learners' dictionary: a first comparison of OALD5, LDOCE3, COBUILD2,and CIDE. International Journal of Lexicography. 9, 4. 321-357. Herdan, G. 1960 Type-token mathematics. Mouton & Company, -S-Gravenhage. Herdman, Chris and Brian Beckett 1996 Code specific processes in word naming: evidence supporting a dual route model of word recognition Journal of Experimental Psychology, Learning, Memory and Cognition. 22. 5: 1149-1165 Herdman, Chris M. 1992 Attentional resource demands of visual word recognition in naming and lexical decisions. Journal of Experimental Psychology Human Perception and Performance; 1992 May Vol 18(2) 460 to 470 Herdman, Chris M.; LeFevre, Jo Anne 1992 Individual differences in the efficiency of word recognition. Journal of Educational Psychology; 1992 Mar Vol 84(1) 95 to 102 Heredia, R. and B. McLaughlin. 1992 Bilingual memory revisited. In: R. Harris (Ed.), Cognitive Processing in Bilinguals. Amsterdam: Elsevier. Heredia, R, MS Weldon and B McLaughlin 1992 Conceptually driven vs. data driven processes in bilingual memory: one or two systems. PALM 7 , 255-278. Hergenhahn, B. R 1988 An Introduction to Theories of Learning 3d ed.Englewood CLiffs, N. J.: Prentice Hall, Heringer, Hans Jürgen unknown Criteria of understanding and understandability Herman, D. J. and Robenfield, L.S. 1985 The lexical representation of fact and opinion. Journal of Psycholinguistic Research. 14, 1. Herman, P. A., Anderson, R. C., Pearson, P. D., Nagy, W. E. 1987 Incidental acquisition of word meaning from expositions with varied text features. Reading Research Quarterly. 22, 3, 263-284. Herman, P. and Dole, J. 1988 Theory and practice in vocabulary learning and instruction. The Elementary School Journal. 89, 1, 43-54. Hermes, L. 1978. Extensives Lesen und Lektueren im Englischunterricht der Sekundarstufe Eins (Extensive Reading and Reading Materials in English Teaching in the Intermediate Grades). Englisch; v13 n3 p93-99. Hermes, L. 1978. Zur Frage des extensiven Lesens im Englischunterricht der Sekundarstufe Eins (On the Problem of Extensive Reading in Teaching English in Grades 5-10). Englisch; 13, 1, 1-7. Hernandez, Arturo Enrique 1997 Word Recognition in College Age and Older Adult Bilinguals: How Things Come Together without Colliding Dissertation Abstracts International, Ann Arbor, MI (DAI). 1997 Jan, 57:7, 4734B 35B DAI No.: DA9636953. U of California, San Diego, 1996 Heron, Patricia A. 1983 Understanding Russian Texts: A Short Course Procedure Using the Integrated Dictionary Search Method. Reading in a Foreign Language; v1 n2 p99 110 Oct 1983 Herrmann, D. J. 1984 Know thy memory: The use of questionnaires to assess and study memory Psychological Bulletin. 92, 2: 434-452 Herrmann, Douglas J. unknown Supermemory : Quick-action Programme for Memory Improvement Herrmann, Douglas J.; And Others 1978 Categorization and Familiarity in Recognition Involving a Well Memorized List. Journal of Experimental Psychology: Human Learning and Memory; v4 n5 p428 to 40 Sep 1978 Herrmann, Douglas J. etc. (Ed.) unknown Basic and Applied Memory Research; v.1: Theory in Context Herrmann, Douglas J. etc. (Ed.) unknown Basic and Applied Memory Research; v.2: Practical Applications Herrmann, Douglas J.; McLaughlin, John P. 1974 Recognition Latency for a Subjectively Organized List Journal of Experimental Psychology; 102; 5; 888 to 89 Herron & Tomasello, 1988 Learning grammatical structures in a foreign lang The french review, 61, 910-923 Hersey, William D. unknown Blueprints for Memory : Your Guide to Remembering Business Facts, Figures Hess, Carla W., Ritchie, Kelley P., Landry, R. G. 1984 The type-token ratio and vocabulary performance. Psychological Report. 55, 51-57. Hess, David J.; Foss, Donald J.; Carroll, Patrick 1995 Effects of global and local context on lexical processing during language comprehension. Journal of Experimental Psychology General; 1995 Mar Vol 124(1) 62 to 82 Hess, Natalie and Susan Jasper 1995 A blending of media and extensive reading TESOL Journal. Summer , pp7-11. Hess, R. D., and M. D. Tenezakis 1970 The Computer as a Socializing Agent: Some Socio-Affective Outcomes of CAI Stanford: Stanford Center for Research and Development in Teaching Heuer, H. 1973 Wortassoziationen in der Fremdsprachendidaktik. [Word associations in foreign language teaching.] In: W. Hullen (ed): Neusser Vorträge zur Fremdsprachendidaktik. Cornelsen-Velhagen & Klasing. Hever, Boo 1995 English Vocabulary size among students in Swedish Schools Internet publication. mailto:boo.hever@netg.se Hewitson, A. & Steele, F. 1993 Review of Michael Lewis's The Lexical Approach. Newsletter of MELTA, 18. Hewitt, George unknown Georgian Reader: With Texts, Translation and Vocabulary Heyer, Sandra. 1984 A technique for teaching vocabulary. TESOL Newsletter. 4, 8-9. Higa, Masanori. 1963 Interference effects of intralist word relationships in verbal learning. Journal of Verbal Learning and Verbal Behavior. 2, 170-175. Higa, Masanori 1965 The psycholinguistic concept of "difficulty" and the teaching of foreign vocabulary. Language Learning 15, 167-179. Higbee, K.L. 1979. Recent research on visual mnemonics: historical roots and educational fruits. Review of Educational Research. 49, 4. 611-629. Higgins, J 1988 Language, Learners and Computers New York: Longman Higgins, J 1995 The Thneed test. In: J Higgins Computers and English Language Learning. Oxford: Intellect. Higgins, J.J. 1966. Hard facts. ELT Journal. 21, 1. 55-60. Hiki, K 1996 An exploration into internal structure of semantic categories: a comparison of prototypicality judgments of learners and native speakers JACET Bulletin, 27: 35-49 Hildebrand, J. 1987 The acquisition of preposition stranding. Canadian Journal of Linguistics. 32 (1). Hildreth, Gertrude 1948 A comparision of the Dale, Dolch and Rinsland word lists Journal of Educational psychology 39, 40-46 Hill, Clifford and Kate parry 1994 From testing to assessment London: Longman Hill, D. unknown EPER Reading List EPER Hill, D and Tomlinson, B. 1996 Authentic versus Graded Reading EFL Gazette 178 p22 Hill, D.J. 1991. Interlanguage lexis: an investigation of verb choice. Edinburgh Working Papers in Applied Linguistics. 2: 24-36. Hill, D.J. 1992. The Edinburgh project on extensive reading . University of Edinburgh: Institute for Applied Language Studies. Hill, D. R 1994 Organizing a programme of extensive reading The Language Teacher, 18 (3), 28. Hill, D. R 1997 Graded (basal) readers-Choosing the best The Language Teacher, 21 (5), 21-26. Hill, D. R 1997 Setting up an extensive reading programme: Practical tips The Language Teacher, 21 (5), 17-20. Hill, D.R. 1997. Survey review: graded readers. ELT Journal. 51, 1. 57-81. Hill, D. R., & Thomas, H. C. R 1989 Survey review: Seven series of graded readers ELT Journal, 43 (3), 221-231. Hill, D. R., & Thomas, H. R 1988 Survey review: Graded readers (part 1 ELT Journal, 42 (1), 44-52. Hill, D. R., & Thomas, H. R 1988 Survey review: Graded readers (part 2 ELT Journal, 42 (2), 124-138. Hill, George; Bowers, Meriel unknown Teeline Word Groupings Hill, L. A 1970 Contextualized Vocabulary Tests 1, 2, and 3 London: Oxford University Press Hill, L. A. 1980 Extending Students' Vocabulary: Prefixes and Suffixes. Zielsprache Englisch; v10 n3 p8 to 10 1980 Hill, L. A 1982 Wordpower 1500, 3000, and 4500 Oxford: Oxford University Press Hill, R. 1982 A Dictionary of False Friends. London: Macmillan. Hilleboe, Stella, I. 1927 A comparison of the vocabularies of writing and reading MA Thesis, Iowa University Hillerich, Robert L. 1981 Recognition Vocabularies: A Research Based Caution. Elementary School Journal; v81 n5 p313 to 17 May 1981 Hillies, S. 1986 Interlanguage and the pro - drop parameter. Second Language Research 2 (1): 33 - 52. Hilton, Catherine; Hyder, Margaret unknown Vocabulary Hilton, Nelson unknown Lexis Complexes: Literary Interventions Hindmarsh, R. 1982. The Cambridge English Lexicon. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press. Hino, Nobuyuki 1992 The yakudoku tradition In Dubin, F. & Kuhlman, N. Cross-cultural literacy: Global perspectives on reading and writing. Englewood Cliffs, NJ: Prentice Hall. Hinofotis, F. B. 1977 Lexical dominance: a case study of English and Greek. In: J. E. Redden (ed): Proceedings of the 1st international conference on frontiers in Language proficiency and dominance testing. Carbondale. Ill. . Hinton, G. 1992 How neural networks learn from experience Scientific American 267 (3) pp104-109 Hinton, G. and T. Shallice 1991 Lesioning an attractor network: Investigations of acquired dyslexia Psychological Review. 98 (1) 74-95 Hinton, G., D. Plaut and T. Shallice 1992 Simulating Brain Damage Scientific American: October 1993. pp 58-65 Hinton, G.E.; Anderson, James A. (Ed.) unknown Parallel Models of Human Associative Memory Hintzman, D.L. 1969. Apparent frequency as a function of frequency and the spacing of repetitions. Journal of Experimental Psychology 80, 1 : 139-145. Hintzman, D.L. 1970. Effects of repetition and exposure duration on memory. Journal of Experimental Psychology 83, 3: 435-444. Hintzman, D.L. and Block, R.A. 1971. Repetition and memory: Evidence for a multiple-trace hypothesis. Journal of Experimental Psychology 88, 3: 297-306. Hintzman, D.L. and Summers, J.J. 1973. Long-term visual traces of visually presented words. Bulletin of the Psychonomic Society 1: 325-327. Hintzman, D.L., Block, R.A., and Summers, J.J. 1973 . Modality tags and memory for repetitions: Locus of the spacing effect. Journal of Verbal Learning and Verbal Behavior 12: 229-238. Hintzman, Douglas L.; Curran, Tim 1994 Retrieval Dynamics of Recognition and Frequency Judgments: Evidence for Separate Processes of Familiarity and Recall Journal of Memory and Language, Orlando, FL (JMemL). 1994 Feb, 33:1, 1 18 Hintzman, Douglas L.; Hartry, Ann L. 1990 Item effects in recognition and fragment completion: Contingency relations vary for different subsets of words. Journal of Experimental Psychology Learning, Memory, and Cognition; 1990 Nov Vol 16(6) 955 to 969 Hippkiss, R. 1995 Semantics: defining the discipline Mahwah, Lawrence Earlbaum and Associates Hirano, Kinue 1983 Classification schemes and empirical study of context clues. JACET : 1-27. Hird, Kathryn; Kirsner, Kim 1993 Dysprosody following acquired neurogenic impairment. Brain and Language; 1993 Jul Vol 45(1) 46 to 60 Hirose, Hitoshi 1992 An investigation of the recognition process for jukugo by use of priming paradigms. Japanese Journal of Psychology; 1992 Dec Vol 63(5) 303 to 309 Hirota, Teruko 1996 Analysis of student writing In P. Nation and D. Tatsuki Temple University Japan research studies in TESOL. Temple University Japan Vol. 7 Hirsh, D. 1992 The vocabulary demands and vocabulary learning opportunities in short novels. Unpublished MA thesis, Victoria University of Wellington, New Zealand. Hirsh, D. and Nation, I. S. P. 1992 What vocabulary size is needed to read unsimplified texts for pleasure?. Reading in a foreign Language. 8 (2): 689-696. Hirsh Pasek, Kathy; Freyd, Pamela 1984 Vocabulary Development: How Deaf Individuals Can Learn to Use the Information Given. Unknown Reference Hirshman, Elliot; Palij, Michael 1992 Rehearsal and the word frequency effect in recognition memory. Journal of Memory and Language; 1992 Aug Vol 31(4) 477 to 484 Hirst, W. 1986 The psychology of attention. In J. E. LeDoux & W. Hirst (Eds.), Mind and brain (pp. 105 - 141). Cambridge: Cambridge University Press. Hirtle, Walter H. 1980 Meaningful Grammar Teaching. Acts of the Colloquium of the Swiss Interuniversity Commission for Applied Linguistics. CILA Bulletin, No. 31. Hirumi, Atsumi and Dennis Bowers 1991 Concept Trees Educational Journal 85, no. 4 March/April: 24-27 Hirvela, A 1988 Marshall McLuhan and the Case against CAI, System 16, no. 3 : 299-311 Hirvonen, P. A. 1977 Why Multiple Choice Language Tests Still Are System; 5; 1; 27 32 Hitch, Graham J.; Logie, Robert H. (Ed.) unknown Working Memory : A Special Issue of the ' Quarterly Journal of Hobson, R. Peter; Lee, Anthony 1989 Emotion Related and Abstract Concepts in Autistic People: Evidence from the British Picture Vocabulary Scale. Journal of Autism and Developmental Disorders; v19 n4 p601 to 23 Dec 1989 Hockberg, J 1970 Components of Literacy: Speculations and Exploratory Research Basic Studies on Reading, ed. H. Levin and J. P. Williams. New York: Basic Books Hockley, William E.; Lewandowsky, S. (Ed.) unknown Relating Theory and Data: Essays on Human Memory in Honour of Bennet B Hodapp, Joan B.; Hodapp, Albert F. 1996 Vocabulary Packs and Cued Spelling: Intervention Strategies. Hoek, Dorothy; And Others 1986 Some Possible Causes of Children's Early Word Overextensions. Journal of Child Language; v13 n3 p477 to 94 Oct 1986 Hoeks, J. 1985 Transfer of homonymy and polysemy with special reference to Dutch and English. Toegepaste Taalwetenschap in Artikelen. 23, 3, 45-54. Hoenigmann Stovall, Natalia M. 1982 Extralinguistic control of language comprehension and production in the nonfluent child. Journal of Psycholinguistic Research; 1982 Jan Vol 11(1) 1 17 Hoey, M. 1983. On the Surface of Discourse. Allen and Unwin, London. Hoey, Michael 1991 Patterns of Lexis in Text Oxford: Oxford University press Hoffer, B. 1980 English Loanwords in Japanese: Some cultural implications. Language Sciences. 12(1): 1-21. Hoffman, C. 1991 An introduction to bilingualism London: Longman Hoffman, J. V. 1980 Studying contextual build-up during through cumulative cloze. Journal of Reading Behavior. 12, 337-341. Hoffman, Robert R. (Ed.) unknown Psychology of Expertise: Cognitive Research and Empirical AI Hoffman, W. L. 1972 Wie sichern wir dauerhafte und anwendungsbereite lexikalische Kenntnisse? [How can lexical knowledge be consolidated in a permanent and adaptable way?] Fremdsprachenunterricht, 16, 9, 407-442. Hoffmann, L. 1974 Ein Weg zum Grundwortschatz von Fachtexten - fachsprachliche Häufigkeitswörterbücher. [Frequency dictionaries of languages for special purposes - towards a basic vocabulary of scientific texts.] Fremdsprachen. 18, 2, 81 Hofman, T 1993 Realms of Meaning: an introduction to semantics Harlow: Longman Hogben, D and MJ Lawson 1994 Keyword and multiple elaboration strategies for vocabulary acquisition in foreign language learning. Contemporary Educational Psychology, 19, 367-376. Hohn, Robert L. unknown Effects of Massed vs. Distributed Practice and Word Frequency on Young Children's Free Recall. ERIC document Holborn, Stephen W.; And Others 1973 Effects of Word Frequency and Acoustic Similarity on Free Recall and Paired Associate Recognition Learning Journal of Experimental Psychology; 101; 1; 169 to 74 Holborow, M. unknown Review of Phillipson, R. Linguistic imperialism. English Language Teaching Journal Holcomb, P.J. 1988 Automatic and attential processing: An event-related brain potential analysis of semantic processing. Brain And Language, 35, 66-85. Holden, E. S. 1875 On the number of words used in speaking and writing. Bulletin of the Philosophical society of Washington. Vol 2, (Appendix 6, p. 16-21). (A report from a talk delivered to the Philosophical society of Washington Jan. 30, 1875. Discussion notes in main text on p28) Holden, E. S. 1877 On the vocabularies of children under two years of age. Transactions of the Philosophical society of Washington. Vol XII pp 56-58 Holden, L. 1975 An experiment with bilingualism. Alberta Modern Language Journal, 14, 1, 1 7-23. Holdgrafer, Gary 1982 Teaching Comprehension and Production. Perceptual and Motor Skills; v55 n1 p306 Aug 1982 Holdgrafer, Gary Edward 1975 An Experimental Analysis of Comprehension and Production in Children's Acquisition of Morphological Rules. Dissertation Abstracts International, Ann Arbor, MI 1975, 36, 662B Holec, H. 1974 Structures lexicales et enseignement du vocabulaire. [Lexical structures and vocabulary teaching.] Mouton. Holick, Robert J. 1976 A Comparison of Reading Vocabulary and Reading Comprehension Skills between Bilingual and Monolingual Czech American Students. Unknown Reference Holley, C.E. 1919 Holley sentence vocabulary scale Grades 3-12 Bloomington, Illinois. Public School publishing Co. Holley, F. M. 1970¹s The acquisition of German reading vocabulary in the advanced foreign Language class. Unpublished Holley, F. M. 1971 The effects of immediate testing and new word density in German reading materials upon vocabulary learning and other selected variables. Unpublished Ph.D. thesis, University of Texas. Holley, F. M. 1971 The mental lexicon: vocabulary acquisition as a problem of linguistics and human memory. Proceedings of the Pacific North West Conference on Foreign Languages,266-276. Holley, F. M. 1973 A study of vocabulary learning in context: the effect of new word density in German reading materials. Foreign Language Annals. 6, 3 . 339-347. Holley, Freda M.; King, Janet K. 1971 Vocabulary Glosses in Foreign Language Reading Materials Language Learning; 21; 2; 213 219 Hollingworth, H. L. 1913 Characteristic differences between recognition and recall American Journal of Psychology. Vol 24- 533-544 Holloway, Karla F.C. unknown Character of the Word : Texts of Zora Neale Hurston Holmes, Betty C.; Roser, Nancy L. 1987 Five ways to assess readers' prior knowledge. Reading Teacher; 1987 Mar Vol 40(7) 646 to 649 Holmes, J. and R. Guerra Ramos. 1993 False friends and reckless guesses: observing cognate recognition strategies. In: T. Huckin, M. Haynes and J. Coady (Eds.). Second Language Reading and Vocabulary. Norwood, NJ.: Ablex. Holmes, J. L. 1986 Snarks, quarks and cognates: an elusive fundamental particle in reading comprehension. ESPecialist. 15, 13-40. Holmes, J., Vine, B. and Johnson, G. 1998. Wellington Corpus of Spoken New Zealand English. School of Linguistics and Applied Language Studies, Victoria University of Wellington, NewZealand. Holmes, VM and JK O'Regan 1992 Reading derivationally affixed French words. Language and Cognitive Processes, 7 , 163-192. Holzman, Mathilda 1996 The Language of Children Oxford: Blackwell Hombert, Jean Marie 1976 Word Games: Some Implications for Analysis of Tone and Other Phonological Processes In: Hombert Jean Marie. Studies on Production and Perception of Tones. Los Angeles : Univ. of California. Homburg, Taco Justus and Spaan, Mary C. 1982 ESL reading proficiency assessment: testing strategies. In M. Hines and W. Rutherford (Eds.) TESOL '81 TESOL, 25-33. Honey, John 1996 Review of Pinker The Language Instinct Applied Linguistics 17 (3) 388-391 Honeycutt, James M. unknown Memory, Gender and the Development of Romance Honeyfield, J. 1977 Simplification. TESOL Quarterly. 11, 4, 431-440. Honeyfield, J. 1977 Word frequency and the importance of context in vocabulary learning. RELC Journal, 8, 35-42. Also In: M. Long and JC Richards (Eds.) Methodology in TESOL: a book of readings. Rowley, Mass.: Newbury House. Honeyfield, J. 1993. Responding to task difficulty: What is involved in adjusting the relationship between learners andlearning experiences?. In Tickoo (ed.) 1993.127-139. Hood, Philip 1996 Early Foreign Language Reading Competence: Some Issues and Evidence. Language Learning Journal; n13 p16 18 Mar 1996 Hook, J.Nicholas unknown Two-word Verbs in English Hoopes, D. S.. ed. 1971 -77 Readings in Intercultural Communications, 5 Vols. Pittsburgh, PA. The Intercultural Communications Network. Hoosain, Runjahn 1991 Psychological implications for linguistic relativity: A case study of chinese New York: Lawrence Earlbaum Hopkins, K. and Sabers, D. 1974 Review of ³The rationale, development, and standardization of a basic word vocabulary test². Dupuy, 1974 In Buros, O. (Ed.) The Eighth mental measurements yearbook. p77-78. Gryphon Press NJ. 1978 Hopkins, K.D. 1978. Reviews of vocabulary tests. The Eighth Mental Measurements Yearbook. O. Buros (ed.) Gryphon Press, N.J. 77-79. Hopper, Jane N.; Wells, Jo Ann Carter- unknown Language of Learning: Vocabulary for College Success Horgan, John 1994 Can science explain consciousness Scientific American, July, 72-78 Horiba, Yukie 1996 Comprehension processes in L2 reading. Language competence, textual coherence and inferences Studies in second language acquisition, 18, 433-473 Horn, E. ?? A basic writing vocabulary - 10,000 words most commonly used in writing. College of education, University of Iowa, No. 4 Horn E. 1939 Validity and reliability of adult vocabulary lists Elementary English review. 16: 129-134 Horn E. 1954 Teaching Spelling Washington D. C. A.E.R.A. National Education association Horn, Gabriel unknown Memory, Imprinting and the Brain Horn, Larry. 1989 Natural history of negation. Chicago University Press. Hornstein, N. & Lightfoot, D. (Eds.). 1981 Explanations in linguistics: the logical problem in language acquisition. Longman. Horowitz, E. K. and D. Young (Eds.). 1991 Language Anxiety. Englewood Cliffs, NJ: Prentice Hall. Horowitz, L. M, and A. M. Gordon 1972 Associative symmetry and second language learning Journal of Educational Psychology, 63, 3, 287-294. Horowitz, L. M., M. A. White and D. W. Atwood. 1968 Word fragments as aids to recall: The organization of a word. Journal of experimental psychology. 76 (2): 2. 19-26. Horowitz, Leonard M.; Manelis, Leon 1973 Recognition and Cued Recall of Idioms and Phrases Journal of Experimental Psychology; 100; 2; 291 to 96 Horsfall, Philip 1997 Dictionary Skills in MFL Language Learning Journal; n15 p3 9 Mar 1997 Horst, M. 1995 Speed Learning with the Delft Method: A lexical approach to learning Dutch as a second Language. CALS book review Horst, M.; T. Cobb and P. Meara 1998 Beyond a Clockwork Orange: Acquiring second language vocabulary through reading Reading in a Foreign Language. 11 (2) 207-223 Horton, D. L. & Mills, C. B.. 1984 Human Learning and Memory. Annual Review of Psychology. 35: 361 - 394. Horton, David L.; Pavlick, Timothy J.; Moulin Julian, Marc W. 1993 Retrieval Based and Familiarity Based Recognition and the Quality of Information in Episodic Memory Journal of Memory and Language, Orlando, FL (JMemL). 1993 Feb, 32:1, 39 55 Horwitz, E.K. 1988 The beliefs about language learning of beginning university foreign language students. Modern Language Journal 72: 283-294. Hosenfeld, C. 1976 Learning about learning: Discovering our students' strategies. Foreign Language Annals 9, 2: 117-129. Hosenfeld, C. 1977 A preliminary investigation of the reading strategies of successful and non-successful second language learners. System 5: 110-123. Hosenfeld, C. Cindy: 1981 A Learner in Today¹s Foreign Language Classroom. Foreign Language Learner In Today¹s Classroom Environment, ed. W. C. Born.Northeast Conference Reports, ERIC Document Reproduction Serivces, ED 185-834 Hosenfeld, Carol 1984 Case Studies of Ninth Grade Readers 231-249 IN Alderson J. Charles (ed. & introd.); Urquhart A. H. (ed. & introd.); Candlin Christopher N. (pref.). Reading in a Foreign Language. London : Longman, 1984. xxviii, 324 pp. Hosking, Patricia 1987 Estimating vocabulary size in non-native speakers of English MA Thesis, Birkbeck College, London Hotopf, W. H. N. 1983 Lexical Slips of the Pen and Tongue: What They Tell Us about Language Production In: Butterworth Brian (ed. & pref.). Language Production, II: Development, Writing and Other Language Processes. London : Academic. Houck, N., Robertson, J., & Krashen S. 1978 On the domain of the conscious grammar: morpheme orders for corrected and uncorrected ESL student transcriptions. TESOL Quarterly, 12, 335-339. Houghton,, A and N Hurst 1993 Out of the blue and into the black: there's more to reading than meets the eye. English Teaching Forum, July , 43-46. Houser, J. D. 1917 An investigation of the writing vocabularies of representatives of an economic class (Farmers) Elementary School Journal 17: 708-718 Houston, Gloria McLendon 1989 Comparing Three Strategies of Vocabulary Learning Dissertation Abstracts International, Ann Arbor, MI (DAI). 1989 Dec., 50:6, 1584A Houston, John P. unknown Fundamentals of Learning and Memory Howard, Darlene unknown Cognitive Psychology: Memory, Language and Thought New York: Macmillan. Howard, Robert W. unknown Learning and Memory: Major Ideas, Principles, Issues and Applications Howards, M. 1964 How easy are `easy' words?. Journal of Experimental Education. 32, 4, 377-382. Howatt, A.P.R. 1984. A History of English Language Teaching. Oxford University Press, Oxford. Howe, Michael J.A. unknown Introduction to the Psychology of Memory Howe, Theresa S. 1970 Joint Effects of Proactive and Retroactive Interference as a Function of Degree of Learning Journal of Experimental Psychology: Human Learning and Memory; ; 83; 1; 68 to 72 Howell, Hideko. 1990 The Effects of the Keyword Method in Japanese Students' Acquisition of English Vocabulary. MA Thesis, Brigham Young University, Linguistics Department. Provo, Utah. Howell, W.C. 1973 Representation of frequency in memory. . Psychological Bulletin 80, 1: 44-53. Howell, W.C. 1973a. Effects of organization and discrimination of word frequency within and between categories. Journal of Experimental Psychology 99, 2: 255-260. Howell, W.C. 1973b. Storage of events and event frequencies: A comparison of two paradigms in memory. . Journal of Experimental Psychology 98, 2: 260-263. Howes, D. 1957. On the relation between the probability of a word as an association and in general linguistic usage. . Journal of Abnormal and Social Psychology 54: 75-85. Howes, D. 1966 A word count of spoken English. Journal of Verbal Learning and Verbal Behavior. 5, 572-604. Howes, Davis and Richard Solomon 1951 Visual Duration threshold as a function of word probability Journal of experimental psychology. 41, 401-410 Howie, Sir James unknown Portraits from Memory Howlett, F. G. 1979 Words, words, mere words. Canadian Modern Language Review. 35, 636-653. Howlin, Patricia; Cross, Pippa 1994 The variability of language test scores in 3 and 4 year old children of normal non verbal intelligence: A brief research report. European Journal of Disorders of Communication; 1994 Vol 29(3) 279 to 288 Howlin, Patricia; Kendall, Linda 1991 Assessing children with language tests: Which test to use? British Journal of Disorders of Communication; 1991 Dec Vol 26(3) 355 to 367 Hsia, S 1995 How beginning reading theories account for second language reading: implications for teching word recognition and reading and for pedagogical research in second language reading. In: M Khoo, JI Lee and A Lim (eds) Singapore Book World Special Issue 25 117-132. Hsia, S, PK Chung and D Wong 1995 ESL Learners' word organisation stategies: a case of Chinese learners of English words in Hong Kong. Language and Edcation, 9 , 81-102. Hsui Yan, V. 1994 A modified sustained silent reading programme for Secondary classrooms. In Lim, S.E.A., Siripathy, M., & Saravan, V. (Eds.), Literacy: Understanding the learners needs, (pp. 165-174). Singapore: Singapore Society for Reading and Literacy. Huang, J. 1970 A Chinese child's acquisition of English syntax. Unpublished MA TESL thesis, Los Angeles, University of California at Los Angeles. Huang, Shu Chen. 1990 The Effect of Repeated Readings on Acquisition of Receptive Vocabulary. MA Thesis, Brigham Young University, Linguistics Department. Provo, Utah. Huang Shuanfan 1991 On the nature of lexical ambiguity Paper read at the second International Cognitive linguistics conference: Santa Cruz, California Huang Xiao-hua and van Naerssen 1987 Learning strategies for oral communication. Applied Linguistics, 8 (3), 287-307. Huang, Y. 1994 Review of: Koster and Reuland (eds). Long-distance anaphora. J. of Pragmatics, 22, 673-686. Huang, Y. 1994 The Syntax and Pragmatics of Anaphora. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 350pp. Hubbard, P., Coady, J., Graney, J., Mokhtari, K., Magoto, J. 1986 Report on a pilot study of the relationship of high frequency vocabulary knowledge and reading proficiency in ESL readers. Ohio University Papers in Linguistics and Language Teaching. 8, 48-57. Huber, H. and A. Houillon 1977 A travers la phraseologie scolaire. [A look at schoolroom expressions.] Praxis des Neusprachlichen Unterrichts, 24, 3. 278-84. Huckin, T. 1986 The use of discourse patterning in foreign language reading and vocabulary acquisition. Documentos de Estudos em Linguistica Teorica e Aplicada. Sao Paulo. 2, 1, 57-75. Huckin, T. and J. Bloch. 1993 Strategies for inferring word-meanings in context: a cognitive model. In: T. Huckin, M. Haynes and J. Coady (Eds.). Second Language Reading and Vocabulary. Norwood, NJ.: Ablex. Huckin, T. and M. Haynes. 1993 Summary and future directions. In: T. Huckin, M. Haynes and J. Coady (Eds.) Second Language Reading and Vocabulary. Norwood, NJ.: Ablex. Huckin, T, M Haynes and J Coady (eds.) 1993. Second Language Reading and Vocabulary. Norwood, NJ.: Ablex. Huckin, T. N., & Jin, Z. 1987 Inferring word-meaning from context: A study in second language acquisition In: ESCOL '86. Proceedings of the 3rd Eastern States Conference on Linguistics. and In F. Marshall, A. Miller, & Z. Zhang (Eds.), Proceedings of the Third Eastern States Conference on Linguistics. Columbus: The Ohio State University. Huckin, Thomas (ed.); Haynes, Margot (ed.); Coady, James (ed.) 1993 Second Language Reading and Vocabulary Learning Norwood, NJ : Ablex, 1993. vi, 309 pp. Hudson, R. 1988 The linguistic foundations for lexical research and dictionary design. International Journal of Lexicography 1: 287-312. Hudson, R.A. 1984 Word Grammar New York: Blackwell Hudson, Richard. 1984 Invitation to linguistics. Oxford: M. Robertson. Hudson, Richard unknown Word Meaning Hudson, T. 1993 Nothing does not equal zero. Studies in Second Language Acquisition, 15, 461-493. Huff, Darrell 1954 How to Lie with Statistics New York, Penguin. Hughes, A. 1989 Testing for Language Teachers. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press. Hughes, G. and C. Chinn 1986 Building reading vocabulary through inference: a better classification of context clues. In Second language acquisition: preparing for tomorrow. Selected papers from the annual meeting on the central states conference on the teaching of foreign languages (Milwaukee, WI, April 3-5, 1986) (Ed 267-634) Hughes, Geoffrey. 1991 Swearing: a social history of foul language, oaths, and profanity in English. Blackwell.l: Oxford. Hughes, Glyn 1995 A handbook of classroom English Oxford: Oxford University press Hughes, J. 1981 Stability in the word associations of non-native speakers. Unpublished MA Project, Birkbeck College, London. Hughes, Jan N.; Hall, Robert J. unknown Cognitive-behavioural Psychology in the Schools: A Comprehensive Handbook Huisjes-Schreuder, E. C. M. 1978 Het effect van waarschuwen bij presentatie van verwarrende woordparen. [The effect of alerting learners to confusable word-pairs.] Levende Talen, 337, 613-617. Hulme, C., Maughan, S. and Brown, G.D.A. 1991. Memory for familiar and unfamiliar words: evidence for a long-term memory contribution to short-term memory span. Journal of Memory and Language. 30. 685-701. Hulme, Charles; MacKenzie, Susie unknown Working Memory and Severe Learning Difficulties Hulstijn and J Matter (eds) 1991 Reading in two languages AILA Review 8, Amsterdam: International association of applied linguistics. Hulstijn, J. 1987 Impliciete en incidentele verwerving von woordvormen en grammatica-regels in en tweede taal. [Implicit and incidental learning of word-forms and grammatical rules in a foreign language.]. In: G. Extra, R.van Hout and T. Vallen (Eds.) Ethnische Minderheden. Dordrecht: Foris. Hulstijn, J. 1988 Experiments with semi-artificial input in SLA research. In Hammarberg, B. (Ed.) Language learning and Learner language. Scandinavian Working Papers on Bilingualism. Centre for Research on Bilingualism, Stockholm. Hulstijn, J. 1989 Het afleiden van de betekenis van vreemdtalige woorden uit de context: experimenteel onderzoek naar het effect van vier vormen van steun. [Learning word meanings from context: an experimental comparison of the effect of four orienting cues.]. Toegepaste Taalwetenschap in Artikelen. 34:13-25. Hulstijn, J. 1992 Retention of inferred and given word meanings: Experiments in incidental vocabulary learning. In: Arnaud P. and H. Bejoint (Eds.), Vocabulary and Applied Linguistics. London: Macmillan. 113-125 Hulstijn, J. 1994 Die Schluesselwortmethode: Ein Weg zum Afbau des Lernerlexikons in der Fremdsprache. In: Boerner, W. and K. Vogel (Eds.) Kognitieve Linguistik und Fremdsprachenerwerb: das mentale Lexikon. Tuebingen: Guenther Narr. Hulstijn, J 1994 Semantic and phonological interference in the mental lexicon of learners of English as a foreign language and native speakers of English. In: J Chapelle (ed.) Memory and meorization in acquiring and learning languages. Brussels. . Hulstijn, J 1994 L'acquisition incidente du lexique en langue etrangere au cours de la lecture. Ses avantages et ses limites. Acquisition et interaction en langue etrangere 3 , 77-96. Hulstijn, J. and C. Tangelder. 1991 Intralingual interferences: Lexical errors as a result of formal and semantic similaroties among members of English word pairs. Paper presented at the First EUROSLA conference, Salzburg, September. Hulstijn, J. and E. Marchena. 1989 Avoidance: grammatical or semantic causes? Studies in Second Language Acquisition. 11, 3, 241-256. Hulstijn, J. and Schmidt, R. (Eds). unknown Consciousness and second language learning, perspectives on form focused instruction. AILA Review, 11. Hulstijn, J.H. 1995 Not all grammar rules are equal: giving grammar instruction its proper place in foreign language teaching. In R. Schmidt (Ed.), Attention and awareness in foreign language learning (pp. 359-386). Second Language Teaching and Curriculum Center: University of Hawai'i at Manoa Press. Hulstijn, J.H. In press. Intentional and incidental second-language vocabulary learning: a reappraisal of elaboration,rehearsal and automaticity. In P. Robinson (ed.) Cognition and Second Language Instruction  Cambridge University Press Cambridge. Hulstijn, J.H. & DeGraaff, R. 1994 Under what conditions does explicit knowledge facilitate the acquisition of implicit knowledge? A research proposal. AILA Review, 11, 97-112. Hulstijn, Jan and Batia Laufer 1998 What leads to better incidental vocabulary learning: Comprehensible input or comprehensible output? Paper presented at PACSLRF conference. Aoyama Gakuin University, Tokyo March 26-29th. Hulstijn, Jan H. 1993 When Do Foreign Language Readers Look Up the Meaning of Unfamiliar Words? The Influence of Task and Learner Variables. Modern Language Journal; v77 n2 p139 to 47 Sum 1993 Hulstijn, Jan H. 1997 Second Language Acquisition Research in the Laboratory: Possibilities and Limitations. Studies in Second Language Acquisition; v19 n2 p131 43 Jun 1997 Hulstijn, Jan H.; And Others 1996 Incidental Vocabulary Learning by Advanced Foreign Language Students: The Influence of Marginal Glosses, Dictionary Use, and Reoccurrence of Unknown Words. Modern Language Journal; v80 n3 p327 39 Fall 1996 Hulstijn, Jan H.; Bossers, Bart 1992 Individual differences in L2 proficiency as a function of L1 proficiency. Special Issue: Multilingual community. European Journal of Cognitive Psychology; 1992 Dec Vol 4(4) 341 to 353 Hulstjin, J. 1996 Does Incidental Vocabulary acquisition really exist? Paper presented at the AILA Congress, Jyvaskyla, Finland. August 1996. Hulstjin, Jan 1997 Mnemonic methods in foreign language vocabulary learning In Coady, J and T. Huckin. Second language Vocabulary Acquisition: A rationale for Pedagogy. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press. pp 203-224 Humes, Ann 1977 The Use of Concept Learning Techniques in Vocabulary Development Instruction. Technical Note. Unknown Reference Hummel, K. 1993 Bilingual memory research: from storage to processing issues. Applied Psycholinguistics. 14, 267-284. Hummel, K. 1993 Bilingualism and Memory. Paper presented at the AILA Congress. Humphrey 1880 Transactions of the Philosophical society of Washington. 11, pp 6-17 CHECK REF Humphrey, Nicholas 1992 A history of the mind Harper Collins Humphreys, Glyn W.; Romani, Cristina; Olson, Andrew; Riddoch, M. Jane; et al 1994 Non spatial extinction following lesions of the parietal lobe in humans. Nature; 1994 Nov Vol 372(6504) 357 to 359 Humphreys, Paul; Cardwell, Mike unknown Cognitive Psychology; No.1: Human Visual Perception Humphreys, Paul; Cardwell, Mike unknown Cognitive Psychology; No.2: Human Memory Hunston, Susan; And Others 1997 Grammar and Vocabulary: Showing the Connections. ELT Journal; v51 n3 p208 16 Jul 1997 Hunt, Alan 1996 Constraints on Inferring Word Meaning from Context. Kansai Gadai University Journal of Inquiry and Research; n63 p239 49 Feb 1996 Hunt, Alan and David Beglar 1998 Current research and practice in teaching vocabulary The Language Teacher 22 (1): 7-11 Hunt, Earl B.; Davidson, Janet; Lansman, Marcy 1981 Individual differences in long term memory access. Memory and Cognition; 1981 Nov Vol 9(6) 599 to 608 Hunt, K.W. 1966 Recent measures in syntactic development. Elementary English, 43, 732-739. Hunt, R. R. and D. B. Mitchell. 1982 Independent effects of semantic and nonsemantic distinctiveness. Journal of Experimental psychology: Learning memory and cognition. 8: 81-87. Hunt, R. R. & Elliot, J. M. 1980 The role of non-semantic information in memory: Orthographic distinctiveness effects on retention. Journal of Experimental Psychology, General 109: 49 - 74. Hunt, R. Reed 1975 How Similar are Context Effects in Recognition and Recall? Journal of Experimental Psychology (Human Learning and Memory); 1; 5; 530 to 37 Hunt, R. Reed 1976 List Context Effects: Inaccessibility or Indecision? Journal of Experimental Psychology: Human Learning and Memory; 2; 4; 423 to 30 Hunt, R. Reed; And Others 1979 Independent Effects of Process and Structure on Encoding. Journal of Experimental Psychology: Human Learning and Memory; v5 n4 p339 to 47 Jul 1979 Hunter, Maxwell W.; And Others 1992 Comparison of the Peabody Picture Vocabulary Test Revised and the Stanford Binet Intelligence Scale, Fourth Edition with Elementary Students Referred for Learning Problems. Diagnostique; v17 n2 p108 to 14 Win 1992 Hurford, James and Brendan Heasley 1983 Semantics: a course book Cambridge: Cambridge University press Hurlburt, D. 1954 The relative values of recall and recognition techniques for measuring precise knowledge of word meanings: nouns, verbs and adjectives. Journal of educational research 47, 561-576. Also Ph.D. dissertaion Boston University 1948-9 Hutchings, Geoffrey. 1970 Colourless green ideas: multiple-choice vocabulary tests. English Language Teaching Journal. 25, 68-71. Huter, K.I. 1996 Onnanohito wa duressu desu: That's why the lady is a dress: The acquisition of syntactic structures in JSL. Paper presented in 2nd PacSLRF, Wellington, New Zealand, The University of Victoria, Jan. 30th- Feb. 2nd. Huttenlocher, Janellen; Haight, Wendy; Bryk, Anthony; Seltzer, Michael; et al 1991 Early vocabulary growth: Relation to language input and gender. Developmental Psychology; 1991 Mar Vol 27(2) 236 to 248 Hutton, J.H.; Mukhopadhyay, Syama Prasad (Ed.) unknown Chang Language : Grammer and Vocabulary of the Language of the Chang Naga Huybrechts, I. 1974 Zur Sicherung der Wortschatzkenntnisse im Fach Französisch. [On strengthening vocabulary knowledge in French.] Fremdsprachenunterricht, 18, 1, 17-21. Hwang, K. 1989 Reading newspapers for the improvement of vocabulary and reading skills. Unpublished MA thesis, Victoria University of Wellington, New Zealand. Hwang K. and Nation, Paul. 1989 Reducing the vocabulary load and encouraging vocabulary learning through reading newspapers. Reading in a Foreign Language. 6, 1, 323- 335. Hyams, N. 1983 The acquisition of parameterized grammars. Unpublished Ph.D. thesis, City University of New York. Hyltenstam, K. 1977 Implicational patterns in interlanguage syntax variation. Language Learning, 27(2), 383-411. Hyltenstam, Kenneth 1983 Data types and second language variability In: H. Ringböm (Ed.) Psycholinguistics and Foreign Language Learning. Åbo: Åbo Akademi, Hyltenstam, Kenneth 1988 Lexical Characteristics of Near Native Second Language Learners of Swedish. Journal of Multilingual and Multicultural Development; v9 n1 to 2 p67 to 84 1988 Hyltenstam, Kenneth; Pienemann, Manfred (Ed.) unknown Modelling and Assessing : Second Language Acquisition Ianacone, John A. 1993 Vocabulary Lists: The Ambsace of Word Study. English Journal; v82 n8 p41 to 45 Dec 1993 Ibrahim, Muhammad H. 1978 Patterns in Spelling Errors English Language Teaching Journal; 32; 3; 207 12 Ice, M. 1986 Children¹s oral and written stories: possibilities, probabilities and preferabilities Paper presented at The annual meeting of the national council of English teachers San Antonio TX (ERIC document ED 277 029) Ife, Anne 1990 The Use of vocabulary by advanced language learners: exploring the active - passive gap Association of Contemporary Iberian Studies 3: 2, 47-54 Ihzes, K. 1991 Lexical guessing in isolation and context. Journal of Reading. 34, 360-366. Ijaz, H. I. 1986 Linguistic and cognitive determinants of lexical acquisition in a second language. Language Learning. 36, 4, 401-451. Illson, Robert (ed) 1986 lexicography: an emerging international profession Manchester: manchester University press Ilsley, Paul J.; Stahl, Norman A. 1993 Reconceptualizing the Language of Adult Literacy. Journal of Reading; v37 n1 p20 27 Sep 1993 Ilson, R. 1962. The dicto-comp: a specialized technique for controlling speech and writing in language learning. Language Learning. 12, 4: 299-301. Ilson, R. 1983 Etymological information: Can it help our students? English Language Teaching Journal 37:76-82. Ilson, R. 1985 Dictionaries, lexicography and language Learning. Oxford: Pergamon Press Ltd and The British Council. Imai, Mutsumi 1993 What is missing in L2 word meaning representation? Problems in second language vocabulary learning . (What is missing in L2 word meaning representation? Problems in second language vocabulary learning.) Japanese Journal of Educational Psychology; 1993 Sep Vol 41(3) 243 to 253 Imai, Mutsumi; Gentner, Dedre; Uchida, Nobuko 1994 Children's theories of word meaning: The role of shape similarity in early acquisition. Cognitive Development; 1994 Jan Mar Vol 9(1) 45 to 75 Indiana Quilt Registry Project unknown Quilts of Indiana : Crossroads of Memory Ingham, R. 1994 Input and learnability: Direct Object Omissibility in English. Language Acquisition, Vol 3, 2, 95-120. Inglis, Alexander 1923- The Inglis tests of English vocabulary Ginn and Co. Boston Inglis, Alexander 1923 A vocabulary test for High School and college students English leaflet 23: 1-13 Ingram, D. 1974 The relationship between comprehension and production. In Schielelbusch, R. L., Lloyd, L. L. Language prespectives-Acquisition, Retardation and Intervention. MacMillan, London. Ingram, D. 1989 First language acquisition Ch. 6 Early word comprehension and production Cambridge: Cambridge University press. Ingram, David 1978 The Production of Word Initial Fricatives and Affricates by Normal and Linguistically Deviant Children In: Caramazza Alfonso; Zurif Edgar B. Language Acquisition and Language Breakdown: Parallels and Divergencies. Baltimore : Johns Hopkins UP. Inhoff, Albrecht W. 1991 Word frequency during copytyping. Journal of Experimental Psychology Human Perception and Performance; 1991 May Vol 17(2) 478 to 487 Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers unknown International Workshop on Memory Technology, Design and Testing; 1995 Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers unknown International Workshop on Memory Testing; 1993 Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers unknown Symposium on Optical Memory and Optical Data Storage; 1993 Invernizzi, M., Abouzeid, M. and Gill, J.T. 1994. Using students' invented spellings as a guide for spelling instruction that emphasizes word study. The Elementary School Journal. 95, 2. Ioup, G. & Weinberger, S.H. (Eds.) 1987 Interlanguage phonology: The acquisition of a second language sound system. Cambridge, Massachusetts: Newbury House Publishers. Ioup, Georgette 1996 Grammatical knowledge and memorized chunks Studies in Second Language Acquisition, 18, 355-360 Ireland, V. 1966 A METHOD OF VOCABULARY STUDY. ENGLISH JOURNAL, VOLUME 55 Irshied, O. and P. Whelan. unknown Exploring the dictionary: on teaching foreign learners of Arabic to use the Arabic English dictionary. Studies in Linguistic Sciences. 18.1.61-75. Irujo, S. 1986 Don't put your leg in your mouth: transfer in the aquisition of idioms in a second language. TESOL Quarterly. 20: 287-304. Irujo, Suzanne. 1986 A piece of cake: learning and teaching idioms. English Language Teaching Journal. 40, 3, 236-242. Isaacs, Morton; Chen, Kathleen 1990 Presence/absence of an observer in a word association test. Journal of Personality Assessment; 1990 Fal Vol 55(1 to 2) 41 to 51 Isacco, Pamela Anne 1986 The Lexicon in Second Language Acquisition with Special Emphasis on Spanish Dissertation Abstracts International, Ann Arbor, MI (DAI). 1986 June, 46:12, 3711A Issidorides, Diana C.; Hulstijn, Jan H. 1992 Comprehension of grammatically modified and nonmodified sentences by second language learners. Applied Psycholinguistics; 1992 Jun Vol 13(2) 147 to 171 Ito, M. 1990 Semantic features of word association in Japanese and English by Japanese College Students. In T. Kondo (Ed.) Eigoeibungaku Shincho. Tokyo: Nyu Karento Itanashonaru. Ito, M and K Nakata 1993 Semantic and syntactic features of word associations in three languages by Japanese students. Bulletin of the Hakaba Summer Institute of Linguistics, , 16-29. Ito, Masao, Yasushi Miyashita and Edmund Rolls 1997 Cognition, computation and consciusness Oxford: Oxford University press Ito, T. 1994 Toward a theory of mental lexicon. ELSJ Symposisum at Kumamoto Univ. Ivaniéc
é, R.. 1991. Nouns in search of a context: a study of nouns with both open- and closed-system characteristics. IRAL. 29, 1: 93-114. Iverson, Jana M.; And Others 1994 From Communication to Language in Two Modalities. Cognitive Development; v9 n1 p23 to 43 Jan Mar 1994 Iwai, Eiichi; Mishkin, Mortimer (Ed.) unknown Vision, Memory and the Temporal Lobe : International Symposium Izawa, H. 1993 The English vocabulary of 21 Japanese adults on a high proficiency level. JALT Journal. 15 (1): 63-78. Jaatinen, S. and T. Mankkinen. 1993 The size of vocabulary of university students of English. In: K. Sajavaara and S. Takala (Eds.) Finns as learners of English: three studies. Jyvaskyla: Cross-Language Studies. 16. Jackendoff, R. 1987 Consciousness and the computational mind Bradford MIT Jackendoff, R. 1993 Patterns in the mind. Hemel Hempstead: Harvester Wheatsheaf. Jackendoff, R. 1997 The architecture of the language faculty Mass: MIT press Jackson, H. 1988 Words and their meaning. Harlow: Longman Jackson, L.M. 1988 News databases: word frequency and retrieval problems. M.Phil., City University - 38-2282 Jackson, Stuart 1996 Connectionism and meaning Ablex Jackson, T. Wendell; Clegg, J. Halvor 1988 Strategies for the Teaching of Vocabulary Based on Oral Frequency Counts. Unknown Reference Jackson-Maldonado, D, D Thal, V Marchman, E Bates and V Gutierrez-Clellan. 1993 Early lexical development in Spanish speaking infants and toddlers. Journal of Child Language, 20 523-549. Jacobs, Arthur M.; Grainger, Jonathan 1994 Models of visual word recognition: Sampling the state of the art. Special Section: Modeling visual word recognition. Journal of Experimental Psychology Human Perception and Performance; 1994 Dec Vol 20(6) 1311 to 1334 Jacobs, Bob; Schumann, John 1992 Language Acquisition and the Neurosciences: Towards a More Integrative Perspective. Applied Linguistics, 13 n3 p282 301 Sep 1992 Jacobs, G. M., Davis, C., & Renandya, W. (Eds.). 1997 Successful strategies for extensive reading. Singapore: SEAMEO Regional Language Centre. Jacobs, G.M., Dufon, P. and Fong Cheng Hong 1994 L1 and L2 vocabulary glosses in L2 reading passages: their effectiveness for increasing comprehension and vocabulary knowledge. Journal of Research in Reading 17,1: 19-28. Jacobs, George Martin 1992 Second Language Reading Recall as a Function of Vocabulary Glossing and Selected Other Variables Dissertation Abstracts International, Ann Arbor, MI (DAI). 1992 Oct, 53:4, 1109A DAI No.: DA9215020. Degree granting institution: U of Hawaii Jacobs, GM 1994 What lurks in the margin: use of vocabulary glosses as a strategy in second language reading. Issues in Applied Linguistics, 5,1 , 115-137. Jacobs, H.L., S.A. Zingraf, D.R. Wormuth, V.F. Hartfiel and J.B. Hughey. 1981. Testing ESL Composition: A Practical Approach Rowley, MA: Newbury House. Jacobs, P. S. 1994 Words, Words, Words: Lexical Representations and Knowledge Acquisition Centre National des Industries et des Techniques. Edinburgh; ELSNET; : pp. 75-82 Jacobson, James B., and Patrick Groff 1994 A Guide to Understanding the Issues Washington, D. C.: National Right to Read Foundation Jacobson, Sven unknown Preverbal Adverbs and Auxiliaries: A Study of Word Order Change Jacoby, L.L. 1972. Context effects on frequency judgements of words and sentences. Journal of Experimental Psychology 94, 3: 255-260. Jacoby, L. L., F. . I. M. Craik and Begg, . I. 1979 Effects of decision on recognition and recall. Journal of verbal learning and verbal behaviour. 18: 585-600. Jacoby, Larry L. 1991 A process dissociation framework: Separating automatic from intentional uses of memory. Journal of Memory and Language; 1991 Oct Vol 30(5) 513 to 541 Jacoby, LL and M Dallas 1981 On the relationship between autobiographical memory and perceptual learning. Journal of Experimental Psychology: General 110, 306-340. Jacques, F. 1982 L'articulation morphosemantique du lexique, un parent pauvre de l'enseignement du français langue étrangère au niveau avance. [Developing the lexicon: a neglected aspect of teaching French as a foreign language at advanced level.] Beitrage zur Fremdsprachenvermittlung aus dem gonstanzer SLI, 11, 24-41. Jacquet, Roberta Church 1993 The Influence of Method Shaped Input and Principles in the Learning of Vocabulary in Second Language Dissertation Abstracts International, Ann Arbor, MI (DAI). 1993 Sept, 54:3, 915A DAI No.: DA9319085. Degree granting institution: U of Delaware Jafapur, A. 1999 Can the C-Test be imporved with classical item analysis? System 27. 79-89 Jafarpur, Abdoljavad 1995 Is C Testing Superior to Cloze? Language Testing; v12 n2 p194 216 Jul 1995 Jago, Janet L.; Jago, Arthur G.; Hart, Miriam 1984 An evaluation of the total communication approach for teaching language skills to developmentally delayed preschool children. Education and Training of the Mentally Retarded; 1984 Oct Vol 19(3) 175 182 Jain, M. 1974 'Error Analysis: Source, Cause and Significance In Richards, J. (ed.) 1974: Error Analysis. London: Longman. Jain, Mahavir P. 1981 On meaning in the foreign learner's dictionaries. Applied Linguistics. 2, 3, 274-286. Jake, J. and C. Myers-Scotton Codeswitching and compromise strategies: Implications for lexical structure INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF BILINGUALISM Volume 1, Number 1 April, 1997 Jake, J and C Myers-Scotton 1997 Code switching and compromise strategies: implications for lexical structure. International Journal of Bilingualism, 1,1, 25-40. Jakobovits, L, and W. E. Lambert 1961 Semantic satiation among bilinguals Journal of Experimental Psychology, 62, 576-582. James, C. 1977 Judgements of error gravities. English Language Teaching Journal. 31: 116-124. James, C. 1983. 'The Exculpation of Contrastive Linguistics In Robinett, B. and James, C. and Garrett, P. (eds.), 1994 Language awareness and the foreign language Classroom. Harlow, Essex: Longman James, C. P. 1995 Review of Nattinger, J. R. and DeCarrio, J. S. Lexical Phrases and Language Teaching. 1993. Applied Linguistics. 16(1): 120-124. James, Carl 1980 Contrastive analysis London: Longman James, D. L. 1972 The second Penparcau school project in early bilingualism. Aberystwyth: University of Wales Collegiate Faculty of Education: University College of Wales Bulletin, 19, 3-13. James, Mark Orlov 1996 Improving Second Language Reading Comprehension: A Computer Assisted Vocabulary Development Approach Dissertation Abstracts International, Ann Arbor, MI (DAI). 1996 Nov, 57:5, 1983A DAI No.: DA9629832. U of Hawaii, 1996 James, Peter. 1985 Word trees. Modern English Teacher. 12, 4, 31-34. James Premack, David and Ann 1983. The mind of an ape. New York: W.W. Norton. James, Sharon L. 1990. Normal language acquisition. Boston: Little, Brown, and Company. James, Vaughan. 1981 Review of Collins Dictionary of the English Language. English Language Teaching Journal. 35, 4, 471-472. James, W. 1890 / 1901 The Principles of Psychology. New York: Holt. Jamieson, P. 1976 The acquisition of English as a Second Language by young Tokelau children living in New Zealand. Unpublished PhD. thesis, Victoria University of Wellington, New Zealand. Jamieson, Penny. 1977 Acquisition of communicative competence by children learning a second language. Paper presented to AULLA, XVIIIth Congress, Victoria University, Wellington, New Zealand. Jamieson, Penny. 1977 Second language education of young children. Set 77, 1 New Zealand Council for Educational Research. Jankowski, Wayne; Alenskas, Lucias; Rodgon Maris Monitz 1977 A multi-functional approach to single-word usage J. Child Lang.; Vol.4: Feb 77 .23-43 ISSN: 03050009 Jannuzi, Charles 1994 Semantic Feature Analysis and Vocabulary Acquisition Language Teacher 18, no. 4 April : 30-33 Janopoulos, M 1986 The relationship of pleasure reading and second language writing proficiency TESOL Quarterly, 20 (4), 763-768. Jansen, M. G.; Luurtsema, R. 1986 De moeilijkheidsgraad van spelwoorden bij beginnende spellers. / The influence of word length and grapheme phoneme correspondence on the difficulty of spelling words for first graders. Pedagogische Studien; 1986 Jun Vol 63(6) 243 to 251 Janssen, Cynthia; Guess, Doug 1978 Use of Function as a Consequence in Training Receptive Labeling to Severely and Profoundly Retarded Individuals. AAESPH Review; v3 n4 p246 to 58 Dec 1978 Januzzi, CE 1995 Two complementary techniques for teaching vocabulary. Modern English Teacher, 4,3 36-41. Jarovinskij, Alexandr 1979 On the lexical competence of bilingual children of kindergarten age groups. International Journal of Psycholinguistics; 1979 Vol 6(3)(15) 43 to 57 Jarovinszkij, Alexandr 1980 Adatok az ovodas koru ketnyelvu gyermekek szokincserol. (Data on the vocabulary of bilingual nursery school aged children.) Magyar Pszichologiai Szemle; 1980 Vol 37(4) 380 to 401 Jarvis, Jennifer 1987 Meeting the Reading Needs of Trainee Primary School Teachers of English. Reading in a Foreign Language; v3 n2 p429 48 Spr 1987 Jarvis, Lorna, Joseph Danks and Wiliam Merriman 1995 The effect of bilingualism on cognitive ability: A test of the level of bilingualism hypothesis Applied Psycholinguistics: 16: 293-308 Jarvis, S 1997 The role of L1-based concepts in L2 lexical reference. PhD Thesis, Indiana Uuniversity. [UMI 9805350] Jaskari, J. and Juusela, M. 1986 Potential vocabulary and Teaching wordformation. Pro Gradu Thesis. University of Jyvaskyla. Jasper, I. 1995 Review of McCarthy¹s Vocabulary. CALS Review Jastak, J. F. and S. R. Jastak 1964 Short forms of the WAIS and WISC vocabulary subtests Journal of clinical psycholoy. 20, 167-199 Jastrzembski, J.E. 1984 Multiple meanings, number of related meanings, frequency of occurrence and the lexicon. Cognitive Psychology. 13, 278-305. Java, Rosalind I. 1994 States of awareness following word stem completion. European Journal of Cognitive Psychology; 1994 Mar Vol 6(1) 77 to 92 Javal, Emile 1982 Essai Sur la Phsiologie de la Lecture Annales d¹oculistique : 242-53 Jeffries, Lesley and Willis, Penny. 1982 Review of Longman Lexicon of Contemporary English. English Language Teaching Journal. 36, 4, 277-278. Jegi, John . I. 1901 The vocabulary of a two year old child. Child Study Monthly. 6, 7, 242-261. Jenkin, Heather; And Others 1993 Understanding Text in a Second Language: A Psychological Approach to an SLA Problem. Second Language Research; v9 n2 p118 39 Jun 1993 Jenkins, Barbara L.; And Others 1980 Children's Use of Hypothesis Testing when Decoding Words. Reading Teacher; v33 n6 p664 to 67 Mar 1980 Jenkins, J. J. 1974 Language and memory. In G. A. Miller (Ed.) Psychology and Communication Voice of America, Forum Series, 181-. 193. Jenkins, J., Matlock, B., & Slocum, T. 1989 Two approaches to vocabulary instruction: The teaching of individual word meanings and practice in deriving word meaning from context. Reading Research Quarterly, 24, 215-235. Jenkins, J., Stein, M., & Wysocki, K. 1984 Learning vocabulary through reading. American Educational Research Journal, 21, 767-787. Jenkins, Joseph R. and Dixon, R. 1983 Vocabulary learning. Contemporary Educational Psychology. 8, 237-260. Jenkins, S. 1993. The vocabulary burden of controlled and uncontrolled reading materials used with beginning ESLreaders. MA thesis, Victoria University of Wellington. Jenkins, Valerie; Russo, Riccardo; Parkin, Alan-J. 1998 "Levels of processing and single word priming in amnesic and control subjects": Erratum. Cortex. 1998 Dec; Vol 34(5): 787 Jennings, William N. 1972 The Reliability and Validity of the Word Association Test as a Measure of Academic Achievement. Final Report. Unknown Reference Jensema, Carl; McCann, Ralph; Ramsey, Scott 1996 Closed-Captioned Television Presentation Speed and Vocabulary American annals of the deaf. Volume 141, Number 4 pp. 284 Jensen, A. 1980 Bias in Mental Testing. New York: Free Press. Jescheniak, Jorg and Willem Levelt 1994 Word frequency effects in speech production: retrieval of syntactic information and of phonological form Journal of Experimental Psychology Learning, Memory, and Cognition; 20, 4, 824-843 Jespersen, O. 1922. Language London: George Allen and Unwin. Jespersen, O. 1928. Monosyllabism in English. Biennial Lecture on English Philology. Jespersen, Otto 1923 Growth and structure of the English Language Leipzig: Teubner (4th edition ) Jhabvala, Ruth Prawer unknown Shards of Memory Jiang, Lan. 1988 Acquisition of Word Connotations: A Study of Words Used to Refer to Women. MA Thesis, Brigham Young University, Linguistics Department. Provo, Utah. Jiang, N 1997 Cross-language priming from L2 to L1 in episodic recognition. In: MG Shafto and P Langley (eds) Proceedings of the 19th conference of theCognitive Science Society. Englewood Cliffs, N.J.: Erlbaum. Jin, Y-S. 1990 Effects of concreteness on cross-language priming in lexical decision. Perception and Motor Skills. 70, 1139-1154. Joe, A. 1993 What effects do text based tasks and background learning have on incidental vocabulary learning?. English Language Institute Victoria University Wellington. Joe, A. 1994 The effects of text-based tasks on incidental vocabulary learning. Unpublished MA thesis. Victoria University of Wellington, New Zealand. Joe, A. 1994. Generative use and vocabulary learning. Unpublished MA thesis, Victoria University of Wellington. Joe, A. 1995 Text based tasks and incidental vocabulary learning. Second Language Research. 11, 2, 95-111. Joe, A. 1995 The value of retelling activities for vocabulary learning. Guidelines 17,1: 1-8. Joe, A 1998 What effects do text-based tasks promoting generation have on incidentalvocabulary acquisition? Applied Linguistics, 19,3 (1998), 357-377. Joe, A 1998 Increasing task awareness within an individualised vocabulary programme. GRETA, 6,1 , 19-22. Joe, A, ISP Nation and J Newton 1996 Vocabulary learning and speaking activities. English teaching Forum, 34,1 (1996) 2-7. Joe, Angela; Paul Nation and Johnathon Newton 1996 Sensitive Vocabulary Tests Draft paper. Victoria University of Wellington, New Zealand Johansson, S. 1978 Studies of error gravity. Native reactions to errors produced by Swedish learners of English. Gothenburg Studies in English, 44, Gothenburg. Johansson, S. and Hofland, K. 1989. Frequency Analysis of English Vocabulary and Grammar. Oxford: Clarendon Press. Johansson, Stig. 1978 Some aspects of the vocabulary of learned and scientific English. Gothenburg Studies in English, Acta Universitas Gothoburgensis. 42. John Josef, 1982 Text Organization And Processing: A Computer-Based Foreign Language Vocabulary Control System. Costandi, Edd. University Of San Francisco, 1982. 402 Pp. Umi Dissertation Reference 8302704 Johns, Ann M. 1988 Reading for Summarising: An Approach to Text Orientation and Processing. Reading in a Foreign Language; v4 n2 p79 90 Spr 1988 Johns, J. L. 1974 Updating the Dolch Basic Sight Vocabulary for the Schools of the. 1970's. Paper presented at the Annual Meeting of the International Reading Association (19th, New Orleans, May 1-4. ). Johns, Jerry L.; And Others 1977 The Dolch Basic Sight Vocabulary: A Replication and Validation Study Elementary School Journal; 78; 1; 31 to 6 Johns, T. 1986 Micro-concord: a language learners' research tool System 14,2: 151-162. Johns, T. 1988 Implications et applications des logiciels de concordance dans la salle de classe. Les Langues Modernes. 82, 5, 29-49. Johns, T. 1988 Whence and Whither Classroom Concordancing? In T. Bongaerts et al (eds.) Computer Applications in Language Learning. Dordrecht: Foris. Johns, T. 1991 From print-out to handout: grammar and vocabulary teaching in the context of data-driven learning. In: T. Odlin (Ed.) Perspectives on pedagogical grammar. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press. Also in ELR Journal. 4.1-16.  Johns, T. 1991a. Should you be persuaded---Two Examples of Data-Driven Learning Materials. English Language Research Journal (4) 27-46 University of Birmingham Johns, T. and Davies, F. 1983. Text as a vehicle for information: the classroom use of written texts in teaching reading in a foreignlanguage. Reading in a Foreign Language. 1, 1. 1-19. Johns, T and P King (eds) 1991 Classroom concordancing. Special issue of English Language Research Journal, 4 Johns, W. B. 1939. The development of vocabulary among university students with some consideration of methods of fostering it. Journal of Experimental Education. 8, 1, 89-102. Johnson, Alex Francis, Jr. 1984 Intra Word Variability and Production Accuracy in Children's Phonological Disorders Dissertation Abstracts International. Mar., 44:9, 2717B Johnson, Craig W.; Hwang, Ru ing 1983 Learnability of technical vocabulary depends upon familiarity, comprehensibility and imagery. Psychological Reports; 1983 Dec Vol 53(3, Pt 1) 767 to 770 Johnson, D. and H. Myklebust 1967 Learning disabilities educational principles and practice New York Grune and Stratton Johnson, D. and Pearson, P. D. 1984 Teaching Reading Vocabulary. Holt, Rinehart & Winston, New York. Johnson, D. B. 1972 Computer frequency control of vocabulary in language learning reading materials. Instructional Science, 1, 1, 121-131. Johnson, Dale D.; And Others 1980 Interim Report: The Refinement of the Test Battery to Assess Word Identification Skills. Report from the Project on Studies in Language: Reading and Communication. Unknown Reference Johnson, Dale D.; And Others 1981 An Investigation of the Trends in Vocabulary Research and the Effects of Prior Knowledge on Instructional Strategies for Vocabulary Acquisition. Unknown Reference Johnson, Denise; Steele, Virginia 1996 So Many Words, So Little Time: Helping College ESL Learners Acquire Vocabulary Building Strategies. Journal of Adolescent & Adult Literacy; v39 n5 p348 57 Feb 1996 Johnson, Donald M. and Stratton, R. Paul. 1966 Evaluation of five methods of teaching concepts. Journal of Educational Psychology. 57, 1, 48-53. Johnson, Donna, M. 1992 Approaches to research in second language learning New York: Longman Johnson, Douglas N. 1993 Representations and Item Specific Learning in Lexical Decision Dissertation Abstracts International, Ann Arbor, MI (DAI). 1993 July, 54:1, 527B DAI No.: DA9313379. Degree granting institution: Johns Hopkins U Johnson, Ellen unknown Lexical Change and Variation in the Southeastern United States, 1930-90 Johnson, Feng-Ling 1995 A semantic network approach to second language vocabulary learning and its implementation in a computerised database. PhD: University of Illinois. 1995. Johnson, GB 1980 Lexis through listening. Guidelines 3, 69-75. Johnson, George 1930 An objective method of determining reading difficulty Journal of Educational Research 21, 4, 283-287 Johnson, Janelle L.; Hayes, Donald S. 1987 Preschool children's retention of rhyming and nonrhyming text: Paraphrase and rote recitation measures. Journal of Applied Developmental Psychology; 1987 Jul Sep Vol 8(3) 317 to 327 Johnson, Janice and Teresa Rosano 1993 Relation of cognitive style to metaphor interpretation and second language proficiency Applied Psycholinguistics: 14: 159-175 Johnson, JM 1996 Metaphor interpretations by second language learners: children and adults. Canadian Modern Language Review, 53,1 219-241. Johnson, John P.; And Others 1980 Single Word versus Connected Speech Articulation Testing. Language, Speech, and Hearing Services in the Schools; v11 n3 p175 to 79 Jul 1980 Johnson, Keith unknown Language teaching and skills learning Blackwell Johnson, Marc Victor, 1985 An Evaluation Of A Computer Based Modified Physical Response Method For Teaching Second Language Vocabulary. Phd. Brigham Young University, 1985. 80 Pp. Johnson, Marcia K. 1972 Organizational Units in Free Recall as a Source of Transfer Journal of Experimental Psychology; 94; 3; 300 to 7 Johnson, Marjorie S., and , Roy A. Kress 1965 Informal Reading Inventories Newark, Del.: International Reading Association Johnson, P. 1981. Effects on reading comprehension of language complexity and cultural background of a text. TESOL Quarterly. 15, 2. 169-181. Johnson, Patricia. 1982 Effects on reading comprehension of building background knowledge. TESOL Quarterly. 16, 4, 503-516. Johnson, RK and SNA Yau 1996 Coping with second language texts: the development of lexically based reading strategies. In: DA Watkins and JB Biggs (eds) The Chinese Learner. Hong Kong: Hong Kong University. Johnson, Roger A. 1974 Word Knowledge and Production of Original Verbal Responses in Deaf Children. Perceptual and Motor Skills. 39, 125-26 Johnson, Ronald C.; Green, Penny; Ahern, Frank M.; Cole, Robert E. 1984 Cognitive correlates of hemispheric performance on dichotic tasks. International Journal of Aging and Human Development; 1983- Vol 18(3) 186-5 Johnson, S. 1967 Hierachical Clustering Schemes. Psychometrika. 32 (3): 241-54. Johnson, T. and A Sheldon. 1987 Second language transfer: the interpretation of cognates in Swedish by Norwegians. Paper presented at the Second Language Research Forum, Los Angeles. Johnson-Laird, P. N. 1987 The mental representation of the meaning of words. Cognition. 25, 189-211. Johnson-Laird, P. N. and Quinn, J. G. 1976 To define true meaning. Nature. 264, 635-636. Johnson-Laird, P. N., Herrmann, D. J. and Chaffin, R. 1984 Only connections: a critique of semantic networks. Psychological Bulletin. 96, 2, 292-315. Johnston, Bill; Peterson, Shannon 1994 The Program Matrix: A Conceptual Framework for Language Programs. System; 22 n1 p63 80 Feb Johnston, C. E. 1954 Two thousand words are not enough New York State Education. 37: 431-433 Johnston, James C. 1978 A Test of the Sophisticated Guessing Theory of Word Perception Cognitive Psychology; 10; 2; 123 53 Johnston, Mason 1932 Estimating the reading recognition vocabulary California Quarterly of secondary education 173-177 Johnstone, Barbara 1996 The linguistic individual: Self-expression in language and linguistics New York: Oxford. Jones, A. 1928 A vocabulary study of children in a foreign industrial community Psychological Clinic 17: 13-21 Jones, B. F, and J. W. Hall 1978 School applications of the keyword method by 8th graders. Paper presented to the annual meeting of the American Psychological Association, Toronto. Jones, C. 1986. It's not so much the program, more what you do with it: the importance of methodology in CALL. System. 14, 2. 171-178. Jones, D. 1944 Vocabulary development Teachers College Journal 15: 116-118 Jones, Dawnell. 1995 The Effect of Singing Hymns on Incidental Vocabulary Learning and Retention. MA Thesis, Brigham Young University, Linguistics Department. Provo, Utah. Jones, F.R. 1994 The lone language learner: a diary study. System, 22(4), 441-454. Jones, Francis R. 1995 Learning an Alien Lexicon: A Teach Yourself Case Study. Second Language Research; v11 n2 p95 111 Jun 1995 Jones, G.J.F. 1994 Application of linguistic models to continuous speech recognition. Ph.D., Bristol - 44-8654 Jones, Lyle V. and Wepman, Joseph M. 1966 A Spoken Word Count: Adults. Western Psychological Services, Los Angeles. Jones, R. M. 1966 Situational vocabulary. IRAL. 4, 3, 165-173 Jones, S. and Sinclair, J. McH. 1974 English lexical collocations. a study in computational linguistics. Cahiers de Lexicologie. 24, 15-61. Jones, Susan S.; And Others 1991 Object Properties and Knowledge in Early Lexical Learning. Child Development; v62 n3 p499 516 Jun 1991 Jones, W. F. 1914 Concrete investigations of the material of English spelling Vermillion, South Dakota: State University of South Dakota Jongsma, Eugene 1971 The Cloze Procedure as a Teaching Technique Newark, Del.: ERIC/CRIER and the International Reading Association Jonz, J. 1990 Another turn in the conversation: What does cloze measure? TESOL Quarterly, 24 (1), 61-83. Jordan, G. 1992 Concordances: Research Findings and Learner Processes. Unpub M.A. Dissertation. Jordan, Thomas E. 1978 Influences on Vocabulary Attainment: A Five Year Prospective Study. Child Development; v49 n4 p1096 to 1106 Dec 1978 Jordens, P. and E. Kellerman 1981 Investigations into the transfer strategy in second language learning. In: J-G Savard and L. Laforge (Eds.), Proceedings of the fifth AILA congress. Montreal: Laval. Jordens Peter 1988 The acquisition of word order in Dutch and German as L1 and L2 Second Language Research; Vol.4,no.1: Jun 88 41-65 Jorgensen, J.C. 1990. The psychological reality of word senses. Journal of Psycholinguistic Research. 19, 3. 167-190. Jorgensen, J. Normann 1987 Minority Language Speaking Students' First and Second Language Vocabulary. Journal of Multilingual and Multicultural Development; v8 n1 to 2 p103 09 1987 Jorgensen, Julia 1990 Definitions as theories of word meaning Journal of psycholinguistic research, 19, 5, 293-316 Jorm A. F. 1981 Children with reading and spelling retardation: functioning of whole-word and correspondence-rule mechanisms J. Child Psychol. Psychiatr.; Vol.22, no.2 : Apr 81 171-178 ISSN: 00219630 Joseph, Brian 1980 Lexical Productivity versus Syntactic Generativity Linguistic Inquiry. 11, 420-26 Judd, E. L. 1978 Vocabulary teaching and TESOL: a need for reevaluation of existing assumptions. TESOL Quarterly, 12, 1, 71-76. Judy, Stephen N 1974 Explorations in the Teaching of Secondary English: A Source Book for Experimental Teaching New York: Dodd, Mead Juel, Connie L.; Solso, Robert L. 1979 Effects of Orthographic and Phonic Structures on Word Identification. Paper presented at the Annual Meeting of the National Reading Conference (29th, San Antonio, TX, November 29 December 1, 1979). Juel, Connie; Roper/Schneider, Diane 1981 The Growth of Letter Sound Correspondence Knowledge in First Grade and Its Relation to Reading Achievement and Programs. Paper presented at the Annual Meeting of the National Reading Conference (31st, Dallas, TX, December 2 to 5, 1981). Juffs, A. unknown Learnability and the lexicon in second L2 acquistion - Chinese learner¹s acquisition of argument structure Amsterdam : Benjamins, 1996. xi, 277 pp. Juillard, A., Brodin, D., and Davidovitch, C. 1970 . Frequency Dictionary of French Words. The Hague-Paris: Mouton. Juillard, M. and Luong, X. 1997. Words in the hood: a new look at the distribution of words in texts. Literary and Linguistic Computing. 12, 2.71-78. Julkunen, K. 1990 Affective properties of open and closed vocabulary tasks in individualistic and cooperative learning situations. Paper Delivered at AILA Thessaloniki. Jusczky, P. W. 1986 Speech perception. In K Boff, L Kaufman & J. P. Thomas (Eds.). Handbook of perception and human performance (pp. 27 - 1 - 27 - 57). Hillsdale, NJ: Erlbaum. Kaariainen, Risto 1970 The Factor Structure of Intellectual Abilities and Signal Sight Vocabulary Learning at Moderate and Severe Levels of Preliterature Mental Retardation. Unknown Reference Kachroo, J. N. 1962 Report on an investigation into the teaching of vocabulary in the first year of English. Bulletin of the Central Institute of English. 2, 67-72. Kadia, K. 1988 The effect of formal instruction on monitored and spontaneous naturalistic interlanguage performance, TESOL Quarterly VOL.22 P.509-15, Kaeding, F. W. 1898 Haufigkeitsworterbuch des deutscher Sprach Berlin: Stegalitz Kaelin, Ann Marie 1991 The Effects of Instruction Using a Mnemonic Graphic Organizer on Vocabulary Acquisition among Adult English as a Second Language Students. Unknown Reference Kagan, Sharon Lynn, Ed.; And Others 1995 Reconsidering Children's Early Development and Learning: Toward Common Views and Vocabulary. 95-03. -ERIC_NO- ED391576 Kahn, James V. 1983 Sensorimotor period and adaptive behavior development of severely and profoundly mentally retarded children. American Journal of Mental Deficiency; 1983 Jul Vol 88(1) 69 75 Kahn, James V. 1992 Predicting adaptive behaviour of severely and profoundly mentally retarded children with early cognitive measures. Journal of Intellectual Disability Research; 1992 Apr Vol 36(2) 101 114 Kahn, James V. 1996 Cognitive skills and sign language knowledge of children with severe and profound mental retardation. Education and Training in Mental Retardation and Developmental Disabilities; 1996 Jun Vol 31(2) 162 168 Kail, Robert; Catherine Kail; Laurence Leonard and Marilyn Nippold 1984 Lexical storage and retrieval in language-impaired children Applied Psycholinguistics, 5, 37-49 Kail, Robert; Nippold, Marilyn A. 1984 Unconstrained retrieval from semantic memory. Child Development; 1984 Jun Vol 55(3) 944 to 951 Kail, Robert; Park, Young shin 1994 Processing time, articulation time, and memory span. Journal of Experimental Child Psychology; 1994 Apr Vol 57(2) 281 to 291 Kail, Robert V. unknown Development of Memory in Children Kalivoda, T.B. 1987. Extra linguistic support - a crucial element in foreign language teaching. English Teaching Forum. 25, 2. 2-6. Kallkvist, M 1996 How different are the results of translation tasks? A study of lexical errors. Working Papers in English and Applied Linguistics, 3, 127-135. Källkvist, Marie 1995 Lexical errors among verbs: A pilot study of the vocabulary of advanced Swedish learners of English. Working papers in English and applied Linguistics. (2) 103-111. Kallkvist, Marie 1998 Lexical infellicity in English: the case of nouns and verbs In Haastrup, Kirsten and Ake Viberg Perspectives on lexical acquistion in second languages: Lund University. p. 149-174 Kamaras, Istvan; Nagy, Attila 1981 Reading Research in Hungary. Journal of Research in Reading; v4 n2 p81 91 Sep 1981 Kameenui, E. J., Dixon, R. C. and Carnine, D. W. 1987 Issues in the design of vocabulary instruction. In McKeown, M. G. and M. E. Curtis. (Eds.). The Nature of Vocabulary Acquisition. Lawrence Erlbaum Associates. Hillsdale: New Jersey. 129-145. Kameenui, Edward J., Carnine, D. C. and Freschi, R. 1982 Effects of text construction and instructional procedures for teaching word meanings on comprehension and recall. Reading Research Quarterly. 17, 3, 367-388. Kamp, Yves; Hasler, Martin unknown Recursive Neural Networks for Associative Memory Kandel, E and Hawkins, R 1992 The biological basis of learning and individuality Scientific American 267 (3) pp52-61 Kane, Janet Hidde; Anderson, Richard C. 1978 Depth of Processing and Interference Effects in the Learning and Remembering of Sentences. Journal of Educational Psychology; v70 n4 p626 to 35 Aug 1978 Kaneman Pougatch, M. 1987 Des mots pour les dire. Le francais dans le monde. 208, 50-55. Kanerva, Pentti unknown Sparse Distributed Memory Kang, Hee Won; Golden, Anne 1994 Vocabulary Learning and Instruction in a Second or Foreign Language. International Journal of Applied Linguistics; v4 n1 p57 77 1994 Kang S. 1995 The effects of a context embedded approach to second language vocabulary learning System, 23, 143-55. Kankashian, A. K. 1979 College-level instruction: a new approach. English Teaching Forum. 17, 2, 38-41. Kanselaar, G 1993 The didactics of foreign language teaching with multi-media. Journal of Information Technology for Teacher Education, 2 251-265. Kantor, H. 1978 An Analysis of Lexical Errors in the Interlanguage of Hebrew Learners. Bar-Ilan University: M.A. Thesis. Kaper, W. 1969 Productive Rules or Imitation? Some Remarks on Word and Sentence Structure in Child Language. In: Nomen: Leyden Studies in Linguistics and Phonetics. The Hague : Mouton. Kaplan, Elaine M.; Tuchman, Anita 1980 Vocabulary Strategies Belong in the Hands of Learners. Journal of Reading; v24 n1 p32 34 Oct 1980 Kaplan, Jeffrey P. 1989. English grammar. Principles and facts. Englewood Cliffs, NJ: Prentice Hall. Kaplan, L. 1981 Intensive tutoring based on superlearning Journal of the Society for Accelerative Learning and Teaching, 6, 4, 245-254. Kappel, Stephen; And Others 1973 Effects of Vocalization on Short Term Memory for Words Journal of Experimental Psychology; 101; 2; 314 to 17 Kapur, Narinder unknown Memory Disorders in Clinical Practice Karaca, R.A. 1989, A7. Culture-specific vocabulary in an English-Turkish dictionary. M.A., Exeter - 39-7910 Karanth, P 1992 Developmental dyslexia in bilingual biliterates. Reading and Writing: an interdisciplinary journal, 4297-306. Karaulov, J. N. 1974 Semanticeskie igry kak priem obucenija jazyku. [Semantic garnes as a technique in the study of language.] . Russkii yazyk v natsionalnoi shkole, 3, 27-33 Karlik, John; And Others 1995 I'm Learning to Read Again. and Lost for Words: Aphasia and Literacy. RaPAL Bulletin; n26 p2 to 13 Spr 1995 Karlin, A. L. 1973 Zur Frage der Bekampfung der externen Interferenz auf lexischer Ebene (The Question of Combatting External Interference on the Lexical Level) Deutsch als Fremdsprache; 10; 5; 309 to 15 Karmiloff - Smith, A . 1986 Some fundamental aspects of language development after age 5. In Fletcher, P. & Garman, M. (Eds.). Language Acquisition. Cambridge : Cambridge University Press. Karttunen, Francis. 1993 Between worlds: guides, interpreters, and survivors. Rutgers University Press. Kasper. G. 1984 Discussion. Re Faerch¹s article ³strategies in production and reception - some empirical, evidence² In: A. Davies, C. Criper and APR Howatt (Eds.) Interlanguage. Edinburgh: Edinburgh University Press. Kasper, G. 1992 'Pragmatic Transfer'. Second Language Research 8.3: 203-231. Kasper, G. and S. Blum-Kulka 1993 Interlanguage pragmatics New York: Oxford University Press Kasper, Gabriel 1998 Self-report data in pragmatics research Paper presented at PACSLRF Tokyo March 1998 Kasper, Loretta 1993 The keyword method and foreign language vocabulary learning: a rationale for its use Foreign language annals 26, 2, 244-51 Kasserman, Jane Ellen 1988 An Investigation of Processes Underlying Access in Word Fragment Completion Dissertation Abstracts International, Ann Arbor, MI (DAI). 1988 Mar., 48:9, 2806B 2807B Kastovsky, Dieter 1986 The Problem of Productivity in Word Formation Linguistics: An Interdisciplinary Journal of the Language Sciences. 24:3 (283), 585-600 Kaszubski, P. 1997 Polish student writers - Can corpora help them? In Lewandowska-Tomaszczyk, B. and Melia, P.J. (eds). International Conference on Practical Applications in Language Corpora. Lodz, Poland, 10-14 April 1997. Proceedings. Lodz University Press, Lodz, pp. 133-58. Kaszubski, P. 1998 Enhancing a writing textbook: a national perspective. In Granger, S. (ed.) Learner English on Computer. Addison Wesley Longman, London and New York, pp. 172-185. Katamine, L. 1989 A comparison of the adoption of communication strategies in spoken and written English of native Arabic learners. University of Wales (Bangor): MA dissertation. Kataria, Sudesh; Goldstein, Donald J.; Kushnick, Theodore 1984 Developmental delays in Williams ("Elfin facies") syndrome. Applied Research in Mental Retardation; 1984 Vol 5(4) 419 423 Katsaros-Molzahn, M. 1996 sTUDENT RESPONSES TO REAL BOOK READING IN JUNIOR HIGH READING CLASSES The Language Teacher. 20 (4): 16-18 Katz, A.N. 1987 Self - reference in the encoding of creative - relevant traits. Journal of Personality. 55: 97 - 120. Katz, J.J. 1973 Compositionality, idiomaticity, and lexical substitution In Anderson, S. and Kiparsky, P. (eds.) A Festschrift for Morris Halle. New York: Holt, Rinehart, & Winston. 357--376 Katz, J.J. and Postal, P.M. 1963 Semantic interpretation of idioms and sentences containing them M.I.T. Quarterly Progress Report 70. 275--282 Katz, J. J., & Fodor, J. A. 1963 The structure of a semantic theory. Language, 39, 170- 210. Katz, Kim David 1986 A Study of Learning Difficulty versus Frequency of Occurrence for Sight Words Selected from a Third Grade Reading Vocabulary List Dissertation Abstracts International, Ann Arbor, MI (DAI). 1986 July, 47:1, 137A Katz, N., Baker, E., & MacNamara, J. 1974 What's in a name? A study of how children learn common and proper nouns. Child Development, 65, 469-473. Katz, Robert B. 1990 Cross modality word matching in letter by letter readers. Cortex; 1990 Mar Vol 26(1) 65 to 76 Kau, Alice S. M.; Winer, Gerald A. 1987 Incidental Learning in Young Children Tested with Words or Words Plus Pictures As Stimuli. Journal of Experimental Child Psychology; v43 n3 p359 66 Jun 1987 Kaufman, D.; Aronoff, M. 1989 Morphological Interaction between L1 and L2 in Language Attrition II: 203 215 IN Gass Susan (ed.); Madden Carolyn (ed.); Preston Dennis (ed.); Selinker Larry (ed.). Variation in Second Language Acquisition, I: Discourse and Pragmatics; II: Psycholinguistic Issues. Clevedon, Eng. : Multiling. Matters, 1989. viii, 288 + 264 pp. Kaufman, Dorit Hannah 1992 First Language Attrition as a Creative Interplay between Two Languages Dissertation Abstracts International, Ann Arbor, MI (DAI). 1992 Mar, 52:9, 3263A DAI No.: DA9205264. Degree granting institution: State U of New York, Stony Brook Kausler, Donald H. unknown Learning and Memory in Normal Ageing KAWAI,-YOSHIFUMI 1966 PHYSICAL COMPLEXITY OF THE CHINESE LETTER AND LEARNING TO READ IT. Japanese-Journal-of-Educational-Psychology. 1966; 14(3): 1-10 Kawakami, Ayako 1994 The effect of proficiency in a second language on lexical conceptual representation. Japanese Journal of Psychology; 1994 Feb Vol 64(6) 426 to 433 Kay, Deborah A.; Anglin, Jeremy M. 1982 Overextension and Underextension in the Child's Expressive and Receptive Speech. Journal of Child Language; v9 n1 p83 to 98 Feb 1982 Kay, Heather L. 1991 Topic Types Revisited: The Humanities. Reading in a Foreign Language; v7 n2 p553 67 Spr 1991 Kay, Paul 1997 Words and the grammar of context CSLI Publications Kaye, Jonathan. 1989. Phonology: a cognitive view. Hillsdale. Keatley C. 1992 History of bilingualism research in cognitive psychology in R. Harris Cognitive processing in bilinguals. Elsevier Keatley, Catharine; de Gelder, Beatrice 1992 The bilingual primed lexical decision task: Cross language priming disappears with speeded responses. Special Issue: Multilingual community. European Journal of Cognitive Psychology; 1992 Dec Vol 4(4) 273 to 292 Keatley, CW, JA Spinks and B de Gelder 1994 Assymetrical cross-language priming effects. Memory and Cognition, 22 , 70-84. Keefe, Don; And Others 1982 Adult Disabled Readers: Instructional Strategies to Improve Comprehension. Reading World; v21 n4 p320 to 25 May 1982 Keen, Dennis. 1985 Developing vocabulary skills. 2d ed. Boston, MA: Heinle & Heinle Publishers, Inc. Keenan, E.L. & Comrie, B. 1977 Noun phrase accessibility and universal grammar. Linguistic Inquiry, 8(1), 63-99. Keenan, Janice 1989 Beyond Bartlett : Issues in the study of comprehension In: Dechert, Hans and Manfred Raupach (Eds.) Psycholinguistic Models of Language Production. Ablex Keenan, Janice and Brian MacWhinney 1989 Understanding the relationship between comprehension and production In: Dechert, Hans and Manfred Raupach (Eds.) Psycholinguistic Models of Language Production. Ablex Keeney, T.J. & Wolfe, J. 1972 The acquisition of agreement in English. Journal of Verbal Learning and Verbal Behavior 11, pp. 698-705. Keeves, John P. 1988 Educational Research, methodology and measurement Oxford : Pergamon press Kegley, Peggy Ann Dec 89 Easy Reader Books: A Viable Supplement to Today's Basals? ERIC Document Keil, F. C. and Batterman, N. 1984 A characteristic-to-defining shift in the development of word meaning. Journal of Verbal Learning and Verbal Behavior. 23, 221-236. Keiner, Helmut 1975 Grundwortschatzlisten fuer Naturwissenschaft und Technik. Strategien zu ihrer Erstellung (Basic Vocabularies for Natural Science and Technology. Strategies for Producing Them) Praxis des Neusprachlichen Unterrichts; 22; 3; 275 to 282 Kelch, K. 1984 Modified Input as an aid to Comprehension. Studies in Second Language Acquisition. 7: 81-89. Kellar, H.H. 1978. New perspectives in teaching vocabulary. Language in Education, Center for Applied Linguistics, Virginia. 8. Keller, H. H. 1975 The Place of a Topical Vocabulary Checklist in Foreign Language Teaching. Paper presented at the Kentucky Interdisciplinary Conference on Linguistics (Richmond, Kentucky, April 4-5. 1975). Keller, Howard H. 1978 New perspectives in teaching vocabulary Language in Education. Center for Applied Linguistics, Virginia. 8. Keller, Martha Perry Freese 1978 An Experimental Analysis of the Relationship between Receptive and Productive Language Acquisition in Developmentally Delayed Children Dissertation Abstracts International, Ann Arbor, MI 1978, 38, 4465B Keller, Rudi. 1990. Sprachwandel: vor der unsichtbaren Hand in der Sprache. Tubingen: Francke. Kellerman, E. 1977 Towards a characterisation of the strategy of transfer in second language learning Interlanguage Studies Bulletin 2. 58--145 Kellerman, E. 1978 Giving learners a break: native language intuitions as a source of predictions about transferability. Working Papers in Bilingualism, 15,59-92. Kellerman, E. 1980 Oeil pour oeil. Encrages Université de Paris VIII a Vincennes,54-63. Kellerman, E. 1981 Predicting transferability from semantic space: an investigation of translation preferences for a polysemous word. Studia Anglica Posnaniensa, XIV, 198-219. Kellerman, E. 1983 Now you see it, now you don't. In: S. Gass and L. Selinker (Eds.). Language Transfer in Language Learning. Rowley, Mass: Newbury House. Kellerman, E. 1984 'The Empirical Evidence for the Influence of the L1 in Interlanguage In Davies, A., Criper, C. and Howatt, A. (eds.) 1984: Interlanguage. Edinburgh: Edinburgh University Press. Kellerman, E. 1985 If at first you do succeed. In S. M. Gass and C. G. Madden Input in Second Language Acquisition Newbury House, Rowley, Mass. Kellerman, E. 1986 'An Eye for an Eye: Crosslinguistic Constraints on the Development of the L2 Lexicon In Kellerman, E., and Sharwood Smith, M. (eds.) 1986: Crosslinguistic Influence in Second Language Acquisition. Oxford: Pergamon Press. Kellerman, E. 1987 Aspects of Transferability in Second Language Acquisition. Unpublished manuscript, University of Nijmegen. Cited in Ellis 1994) Kellerman, E, Ammerlaan, T,. Bongaerts, T., & Poulisse, N 1990 System and Hierarchy in L2 Compensatory Strategies. In R. C. Scarcella, E. S. Andersen & S. D. Krashen (Eds.) Developing Communicative Competence In A Second Language (pp. 163 - 178). New York, NY: Newbury House. Kellerman, E., and Sharwood Smith, M. (eds.) 1986: Crosslinguistic Influence in Second Language Acquisition. Oxford: Pergamon Press. Kelley, Victor H. 1932 Techniques for testing word meaning knowledge Elementary English review. 9: 102-5 Kelley, Victor H. 1933 An experimental study of certain techniques for testing word meanings. Journal of Educational Research. 27, 4, 277-282. Also PhD. Dissertation Iowa University, 1931 Kelley, Victor H. 1937 An experiment with multiple-choice vocabulary tests constructed by two different proceedures Journal of Experimental Education 5, 249-250 Kellog, A. 1922 An experiment to increase vocabulary English Journal 11: 341-8 Kellogg, G. S. and M. J. Howe 1971 Using words and pictures in foreign language learning. The Alberta Journal of Educational Research, XVII . 89-94. Kelly, Louis G. 1969 25 centuries of language teaching Ch 7 Selection Newbury House, Mass. Kelly, Michael H.; Bock, J. Kathryn; Keil, Frank C. 1986 Prototypicality in a linguistic context: Effects on sentence structure. Journal of Memory and Language; 1986 Feb Vol 25(1) 59 to 74 Kelly, P. 1985 Dual approach to FL vocabulary learning: the conjoining of listening comprehension and mnemonic practices. PhD thesis. UC Louvain-la-Neuve. Kelly, P. 1986 Solving the vocabulary retention problem. ITL: Review of Applied Linguistics. 74, 1-16. Kelly, P. 1989 A particular application of the RALEX method of foreign language learning. Le Langage et L'Homme. 24, 153-160. Kelly, P. 1989 Utilization of the hookword method for the learning of Polish vocabulary: A personal investigation. ITL: Review of Applied Linguistics. 85, 86, 123-142. Kelly, P. 1990 Guessing: no substitute for systematic learning of lexis. System. 18 (2):. 199-208. Kelly, P. 1990. Measuring long term retention following a programme of massive vocabulary expansion. Unpublished MS. Kelly, P 1991. Basic components of successful foreign language vocabulary learning. In: S Granger (ed.) Perspectives on the English Lexicon.Louvain la Neuve. Kelly, P. 1991 Lexical ignorance: the main obstacle to listening comprehension with advanced foreign language learners. IRAL. 29: 135-149. Kelly, P 1992 Does the ear assist the eye in the long-term retention of lexis? IRAL, 18 , 137-145. Kelly, P. J VanParys, X Li and C Zimmer 1996 A comparison between the practices of Chinese and French speaking Belgian University students in the learning of English: the prelude to an improved program of lexical expansion. ITL Review of Applied Linguistics, 113-114, 275-303. Kelly, R. 1991 The Graeco-Latin vocabulary of formal English: some pedagogical implications. RELC Journal. 22, 1, 69-83. Kembo, J 1993 Kenya. Reading: Encouraging and maintaining individual extensive reading Forum, 31 (2), 36. Kemp, Simon unknown Cognitive Psychology in the Middle Ages Kempe, Vera; MacWhinney, Brian 1996 The Cross linguistic Assessment of Foreign Language Vocabulary Learning. Applied Psycholinguistics; v17 n2 p149 83 Jun 1996 Kempen, G. and G. Hoenkamp 1987 An incremental procedural grammar for sentence formulation cognitive science 11; 201-58 Kemper, Susan 1989 Constraints on psychological processes in discourse production In: Dechert, Hans and Manfred Raupach (Eds.) Psycholinguistic Models of Language Production. Ablex Kempler, Daniel; Van Lancker, Diana 1993 Acquisition and Loss of Familiar Language: Idiom and Proverb Comprehension 249 57 IN Eckman Fred R. (ed.). Confluence: Linguistics, L2 Acquisition and Speech Pathology. Amsterdam : Benjamins, 1993. xvi, 261 pp. Kempter, F. 1971 Die Rolle der Wortbildungsstrukturen im Sprachlernprozess und deren Vermittlung mit Hilfe des Sprachtonbandes. [The role of word-formation structures in the language-learning process and how to get them over with the aid of the language tape.] Deutsch als Fremdsprache, 8, 2, 87-93. Kempton 1981 The folk categorization of ceramics: a study of cognitive prototypes. new York: Acadamic press. Kennedy, Alan; Milne, Marlyn 1972 Cluster Analysis of Word Order Judgment Latencies for German Active and Passive Sentences. Psychonomic Science. 1972, 26, 330-32 Kennedy, B. 1988 Adult versus Child L2 acquisition: an informatoin processing approach. Language learning. 38: 4. 479 - 495. Kennedy, C. 1985 Vocabulary teaching in an ESP reading course. ESPMENA Bulletin, Khartoum, 20, 19-25. Kennedy, G. 1979 Semantic priorities in English language teaching. RELC Journal, 10, 2, 14-35. Kennedy, G. 1987 Expressing temporal frequency in academic English. TESOL Quarterly. 21, 1, 69-86. Kennedy, G. 1992 Preferred ways of putting things with implications for language teaching. In J. Svartik (Ed.) Directions in Corpus Linguistics Mouton de Gruyer, Berlin, 335-373. Kennedy, G. 1996. Over once  lightly.. In Papers from the sixteenth international conference on English language research on computerized corpora, Toronto 1995. Rodopi, Amsterdam. 253-262. Kennedy, G. 1998. An Introduction to Corpus Linguistics. Longman, London. Kennedy, G.D. 1990 Collocations: Where grammar and vocabulary teaching meet. In S. Anivan (Ed.), Language teaching methodology for the nineties (pp. 215-229). Singapore: RELC. Kennedy, G. (ed.). 1997. Dictionary of New Zealand Sign Language. Auckland University Press. Kennon, Laura Hall Vere. 1926. Appendix A, B, C. in tests of literary vocabulary for teachers of English. Teachers College, Columbia University, Contributions in Education. No. 223, 37-57. Kent, G. H. 1937 Suggestions for the next revision of the Binet-Simon Scale Psychological Record 1, 409-432 Kent, GH and JA Rosanoff 1910 A study of association in insanity. American Journal of Insanity, 67, 37-96 and 317-390. Kent, J. P. 1984 Woordassociatie en vreemde-talenonderwijs. [Word associations in foreign language teaching.] Levende Talen 395, 525-530. Kent, Ray, D. 1992 The biology of phonological development In Charles Ferguson , Lise Men and Carol Stoel-Gammon (eds.) Phonological development: models research, implications. Timonium, MD York Press Kent, Sandra Alice. 1993 Using Mnemonics to Teach Chinese Characters Is a Picture Worth a Thousand Words? MA Thesis, Brigham Young University, Linguistics Department. Provo, Utah. Kenyon, John 1988 Bilingualism and English vocabulary: No difference between Acadian French and Anglophone third graders on the Ammonses' Quick Test. Perceptual and Motor Skills; 1988 Apr Vol 66(2) 371 to 374 Kercuk, Nadia. 1984 My pictionary. Modern English Teacher. 11, 4, 27-30. Kerim-Zade, . I. and Pavlov, V. 1989 The semantico- functional variability of words and the teaching of vocabulary to advanced EFL students. Applied Linguistics. 10, 4, 382- 391. Kerkman, H. 1981 De organisatie van het lexicon bij bilingualen. [The organization of the bilingual lexicon.] Toegepaste Taalwetenschap in Artikelen, 11, 190-196. Kerkman, H. 1984 Woordherkenning in twee talen In A. Thomassen, L. Noordman and P. Eling (Eds) Het Leesproces. Liese: Swets and Zeitlinger. Kern, R.G. 1989. Second language reading strategy instruction: its effects on comprehension and word inference ability. Modern Language Journal. 73, 2. 135-149. Kernerman, Lionel 1996 English learners¹ Dictionaries: how much do we know about their use? M. Guellerstam et al (eds) Euralex proceedings. Papers submitted to the seventh EURALE. Gotheborg Kerr, Frank W 1966 Expression and Meaning: A Handbook for Vocabulary Development Belmont, Calf.: Dickenson Kerschgens, Edda 1975 Aktiver und passiver Wortschatz im Englischunterricht und in Lehrwerken der Hauptschule (Active and Passive Vocabulary in Teaching English and in Textbooks Used in Hauptschulen "Terminal" Junior High Schools) Englisch; 10; 1; 22 to 27 Kershner, J, and A. Jeng 1972 Dual functional hemispheric asymmetry in visual perception: effects of ocular dominance and postexposural processes. Neuropsychologia, 10, 437-445. Kerswill, P.E. 1992 (in Norwegian) Dialektkontakt og sosiolingvistiske strukturer i Norge og i England (Dialect contact and sociolinguistic structures in Norway and England]. In: Kotsinas, U.B. and Helgander, J.(eds) Dialektkontakt, språkkontakt och språkförändring i Norden. Föredrag från ett forskarsymposium (Dialect contact, language contact and language change in the Nordic countries. Papers from a research symposium]. Stockholm: Institutionen för nordiska språk, Stockholms universitet, 220-231. Kerswill, P.E. 1994 Dialects Converging: Rural Speech in Urban Norway. Oxford: Oxford University Press, . Kess and Miyamoto unknown Japanese Psycholinguistics a classified and anotated bibliog Univ of Victoria Kess, Joseph unknown Psycholinguistics John Benjamins Keys, K.J. 1985. F.R. Leavis: the development of a critical vocabulary. Ph.D., Edinburgh - 35-5355 Khaldieh, Salim A. 1991 Phonological and Visual Processes in Word Recognition by American Learners of Arabic as a Foreign Language. Unknown Reference Khaldieh, Salim Ahmad 1991 The Role of Phonological Encoding (Speech Recoding) and Visual Processes in Word Recognition of American Learners of Arabic as a Foreign Language Dissertation Abstracts International, Ann Arbor, MI (DAI). 1991 June, 51:12, 4045A DAI No.: DA9111730. Degree granting institution: Ohio State U Khalil, A. 1985 Communicative error evaluations: native speaker¹s evaluation and interpretation of written errors of Arab EFL learners. TESOL Quarterly. 19: 225 - 351. Khalsa, Dharma Singh unknown Brain Longevity: How to Regenerate Your Mind and Memory for a Lifetime of Kharlov, G. A. 1990 (Psychological features of systemic teaching of the lexical features of a foreign language.) Novye Issledovaniya v Psikhologii i Vozrastnoi Fiziologii; 1990 Vol 1(3) 62 to 64 Kibby, M. W. 1977 A note on the relationship of word difficulty and word frequency. Psychological Reports. 41, 12-14. Kibby, Michael W. 1977 Note on relationship of word difficulty and word frequency. Psychological Reports; 1977 Aug Vol 41(1) 12 to 14 Kidd, Parris unknown How to Improve Memory and Brain Function as We Age Kidder, Ronald Curtis 1977 The Influence of Word Frequency and Problem Size on Productive Thinking Dissertation Abstracts International. 37, 4724B-25B Kielhoefer, Bernd 1978 Semantisierungsverfahren in der Fremdsprache. Eine Untersuchung zum Interimslexikon deutscher Franzoesischlerner (Semanticizing Procedures in the Foreign Language. An Investigation of the Interim Vocabulary of German Students of French). Linguistik und Didaktik; v9 n36 p379 to 99 1978 Kielhöfer, B. 1976 Deutsche Schulleistungstests im fach Französisch. Neusprachliche Mitteilungen, 29, 3, 137-145. Kiernan, Barbara; Gray, Shelley Word Learning in a Supported-Learning Context by Preschool Children with Specific Language Impairment Journal-of-Speech, Language, and-Hearing-Research, Iowa City, IA (JSLHR). 1998 Feb, 41:1, 161-71 Kiernan, Barbara; Swisher, Linda 1990 The Initial Learning of Novel English Words: Two Single Subject Experiments with Minority Language Children. Journal of Speech and Hearing Research; v33 n4 p707 to 16 Dec 1990 Kiernan, C.; Bowler Dermot M. 1990 Free recall of lists of word and sign labels by severely handicapped children Journal of Mental Deficiency Research; Vol.34,no.2: Apr 90 157-168 Kilgarriff, A. 1997 Putting frequencies in a dictionary International Journal of Lexicography 10, 2. 135-155. Kilian, Anne Stallman; And Others 1995 Learning Vocabulary from Context: Effects of Focusing Attention on Individual Words during Reading. ED392012 Technical Report No. 619. Kim, H., & Krashen, S 1997 Why don't language acquirers take advantage of the power of reading? TESOL Journal, 6 (3), 26-29. Kimura, D. 1992 Sex differences in the brain Scientific American 267 (3) pp80-87 Kimura, M. 1989 Review of The Nature of Vocabulary Acquisition (Ed.) M. E. Curtis. Language Learning. 39, 2, 277-279. Kimura, Masanori. 1988 The Effect of Japanese Loanwords on the Acquisition of the Correct Range of Meanings of English Words. MA Thesis, Brigham Young University, Linguistics Department. Provo, Utah. King, J.F., Zechmeister, E. and J. Shaughnessy 1980 Judgements of Knowing: the influence of retrieval practice American Journal of psychology. 93: 329-343 King, Janet K., Holley, Freda M. and Weber, Betty. 1975 A new reading. In Perspective: a New Freedom, ACTFL Review 7, 169-217. King, Joseph Francis 1979 The Effects of Task and Stimulus Manipulations on Judgement of Knowing Accuracy Dissertation Abstracts International, Ann Arbor, MI 1979, 40, 1927B 28B King, R. J. 1978 Vocabulary and the use of context in Sci-tech English. TESOL Newsletter XII, 4, 21. King, S. T. 1980 Cognitive correlates of culturally dissimilar word meanings in the two languages of the bilingual. Ph.D. Thesis, George Washington University. King Sears, Margaret E.; And Others 1992 Toward Independence with Keyword Mnemonics: A Strategy for Science Vocabulary Instruction. Remedial and Special Education (RASE); v13 n5 p22 to 33 Sep Oct 1992 Kingston, Abi 1994 Vocabulary testing for placement purposes: a review of Meara¹s EFL vocabulary tests Paper sumbitted for assessment to University College of Ripon and York St. John, York, UK Kinney, A. C, 1932 Four types of examinations compared and evaluated Journal of educational psychology 22: 268-278 Kinney, A. C, 1940 Vocabulary test The instructor 49: 26 Kinney, L. B. and A. C. Eurich 1932 A summary of investigations comparing different types of tests. School and Society 36: 540-544 Kinoshita, A. 1990, A7. A study of Japanese vocabulary relating to social structure. M.A., Exeter - 41-0113 Kinoshita, Sachiko; Wayland, Susan V. 1993 Effects of surface features on word fragment completion in amnesic subjects. American Journal of Psychology; 1993 Spr Vol 106(1) 67 to 80 Kintsch, W. 1970 Recognition memory in bilingual subjects Journal of Verbal Learning and Verbal Behavior, 9, 405-409. Kintsch, W. and Mross, E.F. 1985 Context effects in word identification. Memory and Language. 24, 3, 336-349. Kintsch, W.; And Others 1975 Comprehension and Recall of Text as a Function of Content Variable Journal of Verbal Learning and Verbal Behavior; 14; 2; 196 to 214 Kintsch, W. & Buschke, H. 1969 Homophones and synonyms in short term memory. Journal of Experimental Psychology. 80, 403 - 407. Kintsch, Walter 1970 Models for free recall and recognition In D. A. Norman (Ed.), Models Of Human Memory, NY: Academic Press. Kintsch, Walter 1978 More on Recognition Failure of Recallable Words: Implications for Generation Recognition Models. Psychological Review; v85 n5 p470 to 73 Sep 1978 Kintsch, Walter 1989 Psychological processes iin discourse production In: Dechert, Hans and Manfred Raupach (Eds.) Psycholinguistic Models of Language Production. Ablex Kintsch, Walter; Kintsch, Eileen 1969 Interlingual Interference and Memory Processes Journal Verb Learning Verb Beh; 8; 1; 16 to 19 Kintsch, Walter; Van Dijk, Teun A. 1978 Toward a Model of Text Comprehension and Production. Psychological Review; v85 n5 p363 94 Sep 1978 Kinzel, P. 1964 Lexical and grammatical interference in the speech of a bilingual child. Studies in Linguistics and Language Learning, Volume I. Seattle: University of Washington Press. Kiraly, Donald C. 1995 Translation Studies, No.3 Kent State UP Kirkpatrick, E. 1912 The Binet tests and mental ability Journal of Educational Psychology. 3, 337 Kirkpatrick, E. A. 1891 Number of words in an ordinary vocabulary. Science. 18, 446, 107-108. Kirkpatrick, E. A. 1891 How children learn to talk: a study of the development of language - children¹s vocabularies Science. 18, 175-6 Kirkpatrick, E. A. 1894 An experimental study of memory Psychological Review. 1, pp 602-609. Kirkpatrick, E. A. 1907 A vocabulary test. Popular Science Monthly. 70, 157-164. Also in W. S. Gray and E. Holmes The development of meaning vocabularies in reading. University of Chicago, 1938 Kirkpatrick, J. J. and Cureton, E. E. 1949 Vocabulary item difficulty and word frequency. Journal of Applied Psychology. 33, 347-351. Kirn, Elaine 1984 Ways with Words: Vocabulary Puzzles and Activities New York: Holt, Rinehart and Winston Kirova, L. G. and V. I Stoyanova 1973 Stranovyedcheskiy aspekt prepodavaniya leksiki. [Knowledge of a country as an aspect of teaching vocabulary.] Russkiy Yazyk za Rubezhom, 3, 86-9. Kirschner, Carl 1996 Language Attrition and the Spanish English Bilingual: A Case of Syntactic Reduction. Bilingual Review Revista Bilingue; v21 n2 p123 30 May Aug 1996 Kirsner, K. 1973. An analysis of the visual component in recognition memory for verbal stimuli. Memory and Cognition 1, 4: 449-453. Kirsner, K. 1986 Lexical function: is a bilingual account necessary?. In J. Vaid (Ed.) Language processing in bilinguals. Hillsdale, NJ.: Lawrence Erlbaum Associates. Kirsner, K. 1994 Implicit processes in second language learning In N. Ellis (Ed.), Implicit and Explicit Learning of Languages. London: Academic Press. Kirsner, K. 1994 Second Language Vocabulary Learning: the role of implicit processes. In N. Ellis (Ed.) Implicit and Explicit Learning of Languages. Academic Press. 281-311. Kirsner, K, E. Lalor and K. Hird. 1993 The bilingual lexicon: exercise, meaning and morphology. In: R. Schreuder and B. Weltens (Eds.) The Bilingual Lexicon. Amsterdam: Benjamins. Kirsner, K., H. L. Brown, S. Abrol, N. K. Chadha and N. K. Sharma 1980 Bilingualism and lexical representation. Quarterly Journal of Experimental Psychology, 32, 585-594. Kirsner, K, M. C. Smith, R. S. Lockhart, ML King and M. Jain 1984 The bilingual lexicon: language-specific units in an integrated network Journal of Verbal Learning and Verbal Behaviour 23, Kirsner, Kim; Milech, Dan; Stumpfel, Veronica 1986 Word and picture identification: Is representational parsimony possible? Memory and Cognition; 1986 Sep Vol 14(5) 398 to 408 Kirsner, Kim; Schwartz, Steven 1986 Words and hemifields: Do the hemispheres enjoy equal opportunity? Brain and Cognition; 1986 Jul Vol 5(3) 354 to 361 Kiss, G.R. 1973 Grammatical word classes: A learning process and its simulation In G.H. Bower (Ed.), The Psychology of Learning and Motivation: Advances in Research and Theory. Vol. 7. New York: Academic Press. Kiss, George 1968 Words, associations and networks Journal of verbal learning and verbal behaviour 7, 707-713 Kitano, Hiroaki unknown Speech-to-Speech Translation: A Massively Parallel Memory-based Approach Kitao, K., Yamamoto, M., Kitao, K., and Shimatani, H. 1990 Independent reading in english - use of graded readers in the library english a a second language corner. Reading in a foreign language. 6 (2): 383-98. Kitao, Kenji 1994 Getting Students To Read Actively. Doshisha Studies in English; n63 p49 to 78 Oct 1994 Kitao, Kenji 1995 Teaching English through Newspapers. Doshisha Literature; n38 p105 to 32 1995 Kitao, S. Kathleen 1989 Schema Theory and Second Language Learners Tokyo: Eichosha Shinsha Kitto, Michael 1984 Understanding Telex Messages. Reading in a Foreign Language; v2 n1 p182 87 Spr 1984 Kiushita, S. 1986 Sentence context effect on lexically ambiguous words: Evidence for a post-access inhibition process. Memory and Cognition. 13, 579-585. Kiyak, H. A. 1982 Interlingual interference in naming colour words Journal of Cross-cultural Psychology, 13, 1, 125-135. Kjellmer, G. 1982. Some problems relating to the study of collocations in the Brown corpus. In S. Johansson (ed.) Computer Corpora in English Language Research  . Norwegian computing Centre for the Humanities, Bergen.25-33. Kjellmer, G. 1984 Some thoughts on collocational distinctiveness. In J.Aarts & W.Meijs (Eds.), Corpus linguistics: recent developments in the use of computer corpora in English language research (pp. 163-171), Costerus N.S. vol.45. Amsterdam: Rodopi. Kjellmer, G. 1987. Aspects of English collocations. In W. Meijs (ed.) Corpus Linguistics and Beyond. Proceedings of the seventh internationalconference on English language research on computerised corpora. Rodopi, Amsterdam. 133-140. Kjellmer, G. 1990. Patterns of collocability. In J. Aarts and W. Meijs (eds) Theory and Practice in Corpus Linguistics  . Rodopi, Amsterdam 163-178. Kjellmer, G. 1991 A mint of phrases In K. Aijmer & B. Altenberg (Eds.), English Corpus Linguistics: Studies in Honour of Jan Svartvik. London: Longman. Klahr, D. & Kotovsky, K. (Eds.). 1989 Complex information processing: The impact of Herbert H. Simon.. (pp. 31 - 69). Hillsdale, NJ: Erlbaum. Klare, G. R. 1963 The Measurement of Readability Iowa State Univ. Press, Ames, Iowa. Klare, G. R. 1974-75. Assessing readability. Reading Research Quarterly l. 0, 62-102. Klatt, Dennis H. 1981 Lexical Representations for Speech Production and Perception In: Myers Terry (ed. & introd.); Laver John (ed. & introd.); Anderson John (ed. & introd.). The Cognitive Representation of Speech. Amsterdam : North Holland. Klatzky, Roberta L. unknown Human Memory: Structures and Processes Klavans, Judith and Evelyne Tzoukermann. 1996 Dictionaries and Corpora: Combining Corpus and Machine-Readable Dictionary Data for Building Bilingual Lexicons. The Machine Translation Journal. Kluwer. Klavans, Judith L. and Evelyne Tzoukermann. 1989 Movement Verbs in English-French Translation: A Corpus-based Approach. Proceedings of the Sixth Israeli Conference of Artificial Intelligence and Computer Vision. Tel Aviv, Israel. Klavans, Judith L. and Evelyne Tzoukermann. 1990 Linking Bilingual Corpora and Machine Readable Dictionaries with the BICORD System. Proceedings of the Sixth Conference of the University of Waterloo Centre for the New Oxford English Dictionary and Text Research: Electronic Text Research, University of Waterloo, Canada. Klavans, Judith L. and Evelyne Tzoukermann. 1990 Combining Lexical Information from Bilingual Corpora and Machine-Readable Dictionaries. Proceedings of the 13th International Conference on Computational Linguistics: COLING. Helsinki, Finland. Klein Braley, Christine; Raatz, Ulrich 1984 A Survey of Research on the C Test. Language Testing; v1 n2 p134 46 Dec 1984 Klein, D and E-A Doctor 1992 Homography and polysemy as factors in bilingual word recognition. South African Journal of Psychology 22,1 , 10-16. Klein, Elaine C. 1995 Second versus third Language Acquisition Language learning 45,3 419-65 Klein, Elaine C. unknown Toward Second Language Acquisition : Study of Null-Prep Klein, H., Klein, G. A. and Bertino, M. 1974 Utilization of context for word identification in children. Journal of Experimental Child Psychology. 17, 79-86. Klein, Harriet Brolnitsky 1978 The Relationship between Perceptual Strategies and Productive Strategies in Learning the Phonology of Early Lexical Items Dissertation Abstracts International, .39, 184B-85B Klein, S.B. & Kihlstrom, J.F. 1986 Elaboration, Organization and the self - reference effect in memory. Journal of Experimental Psychology, General. 115: 26 - 38 Klein, Susan K.; Masur, David; Farber, Karen; Shinnar, Shlomo; et al 1992 Fluent aphasia in children: Definition and natural history. Journal of Child Neurology; 1992 Jan Vol 7(1) 50 to 59 Klein, W. 1986 Second Language Acquisition. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press. Klein-Braley, Christine 1997 C-Tests in the context of reduced redundancy testing: an appraisal language testing 14 (1) 47-84 Kleinmann, H. 1977 Avoidance behaviour in adult second language acquisition Language Learning 27, 93-109 Kletz, Trevor A. unknown Lessons from Disaster : How Organisations Have No Memory and Accidents Kline, Penny unknown Don't Breathe a Word Klinger, Ron unknown Improve Your Bridge Memory Klinmanee, N. 1994. The contribution of simplified newspapers to a language course: vocabulary and topic coverage. Unpublished MA research project, Victoria University of Wellington. Klinmanee, N. and Sopprasong, L. 1997. Bridging the vocabulary gap between secondary school and university: a Thai case study. Guidelines. 19, 1. 1-10. Klix, Friedhart; Hagendorf, H. (Ed.) unknown Human Memory and Cognitive Capabilities: Symposium Proceedings Kluge, D. E 1993 Enter your selection, please In R. R. Day (Ed.), New ways in teaching reading, (pp. 7-8. Alexandria, VA: TESOL. Kluge, D. E 1993 Your turn at the mike In R. R. Day (Ed.), New ways in teaching reading, (pp. 9-11. Alexandria, VA: TESOL. Knifong, J. Dan 1980 Computational Requirements of Standardized Word Problem Tests. Journal for Research in Mathematics Education; v11 n1 p3 to 9 Jan 1980 Knight, S. 1994 Dictionary use while reading: the effects of comprehension and vocabulary for students of different verbal abilities. Modern Language Journal. 78,3, 284-299. Knight, S 1994 Dictionary: the tool of last resort in foreign language reading? A new perspective. Modern Language Journal, 78 , 285-299. Knight, Susan Marie 1992 The Effect of the Presence or Absence of Dictionary Access on Incidental Vocabulary Learning for College Intermediate Spanish Learners Reading Spanish Texts Dissertation Abstracts International, Ann Arbor, MI (DAI). 1992 Dec, 53:6, 1828A DAI No.: DA9227309. Degree granting institution: Ohio State U Knight, T. 1996. Learning vocabulary through shared tasks. The Language Teacher. 20, 1. 24-29. Knight, Tim 1996 The effect of a ranking task on vocabulary learning In P. Nation and D. Tatsuki Temple University Japan research studies in TESOL. Temple University Japan Vol. 7 Knobeloch, Calvin; Kanoy, Robert C. 1982 Hearing and language development in high risk and normal infants. Applied Research in Mental Retardation; 1982 Vol 3(3) 293 301 Knop C. 1971 Mnemonic devices in teaching French. French Review, 45, 337-342. Knott, Gladys 1983 Building bridges between receptive and productive language processes for adolescents In B. Hutson (ed.) Advances in Reading/Language Research. Volume 2. Greenwich, CT: JAI Press. Knowles, G., Anne Wichmann and peter Alderson 1996 Working with speech: Perspectives on research into the IBM/ Lancaser Spoken English corpus. Longman Knowles, Gerry 1997 A cultural history of the English language London: Arnold Koch, G. 1975 Intensive Wortschatzarbeit ist eine Voraussetzung für bessere Hör- und Sprechleistungen. [Intensive work on vocabulary is a prerequisite for better performance in hearing and speaking.] Fremdsprachenunterricht, 19, 2, 88-94. Koda, Keiko. 1987 Cognitive strategy transfer in second language reading. In: J. Devine, PL Carrell & DE Eskey (Eds.), Research in reading in English as a second language. Washington, DC: TESOL. Koda, Keiko. 1988 Cognitive process in second language reading: transfer of L1 reading skills and strategies. Second Language Research. 4, 2 133-156. Koda, Keiko. 1989 The effects of transferred vocabulary knowledge on the development of L2 reading proficiency. Foreign Language Annals. 22, 6, 529-540. Koda, Keiko 1990 Factors affecting second language text comprehension. National Reading Conference Yearbook; 1990 Vol 39 419 to 427 Koda, Keiko 1990 The use of L1 reading strategies in L2 reading SSLA 12: 393-410 Koda, Keiko. 1992 The effects of lower-level processing skills on foreign language reading performance: implications for instruction. Modern Language Journal. 76, 502-512. Koda, Keiko 1993 Transferred L1 strategies and L2 syntactic structure in L2 sentence comprehension Modern Language Journal 77: 490-500 Koda, Keiko 1994 Second language reading research: Problems and possibilities. Applied Psycholinguistics; 1994 Mar Vol 15(1) 1 to 28 Koda, Keiko. 1996 L2 word recognition research: a critical overview. Modern Language Journal, 80,4, 450-460. Koda, Keiko 1997 Orthographic knowledge in L2 lexical processing: A cross-linguistic perspective In Coady, J and T. Huckin. Second language Vocabulary Acquisition: A rationale for Pedagogy. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press. pp 35- 52 Koegel, Lynn Kern 1994 Teaching Children with Autism to Use a Self Initiated Strategy to Learn Expressive Vocabulary Dissertation Abstracts International, Ann Arbor, MI (DAI). 1994 Feb, 54:8, 2955A DAI No.: DA9402594. Degree granting institution: U of California, Santa Barbara, 1993 Koh Moy Yin. 1980 What does knowing an item of vocabulary mean?. Guidelines. 3: 76-79. Kohlich, Eileen M 1991 Effects of Computer-Assisted Vocabulary Training on Word Knowledge Journal of Educational Research 84, no. 3 Jan./Feb. : 177 82 Kohn, K. 1986 'The Analysis of Transfer In Kellerman, E., and Sharwood Smith, M. (eds.) 1986: Crosslinguistic Influence in Second Language Acquisition. Oxford: Pergamon Press. Kohn, Susan; And Others 1987 Lexical Retrieval: The Tip of the Tongue Phenomenon. Applied Psycholinguistics; v8 n3 p245 66 1987 Kohonen, V. H. von Essen and C. Klein-Braley (Eds.) 1985 Practice and problems in language testing Tampere: Finland Linguistic Association. Kolers, P. A. 1963 Interlingual word associations Journal of Verbal Learning and Verbal Behavior. 2, 291-300. Kolers, P. A. 1965 Bilingualism and bicodalism. Language and Speech, 8, 122-126. Kolers, P. A. 1966 Reading and talking bilingually. American Journal of Psychology, 79, 357-376. Kolers, P. A. 1968 Bilingualism and information processing. Scientific American, 218, 78-90. Kolers, P. and E. Gonzalez 1980 Memory for words, synonyms and translations Journal of Experimental Psychology: Human Learning and Memory, 6, 1, 53-65. Kolers, P, and M. Paradis 1980 Introduction to a special issue on psychological and linguistic studies of bilingualism. Canadian Journal of Psychology, 34, 287-303. Kolich, Eileen M. 1988 Vocabulary Learning What Works? Perspectives from the Research Literature. Reading Improvement; v25 n2 p117 to 24 Sum 1988 Kolich, EM 1991 Effects of computer assisted vocabulary training on word knowledge. Journal of Educational Research, 84 , 177-182. Kolisko, Eugen; Ross, A.Clunies- (Ed.) unknown Memory and Phantasy Kolk, Herman H. J.; Grunsven, Marianne J. F. van; Keyser, Antoine 1985 On Parallelism between Production and Comprehension in Agrammatism 165 206 IN Kean Mary Louise (ed. & pref.). Agrammatism. Orlando, FL : Academic, 1985. xiii, 266 pp. Kolker, Brenda; Terwillger, Paul N. 1981 Sight Vocabulary Learning of First and Second Graders. Reading World; v20 n4 p251 to 58 May 1981 Kolle-Stobbe, A 1993 Verstehen von Bedeutungen: Situative Wortbildungen und mentales Lexikon. In: Boerner, W and K Vogel (eds.) Wortschatz und Fremdsprachenerwerb.Bochum: AKS-Verlag, 2-21. Komada, Kristine Anne 1982 The Relation between Recognition and Recall and Its Implications for Memory Organization: A Unitary Process Explanation Dissertation Abstracts International, Ann Arbor, MI (DAI). 1982 Feb., 42:8, 3469B Komatsu, Lloyd unknown Experimenting with the Mind : Readings in Cognitive Psychology Komatsu, Shin ichi; Naito, Mika 1992 Repetition priming with Japanese Kana scripts in word fragment completion. Memory and Cognition; 1992 Mar Vol 20(2) 160 to 170 Komendzinska, A 1996 Do second language learners of Japanese make use of the same mental lexicon for kana words as native speakers? Psychologia, 38,3, 146-154. Koneda, Yoko 1996 Can dictionaries help readers? In P. Nation and D. Tatsuki Temple University Japan research studies in TESOL. Temple University Japan Vol. 7 Konopak, Bonnie C. 1988 Eighth Graders' Vocabulary Learning from Inconsiderate and Considerate Text. Reading Research and Instruction; v27 n4 p1 to 14 Sum 1988 Konopak, Bonnie C. 1988 Effects of Inconsiderate vs. Considerate Text on Secondary Students' Vocabulary Learning. Journal of Reading Behavior; v20 n1 p25 to 41 1988 Konopak, Bonnie C. 1989 Effects of Inconsiderate Text on Eleventh Graders' Vocabulary Learning. Reading Psychology; v10 n4 p339 to 55 Fall 1989 Konopak, Bonnie C.; Readence, John E.; Wilson, Elizabeth K. 1994 Preservice and inservice secondary teachers' orientations toward content area reading. Journal of Educational Research; 1994 Mar Apr Vol 87(4) 220 to 227 Konopak,-Bonnie-C.; Williams,-Nancy-L. 1994 Elementary teachers' beliefs and decisions about vocabulary learning and instruction. Multidimensional aspects of literacy research, theory, and practice: Forty-third yearbook of The National Reading Conference. (Charles K. Kinzer, Donald J. Leu, Jeanne A. Peter, Laurie M. Ayre, Dorothy Frooman, Eds.), pp. 485-495. National Reading Conference, Inc, Chicago, IL, US; 611 pp. Kopstein, F. F. and Roshal, S. M. 1954. Learning foreign vocabulary from pictures vs. words. American Psychologist. 9, 407-408. Kopstein, F. F. and Roshal, S. M. 1955 Method of presenting word pairs as a factor in foreign vocabulary learning. American Psychologist. 10, 354. Koren, Sira Quality versus Convenience: Comparison of Modern Dictionaries from the Researcher's, Teacher's and Learner's Points of View SLART_L List Koriat, A. and Leiblich, I. 1974 What does a person in ³TOT² state know that a person in a ³ don¹t know² state? Memory and cognition 2(4): 647-655 Koriat, A. & Melkman, R. 1987 Depth of processing and memory organization. Psychological Research. 49: 183 - 188. Koriat, Asher 1985 Lexical access for low and high frequency words in Hebrew. Memory and Cognition; 1985 Jan Vol 13(1) 37 44 Koriat, Asher; Sarah Lichenstein and Barauch Fischhoff 1992 Reasons for confidence In Nelson Thomas O. (ed.). 1992. Metacognition : core readings, Ch 16. Allyn and Bacon Korosadowicz-Struzynska, M. 1980 Word collocations in FL vocabulary instruction. Studia Anglica Posnaniensia, 12, 109-120. Koskinen, Leena; And Others 1987 Teaching English Abbreviated Clauses for Finnish Readers. Reading in a Foreign Language; v4 n1 p9 19 Fall 1987 Koskinen, Patricia S.; And Others 1993 Captioned Video and Vocabulary Learning: An Innovative Practice in Literacy Instruction. Reading Teacher; v47 n1 p36 to 43 Sep 1993 Kosslyn, S. 1988 Aspects of a cognitive neuroscience of mental imagery Science. 240 1621-1626 Koster, C. 1985 Het raden van woorden. [Guessing the meaning of words.]. Toegepaste Taalwetenschap in Artikelen. 23, 3, 135-138. Koster, C. 1987 Word recognition in foreign and native language. Dordrecht: Foris. See also: 157 Levenston, EA Studies in Second Language Acquisition 11,3(1989), 336-337. Kotsinas, U. 1984. Semantic over-extension and lexical over-use in immigrant swedish. Scandinavian Working Papers on Bilingualism. 2. 22-42. Kotsinas, U. B. 1983 On the acquisition of vocabulary in immigrant Swedish. In: H. Ringböm (ed) Psycholinguistics and Foreign Language Learning. Åbo: Åbo Akademi . Koubourlis, Demetrius J. 1975 On Concordances and Their Uses Slavic and East European Journal; 19; 2; 246 to 253 Kovecses, Zoltan and Peter Szabo 1996 Idioms: a view from cognitive semantics Applied Linguistics 17/ 3. Kozminsky, Ely 1987 The deletion frequency of words in the Hebrew Cloze Test. Megamot; 1987 Dec Vol 30(4) 477 to 489 Kozminsky, Lea 1992 Acquiring New Vocabulary: The Fast Mapping Abilities of Students with Learning Disabilities Dissertation Abstracts International, Ann Arbor, MI (DAI). 1992 Nov, 53:5, 1479A DAI No.: DA9226498. Degree granting institution: U of Pittsburgh Kozulin, A. (ed) 1988. Lev Vygotsky: Thought and language . Cambridge, Mass: MIT Press. Krakowian, Bogdan. 1984 The teacher's mediation in students' vocabulary learning. English Teaching Forum. 22, 3, 26-29. Kramsch C. and S. McConnell-Ginet. unknown Text and Context: cross-disciplinary Perspectives in Language Study. Lexington, Mass. D.C. Heath & Co. Kramsch, C.J. 1979 Word watching: Learning vocabulary becomes a hobby. Foreign Language Annals, 12, 2: 153-158. Krantz, G. 1991 Learning vocabulary in a foreign language. Gothenburg Studies in English, 63. Goeteborg. Kranzer, K., & Pikulski, J. 1988 The effects of instruction on incidental word leaning and ability to derive word meaning. Paper presented at the National Reading Conference, Tucson, AZ, December, 1988. Krapf, J.Ludwig unknown Vocabulary of Six East African Languages Krashen, S. 1981 The Œfundamental pedagogical principle' in second language teaching. Studia Linguistica. 35, 1-2, 50-70. Krashen, S. 1982 Principles and Practice in Second Language Acquisition. Oxford: Pergamon. Krashen, S . 1985 The Input Hypothesis. London: Longman. Krashen, S. 1989 We acquire vocabulary and spelling by reading: additional evidence for the input hypothesis. Modern Language Journal. 73, 4, 440-462. Krashen, S. 199? Free Voluntary reading: Linguistic and affective arguments and some new applications. In Eckman, Highland et al. Second Language Theory and pedagogy. pp187- Krashen, S 1993 The power of reading. Insights from the research Englewood, Co.: Libraries Unlimited. Krashen, S. 1997 The comprehension hypothesis: Recent evidence. English Teachers' Journal (Israel), 51, 17-29. Krashen, S and Terrel, T. 1981 The Natural Method; Language acquisition in the classroom. Oxford , Pergamon. Krashen, S.D. 1977 Some issues relating to the monitor model. In H. Brown, C. Yorio & R. Crymes (Eds.), On TESOL '77 (pp. 144-158). Washington D.C.: TESOL. Krashen, S.D. 1981 A case for narrow reading. TESOL Newsletter, 15(6), 23. Krashen, S.D. 1985 The input hypothesis: Issues and implications. New York: Longman. Krashen, S. D 1994 The power of reading: Plenary Session 10 Paper presented at the TESOL '94, Baltimore. Krashen, S.D., Sfelazza, V., Feldman, L. & Fathman, A.K. 1976 Adult performance on the SLOPE test: more evidence for a natural sequence in adult second language acquisition. Language Learning, 26(1), 145-151. Krashen, S., Houck, N., Giunchi, P., Bode, S., Birnbaum, R. & Strei, G. 1977 Difficulty order for grammatical morphemes for adult second language performers using free speech. TESOL Quarterly, 11, 338-341. Krashen, S. & Scarcella, R. 1978 On routines and patterns in language acquisition and performance. Language Learning 28: 293 - 300. Krashen, Stephen 1993 The case for free voluntary reading Canadian Modern Language Review. 50, 1, 72-82 Krashen, Stephen unknown Language Acquisition and Language Education: Extensions and Applications Krashen, Stephen D 1980 The Theoretical and Practical Relevance of Simple Codes in Second Language Acquisition Second Language Acquisition and Second Language Learning, ed. S. D. Krashen and R. C. Scarcella, 7-18.Rowley, Mass.: Newbury House, Krashen, Stephen D 1985 Inquiries and Insights Alemany Press Krashen, Stephen D 1991 The Input Hypothesis and Language Education The Whole Language Catalog, eds. Kenneth Goodman, L. Bridges Bird, and Yetta Goodman, 86Santa Rosa, Cal.: American School Pub. Krashen, Stephen, Tracy Terrel Madeline Ehrman and martha Herzog 1984 A theoretical basis for teaching the receptive skills Foreign language annals 17, 4, 261-275 Kreindler, A.; Mihailescu, Lucretia 1983 Syntactic and semantic aspects of verb utilization in aphasics. Revue Roumaine de Neurologie et Psychiatrie; 1983 Jan Mar Vol 21(1) 3 13 Kressel, Rivka. 1987 Teaching active vocabulary in the foreign language. English Teachers Journal (Israel). 35, 48-53. Krishnamurthy, R. 1995 The macrocosm and the microcosm: the corpus and the text in J. Payne (ed.) Linguistic Approaches to Literature Discourse Analysis Monograph 17, English Language Research, School of English, The University of Birmingham. Krishnamurthy, R. 1996 Ethnic, racial, and tribal: the language of racism? in C.R. Caldas-Coulthard and M. Coulthard (eds.) Texts and Practices - Readings in Critical Discourse Analysis Routledge. Krishnamurthy, R. 1996 Exploiting the masses: the corpus-based study of language in A. Zettersten and V.H. Pedersen (eds.) Symposium on Lexicography VII Lexicographica Series Maior, Max Niemeyer. Krishnamurthy, R. 1996 The data is the dictionary: corpus at the cutting edge of lexicography in F. Kiefer, G. Kiss, and J. Pajzs (eds.) Papers in Computational Lexicography COMPLEX '96 Hungarian Academy of Sciences, Budapest. Krishnamurthy, Ramesh 1987 The process of compilation In Sinclair, John (Ed.), Looking Up : Account of the Cobuild Project in Lexical Computing. Collins ELT, London. Kroll, Barbara (ed) 1990 Second language writing Cambridge : Cambridge university press Kroll, J. 1993 Accessing conceptual representations for words in a second language. In: R. Schreuder and B. Weltens (Eds.) The Bilingual Lexicon. Amsterdam: Benjamins. Kroll, JF and A Sholl 1992. Lexical and conceptual memory in fluent and non-fluent bilinguals. In: R Harris (ed.), Cognitive Processing in Bilinguals.Amsterdam: Elsevier. Kroll, JF and E Stewart 1994 Category interference in translation and picture naming: evidence for assymetric connections between bilingual memory representations. Journal of Memory and Language, 33149-174. Kroll, Judith and Annette de Groot 1995. Lexical and conceptual memory in the bilingual: mapping form to meaning in two languages In: A de Groot and J Kroll (eds) Tutorials in Bilingualism Hillsdale, NJ.: Lawrence Erlbaum. Kroll,-Judith-F.; Sholl,-Alexandra 1992 Lexical and conceptual memory in fluent and nonfluent bilinguals. Cognitive processing in bilinguals. Advances in psychology, 83. (Richard Jackson Harris, Ed.), pp. 191-204. North-Holland, Amsterdam, Netherlands; x, 592 pp. Kropp, D.; Walch, G. 1981 A Graph Structured Text Field Index Based on Word Fragments. Information Processing and Management; v17 n6 p363 to 76 1981 Krstic, D, S. Vasic and P. Plavsic 1975 Analysis of wrong answers during word comprehensibility tests. Paper presented to the IVth International Congress of Applied Linguistics, Stuttgart. Kruchten, C. von 1975 Erfahrungen bei der Arbeit am russischen Wortschatz. [Experiences in work on Russian vocabulary.] Fremdsprachenunterricht, 19, 1, 24-26. Krueger, Lester E. 1989 Detection of intraword and interword letter repetition: A test of the word unitization hypothesis. Memory and Cognition; 1989 Jan Vol 17(1) 48 to 57 Kruglov, L. P. 1953. Qualitative differences in the vocabulary choices of children as revealed in a multiple-choice test. Journal of Educational Psychology. 44, 229-243. Kruppa, Ulrich 1975 Kontrastive Analyse von Interferenzerscheinungen im deutsch englischen Bereich (Contrastive Analysis of Interference Phenomena in the German English Area) Neusprachliche Mitteilungen; 28; 2; 92 to 99 Kruse, A.F. 1979. Vocabulary in context. ELT Journal. 33, 3. 207-213. Kruse, H. 1986 A computer word-association test as a test of second language proficiency. Unpublished master's thesis, University of Utrecht. Kruse, H, J. Pankhurst and M. Sharwood Smith.J. 1987 A multiple word association probe in second language acquisition research. Studies in Second Language Acquisition. 9, 2, 141-154. Krzanowski, Wojtek J.; Woods, Anthony J. 1984 Statistical Aspects of Reliability in Language Testing. Language Testing; v1 n1 p1-20 Jun 1984 Kuberski, Philip unknown Persistence of Memory : Organism, Myth, Text Kubono, Rie 1996 Dictionaries versus glossaries; which is more effective? In P. Nation and D. Tatsuki Temple University Japan research studies in TESOL. Temple University Japan Vol. 7 Kucera, H. 1982 The mathematics of language. In The American Heritage Dictionary. Houghton Mifflin, Boston. 2nd ed. Kucera, H. and Francis, W. N. 1967 A computational analysis of present-day American English. Brown University Press, Providence, R. I. Kuczaj, S. A. 1982 Acquisition of word meaning in the context of the development of the semantic system. In C. J.Brainerd and M.Pressley (Eds.), Verbal Processes in Children, Springer-Verlag, New York, 95-123. Kuehn, Peter 1979 Kritik der bisherigen Grundwortschatzlexikographie (Critique of the Lexicography of Basic Vocabulary Currently Available). Zielsprache Deutsch; n4 p34 to 42 1979 Kuhberg, Heinz 1992 Longitudinal L2 Attrition versus L2 Acquisition, in Three Turkish Children Empirical Findings. Second Language Research; v8 n2 p138 54 Jun 1992 Kuhn, T. S. 1962 The structure of scientific revolutions Chicago: University of Chicago Press Kühnel, H. 1974 Die französischen 'faux amis' im deutschen Wortschatz. [French 'false friends' in the German vocabulary.] Deutsch als Fremdsprache, 11, 2, 115-117. Kuiken, Don (Ed.) unknown Mood and Memory: Theory, Research and Applications Kuiper, Koenraad and W. Scott Allan 1996 An Introduction to English Language: Sound word and sentence London: MacMillan Kuiper, Koenrad; Allan, W.Scott unknown Introduction to English Language : Sound, Word and Sentence Kukulska Hulme, Agnes 1988 A Computerized Interactive Vocabulary Development System for Advanced Learners. System; 16 n2 p163 to 70 Kumaravadivelu, B. 1988 Communication strategies and psychological processes underlying lexical simplification. IRAL. 24, 4 309-3. 19. Kundu, M. 1988 Riddles in the ESL / EFL classroom: teaching vocabulary and structure. Modern English Teacher. 15, 3, 22-24. Kunnan, Anthony John 1995 Test taker characteristics and test performance Cambridge: Cambridge University press Kunz, Jay Phillip. 1988 Vocabulary Acquisition: A Comparison of the Root Method and the Word List Method. MA Thesis, Brigham Young University, Linguistics Department. Provo, Utah. Kuo, Chih hua 1995 Cohesion and Coherence in Academic Writing: From Lexical Choice to Organization RELC Journal: A Journal of Language Teaching and Research in Southeast Asia, Singapore (RELC). 1995 June, 26:1, 47 62 Kupietz, Samuel S.; Richardson, Ellis; Gadow, Kenneth D.; Winsberg, Bertrand G. 1980 Effects of methylphenidate on learning a "beginning reading vocabulary" by normal adults. Psychopharmacology; 1980 Jun Vol 69(1) 69 to 72 Kurath, William and John Stalnaker 1936 Two German vocabulary tests Modern Language Journal 21/2 95-102 Kynette, Donna; Kemper, Susan 1986 Aging and the loss of grammatical forms: A cross sectional study of language performance. Special Issue: Language, communication and the elderly. Language and Communication; 1986 Vol 6(1 to 2) 65 to 72 La Heij, W, A Hooglander, R Kerling and E van der Velden 1996 Nonverbal context effects in forward and backward translation: evidence for concept mediation. Journal of Memory and Language, 35, 648-665. La Heij, W, E. de Bruyn, E. Elens, R. Hartsuiker, D. Helaha and L. van Schelven. 1990 Orthographic facilitation and categorical interference in a word translation variant of the Stroop test. Canadian Journal of Psychology. 44, 76-83. La Valva, M. P, and V. Röllecke-Maraghini 1975 Der Schülerwortschatz und seine Verfügbarkeit im Fremdsprachenunterricht. [The student's lexicon and its availability in foreign language instruction.] Bielefelder Beitrage zur Sprachlehrforschung, 5, 21-59. LaBerge, D. and S. Jay Samuels unknown Toward a Theory of Automatic Information Processing in Reading Cognitive Psychology 6, 293-323 LaBerge, D., & Samuels, S.J. 1974 Towards a theory of automatic information processing in reading. Cognitive Psychology, 6, 292-323. Labov, W. 1973 The boundaries of words and their meanings. In C. N. Bailey and R. W. Shuy (Eds.) New Ways of Analyzing Variation in English Georgetown University Press, Washington. Lacey, Colin, John Mahood, Jonathan Trench, and Edward Vanderpump 1990 Increase Your Vocabulary Oxford: Oxford University Press Ladd, M. 1977 Audio-visual vocabulary building. Proceedings of the Pacific North West Conference on Foreign Languages, XXVIII, 2, 88-89. Lado, R. 1956 Patterns of difficulty in vocabulary. Language Learning. 6, 1&2, 23-41. Lado, R. 1957 Linguistics across Cultures. Ann Arbor: University of Michigan Press. Lado, R, F. Aid, and M. Kruvant 1970 Massive vocabulary expansion phase two: the effect of oral and orthographic stimuli on the memorization and pronunciation of basic dialogs. Washington DC: Institute of International Studies (DHEW/OE). Lado, Robert. 1951 A practical English language test for foreign students News bulletin. Institute of International Education 26: 16-7 April Lado, Robert 1952 Improvements in foreign language tests University of Michigan Sch EED 24: 3-5 Lado, Robert 1961 Language Testing London: Longman. Lado, Robert 1965 Memory span as a factor in second language learning IRAL 3,2, 123-129 Lado, robert 1967 Massive vocabulary expansion in a foreign language beyond the basic course the effects of stimuli, timing, and order of presentation. Final report. U.S. Department of Health, Education, and Welfare. 5-1095. Lado, Robert 1990 Toward a Lexico Semantic Theory of Language and Language Learning. Georgetown Journal of Languages and Linguistics; v1 n1 p96 to 100 Win 1990 Laflamme, John G. 1997 The Effect of the Multiple Exposure Vocabulary Method and the Target Reading/Writing Strategy on Test Scores. Journal of Adolescent & Adult Literacy; v40 n5 p372 81 Feb 1997 Lagefoged , P. 1990 Some reflections on the IPA. Journal of Phonetics Academic Press Limited.18: 335-46. Laird, C. 1974. Webster's New World Thesaurus. New York: Warner Books. Laird, Charlton, ed. 1971 Reading about language. New York: Harcourt Brace Jovanovich. Lakoff, G. 1987 Women Fire and dangerous things. Uni Chicago Press. Lakoff, G. & Johnson, M. 1980 Metaphors we Live by. Chicago & London: University of Chicago Press Lakoff, George and Johnson, Mark. 1980 Conceptual metaphor in everyday language. The Journal of Philosophy. 57, 8, 453-486. Lakoff, George and Taylor, Mark. 1989 More cool than reason: A field guide to poetic metaphor University of Chicago press Lalande, John, 1982 Reducing Composition Errors: An Experiment Modern Language Journal 66, pp. 140-149. Lalljee, Mansur, Laurence B. Brown and G. P. Ginsburg 1984 Attitudes: disposition, behaviour or evaluation British journal of social psychology 223, 233-44 Lalonde, RN, R. C. Gardner and R. Moorcroft 1985 The role of attitudes and motivation in second language learning: correlational and experimental considerations. Language Learning 35, 2, 207-227. Lamarche, Sue; Campbell, Margaret; Matheson, Patty; Whissell, Cynthia 1993 A memory advantage for serial lists composed of active words. Perceptual and Motor Skills; 1993 Dec Vol 77(3, Pt 1) 748 to 750 Lambert, S.M., 1983 Recall and recognition among conference interpreters Ph.D., Stirling - 33-2845 Lambert, W. E. 1955 Measurement of linguistic dominance of bilinguals Journal of Abnormal and Social Psychology, 50, 2, 197-200. Lambert, W. E. 1956 Developmental aspects of second language acquisition Journal of Social Psychology, 43, 83-104. Lambert, W. E. 1963 Behavioral evidence for contrasting forms of bilingualism. Georgetown University Monograph Series in Language and Linguistics, 14, 73-80. Lambert, W. E. 1969 Psychological studies of the interdependencies of the bilingual's two languages. In: J. Puhvel (ed): Substance and structure of language: lectures delivered before the Linguistic Institute of the Linguistic Society of America, 1966 University of California Press, Lambert, W. E, and C. Rawlings 1969 Bilingual processing of mixed language associative networks Journal of Verbal Learning and Verbal Behavior, 8, 604-609. Lambert, W. E, and N. Moore 1966 Word association responses: comparisons of American and French monolinguals with Canadian monolinguals and bilinguals Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 60, 376-83. Lambert, W. E., C. Crosby and J. Havelka. 1958. The Influence of Language-Aquisition Contexts on Bilingualism Journal of Abnormal and Social Psychology 56:239-244 Lambert, W. E, J. Havelka, and R. C. Gardner 1959 Linguistic manifestations of bilingualism. American Journal of Psychology, 72, 77-82. Lambert, W. E, M. Ignatow, and M. Krauthamer 1968 Bilingual organization in free recall Journal of Verbal Learning and Verbal Behavior, 7, 207-214. Lambert, W. E, R. C. Gardner, H. C. Barik, and K. Tunstall 1963 Attitudinal and cognitive aspects of intensive study of a second language Journal of Abnormal and Social Psychology, 66, 358-368. Lameta-Tufuga, E.U. 1994. Using the Samoan language for academic learning tasks. Unpublished MA thesis. Victoria University of Wellington, New Zealand. Landau, B., & Gleitman, L. 1985 Language and experience. Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press. Landau, B. Jackendoff, R. 1993 Œwhat¹ and Œwhere¹ in spacial language and spacial cognition Behaviour and brain sciences Landau, Barbara; Smith, Linda B.; Jones, Susan 1992 Syntactic context and the shape bias in children's and adults' lexical learning. Journal of Memory and Language; 1992 Dec Vol 31(6) 807 to 825 Landau, Barbara; Smith, Linda B.; Jones, Susan S. 1988 The importance of shape in early lexical learning. Cognitive Development; 1988 Jul Vol 3(3) 299 to 321 Landau, Barbara; Stecker, Deanna S. 1990 Objects and places: Geometric and syntactic representations in early lexical learning. Cognitive Development; 1990 Jul Vol 5(3) 287 to 312 Landau, S. 1989 The Art and Craft of Lexicography. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press. Landau, Sidney . I. 1984 Dictionaries: the art and craft of lexicography. New York: Scribner. Landauer, T.K. and Bjork, R.A. 1978. Optimum rehearsal patterns and name learning. In M.M. Gruneberg, P.E. Morris and R.N. Sykes (eds) Practical Aspects of Memory  Academic Press, London. 625-632. Landauer, Thomas and Susan Demais 1997 A solution to Plato¹sproblem: The latent semantic analysis theory of acquisition, induction and representation of knowledge. Psychological review 104 (2) 211-240 Landow, George P.; Delany, Paul (Ed.) unknown Digital Word : Text-based Computing in the Humanities Lane, Harlan L. 1976. The wild boy of Aveyron. Cambridge, MA; Harvard University Press. Langacker, R.W. 1988 An overview of cognitive grammar. In B. Rudzka - Ostyn (Ed.), Topics in Cognitive Linguistics, Amsterdam: John Benjamins, pp. 3 - 48. Lange, W 1995 The special lexicon and problems of EST/ESP course design or the box of Pandora. In: R Dirven and J Vanparys (eds) Current approaches to the lexicon. Frankfurt: Peter Lang. 1995. pp413-432. Langenbeck, Mildred. 1915 A study of a five-year-old child. Pedagogical Seminary .. 22, 65-88. Langer, J. A., Bartolome, L., Vasquez, O., & Lucas, T. 1990 Meaning construction in school literacy tasks: A study of bilingual students. American Educational Research Journal, 27, 427-471. Langer, Jonas; Stein, Kenneth B. 1969 Cognitive Interference by Nonverbal Symbols in Schizophrenics Journal of Abnormal Psychol; 74; 4; 474 to 476 Langford, Ken 1969 Building a Sight Vocabulary Using Learning Theory Reading Teacher; 23; 1; 15 to 16 Langston, D. E. 1975 Letter cuing in oral translation exercises. Unterrichtspraxis, 8, 2, 102-103. Lansdale, M.W. 1980 An analysis of errors and latencies in cued recall. Ph.D., Cambridge - 30-4814 Lansky, P.; Bohdanecky, Z.; Radil, T. 1987 Individual Word Association Test related to normative data. 21st Conference on Higher Nervous Functions (1985, Olomouc, Czechoslovakia). Activitas Nervosa Superior; 1987 Dec Vol 29(4) 307 Lantolf, James P. 1996 Review Article. SLA Theory Building: "Letting All the Flowers Bloom!" Language Learning; v46 n4 p713 49 Dec 1996 Lantolf, James P.; Frawley, William 1988 Proficiency: Understanding the Construct. Studies in Second Language Acquisition; v10 n2 p181 95 Jun 1988 Lanza, Elizabeth 1997 Language mixing in infant Bilingualism: A sociolinguistic perspective Oxford: Clarendon Press Lao, C., Krashen, S., Gribbons, B., Schafrik-Arenault, J., & Michael, W 1996 Conversational language proficiency among university students at the international level: Personal hypotheses versus actual practice ITL: Review of Applied Linguistics, 113-114. Lapkin, Sharon and Merrill Swain 1996 Vocabulary teaching in a grade 8 French immersion classroom: a descriptive study. Canadian Modern Language Review, 53, 1, 242-256. Also in: B Harley (ed) Research on Second Language Vocabulary Learning.Toronto:University of Toronto Press. Lapointe, Steven G.; Dell, Gary S. 1989 A Synthesis of Some Recent Work in Sentence Production 107 156 IN Carlson Greg N. (ed.); Tanenhaus Michael K. (ed.). Linguistic Structure in Language Processing. Dordrecht : Kluwer, 1989. viii, 413 pp. LaPorte, C. 1994 From receptive to productive vocabulary: a study using dialog journals MA thesis Linguistics department, Brigham Yound university, Provo Utah. Lapp, Diane, and W. E. Flood 1978 Teaching Reading to Every Child N.Y.: Macmillan Lapseed, D. 1995, K4g.. The application of theories of memory and learning to the design of educationally effective software for vocabulary acquisition. Ph.D., Manchester, UMIST - 45-5747 Lardiere, Donna 1995 L2 Acquisition of English Synthetic Compounding Is Not Constrained by Level Ordering (And Neither, Probably, is L1). Second Language Research; v11 n1 p20 to 56 Feb 1995 Larrick, Nancy. 1954. How many words does a child know?. Education Digest. 19, 6, 42-44. Larsen - Freeman, D. & Long, M. 1991 An Introduction to Second Language Acquisition. New York: Longman. Larsen Freeman, Diane 1997 Chaos/Complexity Science and Second Language Acquisition. Applied Linguistics; v18 n2 p141 65 Jun 1997 Larsen, J D Fritsch and S Grava 1994 A semantic priming test of bilingual language storage and the compound vs. co-ordinate bilingual distinction with Latvian-English bilinguals. Perceptual and Motor Skills 79 459-466. Larsen-Freeman, D. 1975 The acquisition of grammatical morphemes by adult ESL students. TESOL Quarterly, 9(4), 409-419. Larsen-Freeman, D. 1976a An explanation for the morpheme acquisition of second language learners. Language Learning, 26, 125-134. Larsen-Freeman, D. 1976b ESL teacher speech as input to the ESL learner. Workpapers in Teaching English as a Second Language, 10, 45-50. Larsen-Freeman, D. 1978a Implications of the morpheme studies for second language acquisition. ITL: Review of Applied Linguistics, 39-40, 93-102. Larsen-Freeman, D. 1978b An ESL index of development. TESOL Quarterly, 12(4), 439-448. Larsen-Freeman, D. 1978c Evidence of the need for a second language acquisition index of development. In W.C. Ritchie (Ed.), Second language acquisition research: Issues and implications (pp. 127-136). New York: Academic Press Inc. Larsen-Freeman, D. 1983 Assessing global second language proficiency. In H.W. Selinger & M.H. Long (Eds.), Classroom oriented research in second language acquisition (pp. 287-304). Rowley, Massachusettes: Newbury House PPublishers. Larsen-Freeman, D. 1991 Second language Acquisition Research. Staking out the teritory. TESOL Quarterly. 25 2. 315 -350 Larsen-Freeman, D. & Long, M.H. 1991 An introduction to second language acquisition research. London: Longman. Larsen-Freeman, D. & Strom, V. 1977 The construction of a second language acquisition index of development. Language Leaarning, 27(1), 123-134. Larson, Anna Marie Gustafson 1975 Instruction by Tutoring of Third Grade, Bilingual, Inner City Children in Meaning Vocabulary. Unknown Reference Larson, Donald N. and Smelley, William, A. 1972 Practising for vocabulary in becoming bilingual: a guide to language learning. Practical Anthropology, Box 1041, New Canaan, Connecticut, 06840. Larsson, Bernt 1974 Frequency Words and Frequencies: A Pilot Study on Relations Between Differently Anchored Scales. . Didakometry; n44 Nov 1974 Lashley, K. S 1923 The behaviouristic interpretation of consciousness II Psychological Review 30, 329-353 Lasky, Elaine Z.; Klopp, Kathleen 1982 Parent child interactions in normal and language disordered children. Journal of Speech and Hearing Disorders; 1982 Feb Vol 47(1) 7 18 Lass, Roger 1997 Historical linguistics and language change New York: Cambridge University Press Last, Rex 1984 Language Teaching and the Microcomputer Oxford: Basil Blackwell Latour, B. 1975 Die Rolle der Wortbildung im studienbegleitenden Deutschunterricht. [The role of word-building in teachina scientific German.] Zielspraehe Deutsch. 4, 7-13. Lattey, E. 1986 Pragmatic classification of idioms as an aid for the language learner IRAL, 24, 3. 217--233 Laudanna, A., Badecker, W. and Caramazza, A. 1989 Priming homographic stems. Journal of Memory and Language. 28, 531-546. Lauerbach, H. 1979 Das Wortassoziationsexperiment als Forschungsinstrument der Fremdsprachendidaktik. [Word associations as a research tool in foreign language teaching.] Die Neueren Sprachen, 78,379-91. Laufer, B. 1976 An Approach to Teaching Grammar for Comprehension Purposes System; 4; 1; 1-11 Laufer, B. 1978 An Experiment in Teaching Reading Comprehension with Written Answers in the Mother Tongue System; 6; 1; 11 20 Laufer,B. 1978. On the extrinsic rule ordering: the formulation fallacy. Linguistics: 210: 57-75. Laufer,B. 1978. An experiment in teaching reading comprehension with written answers in the mother tongue. System 6: 11-20. Laufer, B. 1981 A problem in vocabulary learning - synophones. English Language Teaching Journal. 35, 3, 294-300. Laufer, B. 1985 A case for vocabulary in EAP reading comprehension. In: A-M Cornu, J. Vanparijs, N. Delahaye and L. Baten (Eds.) Beads or Bracelet? How do we approach LSP? Oxford: Oxford University Press. Laufer, B. 1986 Possible changes in attitude towards vocabulary acquisition research. IRAL. 24, 1:, 69-75. Laufer, B. 1987 The lexical perspective of reading comprehension. English Teachers' Journal (Israel). 35, 58-67. Laufer, B. 1988 The concept of `synforms' (similar lexical forms) in vocabulary acquisition. Language and Education. 2, 2, 113-132. Laufer, B. 1989 A factor of difficulty in vocabulary learning: deceptive transparency. AILA Review. 6: 10-20. Laufer, B. 1989 What percentage of text-lexis is essential for comprehension?. In: C. Lauren and M. Nordmann (Eds.). Special language: from humans thinking to thinking machines. Clevedon: Multilingual Matters. Laufer,B. 1989 Al shkifut meduma be'rchishat milim (On deceptive transparency in vocabulary learning) Hed Haulpan 57: 59-66 Laufer, B. 1990 Ease and difficulty in vocabulary learning: some teaching implications. Foreign Language Annals. 23, 2, 147-156 and Paper presented at the 22nd Annual Meeting of the International Association of Teachers of English as a Foreign Language, Edinburgh, Scotland, April 11-14, 1988. Laufer, B. 1990 Sequence and order in the development of L2 lexis: some evidence from lexical confusions. Applied Linguistics. 11, 3: 281-296. Laufer, B. 1990 Why are some words more difficult than others? - some intralexical factors that affect the learning of words. IRAL. 28, 293-307. Laufer, B. 1990 Words you know: how they affect the words you learn. In Further Insights Into Contrastive Linguistics. ed. J.Fisiak. Benjamins: Holland pp. 573-593. Laufer, B. 1991 Some properties of the foreign language learner's lexicon as evidenced by lexical confusions. IRAL. 29,4, 317-330. Laufer, B. 1991 The Development of the L2 Lexis in the Expression of the Advanced Learner. Modern Language Journal 75: 440-448 Laufer, B 1991 Knowing a word: what's so difficult about it? English Teachers' Journal, 42 , 82-88. Laufer, B. 1992 Corpus-based versus lexicographer examples in comprehension and production of new words. EURALEX '92 - Proceedings : 71-76. Laufer, B. 1992 How much lexis is necessary for reading comprehension?. In: Arnaud P. and H. Bejoint (Eds.), Vocabulary and Applied Linguistics. London: Macmillan. 126-133 Laufer, B. 1992 Reading in a foreign language: how does L2 lexical knowledge interact with the reader¹s general academic ability? Journal of Research in Reading. 15(2): 95-103. Laufer, B. 1992 They Think They Know Them, but They Don't. English: A World Language; v2 n1 p79 to 85 May 1992 Laufer,B. 1992 The passive voice. In The Teacher's Grammar of the English Verb by M.B. Dagut. Haifa University Press. pp. 101-112 Laufer,B. 1992 Verb + particle combinations. In The Teacher's Grammar of the English Verb by M.B. Dagut. Haifa University Press. pp 124-134 Laufer, B 1992 Corpus based vs lexicographer examples in comprehension and production of new words. In: J Tommola (ed.) Studia Translatologia. Tampere. . Laufer, B 1992 Native language effect on confusion of similar lexical forms. In: M Marcus and C Mair (eds.) New Directions in Contrastive Linguistics. Laufer, B. 1993 Acquisition Et Interaction En Langue Etrangere 3: 97-113. Appropriation du vocabulaire: mots faciles, mots difficiles, mots impossibles. Laufer, B. 1993 Appropriation du vocabulaire: les mots faciles, les mots difficiles et les mots impossibles. Acquisition et Interaction en Langue Etrangere. 3, 97-114. Laufer, B 1993 The effect of dictionary definitions and examples on the use and comprehension of new L2 words. Cahiers de Lexicologie, 63,2, 131-142. Laufer, B. 1994 Monolingual, bilingual and 'bilingualised' dictionaries: which are more effective, for what and for whom?. EURALEX 1994 Proceedings : 565-576. Laufer, B. 1994 The lexical profile of second language writing: does it change over time? RELC Journal 25/2: 21-33. Laufer, B. 1995 Beyond 2000: a measure of productive lexicon in a second language. In L. Eubank, L. Selinker and M. Sharwood-Smith. The Current state of Interlanguage. John Benjamins, Amsterdam: 265-272. Laufer, B. 1995 A case for a semi-bilingual dictionary for productive purposes. Kernerman Dictionary News, issue No. 3 Laufer, B. 1996 Measuring the development of passive and active vocabularies and their relationship. Paper presented at the AILA Congress, Jyvaskyla, Finland. August 1996. Laufer, B 1996 The lexical threshold of second language reading comprehension. What it is and how it relates to L1 reading ability. In: K Sajavaara and C Fairweather (eds) Approaches to Second Language Acquisition. Jyvaskyla. Laufer, B. 1997 The lexical plight in second language reading: Words you don¹t know, words you think you know and words you can¹t guess. In J. Coady and T. Huckin, Second Language Vocabulary Acquisition: A rationale for Pedagogy. Cambridge University Press. 20-34 Laufer, B 1997 What¹s in a word that makes it hard or easy: some intralexical factors that affect the learning of words In Schmitt, N. and M. McCarthy (Eds.): Vocabulary: Description, Acquisition and Pedagogy: Cambridge, Cambridge University Press. 140-155 Laufer, B. 1998 The development of passive and active vocabulary in a second language: same or different. Applied Linguistics. 19 (2) 255-271 Laufer, B. 1999 A case for dictionaries in tests of reading comprehension. English Teachers' Forum. Israel Laufer, B. and Bensoussan, Marsha. 1982 Meaning is in the eye of the beholder. English Teaching Forum. 20, 2, 10-13. Laufer, B. and D.D. Sim. 1985 An attempt to measure the threshold of competence for reading comprehension. Foreign Language Annals 18/5: 405-411. Laufer, B. and D. Shahaf. 1995 The development of passive and active vocabularies: are they related? Paper presented at Second Language Research Forum, Cornell University, September, 1995. Also Paper presented at the AILA Congress, Jyvaskyla, Finland. August 1996. Laufer, B. and K. Shmueli. 1997 Forthcoming Memorizing new words: does teaching have anything to do with it? The RELC Journal Laufer, B. and Nation, P. 1995 Vocabulary size and use: lexical richness in L2 written production. Applied Linguistics 16,3: 307-22 Laufer, B. and Nation, P. 1999 A vocabulary size test of controlled productive ability Language testing 16 (1): 33-51 Laufer, B. and Sim, Donald D. 1985 Measuring and explaining the reading threshold needed for English for academic purposes texts. Foreign Language Annals. 18, 5, 405-411. Laufer, B. ; Osimo, Helen 1991 Facilitating Long Term Retention of Vocabulary: The Second Hand Cloze. System; 19 n3 p217 24 Laufer, Batia and Michal Kimmel. 1997. Bilingualised dictionaries: how learners really use them. System 25/3: 361-369 Laufer, Batia and Sim, Donald D. 1985 Taking the easy way out: non-use and misuse of clues in EFL reading. English Teaching Forum. 23, 2, 7-10, 20. Laufer, Batia and T. Sima Paribakht 1998 The relationship between passive and active vocabularies: effects of language learning context Language Learning, 48,3 (1998), 365-391. Laufer, Batia (Ed.). 1992 A Teacher's Grammar of the English Verb. Haifa University Press. Laufer, Batia; Eliasson, Stig 1993 What Causes Avoidance in L2 Learning: L1 L2 difference, L1 L2 Similarity, or L2 Complexity? Studies in Second Language Acquisition; v15 n1 p35 48 Mar 1993 Laufer, Batia; Hadar, Linor 1997 Assessing the Effectiveness of Monolingual, Bilingual, and "Bilingualised" Dictionaries in the Comprehension and Production of New Words. Modern Language Journal; v81 n2 p189 96 Sum 1997 Laufer Dvorkin, Batia 1981 ³Intensive² versus ³Extensive² Reading for Improving University Students¹ Comprehension in English as a Foreign Language. Journal of Reading; 25 n1 p40 43 Oct 1981 Laufer-Dvorkin, B. 1985 Vocabulary Acquisition in a Second Language: The Hypothesis of 'Synforms' (Similar Lexical Forms). Unpublished Ph.D. Thesis. University of Edinburgh. Laufer-Dvorkin, B. 1991 Similar Lexical Forms in Interlanguage. Gunter Narr Verlag, Tubingen. Lauren C. and M. Nordmann (Eds.). 1988 Special language: from humans thinking to thinking machines. Clevedon: Multilingual Matters. Lauziere, Lucie 1979 Un vocabulaire juridique bilingue canadien (A Canadian Bilingual Legal Vocabulary). Meta; v24 n1 p109 to 14 Mar 1979 Laver, John 1970 The production of speech. In J. Lyons. New Horizons in Linguistic Theory 1: London; Pelican Law, Richard 1991 How many words has the student really learnt? A research into evaluation of long-term vocabulary retention Thesis, Birkbeck College, London Lawley, Jim 1996 COBUILD Vocabulary Builders: Book 1 Collins Lawson, M.-J.; Hogben, D. 1998 Learning and Recall of Foreign-Language Vocabulary: Effects of a Keyword Strategy for Immediate and Delayed Recall. Learning-and-Instruction; v8 n2 p179-94 Apr 1998 Lawson, Michael J.; Hodben, Donald 1996 The Vocabulary Learning Strategies of Foreign Language Students. Language Learning, 46,1, 101-135. Lay, N. 1982 Composing processes of Adult ESL learners: A Case study. TESOL Quarterly, 19 515-534. Laycock, Frank 1954 Spelling ability and vocabulary level of one hundred college freshman Journal of Educational psychology 45 485-491 Layton, Thomas L.; And Others 1979 Vocabulary and Syntactic Structures in Adapted "Classics" Readers for Deaf Children. American Annals of the Deaf; v124 n4 p433 to 43 Aug 1979 Layton, Thomas L.; Stick, Sheldon L. 1979 Comprehension and Production of Comparatives and Superlatives. Journal of Child Language; v6 n3 p511 27 Oct 1979 Layton, Thomas Lawrence 1977 Comprehension and Production of Selected Linguistic Constructions in Preschool Aged Children Dissertation Abstracts International, Ann Arbor, MI 1977, 37, 3361B Le Compagnon, B. 1984 Interference and overgeneralization in second language learning: the acquisition of English dative verbs by native speakers of French. Language Learning, 34, 3, 39-67. Le Compagnon, Betty 1982 Acquisition of Lexical Items by the Adult Second Language Learner: A Case Study. Unknown Reference Le Dorze, Guylaine; Boulay, Nicole; Gaudreau, Joanne; Brassard, Christine 1994 The contrasting effects of a semantic versus a formal semantic technique for the facilitation of naming in a case of anomia. Aphasiology; 1994 Mar Apr Vol 8(2) 127 to 141 Le Voi, M.E. 1980 An investigation of cued recall. Ph.D., London, University College - 29-5018 Leach, Robert unknown How to Improve Your Memory League, R. 1977 Psycholiguistic matrices: Investigation into Osgood and morris Mouton: Le Hague Leather, J. & James, A. 1991 The acquisition of second language speech. Studies in Second Language Acquisition, 13, 305-341. LeBlanc, R and H Seguin 1996 Les congeneres homographes et parographes anglais-francais. In: R Courchene, S Burger, C Cornaire, R LeBlanc, S Paribakht and H Seguin (eds). 25 Years of second language teaching at the University of Ottawa. Ottawa: University of Ottawa, SLI. Lebrun, Y. 1980 Are Speech Production and Speech Comprehension Distinct Processes? Revue de Phonetique Appliquee, 7000 Mons, Belgium 1980, 55 56, 303 05 Leckie-Tarry, Helen 1995 Language and context: a functional linguistic theory of register London: Pinter Ledgerwood, R. 1946 Scaling the meaning of words American psychologist 1: 256 Ledoux, Joseph E.; Hirst, William (Ed.) unknown Mind and Brain : Dialogues Between Cognitive Psychology and Neuroscience Cambridge: Cambridge University Press. (pp. 105 - 141). Lee, Hei Sook. 1958 English-Korean cognates. Language Learning. 8, 57-72. Lee, K. F.; Geleyte, C. 1974 Learning habits and the learning of vocabulary. Scientia Paedagogica Experimentalis; 1974 Vol 11(1) 44- Lee, Lina 1993 The Effect of Instructional Method and Learning Style on Spanish Vocabulary Learning in College Students Dissertation Abstracts International, Ann Arbor, MI (DAI). 1993 Aug, 54:2, 414A DAI No.: DA9309215. Degree granting institution: U of Texas, Austin Lee, M 1994 Functional architecture of the bilingual 'lexicon'. Working Papers in English and Applied Linguistics, 1 , 1-13. Lee, Murray and Percival Symonds 1934 New type or objective test: a summary of recent investigations (October 1931- October 1933) Journal of Educational psychology 25: 161-184 Lee On-Lai, A 1994 The variety and effectiveness of strategies employed in vocabulary explanations in EFL classrooms in Hong Kong. In: N Bird, P Falvey, ABM Tsui, DM Allison and A McNeill (eds). Language and Learning. Hong Kong: Hong Kong Institute of Language in Education. .pp237-252. Lee, S.-Y., & Krashen, S 1996 Free voluntary reading and writing competence in Taiwanese high school students Perceptual and Motor Skills, 83 (2), 687. Lee, W. R. 1965 Language Teaching Games And Contests. Oxford University Press, London. Lee, W.R. 1989. The treatment of pronunciation in some monolingual general dictionaries used by learners of English. In M.L. Tickoo (ed.). 112-123. Lee, Y.O., Krashen, S., & Gribbons, B. 1996. The effect of reading on the acquisition of English relative clauses. I.T.L. Review of Applied Linguistics, 113-114, 263-273. Leech, D. 1994. Problematic ESL content word choice in writing: a proposed foundation of descriptive categories. Issues in Applied Linguistics. 5, 1. 83-102. Leech, D. L. 1991 Review of P. Nation¹s Teaching and Learning Vocabulary. Issues in Applied Linguistics. 2, 1, 112-116. Leech, G. 1971 Meaning and the english verb Longman: London Leech, G. 1974 Semantics. London: Penguin Books. Leech, G. and Fallon, R. 1992. Computer corpora - What do they tell us about culture?. ICAME Journal. 16. 29-50. Leech, G., G. Myers and J. Thomas (Eds.) 1995 Spoken English on computer: Transcription, markup and application Longman: London Leech, G.N. 1991 The state of the art in corpus linguistics In Aijmer, K. and Altenberg, B. (eds.) English Corpus Linguistics. London & New York: Longman. 8--29 Leed, R. L., and AD Nakhimovsky 1979 Lexical functions and language learning. Slavonic and East European Journal 23, 104-113. Legenhausen, L 1994 Vokabelerverb im autonomen Lerncontext. Ergebnisse aus dem danisch-deutscher Forschungsprojekt LAALE. Die Neuren Sprachen, 93,5 , 467-483. Legenhausen, L., and D. Wolff 1993 CALL in Use of CALL: Evaluating CALL Software System 18, 1 1-13 Legutke, M. Thomas, H. 1991. Progress and experience in the language classroom. London. Longman. Lehman, David unknown Operation Memory Lehmann, Volkmar 1976 Einige linguistische und methodisch didaktische Anmerkungen zum "potentiellen Wortschatz" (Some Linguistic and Methodological Comments on Passive Vocabulary) Praxis des neusprachlichen Unterrichts; 23; 4; 429 to 432 Lehrer, A. 1974 Semantic fields and lexical structure. Amsterdam: North- Holland Publishing Company. Lehrer, Adrienne. 1964 Semantic cuisine. Journal of Linguistics. 5, 39-55. Lehrer, Adrienne. 1972 Cooking vocabularies and the culinary triangle of Levi-Strauss. Anthropological Linguistics. 14, 5, 155-171. Lehrer, Adrienne; Kittay, Eva Feder (Ed.) unknown Frames, Fields and Contrasts: New Essays in Semantic and Lexical Lehtonen, Jaakko 1987 Foreign language acquistion and the development of automaticity In: H. Dechert (Ed.) Current trends of European second language acquisition research. Clevedon: Multilingual Matters. Lehtonen, Jaako and kari Sajavaara 1983 Acceptability in native and second language message processing In: H. Ringböm (Ed.) Psycholinguistics and Foreign Language Learning. Åbo: Åbo Akademi, Leifste, Berthe, V. 1944 An investigation of the reliability of the sampling of reading material Journal of educational research. 37: 441-450 Leinonen, E., Letts, C. and Parke, T. 1994 Pragmatic impairment: a look at narratives. In: Proceedings of the third ICPLA Congress, Helsinki, 113-120. Leitner, G. 1992 New directions in English language corpora: Methodology, results, software developments. Berlin: Mouton de Gruyter. Leki, I. and Carson, J.G. 1994. Students' perceptions of EAP writing instruction and writing needs across the disciplines. TESOL Quarterly. 28, 1. 81-101. Lempers, Jacques D. 1979 Young Children's Production and Comprehension of Nonverbal Deictic Behaviors. Journal of Genetic Psychology; v135 n1 p93 102 Sep 1979 Lenko, A 1993. Computer programs for vocabulary training in foreign language learning. In: R Dirven and J Vanparys (eds) Current approaches to the lexicon.Frankfurt am Main: Peter Lang. Lenneberg, E. H. 1967 Biological foundations of language New York: Wiley Lennon, P. 1990 The bases for vocabulary teaching at the advanced level. ITL Review of Applied Linguistics. 87-88, 1-22. Lennon, P. 1991 The Advanced Learner at Large in the L2 Community: Developments in Spoken Performance. IRAL 28, 4, pp. 309-324 . Lennon, Paul 1996 Getting "Easy" Verbs Wrong at the Advanced Level. IRAL; v34 n1 p23 36 Feb 1996 Leonard, Laurence, Marilyn Newhoff and Marc Fey 1980 Some instances of word usage in the absence of comprehension Journal of Child Language 7, 189-196 Leonesio, R. Jacob and Thomas O. Nelson 1992 Do different metamemory judgements tap the same underying aspects of memory? In Nelson Thomas O. (ed.). 1992. Metacognition : core readings, Ch 15. Allyn and Bacon Leong, Che Kan 1972 A study of written Chinese vocabulary Modern language Journal 56 (4): 230-234 Lepley W. M 1955 Rationale, construction and preliminary try-out of the synonym vocabulary test Journal of Psychology 39, 215-225 Lepley W. M 1965 The synonym vocabulary test: Form III Journal of Psychology 59, 109-112 Lepley W. M 1967 The synonym vocabulary test: Form I & III compared Journal of Psychology 67, 1, 83-84 Lepley W. M and M. Zeigler 1959 The synonym vocabulary test: standardization and validation Journal of Psychology 41: 419- 425 Lepley W. M andJ. Kobrick 1952 Word usage and synonym representation in the English language Journal of abnormal and social psychology. Supplement April, 47: 572-573 Lerea, L. and Laporta, R. 1971 Vocabulary and pronunciation acquisition among bilinguals and monolinguals. Language and Speech. 14, 293-300. Lerner, Richard M.; Schroeder, Christine 1971 Kindergarten Children's Active Vocabulary about Body Build Developmental Psychology; 5; 1; 179 Lesgold, A.M.; Glaser, Robert (Ed.) unknown Cognitive Psychology of Education Lessard Clouston, Michael 1996 ESL Vocabulary Learning in a TOEFL Preparation Class: A Case Study. Canadian Modern Language Review; v53 n1 p97 119 Oct 1996 and In: B Harley (ed) Research in Second Language Vocabulary Learning. Toronto: University of Toronto Press. 1995. Lessard, G. 1986 The presentation of vocabulary in computer-aided instruction. Canadian Modern Language Review. 43, 94-107. Lessard-Clouston, M 1996 Vocabulary and the ESL/EFL Curriculum. TESL Reporter, 29 2. Lessard-Clouston, Michael 1994 Challenging student approaches to ESL vocabulary development. TESL Canada Journal, 12, 1, 69-80. Lessard-Clouston, Michael 1998 Vocabulary learning strategies for specialized vocabulary acquisition: A case study Paper presented at PACSLRF conference. Aoyama Gakuin University, Tokyo March 26-29th. Lesser, Ruth and Lesley Milroy 1993 Linguistics and aphasia: Psycholinguistic pragmatic aspects of intervention London: Longman Letsoalo M.B. 1996 Improving text for English second language biology pupils Journal of Biological Education; Vol.30,no.3: Autumn 96 184-188 Letts, C. 1994 Bilingualism and Language Acquisition. In: Asher R. and Simpson, J.M.Y. (eds), Encyclopedia of Language and Linguistics. Oxford: Pergamon Press, Vol 1, 352-354. Letts, C. and Reid, J. 1994 Using conversational data in the treatment of pragmatic disorder in children. Child Language Teaching and Therapy, 10-1, 1-22. Levelt, W. 1989 Speaking: from Intention to Articulation. Cambridge, MA: Bradford Books/MIT Press. Levelt, W. J. M. 1977 Skill theory and language teaching. Studies In Second Language Acquisition. 1: 53 - 70. Levelt, W.J.M. 1992. Accessing words in speech production: Stages, processes and representations. Cognition.42. 1-22. Levelt, W.J.M. 1993. The architecture of normal spoken language use. In G. Blanken, J. Dittmann, H. Grimm, J.C. Marshall and C-W. Wallesch (eds) Linguistic Disorders­
and Pathologies  . Walter de Gruyter, Berlin..1-15. Levelt, Willem J. M.; And Others 1991 The Time Course of Lexical Access in Speech Production: A Study of Picture Naming. Psychological Review; v98 n1 p122 to 42 Jan 1991 Levelt, Willem J.M. (Ed.) 1991 Lexical Access in Speech Production Oxford: Blackwell Levenston, E. A. 1979 Second language vocabulary acquisition: issues and problems. IEnglish Teachers' Journal (Israel). 35, 44-48.nterlanguage Studies Bulletin, 4, 2, 147-160. Levenston, E. A, and S. Blum 1977 Aspects of lexical simplification in the speech and writing of advanced adult learners. In: S. P. Corder, & E. Roulet (ed): The notions of simplifications, interlanguages and pidgins and their relation to second language pedagogy: actes du 5ème colloque de linguistique appliquée de Neuchatel. Geneva: Droz,51-71. Also see Colloque de Linguistique Appliquee de Neucha, 5th. Levenston, E. A, and S. Blum 1978 Discourse-completion as a technique for studying lexical features of interlanguage. Working Papers in Bilingualism, 15, 2-13. Levenston, Eddie A.; Blum, Shoshana 1978 Discourse Completion as a Technique for Studying Lexical Features of Interlanguage. Working Papers on Bilingualism, No. 15. Unknown Reference Levin, Beth; Hovav, Malka Rappaport unknown Unaccusativity: At the Syntax-lexical Semantics Interface Levin, Beth; Pinker, Steven (Ed.) unknown Lexical and Conceptual Semantics Oxford: Blackwell Levin, H. and E. L. Kaplan 1970 Grammatical Structure and Reading Basic Studies on Reading, eds. H. Levin and J. P. Williams. New York: Basic Books Levin, J. R. 1981 The mnemonic '80s: keywords in the classroom. Educational Psychologist. 16, 65-82. Also see Madison: Wisconsin Research and Development Center for Individualized Schooling: Theoretical paper 26. Levin, J.R. 1983 Pictorial strategies for school learning: Practical illustrations In Pressley, M. and Levin, J. (eds.) Cognitive Strategy Research. New York: Springer Verlag. Levin, J.R. and Pressley, M. 1983 Understanding mnemonic imagery effects: a dozen obvious outcomes. In M.L.Fleming & D. W.Hutton (Eds.), Mental Imagery and Learning, Educational Technology Pubs., N.J., 33-52. Levin, J.R. and Pressley, M. 1985 Mnemonic vocabulary instruction: what's fact, what's fiction?. In R.F.Dillon (Ed.) Individual differences in cognition (vol 2) Academic Press, Orlando, Fl., 145-172. Levin, J. R., Dretzke, B. J., et al. 1985 In search of the keyword method / vocabulary comprehension link. Contemporary Educational Psychology. 10, 220-227. Levin, J. R. et al. 1984 A comparison of Semantic- and mnemonic-based vocabulary learning strategies. Reading Psychology. 5, 1-15. Levin, J. R, M. Pressley, C. B. McCormick, C. B. Miller, and L. K. Shriberg 1979 Assessing the classroom potential of the key-word method Journal of Educational Psychology, 71, 583-594. Levin, Janice and Chalmers L. Stacey 1951 Awareness of vocabulary size: its relation to class standing and sex differences Journal of Educational psychology 42 174-184 Levin, Joel R. 1993 Mnemonic strategies and classroom learning: A twenty-year report card, The Elementary School Journal, 94:2, 235-244. Levin, Joel R.; And Others 1978 Frequency Interference in Children' Recognition of Sentence Information American Educational Research Journal; 15; 1; 39 to 51 Levin, Joel R., Levin, Mary E., Glassman, Lynette D., and Nordwall, Margaret B. 1992 Mnemonic vocabulary instruction: Additional effectiveness evidence, Contemporary Educational Psychology, 17, 156-174. Levin, Joel R., McCormick, C. B., Miller, G. E., Berry, J. K. and Pressley, M. 1982 Mnemonic versus nonmnemonic vocabulary-learning strategies for children. American Educational Research Journal. 19, 1, 121-136. Levine, Adina; Reves, Thea 1990 Does the Method of Vocabulary Presentation Make a Difference? TESL Canada Journal; v8 n1 p37-51 Levine, Sally F. 1986 Increasing Sight Vocabulary in Grades 1, 2, and 3 through Cross Age Tutoring and Game Strategies. Unknown Reference Levine, Susan C.; Huttenlocher, Peter; Banich, Marie T.; Duda, Eugene 1987 Factors affecting cognitive functioning of hemiplegic children. Developmental Medicine and Child Neurology; 1987 Feb Vol 29(1) 27 35 Levinson, E. 1971 The modification of intelligence by training in the verbalization of word definitions and simple concepts Child Development 42, 1361-1380 Levinson, S. 1983. Pragmatics. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press. Levitt, Edith 1970 The Effect of Context on the Reading of Mentally Retarded and Normal Children at the First Grade Level Journal of Special Education; 4; 4; 425 to 9 Levorato, M. Chiara; Cacciari, Cristina 1995 The Effects of Different Tasks on the Comprehension and Production of Idioms in Children. Journal of Experimental Child Psychology; v60 n2 p261 83 Oct 1995 Levorato, Maria Chiara; Cacciari, Cristina 1992 Children's Comprehension and Production of Idioms: The Role of Context and Familiarity. Journal of Child Language; v19 n2 p415 33 Jun 1992 Levy, Betty A.; Kirsner, Kim 1989 Reprocessing text: Indirect measures of word and message level processes. Journal of Experimental Psychology Learning, Memory, and Cognition; 1989 May Vol 15(3) 407 to 417 Levy, Jerre 1983 Language, Cognition, and the Right Hemisphere: A Response to Gazzaniga. American Psychologist; v38 n5 p538 to 41 May 1983 Levy, Joseph, Dimitrios Bairaktaris, John Bullinaria and Paul Cairns 1995 Connectionist models of memory and language UCL press Levy, Michael 1997 COMPUTER ASSISTED LANGUAGE LEARNING: CONTEXT AND CONCEPTUAIZATION OXFORD: CLARENDON PRESS Levy, Y. etc. (Ed.) unknown Categories and Processes in Language Acquisition Lewandowsky, S. etc. (Ed.) unknown Implicit Memory : Theoretical Issues Lewerenz, Alfred. S. 1929 Measurement of the difficulty of reading material Educational Research Bulletin, Los Angeles City Schools 8, March 1929 Lewinski, R. J. 1948 Vocabulary and mental measurement: a quantitive investigation and review of the research Journal of genetic psychology 72: 247-281 Lewinski, Robert 1946 The Shipley-Hartford scale as an independent measure of mental ability Educational and psychological measurement 6:, 253-259 Lewis. 1990 Unkind words: ethnic labeling from Redskin to Wasp. Bergin and Garvey. / ISBN 0-89789-220-8 / . Lewis, C. M. 1987 Vocabulary, sentences and words: Testing for agreement between two recent measures of reading performance and receptive vocabulary. Educational Psychology; 1987 Vol 7(2) 129 to 132 Lewis, C. S. 1967 Studies in words. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press. Lewis, Debra J.; Windsor, Jennifer 1996 Children's Analysis of Derivational Suffix Meanings. Journal of Speech and Hearing Research; v39 n1 p209 16 Feb 1996 Lewis, E.K., 1981 Influences of noise and time of day on memory strategies in recall and recognition. Ph.D., London, Bedford College - 31-748 Lewis, M. 1993 The Lexical Approach. Hove: Language Teaching Publications. See also: Barfield, A 1995 The Language Teacher, 19,2, 51-52. Lewis, M 1996 Implementing the Lexical Approach. Hove: Language Teaching Publications. Lewis, M and J. Hill(Ed.) 1997 LTP Dictionary of selected Collocations Language teaching Publications Lewis. M & Hill J. 1996 Practical techniques for Language Teaching Language Teaching Publications. Lewis, Michael 1997 Pedagogical implications of the Lexical Approach In Coady, J and T. Huckin. Second language Vocabulary Acquisition: A rationale for Pedagogy. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press. pp 255-270 Lewis, Richard F. 1972 Vocabulary Level; One Variable Affecting Learning from Audiovisual Media. Unknown Reference Leys, M., Fielding, L., Herman, P. and Pearson, P. D. 1983 Does cloze measure intersentence comprehension? A modified replication of Shanahan, Kamil, and Tobin. In J. A. Niles & L. A. Harris (Eds.) Searches for meaning in reading / language processing and instruction 32nd yearbook of the National Reading Conference, Rochester, NY, 111-114. Li, A. 1983 Low frequency words in scientific writing. Unpublished paper. Cited in Nation, 1990. Li Lan. 1989 Extending vocabulary in English for specific purposes - with special reference to Chinese University students. M.Phil., Exeter - 39-8351 Li, Ming 1996 Grouping Words in a Domain Specific Text Corpus: An Empirical Study Dissertation Abstracts International, Ann Arbor, MI (DAI). 1996 Oct, 57:4, 2672B 73B DAI No.: DA9625865. Syracuse U, 1995 Li, Shu-chen 1993 Intralist distractors and recall direction: constraints on models of memory for serial order Journal of Experimental Psychology Learning, Memory, and Cognition; 19, 4 895-908 Li, X. 1994. On-line handwritten Kanji character recognition. Ph.D., Birmingham - 45-5782 Li Xiaolong. 1988 Effects of contextual cues on inferring and remembering meanings. Applied Linguistics, 9, 4, 402-413. Lian, A. 1996 Living in Language reflections on language learning environments in present-day Australia Australian Language Matters, National Languages and Literacy Institute of Australia Canberra, January1996, pp. 10-11 Lian, A-P. and Lian, A., 1997 The secret of the Shao-Lin Monk: Contribution to an intellectual framework for language-learning' On-CALL, May 1997,pp. 2-19 Libby, W. 1910 An experiment in learning a foreign language. Pedagogical Seminary ., 17, 81-96. Lieber, Rochelle unknown Deconstructing Morphology : Word Formation in Syntactic Theory Liepmann, D, and J. Saegert 1974 Language tagging in bilingual free recall Journal of Experimental Psychology, 103, 1137- 114 1. Lieury, Alain; Clinet, Catherine; Gimonet, Marc; Lefebvre, Muriel 1988 Representations imagees et apprentissage d'un vocabulaire etranger. (Representations through images and the acquisition of a foreign language vocabulary.) Bulletin de Psychologie; 1988 Jun Aug Vol 41(13 to 16)(386) 701 to 709 Lieven, E.V.M. 1997. Variation in a crosslinguistic context. In D.I. Slobin (ed.) The Crosslinguistic Study of Language Acquisition  Vol. 5, Lawrence Erlbaum, Mahwah, N.J. 199-263. Lieven, Elena V. M. 1997 Lexically Based Learning and Early Grammatical Development. Journal of Child Language; v24 n1 p187 219 Feb 1997 Lieven, Elena V.M.; Rowland, Caroline; Pine Julian M. 1996 Observational and checklist measures of vocabulary composition: what do they mean? Journal of Child Language; Vol.23,no.3: Oct 96 573-590 Lifschitz, Marvin unknown Freedom from Memory, Desire and Understanding : Integration of Gestalt Light, Leah L.; And Others 1975 Comments on Episodic Memory: When Recognition Fails, by Watkins and Tulving Journal of Experimental Psychology (General); 104; 1; 30 to 6 Light, Leah L. (Ed); Burke, Deborah M. (Ed) 1993 Language, memory, and aging. Cambridge University Press; New York, NY, US; xi, 281 pp. Light, Leah L.; Schurr, Sara C. 1973 Context Effects In Recognition Memory: Item Order and Unitization Journal of Experimental Psychology; 100; 1; 135 to 40 Lightbown, P. 1985 Great expectations: second lang acquisition research & classroom teaching. Applied Linguistics 6/2, 173-89 Lightbown, P. and G. Libben 1984 The recognition and use of cognates by L2 learners. In: R. W. Anderson (Ed.) A Crosslinguistic perspective for second language research. Rowley, Mass.: Newbury House. Lightbown, P.M. 1983 Exploring relationships between developmental and instructional sequences in L2 acquisition. In H.W. Seliger & M.H. Long (Eds.), Classroom oriented research in second language acquisition (pp. 217-243). Rowley Massachusetts: Newbury House Publishers. Lightbown, P. M. 1985 Can language acquisition be altered by instruction? In K. Hyltenstam & M. Pienemann (Eds.), Modelling and assessing second language acquisition (pp. 101-112). England: Multilingual Matters. Lightbown, P.M., N. Spada, R. Wallace. 1980 Some effects of instruction on child and adolescent ESL learners². In Research in SLA, Krashen. S. and R. C. Scarcella, Newbury House, Rowley Mass. Lightbown, P.M. & White, L. 1987 The influence of linguistic theories on language acquisition research: description and explanation. Language Learning, 37(4), 483-510. Lightbown, P. & Spada N 1990 Focus-on-form and corrective feedback in communicative language teaching: effects on second language learning. Studies in Second Language Acquisition VOL.12 P.429-48, Lightbown, P. & Spada, N. 1993 How languages are learned. Oxford: Oxford University Press. Likert, R. 1932 A technique for measurement of attitudes Archives of Psychology No. 140 June Liles, Betty Z. 1985 Production and Comprehension of Narrative Discourse in Normal and Language Disordered Children. Journal of Communication Disorders; v18 n6 p409 27 Dec 1985 Liming, Yu 1990 The Comprehensible Output Hypothesis and Self directed Learning: A Learner¹s Perspective. TESL Canada Journal; v8 n1 p9 26 Nov 1990 Limper, L. 1932. Student knowledge of some English-French cognates. French Review. 6, 37-49. Lin Chich-Cheng 1995 Vocabulary learning in hypertext. Dissertation Abstracts International, Ann Arbor, MI (DAI). 1996 Oct, 57:4, 1596A DAI No.: DA9629015. U of Illinois, Urbana, 1995 Lin, Jiawei and Nesi, H. 1995 Are we teaching the right words? A study of students¹ receptive knowledge of two types of vocabulary² ³subtechnical² and ³technical². Paper presented at BALEAP Linde, Richard, Kiyoshi Masukawa, Setsuko Mizoguchi, Masako Sano, Shichiro Tanaka, Hiroshi Yamada, and Motoko Yoshioka 1977, An Analysis of the English Vocabulary Items Attained by High School Graduates in Japan--An Interim Report Annual Reports, Vol. 2. Mitaka, Japan: International Christian University, Division of Languages.61-89 Linde, Richard, Kiyoshi Masukawa, Setsuko Mizoguchi, Masako Sano, Shichiro Tanaka, Hiroshi Yamada, and Motoko Yoshioka 1980 Factors Contributing to the English Reading Ability of Japanese University Students-- Vocabulary. Annual Reports, Vol. 5 Mitaka, Japan: International Christian University Division of Languages Lindsey, Jimmy D.; And Others 1981 An Analytical Tutorial Method for Developing Adolescents' Sight Vocabulary. Journal of Reading; 24 n7 p591 to 94 Apr 1981 Lindstromberg, S. 1991. Get: Not many meanings. IRAL. 29, 4. 285-301. Lindstromberg, Seth. 1985 Schemata for ordering the teaching and learning of vocabulary. English Language Teaching Journal. 39, 4, 235-243. Lindstromberg, Seth. 1987 Vocabulary learning and defining. Practical English Teaching. 7, 4, 43-44. Lindstromberg, Sethg 1997 The standby book: Activities for the language classroom Cambridge: Cambridge University Press Linnarud, M. 1975 Swedish-English contrastive studies and a study of lexical density. Paper presented at the IVth International Congress of Applied Linguistics, Stuttgart. Linnarud, M. 1986 Lexis in composition: a performance analysis of Swedish learners' written English. Lund Studies in English, 74. Lund: CWK Gleerup. Malmoe: Liber Foerlag. Linnarud, Moira. 1975 Lexis in free production: an analysis of the lexical texture of Swedish students written work. Swedish-English Contrastive Studies Report No. 6. Lund. Linnarud, Moira. 1979 A performance analysis of Swedish students' English. Symposium report, Hanasaari. Linnarud, Moira. 1983 On Lexis: The Swedish learner and native speaker compared In: Kari Sajavaara and Jaako Lehoten, (eds) Cross language analysis and second language acquisition. University of Jyvaskyla 249-262 Lint, Charles De unknown Memory and Dreams Lipp, E. 1990 Extensive reading through sustained silent reading: developing comprehension in adult learners. The CATESOL Journal, 3(1), 75-91. Lippman, M. Z, and M. W. Shanahan 1973 Pictorial facilitation of paired-associate learning: implications for vocabulary training Journal of Educational Psychology, 64, 2, 216-222. Lipsitz, George unknown Time Passages : Collective Memory and American Popular Culture Litowitz, B. 1976 Learning to make definitions. Journal of Child Language. 4, 289-304. Little, D. unknown Words and their properties: arguments for a lexical approach to pedagogical grammar. In: T. Odlin (Ed.) Perspectives on pedagogical grammar. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press. Littlewood, William T. unknown Foreign and Second Language Learning : Language Acquisition Research and Liu, I. 1977 The application of imagery mnemonics. [in Chinese] Acta Psychologica Taiwanica, 19, 31-38. Liu, IM, Y Zhu and JT Wu 1992 The long-term modality effect: in search of differences in processing logographs and alphabetic words. Cognition, 43 , 31-66. Liu Na and Nation, I. S. P. 1985 Factors Affecting Guessing Vocabulary in Context RELC Journal: 16:1, 33 42 Lively, B.A. and Pressey, S.L 1923 A method for measuring the "vocabulary burden" of textbooks Educational Administration and Supervision. 98, 389-398. Lively, Scott E.; Logan, John S.; Pisoni, David B. 1993 Training Japanese listeners to identify English /r/ and /l/: II. The role of phonetic environment and talker variability in learning new perceptual categories. Journal of the Acoustical Society of America; 1993 Sep Vol 94(3, Pt 1) 1242 to 1255 Ljung, Magnus. 1974 A frequency dictionary of English morphemes. AWE / Gebers, Stockholm. Ljung, Magnus. 1990 A Study of TEFL Vocabulary. Almqvist & Wiksell, Stockholm. Ljung, Magnus unknown Study of Teaching English as a Foreign Language Vocabulary Llamzon, Teodoro. 1980 Constructing multiple-choice vocabulary tests. Guidelines. 3, 118-121. Llaneras, Robert E., 1996 Enhancing Drill And Practice Routines: Interactive Effects Of Working Pool Size, Semantic Organization, And Task Difficulty On The Acquisition And Retention Of Foreign Language Vocabulary. Phd. George Mason University, 1996. 129 Pp. Umi Dissertation Reference 9620764 Lloyd Bruce A. 1977 Picture-vocabulary-story (P.V.S.): a guide to the new reading process through a total language approach Reading; Vol.11, no.2: Jul 77 .29-35 ISSN: 00340472 Lloyd, Carol V.; Contreras, Norma J. 1985 The Role of Experience in Learning Science Vocabulary. Unknown Reference Lobo, F. 1966 A 10, 000 Spanish word vocabulary expanded from 3000 English cognates. Unpublished Ph.D. thesis, Georgetown University. Locke, John L. 1988 The sound shape of early lexical representations.The emergent lexicon: The child's development of a linguistic vocabulary. Developmental psychology series. In Michael D. Smith, John L. Locke, Eds., pp. 3-22. Academic Press. Lockhart, Walter. F. 1989 Ikasleen hitztegi aktibo eta pasiboa neurtzen (1) Zutabe Jnl 21: 99-108 Lockhart, Walter. F. 1991 Estimating the students¹ active and passive vocabularies Zutabe Jnl Lococo, V. G. M. 1975 An analysis of Spanish and German learners' errors. . Working Papers on Bilingualism, 7, 96-124 Locus, G. 1985 L'enseignement du vocabulaire a l'école secondaire neerlandophone: état de la question et alternatives. [Teaching vocabulary in the Dutch secondary school]. Dissertation, Katholieke Universiteit Leuven. Faculteit van de Letteren en de Wijsbegeerte. Loewenthal, K. 1971 A study of imperfectly acquired vocabulary. British Journal of Psychology. 62, 2, 225-233. Loewenthal, K. and G. Gibbs 1974 Word familiarity and retention Quarterly Journal of Experimental Psychology. 26, 15-25 Löfgren, H. 1966 Försök med en- och traspråkica ordlister. [Research with monolingual and bilingual glossaries.] Malmö: School of Education Report no. 29. Loftus, Geoffrey R. 1971 Comparison of Recognition and Recall in a Continuous Memory Task Journal of Experimental Psychology; 91; 2; 220 6 Logan. G. D. 1988 Toward an instance theory of automization. Psychlogical Review. 95 4 pp. 492 - 527. LOGAN, GORDON D. 1990 REPETITION PRIMING AND AUTOMATICITY: COMMON UNDERLYING MECHANISMS? COGNITIVE PSYCHOLOGY; V22 N1 P1-35 Logan, Gordon D.; Etherton, Joseph L. 1994 What is learned during automatization? The role of attention in constructing an instance. Journal of Experimental Psychology Learning, Memory, and Cognition; 1994 Sep Vol 20(5) 1022 to 1050 Logie, Robert H. unknown Visuo-spatial Working Memory Lomangino, Heide R. 1986 Knowledge of Vocabulary and Reading Comprehension: An Important Relationship. ERIC Number: ED277283 Lomicka, LL 1998 To gloss or not to gloss: an investigation of reading comprehension online. Language Learning and Technology, 1,2 , 41-51. Long, M. 1994 The role of the linguistic Environment in Second Languagae acquisition. In Ritchie, W. C. and Bhatia, T. K. Eds Handbook of Language Aquisition. New York Academic press. Long, M. and Cookes, G. 1992 Three approaches to Task based Syllabus Design. TESOL Quarterly. 26 1. 27 - 56. Long M. and JC Richards (Eds.) 1987 Methodology in TESOL: a book of readings. Rowley, Mass.: Newbury House. Long, M. and Ross, S. 1993. Modifications that preserve language and content. In Tickoo (ed.) 1993.29-52. Long, M. H 1981 Input, Interaction and Second Language Acquisition In Native Language and Foreign Language Acquisition, ed. H. Winitz. New York: Annals of the New York Academy of Sciences 379: 259-78 Long, M. H. 1983 Does 2nd language instruction make a difference - a review of research TESOL Quarterly VOL.17 NO.3 PP.359-382 Long M. H. 1983 Linguistic and conversational adjustments to Non-Native Speakers. Studies in Second Language Acquisition. 5 2: 177-93. Long, M. H. 1983 Native Speaker / Non-Native Speaker conversation and the negotiation of comprehensible input. Applied Linguistics 4 (2): 126-141. Long, M.H. 1983 Does second language instruction make a difference? A review of research. TESOL Quarterly, 17(3), 359-382. Long, M.H. 1985 A role for instruction in second language acquisition: task- based language teaching. In K. Hyltenstam & M. Pienemann (Eds.), Modelling and assessing second language acquisition (pp. 77-99). England: Multilingual Matters Ltd. Long M. H. 1987 Native Speaker / Non-Native Speaker conversation in the Second language Classroom. In Richards, J. and Long, M. H.. Eds.. Methodology in TESOL. Rowley, Mass., Newbury House. Long M. H. 1988 Instructed Interlanguage Development. In Beebe L. (Ed), Issues in Second Language Acquisition: Multiple Perspectives. New York: Newbury House. Long M. H., 1990 Maturational Constraints On Language Development, Studies in Second Language Acquisition , 12:251 to 285. Long, M.H. 1991 Measuring classroom language change. Unpublished paper, Dept. of ESL, University of Hawai'i at Manoa. Long M. H. and P. Porter. 1985 Group work Interlanguage Talk and Second Language Acquisition. TESOL Quarterly, 19 2: 207-228. Long, M.H. & Sato, C.J. 1984 Methodological issues in interlanguage studies: An interactionist perspective. In A. Davies, C. Criper & A.P.R. Howatt (Eds.), Interlanguage: Papers in honour of S. Pit Corder (pp. 3-33). Edinburgh: Edinburgh University Press. Long, M. N. and Nation, . I. S. P. 1980 Read Thru. Longman, Singapore. Longman 1976 Longman Structural Readers Handbook. London: Longman. 2nd ed. Longman 1991 Longman Active Study Dictionary. Longman. Longman Dictionary of Contemporary English. 1995 (3rd edition) Harlow: Longman Looby, Ruth. 1939. Understandings children derive from their reading. Elementary English Review. 16, 58-62. Lopez, Barbara Strodt- unknown Advances in Discourse Processes; v.49: Word Choice and Narration in Academic Lectures - An Essay in Lopez, M, and R. K. Young 1974 The linguistic interdependence of bilinguals Journal of Experimental Psychology, 102, 981-983. Lopez, M, R. Hicks, and R. Young 1974 Retroactive inhibition in a bilingual A-B, A-B 1 paradigm Journal of Experimental Psychology, 103, 85-90. Lorayne, Harry unknown How to Develop a Super-power Memory Lorayne, Harry and Jerry Lucas 1994 The memory book New York: Barnes and Noble Lorch, M. and P. Meara. 1995 Can people discriminate languages they don¹t know? Language Sciences, 17(1): 65-71. Lorch, Marjorie Perlman; Meara, Paul 1989 How People Listen to Languages They Don¹t Know. Language Sciences; v11 n4 p343 53 1989 Lord, FM. 1980 Applications of item response theory to practical testing problems. Hillsdale NJ: Lawrence Erlbaum. Lord, Frederic 1958 Further problems in the measurement of growth Educational and psychological measurement 43: 437-451 Lord, R. 1974 Learning vocabulary. IRAL, 12, 3, 239-247. Lorenz, G. 1997 Introducing a Learner Corpus of English Writing: The Hidden Potentials of Adjective Intensification. Rodopi, Amsterdam. Lorenz, G. 1998 Overstatement in Advanced Learners' Writing: Stylistic Aspects of Adjective Intensification. In Granger, S. (ed.) Learner English on Computer. Addison Wesley Longman, London and New York, pp.53-66. Lorge, I. 1949 The semantic count of the 570 commonest words New York: columbia University Lorge, I. and Chall, J. 1963 Estimating the size of vocabularies of children and adults: an analysis of methodological issues. Journal of Experimental Education. 32, 2, 147-157. Lorge, Irving 1949 Readability Formulae: an evaluation Elementary English 26, Feb. 86-95 Lorsbach, Thomas C.; Simpson Greg B. 1987 Automatic and conscious context effects in average and advanced readers Journal of Research in Reading; Vol.10,no.2: Sep 87 102-112 Loschky, L. 1989 The effect of negotiated interaction and Premodified input on second language comprehension and retention. Master¹s thesis University of Hawaii, Manoa. Loschky, L. and Bley-Vroman, R. 1993. Grammar and task-based methodology. In S. Gass and G. Crookes (eds.) Tasks and Language Learning Multilingual Matters, Clevedon, Avon. Loschky, Lester 1994 Comprehensible Input and Second Language Acquisition: What Is the Relationship? Studies in Second Language Acquisition; v16 n3 p303 23 Sep 1994 Löschmann, M. 1971 Zum Aufbau eines Übungssystems zur Entwicklung des selbstandigen Erschliessens unbekannter Worter. [The construction of a drill system for the development of independent recognition of unknown words.] Deutsch als Fremdsprache, 8, 2, 93-99. Lotherington Woloszyn, Heather 1988 On Simplified and Simplifying Materials for ESL Reading. TESL Talk; v18 n1 p112 22 1988 Lotherington-Woloszyn, H. 1993. Do simplified texts simplify language comprehension for ESL learners?. In Tickoo (ed.) 1993.140-154. Lotto, Lorella; de-Groot, M.-B. 1998 Effects of Learning Method and Word Type on Acquiring Vocabulary in an Unfamiliar Language. Language Learning, 48,1 , 31-69. Louberge, Henri unknown Risk, Information and Insurance : Essays in the Memory of Karl H Borch Loucky, John Paul 1994 Testing and teaching English reading skills of Japanese college students KASELE Kiyo (Seinan Gakuin) 22 29-34 Loucky, John Paul 1996 Developing and testing vocabulary training methods and materials for Japanese college students studying English as a foreign language Ed.D. Dissertation ERIC Documents Loucky, John Paul 1997 Maximising Vocabulary acquisition KASELE Kiyo (Seinan Gakuin) 25 Loup, Georgette; Weinberger, Steven H. unknown Interlanguage Phonology : Acquisition of a Second Language Sound System Lovelace, Eugene A 1988 On using norms for low frequency words. Bulletin of the Psychonomic Society; 1988 Sep Vol 26(5) 410 to 412 Lovelace, Eugene A.; Cooley, Susan 1982 Free associations of older adults to single words and conceptually related word triads. Journal of Gerontology; 1982 Jul Vol 37(4) 432 to 437 Lovelace, Eugene A.; Coon, Vicky E. 1991 Aging and word finding: Reverse vocabulary and Cloze tests. Bulletin of the Psychonomic Society; 1991 Jan Vol 29(1) 33- Lovell, George D. 1941. Interrelations of vocabulary skills: commonest versus multiple meanings. Journal of Educational Psychology. 32, 67-72. Lovell, K. & Dixon, E.M. 1967 The Growth of the Control of Grammar in Imitation, Comprehension and Production. Journal of Child. Psych. and Psychiat. 8, pp. 31-39. Low, G.D. 1988 On teaching metaphor Applied Linguistics, 9,2. 125--147 Low, Graham 1996 Intensifiers and Hedges in Questionnaire Items, and the Lexical Invisibility Hypothesis. Applied Linguistics, 17 n1 p1 37 Mar 1996 Lowe, Doug unknown Memory Management for Dummies Lowe, M. G. (ed) 1978 Newbury House writers' quide: experimental edition. Rowley, Mass: Newbury House. Lowe, Pardee, Jr., and Charles W. Stansfield, eds 1988 Second Language Proficiency Assessment: Current Issues ERIC Center for Applied Linguistics, in conjunction with Prentice-Hall, Englewood Cliffs, N. J.: Lowry, Jean B. 1974 A Test of the Regression Hypothesis: Receptive Expressive Language Performances of Adult Aphasics and Children. Dissertation Abstracts International, Ann Arbor, MI 1974, 35, 577B 78B(Kent State) Lowth, Roger 1792 and 1967 A short introduction to English grammar Mentson: england The scholar Press Loyola, Jaime L.; McBride, David F. 1991 Puerto Rican Children's Codeswitching and Their Performance on Receptive Vocabulary Instruments and a Nonverbal Cognitive Measure. Diagnostique; v16 n4 p239 to 53 1991 Lubelska, Diana 1991 An Approach to Teaching Cohesion to Improve Reading. Reading in a Foreign Language; v7 n2 p569 96 Spr 1991 Lubelska¹s review of McCarthy, M., 1991 Discourse for language teachers. ELTJ Book or article review Lübke, D. 1971 Die Rolle der Muttersprache beim Vokabellernen. [The role of the native language in vocabulary learning.] Die Neueren Sprachen, 70, 4, 169-177. Lubke, D. 1984 Der potentielle Wortschatz in Französisch. [Potential Vocabulary in French.] Praxis des Neusprachlichen Unterrichts, 31, 4, 372-379. Lucas K B 1982 Word association tests: some suggestions concerning their development and use. Australian Science Teachers Journal; v.28 n.1 p.89-94 Lucas, M.M. 1987 Frequency effects on the processing of ambiguous words in sentence contexts. Language and Speech, 30(1), 25-46. Lucas, S.M. 1991 Connectionist architectures for syntactic pattern recognition. Ph.D., Southampton - 40-9380 Luce, P. A. & Pisoni, D. B. 1987 Speech perception: New directions in research, theory and applications. In H. Wintz, (Ed.). Human Communication and its disorders., A Review. (pp. 1 - 87). Norwood, NJ: Ablex. Luckham, Mary R. 1991 Increasing Reading Comprehension and Positive Attitudes toward Reading through Improving Student Vocabulary. ERIC Number: ED335665 Ludi, G 1993 D’nomination m’diate et bricolage lexical en situation exolingue. Acquisition et Interaction en Langue Etrangere, 3( -94), 29-55. Ludi, G D 1993 nomination mediate et bricolage lexical en situation exolingue. Acquisition et Interaction en Langue Etrangere, 3, 29-55. Ludwig, J. M. 1977 Vocabulary acquisition and use by learners of French. Unpublished Ph.D. thesis, University of Michigan. Ludwig, Jeannette. 1984 Vocabulary acquisition as a function of word characteristics. Canadian Modern Language Review. 40, 5, 552-562. Luedi, G. 1993-94 Denomination mediate et bricolage lexical en situation exolingue. Acquisition et Interaction en Langue Etrangere. 3, 29-55. Luetke Stahlman, B. 1988 The Benefit of Using CAI with a Six Year Old Hearing Impaired Boy Learning Previously Unknown Vocabulary and Spelling Words. Early Child Development and Care; v32 n1 to 4 p45 to 52 Jan 1988 Luftig, Richard 1984 An Analysis of Initial Sign Lexicons as a Function of Eight Learnability Variables. Journal of the Association for Persons with Severe Handicaps (JASH); v9 n3 p193 to 200 Fall 1984 Lukatela, G, L. Feldman, M. Turvey, C. Carelo and L. Katz. 1989 Context effects in bi-alphabetic word perception. Journal of Memory and Language. 28 214-236. Lukatela G , M Savic and P Ognjenovic 1978 On the relation between processing the Roman and Cyrillic alphabets: a preliminary analysis with bi-alphabetical readers. Language and Speech, 21, (2), 113-141. Lukatela, G, M T Turvey, LB Feldman, C. Carello and L. Katz. 1989 Alphabet priming in bi-alphabetical word perception. Journal of Memory and Language. 28, 237-254. Lukic, Vera 1976 Size of Child Passive Vocabulary In: Raffler Engel Walburga von; Buyssens Eric; LeBlanc Raymond; May Jean. Baby Talk and Infant Speech. Amsterdam : Swets & Zeitlinger. Lukic, Vera 1976 Some Aspects of the Active Written Vocabulary of Children In: Raffler Engel Walburga von; Buyssens Eric; LeBlanc Raymond; May Jean. Baby Talk and Infant Speech. Amsterdam : Swets & Zeitlinger. Lumley, T 1993 The notion of subskills in reading comprehension tests: an EAP example. Language Testing, 10, 3211-234. Lund, R. 1991 A comparison of second language listening and reading comprehension modern language journal. 75 (2): 196-204 Luo, Chun, R. 1996 How is word meaning accessed in reading? Evidence from phonologically mediated interference effect Journal of Experimental Psychology Learning, Memory, and Cognition; 22, 4 -883-895 Luppescu, S. and Day, R. R. 1993 Reading, dictionaries and vocabulary learning. Language Learning. 43, 2, 263-287. and In B. Harley (Ed.) lexical Issues in language learning. Amsterdam: John Benjamins. Luria, Aleksandr Romanovich unknown Mind of a Mnemonist : Little Book About a Vast Memory Lust, Barbara (Ed.) unknown Syntactic Theory and First Language Acquisition: Cross-linguistic; v.2: Anaphora Ed. B Lust, etc Lutjeharms, M 1994 Worterkennen beim Lesen einer Fremdsprache. In: Borner, W and K Vogel (eds.) Kognitieve Linguistik und Fremdsprachenerwerb: das mentale Lexikon. Tubingen: Gunther Narr. . Lutjeharms, Madeline 1991 Lexical access and foreign language acquisition. Interface, 5 , 73-81. Lutz, John unknown Introduction to Learning and Memory Lyman-Hager, Mary Ann 1991 MLJ Reader¹s Forum Modern Language Journal 75 : 473-81 Lynch, Brian K. 1996 Language Program evaluation: Theory and practice. Cambridge: Cambridge University press Lynch, Gary unknown Synapses, Circuits and the Beginnings of Memory Lynn, Robert W. 1973 Preparing word lists: a suggested method. RELC Journal. 4, 1, 25-32. Lyon, G.Reid; Krasnegor, Norman A. (Ed.) unknown Attention, Memory and the Executive Function Lyon, G.W. 1994 Recognition and perceptual familiarity. Ph.D., Cambridge - 44-0390 Lyon, Jean 1996 Becoming Bilingual : Language Acquisition in a Bilingual Community Multilingual matters Lyons, J. 1966 Firth's theory of meaning. In C.E. Bazell, J.C. Catford, M.A.K. Halliday, R.H. Robins (Eds.), In memory of J.R. Firth (pp. 288-302). London: Longman. Lyons, J. 1968 Introduction to Theoretical Linguistics. Cambridge: CUP Lyons, J. 1981. Language and Linguistics Cambridge: CUP. Lyons, J. 1977 Semantics. Cambridge University Press, Cambridge. Lyons, J. 1981 Language, Meaning And Context. Fontana Paperbacks. Lyons, J. (ed) 1987 New Horizons in Linguistics 1 London: penguin Lyons, J. (ed) 1987 New Horizons in Linguistics 2 London: penguin Lyons, John 1996 On Competence and Performance and Related Notions 11 32 IN Brown Gillian (ed.); Malmkjaer Kirsten (ed.); Williams John (ed.). Performance and Competence in Second Language Acquisition. Cambridge : Cambridge UP, 1996. iv, 219 pp. MacAndrew, S.B.G. 1989 The structure of recall in amnesia Ph.D., Warwick - 40-5060 Macaulay, R. K. S. 1966 Vocabulary problems for Spanish learners. English Language Teaching, 20, 2, 1 31 -1 36. MacDonald, U.U. 1987 Some results in speech processing and recognition. Ph.D., St. Andrews - 36-8841 MacDougall, R. 1904 Recognition and recall Journal of Philosophy, Psychology and scientific methods: Volume 1 pp 223-233 Mace-Matluck, B. 1977 The order of acquisition of certain oral English structures by native-speaking children of Spanish, Cantonese, Tagalog and Ilokano learning English as a second language between the ages of five and ten. Unpublished Ph.D. dissertation, University of Texas at Austin. Macfarquhar, Peter D. and Richards, Jack C. 1983 On dictionaries and definitions. RELC Journal. 14, 1, 111-124. MacGillivray, L, Tse, L., & McQuillan, J. 1995 Second language and literacy teachers considering literature circles: A play. Journal of Adolescent & Adult Literacy, 39, 36-44. MacGinite, Walter H., with Joyce Kamons, Ruth L. Kowalski, Ruth K. MacGinite, and Timothy MacKay, Gates-MacGinite 1978 Reading Tests, Teacher¹s Manual, 2d ed. Boston: Houghton Mifflin MacGinitie, Walter H. unknown Language development. To appear in 4th ed. of Encyclopaedia of Educational Research. MacGregor, L. 1997 An investigation. JALT Journal, 19, 1, May, 24-42. MacGregor, Laura 1997 The Eiken test: an investigation JALT Journal 19 (1) pp. 24-42. Machalias, R 1991 Semantic networks in vocabulary teaching and their application in the foreign language classroom. BABEL, 26,3 , 19-24. MacIntyre, PD, and RC Gardner. 1994 The effects of induced anxiety on three stages of cognitive processing in computerized vocabulary learning. Studies in Second Language Acquisition. 16, 1-17. Macintyre, PD, & RC Gardner. 1989 Anxiety and second language learning: toward a theoretical clarification. Language Learning. 39, 251-275. MacIntyre, Peter, Kimberly Noels and Richard Clement 1997 Biases in self-ratings of second language proficiency : the role of language anxiety Language Learning 47: 2 265-287 MacKay, Donald and David Fulkerson 1979 On the comprehension and production of pronouns Journal of Verbal Learning and Verbal Behavior, 18, 661-673 MacKay, Donald G. 1979 Lexical Insertion, Inflection, and Derivation: Creative Processes in Word Production Journal of Psycholinguistic Research. 8, 477-98 MacKay, Donald G.; Wulf, Gabriele; Yin, Carol; Abrams, Lise 1993 Relations between Word Perception and Production: New Theory and Data on the Verbal Transformation Effect Journal of Memory and Language. Oct, 32:5, 624-46 Mackey, W. F. 1965 Language Teaching Analysis. Longman, London, 164-. 190. Mackey, W. F. 1973 La lexicométrie au service de la didactique. [Lexicometry in the service of didactics.] Etudes de Linguistique Appliquée. 10, 47-52. Mackey, W.F.; Savard, J. G. 1967 The Indices of Coverage with Figures for the First 3,000 Words of French: A New Dimension in Lexicometrics. International Centre for Research on Bilingualism, Quebec (Canada). Mackey, William F. and Savard, Jean-Guy. 1967 The indices of coverage. IRAL. 5, 2-3, 71-121. Mackin, R. 1978 On collocations: 'words shall be known by the company they keep'. In P. Strevens (Ed.), In honour of A.S. Hornby (pp. 149-165). Oxford: Oxford University Press. Mackworth, J. F 1972 Some Models of the Reading Process: Learners and Skill Readers Reading Research Quarterly 7, : 701-33 MacLennan, C.H.G. 1994 Metaphors and prototypes in the learning teaching of grammar and vocabulary. IRAL 32,2: 97-110. Macleod, C. M. 1976 Bilingual episodic memory: acquisition and forgetting Journal of Verbal Learning and Verbal Behavior, 15, 347-364. MacLeod, Colin and Kristina Kampe 1996 Word frequency effects on recall, recognition, and word fragment completion tests Journal of Experimental Psychology, Learning, Memory and Cognition. 22. 1 132-142 MacLeod, Colin M. 1989 Word context during initial exposure influences degree of priming in word fragment completion. Journal of Experimental Psychology Learning, Memory, and Cognition; 1989 May Vol 15(3) 398 to 406 MacMullin, M. Roderick 1980 Substitution Errors in the Oral Reading of Words from a List, and of the Same Words in Context. Research prepared at Temple University Macnamara, J. 1967 The effects of instruction in a weaker language Journal of Social Issues, 23, 121-135. Macnamara, J. 1967 The linguistic independence of bilinguals Journal of Verbal Learning and Verbal Behavior, 6, 729-736. Macnamara, J. 1970 Comparative studies of reading and problem-solving in two languages. TESOL Quarterly, 4, 2, 107-116. Macnamara, J, and S. Kushnir 1971 Linguistic independence of bilinguals: the input switch Journal of Verbal Learning and Verbal Behavior, 10, 480-487. Macnamara, J, M. Krauthamer, and M. Bolgar 1968 Language switching in bilinguals as a function of stimulus and response uncertainty Journal of Experimental Psychology, 78, 208-215. MacNamara, Tim 1996 Measuring second language performance Longman MacWhinney, B. 1989 Competition and Connectionism. In MacWhinney & Bates (Eds.). MacWhinney, B. & E. Bates. 1989 The crosslinguistic study of Sentence processing. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press. MacWhinney, B. & E. Bates, & R. Kligell. 1984 Cue validity and sentence interpretation in English, German and Italian. Journal of Verbal Learning and Verbal Behaviour. 23:127 - 50. MacWhinney, Brian 1995. Second Language acquisition and the Competition model In: A de Groot and J Kroll (eds) Tutorials in Bilingualism Hillsdale, NJ.: Lawrence Erlbaum. MacWhinney, Brian; Jared Leinbach; Roman Taraband and Janet McDonald 1989 Language learning: Cues or Rules? Journal of memory and language 28, 255-277 MacWhinney, Brian; Kempe Vera 1996 The crosslinguistic assessment of foreign language vocabulary learning Applied Psycholinguistics; Vol.17,no.2: Jun 96 149-183 Madden, J. F. 1980 Developing pupils' vocabulary skills. Guidelines 3, 111-117. Madigan, Stephen; McDowd, Joan; Murphy, Dana 1991 Facilitating word fragment completion with hidden primes. Bulletin of the Psychonomic Society; 1991 May Vol 29(3) 189 to 191 Madler, G., Z. Pearlstone and H. S. Koopmans 1969 Effects of organization and semantic similarity on recall and recognition Journal of verbal learning and verbal behaviour 8, 410-423 Madsen, H.S. 1983. Techniques In Testing. New York: Oxford University Press. Madsen, Harold S 1990 Computer-Adaptive Testing of Listening and Reading Comprehension: The Brigham Young University Approach Salt Lake City: Brigham Young Press Madsen, Sitka A. 1991 The effect of music paired with and without gestures on the learning and transfer of new vocabulary: Experimenter derived nonsense words. Journal of Music Therapy; 1991 Win Vol 28(4) 222 to 230 Maeshima, Shinichiro; Kuwata, T.; Uematsu, Y.; Itakura, T.; et al 1994 Transcortical mixed aphasia in a case of thalamic glioblastoma. Aphasiology; 1994 Mar Apr Vol 8(2) 197 to 204 Magay, Tamas 1984 Technical or General: Problems of Vocabulary Selection in a Medium Size Bilingual Dictionary; In: Hartmann Reinhard R. K. (ed. & pref.). LEXeter '83. Tubingen : Niemeyer, 1984. 221-225. Papers from Internat. Conf. on Lexicography at Exeter, 9 12 Sept. 1983 Mager, N. H. and Mager, S. K. 1982 The Morrow Book of New Words. Wm. Morrow & Co., New York. Maggio, Rosalie unknown Bias-free Word Finder : Dictionary of Nondiscriminatory Language Magill, Frank (Ed) 1996 The International Encyclopaedia of Psychology London: Salem Magiste, E. 1979 The competing language systems of the multilingual: a developmental study of decoding and encoding processes Journal of Verbal Learning and Verbal Behavior 18, 79-89. Magiste, E. 1980 Memory for numbers in monolinguals and bilinguals. Acta Psychologica, 46, 63-68. Magiste, E. 1982 Automaticity and interference in bilinguals. Psychological Research, 44, 29-43. Magiste, E. 1982 The importance of language strategy in mental arithmetic. Educational Psychology, 2, 159-166. Magiste, E. 1983 Developmental changes in visual and auditory interference patterns for bilingual high-school students. In: H. Ringböm (Ed). Psycholinguistics and Foreign Language Learning. Åbo: Åbo Akademi. Magiste, E. 1984 Learning a third language Journal of Multilingual and Multi- cultural Development, 5, 5, 415-421. Magiste, E. 1984 Stroop tasks and dichotic translation: the development of interference patterns in bilinguals Journal of Experimental Psychology: Learning, Memory and Cognition 10, 2, 304-315. Mägiste, E. 1986. Selected issues in second and third language learning. In J. Vaid (ed.) Language processing in bilinguals: Psycholinguistic and neuropsychological perspectives. Hillsdale NJ: Erlbaum Magiste, E 1992 Second language learning in elementary and high school students. European Journal of Cognitive Psychology, 4 , 355-365. Magner, Thomas F.; Matejka, Ladislav unknown Word Accent in Modern Serbo Croatian Magni, J. A. 1919. Vocabularies. Pedagogical Seminary . 26, 3, 209-233. Magoto, Jeff. 1986 CALL, task-based learning, and vocabulary learned in context: a pilot study. Ohio University Working Papers in Linguistics and Language Teaching. 8, 63-81. Magyar, Francis 1942 The compilation of an active vocabulary The German Quarterly. 15: 214-217 Mahan, H. C. and Witmer, L. 1936 A note on the Stanford-Binet vocabulary test Journal of applied psychology 20, 258-263 Maher, Lynn M.; Gonzalez Rothi, Leslie J.; Heilman, Kenneth M. 1994 Lack of error in an aphasic patient with relatively preserved auditory comprehension. Brain and Language; 1994 Apr Vol 46(3) 402 to 418 Mahn, H 1993 Lending library In R. R. Day (Ed.), New ways in teaching reading, (pp. 14-15. Alexandria, VA: TESOL. Maiguascha, Raffaella 1984 Semantic fields: towards a methodology for teaching vocabulary in the second language classroom Canadian Modern Language Review. 40, 2, 274-297 Maiguashca, Raffaella Uslenghi. 1993 Teaching and learning vocabulary in a second language: past, present, and future directions, The Canadian Modern Language Review, 50:1, 83-100. Major, Roy 1996 Chunking and phonological memory Studies in Second Language Acquisition, 18, 351-354 Major, Roy C.; Kim, Eunyi 1996 The Similarity Differential Rate Hypothesis. Language Learning; v46 n3 p465 96 Sep 1996 Makarec, K and M Persinger 1993 Bilingual men, but not women display verbal memory weakness but not figural memory differences compared to monolinguals. Personality and Individual Differences 15,5, 531-536. Maki, Ruth H.; Schuler, Jennie 1980 Effects of Rehearsal Duration and Level of Processinq on Memory for Words. Journal of Verbal Learning and Verbal Behavior; v19 n1 p36 to 45 Feb 1980 Makino, T. 1979 English morpheme acquisition order of Japanese secondary school students. TESOL Quarterly, 13, 428. Makkai, A. 1972 Idiom structure in English. . The Hague: Mouton Maldonado, Carmen Santos 1997 Lexical Processing in Uneven Bilinguals: An Exploration of Spanish English Activation of Form and Meaning. Edinburgh Working Papers in Applied Linguistics; n8 p76 97 1997 Malim, Tony 1994 Cognitive Processes: Attention, Perception, Memory, Thinking and Language Houndmills: Macmillan. . Malkiel, Y. 1959 Studies in irreversible binomials Lingua VIII. 113--160 Malmkjaer Kirsten (ed) 1991 The Linguistics Encyclopaedia Routledge: London Malvern, D. D.; Richards, B. J. 1997 A New Measure of Lexical Diversity British Studies In Applied Linguistics VOL 12 58-71 Malvern, David and Brian Richards 1997 A new measure of lexical diversity In Ryan, A. and A. Wray (Eds.) Evolving models of language Clevedon: Multilingual matters Manginn, Steven 1990 Vocabulary--From Meaning to Meaningful Language Teacher XIV, no. 7 July : 15-17 Mangubhai, F. 1991 Encoding and retrieving vocabulary items: some evidence from think-aloud data. Paper presented at the 16th annual ALAA congress at James Cook University, Townsville, October. Mansouri, A. N. H. 1985 Semantic field theory and the teaching of English vocabulary with special reference to Iraqi secondary schools. Ph.D. thesis, University of Sheffield. Manzo, A. V. 1970 CAT - a game for extending vocabulary and knowledge of allusions. Journal of Reading. 13, 367-369. Manzo, A. V. and Sherk, J. K. 1972 Some generalizations and strategies for guiding vocabulary learning. Journal of Reading Behavior. 4, 1, 78-89. Manzo, Anthony V. 1973 Teaching Strategies and Exercises for Vocabulary Development. Unknown Reference Manzo, Anthony V.; Casale, Ula 1980 The Five C's: A Problem Solving Approach to Study Skills. Reading Horizons; v20 n4 p281 to 84 Sum 1980 Mapelli, Daniela; Umilta, Carlo; Nicoletti, Roberto; Fanini, Alessandra; Capezzani, Liuva 1996 Prelexical Spatial Representations Cognitive Neuropsychology, Letchworth, Herts, England (CogN). 1996, 13:2, 229 55 Mar, Harvey H.; Glidden, Laraine Masters 1977 Semantic and Acoustic Processing in Free and Cued Recall by Educable Mentally Retarded Adolescents Intelligence; 1; 3; 298 to 309 Marchbanks, G. and Levin, H. 1965 Cues by which children recognize words. Journal of Educational Psychology 56, 2: 57-61. Marckwardt, Albert H. 1964 The New Webster-Dictionary: a critical appraisal. In H. B. Allen (Ed.) Applied English Linguistics Appleton Century Crofts, NY. Marckwardt, Albert H. 1973 The dictionary as an English teaching resource. TESOL Quarterly. 7, 4, 369-379. Marco, M.J.L. 1998. Procedural vocabulary as a device to organise meaning and discourse. Australian rRiew of Applied Linguistics. 21, 1. 57-70. Marcus, Gary F. 1995 L2 Learners Treat Regular and Irregular Inflection Differently in Compounding. Second Language Research; v11 n1 p88 to 89 Feb 1995 Marcus, Gary F. etc. unknown Overregularization in Language Acquisition Margolis, Laura Jane 1993 Do Recall and Recognition Rely on Qualitatively Different Processes? Dissertation Abstracts International, Ann Arbor, MI (DAI). 1993 Feb, 53:8, 4400B DAI No.: DA9237915. Degree granting institution: American U Mark, K. 1996 Curriculum Development Issues and the Need for a Learner Corpus. Paper presented at the International Language in Education Conference, University of Hong Kong. Mark, Kevin 1990 A Language Teaching Model for the 21st Century Language Teacher XIV, no. 5 May : 11-16 Markham, Ursula unknown Memory Power: How to Improve Your Ability to Learn and Remember Markman, E., & Hutchinson, J. 1984 Children's sensitivity to constraints on word meanings: Taxonomic versus thematic relations. Cognitive Science, 16, 1-27. Marks, C. B. Doctorow, M. J. and N. C. Wittrock 1974 Word frequency and reading comprehension Journal of educational research 67, (6): 259-262 Marks, Joan Iris Gerstein 1973 The Use of Task Analytic Procedures to Develop Individualized Self Instructional Vocabulary Learning Materials. Unknown Reference Markson, L. and Bloom, P. 1997. Evidence against a dedicated system for word learning in children. Nature. 385. 813-815. Marler, Michael Green 1991 The Effect of Context and Cuing on the Ability of College Level, Developmental Readers to Learn New Vocabulary Dissertation Abstracts International, Ann Arbor, MI (DAI). 1991 May, 51:11, 3655A DAI No.: DA9111525. Degree granting institution: U of Pennsylvania Marsh, George Perkins 1863 Students Manual of the English language. ŒLectures on the English language¹. The 1858-1859 Columbia lectures. J. Murray. London. (William Smith Ed.) Marshalek, Brachia 1981 Trait and Process Aspects of Vocabulary Knowledge and Verbal Ability. Doctoral dissertaion Stanford University Marshall, George and Charles Cofer 1963 Associative indices as measures of word relatedness: a summary and comparison of ten methods Journal of verbal learning and verbal behaviour 1, 408-421 Marshall, P. H. and LE Caraveo-Ramos 1984 Bilingual frequency encoding Journal of Psycholinguistic Research, 13, 4, 295-306. Marshall, S. and Gilmour, M. 1993 Lexical knowledge and reading comprehension in Papua New Guinea. English for Specific Purposes. 12, 1, 69-81. Marshall, S., Gilmour, M. and Lewis, D. 1990 Understanding and misunderstanding in science: A study of Papua New Guinea student¹s comprehension of non technical words in science. (Report No. 18). Lae: Papua New Guinea University of Technology, Department of Language and Communication Studies. Marshall, S, M Gilmour and D Levis 1991 Words that matter in Science and Technology: a study of PNG students comprehension of non-technical words used in Science and Technology. Research in Science and Technological Education, 9, 15-14. Marslen Wilson, William; And Others 1994 Morphology and Meaning in the English Mental Lexicon. Psychological Review; v101 n1 p3 to 33 Jan 1994 Marslen Wilson, William D.; Welsh, Alan 1978 Processing Interactions and Lexical Access during Word Recognition in Continuous Speech Cognitive Psychology; 10; 1; 29 to 63 Marslen Wilson William (ed.). 1989 Lexical Representation and Process. Cambridge : MIT Press. Marslen-Wilson, W.D. 1987 Functional parallelism in spoken word-recognition In U.H. Frauenfelder & L.K. Tyler (Eds.), Spoken Word Recognition. Cambridge, Mass.: MIT Press. Marslen-Wilson, W.D. & Tyler, L.K. 1981 Central Processes in Speech Understanding. Philosophical Transactions of the Royal Society of London B295, pp. 317-32 Marslen-Wilson, William and Lorraine K. Tyler 1997 Dissociating types of mental computation Nature 387 pp. 592-4 Martin, Alex; Fedio, Paul 1983 Word Production and Comprehension in Alzheimer's Disease: The Breakdown of Semantic Knowledge Brain and Language, Orlando, FL (B&L). 1983 May, 19:1, 124 141 Martin, Anne V. 1976 Teaching Academic Vocabulary to Foreign Graduate Students TESOL Quarterly; 10; 1; 91 98 Martin, C. S.; Mullennix, J. W.; Pisoni, D. B.; Summers, W. V. 1989 Effects of talker variability on recall of spoken word lists. Journal of Experimental Psychology Learning, Memory, and Cognition; 1989 Jul Vol 15(4) 676 to 684 Martin, H. 1978 Cognates and false friends. Proceedings of the Pacific NorthWest Council for Foreign Languages, XXIX, 2, 75-82. Martin, I. 1990 Vocabulary acquisition in a content-based approach. Guidelines. 12, 2, 1-11. Martin, John D.; And Others 1979 Correlation of the Quick Word Test and Wide Range Vocabulary Test with the Shipley Institute of Living Scale. Educational and Psychological Measurement; v39 n4 p935 to 37 Win 1979 Martin, M. 1978. The application of sprialling to the teaching of grammar. TESOL Quarterly 12 (2) 151 - ? Martin, M. 1984 Advanced Vocabulary Teaching: the problem of synonyms. Modern Language Journal 68, 2, 130-137. Martin Maureen K. 1987 A comparative study of the use of cursive versus manuscript characters in teaching profoundly hearing impaired children to recognise sounds and words Journal of the British Association of Teachers of the Deaf; Vol.11,no.6: Nov 87 173-182 Martindale, C. unknown Cognitive Psychology: A Neural Network Approach Martinez, Joe L.; Kesner, Raymond P. (Ed.) unknown Learning and Memory : A Biological View Martinich, A. P. unknown Philosophy of language OUP Marton, W. 1977 Foreign vocabulary learning as problem no.1 of language teaching at the advanced level. Interlanguage Studies Bulletin. 2, 1, 33-57. Masih, L. 1990 Associative recall in multilayered logical neural networks Ph.D., Brunel - 40-1928 Maskill, R.; Cachapuz A.F.C. 1987 Detecting changes with learning in the organization of knowledge: use of word association tests to follow the learning of collision theory International Journal of Science Education; Vol.9,no.4: Jul-Sep 87 491-504 Maskill, Roger; Cachapuz A.F.C. 1989 Using word association in formative classroom tests: following the learning of Le Chatelier's principle International Journal of Science Education; Vol.11,no.2: Apr-Jun 89 235-246 Maslennikova, A 1994 Review of Dunbar, G. The cognitive lexicon. Gunter Narr, 1991. Studies in Second Language Acquisition. 16, 113. Mason, B. and S. Krashen 1996 Extensive Reading in English as a foreign language System, 25,1 91-102 Mason, B., & Krashen, S. 1997 Can extensive reading help unmotivated students of EFL improve? I.T.L. Review of Applied Linguistics, 117-118, 79-84. Mason, B., & Pendergast, T 1993 Taking a cloze look In R. R. Day (Ed.), New ways in teaching reading, (pp. 16-17. Alexandria, VA: TESOL. Mason, Charles. 1982 How much do they know? Assessing ESL vocabulary range. Unpublished paper. Mason, Charles 1986 Meaning By All Means: A Vocabulary Text and Workbook for Students of ESL Englewood Cliffs, N. J.: Prentice Hall Mason, J. M., Kniseley, E. and Kendell, J. 1979 Effects of polysemous words on sentence comprehension. Reading Research Quarterly. 15, 49-65. And Centre for the study of reading report no. 85. Urbana: University of Illinois, 1978. Mason, Jana M. 1976 The Roles of Orthographic, Phonological and Word Frequency Variables on Word Nonword Decisions American Educational Research Journal; 13; 3; 199 to 206 Mason, Margie, Howard Smith and Kim Traub 1982 Language Arts and Microcomputers, in Microcomputers in K-12 Education, ed. Pierre Barrette. Rockville, MD.: Computer Science Press Massad, C, K. Yamamoto, and O. Davis 1970 Stimulus modes and language media: a study of bilinguals. Psychology in the Schools, 7, 38-42. Massaro, Dominic W.; And Others 1978 Role of Prior Knowledge on Naming and Lexical Decisions with Good and Poor Stimulus Information. Journal of Experimental Psychology: Human Learning and Memory; v4 n5 p498 to 512 Sep 1978 Master Fiona 1981 Standard vocabulary and non-standard populations: an investigative study of language patterns in a Leeds multiracial nursery class Polyglot; Vol.3, fiche 2 : Sep 81 Masters, Geoffrey 1985 A comparison of latent trait and laten class analyses of likert-type data Psychometrika 50 (1) 69-82 Masterson J 1983 Surface dyslexia and the operation of the phonological route in reading. Unpublished Ph.D thesis, Birkbeck College, University of London. Masterson J, M Coltheart and P Meara 1985 Surface dyslexia in a language without irregularly spelled words. In K Patterson J Marshall and M Coltheart (eds) Surface Dyslexia: neuropsychological and cognitive studies of phonological reading. London: Lawrence Erlbaum Associates. Mastropieri, M.A. 1988. Using the keyword method. Teaching Exceptional Children. 20. 4-8. Mastropieri, M. A., Scruggs, T. E. and Levin, J. R. 1985 Maximizing what exceptional children can learn: A review of research on the keyword method and related mnemonic techniques. Remedial and Special Education. 6, 39-45. Mastropieri, Margo A.; And Others 1985 Mnemonic Vocabulary Instruction for Learning Disabled Students. Learning Disability Quarterly; v8 n1 p57 to 63 Win 1985 Mateer, Florence. 1908. The vocabulary of a four year old boy. Pedagogical Seminary .. 15, 63-74. Matheson, Juliann. 1983 Gesture Effectiveness in Teaching Vocabulary to ESL Students. MA Thesis, Brigham Young University, Linguistics Department. Provo, Utah. Mathews, C. O. 1924 Grade placement of curriculum materials in the social studies Teacher¹s college, Columbia University, Contributions to Education 241 Mathews, Margaret 1989 Woods and Trees: The Correction of Myopia in L2 Reading. Reading in a Foreign Language; v6 n1 p357 61 Fall 1989 Mathews, P.H. 1965 Problems of selection in transformational grammar. Journal of Linguistics, 1, 35-47. Matlin, M. 1993 Cognition New York: Harcourt Brace Jovanovich. Matlin, Margaret W. 1975 Relationship between Affect and Estimates of English Word Frequency. Paper presented at the Annual Meeting of the American Psychological Association (83rd, Chicago, Illinois, August 31, 1975) Matluck, Joseph and Mace-matluck Betty 1976 Review of the James language Dominance test English / Spanish Modern Language Journal 60 (7) 401 Matsumi, Norio 1994 (Processes of word memory in second language acquisition: A test of bilingual dual coding theory.) Japanese Journal of Psychology; 1994 Feb Vol 64(6) 460 to 468 Matsumoto, Kazuko 1993 Verbal Report Data and Introspective Methods in Second Language Research: State of the Art. RELC Journal: A Journal of Language Teaching and Research in Southeast Asia; v24 n1 p32 60 Jun 1993 Mattar, Hameed Ebrahim 1990 A Cross Sectional Error Analysis Study of the Common Writing Errors Made by Adult Arabic Speaking EFL Learners in Bahrain Dissertation Abstracts International, Ann Arbor, MI (DAI). 1990 Apr., 50:10, 3171A 3172A MATTHEWS, MARGARET 1990 THE MEASUREMENT OF PRODUCTIVE SKILLS: DOUbts CONCERNING THE ASSESSMENT CRITERIA OF CERTAIN PUBLIC EXAMINATIONS ELT JOURNAL; V44 N2 P117-21 Matthews, Margaret 1990 Skill Taxonomies and Problems for the Testing of Reading. Reading in a Foreign Language; v7 n1 p511 17 Fall 1990 Matthews, P.H. unknown Morphology : Introduction to the Theory of Word Structure Matuso, Kiyoshi 1996 Vocabulary tests and entrance examinations In P. Nation and D. Tatsuki Temple University Japan research studies in TESOL. Temple University Japan Vol. 7 Mauranen, Anna 1989 Can gaps measure comprehension? Modifications of cloze as texts of reading In: C. Lauren and M. Nordmann (Eds.). Special language: from humans thinking to thinking machines. Clevedon: Multilingual Matters.337-346 Maurice, Keith. 1983 The fluency workshop. TESOL Newsletter. 8, 83. Mayer, Richard E. unknown Promise of Cognitive Psychology Mayes, Andrew R. unknown Human Organic Memory Disorders Mayes, Robert L 1992 The Effects of Using Software Tools on Mathematical Problem-Solving in Secondary Schools School Science and Mathematics 92, no. 5, May/June Mayher, John S.; Brause, Rita S. 1983 Learning through Teaching: Teaching and Learning Vocabulary. Language Arts; v60 n8 p1008 016 Nov Dec 1983 Mazurkewich, I. 1984 The acquisition of the dative alternation by second language learners and linguistic theory. Language Learning, 34, 91-109. Mazurkewich, I. & White, L. 1984 The acquisition of the dative alternations: unlearning overgeneralizations. Cognition 16: 281 - 83. Mbogho, Kalumbo 1985 Observations on Bilingual Lexicography Involving Bantu and Indo European Languages. Babel (International Journal of Translation); v31 n3 p152 to 62 1985 McArthur, T. 1981 Longman lexicon of contemporary English. London: Longman. McArthur, T. 1989. The background and nature of ELT learners' dictionaries. In M.L. Tickoo (ed.). 52-64. McArthur, T. 1998. Living Words: Language, Lexicography and the Knowledge Revolution. University of Exeter Press, Exeter. McCagg, Edward C.; Dansereau, Donald F. 1991 A Convergent Paradigm for Examining Knowledge Mapping as a Learning Strategy. Journal of Educational Research; v84 n6 p317 24 Jul Aug 1991 McCall, Rozanne A.; McCall, Robert B. 1969 Comparative Validity of Five Reading Diagnostic Tests Journal of Educational Research; 62; 7; 329 to 333 McCallum, George P 1980 101 Word Games Oxford: Oxford University Press McCallum George P. 1981 Why play word games? EFL Bull.; Issue 6 : 81 7-8 McCallum, George P 1982 Words People Use: Passive/Active Vocabulary Skills for Students of ESL New York: Harper and Row McCarthy 1994 Word Routes. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press. McCarthy, D. 1931 Language development of the pre-school child. In C. Murchison. A handbook of child psychology. Worcester, Mass. Clark University press. pp 329-373 McCarthy, Dorothea. 1954. Language development in children. In L. Carmichael (Ed.) Manual of Child Psychology Wiley, New York. 2nd ed. McCarthy, M. 1983 A new look at Vocabulary in EFL. Applied Linguistics 5, 1, 12-22. McCarthy, M. 1988 Some vocabulary patterns in conversation. In Carter and McCarthy 1988, 181-200. McCarthy, M. 1990 Recent trends in vocabulary teaching. The Language Teacher. 15,2, 9-11. McCarthy, M. 1990 Vocabulary. Oxford: Oxford University Press. See also Pettis, J. 1992 TESL Canada Journal, 10,1, 102-103. See also J Bamford English Language Teaching Journal 46,2(1992) 228-229. McCarthy, M. 1990. Minding your words: two important areas of vocabulary learning. English Studies (British Council). 5. 6-7. McCarthy, M. 1991 Discourse analysis for language teachers Cambridge: Cambridge University Press. McCarthy, M. 1992 English idioms in use. Revista Canaria de Estudios Ingleses, 25, 55- 65. McCarthy, M. 1992. Interactive lexis: prominence and paradigms. In M. Coulthard (ed.) Advances in Spoken Discourse  Routledge, London.. 197-208. McCarthy, M. 1995 Vocabulary and the literature lesson. The Language Teacher 19,2: 19-22. McCarthy, M. and O'Dell, F. 1994 English Vocabulary in Use. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press. McCarthy, M.J. and Carter, R. 1994 Language as Discourse: Perspectives for Language Teachers. London & New York: Longman McCarthy, Michael unknown Language Teaching: A Scheme for Teacher Education; Vocabulary (M McCarthy) McCarthy, Michael and Ronald Carter 1997 Written and spoken vocabulary In Schmitt, N. and M. McCarthy (Eds.): Vocabulary: Description, Acquisition and Pedagogy: Cambridge, Cambridge University Press. 20-39 McCaughey, Terence P. unknown Memory and Redemption : Church, Politics and Prophetic Theology in McCawley, James D. 1984 The eater's guide to Chinese characters. University of Chicago Press. McClellan, Janet; Yewchuk, Carolyn; Holdgrafer, Gary 1986 Comprehension and production of word order by 2 year old children. Journal of Psycholinguistic Research; 1986 Mar Vol 15(2) 97 to 116 McClelland, J. L. and D. Rumelhart and the PDP research group. 1986 Parallel Distributed Processing: Explorations in the micro - structure of cognition. Vols. I and II. Cambridge, MA: MIT Press. McClelland, J., Rumelhart, D. & Hinton, G. 1986 The appeal of parallel distributed processing. In Rumelhart et al. eds. . McClure, E 1991 A comparison of lexical strategies in L1 and L2 written English narratives. Pragmatics and Language Learning, 2141-154. McComish, Johanne 1990 The Word Spider: A Technique for Academic Vocabulary Learning in Curriculum Areas. Guidelines: A Periodical for Classroom Language Teachers; v12 n1 p25 36 Jun 1990 McConochie, J. 1985 Musing of the lamp flame: Teaching a narrative poem in a college level ESOL class. TESOL Quarterly 19 1. 125 - 135 McCormack, P. D. 1974 Bilingual linguistic memory: independence or interdependence: two stores or one? In: S. T. Carey (ed): Bilingualism, biculturalism and education. Edmonton: University of Alberta. McCormack, P. D. 1976 Language as an attribute of memory. Revue Canadienne de Psychologie, 30, 4, 238-248. McCormack, P. D. 1977 Bilingual linguistic memory: the independence /interdependence issue revisited. In: P. A. Hornby (ed): Bilingualism: psychological, social and educational implications. Academic Press. 57-66. McCormack, P. D. and Colletta, S. P. 1975 Recognition memory for items from unilingual and bilingual lists. Bulletin of the Psychonomic Society. 6, 2, 149-151. McCoy, John 1969 Written Japanese for Students of Chinese. Journal of the Chinese Language Teachers Association; v4 n1 p8 to 15 Feb 1969. McCrone, John. 1990. The ape that spoke. London: McMillan. McCrum, Robert, William Cran, Robert McNeill. 1986 The story of English. London: Faber and Faber. McCullagh, Sheila K.)0003131009 unknown One, Two, Three and Away; Introductory Word Cards: Set 2 McCullough, Constance M. 1943. Learning to use context clues. Elementary English Review. 20, 140-143. McCullough, Constance M. 1945. The recognition of context clues in reading. Elementary English Review. 22, 1, 1-5, 38. McCullough, Constance M. 1958 Context aids in reading. Reading Teacher. 11, 4, 225-229. McCune, Lorraine 1992 First words: a dynamic systems view In Charles Ferguson , Lise Men and Carol Stoel-Gammon (eds.) Phonological development: models research, implications. Timonium, MD York Press McCune-Nicolich Lorraine 1981 The cognitive bases of relational words in the single word period J. Child Lang.; Vol.8, no.1 : Feb 81 15-34 ISSN: 03050009 McCutchan, Nell 1980 Focus on Reading: A Workbook for ESL Students Englewood Cliffs, N. J.: Prentice- Hall McDaniel, M. A. and Masson, M. E. 1977 Long term retention: When incidental semantic processing fails. Journal of Experimental Psychology: Human Learning and Memory. 3, 270-281. McDaniel, M. A. and Pressley, M. 1984 Putting the keyword method in context. Journal of Educational Psychology. 76, 598-609. McDaniel, M.A. and Pressley, M. 1989. Keyword and context instruction of new vocabulary meanings: effects on text comprehension andmemory. Journal of Educational Psychology. 81, 2. 204-213. McDaniel, M. A., Friedman, A. and Bourne, L. E. Jr. 1978 Remembering the levels of information in words. Memory and Cognition. 6, 156-164. McDaniel, M. A., M. Pressley and Dunay, P. K. 1987 Long-term retention of vocabulary after keyword and context learning. Journal of Educational psychology. 79 (1): 87-89. McDaniel MA and M. Pressley (Eds.). 1987 Imagery and related processes: theories, individual differences and applications. New York: Springer-Verlag. McDaniel, Mark, A.; And Others 1987 Long Term Retention of Vocabulary After Keyword and Context Learning. Journal of Educational Psychology; v79 n1 p87 to 89 Mar 1987 McDermott 1996 The persistence of false memories in list recall Journal of memory and language, 35, 212-230 McDonald, D. 1996 Internal and external evidence in the identification and semantic categorization of proper nouns. In B. Boguraev and J. Pustejovsky (Eds.) Corpus processing for lexical acquisition. MIT Press. 21-39. McDonald, Janet 1997 Language acquisition: the acquisition of linguistic structure in normal and special populations Annual review of psychology 48: 215-41 McDonough, Jo and Steven McDonough 1997 Research methods for English language teaching London: Arnold McDonough, S.H. 1995 Strategy and Skill in Learning a Foreign Language. . London: Edward Arnold McDougal, Marianne etc. unknown University Survival Skills : Reading and Vocabulary Practice for ESL McEnery, Tony and Andrew Wilson 1996 Corpus Linguistics Edinburgh: Edinburgh University press McGaugh, James L. etc. unknown Brain and Memory : Modulation and Mediation of Neuroplasticity McGaugh, James L. etc. (Ed.) unknown Brain Organization and Memory: Cells, Systems and Circuits McGaugh, James L. etc. (Ed.) unknown Plasticity in the Central Nervous System : Learning and Memory McGeoch, J. A. and W. T. McDonald. 1931. Meaningful relation and retroactive inhibition. American Journal of Psychology. 43: 579-88. McGivern, J. E. and Levin, J. R. 1983 The keyword method and children's vocabulary learning: An interaction with vocabulary knowledge. Contemporary Educational Psychology. 8, 46-54. McGrath, I. 1987, A7. Acquiring a second language: a critical review of research (1967-1986) with special reference to the acquisition of English grammar, phonology and vocabulary M.Litt., Edinburgh - 38-6701 McIntosh, A. 1961 Patterns and ranges. Language, 37, 325-337. McIntosh, A. & Halliday, M.A.K. 1966 Patterns of language: Papers in general, descriptive and applied linguistics. London: Longmans. McKay, J. M. 1975 Review of The Oxford Advanced Learners Dictionary. TESOL Quarterly. 9, 1, 77-79. McKay, Ray. 1986 Review of Rudzka et al 1981 English Language Teaching Journal. 40, 1, 75-76. McKay, Sandra. 1980 Teaching the syntactic, semantic and pragmatic dimensions of verbs. TESOL Quarterly. 14, 1, 17-26. McKay, Sandra. 1982 Verbs For A Specific Purpose. Prentice Hall Inc., Englewood Cliffs. McKay, Sandra. L. 1980 Developing vocabulary materials with a computer corpus. RELC Journal 11, 2, 77-88. McKay, Sandra lee and Nancy, H. Hornberger 1996 Sociolinguistics and language teaching New York: Cambridge University Press McKee, J. 1993 Computer Assisted Vocabulary Acquisition. ReCALL. 8, 9-15. McKenzie, M. 1990 Letting lexis come from the learner: a word in the hand is worth two in the bush. English Teaching Forum. 28, 1, 13-16. McKeown, M. G. 1985 The acquisition of word meaning from context by children of high and low ability. Reading Research Quarterly. 20, 482-496. McKeown, M. G. 1993 Creating effective definitions for young word learners. Reading Research Quarterly, 28, 16-31. McKeown, M. G. and M. E. Curtis. (Eds.). 1987 The Nature of Vocabulary Acquisition. Introduction. Lawrence Erlbaum Associates. Hillsdale: New Jersey. McKeown, M. G., Beck, I. L., Omanson, R. C. and Perfetti, C. 1983 The effects of long-term vocabulary instruction on reading comprehension: a replication. Journal of Reading Behavior. 15, 1, 3-18. McKeown, M. G., Beck, . I. L., Omanson, R. G. and Pople, M. T. 1985 Some effects of the nature and frequency of vocabulary instruction on the knowledge and use of words. Reading Research Quarterly. 20, 5, 552-535. McKeown, Margaret G.; Beck, Isabel L. 1988 Learning vocabulary: Different ways for different goals. Special Issue: The challenge of reading with understanding in the intermediate grades. Remedial and Special Education (RASE); v9 n1 p42 to 46 Jan Feb 1988 McKnight, Jean unknown Lexis Companion: A Concise Guide to Effective Searching McKone, Elinor 1995 Short term implicit memory for words and nonwords. Journal of Experimental Psychology Learning, Memory, and Cognition; 1995 Sep Vol 21(5) 1108 1126 McLaughlin, B. 1978 The Monitor Model; some methodological considerations. Language Learning. 23: 309 - 32. McLaughlin, B 1987 Theories of Second Language Acquisition. London: Edward Arnold. McLaughlin, B. 1990 Conscious v¹s unconscious learning. TESOL Quarterly. 24: 617 - 34. McLaughlin, B. 1990 Restructuring. Applied Linguistics11 2 113 - 28. McLaughlin, B. 1990 The relationship between first and second languages; language proficiency and language aptitude. In Harley, B., Allen, P. Cummins, J. & Swain, M. (Eds.). The Development Of Second Language Proficiency. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press. McLaughlin, Barry unknown Second language Acquisition in Childhood; v.2: School-age Children McLeod, B. and B. McLaughlin 1986 Restructuring or automaticity? Reading in a second language Language Learning 36(2): 109-123 McLeod, Sharynne; Hand, Linda; Rosenthal, Joan B.; Hayes, Brett 1994 The effect of sampling condition on children's productions of consonant clusters. Journal of Speech and Hearing Research; 1994 Aug Vol 37(4) 868 to 882 McLullich, Helen H. unknown Word-power; Assessment Tasksheets 1 McMahan, Charlotte 1993 Developing Vocabulary Skills in a Learning Disability Class through Cooperative Learning Groups. Application Project Module 6. Collaborative and Cooperative Techniques. Unknown Reference McMahon, A. 1994 Understanding language change Cambridge: Cambridge University Press McMahon, John G.; Smith, Francis J. 1996 Improving Statistical Language Model Performance with Automatically Generated Word Hierarchies Computational Linguistics, Morristown, NJ (CompLing). 1996 June, 22:2, 217 47 McNamara, TF. 1990. Item Response Theory and the validation of an ESP test for health professionals. Language Testing 7,1, 52-75. McNamara, Timothy and Robert Sternberg 1983 Mental models of word meaning Journal of verbal learning and verbal beghaviour 22, 449-474 McNamara, Timothy P. 1992 Theories of priming: I. Associative distance and lag. Journal of Experimental Psychology Learning, Memory, and Cognition; 1992 Nov Vol 18(6) 1173 to 1190 McNamara, Timothy P. 1994 Theories of priming: II. Types of primes. Journal of Experimental Psychology Learning, Memory, and Cognition; 1994 May Vol 20(3) 507 to 520 McNaughton, David 1991 Augmentative and alternative communication intervention for a child with acquired aphasia with convulsive disorder: A case study. Journal of Speech Language Pathology and Audiology; 1991 Jun Vol 15(2) 35 to 41 McNeal, Leonard D. 1973 Recall and recognition of vocabulary word learning in college students using mnemonic and repetitive methods. Dissertation Abstracts International. 33, 7, 3394-. A. McNeill, A. 1990 Second language vocabulary: problems caused by the formal representation of words. Perspectives. 2, 104-122. McNeill, A 1994 A Some characteristics of native and non-native speaker teachers of English. In: N Bird, D Allison, P Falvey ABM Tsui and A McNeill (eds) Language and Learning. Hong Kong: Hong Kong Education Department. McNeill, A 1994 Vocabulary testing: defining word knowledge. In: J Boyle and P Falvey (eds) English language testing in Hong Kong. Hong Kong: Chinese University Press. McNeill, A 1994 Some characteristics of native and non-native speaker teachers of English. In: N Bird, D Allison, P Falvey ABM Tsui and A McNeill (eds) Language and Learning. Hong Kong: Hong Kong Education Department. . McNeill, A 1995 Hong Kong learners and English words: the formal semantic gap. In: D Nunan, R Berry and V Berry (eds) Language Awareness in Language Education. Hong Kong: Dpt of Curriculum Studies, University of Hong Kong. McNeill A. 1996 Vocabulary Knowledge profiles: Evidence from Chinese speaking ESL speakers Hong KOng Journal of applied linguistics 1 (1) 39-63 McNulty, John A. 1965 An analysis of recall and recognition processes in verbal learning Journal of verbal learning and verbal behaviour 4, 430-6 McQuillan, J 1994 Reading versus grammar: What students think is pleasurable and beneficial for language acquisition Applied Language Learning, 5 (2), 95-100. McQuillan, J. 1996 How should heritage languages be taught?: The effects of a free voluntary reading program. Foreign Language Annals, 29, 56-72. McQuillan, J. 1998. The use of self-selected and free voluntary reading in heritage language programs: A review of research. In S.D. Krashen, L. Tse, and J. McQuillan (Eds.) Heritage language development (pp. 73-88).Culver City, CA: Language Education Associates. McQuillan. J., & Conde, G. 1996 The conditions of flow in reading: two studies of optimal experience. Reading Psychology: An International Quarterly, 17, 109-135. McQuillan, J., & Rodrigo, V. 1995 A reading "Din in the head": Evidence of involuntary mental rehearsal in second language readers. Foreign Language Annals, 28, 330-336. McQuillan, J., & Tse, L. 1998 What¹s the story? Using the Narrative Approach in beginning language classrooms. TESOL Journal, 7, 18-23. McRae, Ken; Jared, Debra; Seidenberg, Mark S. 1990 On the roles of frequency and lexical access in word naming. Journal of Memory and Language; 1990 Feb Vol 29(1) 43 to 65 McWilliam, N 1998 What's in a word? Vocabulary development in multilingual classrooms. Stoke on Trent: Trentham. 1998. McWilliam Norah 1996 Word-weaving: exploring meaning in the multilingual classroom Multicultural Teaching to Combat Racism in School and Community; Vol.15,no.1: Autumn 96 12-17 McWilliam, Norah 1997 Lexical Meaning in the Multilingual Classroom: The Word Weaving Project. Language, Culture and Curriculum; v10 n1 p14 29 1997 Meara, Naomi M.; Patton, Michael J. 1984 Language Analysis and Policies of Psychological Treatment: An Overview. Unknown Reference Meara,-Naomi-M.; Patton,-Michael-J. 1986 Language use and social influence in counseling. The social influence process in counseling and psychotherapy. (Fred J. Dorn, Ed.), pp. 85-93. Charles C Thomas, Publisher, Springfield, IL, US; xiv, 165 pp. Meara, P. 1978 Learners' word associations in French. Interlanguage Studies Bulletin, 3, 2, 192-211. Meara, P. 1978 Schizophrenic symptoms in foreign language learners. UEA Papers in Linguistics, 7, 22-49. Meara, P. 1980 Probe Latencies, Foreign Languages, and Foreign Learners In: Dechert Hans W. (ed); Raupach Manfred (ed). Temporal Variables in Speech. The Hague : Mouton, 1980. 370 pp. 299-306 Meara, P. 1980 Syntactic structure and memory span in second language learning. Interlanguage Studies Bulletin Utrecht. 5 (2): 31-54. Meara, P. 1981 Syntactic structure and its effects on performance in a second language. Unpublished D. Phil thesis, University of York. Meara, P. 1981 Vocabulary acquisition: a neglected aspect of language learning. Language Teaching and Linguistics 14, 221-246. (Reprinted in V. Kinsella (Ed). Language Teaching Surveys 1. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press. 1982) Meara, P. 1982 Funny ways of recognizing words. Working Papers of the London Psycholinguistics Research Group, 4, 70-78. Meara, P 1983 Psycholinguistics and language learning: some reservations In: H. Ringböm (Ed.) Psycholinguistics and Foreign Language Learning. Åbo: Åbo Akademi, Meara, P. 1983 Word associations in a foreign language: a report on the Birkbeck vocabulary project. Nottingham Linguistic Circular. 11 (2): 29-38. Meara, P. 1983 Word recognition in foreign languages. In: A. Pugh and J. Ulijn (Eds.). Reading for Professional Purposes. London: Heinemann. Meara, P. 1984 Review of M. Wallace: Teaching Vocabulary. London: Heinemann.1982 System 12, 2, 185-187. Meara, P. 1984 Review of V. French Allen: Techniques in Teaching Vocabulary. Oxford: Oxford University Press. 1983 British Journal of Language Teaching, 22, 3, 181-182. Meara, P. 1984 The study of lexis in interlanguage. In: A. Davies, A. Howatt and C. Criper (Eds.). Interlanguage. Edinburgh: Edinburgh University Press. Meara, P. 1985. Lexical skills and CALL. In C. Brumfit. M. Phillips and P. Skehan (eds) Computers in English Language Teaching  Pergamon Press, Oxford. 83-89. Meara, P. 1986 Psycholinguistic relativity - is Spanish different?. In: VJ Cook (Ed.). Experimental approaches to second language learning. Oxford: Pergamon Press. Meara, P. 1986 The DIGAME project. In: VJ Cook (Ed.). Experimental approaches to second language learning. Oxford: Pergamon Press. Meara, P. 1987 Vocabulary in a second language. Volume 2. London: Centre for Information on Language Teaching and Research (CILT).CILT. Meara, P. 1988 Learning words in an L1 and an L2. Polyglot. 9, 3: D1-E14. Meara, P. 1989 Beyond Words. London: CILT. Meara, P. 1989 Matrix models of vocabulary acquisition. AILA Review. 6: 66-74. Meara, P. 1989 Models of the lexicon in English and other funny languages. Toegepaste Taalwetenschap in Artikelen. 34: 7-12. Meara, P. 1989 Review of Carter, R. Vocabulary. London: Allen and Unwin. 1987. System 17(1):120-122 Meara, P. 1989 Word power and how to assess it. SELF. 1, 20-24. Meara, P. 1990 A note on passive vocabulary. Second Language Research. 6, 2, 150-154. Meara, P. 1990 Some notes on the Eurocentres vocabulary tests. AFinLA Yearbook. 48, 103-113. Meara, P. 1990. The shape of things to come?. English Studies (British Council). 5. 15-16. Meara, P. 1991 Scoring a YES / NO vocabulary test. Unpublished paper. Meara, P. 1992 BBC English Core Curriculum. Unpublished report. Meara, P. 1992 EFL vocabulary tests. Centre for Applied Language Studies University College Swansea. (ERIC Document Reproduction Service No. ED 362046). Meara, P. 1992 Network structures and vocabulary acquisition in a foreign language. In: Arnaud P. and H. Bejoint (Eds.), Vocabulary and Applied Linguistics. London: Macmillan. 62-70 Meara, P. 1992 Vocabulary in a second language. Volume 3. Reading in a Foreign Language. 9, whole volume. Meara, P. 1992 Vocabulary tests for Dutch as a foreign language. Unpublished paper. Meara, P. 1993 The Bilingual Lexicon and the teaching of vocabulary In: R. Schreuder and B. Weltens (Eds.) The Bilingual Lexicon. Amsterdam: Benjamins. Meara, P. 1993 Tintin and the world service: a look at lexical environments. IATEFL 1993 Annual Conference report : 32-37. Meara, P. 1993 What Do Students Do on a Language Course? Language Learning Journal, No. 8. : 26-31. Meara, P. 1993 Assumptions about vocabulary acquisition, and where they come from. Keynote Paper presented in AILA '93, Free University, Amsterdam, 8-15 August 1993. Meara, P. 1993. Review of Haastrup (1991). System. 21, 2. 272-274. Meara, P. 1994 LLEX: Threshold level vocabulary tests. Swansea: Centre for Applied Language Studies. Meara, P. 1994 Review of Teaching and Learning Vocabulary by I.S.P. Nation. Canadian Modern Language Review 50,4: 755-758. Meara, P. 1994 Second Language Acquisition: Lexis In: Asher, R.(Ed.) The Encyclopaedia of Language and Linguistics. Oxford, Permagon. 7: 3726-28. Meara, P. 1994 Self Organization in the bilingual lexicon. In P Broeder and J Murre (eds.) Language and Thought in Development: Cross-linguistic studies. Tubingen: Gunther Narr. Meara, P. 1994 The complexities of simple vocabulary tests. In: FG Brinkman, JA van der Schee and MC Schouten-van Parreren (eds) Curriculum research: different disciplines and common goals. Amsterdam: Vrije Universiteit. Meara, P. 1994 What Should Language Graduates Be Able to Do? Language Learning Journal; n9 p36-40 Mar 1994 Meara, P. 1994 The mathematics of vocabularies CALS draft Meara, P. 1995 Review of T. Rietveld and R van Hout Statistical Techniques for the study of Language and Language Learning behaviour. Berlin: Mouton de Gruyter. 1993. Language Learning 45(2): 341-343. Meara, P. 1995 Single-subject studies of lexical acquisition. Second Language Research. 11, 2, i-iii. Meara, P. 1995 Student Attitudes to Learning Modern Languages in the 1980s. Data from Nuffield Modern Languages Inquiry, 1986. Occasional Papers, 36. Meara P. 1995 The Importance of an Early Emphasis in L2 Vocabulary. The Language Teacher 19, 2. Meara, P. 1996 The Classical Research in L2 Vocabulary Aquisition. In G. Anderman and M. Rogers. Words words words. Multilingual Matters: Cleveland. Meara, P. 1996 The dimensions of lexical competence In Brown, G., K. Malmkjaer and J. Williams Performance and competence in second language acquisition Cambridge: Cambridge University Press. pp35-53 Meara, P. 1996 The third dimension of vocabulary knowledge. Paper presented at the AILA Congress, Jyvaskyla, Finland. August 1996. Meara, P. 1996 The vocabulary Knowledge framework CALS paper Meara, P. 1997 Review of R. Shuy Language crimes: the use and abuse of language evidence in the classroom. Applied Linguistics 18, 1, 108-110 Meara, P. 1997 Towards a new approach to modelling vocabulary acquisition In Schmitt, N. and M. McCarthy (Eds.): Vocabulary: Description, Acquisition and Pedagogy: Cambridge, Cambridge University Press. 109-121 Meara, P. 1998 Review of Coady, J. and T. Huckin, Second language vocabulary: a rationale for pedagogy. Cambridge University press. 1997 Applied Linguistics. 19 (2): 289-292 Meara, P. Aug 1988. Imaging a powerful aid. EFL Gazette. Meara, P. Unknown Date Two Tests of Overall Ability in a Foreign Language Audio Visual Language Journal; 12; 3; 233 to 236 Meara, P. and Buxton, Barbara. 1987 An alternative to multiple choice vocabulary tests. Language Testing. 4, 2, 142-151. Meara, P. and Coltheart, Max and Masterson, Jackie. 1985 Hidden reading problems in ESL learners. TESL Canada Journal, 3, 1, 69-79. Meara, P. and F. English. 1988 Lexical errors and learners' dictionaries. ERIC Docs. ERIC ED 654321. Meara, P. and G. Jones. 1987 Tests of vocabulary size in English as a foreign language. Polyglot. 8, 1. C1-E14 Meara, P. and G. Jones. 1990 Eurocentres Vocabulary Size Tests 10KA. Zurich: Eurocentres Learning Service.10K. A. Zurich: Eurocentres. Meara, P. and I. Rodriguez Sanchez 1993 Matrix models of vocabulary acquisition: an empirical assessment. In: M Wesche and S Paribakht (eds) Symposium on Vocabulary Research.Ottawa: CREAL. Meara, P. and Jones, G. 1988 Vocabulary size as a placement indicator. In P. Grunwell (Ed.) Applied Linguistics in Society, CILT, London., 80-87. Meara, P. and N. Ham. 1995 Getting the balance right. Longman Language Review. 2, 14-17. Meara, P. and S. Ingle. 1986 The formal representation of words in an L2 speaker's lexicon. Second Language Research. 2: 160-171. Meara, P. (Ed.) 1986 Spoken Language. Papers from the Annual Meeting of the British Association for Applied Linguistics (Edinburgh, Scotland, September 1985). British Studies in Applied Linguistics 1. Centre for Information on Language Teaching and Research, London (England). Meara, P. M., P. Lightbown. and Halter, R. H. 1993 The effect of cognates on the applicability of YES / NO vocabulary tests. Canadian Modern Language Review 50, 2, 296-311 Meara, P. , Patsy Lightbown and Martin, Randall Halter 1997 Classrooms as lexical environments. Language Teaching Research, 1,1 Meara, PM 1992 Network structures and vocabulary acquisition in a foreign language. In: P Arnaud P and H B’joint (eds.), Vocabulary and Applied Linguistics. London: Macmillan. . Meara, PM 1992 Vocabulary profiles. In: S Verlinde (ed.) Proceedings of the symposium on differentiation in LSP, Learning and Teaching. Leuven: ILT. . Meara, PM 1992 Vocabulary in a second language. Vol 3. Reading in a Foreign Language, 9, whole volume. Meara, PM 1994 LLEX: Threshold level vocabulary tests. Swansea: Centre for Applied Language Studies. . Mecartty, Frances Hortensia 1995 Lexical and Grammatical Knowledge in Second Language Reading and Listening Comprehension Dissertation Abstracts International, Ann Arbor, MI (DAI). 1995 Mar, 55:9, 2814A DAI No.: DA9503269. Degree granting institution: U of Illinois, Urbana, 1994 Medin, D. L., Wattenmaker, W. D., and Hampson, S. E. 1987 Family resemblances, conceptual cohesiveness, and category construction. Cognitive psychology, 19, 242-279. Medina, Suzanne L. 1990 The Effects of Music upon Second Language Vocabulary Acquisition. Unknown Reference Medina Tello, R. 1973 El concepto sociolinguistico de 'dificultad' y la ensenanza del vocabulario de un idioma extranjero. [The sociolinguistic concept of 'difficulty' in teaching the vocabulary of a foreign language.] Lenguaje y Ciencias, 13, 1, 31 -40. Meetham, A 1969 Encyclopaedia of linguistics: Information and control Oxford pergamon Mehler, J., Jusczyk, G. Lambertz, N. Halsted, J. Bertoncini and C. Amiel-Tison 1988 A precursor of language acquisition in young infants Cognition 29, 143-78 Mei Lin. 1988 An assessment of the treatment of vocabulary in a series of pilot coursebooks used by English-Language learners at tertiary level in the Peoples' Republic of China. MA thesis, University of York. Meijers, G. 1989 Woordverwerving door eentalige en tweetalige kinderen bij Engels in het basisonderwijs. [Vocabulary acquisition by mono- and bi-lingual children learning English at primary schools.]. Toegepaste Taalwetenschap in Artikelen. 34 67-75. Meijers, G. 1992 The foreign language vocabulary acquisition of mono- and bilingual children and teachers' evaluation ability. In: Arnaud P. and H. Bejoint (Eds.), Vocabulary and Applied Linguistics. London: Macmillan. 146-155 Meijers Guust and Robert and Jarvella 1982 La perception des racines at des reflexions verbales en langue parlee Bulletin de psychologie XXXV (no 356) 587-599 Meijs, W. 1992 Inferences and Lexical relations. In G. Leitner (Ed.), New directions in English language corpora: Methodology, results, software developments (pp. 123-152 Meijs, Willem 1996 Linguistic Corpora and Lexicography. Annual Review of Applied Linguistics; v16 p99 114 1996 Meinhoff, Ulrike forthcoming Language learning in the age of satellite television Oxford: Oxford University press Meinke, Dean L.; And Others 1982 Word Frequency Effects on Memory and Incidental/Intentional Learning. Paper presented at the Annual Meeting of the Rocky Mountain Psychological Association (Albuquerque, NM, April 28 May 1, 1982). Meisel, J.M., Clahsen, H. & Pienemann, M. 1981 On determining developmental stages in natural second language acquisition. Studies in Second Language Acquisition, 3(1), 109-135. Meisel, Jurgen 1989 A note on second language speech production In: Dechert, Hans and Manfred Raupach (Eds.) Psycholinguistic Models of Language Production. Ablex Meister, Gerry. 1986 A survey of vocabulary recognition among provincial high school students. TESLA (Papua New Guinea). 5, 1, 54-64. Mel'cuk, I. 1984 Dictionnaire explicatif et combinatoire du francais contemporain. Montreal: Les Presses de l'Universite de Montreal. Mel'cuk, I. 1988 Semantic description of lexical units in an explanatory combinatorial dictionary: Basic principles and heuristic criteria. International Journal of Lexicography, 1(3), 165-188. Mel'cuk, I. & Zholkovsky, A. 1988 The explanatory combinatorial dictionary. In M. Walton Evens (Ed.), Relational models of the lexicon (pp. 41-74). Cambridge: Cambridge University Press. Mel'cuk, Igor A. 1996 Lexical Functions: A Tool for the Description of Lexical Relations in a Lexicon 37 102 IN Wanner Leo (ed.). Lexical Functions in Lexicography and Natural Language Processing. Amsterdam : Benjamins, 1996. xix, 355 pp. Melamed, F and E Zaidel 1993 Language and task effects on lateralized word recognition. Brain and Language, 45, 70-85. Meline, Timothy Joe 1977 Comparison of Pre School Children's Imitation, Comprehension, and Production of Main Verbs Dissertation Abstracts International, Ann Arbor, MI 1977, 37, 5006B 07B Melka, Francine 1997 Receptive v¹s productive aspects of vocabulary In Schmitt, N. and M. McCarthy (Eds.): Vocabulary: Description, Acquisition and Pedagogy: Cambridge, Cambridge University Press. 84-102 Melka, Francine and Jan Schroten 1992 On semantic representation Cahiers de lexicologie 60, 37-50 Melka Teichroew, F. J. 1982 Receptive versus productive vocabulary: a survey. Interlanguage Studies Bulletin, 6, 2, 5-33. Meloni, Christine Foster 1978 Code Switching and Interference in the Speech of an Italian/English Bilingual Child: Age 6.5 to 8 years. Rassegna Italiana di Linguistica Applicata; v10 n2 p89 to 95 May Dec 1978 Melton, A.W. 1963 Implications of short-term memory for a general theory of memory. Journal of Verbal Learning and Verbal Behaviour, 2, 1-21. Memory, David M. 1990 Teaching Technical Vocabulary: Before, during, or after the Reading Assignment? Journal of Reading Behavior. 22, 1, 39-53. Mencken, H.L. 1960. The American language: an inquiry into the development of English in the United States. New York: A.A. Knopf. Menn, Lise; Ramsberger, Gail; Helm Estabrooks, Nancy 1994 A linguistic communication measure for aphasic narratives. Aphasiology; 1994 Jul Aug Vol 8(4) 343 to 359 Menting, J. P. 1978 Selection du vocabulaire pour l'enseignement des langues étrangères problèmes et méthodes. [Vocabulary selection for teaching foreign languages - problems and methods.] Paper presented to the Vth International Congress of Applied Linguistics, Montreal. Menyuk, Paula 1974 Early development of receptive language : from babbling to words In Schielelbusch, R. L., and Lloyd, L. L. Language prespectives- Acquisition, Retardation and Intervention. MacMillan, London. pp 213-235 Menyuk, Paula; Menn, Lise 1979 Early Strategies for the Perception and Production of Words and Sounds In: Fletcher Paul; Garman Michael. Language Acquisition: Studies in First Language Development. Cambridge : Cambridge UP. Mercer, Neil and Joan Swann 1996 Learning English: development and diversity London: Routledge Meriam, J. L. 1938 Learning English Incidentally: A Study of Bilingual Children. Bulletin 1937, No. 15. Merriam-Webster. 1983 9, 000 words. Merriam-Webster Inc., Massachusetts. Merriman, W and V Kutlesic 1993 Bilingual and monolingual children's use of two lexical acquisition heuristics. Applied Psycholinguistics, 14, 229-249. Merry, R. 1978. Imagery and children's strategies in reading comprehension and French vocabulary learning. Ph.D., Aston - 28-5456 Merry, R. 1980 The keyword method and children's vocabulary learning in the classroom. British Journal of Educational Psychology, 50, Mervis, Carolyn B. 1983 Acquisition of a lexicon. Contemporary Educational Psychology; 1983 Jul Vol 8(3) 210 to 236 Mervis, Carolyn B. 1994 Two Year Olds Readily Learn Multiple Labels for the Same Basic Level Category. Child Development; v65 n4 p1163 to 77 Aug 1994 Mervis, Carolyn B.; Bertrand, Jacquelyn 1994 Acquisition of the Novel Name Nameless Category (N3C) Principle. Child Development; v65 n6 p1646 to 62 Dec 1994 Mervis, Carolyn B.; Johnson, Kathy E. 1991 Acquisition of the plural morpheme: A case study. Developmental Psychology; 1991 Mar Vol 27(2) 222 to 235 Mervis, Carolyn B.; Johnson, Kathy E.; Mervis, Cynthia A. 1994 Acquisition of subordinate categories by 3 year olds: The roles of attribute salience, linguistic input, and child characteristics. Cognitive Development; 1994 Apr Jun Vol 9(2) 211 to 234 Mervis, Carolyn B.; Mervis, Cynthia A. 1988 Role of adult input in young children's category evolution: I. An observational study. Journal of Child Language; 1988 Jun Vol 15(2) 257 to 272 Mervis, Carolyn B.; Mervis, Cynthia A.; Johnson, Kathy E.; Bertrand, Jacquelyn 1992 Studying early lexical development: The value of the systematic diary method. Advances in Infancy Research; 1992 Vol 7 291 to 378 Mesko, S. 1974 O semantizacii leksiki v prepodavanii inostrannyx jazykov. [On the semanticization of the lexicon in the teaching of foreign languages.] Russkii Yazyk za Rubezhom, 3, 68-71. Messa, Carmen de Mir. 1984 The handling of vocabulary in reading texts. Modern English Teacher. 11, 3, 15-22. Messer, Stanley. 1967 Implicit phonology in children. Journal of Verbal Learning and Verbal Behavior. 6, 609-613. Messick, S. 1989 Validity In R.L. Linn (ed.) Educational Measurement. New York: Macmillan. 13-103 Messick, Samuel 1996 Validity and Washback in Language Testing. Language Testing; v13 n3 p241 56 Nov 1996 Metsala, Jamie-L.; Walley, Amanda-C. 1998 Spoken vocabulary growth and the segmental restructuring of lexical representations: Precursors to phonemic awareness and early reading ability. Meunier, F. 1995 Tagging and Parsing Interlanguage. In Beheydt (ed.) La Linguistique Appliquée dans les Années 90, ABLA Review 16, pp. 21-29. Meunier, F. 1998 Computer Tools for Interlanguage Analysis: A Critical Approach. In Granger, S. (ed.) Learner English on Computer. Addison Wesley Longman, London and New York, 19-37. Meyer, Antje S. 1996 Lexical Access in Phrase and Sentence Production: Results from Picture Word Interference Experiments Journal of Memory and Language, Orlando, FL (JMemL). 1996 Aug, 35:4, 477 96 Meyer, Bonnie J.F. etc. unknown Memory Improved: Reading and Memory Enhancement Across the Life Span Meyer, D. E, and M. G. Ruddy 1974 Bilingual word recognition: organization and retrieval of alternative lexical codes. Paper given at the Annual Meeting of the Eastern Psychological Association, Philadelphia. Meyer, George 1936 The effect on recall and recognition of the examination set in classroom situation Journal of Educational psychology 27 (2): 81-99 Meyer, Paul Georg. 1991 Non-technical vocabulary in technical language. Paper delivered at AILA congress in Thessalonika. Mezynski, K. 1983 Issues concerning the acquisition of knowledge: effects of vocabulary training on reading comprehension. Review of Educational Research. 53, 2, 253- 279. Mhone, Yvonne W. 1988 It's My Word, Teacher!. English Teaching Forum. 26, 2, 48-51. Miceli, Gabriele; Capasso, Rita; Caramazza, Alfonso 1994 The interaction of lexical and sublexical processes in reading, writing and repetition. Neuropsychologia; 1994 Mar Vol 32(3) 317 to 333 Miceli, Gabriele; Caramazza, Alfonso 1988 Dissociation of inflectional and derivational morphology. Brain and Language; 1988 Sep Vol 35(1) 24 to 65 Miceli, Gabriele; Caramazza, Alfonso 1993 The assignment of word stress in oral reading: Evidence from a case of acquired dyslexia. Cognitive Neuropsychology; 1993 Jun Vol 10(3) 273 to 295 Miceli, Gabriele; Giustolisi, Laura; Caramazza, Alfonso 1991 The interaction of lexical and non lexical processing mechanisms: Evidence from anomia. Cortex; 1991 Mar Vol 27(1) 57 to 80 Miceli, Gabriele; Silveri, M. Caterina; Romani, Cristina; Caramazza, Alfonso 1989 Variation in the Pattern of Omissions and Substitutions of Grammatical Morphemes in the Spontaneous Speech of So Called Agrammatic Patients Brain and Language, Orlando, FL (B&L). 1989 Apr., 36:3, 447 492 Miceli,-Gabriele; Silveri,-Maria-Caterina; Caramazza,-Alfonso 1987 The role of the Phoneme-to-Grapheme Conversion system and of the Graphemic Output Buffer in writing. The cognitive neuropsychology of language. (Max Coltheart, Guiseppe Sartori, Remo Job, Eds.), pp. 235-252. Lawrence Erlbaum Associates, Inc, London, England; xiii, 416 pp. Michas, Irene C.; Henry, Lucy A. 1994 The link between phonological memory and vocabulary acquisition. British Journal of Developmental Psychology; 1994 Jun Vol 12(2) 147 to 163 Michea, R. 1953. Mots frequent and mots disponible. Les langues Modernes. 47: 338-44. Michea, R. 1964 Basic vocabularies. In: Council of Europe, Council for Cultural Co-operation: Research and techniques for the benefit of modern language teaching. Strasbourg: Council of Europe. 19-33. Michea, R. 1974 Les vocabulaires fondamentaux dans l'enseignement des langues vivantes. [Basic vocabulary in the instruction of modern languages.] Le Français dans le Monde, 103, 11-13. Michel, J, and P. Patin 1972 The Problem of time: Some techniques for teaching vocabulary. ERIC Focus on the Teaching of Foreign Languages No. 27. Michel, Joseph; Patin, Paul 1972 Some Techniques for Teaching Vocabulary. ERIC Focus Reports on the Teaching of Foreign Languages, Number 27. Unknown Reference Mickens, C. W. 1897 Vocabulary Child Study Monthly. 3, 203-205 Miclau, P. 1968 La Productivite du noyau lexical francais Revue Roumaine de Linguistique, . 13, 287-312 Mikes, M. unknown Some issues of lexical development in early bi- and trilinguals. In: G. Conti-Ramsden and C. Snow (Eds.) Children's Language. Hillsdale, NJ.: Lawrence Erlbaum. Mikulecky, B. 1990 A short course in teaching reading skills. Reading, MA: Addison-Wesley. Mikulecky, B. S. & Jeffries, L. 1996 More Reading Power. Reading, Mass.: Addison-Wesley. Milanovic, Mike and Nick Saville 1996 UCLES Studies in Language testing 3: performance testing, cognition and assessment Cambridge: Cambridge University Press. Milberg, William; Blumstein, Sheila E.; Katz, Donald; Gershberg, Felicia; et al 1995 Semantic facilitation in aphasia: Effects of time and expectancy. Journal of Cognitive Neuroscience; 1995 Win Vol 7(1) 33 to 50 Milburn, Kathleen 1996 Increasing Vocabulary of GED Students with Learning Disabilities through Reconstructive Text Elaboration Dissertation Abstracts International, Ann Arbor, MI (DAI). 1996 Aug, 57:2, 640A DAI No.: DA9620221. U of Missouri, Columbia, 1994 Miljkovitch, I. 1980 Classement suivant des categories sans etiquette verbale chez le bilingue. [Category sorting without verbal labels in bilinguals]. Canadian Journal of Psychology 34, 4, 359-370. Miller, Arthur unknown Danger: Memory! Miller, Casey and Kate Swift. 1991 Words and women: new language in new times. Harper Collins. Miller, G. A. 1951 Language and Communication New York: McGraw-Hill Miller, G.A. 1956 The magical number seven, plus or minus two: Some limits on our capacity for processing information. Psychological Review, 63, 81-97. Miller, G. A. 1978 Lexical meaning. In J. F. Kavanagh and A. W. Strange (Eds.) Speech and Language in the Laboratory, School and Clinic M. I.T., 394-436. Miller, G. A. 1978 Semantic relations among words. In M. Halle, J. Bresnan and G. A. Miller (Eds.) Linguistic Theory and Psychological Reality M. I.T., Mass., 60-118. Miller, G.A. 1981. Language and Speech. W.H. Freeman and Company, San Francisco. Miller, G.A. and Fellbaum, C. 1991. Semantic networks in English. Cognition. 41. 197-229. Miller, G. A and P. C. Wakefield unknown On Anglin¹s analysis of vocabulary growth In Anglin, J. Child lexical development. Chicago University Press. Miller, G. A., & Chomsky, N. 1958 Pattern Conception. Paper delivered at Conference on Pattern Detection at the University of Michigan, cited in Shipstone (1960). Miller, G.A., & Chomsky, N. 1963 Finitary models of language users In R.D. Luce, R.R. Bush, & E. Galanter (Eds.), Handbook of Mathematical Psychology (pp. 419491). New York: John Wiley and Sons. Miller, G. E, J. R. Levin, and M. Pressley 1980 An adaptation of the keyword method to children's learning of verbs Journal of Mental Imagery, 4, 57-61. Miller, George 1986 Dictionaries in the mind Language and cognition Miller, George A. 1978 The acquisition of word meaning. Child Development. 49, 999-1004. Miller, George A. 1991 The science of words. New York: Scientific American Library. Miller, George A.; Gildea, Patricia M. 1987 How children learn words. Scientific American; 1987 Sep Vol 257(3) 86-91 Miller, L., and D. Burnett 1986 Theoretical Considerations in Selecting Language Arts Software Computers and Education 10, No. 1 : 159-65 Miller, L., & Rogerson-Revell, P 1993 Self-access systems ELT Journal, 47 (3), 228-233. Miller, Lyle E 1984 Increasing Reading Efficiency, 5th ed New York: Harcourt Brace Jovanovich Miller, Margery Silberman 1987 Sign Iconicity: Single Sign Receptive Vocabulary Skills of Nonsigning Hearing Preschoolers. Journal of Communication Disorders; v20 n5 p359 to 65 Oct 1987 Milligan, Constance F.; Milligan, Jerry L. 1983 A Linguistic Approach to Learning Mathematics Vocabulary. Mathematics Teacher; v76 n7 p488 to 97 Oct 1983 Milligan, Jerry L.; Orlich, Donald C. 1981 A Linguistic Approach to Learning Science Vocabulary. Science Teacher; v48 n2 p34 to 35 Feb 1981 Mills, Jane unknown Womanwords: A Vocabulary of Culture and Patriarchal Society Milon, J. 1974 The development of negation in English by a second language learner. TESOL Quarterly, 8, 137-143. Milroy, J. and L. Milroy 1985 Linguistic change, social network and speaker innovation Journal of linguistics, 21, 339-84 Milroy, James and Lesley Milroy. 1985 Authority in language: approaches to language standardization and prescriptions. London: Routledge. Milton J 1985 The development of English consonant pronunciation and related perceptual and imitative skills among native Arabic speakers learning English as a foreign language. Unpublished Ph. D thesis, University of Wales. Milton, J 1996 New methods in EFL vocabulary teaching. In: A Tsopanoglou and N Tryfona-Antonopoulou (eds) The Sociolinguistic Dimension in the Teaching and Learning of Modern Languages. Thessaloniki: GALA. 1996 Milton, J. 1996 Exploiting L1 and L2 corpora for CALL design: the role of a hypertext grammar. In Botley, S.P., Glass, J., McEnery, T. and Wilson, A (eds) Proceedings of Teaching and Language Corpora. UCREL Technical Papers 9 (Special Issue), Lancaster University, pp. 233-243. Milton, J. 1998 Exploiting L1 and Interlanguage Corpora in the Design of an Electronic Language Learning and Production Environment. In Granger, S. (ed.) Learner English on Computer. Addison Wesley Longman, London and New York, pp. 186-198. Milton, J. and Chowdhury, N. 1994 Tagging the interlanguage of Chinese learners of English. In Flowerdew, L. and Tong, K.K. (eds) Entering Text. The Hong Kong University of Science and Technology, Hong Kong, pp. 127-143. Milton, J. and Freeman, R. 1996 Lexical Variation in the Writing of Chinese Learners of English. In Percy, C.E., Meyer, C.F. and Lancashire, I. (eds) Synchronic corpus linguistics. Papers from the sixteenth International Conference on English Language Research on Computerized Corpora. Rodopi, Amsterdam, pp. 121-131. Milton, J. and G. Jacobs 1996 Teaching technical vocabulary with multimedia resources. Proceedings of the Euro95 Conference, Valencia 7-9 Sept. 1995. p 321-328 Milton, J. and P. M. Meara. 1995 How periods abroad affect vocabulary growth in a foreign Language. ITL. 107-108: 17-34. Milton, J. and P. M. Meara. 1995 Are the British really bad at learning languages? Language Learning Journal 18, 45-51 Milton, J. and T. Hales 1997 Applying a lexical profiling system to technical English In Ryan, A. and A. Wray (Eds.) Evolving models of language Clevedon: Multilingual matters Milton, J. and Tsang, E. 1993 A corpus-based study of logical connectors in EFL students' writing. In Pemberton, R. and Tsang, E. (eds), Studies in Lexis. Hong Kong University of Science and Technology, Hong Kong, pp. 215-246. Milton, J.; Hales, T. 1997 Applying a Lexical Profiling System to Technical English British Studies In Applied Linguistics VOL 12 72-83 Miner, J. 1961 On the use of a short vocabulary test to measure general intelligence Journal of educational psychology 52(3) 157-160 Minkoff, Harvey; Katz, Sharon 1973 Spoken and Written English: Teaching Passive Grammar College Composition and Communication; 24; 2; 157 to 62 Miranda Garcia, A 1994 Improving the lexical knowledge of EST students as a means to develop reading comprehension: a pedagogical approach. In: A Gimeno Sanz, A Practical Approach. Valencia: UP de Valencia. . Mishima, T. 1967 An experiment comparing five modalities of conveying meaning for the teaching of foreign language vocabulary. Dissertation Abstracts. 27, 3030-3031. A. Mistler-Lachman, Janet 1972 Levels of comprehension in processing of normal and ambiguous sentences Journal of verbal learning and verbal behaviour 11, 614-623 Mitchell, Andrew A. (Ed.) unknown Advertising Exposure, Memory and Choice Mitchell, David B. 1989 How many memory systems? Evidence from aging. Journal of Experimental Psychology Learning, Memory, and Cognition; 1989 Jan Vol 15(1) 31- Mitchell, Keith, Ed.; Parkinson, Brian, Ed. 1997 Edinburgh Working Papers in Applied Linguistics, 1997. Edinburgh Working Papers in Applied Linguistics; n8 1997; Mitchell, Peter 1997 Introduction to theory of the mind: Children Autism and apes London: Arnold Mitchell, T. 1962 Colloquial Arabic. London: Hodder and Stoughton. Mitchell, T.F. 1966 Some English phrasal types. In C.E. Bazell, J.C. Catford, M.A.K. Halliday, R.H. Robins (Eds.), In memory of J.R. Firth (pp. 335-358 Mitchell, T.F. 1971 Linguistic goings on': collocations and other lexical matters arising on the syntagmatic record Archivum Linguisticum II (ns). 35--69 Mitchell, T.F. 1971 Linguistic 'goings on': collocations and the other lexical matters arising on the syntagmatic record. Archivum Linguisticum, 2, 35- 61. Mitchell, T.F. 1975 Principles of Firthian linguistics. London: Longman. Mitton, Roger 199? English spelling and the computer Longman Miura, J. 1973 Goishido no ryuiten. [Teaching English vocabulary to the Japanese English.] Akita U. Eigo Koiku. The English Teachers' Magazine. 22, 7, 10-12. Mizoguchi, Setsuko, Masako Sano, Kiyoko Shiina, Randolph Thrasher, and Motoko Yoshioka 1992 A Proposal for the Establishment of an EAP List and an Analysis of Its Appropriateness JACET Bulletin 23, : 77-96 Mobarg, M. 1997. Acquiring, teaching and testing vocabulary. International Journal of Applied Linguistics. 7, 201-222.2. Mochizuki, M 1997 A direction vocabulary tests should follow. Reitaku Review, 3 (1997), 105-119. Moebius, P 1995 Individual differences in working memory, verbal efficiency and semantic processing in German-English bilinguals: an exploratory study. Working Papers in English and Applied Linguistics, Cambridge, 227-42. Moerk, E.L. 1972. Principles of dyadic interaction in language learning. Merrill-Palmer Quarterly. 18. 229-257. Moffett, J. 1992 Harmonic learning: Keynoting school reform. Portsmouth, NH: Boynton/Cook, Heinemann. Mohammed, Mowafak A. H.; Swales, John M. 1984 Factors Affecting the Successful Reading of Technical Instructions. Reading in a Foreign Language; v2 n2 p206 17 Fall 1984 Mohs, Richard C.; Atkinson, Richard C. 1974 Recognition Time for Words in Short Term, Long Term, or Both Memory Stores Journal of Experimental Psychology; 102; 5; 830 to 35 Moir, J. 1996. Task awareness and learning effectiveness: a case study of ten learners' perceptions of a vocabularylearning task. Unpublished MA paper, LALS, Victoria University of Wellington. Mok, R. 1994 Reading and English acquisition programme (REAP In M.L. Tickoo (Ed.), Research in Reading and Writing: A Southeast Asian Collection, (pp.30-40) Singapore: SEAMEO Regional Language Centre. Molina, Hubert. 1971 Language games and the Mexican-American child learning English. TESOL Quarterly. 5, 2, 145-148. Molinsky, Steven J., and Bill Bliss 1994 Word by Word: Picture Dictionary Englewood Cliffs, N. J.: Prentice- Hall Mondria, J-A. 1989 Pregnantie van context en het effect ervan op het raden, leren en onthouden van vreemdtalige woorden. [The effect of pregnant context on the way words in a foreign language are guessed, learned and retained]. Toegepaste Taalwetenschap in Artikelen. 34: 32-42. Mondria, J-A 1996 Vocabulaireverwerving in het vreemde-talenonderwijs: de affecte van context op de retentie. Gronigen. Mondria, J-A 1997 Woorden leren: context, raden en onthouden. Hoe zit het un echt? Levende Talen, 523, 476-481. Mondria, J-A and M. Wit de Boer. 1989 Woorden leren door raden. [Learning words through guessing.]. Levende Talen. 443. 497-500. Mondria, J-A. and M. Wit-de-Boer. 1991 The effects of contextual richness on the guessability and the retention of words in a foreign language. Applied Linguistics. 12 (3): 249-267. Mondria, J-A, and S. Mondria-de Vries. 1991 Woordenleren met de "handcomputer". [Learning words with the "handcomputer".]. Levende Talen. 465, 458-461. Mondria, J-A and S Mondria-de Vries 1993 Woorden lerer met woordkartjes en/of de "handcomputer": enkele toepassingsmogelijkheden. In: A Toussaint-Dekker In: (ed.) Verder met Frans. 's-Hertogenbosch: KPC. . Mondria, J-A and S Mondria-de Vries 1997 Het leren van woorden in het vreemde-talenonderwijs: toepassing voor het studiehuis. Tilburg: MesoConsult. 1997. Mondria, J-A and S. Mondria-De-Vries. 1994 Efficiently Memorizing Words with the Help of Word Cards and Hand Computer: Theory and Applications. System. 22 (1): 47-57. Mondria JA, S Mondria de Vries, M. Rabbah, and E. Vok 1996 computerprogramma bij ŒA toi maintenant!¹ voor het leren van woorden en taalhandelingŒPar Etapes!¹ Zutphen: Thieme Monk, A.F. 1972-73 The structure of organisation in free recall. Ph.D., Bristol - 23-1120 Monroe, Walter S. 1945 Educational measurement in 1920 and 1945 Journal of experiemental Research 38 (5) 334-340 Monsell, S, G. Matthews and D. Miller. 1992 Repetition of lexicalization across languages: a further test of locus priming. Quarterly Journal of Experimental Psychology. 44a,4, 763-. Montague, Marjorie; And Others 1990 Story Grammar and Comprehension and Production of Narrative Prose by Students with Learning Disabilities. Journal of Learning Disabilities; v23 n3 p190 97 Mar 1990 Montare, Alberto; And Others 1975 Words and Pictures: The Failure of the Samuels Design to Test for Distractability. Unknown Reference Mooijam, J. P. 1983 ³I Spy. In Search of Meaning.² In Search, Too, of a European School Programme of Modern Foreign Language Learning. System; v11 n3 p255 69 1983 Moon, R. 1987 Monosemous words and the dictionary in A.P. Cowie (ed.) The Dictionary and the Language Learner Lexicographica Series Maior, Max Niemeyer. Moon, R. 1988 Time and idioms in M. Snell-Hornby (ed.) Zürilex '86 Proceedings. Francke, Tübingen. Moon, R. 1989 Objective or objectionable? Ideological aspects of dictionaries in M. Knowles and K. Malmkjær (eds.) Language and Ideology ELRJ 3. English Language Research, School of English, The University of Birmingham. Moon, R. 1992 There is reason in the roasting of eggs: a consideration of fixed expressions in native-speaker dictionaries in Euralex '92 Proceedings (Studia Translatologica A, 2) University of Tampere. Moon, R. 1994. Basis and basics: corpus evidence and vocabulary. The Language Teacher. 18, 8. 13-15. Moon, R. 1996 Data, description, and idioms in corpus lexicography in Euralex '96 Proceedings University of Göteborg. Moon, R. E. 1987 The analysis of meaning In Sinclair, John (Ed.), Looking Up : Account of the Cobuild Project in Lexical Computing. Collins ELT, London. Moon, R.E. 1992 Textual aspects of fixed expressions in learners' dictionaries In: Arnaud P. and H. Bejoint (eds.) Vocabulary and Applied Linguistics. London: Macmillan 13--27 Moon, R.E. 1994 Fixed expressions and text: a study of the distribution and textual behaviour of fixed expressions in English. Unpublished PhD thesis: University of Birmingham Moon, R.E. 1994 The analysis of fixed expressions in text In R.M. Coulthard (ed.) Advances in Written Discourse Analysis. London & New York: Routledge 117--135 Moon, R. E. 1997 Vocabulary connections: multi-word items in English In Schmitt, N. and M. McCarthy (Eds.): Vocabulary: Description, Acquisition and Pedagogy: Cambridge, Cambridge University Press. 40-63 Moon, R.E. forthcoming Fixed Expressions in English: a Corpus-based Approach Oxford: Oxford University Press Moon, Susan L. 1983 The Developmental Relationship between Comprehension and Production of Linguistic Structures in Normal Children Dissertation Abstracts International, Ann Arbor, MI (DAI). 1983 July, 44:1, 128B 129B Moorcroft, R.; Gardner, R. C. 1987 Linguistic Factors in Second Language Loss. Language Learning; v37 n3 p327 40 Sep 1987 Moore, Anne, Z. 1943 Extensive Reading versus Intensive Reading in the study of Modern Foreign Languages The Modern Language Journal 27: 3-12 Moore, Bob; Moore, Maxine unknown Up from the Roots : Growing a Vocabulary Moore, Christopher J. 1983 EST Readers: Some Principles for Their Design and Use. Reading in a Foreign Language; v1 n2 p119 30 Oct 1983 Moore, David W.; Readence, John E. 1984 A quantitative and qualitative review of graphic organizer research. Journal of Educational Research; 1984 Sep Oct Vol 78(1) 11 to 17 Moore, JC and JR Surber 1992 Effects of context and keyword methods on second language vocabulary acquisition. Contemporary Educational Psychology, 17 , 286-292. Moore, Johanna Steigleder 1989 The Context And The Keyword Methods: A Method-Comparative Study In Second Language Vocabulary Acquisition. Phd. The University Of Wisconsin - Milwaukee, 1989. 112 Pp. Umi Dissertation Reference 9002908 Moore, Lorraine O. 1988 A Comparison of Lexical and Semantic Access for Learning Disabled Students, Low Reading Achievers, and Normals Dissertation Abstracts International, Ann Arbor, MI (DAI). 1988 Sept., 49:3, 470A Moore, Phillip 1987 On the Incidental Learning of Vocabulary. Australian Journal of Reading; v10 n1 p12 to 19 Mar 1987 Moore, Timothy E. (Ed.) unknown Cognitive Development and the Acquisition of Language Moorhouse,-A.-J.; Yule,-William  1974  A Comparison of the Neale and the Daniels and Diack Reading Tests Reading;8; 3; 24-27; Moran, Aidan P. unknown Psychology of Concentration in Sport Performers: A Cognitive Analysis Moran, C. 1991 Lexical inferencing in EFL reading course books: some implications of research. System. 19,4, 381-400. Moran Heather 1996 "Let's try that word again in a new way!" Helping failing readers to learn high frequency words British Journal of Special Education; Vol.23,no.4: Dec 96 Moran, Louis J. 1973 Comparative growth of Japanese and North American cognitive dictionaries. Child Development; 1973 Dec Vol. 44(4) 862 to 865 Moran, Louis J. 1981 Evidence for the universal structure of the child's cognitive dictionary. Journal of General Psychology; 1981 Jul Vol 105(1) 149 to 154 Morenberg, Max. 1991. Doing grammar. Oxford. /ISBN 0-19-506427-5/ Morford, Marolyn; Goldin Meadow, Susan 1992 Comprehension and Production of Gesture in Combination with Speech in One Word Speakers. Journal of Child Language; v19 n3 p559 80 Oct 1992 Morgan B.Q. 1928 A German frequency Word Book, Based on Kaeding¹s Haufigkeitsworterbuch de deutschen Sprache. Publications of the American and canadian Committees on Modern Languages Vol IX, New York. Morgan B.Q. & Oberdeck, L.M. 1930 Active and Passive Vocabulary In Bagster-Collins, E.W. (ed.) Studies in Modern Language Teaching, pp. 213-221. Morgan, C. L. and Bailey, W. L. 1943 The effect of context on learning a vocabulary. Journal of Educational Psychology. 34, 561-565. Morgan, C. L. and Bonham, D. N. 1944 Difficulty of vocabulary learning as affected by parts of speech. Journal of Educational Psychology. 35, 5, 369-377. Morgan, C. L. and C. C. Steinman 1943 An evaluation of a testing program in Educational psychology Journal of educational psychology. 34: 495-502 Morgan, C. L. and Mary Foltz 1944 The effect of context on learning a French vocabulary. Journal of Educational Research 38 (3): 213-216 Morgan, E. F. 1960 Efficiency of two tests in differentaiting potentially low from average and High First grade achievers. Journal of educational Research. 63, 300-304 Morgan, J. and M. Rinvolucri. 1986 Vocabulary. Oxford: Oxford University Press. See also 212 D Hill ELTJ 41,4(1987), 303-304 Moriarty, A.P., 1977 Hemispheric asymmetry in recognition and recall of visual configurations. Ph.D., London, Birkbeck College - 26-6539 Morley, Muriel Elizabeth 1973 Receptive Expressive Developmental Aphasia: A Case Study. British Journal. of Disorders on Communication 1973, 8:1, 47 53 Morrel Samuels, Palmer 1990 Gesture, Word, and Meaning: The Role of Gesture in Speech Production and Comprehension Dissertation Abstracts International, Ann Arbor, MI (DAI). 1990 Apr., 50:10, 4818B Morris, C. D., Bransford, J. D., and Franks, J. J. 1977 Levels of Processing versus Transfer Appropriate Processing Journal of Verbal Learning and Verbal Behavior; 16; 5; 519 to 33 Morris, Nancy T.; Crump, W. Donald 1982 Syntactic and Vocabulary Development in the Written Language of Learning Disabled and Non Learning Disabled Students at Four Age Levels. Learning Disability Quarterly; v5 n2 p163 to 72 Spr 1982 Morris, P.E., 1971-72 Imagery in memorising, recognition and recall. Ph.D., Exeter - 22-1336 Morris, P. E.; Cook, N. 1978 When Do First Letters Mnemonics Aid Recall? British Journal of Educational Psychology; 48 pt1; 22 to 8 Morris, P. E.; Reid, R. L. 1974 Imagery and recognition British Journal of Psychology; 65 pt 1; 7 to 12 Morris, Peter E. 1978 Frequency and Imagery in Word Recognition: Further Evidence for an Attribute Model British Journal of Psychology; 69 pt1; 69 to 75 Morris, Peter E.; Conway, Martin A. (Ed.) unknown Psychology of Memory Morris, R. ed. 1989 Parallel distributed processing: implictions for psychology and neurobiology Oxford: Claredon press. Morrison Beverly S. 1979 One route to improved reading comprehension : a look at word meaning skills Reading comprehension at four linguistic levels;p.34-43 Morrison, C.M. 1994 The loci and roles of word age of acquisition and word frequency in lexical processing. D.Phil., York - 43-13019 Morrison, Louise 1996 Talking About Words: A Study of French as a Second Language Learners' Lexical Inferencing Procedures. Canadian Modern Language Review; v53 n1 p41 75 Oct 1996 Morrison, R. 1981 Word association patterns in a group of bilingual children. Unpublished MA Project.Birkbeck College, London. Morse, Jonathan unknown Word by Word : Language of Memory Morton, J. 1967 A singular lack of incidental learning. Nature, 215, 203-204. Morton, J. 1970 A functional model of human memory. In D. A. Norman (Ed.), Models Of Human Memory, NY: Academic Press. Morton, J. 1979 Word recognition In Morton, J. & Marshall, J. (eds.) Structures and Processes 2, pp.106-156. Morton, John. 1969 Interaction of information in word recognition. Psychological Review. 76, 2, 165-178. Morton John 1979 Facilitation in word recognition : experiments causing change in the logogen model Processing of visible language; p.259-268 Morton, John; Sasanuma, Sumiko; Patterson, Karalyn; Sakuma, Naoko 1992 The organization of the lexicon in Japanese: Single and compound kanji. British Journal of Psychology; 1992 Nov Vol 83(4) 517 to 531 Moscovitch, M. 1983 Stages of processing and hemispheric differences in language in the normal subject In: Studdert Kennedy Michael (ed. pref. & introd.). Psychobiology of Language. Cambridge : MIT Press. Moscovitch, M. & Craik, F.I.M. 1976 Depth of processing, retrieval cues, and uniqueness of encoding as factors in recall. Journal Of Verbal Learning And Verbal Behavior. 15: 447 - 458. . Mosier, Charles; M. Claire Myers and Helen price 1945 Suggestions for the construction of multiple-choice test items Educational and psychological measurement 5: 261-271 Mosley, Valerie P.; And Others 1997 Teaching Sight Words to Students with Moderate Mental Retardation. Reading Improvement; v34 n1 p2 7 Spr 1997 Moss, G. 1992 Cognate recognition: its importance in the teaching of ESP reading courses to Spanish speakers. English for Specific Purposes. 11, 2, 141-158. Moss, Helen E.; Older, Lianne J.E. 1996 Birbeck Word Association Norms Most, Robert B.; Saltz, Eli 1979 Information structure in sentences: New information. Language and Speech; 1979 Jan Mar Vol 22(1) 89 to 95 Motley, Michael T.; Camden, Carl T.; Baars, Bernard J. 1983 Polysemantic lexical access: Evidence from laboratory induced double entenders. Communication Monographs; 1983 Sep Vol 50(3) 193 to 205 Mould, Martin 1977 On the Productivity of Derivational Morphology and Lexical Representation: Manner Adverbs in Luganda In: Mould Martin; Hinnebusch Thomas J. Papers from the Eighth Conference on African Linguistics, University of California, Los Angeles, April 1-3, 1977. Los Angeles : Dept. of Ling. & African Studies Center, UCLA. Moulin, Andre. 1984 The problem of vocabulary teaching: an answer to Robbins Burling. System. 12, 2, 147-149. Mountford, Alan. 1976 The notion of simplification and its relevance to materials preparation for English for science and technology. In Teaching English for Science & Technology Singapore University Press. Moyle, D. 1970 Readability: the use of cloze procedure. Reading and the Curriculum In Merritt J and Lock Educational Mu Fengying 1996 The ripple effect: word meaning expansion and its application in teaching vocabulary. English Teaching Forum, 34,1, 8-11. Mudford, Peter unknown Memory and Desire : Representations of Passion in the Novella Mueller, Janel M. unknown Native Tongue and the Word: Developments in English Prose Style, Mueller, John H.; Brown, Sam C. 1977 Output Interference and Intralist Repetition in Free Recall American Journal of Psychology; 90; 1; 157 to 64 Mukattash, Lewis 1986 Persistance of Fossilization. IRAL; v24 n3 p187 203 Aug 1986 Muljani, D, K Koda and DR Moates 1998 The development of word recognition in a second language. Applied Psycholinguistics, 19,1 , 99-114. Muljani, D. Koda, K. and Moates, D 1997 Development of L2 word recognition Applied Psycholinguistics Mullai, Ramaiah. 1994 Reading initiatives in Malaysia. In M. L. Tickoo. (Ed.), Research in Reading and Writing: A Southeast Asian Collection, (pp.79-89). Singapore: SEAMEO Regional Language Centre. Muller, B-D. 1980 Zur Logik interkultureller Verstehensprobleme. [The logic of transcultural misunderstanding] In: A. Wierlacher (Ed) Jahrbuch Deutsch als Fremdsprache. Heidelberg: Julius Groos Verlag. Muller, B-D 1981 Bedeutungserwerb - ein Lernprozess in Etappen. [Acquisition of meaning - the gradual appropriation of concepts]. In: B-D Muller (Ed). Konfrontative Semantik. Weil der Stadt: Lexika Verlag. Muller, C. 1977 Principles et methodes de statistique lexicale. Paris Hachette. Muller, C. unknown Some methods of vocabulary analysis. In: Council of Europe, Council for Cultural Co-operation: Research and techniques for the benefit of modern Language teaching. Council of Europe, Strasbourg. 35-44. Muller, Max 1891 The science of language. Two volumes. New York: Scribners Mulling, S.S. 1995. Individualisation made easy: student centered activities for reading and vocabulary instruction. TESL Reporter. 28, 2. 67-74. Mulroy, David D. unknown Comites Catulli: Structured Vocabulary Lists for Catullus 1-60 Mumby, J. 1978 Communicative Syllabus Design. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press. Munnelly, Robert J. 1972 Teach that Word Meanings are Open Instructor; 81; 7; 57 to 8 Munsell, P. E., M. G. Rauen M. Kinjo 1988 Review essay: Language learning and the brian: A Comprehensive survey of recent conclusions Language Learning 38(2): 261-78 Murison Bowie, Simon 1996 Linguistic Corpora and Language Teaching. Annual Review of Applied Linguistics; v16 p182 99 1996 Murphey, T. 1992 The discourse of pop songs. TESOL Quarterly. 26, 4, 770-774. Murphy, B. M. Z. 1987 Bad books in easy English. Modern English Teacher. 14, 3, 22-23. Murphy, Brendan 1996 Computer Corpora and Vocabulary Study. Language Learning Journal; n14 p53 57 Sep 1996 Murphy, J 1963 The power of your subconsciuos mind Reward Classics Murphy, J.A. 1983 Words: What goes with what? Paper presented at the 17th Annual Convention of Teachers of English to Speakers of Other Languages, Toronto, Ontario, March 15-20. Murphy, Lorna A.; Pollatsek, Alexander; Well, Arnold D. 1988 Developmental dyslexia and word retrieval deficits. Brain and Language; 1988 Sep Vol 35(1) 1 to 23 Murray, D. J. 1986 Characteristics of words determining how early they well be translated into a second language. Applied Psycholinguistics. 7, 4: 353-372. Murray, David unknown Gestalt Psychology and the Cognitive Revolution Murray, K.M. Elisabeth. 1977 Caught in the web of words: James A.H. Murray and the oxford English Dictionary. New Haven, CT: Yale University Press. Murray , Sarah and Liz Johanson 1990 Write to learn Hodder and Stoughton Mustafa, Zahara Ahmad 1988 The Relative Gravity of the Different Types of Lexical Errors in Second Language Learning: An Empirical Study Dissertation Abstracts International, Ann Arbor, MI (DAI). 1988 Sept., 49:3, 495A 496A Mutter, Sharon, A. and S. Hashtriudi. 1987 Cognitive effort and the word frequency effect in recognition and lexical decision. American Journal of Psychology. 100: 93 - 116. Myers G. C. 1913 A study in incidental memory Archives of Psychology. No. 26 pp 64-65 Myers, Garry 1914 A comparative study of recognition and recall Psychological Review 21. Nov. p 442-456 Myers, Garry 1917 Confusion in recall Journal of Educational psychology 8: 166-175 Myers, Stephen Paul 1988 Teaching Individuals with Mental Handicaps Receptive and Productive Possessive Pronouns Using a Modeling Procedure Dissertation Abstracts International, Ann Arbor, MI (DAI). 1988 Apr., 48:10, 3131B Myers-Scotton, C 1993 Language processing and the mental lexicon in bilinguals. In: R Dirven and J Vanparys (eds) Current approaches to the lexicon. Frankfurt am Main: Peter Lang. Myers-Scotton, C 1993 A lexically based production model of codeswitching. In: L Milroy, G Ludi and P Maysher (eds) One speaker, two languages: Cross disciplinary perspectives on codeswitching. Myintsu 1971 The analysis of lexical errors. Unpublished M. Litt thesis, Edinburgh University. Myles, F., Hooper, J. & Mitchell, R., 1998 Rote or Rule? Exploring the role of formulaic language in classroom foreign language learning Language Learning 48:3, pp. 323-363 Myles, F., Mitchell, R. & Hooper, J., forthcoming, March 1999 Interrogative chunks in French L2: A basis for creative construction? Studies in Second Language Acquisition Myong H.K. 1995. Glossing in incidental and intentional learning of foreign language vocabulary and reading. University of Hawai'i Working Papers in ESL. 13, 2. 49-94. Nabokov, Vladimir unknown Speak, Memory: An Autobiography Revisited Nacke, P. (Ed.). 1974 Interaction: reading and practice for college-adult reading. National Reading Conference, Clemson, S.C. Nadeau, Ray unknown Expand Your Vocabulary : The Dynamic In-context Way Nagabhand, Saranya; And Others 1993 Can Text Be Too Friendly? Reading in a Foreign Language; v9 n2 p895 907 Spr 1993 Nagano, R. 1996 Vocabulary Instruction: which words, what methods Paper presented at the JALT conference Hiroshima. Nagano, Robert 1996 Vocabulary building with student selected words Proceedings of JALT 1996 Conference on language teaching and learning Naglieri, Jack A. 1981 Concurrent Validity of the Revised Peabody Picture Vocabulary Test. Psychology in the Schools; v18 n3 p286 to 89 Jul 1981 Nagy, Luqman. 1985 Picture power: a technique for reviewing vocabulary. English Teaching Forum. 23, 1, 38-39. Nagy, Margaret E.; Rugg, Michael D. 1989 Modulation of event related potentials by word repetition: The effects of inter item lag. Psychophysiology; 1989 Jul Vol 26(4) 431 to 436 Nagy, W. 1978 Some non-idiom larger-than-word units in the lexicon. In D.Farkas, W.M. Jacobsen & K.W. Todrys (Eds.), Papers from the parasession on the lexicon (pp. 289-300), April 14-15, Chicago Linguistic Society. Chicago: Chicago University Press. Nagy, W. and Gentner, D. 1990 Semantic constraints on lexical categories. Language and Cognitive processes. 5 (3): 169-201. Nagy, W. and P. Herman. 1980¹s? Incidental vs Instructional approaches to increasing reading vocabulary. Educational Perspectives. 16-21. Nagy, W. E. and Anderson, Richard C. 1984 How many words are there in printed school English?. Reading Research Quarterly. 19, 3, 304-330. Nagy, W. E. and Herman, P. A. 1984 Limitations of Vocabulary Instruction. Technical Report No. 326, Center for the Study of Reading, pub. Bolt Beranek and Newman Inc. Nagy, W. E. and Herman, P. A. 1987 Breadth and depth of vocabulary knowledge: implications for acquisition and instruction. In McKeown, M. G. and M. E. Curtis. (Eds.). The Nature of Vocabulary Acquisition. Lawrence Erlbaum Associates. Hillsdale: New Jersey. 19-35. Nagy, W. E. and J. A. Scott. 1990 Word Schemas: Expectations about form and meaning of new words. Cognition and Instruction. 7 (2): 105-127. Nagy, W. E., Anderson, R.C. and Herman, P. A. unknown The influence of word and text properties on learning from context. Unpublished paper. Nagy, W. E., Anderson, Richard C. and Herman, P. A. 1987 Learning word meanings from context during normal reading. American Educational Research Journal. 24, 2, 237-270. Nagy, W. E., Diakidoy, . I. N. and Anderson, R. C. 1991 The development of knowledge of derivational suffixes. AERJ?. Nagy, W.E., Diakidoy, I.N., and Anderson, R.C. 1993 The acquisition of morphology: learning the contribution of suffixes to the meanings of derivatives. Journal of Reading Behavior 25,2: 155-169. Nagy, W.E., Garcia, G.E., Durgunoglu, A.Y. and Hancin-Bhatt, B. 1993 Spanish-English bilingual students' use of cognates in English reading. Journal of Reading Behavior 25,3: 241-259. Nagy, W. E., McClure, E. F., & Mir., M. 1995 Linguistic transfer and the use of context by Spanish-English bilinguals (Tech. Rep. No. 616 Urbana: University of Illinois, Center for the Study of Reading. Nagy, W. E., P. Herman. and R. C. Anderson. 1985 Learning words from context. Reading Research Quarterly. 20: 233-253. Nagy, W, G Garcia, A Durgunoglu and B Hancin-Bhatt 1993 Spanish-English bilingual Ss use of cognates in English reading. Journal of Reading Behavior, 25, 241-259. Nagy, William 1997 On the role of context in first- and second-language vocabulary learning In Schmitt, N. and M. McCarthy (Eds.): Vocabulary: Description, Acquisition and Pedagogy:. Cambridge, Cambridge University Press. 64-83 Nagy, William; And Others 1989 Morphological Families and Word Recognition. Reading Research Quarterly; v24 n3 p262 82 Sum 1989 Nagy, William E. 1988 Vocabulary Instruction and Reading Comprehension. Technical Report No. 431. Unknown Reference Nagy, William E.; And Others 1984 Learning Words from Context. Technical Report No. 319. Unknown Reference Nagy, William E.; And Others 1985 Learning Word Meanings from Context: How Broadly Generalizable? Technical Report No. 347. Unknown Reference Nagy, William E.; And Others 1992 Cross Language Transfer of Lexical Knowledge: Bilingual Students' Use of Cognates. Technical Report No. 558. Unknown Reference Nagy, William E.; And Others 1992 Guidelines for Instruction in Structural Analysis. Technical Report No. 554. Unknown Reference Nagy, William E.; Scott, Judith A. 1989 Word Schemas: What Do People Know about Words They Don't Know? Technical Report No. 456. Unknown Reference Naigles, L. 1990 Children use syntax to learn verb meanings. Journal of Child Language, 17, 357-374. Naigles, Letitia G.; Gelman, Susan A. 1995 Overextensions in Comprehension and Production Revisited: Preferential Looking in a Study of "Dog," "Cat," and "Cow." Journal of Child Language; v22 n1 p19 to 46 Feb 1995 Naiman, N., Frohlich, M., Stern, H.H., and Todesco, A. 1978 The good language learner. Research in Education Series 7. Toronto, Ontario: Ontario Institute for Studies in Education. Najock,-Dietmar 1986 Bootstrap Experiments for the Evaluation of Expected Values and Variances of Vocabulary Sizes; Colloque internat. IN Brunet-Etienne (pref.); Muller-Charles (foreword). Methodes quantitatives et informatiques dans l'etude des textes/Computers in Literary and Linguistic Research: En hommage a Charles Muller. Geneva : Slatkine, 1986. xiv, 947 pp. CNRS, Univ. de Nice, 5-8 juin 1985 Nakagawa, Atsuko 1994 Visual and semantic processing in reading Kanji. Journal of Experimental Psychology Human Perception and Performance; 1994 Aug Vol 20(4) 864 to 875 Nakajima, Yoshiaki; Yamasaki, Teruo 1992 Structure and Development of Semantic Network: The Effects of Contexts and Ages on Associative Words Production Bulletin of the Faculty of Human Sciences of Osaka University 18, 137-60 Nakamura, L. K. 1986 A practical procedure to develop student's awareness of English imports into the language. ESPecialist. 13. 19-24. Nakamura, L. K. 1986 Students' identification of English / Portuguese cognates. ESPecialist. 13, 11-18. Nakanishi, Akira. 1980. Writing systems of the world. Charles E. Tuttle Company. Nakao, Keisuke The State of Bilingual Lexicography in Japan: Learners' English-Japanese/Japanese-English Dictionaries International-Journal-of-Lexicography, NW3, England (IJLex). 1998 Mar, 11:1, 35-50 Nakata, Yasuyuki 1990 Language Acquisition and English Education in Japan: A Sociolinguistic Approach Kyoto: Koyo Shobo Nakata, Yoshiyuki 1995 New Goals for Japanese Learners of English Language Teacher 19, No. 5, May : 17-20 Nakatani, Lloyd H. 1973 On the Evaluation of Models for the Word Frequency Effect Psychological Review; 80; 3; 195 to 202 Nakazawa, Tsuneko. 1982 Associative Meanings of English Words: A Study for Language Education MA Thesis, Tokyo:International Christian University Nakuma, Constancio 1997 Cleaning Up Spontaneous Speech for Use in L2 Attrition Research: A Proposal. Journal of Multilingual and Multicultural Development; v18 n2 p135 44 1997 Napoli, Donna Jo 1996 Linguistics new York, Oxford University press Narang, V., Motta, J., and Bouchard, D. 1974 Word identification for ESL English as a second language readers. ERIC Document ED 098501. Narasimhan, R. 1997 Steven Pinker on "Mentalese." World Englishes; v16 n1 p147 52 Mar 1997 Nas, G. 1980 Bilingual visual word recognition: a study of lexical access coding in Dutch-English bilinguals. Ph.D. Thesis, University of Nijmegen. Nas, G. 1981 De herkenbaarheid van (Engels-Nedelandse) "cognates" tijdens visuels woordherkenning in het engels. [ Recognizing English-Dutch cognates during visual word recognition in English.] Toegepaste Taalwetenschap in Artikelen, 11, 210-226. Nas, Gerard 1983 Visual Word Recognition in Bilinguals: Evidence for a Cooperation between Visual and Sound Based Codes during Access to a Common Lexical Store. Journal of Verbal Learning and Verbal Behavior; v22 n5 p526 34 Oct 1983 Nash, T., & Yun-Pi, Y 1992 Extensive reading for learning and enjoyment TESOL Journal, 2 (2), 27. Nassajizavareh, H 1998 A component skills approach to adult ESL reading: evidence from nativespeakers of Farsi. PhD Thesis, University of Toronto. 1998. Nation, I.S.P. 1979. The curse of the comprehension question: some alternatives. Guidelines: RELC Journal Supplement. 2. 85-103. Nation, I.S.P. 1989. Dictionaries and language learning. In M.L. Tickoo (ed.). 65-71. Nation, I.S.P. 1991. Dictation, dicto-comp and related techniques. English Teaching Forum. 29, 4. 12-14. Nation, I.S.P. 1994 . Morphology and language learning. In R.E. Asher (ed.) The Encyclopaedia of Language and Linguistics  Oxford, Pergamon Press 2582-2585. Nation, I.S.P. and Heatley, A. 1996. VocabProfile, Word, and Range: programs for processing text. LALS, Victoria University of Wellington, New Zealand. Nation, ISP 1998 Helping learners take control of their vocabulary learning. GRETA, 6,1 , 9-18. Nation, P. & Carter, R. 1989 Vocabulary acquisition. AILA Review, No.6. Nation, Paul 1974 Making a Reading Course RELC Journal; 5; 1; 77 83 Nation, Paul 1974 Techniques for teaching vocabulary. English Teaching Forum. 12, 3, 18-21. Nation, Paul 1975 Teaching vocabulary in difficult circumstances. English Language Teaching Journal, 30, 1, 21-24. Nation, Paul 1977 The Combining Arrangement: Some Techniques Modern Language Journal; 61; 3; 89 94 Nation, Paul 1978 Translation and the teaching of meaning: some techniques. English Language Teaching Journal, 32, 171-185. Nation, Paul 1978 `What is it?': a multipurpose language teaching technique. English Teaching Forum. 16, 3, 20-23, 32. Nation, Paul 1980 Strategies for receptive vocabulary learning. Guidelines, 3, 18-23. Nation, Paul 1982 Beginning to learn foreign vocabulary: a review of the research. RELC Journal, 13, 1, 14-37. Nation, Paul 1983 Testing and teaching vocabulary. Guidelines. 5, 1, 12-25. Nation, Paul 1984 Understanding paragraphs. Language Learning and Communication. 3, 1, 61-68. Nation, Paul 1985 Opportunities for Learning through the Communicative Approach. 11 p.; In: Communicative Language Teaching. Selected Papers from the RELC Seminar (Singapore, April 23-27, 1984). Anthology Series 14 (FL 015 507). Nation, Paul 1985 Testing vocabulary size. Proceedings of ATESOL 4th Summer School Vol 3, 1-10. Nation, Paul 1986 Vocabulary lists: words, affixes and stems. Revised edition. Wellington, New Zealand: English Language Institute. Nation, Paul 1986. Word Lists (revised edition). Wellington: Victoria University English Language Centre. Nation, Paul 1988 Using Techniques Well: Information Transfer. Guidelines: A Periodical for Classroom Language Teachers; v10 n1 p17 23 Jun 1988 Nation, Paul 1990 A System of Tasks for Language Learning. 15 p.; In Sarinee, Anivan, Ed. Language Teaching Methodology for the Nineties. Anthology Series 24 Nation, Paul 1990 Teaching and Learning Vocabulary. Boston, Ma.: Heinle and Heinle. Nation, Paul 1991 Language teaching techniques. English Language Institute, Victoria University of Wellington. Nation, Paul 1991 Managing Group Discussion: Problem Solving Tasks. Guidelines; v13 n1 p1 10 Jun 1991 Nation, Paul 1993 Measuring Readiness for Simplified Material: A Test of the First 1,000 Words of English. 13 p.; In: Tickoo, M. L., Ed. Simplification: Theory and Application. Anthology Series 31; Nation, Paul 1993 Predicting the Content of Texts The TESOLANZ Journal:-The-Journal-of-the-TESOL-Association-of-Aotearoa-New-Zealand, Auckland, New Zealand (Tesolanz). , 1, 37-46 Nation, Paul 1993 Using dictionaries to estimate vocabulary size: essential, but rarely followed procedures. Language Testing. 10,1, 27-40. Nation, Paul 1993 Vocabulary size, growth and use. In: R. Schreuder and B. Weltens (Eds.) The Bilingual Lexicon. Amsterdam: Benjamins. Nation, Paul 1994 Review of Gairns and Redman Working with Words. Taylor, teaching and Learning Vocabulary Vocabulary in Action etc. System, 22(2): 283-87. Nation, Paul 1994 Vocabulary Learning Through Spoken Use Eighth Japan Association of Applied Linguistics, JACET National Research Meeting, Tokyo, 3 December, Nation, Paul 1995 Review of Clark, E. The Lexicon In Acquisition. CUP. 1993. Applied Linguistics. 16(3): Nation, Paul 1996 Vocabulary: Innovations in research and learning In P. Nation and D. Tatsuki Temple University Japan research studies in TESOL. Temple University Japan Vol. 7 Nation, Paul 1997 The language learning benefits of extensive reading. The Language Teacher, 21(5), 13-16. Nation, Paul 1999 Learning Vocabulary in Another Language English Language Institute Occassional Publication 19. Victoria University of Wellington, New Zealand Nation, Paul and Hargreaves, P. unknown Learning advanced vocabulary: Latin prefixes and roots. Unpublished paper. Nation, Paul and J. Coady. 1988 Vocabulary and reading. In: Carter and McCarthy (Eds.). Nation, Paul and Jonathon Newton 1997 Teaching vocabulary In Coady, J and T. Huckin. Second language Vocabulary Acquisition: A rationale for Pedagogy. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press. pp 238-254 Nation, Paul and Rob Waring 1997 Vocabulary Size, Text Coverage and Word Lists. Schmitt, N. and M. McCarthy (Eds.): Vocabulary: Description, Acquisition and Pedagogy: Cambridge, Cambridge University Press. 6-19 Nation, Paul; Crabbe, David 1991 A Survival Language Learning Syllabus for Foreign Travel. System; 19 n3 p191 201 Nation, Paul, Ed. 1994 New Ways in Teaching Vocabulary. New Ways in TESOL Series: Innovative Classroom Techniques. TESOL, 1600 Cameron Street, Suite 300, Alexandria, VA 22314 ($22.95; $19.95, members). Nation, Paul; Kyongho, Hwang 1995 Where Would General Service Vocabulary Stop and Special Purposes Vocabulary Begin? System; v23 n1 p35 41 Feb 1995 Nation, Paul, Paul 1975 Motivation, Repetition, and Language Teaching Techniques English Language Teaching; 29; 2; 115 120 Nattinger, J. 1986 Lexical phrases, functions and vocabulary acquisition. The ORTESOL Journal. 7. 1-14. Nattinger, J. and J. Decarrico. 1992 Lexical phrases and language teaching. Oxford: Oxford University Press. See also: P. Arnaud 1993 META, 38,3, 565-568. A James. 1994 Applied Linguistics, 16,1, 120-124. Nattinger, J.R. 1980 A lexical phrase grammar for ESL TESOL Quarterly 14,3. 337--344 Nattinger, J.R. & DeCarrico, J.S. 1992 Lexical phrases and language learning. Oxford: Oxford University Press. Nattinger, James. 1988 Some current trends in vocabulary teaching. In Carter and McCarthy 1988, 62-82. Nattinger, James R.; DeCarrico, Jeanette S. 1993 A Lexical Phrase Dictionary for Language Learners. ERIC Document? Nattinger, JR, and J .S. DeCarrico. 1989 Lexical phrases, speech acts and teaching conversation. AILA Review. 6: 118-139. Naugle, Richard I.; And Others 1994 Recognition Memory for Words and Faces Before and After Temporal Lobectomy. Assessment; v1 n4 p373 to 81 Dec 1994 Nayar, P. Bhaskaran 1997 ESL/EFL Dichotomy Today: Language Politics or Pragmatics? TESOL Quarterly; v31 n1 p9 37 Spr 1997 Ndomba, D. 1983 Acquiring English vocabulary and structures: some procedures and problems. English Teaching Forum, 21, 2, 18-24. Nealon, Thomas, and Frederick J. Sieger 1970 Vocabulary: A Key to Better College Reading Englewood Cliffs, N. J.: Prentice-Hall Neher, H. L. 1918 Measuring the vocabulary of high school pupils. School and Society. 8, 355-359. Neisser, Ulric unknown Memory Observed: Remembering in Natural Contexts Nelson 1973 Structure and strategy in learning to talk Monographs in the society of research on child development 38, (1-2) No. 149 Nelson, Charles A. (Ed.) unknown Memory and Affect in Development Nelson, Douglas L.; And Others 1976 Meaning and the Elimination of Sensory Interference Journal of Experimental Psychology: Human Learning and Memory; 2; 2; 95 to 102 Nelson, Douglas L.; Canas, Jose J.; Bajo, Maria T.; Keelean, Patricia D. 1987 Comparing word fragment completion and cued recall with letter cues. Journal of Experimental Psychology Learning, Memory, and Cognition; 1987 Oct Vol 13(4) 542 to 552 Nelson, Douglas L.; Keelean, Patricia D.; Negrao, Maura 1989 Word fragment cuing: The lexical search hypothesis. Journal of Experimental Psychology Learning, Memory, and Cognition; 1989 May Vol 15(3) 388 to 397 Nelson, Douglas L.; McEvoy, Cathy L.; Bajo, Mary Teresa 1988 Lexical and semantic search in cued recall, fragment completion, perceptual identification, and recognition. American Journal of Psychology; 1988 Win Vol 101(4) 465 to 480 Nelson, G. 1997. A study of the top 100 wordforms in ICE-GB text categories. International Journal of Lexicography. 10, 2. 112-134. Nelson, G. 1997. Standardizing wordforms in a spoken corpus. Literary and Linguistic Computing. 12, 2. 79-85. Nelson, K. 1988 Constraints on word learning? Cognitive Development, 3, 221-246. Nelson, Katherine; Rescorla, Leslie; Gruendel, Janice; Benedict, Helen 1978 Early lexicons: What do they mean? Child Development; 1978 Dec Vol 49(4) 960 to 968 Nelson, Pieter 1984 Towards a More Communicative Reading Course: Motivating Students Who Are Not ³Reading Addicts.² Reading in a Foreign Language; v2 n1 p188 96 Spr 1984 Nelson, R.J. unknown Naming and Reference: The Link of Word to Object Nelson, T. O. 1977 Repetition and Depth of Processing. Journal Of Verbal Learning And Verbal Behavior. 16: 151 - 171. . Nelson, Thomas and Louis Narens 1992 metamemory: a theoretical framework and new findings In Nelson Thomas O. (ed.). 1992. Metacognition : core readings, Ch 11. Allyn and Bacon Nelson, Thomas; Daniel Gerler and Louis Narens 1992 Accuracy of feeling-of-knowing judgements for predicting perceptual identification and relearning In Nelson Thomas O. (ed.). 1992. Metacognition : core readings, Ch 13. Allyn and Bacon Nelson, Thomas O.; And Others 1982 Overlearning and the Feeling of Knowing. Journal of Experimental Psychology: Learning, Memory, and Cognition; v8 n4 p279 88 Jul 1982 Nelson-Herber, J. 1986 Expanding and defining vocabulary in content areas. Journal of Reading. 29, 7, 626-633. Nemko, B. 1984 Context versus isolation: another look at beginning readers. Reading Research Quarterly. 4, 461-467. Nemmi, M. 1985 Les maux des mots. [The problem with words.]. Canadian Modern Language Review. 41, 6, 1020-1040. Nemser, W. 1991 Language contact and foreign language acquisition. In: V.Ivir and D.Kalogjera (Eds.) Languages in contact and contrast.Berlin and New York: Mouton de Gruyter. Nesi, H. 1984 Dealing with lexical errors. MSc dissertation, Aston University, Dept. of ESP. Nesi, H. 1989. How many words is a picture worth? A review of illustrations in dictionaries. In M.L. Tickoo (ed.). 124-134. Nesi, H. 1994 The use and abuse of EFL dictionaries. Unpublished PhD thesis. University of Wales (Swansea): Nesi, H. and P. Meara. 1991 How using dictionaries affects performance in multiple-choice tests. Reading in a foreign Language. 8 (1): 631-43. Nesi, H. and P. Meara. 1994 Patterns of misinterpretation in the productive use of EFL dictionary definitions. System. 22,1, 1-15. Neubach, Abigail and Cohen, Andrew D. In Press. Processing strategies and problems encountered in the use of dictionaries. Dictionaries:. Journal of the Dictionary Society of North America. Neufeld, G. 1973 The bilingual's lexical store. IRAL. 14 (1).Also in Working Papers in Bilingualism, 1, 35-65. Neuman, SB and P. Koskinen. 1992 Captioned Television as "comprehensible input": effects of incidental word learning from context for language minority students. Reading Research Quarterly. 27,1, 94-106. Neuner, G. 1992 The role of experience in a context- and comprehension-oriented approach to learning a foreign language. In: Arnaud P. and H. Bejoint (Eds.), Vocabulary and Applied Linguistics. London: Macmillan. 156-166 Neville, Donald; Woods, Alice R. 1984 A comparison of the focal attention and contextual theories as they relate to the graphic similarity and the level of frequency of the words taught. Reading Psychology; 1984 Vol 5(1 2) 119-7 Newell, A. 1980 Harpy, production systems, and human cognition In R.A. Cole (Ed.), Perception and Production of Fluent Speech (pp. 289-380) Hillsdale, N.J.: Erlbaum. Newell, A. 1990 Unified Theories of Cognition. Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press. Newell, A., & Rosenbloom, P. 1981 Mechanisms of skill acquisition and the law of practice In J.R. Anderson (Ed.), Cognitive Skills and their Acquisition. Hillsdale, N.J.: Erlbaum. Newell, A., Rosenbloom, P. S. & Laird, J. E. 1989 Symbolic architectures for cognition. In M. Posner (Ed.). Foundations in Cognitive Science (pp. 93 - 131). Cambridge, Ma: MIT Press. . Newman, A. 1988 The contrastive analysis of Hebrew and English dress and cooking collocations: Some linguistic and pedagogic parameters. Applied Linguistics, 9(3), 293-305. Newmark, P. P 1967 A note on the concept of correlativity in lexicology. The Incorporated Linguist, 6, 4, 97-102. Newmeyer, Frederick. 1980 Linguistic theory in America: the first quarter century of transformational generative grammar. New York: Academic Press. Newmeyer, Frederick. 1986 The politics of linguistics. Chicago University Press. Newsome, George L. 1986 The effects of reader perspective and cognitive style on remembering important information from texts. Journal of Reading Behavior; 1986 Spr Vol 18(2) 117-3 Newton, J. 1992 Vocabulary learning and Communication tasks. English language institute Victoria University Wellington. Unpublished. Newton, J. 1993. The relationship between pedagogic tasks, interaction and language learning. Unpublished Ph.D. thesis, Victoria University of Wellington. Newton, J. 1995 Task-based interaction and incidental vocabulary learning: a case study. Second Language Research. 11, 2, 159-177. Newton, J. and Kennedy, G. 1996. Effects of communication tasks on the grammatical relations marked by second language learners. System. 24, 3. 309-322. Ney, J. and Pearson, B. A. 1990 Connectionism as a mode for language learning; Parallels in Foreign Language Teaching. Modern Language Journal. 74 Ng, Jolson Pak leung 1970 The Effects of Bilingual Science Instruction on the Vocabulary, Comprehension Achievement, and Conceptualization of Elementary School Chinese Children Whose Second Language is English. Unknown Reference Ng, S.M. 1994 Improving English language learning in the Upper Primary levels in Brunei Darussalam. In Tickoo, M.L.(Ed.) Research in reading and writing: A Southeast Asian collection (pp. 41-54). Nice, Margaret M. 1915. The development of a child's vocabulary in relation to environment. Pedagogical Seminary 22, 35-64. Nice, Margaret Morse. 1926. On the size of vocabularies. American Speech. 2, 1, 1-7. Nickel, G. and D. Nehls (Eds.) 1988 Error Analysis, Contrastive Linguistics and Second Language Learning. (IRAL special issue). Heidelberg: Julius Groos Verlag. Nickels, Lyndsey 1997 Spoken word production and its breakdown in aphasia Hove: Psychology press Nicolas, Serge; Carbonnel, Serge; Tiberghien, Guy 1994 Data driven processing and priming effects in a word fragment completion task. International Journal of Psychology; 1994 Apr Vol 29(2) 233 to 248 Nicosia, Gregory; Santa, John L. 1975 Words and the Reproduction of Nonsense Things Journal of Experimental Psychology (Human Learning and Memory); 104; 4; 369 to 75 Nida, E. 1997. The molecular level of lexical semantics. International Journal of Lexicography. 10, 4. 265-274. Nida, Eugene A 1972 Selective Listening Teaching English as a Second Language: A Book of Readings. eds. H. B. Allen and R. N. Campbell. New York: McGraw-Hill. 145-52 Niedzielski H, and R. Hadlich 1972 Contrastive and non-contrastive approaches to the teaching of target language lexical pairs. Recall, 2, 3, 70-87. Niemi, Jussi; Laine, Matti; Tuominen, Juhani 1994 Cognitive morphology in Finnish: Foundations of a new model. Special Issue: Morphological structure, lexical representation and lexical access. Language and Cognitive Processes; 1994 Aug Vol 9(3) 423 to 446 Nienhuis, LJA 1991 Het begrip van teksten met 10% to 25% onbekende woorden. [Understanding texts with 10% to 25% of unknown words] Toegepaste Taalwetenschap in Artikelen 41 , 57-66. Nienhuis, LJA, P Bogaards, E van der Linden, M van Willigen and T de Wolf 1993 Problemes de traduction L1-L2: les mots polysemiques. In: A Hulk, F Melka and J Schroten (eds) Du lexique a la morphologie: du cote de chez Zwann. Amsterdam: Rodrop. . Nieuwborg, E 1992 Tekstdekking en tekstbegrip. Een experimenteel onderzoek. In: A Halbo (ed) Evaluation and Language Teaching. Liber Amicorum Frans van Parsel. Bern: Peter Lang. Nihalani, N.K. 1981. The quest for the L2 index of development. RELC Journal. 12, 2. 50-56. Niles, J. A. & L. A.Harris eds, 1982 New enquiries in reading, National Reading Conference, Rochester, N.Y., 89-93. Niles, Jerome A., Ed.; Harris, Larry A., Ed. 1983 Searches for Meaning in Reading/Language Processing and Instruction. Thirty-Second Yearbook of the National Reading Conference. ERIC Document 32nd Yearbook of National Reading Conference, Rochester, N.Y. Niles, Olive S 1955 Improving General Vocabulary High School Journal 39, Dec. : 147-55 Nilsen, D. L. F. 1976 Contrastive semantic vocabulary instruction. TESOL Quarterly, 10, 1, 99- 104. Nilsson, L. (Ed.). 1979 Perspectives On Memory Research. Hillsdale, NJ: Lawrence Erlbaum. Ninio, Anat. 1983 Joint book reading as a multiple vocabulary acquisition device. Developmental Psychology. 19, 3, 445-451. Nir, R. 1975 Linguistic and psycholinguistic word-transparency. Paper given to the IVth Intemational Congress of Applied Linguistics, Stuttgart. Nisbet, John D. 1960 Frequency counts and their uses. Educational Research. 3, 51-64. Nisbett R. E. and T. E. Wilson 1977 Telling more than we know: verbal reports as mental processes Psychological Review, 84, 231-259 Nist, Sherrie L. unknown Developing Vocabulary Concepts for College Thinking Nist, Sherrie L.; Olejnik, Stephen 1995 The Role of Context and Dictionary Definitions on Varying Levels of Word Knowledge. Reading Research Quarterly; v30 n2 p172-93 Apr-Jun 1995 Nobel, Clyde ; Fredric. E. Stockwell and Margaret Pryer 1957 Meaningfulness (m¹) and the association value (a) in paired-associate syllable learning Psychological reports 3, 441-452 Nobile, P. 1990 La periprhase: une technique pour ameliorer la competence lexicale des adults. [Paraphrase: a technique for improving lexical competence.]. Le francais dans le monde. Noble, C. E. 1952 An analysis of meaning Psychological review 59; 421-430 Noble, C. E. and A. D. McNeely 1957 The role of meaningfulness (m) in paired-associate verbal learning Journal of experimental psychology 53: 16-22 Noble, Eleanor F. 1981 Self selection: A remedial strategy for readers with a limited reading vocabulary. Reading Teacher; 1981 Jan Vol 34(4) 386 to 388 Nobre, Anna C.; Allison, Truett; McCarthy, Gregory 1994 Word recognition in the human inferior termporal lobe. Nature; 1994 Nov Vol 372(6503) 260 to 263 Noel, J. 1992 Collocation and bilingual text. In G. Leitner (Ed.), New directions in English language corpora: Methodology, results, software developments (pp. 345-357). Berlin: Mouton de Gruyter. Nolan, R. 1994 Cognitive Practices. Oxford, Blackwell. . Noll, Richard; Turkington, Carol unknown Encyclopedia of Memory and Memory Disorders Nolte, Karl F. 1937. Simplification of vocabulary and comprehension in reading. Elementary English Review. 14, l19-124. Nooteboom, S. G.; Van der Vlugt, M. J. 1985 Prefixes versus suffixes: A search for a word beginning superiority effect in word recognition from degraded speech. IPO Annual Progress Report; 1985 Annual Rpt No 20 43 to 52 Nora, P. unknown Realms of Memory Nord, J. R. 1980 Developing listening fluency before speaking: an alternative paradigm. System. 8, 1, 1-22. Nordtvedt, Matilda 1987 Read and Think Skill Sheets, 4, 5 & 6 Pensacola, FL.: A Beka Book Norman, D.A. 1976 Memory and Attention. London: John Wiley. Norman, K. unknown Psychology of Menu Selection : Designing Cognitive Control at the Human/ Norman, Levihn Hedenquist 1986 Communicative ideas Language Teaching Publications Noro, Tadashi 1996 The vocabulary levels test In P. Nation and D. Tatsuki Temple University Japan research studies in TESOL. Temple University Japan Vol. 7 Norrick, N.R. 1985 How Proverbs Mean: Semantic Studies in English Proverbs. Berlin, New York, & Amsterdam: Mouton Norris, D. 1986 Word Recognition: Context effects without priming. Cognition, 22, 93-136. Norris W. E. 1971 Advanced reading: Goals techniques and Procedures. English Teaching Forum. 9, 5: 6-14. Norst M J 1978 How does your lexicon grow? In 'Language learning in Australian society' edited by D E Ingram and T J Quinn (Aust Internat Press & Pubs 1978) pages 166-172. Nortier, J. 1989 Dutch and MorrocaN-ARABIC IN CONTACT: CODE-SWICHING among Morrocan¹s in the Netherlands PhD University of Amsterdam Norton, Kathleen B. 1979 The Effect of Context on the Understanding of Idiomatic Expressions and Multiple Meaning Vocabulary Words for Monolingual and Bilingual Readers. Unknown Reference Noss, R. B. 1980 Teaching vocabulary through Cloze dialogues. Guidelines, 3, 38-53. Nott, C. R, and W. E. Lambert 1968 Free recall of bilinguals Journal of Verbal Learning and Verbal Behavior, 7, 1065- 1071 . Novak, S.S. 1982. Reading Laboratories: The Conversion of the Speed Reading Lab into an ESL Reading Lab. ERIC Reproduction Service No. ED238286 Novak, Zdenek 1982 Verbal ability in children. Zeitschrift fur Psychologie; 1982 Vol 190(2) 202-6 Novikov, Lev 1976 Lexikalische Interferenz in Forschung und Unterricht. Eine Untersuchung am Beispiel der Einwirkung deutscher Sprachnormen auf den Gebrauch des Russischen (Lexical Interference in Research and Teaching. A Study Using as Example the Influence of German Language Norms on the use of Russian) Praxis des Neusprachlichen Unterrichts; 23; 1; 65 to 77 Nowaczyk, Ronald H.; And Others 1974 Proactive Interference in Short Term Retention and the Measurement of Degree of Learning: A New Technique Journal of Experimental Psychology; 103; 1; 45 to 53 Noyau, C. unknown Le developpement du lexique en langage etrangere: lemmatisation de donnees orales d'acquisition. [The development of the lexicon in a foreign language: analysis of spoken language data.]. Actes du 2eme Colloque de Linguistique. Noyau, C. and M-T Vasseur. 1986 L'acquisition des moyens de la reference temporelle en francais langue etrangere chez des adults hispanophones. [Acquisition of terms for time in French by native speakers of Spanish.]. Langages. 84, 105-117. Nuccorini, S 1994 On dictionary misuse. Euralex Proceedings. Amsterdam. Nunan, D. 1988 Designing tasks for the communicative classroom Cambridge: Cambridge University Press Nunan, D. 1988 Research methods in language learning Cambridge: Cambridge University Press Nunan D. 1988 Syllabus Design. Oxford: Oxford University Press. Nunan, D. 1988 The Learner-Centred Curriculum. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press Nunan, David 1989 Understanding language classrooms New York: prentice hall Nunan, David 1991 Communicative Tasks and the Language Curriculum TESOL Quarterly 25, 2 : 279-95 Nunnberg, J. 1978 The pragmatics of reference. . Bloomington: Indiana University Linguistics Club Nurss, Joanne R.; Day, David E. 1971 Imitation, Comprehension, and Production of Grammatical Structures Journal of Verbal Learning and Verbal Behavior; 10; 1; 68 74 Nurweni, A. and Read, J. 1999. The English vocabulary knowledge of Indonesian university students. English for Specific Purposes. 18, 2. 161-175. Nusbaum, H., D. Pisoni and C. Davis 1984 Sizing up the Hoosier mental lexicon. Measuring the familiarity of 20,000 words. Research on speech perception. Progress report no. 10. Bloomingdale, Indiana: Indiana University Nuttall, C. 1982 Teaching Reading Skills in a Foreign Language Practical Language Teaching Series. Heinemann Educational, London. (also new version) Nyberg, Lars; Nilsson, Lars Goran; Olofsson, Ulrich 1994 Repetition effects on word fragment completion: The role of competition among responses. Scandinavian Journal of Psychology; 1994 Mar Vol 35(1) 56 to 66 Nyikos, M. 1987 The use of colour and imagery as associative strategies for the retention of lexical items in German. PhD, Purdue University. Nyikos, Martha 1988 The Effect of Color and Imagery as Mnemonic Strategies on Learning and Retention of Lexical Items in German Dissertation Abstracts International, Ann Arbor, MI (DAI). 1988 Nov., 49:5, 1082A Nyyssonen Heikki 1992 Grammar and lexis in communicaive competence In Krashen, S. Principles and Practice in Second Language Acquisition. permagon 159-170 O¹Brien 1925 The vocabulary of high-school pupils in witten composition Journal of Educational Research May 1925 344-350 O'Brien, D.G. and Martin, M.A. 1988. Does figurative language present a unique comprehension problem?. Journal of Reading Behavior. 20, 1. 63-87. O'Brien, Dominic unknown How to Develop a Perfect Memory O¹Connell, Daniel and Richard Wiese 1989 The state of the art: The fate of the start In: Dechert, Hans and Manfred Raupach (Eds.) Psycholinguistic Models of Language Production. Ablex O¹Connor, J. and Filley, M. E. 1933 A junior English vocabulary test Person. Journal 12, 204-212 O'Connor, John Unknown Date Text Searching Retrieval of Answer Sentences and Other Answer Passages Journal of the American Society for Information Science; 24; 6; 445 to 460 O'Connor, Johnson 1934 Psychometrics Cambridge Mass. Harvard University Press O'Dell, F. 1995 Universal vocabulary exercises: Something for every occasion. English Language Teaching News 25. O¹Dell, Felicity 1997 Incorporating vocabulary into the syllabus In Schmitt, N. and M. McCarthy (Eds.): Vocabulary: Description, Acquisition and Pedagogy: Cambridge, Cambridge University Press. 258-278 O'Donnell, Sean unknown Future-memory and Time: A New Skill of Mind O'Gorman, E 1996 An investigation of the mental lexicon of second language learners. TEANGA: The Irish Yearbook of Applied Linguistics. 16 15-31. O'Grady, Timothy E. unknown Acts of Memory O¹Grady, W. 1987 Principles of Grammar and learning. University of Chicago Press. O'Grady, William 1996 Language Acquisition without Universal Grammar: A General Nativist Proposal for L2 Learning. Second Language Research; v12 n4 p374 97 Oct 1996 O'Hara, Nancy Jane Jul 1987 An Investigation of the Effects of Guided Imagery, before Reading, on Comprehension of Stories in a Narrative Text. ERIC Document O'Loughlin, K. 1995 Lexical density in candidate output on direct and semi-direct versions of an oral proficiency test. Language Testing. 12,2 217-237. O'Malley, J.M., Chamot, A.U., Stewner-Manzares, G., Kupper, L., and Russo, R.P. 1985 Learning strategies used by beginning and intermediate ESL students. Language Learning 35, 1: 21-46. O'Malley, J.M., Russo, R.P., Chamot, A.U., Stewner-Manzanares, G., and Kupper, G. 1983 A Study of Learning Strategies for Acquiring Skills in Speaking and Understanding English as a Second Language: Uses of Learning Strategies for Different Language Activities by Students at Different Language Proficiency Levels. Rosslyn, VA: InterAmerica Research Associates. O'Malley, J,Michael. and Chamot, A.U. 1990 Learning Strategies in Second Language Acquisition. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press. O¹Neil, H. F. and M. Drillings 1994 Motivation Lawrence Erlbaum O'Neill, R. 1987. The Longman Structural Readers Handbook. Longman, London. O'Reilly, Anne Watson 1995 Using Representations: Comprehension and Production of Actions with Imagined Objects. Child Development; v66 n4 p999 1010 Aug 1995 O'Rourke, J. P. 1974 Toward a Science of Vocabulary Development. Janua linguarum. Series minor ; 183.: Mouton, The Hague. O¹Rourke, L. J 1931- The survey test of vocabulary Psychological Institute O'Shea, Lawrence; O'Shea, Dorothy 1994 A component analysis of metacognition in reading comprehension: The contributions of awareness and self regulation. International Journal of Disability, Development and Education; 1994 Vol 41(1) 15 to 32 O'Shea, M. 1974 Vocabulary selection through word list comparisons. PASAA: Notes and News about Language Teaching and Linguistics in Thailand, 4, 1, 91-102. O'Sullivan, T. 1992. Some Thoughts on Extensive Reading in GCSE Modern Languages. British Journal of Language Teaching; v25 n3 p159-61. Oakes, M.P. 1998. Statistics for Corpus Linguistics. Edinburgh University Press, Edinburgh. Obanya, P. A. I. 1974 Lexical and structural error in the written French of Nigerian pupils. Audio-Visual Language Journal, 12, 29-32. Obler, L. 1981 Right hemisphere participation in second language acquisition. In: R. Diller (Ed), Individual Differences and Universals in Language Learning Aptitude. Rowley, Mass.: Newbury House. Obler, Loraine K. 1993 Neurolinguistic Aspects of Second Language Development and Attrition 178 95 IN Hyltenstam Kenneth (ed.); Viberg Ake (ed.). Progression and Regression in Language: Sociocultural, Neuropsychological, and Linguistic Perspectives. Cambridge, Eng. : Cambridge UP, 1993. xii, 487 pp. Obler, Loraine K.; Mahecha, Nancy R. 1991 First Language Loss in Bilingual and Polyglot Aphasics 53 65 IN Seliger Herbert W. (ed.); Vago Robert M. (ed.). First Language Attrition. Cambridge : Cambridge UP, 1991. xvii, 259 pp. Ochi May 94 Language learnng strategies and unsuccessful learners JACET Ochs, Elinor unknown Culture and Language Development: Language Acquisition and Language Ochs, Linnea Leedham unknown Webster's New World Legal Word Finder Odbert, H. 1948 An approach to language behaviour through a test of word meanings Amer Psych. 3. 274-275 (abstract) Oden, G. C. 1987 Concept, knowledge and thought. In M. R. Rozenzweig and L. W. Porter (Eds.) Annual Review of psychology, 38, 203-27. Odlin, T. 1986 On the nature of Explicit knowledge. IRAL 26 2 Odlin, T. 1989 Language Transfer. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press Odlin, T, and D. Natalicio 1982 Some characteristics of word classification in a second language. Modern Language Journal. 66 . 34-38. Oetting, Janna B.; And Others 1995 Quick Incidental Learning (QUIL) of Words by School Age Children with and without SLI. Journal of Speech and Hearing Research; v38 n2 p434 to 45 Apr 1995 Ogburn, William, F. 1932 Volume of knowledge Journal of adult education 4: 26-29 Ogden, C.K. 1930 Basic English. London: Psyche Miniatures. Ogura, Mieko; Wang, William S. Y. 1996 Snowball Effect in Lexical Diffusion: The Development of s in the Third Person Singular Present Indicative in English; Papers from 8th Internat. Conf. on Eng. Hist. Ling. (8. ICEHL, Edinburgh, 19 23 Sept. 1994) 119 41 IN Britton Derek (ed.). English Historical Linguistics 1994. Amsterdam : Benjamins, 1996. viii, 403 pp. Ohama, Kikuko 1983 Development of Japanese Vocabulary in Bilingual Children; Pub. under Auspices of CIPL (The Hague); Actes du XIIIe cong. internat. des linguistes/Akten des XIII. Internat. Linguistenkongresses/Atti del XIII. cong. internazionale dei linguisti/Dai XIII kai kokusai gengogakusha kaigi rombunshu 1139 1142 IN Hattori Shiro (ed.); Inoue Kazuko (ed.); Shimomiya Tadao (assoc. ed.); Nagashima Yoshio (assoc. ed.). Proceedings of the XIIIth International Congress of Linguists, August 29 September 4, 1982, Tokyo. Tokyo : Tokyo Press, 1983. lxii, 1453 pp. Ohio Sate University 1991 Language Files. The Ohio State University. Ohta, Nobuo 1991 Direct priming. Japanese Journal of Psychology; 1991 Jun Vol 62(2) 119 to 135 Oladejo, James 1993 Error correction in ESL: Learner preferences. TESL Canada Journal. 11 (2): 71-90 Older, Effin 1973 Recall and Printed Word Recognition of Recently Taught Emotionally Charged Words as Compared to Recently Taught Neutral Words Slow Learning Child; 20; 2; 92 to 101 Oldfield, R.C. 1963 Individual Vocabulary and Semantic currency: A preliminary Study. British Journal of Social and Clinical Psychology. 2 (2): 122-130 Oldfield, R.C. and A. Wingfield 1965 Response latencies in naming objects Quarterly Journal of Experimental Psychology XV11 Part 4 Olijkan, E, A Schaafsma and A van der Westen. 1987 De kop is eraf. Een les nederlands met het accent op woordenschat. [A sample lesson in Dutch with an emphasis on vocabulary.]. Levende Talen. 416, 654-658. Olle, Ruth DeWitt 1994 Word Sorts: Vocabulary Development with Adult Literacy Learners. Journal of Reading; v38 n3 p230 31 Nov 1994 Oller, D. Kimbrough; Eilers, Rebecca; Vergara, Kathleen; LaVoie, Evelyn 1986 Tactual vocoders in a multisensory program training speech production and reception. Volta Review; 1986 Jan Vol 88(1) 21 to 36 Oller, John W 1980 Communicative Competence: Can it be Tested? Research in Second Language Acquisition, ed. Scarcella and Brown. Rowley, Mass.: Newbury House Oller, John W unknown Scoring Methods and Difficulty Levels for Cloze Tests of Proficiency in English as a Second Language. Modern Language Journal 58 1972 : 239-41 Oller, John W., and K. Perkins 1978 A Further Comment on Language Proficiency as a Source of Variance in Certain Affective Measures Language Learning 28 : 417-23 Oller, John W. Jr 1973 Cloze tests of second language proficiency and what they measure. Language learning, 23 (1) 105-118 Oller, John W. Jr 1975 Cloze , discourse and approximations to English. In M. K. Burt and H.C. Dulay (eds) new directions in second language learning ,teaching and bilingual education (pp. 345-355) Washington D.C. TESOL Oller, John W. Jr 1979 Language tests at school London: Longman Oller, John W., Jr., and P. A. Richard-Amato, eds 1983 Methods that Work Rowley, Mass.: Newbury House Olofsson, Ulrich; Nyberg, Lars 1992 Swedish norms for completion of word stems and unique word fragments. Scandinavian Journal of Psychology; 1992 May Vol 33(2) 108 to 116 Olofsson, Ulrich; Nyberg, Lars 1995 Determinants of word fragment completion. Scandinavian Journal of Psychology; 1995 Mar Vol 36(1) 59 64 Olschanski, I G. 1975 Die konfrontative Wortschatzanalyse und die zweisprachige Lexikographie. [Confrontative vocabulary analysis and bilingual lexicography.] Deutsch als Fremdsprache, 12, 6, 375-379. Olsen, Marion Broman 1997 A semantic and pragmatic model of lexical and grammatical aspect Garland Olshtain, E. 1987 The acquisition of new word formation processes in second language acquisition. Studies in Second Language Acquisition. 9, 2. 192-232. Olshtain, E. 1989 Is second language attrition the reversal of SLA?. Studies in Second Language Acquisition. 11, 151-165. Olswang, Lesley B.; Bain, Barbara; Dunn, Carla; Cooper, Judith 1983 The effects of stimulus variation of lexical learning. Journal of Speech and Hearing Disorders; 1983 May Vol 48(2) 192 to 201 Olton, R. M. 1960 Semantic generalization between languages. Unpublished MA thesis, McGill University. Omanson, R.C. 1985. Knowing words and understanding texts. In T.H. Carr (ed.) The Development of Reading Skills. Jossey-Bass Inc., San Francisco (No. 27New Directions for Child Development. 35-53. Omanson, Richard C. et al. 1984 Comprehension of texts with unfamiliar versus recently taught words: assessment of alternative models. Journal of Educational Psychology. 76, 6, 1253-1268. Ong, Walter J. unknown Orality and Literacy: The Technologizing of the Word Onions, C. T. (Ed.). 1973 The Shorter Oxford English Dictionary. Oxford University Press, Oxford. 3rd ed. Ono, Taketoshi etc. (Ed.) unknown Brain Mechanisms of Perception and Memory: From Neuron to Behavior Ooi, Diana; Kim-Seoh, Julia Lee 1996 Vocabulary Teaching: Looking behind the Word. ELT Journal; v50 n1 p52-58 Jan 1996 Opoku, J. 1987 Second language proficiency differences in the learning of semantically equivalent bilingual sentences Applied Psycholinguistics, 8 75-84 Opoku, JY. 1992 The influence of semantic cues in learning among bilinguals at different levels of proficiency in English. In: R. Harris (Ed.), Cognitive Processing in Bilinguals. Amsterdam: Elsevier. Orbach, J. 1967 Visual fields as a function of cerebral dominance and reading habits. Neuropsychologia, 5, 127-134. Ornstein, Barbara Lee 1996 The Effects of Repeated Read Alouds on the Vocabulary Acquisition of Second Grade Students Dissertation Abstracts International, Ann Arbor, MI (DAI). 1996 Sept, 57:3, 1077A 78A DAI No.: DA9622275. Indiana U, Pennsylvania, 1996 Ornstein Galicia, Jacob 1996 Lexical Selection and Borrowing in the Bilingual Southwest 185 204 IN Rodriguez Gonzalez Felix (ed.). Spanish Loanwords in the English Language: A Tendency towards Hegemony Reversal. Berlin : Mouton de Gruyter, 1996. viii, 301 pp. Ornstein, J and William G. Gage. 1964 The ABC-s of languages and linguistics. Philadelphia: Chilton Books. Ornstein, Jacob 1976 Sociolinguistic Constraints on Lexical Borrowing in Tarahumara: Explorations in "Langue and Parole" and "Existential Bilingualism" an Approximation Anthropological Linguistics; 18; 2; 70 to 93 Ornstein, Peter A.; And Others 1977 The Effects of List Organization and Rehearsal Activity on Children's Free Recall Child Development; 48; 1; 292 to 295 Orszagh, Ladislas. 1969 Wanted: better English dictionaries. English Language Teaching Journal. 23, 3, 216-222. Orto N, E. 1975 The use of the mother tongue in foreign language teaching: a reassessment. Modern Languages, 56, 3, 138-142. Osaka, M and N Osaka 1992 Language independent working memory as measured by Japanese and English reading span tests. Bulletin of the Psychonomic Society, 30,4 , 287-289. Osaka, M,N Osaka and R Groner 1993 Language independent working memory: evidence from German and French reading span tests. Bulletin of the Psychonomic Society, 31,2, 117-118. Osaka, Mariko 1992 Effect of memory set size upon event related potentials for concrete and abstract kanji stimuli. Perceptual and Motor Skills; 1992 Oct Vol 75(2) 401 to 402 Osenburg, F. C. 1956 Qualitative vocabulary test College English 18: 90-94 Osgood and Sebeok 1954 Psycholinguistics: a survey of theory and research problems Journal of abnormal and social psychology 49 (supplement) Osgood, C., May, W., and Miron, M. 1975 Cross-cultural Universals of Affective Meanings. University of Illinois Press, Urbana. Osgood, CE, GJ Suci and PH Tannenbaum 1957 The measurement of meaning. Urbana, Ill.: University of Illinois Press. Osgood, Charles E. 1949. The similarity paradox in human learning: a resolution. Psychological Review. 56, 132-143. Oskarsson, M. 1974 Monolingual and bilingual vocabulary learning: an empirical investigation. Paper presented at the Joint TIT/IATEFL conference, Budapest. Oskarsson, M. 1975 On the role of the mother tongue in learning foreign language vocabulary: an empirical investigation. ITL, 27, 19-32. See also Gothenburg: Gothenburg University; Language Teaching Research Centre. Osselton, N. E. 1995 Chosen Words University of Exeter press Ossen VM 1991 An examination of the effects of semantic mapping for improving vocabulary recognition and comprehension of scientific concepts for English and Spanish speaking elementary school students. PhD Thesis: University of Lowell. . Ostrander. S and L. Schroeder 1979 Superlearning New York : Delacorte press. Ostyn, P. and P. Godin 1985 RALEX: An alternative approach to language teaching. Modern Language Journal, 69, 4, 346-355. Ostyn, P, M. Vandecasteele, G. Deville and P. Kelly. 1986 Towards an optimal programme of FL vocabulary acquisition. In: A-M Cornu, J. Vanparijs, M. Delahaye & L. Baten (Eds.). Beads or bracelet? How do we approach LSP? Leuven: Instituut voor Levende Talen. Otani, Hajime 1992 The effect of word frequency on recognition of a long word list. Journal of General Psychology; 1992 Apr Vol 119(2) 181 to 187 Otani, Hajime; Hodge, Milton H. 1991 Mechanisms of feeling of knowing: The role of elaboration and familiarity. Psychological Record; 1991 Fal Vol 41(4) 523 to 535 Otani, Hajime; Whiteman, Howard L 1993 Spr Word frequency effect: A test of processing based explanation. Psychological Record; Vol 43(2) 317 to 327 Otnes, Will. 1971 Pronunciation at a glance. English Teaching Forum. 9, 2, 28-29. Ott, C. E, R. S. Blake, and D. C. Butler 1973 The effect of interactive-image elaboration on the acquisition of foreign language vocabulary. Language Learning, 23, 2, 197-206. Ott, C. E, R. S. Blake, and D. C. Butler 1976 Implications of mental imagery for the acquisition of foreign language vocabulary. IRAL, 14, 1, 37-48. Ott, C. Eric; And Others 1976 Implications of Mental Elaboration for the Acquisition of Foreign Language Vocabulary International Review of Applied Linguistics in Language Teaching; 14; 1; 37 48 Otterman, L. M. 1955 The value of teaching prefixes and word-roots. Journal of Educational Research. 48, 611-616. Owen, Charles 1993 Corpus based Grammar and the Heineken Effect: Lexico grammatical Description for Language Learners. Applied Linguistics; v14 n2 p167 87 Jun 1993 Owen, Charles 1996 Do Concordances Require to Be Consulted? ELT Journal 1996 July, 50:3, 219 24 Oxford. unknown Oxford learner dictionary of idioms. Oxford University Press Oxford, R. and D. Crookall. 1990 Vocabulary learning: a critical analysis of techniques. TESL Canada Journal. 7, 2, 9-30. Oxford, R.L. 1990 Language Learning Strategies: What Every Teacher Should Know. Boston: Newbury House. Oxford, R. L. and R. C. Scarcella. 1994 Second language vocabulary learning among adults: State of the art in vocabulary instruction. System. 22 (2): 231-43. Oxford, Rebecca 1989 The Role of Learning Styles and Strategies in Second Language Learning Washington, D. C.: Center for Applied Linguistics, Clearinghouse on Languages and Linguistics,ERIC, EDO-FL-89-07 Oxford, Rebecca 1989 : 235-47 The Use of Language Learning Strategies: A Synthesis of Studies with Implications for Strategy Training System 12, no. 2 Oxford, Rebecca unknown language learning strategies around the world University of Hawaii Oxford, Rebecca, and D. Crookall 1989 Research on Six Situational Language Learning Strategies: Methods, Findings, and Instructional Issues Modern Language Journal 73, no. 4 Oxford, Rebecca L. 1982 Research on Language Loss: A Review with Implications for Foreign Language Teaching. Modern Language Journal; v66 n2 p160 69 Sum 1982 Oxford University 1997 The New Oxford Picture Dictionary CD-ROM Oxford: Oxford University Press. Oyedepo .S.M.M. 1987 Lexical difficulties in the written English of second language learner: a study conducted among secondary school pupils in Kwara, State of Nigeria Thesis (Ph.D.) - University College of Wales, Cardiff, Ozguner, Fusun; Ercal, Fikret (Ed.) unknown Parallel Computing on Distributed Memory Multiprocessors : Proceedings of Paap, K.R. et al. 1982 An activation verification model for letter and word recognition: The Word superiority effect. Psychological review. 89, 573-594. Paap, K.R., McDonald, J.E., Schvaneveldt, R.W., & Noel, R.W. 1987 Frequency and pronunciability in visually presented naming and lexical decision tasks In M. Coltheart (Ed.) Attention and Performance, XII, London: Lawrence Erlbaum Associates. Padilha Pinto., A. 1985 Estrategias para a aquisicao do vocabulario em una lingua estrangeira. [Strategies for acquiring vocabulary in a foreign language.]. ESPecialist. 12: 33-46. Padron, Y. and Waxman, H. 1988 The effects of ESL students' perceptions of their cognitive strategies on reading achievement. TESOL Quarterly 22:146-50. Pae, Soyeong 1994 Early Vocabulary in Korean: Are Nouns Easier to Learn Than Verbs? Dissertation Abstracts International, Ann Arbor, MI (DAI). 1994 Nov, 55:5, 1253A DAI No.: DA9425953. Degree granting institution: U of Kansas, 1993 Paikeday, T. M. 1973 Letter to the editor about Carrell et al. 1971 Research in the Teaching of English. 7, 3, 402-408. Paivio, A. 1983 Strategies in language learning In Pressley, M. and Levin, J. (eds.). Cognitive Strategy Research. New York: Springer Verlag. Paivio, A, and A. Desrochers 1979 Effects of an imagery mnemonic on L2 recall and comprehension. Canadian Journal of Psychology, 33, 17-28. Paivio, A. and A. Desrochers 1980 A dual-coding approach to bilingual memory. Canadian Journal of Psychology, 34, 4, 388-399.Also in Journal of Verbal Learning and Verbal Behavior, 20, 532-539. Paivio, A. and A. Desrochers. 1981 Mnemonic techniques in second-language learning. Journal of Educational Psychology. 73, 6, 780-795. Paivio, A., J. Clark and W. E. Lambert. 1988 Bilingual dua1-coding theory and semantic repetition effects. Journal of Experimental Psychology: Human Memory and Cognition. 14: 163-172. Pakenham, Kenneth John 1980 The Resolution of Lexically Reinforced Anaphoric Reference and Its Relation to Reading in English as a Second Language Dissertation Abstracts International, Ann Arbor, MI 1980, 41, 2587A Palermo, David S. 1965 Word Associations as Related to Children's Verbal Habits. Palij, Michael 1980 Semantic Facilitation on a Bilingual Lexical Decision Task. Unknown Reference Palincsar A. and A. Brown 1989 Instruction for self-regulated reading In Resnick, L. B. and L.E. Klopfer (Eds.) Towards the thinking curriculum: current congnitve research. Association for supervision and curriculum development, Yearbook 1989. Palmberg, R. 1978 Strategies of Second Language Communication. CIEFL Bulletin; v14 n2 p1 to 8 l978 Palmberg, R. 1983 On the use of lexical avoidance strategies in foreign language communication. In: H. Ringböm (ed) Psycholinguistics and Foreign Language Learning. Åbo: Åbo Akademi. Palmberg, R. 1985 How much English vocabulary do Swedish-speaking primary-school pupils know before starting to learn English at school?. Reports from the Research Institute of the Abo Akademi Foundation. Palmberg, R. 1985 Making sense of foreign vocabulary--evidence from a fairy tale. Scandinavian Working Papers in Bilingualism, 4, 68-84. Palmberg, R. 1986 Vocabulary teaching in the foreign language classroom. English Teaching Forum, 24, 3, 15-24. Palmberg, R. 1987 Five experiments of EFL vocabulary learning: a project report. Paper delivered at AILA conference, Sydney. Also Arlington, Va : ERIC, . - 14 s. - (ERIC document ; ED 310 628). Palmberg, R. 1987 On Lexical Inferencing and the Young Foreign Language Learner. System; 15 n1 p69 76 Palmberg, R. 1987 Patterns of vocabulary development in foreign language learners. Studies in Second Language Acquisition. 9: 201-220. Palmberg, R. 1988 Computer games and foreign-language vocabulary learning. English Language Teaching Journal. 42, 4: 247-250. Palmberg, R. 1988 On Lexical Inferencing and Language Distance Journal of Pragmatics: 12:2, 207 214 Palmberg, R. 1988 Interacting CALL into the foreign-language syllabus Report of the regional seminar on materials for language learning and teaching : new trends and developments, 11-15 April 1988. - Singapore, , Palmberg, R. 1988 En lärarhandledning för datorstödd språkundervisning : rec. av C. Jones & S. Fortescue, Using computers in the language classrom Tempus, ISSN 0355-8053, 3, s. 16-17. Palmberg, R. 1988 On vocabulary-knowledge continua and foreign-language learner's mental lexicons Finlance, ISSN 0359-0933, 7, s. 93-100. Palmberg, R. 1988 Varying text revision Practical English teaching, ISSN 0260-4752, 8 3, s. 35-36. Palmberg, R. 1989 What makes a word English? Swedish speaking learners' feeling of Englishness? AILA Review. 6: 47-55. Palmberg, R. 1989 Computer vocabulary : an availability study Scandinavian working papers on bilingualism, ISSN 0280-7750, 8, Palmberg, R. 1989 Integrating CALL into foreign language teaching Special languages and second languages : methodology and research AFinLA yearbook 1989 / Anita Nupponen & Rolf Palmberg (eds). - Hki : Suomen soveltavan kielitieteen yhdistys, , s. 185-194. - (Suomen soveltavan kielitieteen yhdistyksen (AFinLA) julkaisuja, ISSN 0781-0318 ; no. 47). ISBN 951-9388-34-6 UDC 82, 372, 80, 372.880 Palmberg, R. 1990 Improving Foreign Language Learners' Vocabulary Skills. RELC Journal: 21 n1 p1 to 10 Jun 1990 Palmberg, R. 1990 Getting the meaning across : communication strategies revisited / Rolf Palmberg . AILA 90, Greece : proceedings : volume two : sections 21-30. - Thessaloniki : Aristotle university, , s. 466. Palmberg, R. 1990 Using simulation programs for practising learners' oral skills in a foreign language 6th ILE international conference, 17-19 December : abstracts of papers. - Hong Kong : Institute of language in education. Hong Kong education department, 1990, s. 98 s. Palmberg, R. 1992 Survival Finnish for foreign tourists Problem, process, product in language learning : papers from the Stockholm - Åbo conference 21-22 October / edited by Björn Hammarberg. - Stockholm : Stockholm university. Department of linguistics, , s. 105-115. ISBN 91-7153-130-0 Palmberg, R. 1993 Campus : a simulation program that makes pupils talk Computer assisted language learning, ISSN 0958-8221, 5 3, s. 155-158. Palmberg, R. 1993. Using learner-initiated vocabulary to increase learners' word power. English Teaching Forum. 31, 2. 34-36. Palmberg, R. 1996 Making the most of computer simulations in the English-language classroom Expanding horizons in English language teaching / CULI'95 International Conference. - Bangkok : Language Institute Chulalongkorn University, , s. 75. Abstract. Palmer, A. 1968 A classroom technique for teaching vocabulary. TESOL Quarterly, 2, 2, 130-136. Palmer, D. M. 1982 Information transfer for listening and reading. English Teaching Forum. 20, 1, 29-33. Palmer, F.R. 1976 Semantics: A new outline. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press. Palmer, F.R. 1994 Grammatical Roles and Relations. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, xv+259pp. Palmer, Frank. 1971. Grammar. Penguin. Palmer, H. 1917 The scientific study and teaching of languages. London: Harrap. (Reissued in 1968 by Oxford University Press). Palmer, H. 1921 Principles of language-study. London: Harrap. (Reissued in 1964 by Oxford University Press). Palmer, H. 1936 The history and present state of the movement towards vocabulary control Bulletin of the Institute of research in English teaching. Feb. 121: 19-23 Palmer, H. 1938 A Grammar of English Words. Longman, London. Palmer, H. and A. Hornby 1937 Thousand word English London: Harrap Palmer, H.E. 1931 Interim Report on vocabulary selection Tokyo: institute of research in English teaching Palmer, H.E. 1933 Second Interim Report on English ­Collocations. Kaitakusha, Tokyo: . Palmer, M. 1972 Effects of categorization, degree of bilingualism and language recall of select monolinguals and bilinguals Journal of Educational Psychology, 63, 160-164. Palmquist, Michael Edward 1990 The Lexicon of the Classroom: Language and Learning in Writing Classrooms Dissertation Abstracts International, Ann Arbor, MI (DAI). 1990 Dec., 51:6, 1940A Pan, Barbara Alexander; Gleason, Jean Berko 1986 The Study of Language Loss: Models and Hypotheses for an Emerging Discipline. Applied Psycholinguistics; v7 n3 p193 206 Sep 1986 Pang, Carol M. 1997 Using Familiarity to Order a Large Lexicon Dissertation Abstracts International, Ann Arbor, MI (DAI). 1997 Feb, 57:8, 3394A DAI No.: DA9700545. U of Hawaii, 1996 Pankhurst, J. 1980 Problems in the creation of a large-scale vocabulary file - a progress report. ABLA Papers 3. Vreemdetalenonderwiis aan de Universiteit. Brussels, VUB. Panman, O. 1982. Homonymy and polysemy. Lingua. 58. 105-136. Pany, D. and Jenkins, J. R. 1978. Learning word meanings: a comparison of instructional procedures. Learning Disability Quarterly. l. Pany, D., Jenkins, J. R. and Schreck, J. 1982 Vocabulary instruction: effects on word knowledge and reading comprehension. Learning Disability Quarterly. 5, 202-215. Papagno, C and G Vallar 1992 Phonological short term memory and the learning of novel words: the effect of phonological similarity and length Quarterly Journal of Experimental Psychology A 44 47-67. Papagno, C, T Valentine and A Baddeley 1991 Phonological STM and foreign language vocabulary learning. Journal of Memory and Language, 30 , 331-347. Papagno, C.; Vallar, Giuseppe 1995 Verbal short term memory and vocabulary learning in polyglots. Quarterly Journal of Experimental Psychology Human Experimental Psychology; 1995 Feb Vol 48A(1) 98 to 107 Papagno, Costanza; Valentine, Tim; Baddeley, Alan 1991 Phonological short term memory and foreign language vocabulary learning. Journal of Memory and Language; 1991 Jun Vol 30(3) 331 to 347 Papagno,-Costanza; Vallar,-Giuseppe 1995 To learn or not to learn: Vocabulary in foreign languages and the problem with phonological memory. Broken memories: Case studies in memory impairment. (Ruth Campbell, Martin A. Conway, Eds.), pp. 334-343. Blackwell Publishers, Inc, Oxford, England; xxvi, 444 pp. Papalia, A. 1975 Students learning styles in ascribing meaning to written and oral stimuli. Hispania, 58, 1, 106-108. Paradis, M. 1980 The language switch in bilinguals: psycholinguistic and neurolinguistic perspectives. In: P. Nelde (Ed), Languages in Context a Conflict. Weisbaden, FRG. Paradis, M. 1985 On the representation of two languages in one brain. Language Sciences. 7 (1): 1-39. Paradis, M. 1987 THE ASSESSMENT OF BI-LINGUAL APHASIA Hillsdale Earlbaum Paradis, M. 1994 Neurolinguistic aspects of implicit and explicit memory: implicatons for bilingualism. From Schmidt lecture in Ellis, N ed, Implicit and Explicit language laerning. Paradis, M. and Y. Lebrun 1983 La neurolinguistique du bilinguisme: représentation et traitement de deux langues dans un meme cerveau. [The neurolinguistics of bilingualism: how two languages are represented in and processed by a single brain.] Langages, 72, 7-13. Paradis, Michael 1995. The cognitive neuropsychology of bilingualism In: A de Groot and J Kroll (eds) Tutorials in Bilingualism Hillsdale, NJ.: Lawrence Erlbaum. Paran, A. 19??. Review of The Lexical Syllabus by D. Willis. English Language Teaching Journal. Paran, A. 1996. Reading in EFL: Facts and fictions. ELT Journal, 50, 1, 25-34. Parasnis, Ila; Conklin, John 1991 The Effectiveness of the Keyword Method for Vocabulary Learning in Deaf Young Adults. Unknown Reference Paribakht, S and M Wesche 1995 Second language vocabulary acquisition through reading and text based exercises. In: R Courchene et al (eds) 25 years of second language teaching at the University of Ottawa. Ottawa: University of Ottawa, Second Language Institute. Paribakht, T. 1985 Strategic competence and language proficiency. Applied Linguistics, 6:132-146. Paribakht, T. and M. Wesche 1996 Incidental and instructed L2 vocabulary acquisition through reading: a comparative introspective study. Paper presented at the AILA Congress, Jyvaskyla, Finland. August 1996. Paribakht, T. S. and Wesche, M. B. 1993 Reading comprehension and second language development in a comprehension-based ESL program. TESL Canada Journal. 11,1, 9-29 Paribakht, T. Sima and Marjorie Wesche 1997 Vocabulary enhancement activities and reading for meaning in second languagevocabualry acquisition. In: J Coady and T Huckin (eds) Second Language Vocabulary Acquisition: a rationale forpedagogy. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press. 174-200 Paribakht, T. Sima; Wesche, Marjorie 1996 Enhancing Vocabulary Acquisition Through Reading: A Hierarchy of Text Related Exercise Types. Canadian Modern Language Review; v52 n2 p155 78 Jan 1996 Also paper presented at the American Association of Applied Linguistics, Baltimore, Maryland, March 5-8, 1994, in ERIC Document Reproduction Service No. ED 369 291. Paris, S. 1988 Models and metaphors in learning startegies. In Weinstein, C. E. , Goetz, E. et al Parker, Frank. 1986. Linguistics for non-linguists. Little Brown and Company. Parker, K. 1989 Learnability theory and the acquisition of syntax. University of Hawaii working papers in ESL 8: 49 - 78. Parker, K. and Chaudron, C. 1987. The effects of linguistic simplifications and elaborative modifications on L2 comprehension. University of Hawaii Working Papers in ESL. 6, 2. 107-133. Parker, R., & Turner, J. 1987 Breeding the reading bug. TELL, 3, 20-22 Parkin, A. 1994 Automatic processing In The Blackwell Dictionary of Cognitive Psychology. Oxford, Blackwell. p39-40 Parkinson, B. and A. Colman (Eds.) 1995 Emotion and Motivation Longman Essential Psychology Parrott, J. 1987 Reading syndicates: a working model for the language classroom. Reading in a Foreign Language, 3(2), 411- 416. Parry, K. 1991 Building a vocabulary through academic reading. TESOL Quarterly. 25, 629-653. Parry, K. 1993 Too many words: learning the vocabulary of an academic subject. In: T. Huckin, M. Haynes and J. Coady (Eds.). Second Language Reading and Vocabulary. Norwood, NJ.: Ablex. Parry, Kate 1997 Vocabulary and comprehension: Two portraits In Coady, J and T. Huckin. Second language Vocabulary Acquisition: A rationale for Pedagogy. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press. pp 55-68 Patel, M. 1996 Using Neural Nets to Investigate Lexical Analysis Lecture Notes In Computer Science 0302-9743 ; 1114 pp. 241-252 Patterson, Francine and Eugene Linden. 1981. The education of Koko. New York: Holt, Rinehart and Winston. Patterson, JL 1997 Expressive vocabulary of bilingual toddlers: preliminary findings. American Speech, Language and Hearing Association. Special Interest Division 14 Newlsetter, 3(1), 1997, 10-11. Patterson, K, J Marshall and M Coltheart (eds) 1985 Surface Dyslexia: neuropsychological and cognitive studies of phonological reading. London: Lawrence Erlbaum Associates. Pattison, P. 1986 'Je leert je rot aan woorden.' [Schoo1-children's attitude towards vocabulary learning.]. Levende Talen. 416, 649-653. Patty, W.W. and W. I. Painter 1931 A technique for measuring the vocabulary burden of textbooks Journal of Educational Research 24 (2): 127-134 Pauk, W. 1984. How to Study in College. Houghton Mifflin, Boston. Paul, Hermann. 1891. Introduction to the study of the history of language. (Translated from German.) London: Longman and Green. Paul, Lawrence M.; And Others 1975 Context Effects and Retrieval in Recognition Memory Journal of Verbal Learning and Verbal Behavior; 14; 3; 317 to 321 Paul, Nancy; Whissell, Cynthia 1992 Memory for words in a serial list as a function of primacy recency, frequency, length, order, and location in a two dimensional emotional space. Perceptual and Motor Skills; 1992 Apr Vol 74(2) 427 to 432 Paul, P. V., A. C. Stallman, and J. P. O'Rourke. 1990 Using three test formats to assess good and poor readers' word knowledge. Technical Report No. 509 Center for the Study of Reading, University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign. Paul, Peter V. 1989 Depth of Vocabulary Knowledge and Reading: Implications for Hearing Impaired and Learning Disabled Students. Academic Therapy; v25 n1 p13-24 Sep 1989 Paul, Peter V.; Gustafson, Glenn 1991 Comprehension of high frequency multimeaning words by students with hearing impairment. RASE Remedial and Special Education; Jul Aug Vol 12(4) 52 to 62 Paul, Rhea; Cohen, Donald J.; Caparulo, Barbara K. 1983 A longitudinal study of patients with severe developmental disorders of language learning. Journal of the American Academy of Child Psychiatry; 1983 Nov Vol 22(6) 525 534 Paulesu, E.; Frith, C. D.; Frackowiak, R. S. 1993 The neural correlates of the verbal component of working memory. Nature; 1993 Mar Vol 362(6418) 342 to 345 Pawley, A. 1986 Lexicalization Language and Linguistics: The interdependence of theory, data and application. Georgetown University Roundtable on languages and Linguistics. Pawley, A. & Syder, F.H. 1983 Two puzzles for linguistic theory: native-like selection and nativelike fluency. In J.C.Richard & R.W.Schmidt (Eds.), Language and communication (pp. 191-226). New York: Longman. Payne, David C.; Conrad, Frederick G. (Ed.) unknown Intersections in Basic and Applied Memory Research Payne, Mary Evelyn. 1988 Vocabulary Learning Strategies used by ESL Students and their Relationship to Perceptual Learning Style Preferences. MA Thesis, Brigham Young University, Linguistics Department. Provo, Utah. Pazzani, Michael J. unknown Creating a Memory of Causal Relationships: An Integration of Empirical Pea Roy D. 1979 Can information theory explain early word choice? J. Child Lang.; Vol.6, no.3: Oct 79 .397-410 ISSN: 03050009 Pearlman, D. 1976 The cognate trap in writing by Hispanic students. Paper presented at the annual meeting of the Teachers of English to Speakers of other Languages, New York. Pearson, B S Fernandez, V Loveday and DK Oller 1997 Input features in lexical learning of bilingual infants (ages 10-30 months). Applied Psycholinguistics, 18 41-58. Pearson, Barbara Zurer; And Others 1995 Cross Language Synonyms in the Lexicons of Bilingual Infants: One Language or Two? Journal of Child Language; v22 n2 p345 68 Jun 1995 Pearson, Barbara Zurer; Fernandez, Sylvia C. 1994 Patterns of Interaction in the Lexical Growth in Two Languages of Bilingual Infants and Toddlers. Language Learning. 44 (4 ). 617 - 653. Pearson, Barbara-Z.; Fernandez, Sylvia-C.; Lewedeg, Vanessa; Oller, Kimbrough 1997 The relation of input factors to lexical learning by bilingual infants. Applied-Psycholinguistics. 1997 Mar; Vol 18(1): 41-58 Pearson, BZ 1998 Assessing lexical development in bilingual babies and toddlers. International Journal of Bilingualism, 2,3 , 347-373. Pearson, BZ, SC Fernandez and DK Oller. 1993 Lexical development in bilingual infants and toddlers: comparison to monolingual norms. Language Learning. 43, 93-120. and In B. Harley (Ed.) lexical Issues in language learning. Amsterdam: John Benjamins. Pearson, P, and Dole, J. 1987 Explicit comprehension instruction: a review of research and new conceptualization of learning. Elementary School Journal. 88 (2) 151-165. Pearson, P. David 1985 Changing the face of reading comprehension instruction. Reading Teacher; 1985 Apr Vol 38(8) 724-8 Pearson, R.A.; Phelps, Trevor unknown Academic Vocabulary: An Argument Pearson-Hamatani, Eloise 1993 Vocabulary and Reading: What Can Teachers Do? Paper presented at 23rd Annual Convention of the Communication Association of Japan Seinan JoGakuin, Kitakyushu, Japan, 26 June , 1 Pedersen, Elray L. 1978 S ESL Spoken English Test (The Standard English as a Second Language Spoken English Test), Tests A, B, C and S ESL Grammar Test (The Standard English as a Second Language Grammar Test), Forms O, A, B, C and S ESL Vocabulary Test (The Standard English as a Second Language Vocabulary Test), Forms O, A, B, C. Unknown Reference Pedersen, Holger. 1962 Linguistic science in the 19th century. (Translated.) Bloomington, IN: Indiana University Press. Pedersen, P., 1988 A Handbook For Developing Multicultural Awareness Alexandria,VA. , American Association for Counceling and Development. Pedersen, T.; Chen, W. 1995 Lexical Acquisition via Constraint Solving Technical Report- American Association For Artificial Intelligence SS 1995; NO 95/01 pp. 118-122 Pederson, Jane Marie unknown Between Memory and Reality: Family and Community in Rural Wisconsin, Pei, Mario. 1965. The story of language. New York: New American Library. Premack, Peitz, Patricia; Vena, Patricia 1996 Vocabulary Teaching Strategies: Effects on Vocabulary Recognition and Comprehension at the First Grade Level. Pellegrini, A. D.; Galda, Lee; Jones, Ithel; Perlmutter, Jane 1995 Joint reading between mothers and their Head Start children: Vocabulary development in two text formats. Discourse Processes; 1995 May Jun Vol 19(3) 441-3 Pelsma, John R. 1910 A child's vocabulary and its development. Pedagogical Seminary . 17, 329-369. Pemberton, R. Li ESL Or WWF and Pierson, HD (Eds) 1996 Taking control : autonomy in language learning Hong Kong : Hong Kong University press. Pengpanich, Archara 1991 Case Studies of the Production and Interpretation of Pronominal and Lexical Reference by Thai Learners of English Dissertation Abstracts International, Ann Arbor, MI (DAI). 1991 Feb, 51:8, 2667A 68A DAI No.: BRDX91025. Degree granting institution: U College, Cardiff Pennington M.and Richards J. 1986 Pronunciation Revisited TESOL Quarterly Vol 20, No 2 June Pennington M. Teaching 1989 Pronunciation from the Top Down. RELC Journal Vol 20. No 1 June Penno, J.F., Wilkinson, I.A.G. and Moore, D.W. Forthcoming. Vocabulary acquisition from teacher explanation and repeated listening to stories: Do theyovercome the Matthew effect?. 8. Perdue, C (Ed.) 1993 Adult language acquisition: cross-linguistic perspectives. Vol I Field methods Cambridge: Cambridge university press, Perec, Georges; Bellos, David (Tr.) unknown W or the Memory of Childhood Perecman, E. 1984 Spontaneous translation and language mixing in a polyglot aphasic. Brain and Language. 23, 43-63. Peretti, Peter O. 1971 Effects of Noncompetitive, Competitive Instructions, and Sex on Performance in a Color Word Interference Task Journal of Psychology; 79; 67 to 70 Peretz, Arna S. 1988 Student Centered Learning through Content Based Instruction: Use of Oral Report Projects in the Advanced EFL Reading Class. Reading in a Foreign Language; v5 n1 p181 91 Fall 1988 Peretz, Arna S.; Shoham, Miriam 1990 Testing Reading Comprehension in LSP: Does Topic Familiarity Affect Assessed Difficulty and Actual Performance? Reading in a Foreign Language; v7 n1 p447 55 Fall 1990 Peretz, Miriam Ben- unknown Learning from Experience : Memory and the Teacher's Account of Teaching Perfetti, C. A. and Lesgold, A. M. 1977 Discourse comprehension and sources of individual differences. In M. Just and P. Carpenter (Eds.) Cognitive Processes in Comprehension Erlbaum, Hillsdale, N.J., 141-183. Perfetti, C. A. and Lesgold, A. M. 1979 Coding and comprehension in skilled reading and implications for reading instruction. In L. B. Resnick et al (Eds.) Theory and Practice of Early Reading Erlbaum, Hillsdale, N.J., 57-84. Perfetti, Charles A.; Zhang, Sulan 1991 Phonological processes in reading Chinese characters. Journal of Experimental Psychology Learning, Memory, and Cognition; 1991 Jul Vol 17(4) 633 to 643 Perkins, K. and S. E. Linville. 1987 A construct definition study of a standardised ESL vocabulary test. Language Testing. 4, 2, 125-141. Perkins, K. and S. R. Brutten 1983 The effects of word frequency and contextual richness on ESL student's word identification abilities Journal of Research in Reading, 6, 2, 119-128. Perkins, K. & Larsen-Freeman, D. 1975 The effect of formal language instruction on the order of morpheme acquisition, Language Learning, 25 P.237-43, Perkins, K., S. R. Bruttn and J. T. Pohlmann 1989 First and second language reading comprehension. RELC Journal 10, 2: 1-9 Perry, Devern J. unknown Word Studies Perry, Louis D., Jr. 1969 Teaching Vocabulary to Show Learners Clearing House; 44; 3; 164 to 165 Persson, Inga Britt Susanne 1996 Connectionism, Language Production and Adult Aphasia: Elaboration of a Connectionist Framework for Lexical Processing and a Hypothesis of Agrammatic Aphasia Dissertation Abstracts International, Ann Arbor, MI (DAI). 1996, 57:4, Item 4566C Helsingin Yliopisto, 1996 Petch-Tyson, S. 1998 Reader/Writer Visibility in EFL Persuasive Writing. In Granger, S. (ed.) Learner English on Computer. Addison Wesley Longman, London and New York, pp.107-118. Petch-Tyson, S. forthcoming Demonstrative Expressions in Argumentative Discourse - A Computer-Based Comparison of Non-native and Native English. In Botley, S. & McEnery, A. (eds) Corpus-based and Computational Approaches to Discourse Anaphora. Peters, A. 1983 The Units of Language Acquisition. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press. Peters, Ellen, Ed.; Dixon, Robert 1987 Special Focus: Effective Instruction in Reading. Strategies for Vocabulary Instruction. Teaching Exceptional Children; v19 n2 p61 to 63 Win 1987 Petersen, S., P. Fox, A. Snyder and M. Raichle 1990 Activation of extrastriate and frontal cortical areas by visual words and word-like stimuli Science; 1990 Aug Vol 249(4972) 1041 to 1044 Petersen, Scott-Douglas The Effects of Learning Nouns in Lexical Sets Dissertation-Abstracts-International, Section-A:-The-Humanities-and-Social-Sciences, Ann Arbor, MI (DAIA). 1998 Sept, 59:3, 760 DAI No.: DA9826214. Degree granting institution: Temple U, 1998 Petersen, Steven E.; Fox, P. T.; Posner, Michael I.; Mintun, M.; et al 1988 Positron emission tomographic studies of the cortical anatomy of single word processing. Nature; 1988 Feb Vol 331(6157) 585 to 589 Peterson, Shailer 1944 The word dexterity test: a better measure of college aptitude Educational and psychological measurement 4: 307-313 Petretic, Patricia A.; Tweney, Ryan D. 1977 Does Comprehension Precede Production? The Development of Children's Responses to Telegraphic Sentences of Varying Grammatical Adequacy Journal of Child Language; 4; 2; 201 209 Petri, O. and W. de Klijn. 1990 Woordkennis moderne vreemde talen. [Work knowledge in foreign languages.]. Levende Talen. 447, 30-34. Petti, Vincent. 1975 Review of the Oxford Advanced Learners Dictionary. Moderna Sprak. 69, 2, 169-175. Petty, W. T., Herold, C. P. and Stell, E. 1967 The state of knowledge about the teaching of vocabulary. Cooperative Reasearch project No. 3128: N.C.T.E., Illinois. And ERIC ED 012 395 Petzschler, Hermann; Zoch, Irene 1974 Die Rolle dialogtypischer Wortverbindungen und Wendungen bei der Vervollkommnung sprachlichen Koennens auf dem Gebiet des dialogischen Sprechens (The Role of Dialogue Typical Word Combinations and Idioms in Perfecting Speaking Ability in the Area of Dialogue) Deutsch als Fremdsprache; 11; 4; 209 to 216 Peynircioglu, Zehra and Ali Tekcan 1993 Word perception in two languages Journal of memory and language 32: 390-401 Peynircioglu, Zehra F. 1987 Inhibition through incremental fragment cuing with primed items. Journal of Experimental Psychology Learning, Memory, and Cognition; 1987 Oct Vol 13(4) 569 to 572 Peynircioglu, Zehra F. 1989 Part set cuing effect with word fragment cuing: Evidence against the strategy disruption and increased list length explanations. Journal of Experimental Psychology Learning, Memory, and Cognition; 1989 Jan Vol 15(1) 147 to 152 Peynircioglu, Zehra F. 1990 A feeling of recognition without identification. Journal of Memory and Language; 1990 Aug Vol 29(4) 493 to 500 Peynircisglu, Zehra F. 1990 Amount of priming and the cue depreciation effect. Bulletin of the Psychonomic Society; 1990 Sep Vol 28(5) 393 to 394 Pezdek, Kathy; Banks, William P. (Ed.) unknown Recovered Memory/ False Memory Debate Pfaff, Carol (Ed.) unknown First and Second Language Acquisition Processes Pfeffer, j. Alan 1965 Index of english equivalents for the basic (spoken) german word list. Pfister, G. G 1973 Emphasizing meaning - a more efficient method to teach foreign language. American Foreign Language Teacher, 4, 1, 17-18 and 36. Philippaki-Warburton, I. 1994 Verb Movement and the distribution of clitics in Modern Greek. In: Philippaki-Warburton et al (eds) Themes in Greek Linguistics. Amsterdam: John Benjamins: Amsterdam, 53-60. Philippaki-Warburton, I., Nicolaidis, K. and Sifianou, M. (eds) 1994 Themes in Greek Linguistics: proceedings of the First International Conference on Greek Linguistics. Amsterdam: John Benjamins, 534pp. Philipson, R. , E. kellerman, L Selinker, M. Sharwoord-Smith and M. Swain 1991 Foreign/second language pedagogy research Clevedon, Avon: Multilingual matters. Phillips, E. 1992 The effects of language anxiety on students¹ oral test performance aand attitudes. Modern Language Journal. 76 (1): 14-26 Phillips, Geoffery 1983 A psycholinguistic approach to a pedagogical grammar In: H. Ringböm (Ed.) Psycholinguistics and Foreign Language Learning. Åbo: Åbo Akademi, Phillips, M. 1989. Lexical Structure of Text. University of Birmingham. Phillips T. 1981 Difficulties in foreign language vocabulary learning: a study of some of the factors thought to be influential Polyglot; Vol.3, fiche 3 : Nov 81 and M.A. Project. Birkbeck College, University of London. Phillips, W. Wendell 1968 Some Educational Implications Derived from a Comparison of Adult Spoken and Written Vocabularies. Dissertation, The University of New Mexico Phillipson, R. 1992. Linguistic imperialism. Oxford University Press. Phun, Josephine. 1986 Vocabulary teaching: some principles. Guidelines. 8, 1, 35-4 l. Piaget, Jean 1970 Genetic Epistemology E. Duckworth, Transl. New York, Columbia University Press Piaget, Jean; Inhelder, Barbel unknown Memory and Intelligence Pica, T. 1983 Adult acquisition of English as a second language under different conditions of exposure. Studies in Second Language Acquisition, 9, 201- 219. Pica, T. 1984 Methods of morpheme quantification: their effect on the interpretation of second language data. Studies in Second Language Acquisition 6 (1): 69-78 Pica, T. 1987 Second language Acquisition, Social Interaction and the classroom. Applied Linguistics 8 1: 3-21. Pica, T. 1988 Interlanguage Adjustments as an Outcome of NS- NNS Negotiated Instruction. Language Learning, 38 1: 45-73. Pica, T. 1992 Language Learning Research and Classroom Concerns. English Teaching Forum. July pp. 2-8. Pica, T. 1992 The Textual Outcomes of Native Speaker / Non-native speaker Negotiation: What do they reveal about Second Language Learning?. In C. Kramsch and S. McConnell-Ginet. Text and Context: cross-disciplinary Perspectives in Language Study. Lexington, Mass. D.C. Heath & co. Pica, T. and Doughty C. 1985 Input in interaction in the communicative language classroom: A comparison of teacher fronted and group activities. in S. Gass and C. Madden Eds. Input in Second Language Acquisition. Rowley, Mass., Newbury House. Pica, T. and Doughty C. 1985 The role of Group Work In Second Language Acquisition. Studies in Second Language Acquisition. 7 (2): 233-248. Pica, T. L. Holliday L., Lewis, N. and Morgenthaller, L. 1989 Comprehensible Output as an outcome of Linguistic Demands on the Learner. Studies in Second Language Acquisition. 11: 63-90. Pica, T., R. Kanagy and J. Falodun. Choosing and Using Communicative Tasks for Second Language Instruction and Research.. in S. Gass and Crookes, G. Eds., Task Based Learning in a Second Language. London: Multilingual Matters. Pica, T. Young, R. and Doughty C. 1985 The impact of Interaction on Comprehension. TESOL Quarterly21 4: 737-758. Pica, Teresa 1994 Research on Negotiation: What Does It Reveal about Second Language Learning Conditions, Processes, and Outcomes? Language Learning; 44 n3 p493 to 527 Sep 1994 Pickard, N 1995 Out-of-class language learning strategies: Three case studies Language Learning Journal, 12 , 35-37. Pickard, N. 1996 Out of class language learning strategies. English Language Teaching Journal, 50(2), 150-159. Picken, C. unknown Institute of Translation and Interpreting: Conference Proceedings; 6th Ed. Ablis Pickering, M. 1982 Context-free and context dependent vocabulary learning: an experiment. System, 10, 1, 79-83. Pickering, M. J. 1976 Why Multiple Choice Language Tests Are Sometimes Not System; 4; 3; 164 173 Pickering, Michael 1982 Context Free and Context Dependent Vocabulary Learning: An Experiment. System; v10 n1 p79 83 1982 Picoche, J 1994 Didactique du vocabulaire francais. Paris: Nathan. . Piczon-Llamzon, Petrona. 1979 Reading the dictionary for the pronunciation of English words. Guidelines. 2, 49-53. Piechorowski, A. 1979. Medien fuer stilles Lesen im Englischunterricht (Media for Silent Reading in English Teaching Englisch; v14 n3 p114-17. Pienemann, M. 19?? Psychological constraints on teachability of languages. In Pfaff, C. ed Foreign and second language processes. Newbury house. And Studies in Second Language Acquisition 6 (2): 186-214 Pienemann, M. 1985 Learnability and syllabus construction. In K. Hyltenstam & M. Pienemann (Eds.), Modelling and assessing second language acquisition (pp. 23-75 Pienemann, M. 1989 Is language teachable? Psycholinguistic experiments and hypotheses. Applied Linguistics 10 1. Pienemann, M. 1996 Orienteering in SLA theory. Paper presented in 2nd PacSLRF, Wellington, New Zealand, The University of Victoria, Jan. 30th- Feb. 2nd. Pienemann, M. & Johnston, M. 1987 A predictive framework of second language acquisition. Unpublished manuscript, Canberra, Australian National University. Pienemann, M., Johnston, M. & Brindley, G. 1988 Constructing an acquisition- based procedure for second language assessment. Studies in Second Language Acquisition, 10, 217-243. Pierce, Amy E. unknown Language Acquisition and Syntactic Theory Pierson, H. 1989 Using etymology in the classroom. English Language Teaching Journal. 43, 1, 57-63. Piggott, Penelope 1981 Vocabulary growth in EFL beginners MA project, Birkbeck college, London Pike, L.W. 1979 An Evaluation of Alternative Item Formats for Testing English as a Foreign Language. TOEFL Research Reports, No. 2. Princeton, NJ: Educational Testing Service. Pilgreen, J., & Krashen, S 1993 Sustained silent reading with english as a second language high school students: Impact on reading comprehension, reading frequency, and reading enjoyment School Library Media Quarterly, 22 (1), 21. Pillon, Agnesa; de Partz, Marie Pierre; Raison, Anne Marie; Seron, Xavier 1991 L'orange, c'est le fruitier de l'orangine : A case of morphological impairment? Language and Cognitive Processes; 1991 May Vol 6(2) 137 to 167 Pimsleur, P 1966 Pimsleur Language Aptitude Battery PLAB New York: Harcourt Brace Jovanovich Pimsleur, P. 1967 A memory schedule. Modern Language Journal. 51, 2, 73-75. Pimsleur, Paul and Terrence Quinn (Eds.). 1971 The Psychology of Second Language Learning Cambridge: Cambridge University Press. Pinchon, J. 1977 La creativite lexicale. [Lexical creativity.] Le Français dans le Monde, 126, 44-45. Pink, Arthur W. unknown Profiting from the Word Pinkal, Manfred 1983 On the limits of lexical meaning In: Bauerle Rainer (ed.); Schwarze Christoph (ed.); Stechow Arnim von (ed.). Meaning, Use, and Interpretation of Language. Berlin : de Gruyter. Pinker, S. 1984 Language learnability and language development. Cambridge, Mass.: Harvard University Press. Pinker, S. 1989 Learnability and Cognition MIT press Pinker, S 1997 Words and rules in the human brain Nature 387 pp. 547-8 Pinker, S. & Prince, A. 1989 Rules and connections in human language. In Morris ed. . Pinker, Steven 1988 Learnability Theory and the Acquisition of a First Language 97 119 IN Kessel Frank S. (ed. & introd.); Brown Roger (afterword & appendix). The Development of Language and Language Researchers: Essays in Honor of Roger Brown. Hillsdale, NJ : Erlbaum, 1988. ix, 423 pp. Pinker,-Steven 1989 Resolving a learnability paradox in the acquisition of the verb lexicon. The teachability of language. (Mabel L. Rice, Richard L. Schiefelbusch, Eds.), pp. 13-61. Paul H. Brookes Publishing, Baltimore, MD, US; xiv, 370 pp. Pinker, Steven 1991 Rules of language Science; 1991 Aug Vol 253(5019) 530 to 535 Pinker, Steven 1994 The language instinct. How the mind creates language, William Morrow & Co, Inc; New York, NY, US; 494 pp. Pinker, Steven; Prince, Alan 1988 On language and connectionism: Analysis of a parallel distributed processing model of language acquisition. Special Issue: Connectionism and symbol systems. Cognition; 1988 Mar Vol 28(1 to 2) 73 to 193 Pino Silva, Juan 1993 Untutored Vocabulary Acquisition and L2 Reading Ability. Reading in a Foreign Language; v9 n2 p845 57 Spr 1993 Piotrowski, T. 1989. Monolingual and bilingual dictionaries: fundamental differences. In M.L. Tickoo (ed.). 72-83. Pirozzolo, Francis J.; Obrzut, John E.; Hess, D. Wilson 1983 Construct validity of the Illinois Test of Psycholinguistic Abilities for a clinic population. Psychology in the Schools; 1983 Vol 20(2) 146 152 Pisoni, D. B. and P. A. Luce. 1987 Acoustic-phonetic representations in word recognition. Special Issue: Spoken word recognition. Cognition;. Vol 25(1-2) 21-52. Pitarque, Alfonso; Algarabel, Salvador; Meseguer, Enrique 1992 Degree of elaborative processing in two implicit and two explicit memory tasks. Bulletin of the Psychonomic Society; 1992 May Vol 30(3) 217 to 220 Pitkäken, Erikki 1992 Finnish school children¹s English vocabulary at the beginning of their English studies Thesis submitted to University of Jyvaskyla Pittman, Bettie 1976 Recitation and learning nouns and verbs from context and from a list. Journal of Research and Development in Education; 1976 Vol 9(Mono) 61 to 63 Pitts, M., White, H. and Krashen, S. 1989 Acquiring second language vocabulary through reading: a replication of the Clockwork Orange study using second language acquirers. Reading in a Foreign Language. 5 (2): 271-275. Plaister, T. 1981 Teaching vocabulary, listening comprehension and reasoning by means of analogies. Foreign Language Annals, 14, 1, 25-29. Platt, J.T. 1977 The 'creoloid' as a special type of interlanguage. Interlanguage Studies Bulletin (Utrecht), 2(3), 22-33. Platt, J., Weber, H., and Ho, M.L. 1984 The New Englishes. London: Routledge and Kegan Paul Platts, S.E. 1989. Strategies employed by students in learning new lexis: a review of the literature, a survey undertaken and practical implications for the E.F.L. teacher M.A., Kent - 40-0328 Platzack, Christer 1996 The Initial Hypothesis of Syntax: A Minimalist Perspective on Language Acquisition and Attrition 369 414 IN Clahsen Harald (ed.). Generative Perspectives on Language Acquisition: Empirical Findings, Theoretical Considerations and Crosslinguistic Comparisons. Amsterdam : Benjamins, 1996. xxvii, 499 pp. Pledge, J. 1988 Using Visual Information to Train Foreign language production, Language Learning 38.3 Plunkett, Kim and Jeffrey Elman 1997 Exersises in rethinking innateness Bradford, MIT Press Plunkett, Kim; Marchman, Virginia A. 1996 Learning from a Connectionist Model of the Acquisition of the English Past Tense. Cognition; v61 n3 p299 308 Dec 1996 Poersch, Jose; Schneider, Mirna 1991 How the Comprehension of Cohesive Mechanisms Is Associated with the Production of More Coherent Texts. Rassegna Italiana di Linguistica Applicata; v23 n3 p51 61 Sep Dec 1991 Poggi, C 1993 Reading and vocabulary In R. R. Day (Ed.), New ways in teaching reading, (pp. 20-21. Alexandria, VA: TESOL. Polak, J., & Krashen, S 1988 Do we need to teach spelling? The relationship between spelling and vocabulary reading among community college ESL students TESOL Quarterly, 22 , 141-146. Polezzi, L 1993 Concordancing and the teaching of ab inition Italian language for special purposes. ReCALL, 9, 14-18. Politzer, R. and McGroarty, M. 1985 An exploratory study of learning behaviors and their relation to gains in linguistic and communicative competence. TESOL Quarterly 19: 103-123. Politzer, R. B. 1978 Paradigmatic and syntagmatic associations of first year French students. In: V. Honsa and M. J. Hardman-de-Bautista (Eds.): Papers on Linguistics and Child Language: Ruth Hirsch Weir Memorial Volume. Mouton,203-210. Politzer, R.L. 1978 Errors of English speakers of German as perceived and evaluated by German natives. Modern Language Journal, 62, 253-261. POLLIO,-HOWARD-R. 1966 OPPOSITIONAL SERIAL STRUCTURES AND PAIRED-ASSOCIATE LEARNING. Psychological-Reports. 1966; 19(2): 643-647 Pons, Louis 1989 Effects of age and sex upon availability of responses on a word association test. Perceptual and Motor Skills; 1989 Feb Vol 68(1) 85 to 86 Pons-Ridler, S. 1984 Oral comprehension: a new approach. British Journal of Language Teaching, 22, 2, 87-102. Pons-Ridler, S. & F. McKim. 1985 Etude du vocabulaire par la derivation. [Learning vocabulary using derivational morphology.]. French Review. 58, 633-649. Poole, A. D. 1971 Walton Black modified word learning test: misclassification in an Irish sample Irish Journal of psychology 1, 87-92 Poon, Leonard W.; Fozard, James L. 1980 Age and Word Frequency Effects in Continuous Recognition Memory. Journal of Gerontology; v35 n1 p77 to 86 Jan 1980 Porquier, R 1992. Construction de la reference spatiale dans l'interaction exolingue. In: R Bouchard, J Billiez, J-M Colletta, V de Nucheze and A Millet (eds.) Acquisition et enseignement/aprentissage des langues.Grenoble: LIDILEM. Port, Robert F.; O'Dell, Michael L. 1985 Neutralization of syllable final voicing in German. Journal of Phonetics; 1985 Oct Vol 13(4) 455 to 471 Porte, Graeme. 1988 Poor language learners and their strategies for dealing with new vocabulary. English Language Teaching Journal. 42, 3, 167-172. Porter, D. and B. O¹Sullivan 1999 The effect of audience age on measured written performance. System 27. 65-77 Porter, Don and Williams, Eddie. 1984 Review of Wallace 1982 English Language Teaching Journal. 38, 1, 60-61. Porter, J.H. 1977 A cross-sectional study of morpheme acquisition in first language learners. Language Learning, 27(1), 47-61. Porter, Lewis Paul 1993 An Investigation of the Effectiveness of Two Prior Knowledge Based Vocabulary Teaching Strategies on Vocabulary Knowledge and Reading Comprehension in an Advanced Foreign Language Class Dissertation Abstracts International, Ann Arbor, MI (DAI). 1993 Feb, 53:8, 2721A 22A DAI No.: DA9238798. Degree granting institution: Kent State U Porter, P. 1983 Variations in the conversations of Adult learners of English as a function of the proficiency of the participants. Ph.D. dissertation, Stanford University. Posnansky, Carla J.; Rayner, Keith 1977 Visual Feature and Response Components in a Picture Word Interference Task with Beginning and Skilled Readers Journal of Experimental Child Psychology; 24; 3; 440 to 60 Posner, George 1993 Field Experience: a guide to reflective teaching New York: Longman Posner, M. ed . 1989 Foundations of Cognitive Science. (pp. 631-682). Cambridge, MA,. MIT Press. Posner, Michael I.; Petersen, Steven E.; Fox, Peter T.; Raichle, Marcus E. 1988 Localization of cognitive operations in the human brain Science; 1988 Jun Vol 240(4859) 1627 to 1631 Posner, R. (discussion chair) 1987 Cognition and Production 107 206 IN Dechert Hans W. (ed.); Raupach Manfred (ed.). Psycholinguistic Models of Production. Norwood, NJ : Ablex, 1987. x, 311 pp. Postgate, Mary; Taylor, Maire (Ed.); Albrecht, Jurgen X.(Ill.) unknown Few Well-chosen Words : Recommended Spoken Word Recordings Postman, L and G Keppel 1970. Norms of Word Association. London: Academic Press. Postman, L. and L. Rau 1957 Retention as a function of the method of measurement University of California Publications in Psychology 8, 217-70 Postman, Leo 1963 Does interference theory predict too much forgetting? Journal of Verbal Learning and Verbal Behavior; 2, 40-48 Postman, Leo 1971 Organization and Interference Psychological Review; 78; 4; 290 to 302 Postman, Leo; Kruesi, Elizabeth 1977 The Influence of Orienting Tasks on the Encoding and Recall of Words Journal of Verbal Learning and Verbal Behavior; 16; 3; 353 to 369 Postovsky, Valerian A. 1974 Effects of Delay in Oral Practice at the Beginning of Second Language Learning Modern Language Journal; 58; 5 6; 229 239 Postovsky, Valerian A. 1975 On Paradoxes in Foreign Language Teaching Modern Language Journal; 59; 1; 18 21 Potosky, Janet Marie 1989 The Effect of Simplified Story Schema on Story Writing Ability and Reading Comprehension Dissertation Abstracts International, Ann Arbor, MI (DAI). 1989 Sept., 50:3, 655A 656A Potter, Mary C.; And Others 1984 Lexical and Conceptual Representation in Beginning and Proficient Bilinguals. Journal of Verbal Learning and Verbal Behavior; v23 n1 p23 38 Feb 1984 Potter, Mary C.; Moryadas, Anita; Abrams, Irene; Noel, Audra 1993 Word perception and misperception in context. Journal of Experimental Psychology Learning, Memory, and Cognition; 1993 Jan Vol 19(1) 3 to 22 Poulisse, N. 1989 Lexicale problemen - hoe los je ze op? De resultaten van een onderzoek naar compensatiesstrategieen. [How people solve lexical problems by using compensatory strategies.]. Toegepaste Taalwetenschap in Artikelen. 34 51-57. Poulisse, N. 1990 The use of compensatry strategies by Dutch learners of English Dortrecht: Foris Poulisse, N. 1993. A Theoretical Account of Lexical Communication Strategies In: Schreuder, R. and Weltens, B. (eds.)The Bilingual Lexicon. Amsterdam/Philadelphia: John Benjamins. Poulisse, N 1995. Language production in bilinguals In: A de Groot and J Kroll (eds) Tutorials in Bilingualism Hillsdale, NJ.: Lawrence Erlbaum. Poulisse, N 1995 Slips of the tongue and their correction in L2 learner speech: metalinguistic awareness and second language acquisition. In: HW Dechert (ed) Metacognition and second language acquisition. Cleveland: Multilingual Matters. Poulisse, N 1995 Production in the second language. In: A de Groot and J Kroll (eds) Tutorials in Bilingualism: Psycholinguistic Perspectives. Hillsdale, NJ.: Lawrence Erlbaum. 1995. Poulisse, N. and T. Bongaerts. 1994 First language use and second language production. Applied Linguistics. 15, 36-57. Poulisse, Nanda; Schils, Erik 1989 The Influence of Task and Proficiency Related Factors on the Use of Compensatory Strategies: A Quantitative Analysis. Language Learning; 39 n1 p15 48 Mar 1989 and In B. Harley (Ed.) lexical Issues in language learning. Amsterdam: John Benjamins. Pounds, W 1992 "I only wish I had time to read a book": Listening to entrance exams The Language Teacher, 16 (9), 29-33. Pouwels, Joel B. 1992 The Effectiveness of Vocabulary Visual Aids for Auditory and Visual Foreign Language Students. Foreign Language Annals; v25 n5 p391 401 Oct 1992 Powell Brown, Dana Ann 1990 Effects of Mnemonic Instruction upon Retention of Vocabulary with Learning Disabled Children Dissertation Abstracts International, Ann Arbor, MI (DAI). 1990 Apr., 50:10, 3206A Powell, Glen; Moore, David; Callaway, Byron 1981 A concurrent validity study of the Woodcock Word Comprehension Test. Psychology in the Schools; 1981 Jan Vol 18(1) 24 to 27 Powers, David Downs 1982 The Relationship of Receptive Language, Productive Speech, and Mental Level Dissertation Abstracts International, Ann Arbor, MI (DAI). 1982 Dec., 43:6, 1999B 2000B Prado, Marcial 1989 Falsos amigos en lexicografica bilingue (False Cognates in Bilingual Lexicology). Hispania; v72 n3 p721 to 27 Sep 1989 Prager, R.W. 1988 Parallel processing networks for automatic speech recognition Ph.D., Cambridge - 37-6234 Praninskas, Jean. 1972 American University Word List. Longman, London. Prator, C. H. Jr. and Robinett B. W. unknown Manual of American English Pronunciation. 3rd ed. Holt Rinehart and Winston inc. New York. Pratt, Michael; Norris, Joan unknown Social Psychology of Aging: A Cognitive Perspective Prebble, Roger; Griffiths, Mick (Ed.) unknown Chambers Word File Preece P.F.W. 1976 Associative structure of science concepts B.J. Ednl. Psych.; Vol.46: Jun 76 .174-183 ISSN: 00070998 Preller, Arno G. 1967 Some problems involved in compiling word frequency lists. Modern Language Journal. 51, 399-402. Pressey, Luella 1924 Something about vocabulary studies School and society Vol 20 Pressey S. L. and L. C. Pressey 1922 An introduction to the Use o Standard tests: A brief manual in the use of tests both of ability and achievement Yonkers, New York: American Book Company Pressley, George Michael, 1977 Developmental Constraints On Children's Use Of The Keyword Method Of Foreign Language Vocabulary Learning.. Phd. University Of Minnesota, 1977. 208 Pp Umi Dissertation Reference 7802708 Pressley, M. 1977 Children's use of the keyword method to learn simple Spanish vocabulary words Journal of Educational Psychology, 69, 5 . 465-472. Pressley, M. 1991 Comparing Hall (1986) with related research on elaborated mnemonics. Journal of Educational Psychology. 83, 165-170. Pressley, M. and Ahmad, M. 1986 Transfer of imagery-based mnemonics by adult learners. Contemporary Educational Psychology. 11, 150-160. Pressley, M., and J. Dennis-Rounds 1980 Transfer of a mnemonic keyword strategy at two age levels Journal of Educational Psychology, 72, 575-582. Pressley, M., and J. R. Levin 1978 Developmental constraints associated with children's use of the keyword method of foreign language learning Journal of Experimental Child Psychology, 78, 26, 359-372. Pressley, M. and J. R. Levin 1981 The keyword method and recall of vocabulary words from definitions Journal of Experimental Psychology: Human Learning and Memory, 7, 72-76. Pressley, M. , J. R. Levin, and C. B. McCormick 1980 Young children's learning of foreign language vocabulary: a sentence variation of the keyword method. Contemporary Educational Psychology, 5, 22-29. Pressley, M., J. R. Levin and GE Miller 1981 The keyword method and children's learning of foreign vocabulary with abstract meanings. Canadian Journal of Psychology, 35, 3, 283-287. Pressley, M., J. R. Levin and HD Delaney 1982 The mnemonic keyword method. Review of Educational Research, 52, 1, 61-91. Pressley, M., J. R. Levin, and M. A. McDaniel. 1987 Remembering versus inferring what a word means: mnemonic and contextual approaches. In McKeown, M. G. and M. E. Curtis. (Eds.). The Nature of Vocabulary Acquisition. Lawrence Erlbaum Associates. Hillsdale: New Jersey. 107-127. Pressley, M., J. R. Levin, G. V. Nakamura, D. J. Hope, J. G. Bispo and A. R. Toye 1980 The keyword method of foreign vocabulary learning: an investigation of its generality Journal of Applied Psychology, 65, 6, 635-642. Pressley, M., J. R. Levin, J. W. Hall, and G. E. Miller 1979 What makes the keyword method tick? An analysis of its components with special attention to foreign word acquisition. Madison: Wisconsin Research and Development Center for Individualized Schooling, Working Paper 249. Pressley, M., J. R. Levin, J. W. Hall, G. E. Miller, and J. V. Berry 1980 The keyword method and foreign language acquisition Journal of Experimental Psychology: Human Learning and Memory, 6. 2 . 163-173. Pressley, M., J. R. Levin, N. Kniper, S. Bryant and S. Michener 1982 Mnemonic vs non-mnemonic vocabulary learning strategies: additional comparisons Journal of Educational Psychology, 74, 5, 693-707. Pressley, M., J. Samuel, M. Hershey, S. Bishop and D. Dickinson 1981 Use of two mnemonic techniques to teach young children foreign language vocabulary. Contemporary Educational Psychology, 6, 110-116. Pressley, M., Levin, J., Miller, G. 1982 The keyword method compared to alternative vocabulary learning strategies. Contemporary Educational Psychology 7:50-60. Pressley, M., Levin, J. R. and Ghatala, E. S. 1984 Memory strategy monitoring in adults and children. Journal of Verbal Learning and Verbal Behaviour. 23, 270-288. Pressley, M., Levin, J. R. and Miller, G. E. 1981 How does the keyword affect vocabulary comprehension and usage?. Research Reading Quarterly. 16, 213-226. Pressley, M., Levin, J.R., Digdon, N., Bryant, S.L., McGivern, J.E., and Ray, K. 1982. Re-examining the "limitations" of the mnemonic keyword method. Working Paper No. 329. Madison, WI: Wisconsin Center for Educational Research, University of Wisconsin. Pressley, M., Levin, J. R., Digdon, N., Bryant, S. L., Ray, K. 1983 Does method of item presentation affect keyword method effectiveness?. Journal of Educational Psychology. 75, 586-591. Pressley, Michael; And Others 1980 The Keyword Method and Foreign Word Acquisition. Journal of Experimental Psychology: Human Learning and Memory; v6 n2 p163 to 73 Mar 1980 Pressley, Michael; And Others 1981 Mnemonic Versus Nonmnemonic Vocabulary Learning Strategies: Putting "Depth" to Rest. Report from the Project on Studies in Language: Reading and Communication. Working Paper No. 312. Pressley, Michael; And Others 1982 Mnemonic versus Nonmnemonic Vocabulary Learning Strategies: Additional Comparisons. Journal of Educational Psychology; v74 n5 p693 to 707 Oct 1982 Pressley, Michael; et al 1981 Use of a mnemonic technique to teach young children foreign language vocabulary. Contemporary Educational Psychology; 1981 Apr Vol 6(2) 110 to 116 Pressley, Michael; Levin, Joel R. 1981 The Keyword Method of Recall of Vocabulary Words from Definitions. Journal of Experimental Psychology: Human Learning and Memory; v7 n1 p72 to 76 Jan 1981 Presson, Leslie 1997 A dictionary of homophones Barron¹s Preston, M. and W. E. Lambert 1969 Interlingual interference in a bilingual version of the Stroop colour-word task Journal of Verbal Learning and Verbal Behavior, 8,295-301. Preston, Roy; Smith, Jan unknown Wild Word Search Price, Anthony unknown Memory Trap Price, D.G., 1971-72 Ageing and short-term memory: an experimental study of some performance characteristics in recognition and recall. Ph.D., Wales, UWIST - 22-1272 B2b. Price, W. R. 1929 What price vocabulary frequencies? The German Quarterly 2: 1-5 Prince, Peter 1996 Second Language Vocabulary Learning: The Role of Context versus Translations as a Function of Proficiency. Modern Language Journal; v80 n4 p478-93 Win 1996 Prinz, Philip M.; Ferrier, Linda J. 1983 "Can You Give Me that One?" The Comprehension Production and Judgment of Directives in Language Impaired Children. Journal of Speech and Hearing Disorders; v48 n1 p44 54 Feb 1983 Prinz, Philip Michael 1978 The Comprehension and Production of Requests in Language Disordered Children Dissertation Abstracts International, Ann Arbor, MI 1978, 39, 2907A Priyatmono, D. 1974 English and Indonesian cognates. Unpublished paper. Procter, Paul 1996 The Making of a Modern Dictionary Moderna Sprak, Visingso, Sweden (MSpr). 1996, 90:1, 3 8 Prozan, Charlotte Krause (Ed.) unknown Construction and Reconstruction of Memory Puangmali, Suraprom. 1976 A study of engineering English vocabulary. RELC Journal. 7, 1, 40-52. Public Record Office unknown Nation's Memory: A Pictorial Guide to the Public Record Office Pugh A. and J. Ulijn (Eds.) 1983 Reading for Professional Purposes London: Heinemann Pugh, A. K. 1976 Implications of Problems of Language Testing for the Validity of Speed Reading Courses System; 4; 1; 29 39 Pugh, A. K. 1981 Practical Applications of Analyses and Descriptions of Texts. Paper presented at the Annual Meeting of the United Kingdom Reading Association (18th, Edinburgh, Scotland, July 27 to 31, 1981). Pullum, Geoffrey K. 1991 Great Eskimo Vocabulary Hoax : And Other Irreverent Essays on the Study Chicago: Chicago University press Pullum, Geoffrey K. 1997 The Morpholexical Nature of English "to" Contraction. Language; v73 n1 p79 102 Mar 1997 Pulman, S. G. 1983 Word Meaning and belief Chicago: Chicago University Press. Puntambekar, S. 1995. Helping students learn how to learn from texts: towards an ITS for developing metacognition. Instructional Science 23, 163 - 182. Purcell E and Suter R. 1980 Predictors of Pronunciation accuracy. A Reexamination Language Learning 30. 2: 271-88 Purcell, E. T, S. Madigan and L. Bruce 1978 The mnemonic keyword approach to the teaching of first year Russian. Los Angeles: University of Southern California, Department of linguistics. Purpura, J.E. 1994 The role of learner strategies in language learning and testing. Paper given at the Thai TESOL Conference, Bangkok, January, 1994. Purpura, James 1997 An analysis of the relationships between test taker¹s cognitive and metacognitive strategy use and second language test performance Language Learning 47: 2 289-325 Pusch, Luise. 1984. Das Deutsche als Maennersprache. Frankfurt/M.: Suhrkamp. Pustejovsky, J. 1996 The generative lexicon MIT Press Pustejovsky, J.; Bergler, Sabine (Ed.) unknown Lexical Semantics and Knowledge Representation: First SIGLEX Workshop, Pustejovsky, J.; Boguraev, Bran 1996 Lexical Semantics : Problem of Polysemy Oxford: Clarendon Press. Putnam, H. unknown Meaning, reference and stereotypes (shorter version of The Meaning of Meaning). Meaning and Translation. 61-81. Putnam, Hilary. 1975 The Meaning of Meaning. In K. Gunderson (Ed.) Language, Mind and Knowledge Minnesota Studies in the Philosophy of Science 7, 131-. 193. Pye, C. 1986 One lexicon or two? an alternative interpretation of early bilingual speech. Journal of Child Language., 13: 591-593 (?). Qi, Shuguang 1992 A Comparative Case Study of Prior Cultural Knowledge in English Second Language Lexical Meaning Making. Unknown Reference Qian, David D. 1996 ESL Vocabulary Acquisition: Contextualization and Decontextualization. Canadian Modern Language Review; v53 n1 p120 42 Oct 1996 Qian Dawei. 1993 Teaching and learning vocabulary in a second language. An annotated bibliography. Ontario: OISE. Qian, DD 1998 Depth of vocabulary knowledge: assessing its role in adults' reading comprehension in English as a second language. PhD Thesis, University of Toronto. 1998. Quackenbush, E. 1974 How Japanese borrows English loanwords Linguistics: an International review, 131 59-75 Quackenbush, E. 1977 English loanwords in Japanese Journal of the association of teachers of Japanese 12, 2/3 149-173 Quandt, Ivan 1973 Investing in Word Banks A Practice for Any Approach Reading Teacher; 27; 2; 171 to 73 Quay, S 1995 The bilingual lexicon: implications for studies of language choice. Journal of Child Language 22,2, 369-387. Quay, Suzanne 1995 Bilingual Lexicon: Implications for Studies of Language Choice. Journal of Child Language; v22 n2 p369 87 Jun 1995 Quealy, R. J. 1969 Senior high school students' use of context aids in reading. Reading Research Quarterly. 4, 512-532. Queensland University Education research department 1957 Study of the oral vocabulary of adults London: University of London press. Quilliam, Susan, Limp) unknown Which Word? Quine, W. 1960 Word and object. Cambridge, MA: MIT Press. Quinn, E. and Nation, . I. S. P. 1974 Speed Reading. Oxford University Press, Kuala Lumpur. Quinn, George. 1968 The English vocabulary of some Indonesian university entrants. IKIP Kristen Satya Watjana, Salatiga. Quinn, Wilhma Rae unknown Understanding Childhood Deafness : A Word in Your Ear Quinsland, Larry K.; And Others 1980 Facilitating the Learning of Medical Terminology through the Use of Effective Mediation Strategies: A Model for the Teaching of Technical Vocabulary. American Annals of the Deaf; v125 n6 p780 to 85 Sep 1980 Quirk. R. 1982 International Communication and the concept of nuclear English. In: Style and Communication in the English language. London: Arnold. 37-53. Quirk, R. 1992 On Corpus Principles and Design. In Svartik, J. (ed) Directions in Corpus Linguistics. Berlin: Mouton de Gruyter. Quirk, R. 1995 Grammatical and Lexical Variance in English. Longman. Raaijmakers, Jeroen and Richard Shiffrin 1992 Models for recall and recognition Annual review of psychology 43: 205-234 Rabbah, M.H. Anceaux, JA Mondria aaand S Mondria de Vries 1995 ŒA toi maintenant!¹ en het computerprogramma ŒPar Etapes!¹ In A Toussaint (ed) Congresbundl ŒFrans: de moite waard¹s¹hertogenbosch : Katholiek Pedagogisch Centrum Rabbitt, Patrick; Abson, Vicki 1990 "Lost and found": Some logical and methodological limitations of self report questionnaires as tools to study cognitive ageing. British Journal of Psychology; 1990 Feb Vol 81(1) 1 to 16 Rabia, Salim Abu; Siegel, Linda S. 1995 Different Orthographies Different Context Effects: The Effects of Arabic Sentence Context in Skilled and Poor Readers. Reading Psychology; v16 n1 p1 to 19 Jan Mar 1995 Rabideau, D 1993 Integrating reading and writing into adult ESL instruction (ERIC Digest ED358749): Adjunct ERIC Clearinghouse on Literacy Education for Limited-English-Proficient Adults, Washington, DC. Rabinowitz, J; G, mandler and K. Patterson 1977 Determinants of Recognition and Recall: Accessibility and Generation Journal of Experimental Psychology: General; 106; 3; 302-329 Rabinowitz, J; G, Mandler and K. Patterson 1977 Clarifications, refuations and resoutions Journal of Experimental Psychology: General; 106; 3; 336-40 Rabinowitz,-Mitchell; Steinfeld,-Regina 1995 SIVL: The instructional design underlying a foreign language vocabulary tutor. Thinking and literacy: The mind at work. (Carolyn N. Hedley, Patricia Antonacci, Mitchell Rabinowitz, Eds.), pp. 141-152. Lawrence Erlbaum Associates, Inc, Hillsdale, NJ, US; xiii, 314 pp. Radford, J. 1974 Reflections on Introspection American psychologist 29: 245-250 Radnai, Z 1994. Productions reflecting processes in Hungarian children's EFL vocabulary acquisition. In: G Bartely (ed) The dynamics of language processes: essays in honour of Hans W Dechert.T�bingen: G�nther Narr. Raemer, A 1996 Literature review: Extensive reading in the EFL classroom English Teachers' Journal, 49 , 29-31. Rahja, J. M. 1933 Written and spoken vocabularies of children Elementary English Review 10: 74-77 Raimes, A. 1983 techniques in the teaching of writing. . OUP Raimes, A. 1990 The TOEFL Test of written English. Causes for concern. TESOL Quarterly. 24 3 , 427 - 442. Raimes, Ann. 1985 What unskilled ESL students do as they write: a classroom study of composing. TESOL Quarterly. 19, 2, 229-258. Raine, Craig unknown Onion, Memory Raj, D., & Hunt, B. 1990 The Malaysian Class Reader rogramme. Reading in a Foreign Language, 6(2), 369-382. Raja, M. 1995 A reading programme: a SMK Long Lama experience. BICARA PENDIDIK, 3, 1-6. Rajaram, Suparna; Roediger, Henry L. 1993 Direct comparison of four implicit memory tests. Journal of Experimental Psychology Learning, Memory, and Cognition; 1993 Jul Vol 19(4) 765 to 776 Ramirez, Arnulfo G.; Politzer, Robert L. 1978 Comprehension and Production in English as a Second Language by Elementary School Children and Adolescents In E. M. Hatch Second Language Acquisition Newbury House, Rowley, Mass., 1978. 313-20 Ramirez, Sylvia Z. 1986 The effects of suggestopedia in teaching English vocabulary to Spanish dominant Chicano third graders. Elementary School Journal; 1986 Jan Vol 86(3) 325 to 333 Ramos, R.de CG. 1989 Estrategias usadas por falsos principiantes para lidar com items lexicais desconhecidos. [How false beginners deal with words they don't know.]. ESPecialist. 10, 149-166. Ramsay, James W. 1981 Vocabulary preparation for reading in the content area. In J. C. Fisher, M. A. Clarke and J. Schachter (Eds.) On TESOL '80 TESOL, 214-225. Ramsey R. A. 1981 A technique for interlingual comparison: the LEXIGRAM. TESOL Quarterly, 15, 1, 15-24. Randall, Julia unknown Moving in Memory Randall, M. 1980 Word association behaviour in learners of English as a second language. Polyglot, 2, 2, B4-Dl. Randall M. 1990 Recognising words in English and Arabic. Unpublished Ph.D thesis. Birkbeck College, University of London. Randall, M. 1991 Recognising numbers in different scripts. Second Language Research, 7, 3, 204-219. Randall, M 1991 Scanning in different scripts: does Jawil interfere with Bahasi Malaysia and English? RELC Journal, 22,2 , 98-112 Randell, M. and Meara, P. M. 1988 How Arabs read roman letters. Reading in a Foreign Language. 4, 2, 133-145. Randsell S, and I. Fischler. 1987 Memory in a monolingual mode: when are bilinguals at a disadvantage?. Journal of Memory and Language. 26, 392-405. Rankin, Earl F. and Overholser, Betsy M. 1969 Reaction of intermediate grade children to contextual clues. Journal of Reading Behavior. 1, 3, 50-73. Rankin, Earl F.; Helm, Phoebe 1986 The validity of cloze tests in relation to a psycholinguistic conceptualization of reading comprehension. Forum for Reading; 1986 Spr Vol 17(2) 46 to 59 Rankin, J. Mark 1988 Designing Thinking Aloud Studies in ESL Reading. Reading in a Foreign Language; v4 n2 p119 32 Spr 1988 Ranson, Diana L.; Carlisle, Siri 1996 Why Do the French Give Their Nouns Gender? French Review; v70 n1 p1 12 Oct 1996 Raphael, B. 1976 The thinking computer: Mind inside matter. San Francisco: W. H.. Freeman. Raptis, Helen 1997 Is second language reading vocabulary best learned by reading? Canadian Modern Language Review. 53 (3): 566-580 Rash, J., Johnson, T. D. and Gleadow, N. 1984 Acquisition and retention of written words by kindergarten children under varying learning conditions. Reading Research Quarterly. 4, 452-460. Rasinski, T.V. 1989. Fluency for everyone: incorporating fluency instruction in the classroom. The Reading Teacher. 42. 690-693. Rastatter, Michael P.; Loren, Catherine 1988 Vocal reaction times to tachistoscopically presented high and low frequency verbs: Some evidence for selective minor hemisphere linguistic analysis. Perceptual and Motor Skills; 1988 Jun Vol 66(3) 803 to 810 Rastatter, Michael P.; Scukanec, Gail 1990 Evidence for hemispheric specialization of lexical distinctions in bilingual Chinese Mandarin speakers. Cortex; 1990 Sep Vol 26(3) 423 to 432 Rastle, Kathleen G.; Burke, Deborah M. 1996 Priming the Tip of the Tongue: Effects of Prior Processing on Word Retrieval in Young and Older Adults Journal of Memory and Language, Orlando, FL (JMemL). 1996 Aug, 35:4, 586 605 Rattunde, E. 1971 'Aha, eine Birne" - zum Problem einsprachiger Worterklärungen. ['Aha, eine Birne'' - on the problem of monolingual vocabulary explanations.] Die Neueren Sprachen, 70, 11, 571-576. Raugh, M. R. 1975 Teaching a large Russian vocabulary by the mnemonic keyword method. Psychology and Education Series, Technical Reports, 256. Raugh, M. R. and R. C. Atkinson 1975 A mnemonic method for learning second language vocabulary Journal of Educational Psychology, 67, 1 - 16. See also Psychology and Education Series, Technical Reports, 224. Raugh, M. R, R. D. Schubach and R. C. Atkinson 1977 Teaching a large Russian language vocabulary by the mnemonic keyword method. Instructional Science, 6, 199-221. Raugh, Michael R.; Atkinson, Richard C. 1974 A Mnemonic Method for the Acquisition of a Second Language Vocabulary. Psychology and Education Series, Technical Report No. 224. Raupach, M. 1994 Das mehrsprachige mental Lexikon. In: Boerner, W. and K. Vogel (Eds.) Kognitieve Linguistik und Fremdsprachenerwerb: das mentale Lexikon. Tuebingen: Guenther Narr. Raupach, Manfred 1989 Production strategies in L2 performance In: Dechert, Hans and Manfred Raupach (Eds.) Psycholinguistic Models of Language Production. Ablex Rausch, A. 1996 Suggestopaedic Vocabulary Acquistion in the language classroom The Language Teacher. 20 (7): 11-13 Ravem, R. 1968 Language acquisition in a second language environment. International Review of Applied Linguistics, 6, 165-85. Ravem, R. 1970 The development of wh-questions in first and second language learners. Occasional papers, Language Centre, University of Essex. Also in J.C. Richards (Ed.), Error-analysis: Perspectives on second language acquisition, 1974), (pp. 134-155). Singapore: Longman. Raven, John 1989 The Raven Progressive Matrices: A review of national norming studies and ethnic and socioeconomic variation within the United States. Journal of Educational Measurement; 1989 Spr Vol 26(1) 1 to 16 Raven, John. C. 195? The Mill Hill vocabulary scale, Senior form Melbourne Australia.: Australian Council of educational Research Raven, John, C. 1951 Controlled projection for children arranged by John C. Raven. 2nd ed [1st ed. published 1944]. Raven, John. C. 1958 Guide to using the Mill Hill vocabulary scale with the progressive matrices scale. London: H.K. Lewis and co. 64pp Raven, John, J.H. Court and J. Raven. 1977 The short form of the Mill-Hill vocabulary Scale London: H.K. Lewis Raven, John, J.H. Court and J. Raven. 1982 The Mill-Hill vocabulary Scale: 1982 revison London: H.K. Lewis Raven, John, J.H. Court and J. Raven. 1982 The Crighton vocabulary Scale: 1983 revison London: H.K. Lewis Ray, S. 1985 The effectiveness of features in pattern recognition. Ph.D., London, Imperial College of Science and Technology - 35-7243 Raygor, Alton L., and Robin D. Raygor 1985 Effective Reading: Improving Reading Rates and Comprehension New York: McGraw-Hill, Rayner K and D Balota 1989 'Parafoveal preview and lexical access during eye fixations in reading' In W. Marslen-Wilson (ed) Lexical Representation and Process , Cambridge, Mass: MIT Press. Read.J 1983 What is a good Classroom test guidelines 5, 1 1-7 Read, J. 1987 Towards a deeper assessment of vocabulary knowledge. Paper presented at the 8th world congress of applied Linguistics. Sydney, Australia 16-21, August. Read, J. 1988 Measuring the vocabulary knowledge of second language learners. RELC Journal. 19, 2: 12-25. Read, J. 1990 The word associates test.: a measure of quality of vocabulary knowledge. Paper presented at AIL A. 1993 Read. J. 1993 The development of a new measure of L2 vocabulary knowledge. Language Testing. 10 (3): 355-71. Read, J. 1995 Refining the word associates format as a measure of depth of vocabulary knowledge. New Zealand Studies in Applied Linguistics, 1, 1-17. Read, J. 1996 Evaluating Measures of depth of vocabulary knowledge. Paper presented at the AILA Congress, Jyvaskyla, Finland. August 1996. Read, J. 1997 Vocabulary and testing In Schmitt, N. and M. McCarthy (Eds.): Vocabulary: Description, Acquisition and Pedagogy: Cambridge, Cambridge University Press. 303-320 Read, J. 1997 Assessing vocabulary knowledge In C. Clapham and D. Corson (eds) Encyclopaedia of Language and Education Vol. 7: Language­Testing and Assessment  Kluwer Academic Publishers, Netherlands. 99-107. Read, J. 1998. Validating a test to measure depth of vocabulary knowledge. In A.J. Kunnan (ed.) Validation in Language Assessment  Lawrence Erlbaum, Mahwah, N.J. 41-60. Read, John forthcoming Assessing Vocabulary Knowledge and Use Cambridge: Cambridge University Press Readence, J. E. and L. W. Searfoss. 1980 Teaching strategies for vocabulary development. English Journal. Oct. 43-46. Readence, John E.; Baldwin, R. Scott; Rickelman, Robert J.; Miller, G. Michael 1986 The effect of vocabulary instruction on interpreting metaphor. National Reading Conference Yearbook; 1986 Vol 35 87 to 96 Readence, John E.; Searfoss, Lyndon W. 1980 Teaching Strategies for Vocabulary Development. English Journal; v69 n7 p43 to 46 Oct 1980 Ready, D. 1991 The role and limitations of self-assessment in testing and research Proceedings LTRC 1991 princeton NJ: Educational trust Reber, Arthur 1993 Implicit learning and tacit knowledge: an essay on the cognitive unconscious Oxford Psychology series Reber, Arthur 1995 Penguin Dictionary of Psychology Penguin Reckase, MD. 1979. Unifactor latent trait models applied to multifactor tests: results and implications. Journal of Educational Statistics 4(3), 207-30. Redding, Richard E. 1990 Metacognitive instruction: Trainers teaching thinking skills. Performance Improvement Quarterly; 1990 Vol 3(1) 27 to 41 Reddy, D.R. 1990 Machine models of speech perception In R.A. Cole (Ed.), Perception and Production of Fluent Speech (pp. 215-242). Hillsdale, N.J.: Erlbaum. Redford, S and K Quinn 1997 Developing a vocabulary based communicative course. In: B Visgatis (ed) On JALT 97: Trends and Transitions. Tokyo: JALT.pp89-94. Redman, S. and Ellis, R. 1989 A Way with Words. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press. Redman, Stuart unknown Intermediate Vocabulary in Use Redman, Stuart; Ellis, Robert unknown Way with Words; Bk.2: Vocabulary Development Activities for Learners of English, Redman, Stuart; Ellis, Robert, Geraldine Mark 1996 Way with Words resource 2 CUP Redman, Stuart; Ellis, Robert, Viney 1996 Way with Words resource book 1 CUP Reed, J. 1970 Foreign vocabulary lists. Audio-Visual Language Journal, 8, 11-16. Reeder, G. D., McCormick, C. B. & Esselman, E. D. 1987 Self - referent processing and recall of prose. Journal of Educational Psychology. 79: 243 - 248. . Reeder, R. R. 1900 Historical development of school readers and of method in teaching reading Columbia contributions to Philosophy, Psychology and education. Vol VIII No. 2 Rees, Nigel unknown Cassell Dictionary of Word and Phrase Origins Rees, P. 1992. Reading in French-GCSE to A Level. Perspectives on Reading. CLE Working Papers 2. ERIC Document Reproduction Service No. ED392242 Reese, Hayne W.; Parkington, John J. 1973 Intralist Interference and Imagery in Deaf and Hearing Children Journal of Experimental Child Psychology; 16; 1; 165 to 183 Rehbein, Jochen 1989 On fluency in second languagespeech In: Dechert, Hans and Manfred Raupach (Eds.) Psycholinguistic Models of Language Production. Ablex Rei, Gu; Bao tian, Fu 1988 Diagnostic significance of the staggered spondaic word test and 40 Hz auditory event related potentials. Audiology; 1988 Jan Feb Vol 27(1) 8 to 16 Reich Peter A. 1976 The early acquisition of word meaning J. Child Lang.; Vol.3: Feb 76 .117-123 ISSN: 03050009 Reid, D. 1995 COBUILD frequency levels. Unpublished MS: . Reid, Joy, 1992 Teaching ESL Writing. Regents/Prentice Hall. Reid, Joy 1995 Learning styles in the ESL/ EFL classroom Heine Heinle Reid, S. unknown Improve Your Memory Skills Reid Thomas, H. C., & Hill, D. R 1993 Survey review: Seventeen series of graded readers ELT Journal, 47 (3), 250-267. Reinert, H. 1976 One picture is worth a thousand words? Not necessarily. Modern Language Journal, 160-168. Reinking, David; Rickman, Sharon Salmon 1990 The Effects of Computer Mediated Texts on the Vocabulary Learning and Comprehension of Intermediate Grade Readers. Journal of Reading Behavior; v22 n4 p395 to 411 1990 Reiser, Morton F. unknown Memory in Mind and Brain: What Dream Imagery Reveals Remaly, Beth K. 1990 Strategies for Increasing the Expressive Vocabulary of Kindergarten Children. Unknown Reference Remmers, H. H. Ruth Karslake and N. L. gage 1940 Reliability of multiple-choice measuring instruments as a function of spearman-brown prophect formula, I Journal of Educational Psychology 31, 583-590 Renandya, W.A., Rajan, B.R.S., & Jacobs, G.M. (in press Extensive reading with adult learners of English as a second language. RELC Journal. Renfrew, Colin. 1987 Archeology and language: the puzzle of Indoeuropean origins. London: J. Cape. Renfrew, Colin 1989 The origins of Indo European languages Scientific American, October. 82-90 Renfrew, Colin 1994 World Linguistic diversity Scientific American, January, 104-110 Renouf, A. & Sinclair, J.McH. 1991 Collocational frameworks in English. In K. Aijmer & B. Altenberg (Eds.), English corpus linguistics: Studies in honour of Jan Svartvik (pp. 128-143). London: Longman. Renouf, Antoinette 1987 Corpus development In Sinclair, John (Ed.), Looking Up : Account of the Cobuild Project in Lexical Computing. Collins ELT, London. Repin, V. and Orlov, R.S. 1967. The use of sleep and relaxation in the study of foreign languages. Australian Journal of Psychology. 19, 3. 203-207. Rescorla, Leslie; Okuda, Sachiko 1984 Lexical development in second language acquisition: Initial stages in a Japanese child's learning of English. Journal of Child Language; 1984 Oct Vol 11(3) 689 to 695 Resnick, Lauren B. 1989 Knowing, learning, and instruction. Hillsdale, N.J.: Lawrence Erlbaum. Resnik, Philip. WordNet and Distributional Analysis: A Class-based Approach to Lexical Discovery. AAAI Workshop on Statistically-based NLP Techniques. Resnik, Philip. 1992 Probabilistic Tree-Adjoining Grammar as a Framework for Statistical Natural Language Processing. Proceedings of the Fourteenth International Conference on Computational Linguistics (COLING '92 Resnik, Philip. 1993 Selection and Information: A Class-Based Approach to Lexical Relationships. Unpublished Dissertation. University of Pennsylvania. Resnik, Philip. 1993 Semantic Classes and Syntactic Ambiguity. Proceedings of the 1993 ARPA Human Language Technology Workshop. Morgan Kaufmann. Resnik,Philip. 1995 Disambiguating Noun Groupings with Respect to WordNet Senses. Third Workshop on Very Large Corpora. Association for Computational Linguistics. Resnik, Philip. 1995 Using Information Content to Evaluate Semantic Similarity in a Taxonomy. IJCAI-95. Resnik, Philip and Marti Hearst. 1993 Syntactic Ambiguity and Conceptual Relations. Proceedings of the ACL Workshop on Very Large Corpora. 58--64. Reuland, Eric (Ed.); Abraham, Werner (Ed.) unknown Knowledge and Language; v.2: Lexical and Conceptual Structure Ed. EJ Rueland & W Abraham Reves, Thea; Levine, Adina 1988 The FL Receptive Skills: Same or Different? SYSTEM; v16 n3 p327 36 1988 Reynolds, A. G. (ed.) 1991. Bilingualism, muliticulturalism and second language learning: The McGill Conference in honor of Wallace E. Lambert. Hillsdale, NJ: Erlbaum. Reynolds, D.W. 1995 Repetition in nonnative speaker writing. Studies in Second Language Acquisition 17: 185-209. Reynolds, J.H. 1992 Spoken letter recognition with neural networks. D.Phil., Oxford - 42-1901 Reynolds, John Frederick (Ed.) unknown Rhetorical Memory and Delivery : Classical Concepts for Contemporary Reznick, J. Steven; Goldfield, Beverly A. 1992 Rapid Change in Lexical Development in Comprehension and Production Developmental Psychology. May, 28:3, 406-13 Reznick, Steven and Beverly Goldfield 1994 Diary vs representative checklist assessment of productive vocabulary Journal of Child Language 21, 465-472 Reznik, J. Steven and Goldsmith, Lynn. 1989 A multiple form word production checklist for assessing early language. Journal of Child Language. 16, 91-100. Rheingold, Howard. 1988 They have a word for it. A lighthearted lexicon of untranslatable words and phrases. Los Angeles: Tarcher. Rhymer, Russ. Ribaupierre, Anik De; Hitch, Graham J. (Ed.) unknown Development of Working Memory Ribeiro, Joao Ubaldo unknown Invincible Memory Ricci, Dorothy Ann 1996 Effect of Vocabulary Journal Writing on Foreign Language Comprehension and Vocabulary Acquisition Dissertation Abstracts International, Ann Arbor, MI (DAI). 1996 Jan, 56:7, 2548A 49A DAI No.: DA9538316. U of Connecticut, 1995 Rice, Joseph Mayer. 1897 The futility of the spelling grind. The Forum, Vol. 23 (April and June) pp. 163-72 and 409-19. Rice, M.L. and Woodsmall, L. 1988. Lessons from television: Children's word learning when viewing. Child development. 59. 420-429. Rice, Mabel 1984 A Cognition Account of Differences between Children's Comprehension and Production of Language. Western Journal of Speech Communication; v48 n2 p145 54 Spr 1984 Rice, Mabel L.; And Others 1990 Words from "Sesame Street": Learning Vocabulary While Viewing. Developmental Psychology; v26 n3 p421 to 28 May 1990 Rich, S.A.L. 1988, A7. What the learner can teach us: an empirical study of learner strategies in vocabulary acquisition. M.A., Exeter - 39-7935 Richards, B.J. and Malvern, D.D. 1997. Quantifying lexical diversity in the study of language development. The New Bulmershe papers, University of Reading. Richards, Brian. 1987 Type / token ratios: what do they really tell us?. Journal of Child Language. 14, 201-209. Richards, David R. 1970 An Evaluation of Supplementary Techniques for Correcting Idiom and Vocabulary Problems of Bilingual Students. Unknown Reference Richards, I. A. 1943. Basic English And Its Uses. Kegan Paul, London. Richards, J. C. 1970 A psycholinguistic measure of vocabulary selection. IRAL. 8, 2, 87-102. Richards, J.C. 1974 Word lists: Problems and prospects RELC Journal 5, 2: 69-84 Richards, J. C. 1976 The role of vocabulary teaching. TESOL Quarterly, 10, 77-89. Richards, J. C. 1990 The language teaching matrix Cambridge: Cambridge University Press. Richards, J.C. and Taylor, A. 1992. Defining strategies in folk definitions. Working Papers of the Department of English, City Polytechnic of Hong Kong. 4, 2. 1-8. Richards, J. C. (Ed.). 1974 Error Analysis. Longman, London. Richards, Jack C 1970 Psycholinguistic Measure of Vocabulary Selection IRAL 8, Vol. 2, : 87-102 Richards, Meredith Martin. 1982 Empiricism and learning to mean. In Stan A. Kuczaj II (Ed.) Language Development Erlbaum, N.J., 365-396. Richards, Platt and Weber 1985 The Longman Dictionary of applied linguistics London : Longman Richardson, John T.E. (Ed.) unknown Working Memory and Human Cognition Richardson, M. 1990. Vocabulary learning hypercard stack. Macademia. December 1990.9. Richardson-Klavehn,-Alan; Bjork,-Robert-A. 1988 Measures of memory. Annual review of psychology, Vol. 39. Annual review of psychology. (Mark R. Rosenzweig, Lyman W. Porter, Eds.), pp. 475-543. Annual Reviews, Inc, Palo Alto, CA, US; ix, 712 pp. Richek, Margaret Ann 1988 Relating Vocabulary Learning to World Knowledge. Journal of Reading; v32 n3 p262 67 Dec 1988 Richek, Margaret Ann unknown World of Words : Vocabulary for College Students Riddell, Carol Bartlett 1988 Towards a More Active Vocabulary. English Journal; v77 n8 p50 to 51 Dec 1988 Riddle, Elizabeth M. 1985 A Historical Perspective on the Productivity of the Suffixes -ness and -ity In: Fisiak Jacek (ed.). Historical Semantics; Historical Word Formation. Berlin : Mouton. Rider, Janine unknown Writer's Book of Memory: An Interdisciplinary Study for Writing Teachers Rider, Larry Paul 1979 The Developmental Relationship between Comprehension and Production of Grammatical Morphemes in Three, Four and Five Year Old Normal Children Dissertation Abstracts International, Ann Arbor, MI 1979, 40, 3274A Ridgeway, Doreen; And Others 1985 Acquisition of Emotion Descriptive Language: Receptive and Productive Vocabulary Norms for Ages 18 Months to 6 Years. Developmental Psychology; v21 n5 p901 08 Sep 1985 Ridley, J. and D. Singleton. 1995 Strategic L2 lexical innovation: case study of a university level ab inition learner of German. Second Language Research. 11,2 137-148. Ridout, R. 1977 The use of word puzzles in teaching English. Zielsprache Englisch, 1, 15-18. See also Revue des Langues Vivantes, 42, 3, 313-317. Ridout, R. & Waldo-Clarke, D. 1970 A reference book of English. London: Macmillan. Rieben, Laurence 1989 Individual differences in word recognition acquisition: A path from an interactive model of reading to an interactive instructional setting. European Journal of Psychology of Education; 1989 Sep Vol 4(3) 329 to 347 Rieber, R. W. 1989 Development of language and thought and the production-Comprehension controversy In: Dechert, Hans and Manfred Raupach (Eds.) Psycholinguistic Models of Language Production. Ablex Riegel, K. F. 1968 Some theoretical considerations of bilingual development. Psychological Bulletin, 70, 6, 647-670. Riegel, K. F. and I. W. M. Zivian 1972 A study of inter- and intralingual associations in English and German. Language Learning, 22, 1, 51-63. Riegel, K, R. Ramsey and R. Riegel 1967 A comparison of the first and second languages of American and Spanish students Journal of Verbal Learning and Verbal Behavior, 6, 536-544. Riegel, R. and K. Riegel. unknown The Effects of Word Frequency, Need for Achievement, and Instructional Sets upon Word Recognition Thresholds of Young and Old Subjects. Michigan Univ., Ann Arbor. Center for Human Growth and Development. ERIC document. Rieussec, A 1995 Memoire et apprentissage des langues secondes: quelles implications pratiques? Les langues modernes 89,2 , 35-49. Rifelj, Carol 1996 False Friends or True? Semantic Anglicisms in France Today. French Review; v69 n3 p409 16 Feb 1996 Rigby, H.J. 1981 Word recognition amongst primary school children M.Ed., Manchester - 32-5456 Riggenbach, H. and Samuda, V. 1993 Grammar Dimensions Heinle Heinle. Rimel, A and S Eyal 1996 Comparison of data on the lexical knowledge of bilingual vs monolingual toddlers collected by their parents using the MacArthur Communicative Development Inventory (CDI). Speech and Hearing Disorders, 19, 212-219. Rinaldo, Richard Arthur 1994 A Study of Word Recognition Using Word Fragments Dissertation Abstracts International, Ann Arbor, MI (DAI). 1994 Feb, 54:8, 4425B 26B DAI No.: DANN81349. Degree granting institution: York U, 1993 Rindflesch, Thomas C. 1996 Natural Language Processing. Annual Review of Applied Linguistics; v16 p71 85 1996 Ringböm, H. 1978 The influence of the mother tongue on the translation of lexical items. Interlanguage Studies Bulletin, 3, 1, 80-101. Also in In: G. Nickel and D. Nehls (Eds.) Error Analysis, Contrastive Linguistics and Second Language Learning. (IRAL special issue). Heidelberg: Julius Groos Verlag. 1988. Ringbom, H. 1982. The influence of other languages on the vocabulary of a foreign language learner. In Error Analysis, Contrastive Linguistics and Interlanguage  Julius Groos Verlag, Heidelberg Ringböm, H. 1983 Borrowing and Lexical Transfer. Applied Linguistics, 4, 3, 207-212. Ringböm, H. 1983 On the distinctions of item learning vs system learning, and receptive competence vs productive competence in relation to the role of L1 in foreign language learning. In; H. Ringböm (Ed.) Psycholinguistics and Foreign Language Learning. Åbo: Åbo Akademi. Ringbom, H. 1985 The influence of Swedish on the English of Finnish learners. In: H. Ringbom (Ed.) Foreign language learning and bilingualism. Abo: Abo Akademi. Ringbom, H. 1985 Transfer in relation to some other variables in L2 learning. In: H. Ringbom (Ed.) Foreign language learning and bilingualism. Abo: Abo Akademi. Ringbom, H. 1986 Crosslinguistic influence and the foreign language learning process In Kellerman, E. and Sharwood Smith, M. (eds.) Crosslinguistic Influence in Second Language Acquisition. New York: Pergamon. Ringbom, H. 1987 Effects of transfer in foreign language learning. In: H. Dechert (Ed.). Current trends in European Second Language Acquisition Research. Clevedon: Multilingual Matters. Ringbom, H. 1987 The role of the first language in foreign language learning. Clevedon: Multilingual Matters. Ringbom, H 1992 In L1 transfer in L2 comprehension and L2 production. Language Learning, 42,1 , 85-112. Ringbom, H. 1998 Vocabulary frequencies in advanced learner English: A cross-linguistic approach. In Granger, S. (ed.) Learner English on Computer. Addison Wesley Longman, London and New York, 41-52. Ringbom, H. (Ed) 1983. Psycholinguistics and foreign learning. Abo Akademi, Abo. Ringbom, Hakan 1977 Spelling Errors and Foreign Language Learning Strategies. Unknown Reference Ringbom, Hakan 1991 Crosslinguistic Lexical Influence and Foreign Language Learning 172 81 IN Phillipson Robert (ed.); Kellerman Eric (ed.); Selinker Larry (ed.); Smith Michael Sharwood (ed.); Swain Merrill (ed.). Foreign/Second Language Pedagogy Research: A Commemorative Volume for Claus Faerch. Clevedon, Eng. : Multiling. Matters, 1991. v, 378 pp. Ringbom, Hakan 1992 On L1 Transfer in L2 Comprehension and L2 Production. Language Learning; v42 n1 p85 112 Mar 1992 Ringbom, Hakan, Ed. 1983 Psycholinguistics and Foreign Language Learning. Papers from a Conference (Stockholm, Sweden and Abo, Finland, October 25 to 26, 1982). Meddelanden fran Stiftelsens for Abo Akademi Forskningsinstitut Nr.86. Abo: Abo Akademi Foundation. Sweden Ringbom, Hakan, Ed.; Palmberg, Rolf, Ed. 1976 Errors Made by Finns and Swedish Speaking Finns in the Learning of English. Working Papers in Applied Linguistics, Vol. 5. Working Papers in Applied Linguistics, Vol. 5. Ringeling, J. C. T. 1980 Auditory word recognition and lexical decision in first and second language. Progress Report, Institute of Phonetics, Utrecht University, 5, 1, 10-21. Ringeling, J. C. T. 1981 Auditory CVC processing in First and Second Language. Progress Report, Institute of Phonetics, Utrecht University, 6, 1, 24-37. Ringeling, J. C. T. 1982 Recognizing words under reduced redundancy in a native and foreign language. Progress Report, Institute of Phonetics, Utrecht University, 7, 2, 3-29. Ringeling, T. 1984 Subjective Estimations as a Useful Alternative to Word Frequency Counts. Interlanguage Studies Bulletin - Utrecht. 8(1) 59-69. Rinsland, Henry B. 1945. A Basic Vocabulary of Elementary School Children. Macmillan, New York. Rinvolucri, M. 1981 Words - how to teach them. Modern English Teacher, 9.2, 19-20. Rinvolucri, M. 1990 Translation as part of learning a language. Practical English Teacher June, 26-27. Rinvolucri, Mario 1991 Grammar in Action again Hemel Hempsted: Prentice Hall Rippman, W. 1906 The learning of words. Modern Language Teaching 2 (7) 210-214 Ritchie, W.C. (Ed.) unknown Second Language Acquisition Research: Issues and Implications Ritchie, William C. 1985 Word Formation, Learned Vocabulary and Linguistic Maturation 463 482 IN Fisiak Jacek (ed.). Historical Semantics; Historical Word Formation. Berlin : Mouton, 1985. xiii, 607 pp. Ritchie, William C.; Bhatia, Tej K. (Ed.) unknown Handbook of Second Language Acquisition New York: Academic press. Ritter, Gerald W.; Weber, Robert J. 1973 Production of Stimulus Independent and Stimulus Dependent Thoughts as a Function of Word Imagery and Meaningfulness. Perceptual and Motor Skills. 37, 123-27 Rivera, Aurora, 1989 The Development Of Foreign Language Vocabulary In A Classroom Setting Where There Is An Interactive Approach To Language Learning. Edd. Boston University, 1989. 142 Pp. Umi Dissertation Reference 8921040 Rivero, Guillermo Alcala and Best, Margaret. 1978 Strategies for solving lexical problems through discourse and context. In C. H. Blatchford and J. Schachter (Eds.) On TESOL '78 TESOL. 191-. 198. Rivers, W. 1977 Building and maintaining an adequate vocabulary. American Foreign Language Teacher, 3, 4, 16-17, 24-26. Rivers, W 1992 Concepts, contexts and meaning: learning to learn vocabulary. In: A van Essen, and EI Burkart (eds) Homage to WR Lee: Essays in English as a Foreign or Second Language.Berlin: Foris. Rivers, W. M. 1981 Apples of gold in words of silver: where have all the words gone? Studia Linguistica, 35, 1, 114-129. Rivers, Wilga M. 1986 Comprehension and Production in Interactive Language Teaching. Modern Language Journal; v70 n1 p1 7 Spr 1986 Rivers, Wilga M.; Melvin, Bernice S. 1977 Memory and Memorization in Comprehension and Production of IP Theory Canadian Modern Language Review; 33; 4; 497 502 Roach, P.J. 1994 Conversion between prosodic transcription systems: "Standard British" and ToBI. Speech Communication, 15, 91-99. Roach, P.J., Knowles, G., Varadi, T. and Arnfield, S. 1994 MARSEC: a MAchine-Readable Spoken English Corpus. J. of International Phonetic Association, 23, No 2, 47-54. Robb, T. N. and B. Susser. 1989 Extensive reading vs Skills Building in and EFL Context. Reading in a Foreign Language. 5(2): 239-51. Robb, T., S. Ross, & I. Shortreed. 1986 Salience of feedback on error and its effect on EFL writing quality. TESOL Quarterly 20 83-93. Robb, Thomas N. 1988 First Language Methods in the Second Language Classroom. RELC Journal . Robbins, Claudia; Ehri, Linnea C. 1994 Reading Storybooks to Kindergartners Helps Them Learn New Vocabulary Words. Journal of Educational Psychology; v86 n1 p54 to 64 Mar 1994 Robbins, E. L., & Thompson, L 1991 A study of the Indianapolis-Marion County Public Library's Summer Reading Program for Children (1990) Indiana Univ.-Purdue Univ., Indianapolis. Measurement and Evaluation Center for Reading Education. Roberts, A. Hood. 1965 A Statistical Linguistic Analysis of American English. Janua Linguarum, Series Practica 8, Mouton & Co., The Hague. Roberts, Celia 1997 'There's Nothing So Practical as Some Good Theories' International Journal of Applied Linguistics, Oslo, Norway (INJAL). 1997, 7:1, 66 78 Roberts, Judy; Kelly, Nancy 1985 The Keyword Method: An Alternative Vocabulary Strategy for Developmental College Readers. Reading World; v24 n3 p34 to 39 Mar 1985 Roberts, Kenneth 1983 Comprehension and Production of Word Order in Stage I. Child Development; v54 n2 p443 49 Apr 1983 Roberts, Kenneth Roy 1980 The Comprehension and Production of Word Order in Early Stage I Dissertation Abstracts International, Ann Arbor, MI 1980, 41, 392B Roberts, L. 1992 Attitudes of entering university freshmen toward foreign language study: A descriptive analysis Modern Language Journal. 76 (3): 275-283 Roberts, Patricia; Le Dorze, Guylaine 1994 Semantic verbal fluency in aphasia: A quantitative and qualitative study in test retest conditions. Aphasiology; 1994 Nov Dec Vol 8(6) 569 to 582 Roberts, Paul. 1987 Towards a lexis syllabus. IATEFL Newsletter. 96, 38-39. Roberts, W. A. 1972 Free Recall of Word Lists Varying in Length and Rate of Presentation: A Test of Total Time Hypotheses Journal of Experimental Psychology; 92; 3; 365 to 72 Robinette, B. W., and J. Schachter 1983 Second language learning: contrastive analysis, Error analysis and related aspects Ann Arbor: University of Michigan press Robins, R.H. 1967 A short history of linguistics. London: Longman. Robinson, A.H. 1963. A study of techniques of word identification. Reading Teacher. 16. 238-242. Robinson, Doug 1997 Becoming a Translator; An Accelerated Course Routledge Robinson, G. L.. 1985 Cross-cultural Understanding . New York: Permagon Press. Robinson, Helen 1970 Significant unsloved problems in reading Journal of reading, 14, (2) 77-82, 134-141 Robinson, Kerry-J.; Roediger, Henry-L. III 1997 Associative processes in false recall and false recognition. Psychological-Science. 1997 May; Vol 8(3): 231-237 Robinson, P. (ed.) forthcoming Cognition and Second Language Instruction  Cambridge University Press, Cambridge. Robinson, P. J. 1988 A Hallidayan framework for vocabulary teaching: an approach to organizing the lexical content of an EFL syllabus. IRAL. 26, 3, 229-238. Robinson, P. J. 1989 A rich view of lexical competence. English Language Teaching Journal. 43, 4, 274-282. Robinson. P.J. 1989 Procedural vocabulary and language learning. Journal of Pragmatics 13: 523-546. Robinson, P. J. 1990 The comprehensibility of core vocabulary for second language learners. Unpublished Ms U. of Hawaii. Robinson, P. J. 1993 Procedural and declarative knowledge on vocabulary learning: communication and the language learner's lexicon. In: T. Huckin, M. Haynes and J. Coady (Eds.). Second Language Reading and Vocabulary. Norwood, NJ.: Ablex. Robinson, P. J. 1994 Universals of word formation processes: Noun incorporation in the acquisition of Samoan as a second language. Language Learning. 44(4): 569-615. Robinson. P.J. 1995 Attention, memory and the Œnoticing¹ hypothesis Language learning 45, 2, 283-331 Robinson, P. M. and Mee, A. H. 1993 Instance Theory and second language rule learning under explicit conditions. Studies in Second Language Acquisition. 15. pp. 413 - 438. Robinson, Peter 1996 Learning Simple and Complex Second Language Rules Under Implicit, Incidental, Rule Search, and Instructed Conditions. Studies in Second Language Acquisition; v18 n1 p27 67 Mar 1996 Robson, W. F. 1934 The vocabulary burden in the first year of French British Journal of Educational psychology 4, 264-293 Roby, W.B. 1999. "What's in a gloss?". Language Learning and Technology. 2, 2. 94-101. Rock, Irvin and Stephen Palmer 1990 The legacy of gestalt psychology. Scientific American, December. 48-61 Rodgers, T. S. 1969 On measuring vocabulary difficulty: an analysis of item variables in learning Russian-English vocabulary pairs. IRAL, 7, 4, 327-343. Rodrigo, V. 1997 Are students in intermediate Spanish courses aware of the benefits of reading? Hispania, 80, 255-264 Rodrigo, V., & McQuillan, J. 1999 Personal reading: An effective means to Spanish language acquisition by U.S. bilingual Hispanics. Lectura y Vida (Reading and Life), 20(1), 33-44. Rodrigo, Victoria; McQuillan, Jeff; Krashen, Stephen 1996 Free Voluntary Reading and Vocabulary Knowledge in Native Speakers of Spanish. Perceptual and motor skills. Volume 83, Number 2 pp. 648 Rodriguez Bachiller, Betsy 1986 Learning the Conceptual Boundaries of Difficult Lexical Pairs: CAI for Intermediate ESL Vocabulary Dissertation Abstracts International, Ann Arbor, MI (DAI). 1986 Aug., 47:2, 454A Rodriguez Sanchez, I. forthcoming Algebraic Models of Vocabulary Acquisition PhD Thesis University of Wales, Swansea. Rodriques, I 1996 Review of Carrol, D. The psychology of language 1994 Brooke/Cole CALS Network review Roediger, H. L. 1980 Levels of Processing: Criticism and development (Review of Levels of Processing in Human memory. Contemporary Psychology. 25: 20 - 21. Roediger, Henry L.; And Others 1977 Inhibition from Part List Cues and Rate of Recall Journal of Experimental Psychology: Human Learning and Memory; 3; 2; 174 to 88 Roediger, Henry L.; Challis, Bradford H. 1992 Effects of exact repetition and conceptual repetition on free recall and primed word fragment completion. Journal of Experimental Psychology Learning, Memory, and Cognition; 1992 Jan Vol 18(1) 3 to 14 Roediger, Henry L., III; Crowder, Robert G. 1975 The Spacing of Lists in Free Recall Journal of Verbal Learning and Verbal Behavior; 14; 6; 590 to 602 Roediger, Henry L., III; Crowder, Robert G. 1976 Recall Instructions and the Suffix Effect American Journal of Psychology; 89; 1; 115 to 25 Roediger, Henry L.; Weldon, Mary S.; Stadler, Michael L.; Riegler, Gregory L. 1992 Direct comparison of two implicit memory tests: Word fragment and word stem completion. Journal of Experimental Psychology Learning, Memory, and Cognition; 1992 Nov Vol 18(6) 1251 to 1269 Roelofs, Ardi 1992 A spreading activation theory of lemma retrieval in speaking. Special Issue: Lexical access in speech production. Cognition; 1992 Mar Vol 42(1 to 3) 107 to 142 Roepstorff, A. unknown Vocabulary of the Dialects Spoken in the Nicobar and Andaman Islands, Rogers, Colin 1996 Evaluating dictionaries: a case study In P. Nation and D. Tatsuki Temple University Japan research studies in TESOL. Temple University Japan Vol. 7 Rogers, T. B.., Kuiper, N. A.. & Kirker, W. S.. 1977 Self - reference and the encoding of personal information. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology. 35:677 - 688. Rohlen, Thomas and Gerald LeTendre 1996 Teaching and learning in Japan Cambridge: Cambridge University Press. Rohrer, J. 1980 Learning styles and teaching vocabulary. In: J. E. Alatis (Eds.) Current Issues in Bilingual Education. Georgetown, Wa: Georgetown University Press. Rohrer, J. 1985 Lernpsychologische Aspekte der Wortschatzarbeit. [Psychological Aspects of Vocabulary exercises]. Die Neueren Sprachen 84, 6, 595-612. Rollinghoff, A. 1983 Das Schwere ist leichter: Bedeutungskomplexität als Lernhilfe beim Worterlernen. [What's harder is easier: words with hard meanings can be easier to learn than easier ones]. In: F. Hermans, W. Lenschen and G. Merkt (Eds.) Lernziele Deutsch. Special Issue of Bulletin CILA 38, 86-97. Rome Flanders, Tibie; Cronk, Carolyn 1995 A longitudinal study of infant vocalizations during mother infant games. Journal of Child Language; 1995 Jun Vol 22(2) 259 274 Romine, J S; Ehrlich, H 1996 Quick vocabulary power: A self-teaching guide Child language teaching and therapy. Volume 12, Number 3 pp. 375 Rommetviet, R. 1968 Words Meanings and messages Academic press Romney, JC, DM Romney and C. Braun. 1988 The effects of reading aloud to immersion children on second language acquisition. Canadian Modern Language Review. 45, 3, 530-588. Rondal, Jean, A. unknown Adult/ Child Interaction and the Promise of Language Acquisition Room, Adrian unknown NTC's Dictionary of Word Origins Rosansky, E.J. 1976 Methods and morphemes in second language acquisition research. Language Learning, 26(2), 409-425. Rosch, Eleanor 1975 Cognitive representations of semantic categories. Journal of Experimental Psychology, general. 104, 192-223. Rosch, Eleanor and Carolyn, B. Mervis 1975 Family resemblances: Studies in the Internal Structure of categories Cognitive Psychology. 7: 442-460 Rosch, Eleanor et al. 1976 Basic objects in natural categories. Cognitive Psychology. 8, 382-439. Roscoe, John T. 1975 The t-Test for Two Independent Samples. Chap. in Fundamental Research Statistics for the Behavioral Sciences, 2d ed. Fort Worth, TX.: Holt, Rinehart and Winston Rose, R. and J. Carroll 1974 Free recall of language lists. Bulletin of the Psychonomic Society, 3, 267-268. Rose, R.J. and Rowe, E.J. 1976. Effects of orienting task and spacing of repetitions on frequency judgements. . Journal of Experimental Psychology: Human Learning and Memory 2, 2: 142-152. Rose, Richard J.; et al 1980 Data from kinships of monozygotic twins indicate maternal effects on verbal intelligence. Nature; 1980 Jan Vol 283(5745) 375 to 377 Rose, Steven unknown Making of Memory : From Molecules to Mind Rosenberg, Sheldon 1982 Handbook of applied psycholinguistics Hillsdale: Lawrence earlbaum Rosenheck, M.B., Levin, M.E. and Levin, J.R. 1989. Learning botany concepts mnemonically: seeing the forest and  the trees. Journal of Educational Psychology. Œ81, 2: 196-203. Rosenshine, B. V. 1980 Skell hierarchies in reading comprehension. In Spiro et al 535-554. Rosenweig, M. R. and McNeell, D. 1962 Inaccuracies in the semantic count of Lorge and Thorndike. American. Journal of Psychology. 75, 316-3. 19. Roser, N., & Juel, C. 1982 Effects of vocabulary instruction on reading comprehension In J. Niles & L. Harris (Eds.), New inquiries in reading research and instruction. Thirty-first Yearbook of the National Reading Conference (pp. 110-118). Chicago: National Reading Conference. Rosinski, Richard R. 1977 Picture Word Interference Is Semantically Based Child Development; 48; 2; 643 to 647 Rosinski, Richard R.; And Others 1975 Automatic Semantic Processing in a Picture Word Interference Task Child Development; 46; 1; 247 to 253 Roskams, Tim. 1998 What's a guess worth?: Chinese students' inferencing skills for unknown words while reading. Paper presented at PACSLRF conference. Aoyama Gakuin University, Tokyo March 26-29th. Ross, Phillip 1991 Hard words Scientific American, April, 71-77 Rossner, R. 1979 Vocabulary teaching and lexical theory. MA Thesis, London University Institute of Education. Rossner, Richard and Rod Bolitho (eds) 1990 Currents of change in English Language teaching Oxford: Oxford University Press Roulston, R. B. 1929 A plea for more and better special vocabularies Modern Language Journal 13(4) 304-307 Rowe, A 1993 Five ways to increase student vocabulary. The Language Teacher, Dec , 49-51. Rowe, E.J. 1973 Context effects in judgement of frequency Bulletin of the Psychonomic Society 2, 4: 231-232. Rowe, E.J. 1973 Frequency judgements and recognition of homonyms. Journal of Verbal Learning and Verbal Behavior 12: 440-447. Rowe, E.J. 1974. Depth of processing in a frequency judgement task. Journal of Verbal Learning and Verbal Behavior 13: 638-643 Rowe, Edward J.; Rogers, T. B. 1975 Effects of Concurrent Auditory Shadowing on Free Recall and Recognition of Pictures and Words Journal of Experimental Psychology (Human Learning and Memory); 104; 4; 415 22 Rowe, Eugene C. and Helen. 1913 The vocabulary of a child at four and six years of age. Pedagogical Seminary.. 20, 187-208. Rowe H A H 1981 Word knowledge test. Series: ACER early school series Australian Council for Educational Research Rowe, L. 1996 Let the children Read: Early extensive exposure to reading using a school library. The Language Teacher. 20 (5): 23-27 Rowe, William; Schelling, Vivian unknown Memory and Modernity : Popular Culture in Latin America Royer, J. R. 1973 Memory effects for test-like events during acquisition of foreign language vocabulary. Psychological Reports, 32, 1, 195-198. Royer, James M.; Bates, John A.; Konold, Clifford E. 1984 Learning from Text: Methods of Affecting Reader Intent 65 85 IN Alderson J. Charles (ed. & introd.); Urquhart A. H. (ed. & introd.); Candlin Christopher N. (pref.). Reading in a Foreign Language. London : Longman, 1984. xxviii, 324 pp. Rubach, Zerzy unknown Lexical Phonology of Slovak Rubin, D. C. 1976 The effectiveness of context before, after, and around a missing word. Perception and Psychophysics. 19, 214-216. Rubin, David C. 1980 51 Properties of 125 Words: A Unit Analysis of Verbal Behavior. Journal of Verbal Learning and Verbal Behavior; v19 n6 p736 to 53 Dec 1980 Rubin, David C. unknown Memory in Oral Traditions : The Cognitive Psychology of Epic, Ballads and Rubin, David C. (Ed.) unknown Autobiographical Memory Rubin, J. 1975 What the good language learner can teach us. TESOL Quarterly 9: 4151. Rubin, J. 1987 Learner strategies: Theoretical assumptions, research history and typology In Wenden, A. and Rubin, J. (eds.) Learner Strategies in Language Learning. New York: Prentice Hall. Rubin, J. 1994 A review of second language listening and comprehension research Modern Language Journal 78(2) 199-221 Rubin, Joan; Cohen, Andrew; Hosenfeld, Carol; Chamot, Anna; Oxford, Rebecca; Curtis, Rhoda; and Wenden, Anita. 1994 Components of a teacher education curriculum for learner strategies, transcript of a colloquium, TESOL, Baltimore, Maryland, March 8-12, 1994, in ERIC Document Reproduction Service No. ED 376 701. Ruch, G. M. 1929 The objective of the New Type Examination Chicago: Scott, Foresman Ruch G. M and G. D. Stoddard 1925 Comparative reliabilities of five types of objective examinations Journal of educational psychology 16: 89-102 Ruddell, R. B 1969 Psycholinguistic Implications for a System of Communication Model Psycho- linguistics and the Teaching of Reading, ed. Kenneth Goodman and J. Fleming.Newark, Del.: International Reading Association Ruddell, Robert B. 1986 Vocabulary Learning: A Process Model and Criteria for Evaluating Instructional Strategies. Journal of Reading; v29 n7 p581 87 Apr 1986 Ruder, Kenneth F.; Finch, Amy 1987 Toward a Cognitive Based Model of Language Production 109 138 IN Dechert Hans W. (ed.); Raupach Manfred (ed.). Psycholinguistic Models of Production. Norwood, NJ : Ablex, 1987. x, 311 pp. Ruder, Kenneth F.; Hermann, Patricia; Schiefelbusch, Richard L. 1977 Effects of Verbal Imitation and Comprehension Training on Verbal Production Journal of Psycholinguistic Research, New York, NY 1977, 6, 59 72 Rudorf, E. Hugh; Graham, Richard T. 1970 An Investigation of the Effect of Dialect Variation upon the Learning of Phoneme Grapheme Relationships in American English Spelling. Final Report. Unknown Reference Rudzka, B. and P. Ostyn 1976 L'enseignement du vocabulaire aux niveaux intermediaire et avancé. [Teaching vocabulary at intermediate and advanced levels.] Toegepaste Taalwetenschap in Artikelen, 1, 69-103. Rudzka, B, J. Channell, Y. Putseys and P. Ostyn. 1981 The Words You Need. London: Macmillan. Rudzka, B, J. Channell, Y. Putseys and P. Ostyn. 1982 More Words You Need. London: Macmillan Rudzka - Ostyn, B. ed. 1988 Topics In Cognitive Linguistics. Amsterdam: John Benjamins, Pp. 3 - 48. Rudzka-Ostyn, B. 1985 Vocabulary teaching: a cognitive approach. In: A-M Cornu, J. Vanparijs, N. Delahaye and L. Baten (Eds.) Beads or Bracelet? How do we approach LSP? Oxford: Oxford University Press. Rugg, Michael D. 1990 Event related brain potentials dissociate repetition effects of high and low frequency words. Memory and Cognition; 1990 Jul Vol 18(4) 367 to 379 Rugg, Michael D.; Doyle, Michael C. 1992 Event related potentials and recognition memory for low and high frequency words. Journal of Cognitive Neuroscience; 1992 Win Vol 4(1) 69 to 79 Rugg, Michael D.; Nagy, Margaret E. 1987 Lexical contribution to nonword repetition effects: Evidence from event related potentials. Memory and Cognition; 1987 Nov Vol 15(6) 473 to 481 Rugg, Michael D.; Roberts, Richard C.; Potter, Douglas D.; Nagy, Margaret E.; et al 1990 Endogenous event related potentials from sphenoidal electrodes. Electroencephalography and Clinical Neurophysiology; 1990 Oct Vol 76(4) 331 to 338 Ruhl, C. 1975 Primary verbs. Lacus Forum. . I., 436-445. Ruhl, C. 1976 Pragmatic metonymy. Lacus Forum. II, 370-380. Ruhl, C. 1977 Idioms and data. Lacus Forum. III, 456-466. Ruhl, C. 1978 Alleged idioms with HIT. Lacus Forum. V. Ruhl, C. 1978 Two forms of reductionism. Lacus Forum. IV, 370-383. Ruhl, C. 1989 On monosemy: A study in linguistic semantics. Albany: State University of New York Press. Ruke-Dravina, V. 1971 Word associations in monolingual and multilingual individuals. Linguistics, 74, 66-85. Rumelhart, D. E 1977 Toward an Interactive Model of Reading Attention and Performance, ed. S. Dornic, 573-603. Hillsdale, N. J.: Lawrence Erlaum Rumelhart, D., & McClelland, J. (Eds.) 1986 Parallel distributed processing: Explorations in the microstructure of cognition. Vol. 2: Psychological and biological models (pp. 272-326 Cambridge, Mass.: MIT Press. Rumelhart, David 1989 Understanding Understanding In: Dechert, Hans and Manfred Raupach (Eds.) Psycholinguistic Models of Language Production. Ablex Rumszewicz, Witold. 1967 On contemporary dramatic and scientific English. Uniwersytet im. Adama Michkiewicza w Poznaniu Glottodidactica. II, 71-83. Rundgren, Frithiof unknown Word and the Text Rundus, Dewey 1973 Negative effects of using list items as recall clues Journal of verbal learning and verbal behaviour 12, 43-50 Runquist, Willard N. 1970 Acoustic Similarity among Stimuli as a Source of Interference in Paired Associate Learning Journal of Experimental Psychology: Human Learning and Memory; ; 83; 2; 319 to 22 Runquist, Willard N. 1978 Physical Similarity and Stimulus Recognition: Interference Could Still Be Associative Journal of Experimental Psychology: Human Learning and Memory; 4; 1; 32 to 6 Runquist, Willard N.; Horton, Keith D. 1977 Output Interference and the Effects of Phonemic Similarity Among Cue Stimuli Journal of Experimental Psychology: Human Learning and Memory; 3; 4; 467 to 76 Russell, David H. and Fea, Henry R. 1963 Research on teaching reading. In N. L. Gage (Ed.) Handbook of Research on Teaching Rand McNally, Chicago, 883-896. Russell, David H. and Saadeh, Ibrahim Q. 1962 Qualitative levels in children's vocabularies. Journal of Educational Psychology. 53, 4, 170-174. Russell, P. 1979 The Brain Book. London: Routledge and Kegan Paul. Russell, Paul N.; And Others 1975 Associative Strength as a Mode of Organization in Recall and Recognition: A Comparison of Schizophrenics and Normals Journal of Abnormal Psychology; 84; 2; 122 to 28 Russo, Riccardo; Andrade, Jackie 1995 The directed forgetting effect in word fragment completion: An application of the process dissociation procedure. Quarterly Journal of Experimental Psychology Human Experimental Psychology; 1995 May Vol 48A(2) 405 423 Rusted Jennifer 1989 Developmental differences in the influence of orthographic and phonological information in visual word recognition British Journal of Developmental Psychology; Vol.7,part 1: Mar 89 73-81 Rutherford, W. 1987 Second language Grammar. London: Longman. . Rutherford, W. and M. Sharwoord-Smith 1987 Grammar and second language teaching: a book of readings New York: Newbury House Rutherford, W. & Sharwood - Smith, M. 1985 Consciousness raising and universal grammar. Applied Linguistics. 6: 274 - 282. Rutherford, William E. (Ed.) unknown Language Universals and Second Language Acquisition Ryan A. 1994 'Vowel Blindness' in Arabic learners of English. Unpublished PhD Thesis. University of Wales, Swansea. Ryan, A. and A. Wray (Eds.) 1997 Evolving models of language Clevedon: Multilingual matters Ryan, A and PM Meara. 1991 The case of the invisible vowels: Arabic speakers reading English words. Reading in a Foreign Language., 7,2, 531-540. Ryan, A and PM Meara. 1996 A diagnostic test for Œvowel blindness¹ in Arabic speaking learners of English CALS paper Ryan, Ann 1997 Learning the orthgraphical form of L2 vocabulary - a receptive and productive process In Schmitt, N. and M. McCarthy (Eds.): Vocabulary: Description, Acquisition and Pedagogy: Cambridge, Cambridge University Press. 181-198 Ryan, Kevin and Elin Melchior 1998 Special edition on CALL The language teacher 22: 2 Ryden, Einar R. 1948 Vocabulary as an index of learning in a second language. Journal of Educational Psychology. 39, 436-440. Ryder, R.J. and Graves, M.F. 1994 Vocabulary instruction presented prior to reading in two basal readers. The Elementary School Journal 95,2: 139-153. Ryder, Randell James and Hughes, Melody. 1985 The effect on text comprehension of word frequency. Journal of Educational Research. 78, 5, 286-291. Rye, James. 1985 Are cloze items sensitive to constraints across sentences? A review. Journal of Research in Reading (UKRA). 8, 2, 94-105. Saba, Anton K.; Turnage, Thomas W. 1973 Unit Sequence Interference in Short Term Memory: Facilitation Versus Interference Factors Journal of Experimental Psychology; 98; 2; 328 to 34 Sachs, H. J. 1943. The reading method of acquiring vocabulary. Journal of Educational Research. 36, 457-464. Sachs, J. 1967 Recognition memory for syntactic and semantic aspects of a connected discourse. Perception and Psychophysics. 2: 437 - 442. Sacks, Oliver. 1989 Seeing voices: a journey into the world of the deaf. Berkeley, CA: University of California Press. Sacks, T. L.; Clark, C. R.; Pols, R. G.; Geffen, L. B. 1991 Comparability and stability of performance of six alternate forms of the Dodrill Stroop Colour Word Test. Clinical Neuropsychologist; 1991 Aug Vol 5(3) 220 to 225 Sadler, A.J. 1987 Improving comprehension and recall: a comparison study of some techniques M.Phil., Nottingham - 36-7180 Sadler, R. K., Hayllar, T. A. S. and Powell, C. J. 1981 Working With Words. Senior Language. Macmillan, Melbourne, 79-81. Saegert, J, E. Hamayan and H. Ahmar 1975 Memory for language of input in polyglots Journal of Experimental Psychology: Human Learning and Memory, 1, 607-613. Saegert, J, S. Kazarian and R. K. Young 1973 Part/whole transfer with bilinguals. American Journal of Psychology, 86, 537-546. Saemen, Ruth Ann. 1970 Effects of commonly known meanings on determining obscure meanings of multiple-meaning words in context. Office of Education (DHEW), Washington, D. C. Saffran, Eleanor M.; Schwartz, Myrna F.; Marin, Oscar S. M. 1980 The Word Order Problem in Agrammatism: II. Production Brain and Language. 10, 263-80 Sagers, Sherri Lynn. 1995 Spoken and Written Vocabulary Differences: A Study Using Dialog Journals. MA Thesis, Brigham Young University, Linguistics Department. Provo, Utah. Sagi, Abraham 1980 Development of Children's Automatic Word Processing: A Re examination. Journal of Experimental Education; v49 n2 p100 05 Win 1980 to 81 Sagvall, A-L, B. Brännström and A. Berghem 1976 MIR: a computer based approach to the acquisition of Russian vocabulary in context. System, 4, 2, 116-127. Saint-Pierre, G. 1972 La notion d'étape minimale dans l'enseignement des langues. [The notion of minimum increment sequence in teaching languages.] Canadian Modern Language Review, 29, 1, 22-26. Sajavaara K and C Fairweather (eds) 1996 Approaches to Second Language Acquisition. Jyvaskyla : Dept. of Eng., Univ. of Jyvaskyla, 1996. 269 pp. Sajavaara Kari and Jaako Lehoten, (eds) 1983 Cross language analysis and second language acquisition. University of Jyvaskyla Sakiey, Elizabeth; Fry, Edward 1979 3000 Instant Words. DREIER Educational Systems, 25 South Fifth Avenue, Highland Park, New Jersey 08904 ($4.95 paper) Sakui, Keiko 1996 Qualitative and quantitative analyses of vocabulary lessons In P. Nation and D. Tatsuki Temple University Japan research studies in TESOL. Temple University Japan Vol. 7 Sakuta, Keiichi 1967 A Reconsideration of the Culture of Shame, or Haji no Bunka Saikou in Japanese Tokyo: Chikuma Shobou Salager, F. 1984 The English of medical literature research project. English for Specific Purposes, Oregon State University. 87, 5-7. Salager, Francoise. 1983 The lexis of fundamental medical English: classificatory framework and rhetorical function (a statistical approach). Reading in a Foreign Language. 1, 1, 54-64. Salager Meyer, Francoise 1991 Reading Expository Prose at the Post Secondary Level: The Influence of Textual Variables on L2 Reading Comprehension (a Genre Based Approach). Reading in a Foreign Language; v8 n1 p645 62 Fall 1991 Saleemi, A. P., 1989 Inputs for L2 Acquisition. International Review of Applied Linguistics. 26 3: 173 - 189. Saleemi, A. P. 1992 Universal Grammar and language learnability. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press. Salem S. 1991 The development of some English consonants: a longitudinal study. Unpublished Ph.D thesis, University of Wales. Salisbury, A. 1894 A child's vocabulary. Educational Review. 7, 289-293. Salling, A. 1958 An essay in comparative vocabulary study Modern Language Journal 44 (5): 222-225 Salling, Aage. 1959 What can frequency counts teach the language teacher?. Contact. 3, 24-29. Salt, M. J. 1976 Vocabulary acquisition with the help of photographic transparencies. English Language Teaching Journal, 30, 4, 320-326. Saltz, E. and Donnenwerth-Nolan, S. 1981 Does motoric imagery facilitate memory for sentences? A selective interference test. Journal of Verbal Behavior and Verbal Learning 20: 322-332. Salyer, Monte Gale 1991 The Significance of Difficult Vocabulary to Reading in a Second Language Dissertation Abstracts International, Ann Arbor, MI (DAI). 1991 Mar, 51:9, 3058A 59A DAI No.: DA9102727. Degree granting institution: Michigan State U Samimy, K. K. and Tabuse, M. 1992 Affective variables and a less commonly taught language: a study in beginning Japanese class. . Language Learning. 42 3 pp. 377 - 398 Samovar, L. A., Porter, R. E.. and Jain, N. C.. 1981 Nonverbal Communication: The other Code, Understanding Intercultural Communication. Belmont CA., Wadsworth Sampson, G. 1987 Probabilistic models of analysis In R. Garside, G. Leech & G. Sampson (Eds.), The Computational Analysis of English. Harlow, Essex: Longman. Sampson, G. 1987 Review of Rumelhart, D., McClelland, J. L.. and the PDP research group, Vols. I and II. Parallel Distributed Processing: Explorations in the micro - structure of cognition. Cambridge, MA: MIT Press.1986 Language 63: 871 -86. Sampson, G. 1987 Evidence Against the ``Grammatical''/ ``Ungrammatical'' Distinction. In W. Meijs (ed) Corpus Linguistics and Beyond. Amsterdam: Rodopi. Sampson, Michael R.; And Others 1982 The Effects of Instructional Cloze on the Comprehension, Vocabulary, and Divergent Production of Third Grade Students. Reading Research Quarterly; v17 n3 p389 99 1982 Sams, Georgia 1996 Depth of knowledge of adjectives by non-native speakers of English In P. Nation and D. Tatsuki Temple University Japan research studies in TESOL. Temple University Japan Vol. 7 Samuel, A. G. 1987 Lexical uniqueness effects on phonemic restoration. Journal of Memory and Language. 26 pp. 36 - 56. Samuel, Raphael unknown Theatres of Memory: Past and Present in Contemporary Culture Samuels, S. J.; And Others 1978 Units of Word Recognition: Evidence for Developmental Changes. Journal of Verbal Learning and Verbal Behavior; v17 n6 p715 to 20 Dec 1978 SAMUELS,-S.-JAY 1966 EFFECT OF WORD ASSOCIATIONS ON READING SPEED AND RECALL. Proceedings-of-the-Annual-Convention-of-the-American-Psychological-Association. 1966 255-256 Samuels, S. Jay, and Michael L. Kamil 1988 Models of the reading process. Chap. in Interactive Approaches to Second Language Reading, ed. Patricia Carrell, Joanne Devine, and David E. Eskey, 22-36 Cambridge: Cambridge University Press Sanabria, Kim 1988 A Picture¹s Worth a Thousand Words: A Vocabulary Book Englewood Cliffs, N. J. : Prentice-Hall Sanaoui, R 1995 Processus de l'enseignement du vocabulaire dans dix classes de francais langue seconde. In: S Rehorick and V Edwards (eds) L'apprentissage et l'enseignement des langues seconds. Les liens entre la theorie et la pratique. Welland Ontario:CMLR. 1995. Sanaoui, R 1996 Processes of vocabulary instruction in ten French as a second language classrooms. Canadian Modern Language Review, 53,2 @@@ Sanaoui, Razika 1993 Vocabulary Learning and Teaching in French as a Second Language Classrooms Dissertation Abstracts International, Ann Arbor, MI (DAI). 1993 Nov, 54:5, 1710A DAI No.: DANN78843. Degree granting institution: U of Toronto, 1992 Sanaoui, Razika 1995 Adult learner¹s Approaches to learning vocabulary in second languages. Modern Language Journal. 79 (1): 15 - 28. Sanchez Casas, Rosa M.; Davis, Christopher W.; Garcia Albea, Jose E. 1992 Bilingual lexical processing: Exploring the cognate / non cognate distinction. Special Issue: Multilingual community. European Journal of Cognitive Psychology; 1992 Dec Vol 4(4) 293 to 310 Sanchez, Patricia D. unknown Word We Celebrate : Commentary on the Sunday Lectionary; Years A, B & C Sanders, M. 1990 Een onderzoek naar de onvang van de receptieve woordenschat van anderstalige brugklasleerlingen. Levende Talen. 455, 424-427. Sanderson, Marion 1941 An experiment in the development of meaning vocabularies Studies and summaries, 31-35 Sandosham, L. 1980 Using a word bank as a vocabulary building aid. Guidelines, 3, 54-60. Sandosham, L. 1980. Using the word bank as a vocabulary building aid. Guidelines. 3. 54-60. Sandra, D 1993 The use of lexical morphology as a natural aid in learning foreign language vocabulary. In: J Chapelle and MT Claes (eds) Memory and memorization in Acquiring and Learning Languages. Louvain-la-Neuve: CLL. Sandra, Dominiek; Taft, Marcus (Ed.) unknown Morphological Structure, Lexical Representation, and Lexical Access Sandred, Karl Inge unknown Good or Bad Scots? : Attitudes to Optional Lexical and Grammatical Usages Sanford, E. C. 1891 Notes on studies of the language of children. Pedagogical Seminary. 1, 257-260. Sankoff, David; Lessard, Rejean 1975 Vocabulary richness: A sociolinguistic analysis. Science; 1975 Nov Vol 190(4215) 689 to 690 Santiago, Isaura Santiago; And Others 1981 Multicultural Approaches to Word Decoding and Vocabulary Development: Learning to Read in the Content Areas in the U. S. A. Unknown Reference Santos, T. 1988. Professors' reactions to the academic writing of nonnative-speaking students. TESOL Quarterly. 22, 1. 69-90. Santos, Terry 1989 Replication in Applied Linguistics Research. TESOL Quarterly; v23 n4 p699 702 Dec 1989 Sanz, Cristina 1996 The Problem of Variation in SLA Theory and Research Georgetown University Round Table on Languages and Linguistics, Baltimore, MD (GURT). 1996, 236 51 Sapir, E. 1994 The psychology of culture: a course of lectures. reconstructed by Judith Irvine. Mouton de Gruyter: New York Sapir, Edward. 1921. Language: an introduction to the study of speech. New York: Harcourt Brace Jovanovich. Sapir, Edward. 1949. Selected writings in language, culture, and personality. Berkeley, CA: University of California Press. Saraga, E. 1974-75 Serial and parallel processing in recognition. Ph.D., London, University College - 25-995 Saragi, T. 1974 A study of English suffixes. Unpublished MA thesis, Sanata Dharma, Yogyakarta, Indonesia. Saragi, T., I. S. P. Nation and G. F. Meister 1978 Vocabulary learning and reading. System, 6, 2, 72-78. Sarawit, Mary. 1980 Vocabulary in a communicative context: `the assembly'. Guidelines. 3, 73-75. Sargent, T. 1992 Foreign Language Reading Research and Tertiary EFL In Japan Journal of the faculty of general education, Tottori University. 26, 229-245 Sargent, T. 1993 Instrumental Motivation and reading skills in EFL at Tottori University Journal of the faculty of general education, Tottori University. 27, 273-297 Sartain, Harry W. 1981 Frequency Count of English Words Appearing in Books Read in Elementary Schools. ERIC Document Sasaki, Y 1991 English and Japanese interlanguage comprehension strategies: an analysis based on the competition model. Applied Psycholinguistics, 12 , 47-73. Satake, Nobuo unknown Computational Model of First Language Acquisition Sataloff, Robert 1992 The human voice Scientific American, December, 64-71 Sato, C. 1986 Conversation and development,: rethinking the connection. In Day, R. (Ed), 1986 . Talking to Learn: Conversation In Second Language Acquisition. Rowley Mass. Newbury House. 23-45. Sattler, Jerome M.; Altes, Linda M. 1984 Performance of Bilingual and Monolingual Hispanic Children on the Peabody Picture Vocabulary Test Revised and the McCarthy Perceptual Performance Scale. Psychology in the Schools; v21 n3 p313 to 16 Jul 1984 Sattler, Jerome M.; And Others 1985 Parental Estimates of Children's Receptive Vocabulary. Psychology in the Schools; v22 n3 p303 07 Jul 1985 Sattler, Jerome M.; Avila, Victor; Houston, William B.; Toney, David H. 1980 Performance of bilingual Mexican American children on Spanish and English versions of the Peabody Picture Vocabulary Test. Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology; 1980 Dec Vol 48(6) 782 to 784 Sautermeister, C. 1989 Pour une meilleure competence lexicale. [Towards better lexical competence. Le Francais dans le monde. Aug-Sept., 122-133. Savage, Gregory R.; Bradley, Dianne C.; Forster, Kenneth I. 1990 Word frequency and the pronunciation task: The contribution of articulatory fluency. Language and Cognitive Processes; 1990 Vol 5(3) 203 to 236 Savard, Jean Guy; Richards, Jack C. 1969 Measuring the Utility of a Basic French Vocabulary. International Centre for Research on Bilingualism, Quebec (Canada). Savignon and Berns 1984 Initiatives in communicative lang teaching New York : addison Wesley Savignon, Sandra J 1983 Communicative Competence: Theory and Classroom Practice Reading, Mass.: Addison-Wesley Saville-Troike, M. 1984 What really matters in second language learning for academic achievement? TESOL Quarterly, 18, 2, 199-220. Sbea-Jarbue, S 1998 L'influence des polysemes de la langue maternelle sur l'apprentissage du vocabulaire en langue etrangere. IRAL, XXXVI/2 , 161-172. Scarborough, D, L. Gerard and C. Cortese 1984 Independence of lexical access in bilingual word recognition Journal of Verbal Learning and Verbal Behavior, 23, 84-99. Scarborough, Don L.; And Others 1984 Independent of Lexical Access in Bilingual Word Recognition. Journal of Verbal Learning and Verbal Behavior; v23 n1 p84 99 Feb 1984 Scarborough, H.S. 1991 Early syntactic development of dyslexic children. Annals of Dyslexia, 41, 207-221. Scarcella, R and C Zimmerman 1998 ESL student performance on a text of academic lexicon. Studies in Second Language Acquisition, 20,1 , 27-49. Scarcella, R. and Zimmerman, C. 1998. Academic words and gender. SSLA. 20. 27-49. Scarcella, R. C., Andersen ,E. S. & Krashen S. D. (Eds.) unknown Developing Communicative Competence In A Second Language (pp. 163 - 178). New York, NY: Newbury House. Scarcella, R & Krashen, S (eds) 1980 Research in Second Language Acquisition. Rowley, Mass., Newbury House. Scates, Douglas 1947 Fifty years of objective measurement and research in Education Journal of experiemental Research 41 (4) 241-264 Schachter, J. . 1974 An error in error analysis. Language Learning. 24 2 Schachter, J, 1982 A new account of language transfer. In Gass , S. and Selinker L. (eds.) Language transfer in language learning. pp. 98 - 111. Newbury House, Rowley, Mass. Schachter, J. 1986 Three approaches to the study of input. Language Learning, 36 (2):211-26. Schachter, J. (eds.) 1983: Second Language Learning. Ann Arbor: University of Michigan Press. Schachter, Jacquelyn 1990 Communicative Competence Revisited In Harley Birgit (ed.); Allen Patrick (ed.); Cummins Jim (ed.); Swain Merrill (ed.); Tucker G. Richard (conclusion). The Development of Second Language Proficiency. Cambridge : Cambridge UP, pp 39-49 Schachter, W. S. 1979 An investigation of the effects of vocabulary instruction and schemata orientation upon reading comprehension. Dissertation Abstracts International. 39, A7303. Schackne, S. 1994, December. Extensive Reading and Language Acquisition: Is There a Correlation? A Two-Part Study. Paper presented at the Annual International Conference of Paper presented at the Annual International Conference of Paper presented at the Annual International Conference of the Institute of Language in Education, Hong Kong. ERIC Document Reproduction Service No. ED388110. Schacter, Daniel L. unknown Searching for Memory Schacter, Daniel L. (Ed.) unknown Memory Distortion: How Minds, Brains and Societies Reconstruct the Past Schacter, J. and M. Gass (Eds.) 1996 Second language classroom research: issues and opportunities Lawrence Erlbaum: Mahwah. Schaefer, Carl F. 1980 Episodic Memory, Semantic Memory, and Fluency. IRAL v18 n4 p321 to 25 Nov 1980 Schaefer, halmuth h. 1961 A vocabulary program using "language redundancy." Schaie, Warner and Sherry Willis 1996 Adult development and aging New York: Harper Collins Schaller, Susan. 1991 Man without words. Summit Books. Schama, Simon unknown Landscape and Memory Schane, Sanford A. 1977 Rule breaking in English spelling: a study of final e. In P. J. Hopper (Ed.) Current Issues in Linguistic Theory John Benjamins, Amsterdam. Schank, Roger C. unknown Dynamic Memory : Theory of Reminding and Learning in Computers and People Schank, Roger C.; Abelson, Robert P.; Wyer, Robert S. (Ed.) unknown Knowledge and Memory: The Real Story Schatz, E. K. and Baldwin, R. S. 1986 Context clues are unreliable predictors of word meaning. Reading Research Quarterly. 21, 4, 439-453. Scherer, George A. 1957 The forgetting rate in learning German German Quarterly 30: 275-277 Scherer, George A. ; and others unknown Word frequency in the modern German short story. Final report. Colorado univ., Boulder. Scherfer, P 1994 sberlegungen zu einer Theorie des Vokabellernens und-lehrens. In: Borner, W and K Vogel (eds) Kognitieve Linguistik und Fremdsprachenerwerb: das mentale Lexikon. Tubingen: Gunther Narr. . Scherfer, P. B. 1988 Uberlegungen zum Wordschatzlernen im Fremdsprachenunterricht. In: A Raasch, M. Bludau and FJ Zapp (Eds.). Aspekte des Lernens und Lehrens von Fremdsprachen. Frankfurt a. Main. Scherfer, P. B. 1989 Reflexion sur l'apprentissage du vocabulaire dans l'enseignement des langues etrangeres. [Learning words in a foreign language.]. Recherches en linguistique etrangere. 15 135-168. Scherfer, P. B. 1989 Vokabellernen. [Learning Vocabulary.]. Der Fremdsprachen Unterricht. 98, 4-10. Scherfer, P. B. 1989 Wortschatzuebungen. [Vocabulary exercises.]. In: K-R Bausch, H. Christ, W. Huellen and H-J Krumm (Eds.). Handbuch Fremdsprachen- unterricht. Tuebingen. Scherfer, P. B. 1990 Vom nutzen des Vorwissens in Vokabelunterricht. Der fremdsprachliche Unterricht. 104, 30-33. Scherfer, P. B. 1990 Zwei Anregnungen fur Kreatives Wortschatzlehren und -lernem. Der fremdsprachliche Unterricht. 100, 43-45. Scherfer, P. B. 1992 The development and the structure of the learner¹s bilingual lexicon. SLA workshop Copenhagen. Scherfer, P. B. 1994 Überlegungen zu einer Theorie des Vokabellernens und-lehrens. In: Boerner, W. and K. Vogel (Eds.) Kognitieve Linguistik und Fremdsprachenerwerb: das mentale Lexikon. Tuebingen: Guenther Narr. Scherfer, Peter. 1993 Indirect L2-vocabulary learning, Linguistics, 31:1141-1153. Schier, J. 1977 Wortbildung und Fremdsprachenunterricht. [Word formation and foreign language teaching.] Englisch, 12, 1, 26-29. Schiffrin, D 1987 Discourse markers Cambridge: CUP Schiller, Eric, Elisa Steinberg and Barbara Need (Eds.) 1996 Autolexical theory. Ideas and Methods Studies in monographs 85. Berlin. Mouton de Gruyer Schils, Erik; Weltens, Bert 1991 Modelling and Assessing Foreign Language Loss. The construct of language proficiency: Applications of psychological models to language assessment. (Ludo Verhoeven, John H. A. L. De Jong, Eds.), pp. 175-186. John Benjamins Publishing Company, Amsterdam, Netherlands; vi, 212 pp. Schleifer, Aliah. (or Schlock, I.) 1985 Reaching out: a strategy for advanced vocabulary acquisition. English Teaching Forum. 23, 2, 11-15. Schluroff, Michael 1983 In the eye of the beholder: Cognitive effort during sentence processing In: Bauerle Rainer (ed.); Schwarze Christoph (ed.); Stechow Arnim von (ed.). Meaning, Use, and Interpretation of Language. Berlin : de Gruyter. Schlyter, S. 1984 L'acquisition des verbes de déplacement/movement par les adultes suédois. [The acquisition of French locative verbs by adult Swede.] Papers from the Institute of Linguistics, University of Stockholm, no 52. Schlyter, S. and A. Viberg 1985 French and Swedish as targets in second language lexical acquisition. Scandinavian Working Papers in Bilingualism, 4, 110-135. Schmauder, A. Rene 1996 Ability to stand alone and processing of open-class and closed-class words: isolation versus context Journal of Psycholinguistic Research, 25 (4): 443-481 Schmidt, Ken 1996 Extensive Reading in English: Rationale and Possibilities for a Program at Shirayuri Gakuen. Sendai Shirayuri Gakuen Journal of General Research; v24 n2 p81 92 1996 Schmidt, Ken 1997 Extensive reading in English communication classes: Motivation, implementation and preliminary results Paper presented at JACET, Tokyo. Sept. Schmidt, R. 1988 The potential of parallel distributed processing for second language acquisition theory and research. University of Hawaii working papers in ESL, 7 (1); 55 66. Schmidt, R. 1990 The role of consciousness in second language learning. Applied Linguistics. 11: 129 - 58. Schmidt, R. 1992 Psychological mechanisms underlying second language fluency. Studies in Second Language Acquisition, 14, 357-385. Schmidt, R. 1993 Conciousness, learning and Interlanguage pragmatics. in Kasper, G. and Blum, S. Interlanguage pragmatics. OUP Schmidt, R. 1994 Deconstructing consciousness in search of useful definitions for applied linguistics. In Hulstijn, J. and Schmidt, R. Eds. Consciousness and second language learning, perspectives on form focused instruction. AILA Review, 11 Schmidt, R. 1994 Implicit learning and the cognitive unconscious: Of artificial grammars and SLA In N. Ellis (Ed.), Implicit and Explicit Learning of Languages (pp. 165-210). London: Academic Press. Schmidt, R. 1995 Attention and awareness foreign language learning University of Hawai'i Press Schmidt, R. 1995 Attention and awareness in second language acquisition: A tutorial on the role of consciousness. In R. Schmidt (Ed.), Attention and awareness in foreign language learning and teaching. Second Language Teaching and Curriculum Center Technical Report #9: University of Hawai'i Press. Schmidt, R. & Frota, S 1986 Developing basic conversational ability in a second language: a case study of and adult learner of Portuguese. In Day, R (Ed), Talking to Learn: Conversation In Second Language Acquisition. Rowley Mass. Newbury House. Schmitt, Frederick Adrian 1982 Age Differences in Recall and Recognition Memory: The Roles of Encoding Retrieval, Feature Overlap, and Knowledge Factors Dissertation Abstracts International, Ann Arbor, MI (DAI). 1982 Apr., 42:10, 4230B 4231B Schmitt, N. 1993 Comparing native and nonnative teachers' evaluations of error seriousness. JALT Journal 15,2: 181-191. Schmitt, N. 1995 A brief perspective on vocabulary. The Language Teacher 19,2: 34-35. Schmitt, N. 1995 A fresh approach to vocabulary using a Word Knowledge Framework. RELC Journal 26(1): 86-94. Schmitt, N. 1995 The word on words: an interview with Paul Nation. The Language Teacher. 19,2, 5-8. Schmitt, N 1995 Verbal Suffix and word association knowledge of Japanese students. MPhil Thesis, University of Wales Swansea. 1995. Schmitt, N. 1996 An examination of the behaviour of four vocabulary tests. In Allan D. Entry Points Whitstable : IATEFL p 34-39 Schmitt, N. 1996 How much depth is there in vocabulary size tests? Paper presented at the AILA Congress, Jyvaskyla, Finland. August 1996. Schmitt N. 1998 Tracking the Incremental Acquisition of Second Language Vocabulary: A Longitudinal Study Language Learning: 48: 281-317 Schmitt, N 1998 Measuring collocational knowledge: key issues and an experimental assessment procedure. ITL, 119-120 , 27-47. Schmitt, N 1998 Quantifying word association responses: what is native-like? System, 26 , 389-401. Schmitt, N. and P. Nation Four versions of the level¹s tests In preparation Schmitt, N., Bird, R., Tseng, A-C., and Yang, Y-C. in Press Vocabulary Learning Strategies: Student Perspectives and Cultural Considerations. Independence Schmitt, Norbert 1994 Vocabulary Testing: Questions for Test Development with Six Examples of Tests of Vocabulary Size and Depth. Thai TESOL Bulletin; v6 n2 p9 to 16 Mar 1994 Schmitt, Norbert 1997 Vocabulary Learning strategies In Schmitt, N. and M. McCarthy (Eds.): Vocabulary: Description, Acquisition and Pedagogy: Cambridge, Cambridge University Press. 199-227 Schmitt, Norbert 1998 Learning individual words over time: A longitudinal vocabulary acquisition study. Paper presented at PACSLRF conference. Aoyama Gakuin University, Tokyo March 26-29th. Schmitt, Norbert and Bruce Dunham 1998 Native and nonnative intuitions of word frequency Nottingham University draft Schmitt, Norbert and Michael McCarthy 1997 Introduction and editor¹s comments In Schmitt, N. and M. McCarthy (Eds.): Vocabulary: Description, Acquisition and Pedagogy: Description, Acquisition and Pedagogy. Cambridge, Cambridge University Press. 1-6 Schmitt, Norbert and Michael McCarthy (Eds.) 1997 Vocabulary: Description, Acquisition and Pedagogy: Cambridge, Cambridge University Press. Schmitt, Norbert; Meara, Paul 1997 Researching Vocabulary through a Word Knowledge Framework. Word Associations and Verbal Suffixes. Studies in Second Language Acquisition; v19 n1 p17 36 Mar 1997 Schmitt, Norbert, paul mear and Jack Richards draft Visualizing vocabulary acquisition and knowledge: The word Knowledge framework and other models draft Schmitt, Norbert; Schmitt, Diane 1995 Vocabulary Notebooks. English Language Teaching Journal; v49 n2 p133 to 43 Apr 1995 Schmitt, Norbert; Schmitt, Diane Rae 1993 Identifying and Assessing Vocabulary Learning Strategies. Thai TESOL Bulletin; v5 n4 p27 to 33 Mar 1993 Schneck, M. R. 1929 The measurement of verbal and numerical abilities Archives of Psychology 107, p49 Schneider, K. and R. Zimmerman. 1989 Lexical search as inner dialogue: evidence from think aloud protocols. In: J. Arabski, (Ed.) On Foreign Language Learning: Selected Papers. Wroclaw. Schneider, V.I., Healy, A.F., & Bourne, L.F., Jr. 1998 Contextual interference effects in foreign language vocabulary acquisition and retention. In: A.F. Healy & L.E. Bourne, Jr. , Foreign language learning: Psycholinguistic studies on training and retention (pp. 77-111). Mahwah: New Jersey: Erlbaum. Schoen, Lawrence M. 1988 The word fragment completion effect: A computer assisted classroom exercise. Teaching of Psychology; 1988 Apr Vol 15(2) 95 to 97 Schoen, Lawrence M.; Ciofalo, Elizabeth; Rudow, Elizabeth 1989 Anagram versus word fragment solution: A comparison of implicit memory measures. Bulletin of the Psychonomic Society; 1989 Nov Vol 27(6) 551 to 552 Scholes, Robert J. 1966 Phonotactic Grammaticality. Janua Linguarum Series Minor 50, Mouton & Co., The Hague. Scholfield, P. 1980 Explaining meaning by paraphrase: problems and principles. Guidelines. 3, 24-37. Scholfield, P. 1981 Writing, vocabulary errors and the dictionary. Guidelines. 6, 31-40. Scholfield, P. 1982 Learning word meaning through explanation in English. Interlanguage Studies Bulletin, Utrecht, 6, 2, 34-63. Scholfield, P. 1982 The role of bilingual dictionaries in ESL / EFL: a positive view. Guidelines. 4, 1, 84-98. Scholfield, P. 1982 Using the English dictionary for comprehension. TESOL Quarterly, 16, 2, 185-194. Scholfield, P. 1987 Active and passive vocabulary: bilingual dictionaries and teachers' judgments. Bangor Research Papers in Linguistics. 2: 18-26. Scholfield, P. 1987 Lexical errors - a collector's guide. Bangor Teaching Resource Materials in Linguistics. 1: 34-55. Scholfield, P. 1987 Vocabulary problems in communication: what determines the learner's choice of strategy. Bangor Teaching Resource Materials in Linguistics. 1: 56-75. Scholfield, P. 1994 New Light on English Vocabulary from Corpora. Proceedings of the annual meeting of the English Language and Literature Association of Korea. Seoul: Ellak. Scholfield, P. 1995 Making the best of the pocket TL NL dictionary when reading. In M. Bobran (ed.) Zeszyty Naukowe Wy szej Szko y Pedagogicznej w Rzeszowie 17, Seria Filologiczna: J zykoznawstwo 2. Rzesz¢w: WSP Press. Scholfield, P. 1995 Why shouldn't monolingual dictionaries be as easy to use as bilingual ones?. Longman Language Review. 2, 6-9. Scholfield, P. 1995 Quantifying language: a teacher¹s and researcher¹s guide Clevedon: Multi-lingual matters Scholfield, P 1997 Vocabulary reference works in foreign language vocabulary In Schmitt, N. and M. McCarthy (Eds.): Vocabulary: Description, Acquisition and Pedagogy: Cambridge, Cambridge University Press. 279-302 Scholfield, P unknown What¹s new about word frequency? unpublished paper Scholfield, PJ and C Gitsaki 1996 What is the advantage of private instruction? The example of English vocabulary learning in Greece. System, 24,1, 117-127. Scholnick, Ellin Kofsky; Adams, Marilyn Jager 1973 Relationships between Language and Cognitive Skills: Passive Voice Comprehension, Backward Repetition, and Matrix Permutation Child Development; 44; 4; 741 746 Schon, I., Hopkins, K.D., & Vjoir, C. 1985. The effects of special reading time in Spanish on the reading abilities and attitudes of Hispanic junior high school students. Journal of Psycholinguistic Research, 14, 57-65. Schon, I., Hopkins, K.D., & Vojir, C. 1984. The effects of Spanish reading emphasis on the English and Spanish reading abilities of Hispanic high school students. Bilingual Review, 11, 33-39. Schon, I., Hopkins, K. & Davis, W.A. 1982. The effects of book in Spanish and free reading time on Hispanic students' reading abilities and attitudes. NABE Journal 7:1, 13-20. Schonell, F. J., . I. G. Meddleton, and B. A. Shaw. 1956 A study of the oral vocabulary of adults. University of Queensland Press, Brisbane. Schonfield, A. David; Davidson, Heather; Jones, Heather 1983 An example of age associated interference in memorizing. Journal of Gerontology; 1983 Mar Vol 38(2) 204-0 Schouten -Van Parreren, C. 1980 Vreemdtalige woorden: de betekenis onmiddelijk geven of eerst laten raden? [Foreign words: should you give their meanings immediately or let the learners guess first?] Toegepaste Taalwetenschap in Artikelen, 7, 156-173. Schouten -Van Parreren, C. 1981 Factoren die het onthouden van vreemdtalige woorden beinvloeden. [Factors that affect the acquisition of foreign language words.] Toegepaste Taalwetenschap in Artikelen, 11, 227-245. Schouten -Van Parreren, C. 1981 Het opmaken van de betekenis van een woord uit de context: Een kwalitatieve analyse. [Getting at the meaning of a word from its context.] Tiidschrift voor Taalbehersing, 3, 2, 103-119. Schouten -Van Parreren, C. 1985 Woorden Leren in het vreemde-talenonderwijs. [Teaching Vocabulary in a foreign language.]. Apeldoorn: Van Walraven b.v. Schouten -Van Parreren, C., and CF van Parreren 1979 De verwerving van een vreemdtalige woordenschat: een literatuurstudie. [The acquisition of a foreign language vocabulary: a review of the literature] Levende Talen, 341, 259-270. Schouten -Van Parreren, C. and M. Hoogendoorn 1983 Het raden van de betekenis van onbekende woorden in en tekst. [Guessing the meaning of unknown words in a text.] Levende Talen, 382, 266-270. Schouten-Van Parreren, C. 1986 Nieuwe perspectieven op de didactiek van de woordenschatverwerving. [New perspectives on the teaching of vocabulary]. Levende Talen. 416: 618-625. Schouten-Van Parreren, C. 1986 Verslag van de werkbijeenkomst woordenschatuitbreiding. Verslag. 143-148. Schouten-Van Parreren, C. 1987 Woorden leren en lezen. [Learning words and reading.]. Engels. 13, 1: 2-7. Schouten-Van Parreren, C. 1988 Action psychology and vocabulary learning. In: M. Hildebrand-Nilshon and G. Rueckriem (Eds.) Proceedings of the 1st International Congress on Activity Theory. Berlin. Schouten-Van Parreren, C. 1989 Vocabulary through reading: which conditions should be met when presenting words in texts?. AILA Review. 6: 75-85. Schouten-van Parreren, C 1995 Action psychology as applied to foregin language vocabualry acquisition. CALL, 8,2-3 , 181-204. Schouten-Van Parreren, C. 1996 Vocabulary Learning and Metacognition. In: K. Sajavaara and C. Fairweather (Eds.). Approaches to Second Language Acquisition. Jvaskyla. 63-69 Schouten-van Parreren, Caroline. 1991 Psychological aspects of vocabulary learning in a foreign language. Paper presented at the Vocabulary Acquisition in L2 Symposium at the University of Malaga, December. Schouten-van Parreren, Caroline. 1991 Reading and vocabulary learning. Paper presented at the Vocabulary Acquisition in L2 Symposium at the University of Malaga, December. Schouten-Van Parreren, M. C. 1992 Individual differences in vocabulary acquisition: a qualitative experiment in the first phase of secondary education. In: Arnaud P. and H. Bejoint (Eds.), Vocabulary and Applied Linguistics. London: Macmillan. 94-101 Schouten-Van-Parreren, C. 1994 Vocabulary learning and test construction. In F. Brinkman, J. van der Schee and C. Schouten-Van-Parreren Curriculum research: different disciplines and common goals. Instituut voor Didactiek en Onderwijspraktijk, Vrije Universiteit, Amsterdam. Schreck, Richard. 1983 Review essay. Language Learning. 33, 2, 247-258. Schreuder, R and B Weltens 1993. The bilingual lexicon: an overview. In: R. Schreuder and B. Weltens (eds.) The Bilingual Lexicon. Amsterdam: Benjamins. Schreuder,-Robert (Ed); Weltens,-Bert (Ed) 1993 / Preface / The bilingual lexicon: An overview / Robert Schreuder and Bert / Weltens /// Visual word recognition in bilinguals / Jonathan / Grainger /// Word-type effects in bilingual processing tasks: / Support for a mixed-representational system / Annette M. B. de / Groot /// Accessing conceptual representations for words / in a second language / Judith F. Kroll /// Translating versus picture naming: Similarities / and differences / Joan Gay Snodgrass /// Vocabulary size, growth, and use / Paul Nation /// Attrition of vocabulary knowledge / Bert Weltens / and Marjon Grendel /// A theoretical account of lexical communication / strategies / Nanda Poulisse /// Word production and the bilingual lexicon / Kees / de Bot and Robert Schreuder /// The bilingual lexicon: Exercise, meaning and / morphology / Kim Kirsner, Erin Lalor and Kathryn Hird /// Towards a model of L2 comprehension and / production / David W. Green /// The bilingual lexicon and the teaching of / vocabulary / Paul Meara / List of contributors / Index The bilingual lexicon. John Benjamins Publishing Company; Amsterdam, Netherlands; viii, 307 pp. Schreuder, Robert; Grendel, Marjon; Poulisse, Nanda; Roelofs, Ardi; van-de-Voort, Marlies 1990 Lexical processing, morphological complexity and reading. Comprehension processes in reading. (David A. Balota, Giovanni B. Flores d'Arcais, Keith Rayner, Eds.), pp. 125-141. Lawrence Erlbaum Associates, Inc, Hillsdale, NJ, US; xix, 656 pp. Schriefers, H. 1992 Lexical Access in the Production of Noun Phrases Cognition: International Journal of Cognitive Science. Oct, 45:1, 33-54 Schroeder, H. 1969 Vocabulary building in German by derivation. Unpublished Ph.D. thesis, University of Colorado. Schroeder, K. 1985 Wortschatzunterricht, Wortschatzerwerb und Umgang mit Woerterbuchern. Die Neueren Sprachen. 84: 652-669. Schroeder, Lynn)0713725079 unknown Superlearning : Maximise Your Memory Schrooten, W. and Anne Vermeer. unknown Woorden in het basis onderwijs. [Words in elementary teaching.]. Tilburg: Tilburg University Press. Schubert, D. G. 1957 Factors related to vocabulary size California journal of educational research 8: 34-35 Schubert, D. G. 1957 A comparative study of the hearing and reading vocabularies of retarded college readers Journal of educational research 46: 555-558 Schubert, D. G. 1959 How college students develop their vocabulary after high school graduation California journal of decondary education 43: 328-330 Schulamn, Arthur I. 1976 Memory for Rare Words Previously Rated for Familiarity Journal of Experimental Psychology: Human Learning and Memory; 2; 3; 301 07 Schulter, Gunter; Jilek, Gertraud 1976 Improving retrieval of foreign language vocabulary. Psychologie in Erziehung und Unterricht; 1976 Vol 23(4) 246 to 249 Schultz, R. A. 1991 Literature and readability: Bridging the gap in foreign language reading Modern Language Journal 75 (1):17-26 Schultz, R. A. 1991 Second language acquisition theories and teaching practice: how do they fit? Modern Language Journal 75 (1):17-26 Schumann, F. 1980 Diary of a language learner: a further analysis. In R. Scarcella & S.D. Krashen (Eds), Research in second language acquisition (pp. 51-57). Rowley, Mass.: Newbury House. Schumann, J. 1979 The acquisition of English negation by speakers of Spanish: a review of the literature. In R. Andersen (Ed.), The acquisition and use of Spanish and English as first and second languages (pp. 3-32). Washington, D.C.: TESOL. Schumann, J. H., 1978. The pidginization hypothesis: a model for Second language acquisition. Rowley, Mass., Newbury House. Schumann, J. H. 1994 Where is cognition?. Studies in Second Language Acquisition 16 pp. 231- 242. Schumans, J. and W. Hermans. 1986 Woordkennis Duits in HAVO3. [Knowledge of German vocabulary in Dutch Secondary Schools]. Toegepaste Taalwetenschap in Artikelen. 26, 95-102. Schuster, Donald, Ed. 1979 The Journal of Suggestive Accelerative Learning and Teaching. Volume 4, Number 1, Spring 1979. The Journal of Suggestive Accelerative Learning and Teaching; v4 n1 Spr 1979 Schutze, Hinrich; Pedersen, Jan O. 1997 A Co-occurrence Based Thesaurus and Two Applications to Information Retrieval. Information Processing & Management; v33 n3 p307 18 May 1997 Schvaneveldt, Roger W.; Meyer, David E.; Becker, Curtis A. 1976 Lexical ambiguity, semantic context, and visual word recognition. Journal of Experimental Psychology Human Perception and Performance; 1976 May Vol 2(2) 243 to 256 Schwabe, Tippy 1981 Oral Differences in English and Arabic: A View from the ESL Teacher's Perspective. Unknown Reference Schwanenflugel P. and M. Rey. 1988 Interlingual semantic facilitation: evidence for a common representational system in the bilingual lexicon. Journal of Memory and Language. 25 605-613. Schwanenflugel, P.J. and Akin, C.E. 1994 Developmental trends in lexical decisions for abstract and concrete words. Reading Research Quarterly 29,3: 252-264. Schwanenflugel, P. J. and Stowe, R.W. 1989 Context availability and the processing of abstract and concrete words in sentences. Reading Research Quarterly. 24, 1, 114-126. Schwanenflugel, Paula J. 1994 The Psychology of word meanings. Hillsdale New Jersey. Lawrence Earlbaum. Schwartz, B. & Gubala - Ryzak, B. 1992 Learnability and grammar reorganization in L2A: against negative evidence causing the unlearning of verb movement. Second Language Research, 8: 1 - 32. Schwartz, Bennett-L. 1998 Illusory tip-of-the-tongue states. Memory. 1998 Nov; Vol 6(6): 623-642 Schwartz, Karyn 1973 Learning the Place of Key Vocabulary in Early Reading Young Children; 24; 1; 19 to 22 Schwartz, Richard G.; Leonard, Laurence B. 1980 Words, Objects, and Actions in Early Lexical Acquisition. Papers and Reports on Child Language Development, Number 19. Stanford Univ., Calif. Dept. of Linguistics. Schwartz, Robert M. 1980 Levels of Processing: The Strategic Demands of Reading Comprehension. Reading Research Quarterly; v15 n4 p433 to 50 1980 Schwartz, Robert M. 1988 Learning to Learn Vocabulary in Content Area Textbooks. Journal of Reading; v32 n2 p108 to 18 Nov 1988 Schwartz, Steven; Kirsner, Kim 1982 Laterality effects in visual information processing: Hemispheric specialisation or the orienting of attention? Quarterly Journal of Experimental Psychology Human Experimental Psychology; 1982 Feb Vol 34A(1) 61 to 77 Schwartz, Steven; Kirsner, Kim 1986 Behavioral or hemispheric asymmetry: Is there a default option? Brain and Cognition; 1986 Jul Vol 5(3) 377 to 384 Schwartz, Steven; Montagner, Susanna; Kirsner, Kim 1987 Are there different methods of lexical access for words presented in the left and right visual fields? Brain and Language; 1987 Jul Vol 31(2) 301 to 307 Schwarz, B. 1986 The epistemological status of Second Language Acquisition. Second Language Research. 8: 120 - 59. Schweers, C.W. Jr. 1996 What do I do next? Strategies for handling lexical ignorance. TESOL Matters 6,2: 9. Sciarone, A. G. 1979 Woordjes leren in het vreemdetalenonderwijs. Muiderberg: Coutinho b.v. Sciarone, A. G. and J. J. Schoorl. 1989 The Cloze Test: or why small isn¹t always beautiful. Language Learning. 39(3): 417-438. Scott, Ann unknown Real Events Revisited: Fantasy, Memory, Psychoanalysis Scott, J. A. and Nagy, W. E. 1991 Understanding definitions. Technical Report No. 528 Center for the Study of Reading, University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign. Scott, Judith A.; Nagy, William E. 1997 Understanding the Definitions of Unfamiliar Verbs. Reading Research Quarterly; v32 n2 p184 200 Apr Jun 1997 Scott, M. 1997. PC analysis of key words and - key key words. System. 25, 2. 233-245. Scott, Margaret Sue; Tucker, G. Richard 1974 Error Analysis and English Language Strategies of Arab Students Language Learning; 24; 1; 69 97 Scott, Mary Lee 1994 Auditory Memory and Perception in Younger and Older Adult Second Language Learners. Studies in Second Language Acquisition; v16 n3 p263 81 Sep 1994 Scott-Kelso, J. A. unknown Dynamic patterns. MIT Press. Scovel, T. unknown Multiple perspectives make singular teaching. loose document. Scriven, M. 1972 The concept of comprehension: from semantics to software In Carroll, J. B. and Freedle. Language comprehension and the acquisition of knowledge. Wiley: New York. pp 31-39 Scull, John; Hill, Linda 1988 A Computerized Communication Message Preparation Program that "Learns" the User's Vocabulary. Augmentative and Alternative Communication (AAC); v4 n1 p40 to 44 Mar 1988 Seal, DB. 1991 Vocabulary learning and teaching. In: M. Celce-Murcia (Ed.) Teaching English as a second or foreign language. Rowley, Ma.: Newbury House. Seamon, John G.; Murray, Pauline 1976 Depth of Processing in Recall and Recognition Memory: Differential Effects of Stimulus Meaningfulness and Serial Position Journal of Experimental Psychology: Human Learning and Memory; 2; 6; 680 87 Searleman, Alan Douglas J. Herrmann Robert Sekuler Randolph Blake) unknown Memory from a Broader Perspective McGraw Hill Seashore, R. H. and E. Dolch 1949 Implications of the Seashore vocabulary report: with reply Elementary English. Nov. 26: 407-413 Seashore, R.; L. Stockford and B. Swartz 1937 A correlational analysis of factors in speed of reading tests School and society. XLVI 187-192 Seashore, Robert H. 1933. The measurement and analysis of extent of vocabulary. Psychological Bulletin. 30, 709-710. Seashore, Robert H. 1939 Further data on the measurement of General English vocabularies Psychological Bulletin 36: 525. Speech given to the American Psychological Association Stanford CA Sept 4, 1939 Seashore, Robert H. 1947 How many words do children know? Packet 2: 3-17 Seashore, Robert H. 1948. The importance of vocabulary in learning language skills. Elementary English. 25, 3, 137-152. Seashore, Robert H. and Eckerson, Lois D. 1938 English recognition vocabulary test, Grades 7-16 and Adults North western University, Evanston, Illinois Seashore, Robert H. and Eckerson, Lois D. 1940 The measurement of individual differences in general English vocabularies. Journal of Educational Psychology. 31, 14-38. Seashore, Robert H. and Morin, Robert E. 1950. Clearing the way for vocabulary development. Education Digest. 16, 2, 43-45. Seaton, Brian 1982 A handbook of English language teaching terms and practice London: MacMillan Seaver, Joanne 1991 The Effect of Pre Reading Vocabulary Development Strategies on Sixth Grade Science Test Results. Unknown Reference Sebel, Peter unknown Memory and Awareness in Anesthesia Sebeok, Thomas A. 1991. A sign is just a sign. Bloomington: Indiana University Press. Seegers, J. C. 1939-40 Vocabulary problem in the Elementary school: A digest of current research Elementary English Review . 16: 157-166, 16: 199-204, 16: 234-239, 16: 279-282, 16: 320-326, 17: 28-43 Seegers, J. C. 1946 Recent research in vocabulary develpoment Elementary English Review 23: 61-68 Seegers, J. C. and Seashore, R. H. 1949 How large are children's vocabularies? A discussion. Elementary English review. 26, 4, 181-. 194. Segalowitz, N. 1991 Does advanced skell in a second language reduce automacity in the first language?. Language Learning. 41, 59-83. In B. Harley (Ed.) lexical Issues in language learning. Amsterdam: John Benjamins. Segalowitz, N 1991 Lower level components of reading skill in higher level bilinguals: implications for reading instruction. AILA Review, 8 , 15-30. Segalowitz, N. and E. Gatbonton. 1995 Automaticity and lexical skills in second language fluency: implications for CALL. CALL. 8,2-3, 129-149. Segalowitz, N, and M. Herbert. 1990 Phonological recoding in the first and second language of skilled bilinguals. Language Learning. 40, 503-538. Segalowitz, N. and W. E. Lambert 1969 Semantic generalization in bilinguals Journal of Verbal Learning and Verbal Behavior, 8, 559-566. Segalowitz, N., D. Poulin-Dubois and M. Favreau. unknown The structure of categories: typicality gradients, perceived linguistic familiarity and cross-linguistic comparisons. Unpublished document. Segalowitz, N., Watson, V. and Segalowitz, S. 1995 Vocabulary skill: single-case assessment of automaticity of word recognition in a timed lexical decision task. Second Language Research 11, 2: 121 Segalowitz, Norman 1995. Individual differences in second language acquisition In: A de Groot and J Kroll (eds) Tutorials in Bilingualism Hillsdale, NJ.: Lawrence Erlbaum. Segalowitz, Norman S.; Segalowitz, Sidney J. 1993 Skilled Performance, Practice, and the Differentiation of Speed Up from Automatization Effects: Evidence from Second Language Word Recognition. Applied Psycholinguistics; v14 n3 p369 to 85 Sep 1993 Segalowitz S. J. and F. A. Gruber (Eds.) 1977 Language development and neurological theory. Academic Press. Segalowitz, S, NS Segalowitz and AG Wood 1998 Assessing the development of automaticity in second language word recognition. Applied Psycholinguistics, 19,1 , 53-68. Segui, Juan; Kail Michele 1978 Developmental production of utterances from a series of lexemes J. Child Lang.; Vol.5, no.2: Jun 78 p.251-260 ISSN: 03050009 Seguin, H and MC Treville 1992 Les congeneres interlinguax: un atout pour accelerer l'acquisition du vocabulaire et faciliter la comprehension des textes? In: R Courchene, J Glidden, J St John and C Therieu (eds.) Comprehension based second language teaching. Ottawa: University of Ottawa Press. . Seibert, L. C. 1927. An experiment in learning French vocabulary. Journal of Educational Psychology. 18, 294-309. Seibert, L. C. 1930. An experiment on the relative efficiency of studying French vocabulary in associated pairs versus studying French vocabulary in context. Journal of Educational Psychology. 21, 297-314. Seibert, L. C. 1945. A study of the practice of guessing word meanings from a context. Modern Language Journal. 29, 296-323. Seidenberg, M.S. 1985 Constraining models of word recognition. Cognition. 20, 169-. 190. Seidenberg, M. S., Tanenhaus, M. K., Leiman, J. M., & Bienkowski, M. 1982 Automatic access of the meanings of ambiguous words in context: Some limitations of knowledge-based processing. Cognitive Psychology, 14, 489-537. Seidenberg Mark S. 1985 Word recognition processes of poor and disabled readers: do they necessarily differ? Applied Psycholinguistics; Vol.6,no.2:Jun 85 161-180 Seidenberg, Mark S.; McClelland, James L. 1989 A Distributed, Developmental Model of Word Recognition and Naming. Psychological Review; v96 n4 p523 to 68 Oct 1989 Seidenberg, Mark S.; McClelland, James L 1990 More words but still no lexicon: Reply to Besner et al. (1990). Psychological Review; 1990 Jul Vol 97(3) 447 452 Seidenberg, Mark S.; Plaut, David C.; Petersen, Alan S.; McClelland, James L.; et al 1994 Nonword pronunciation and models of word recognition. Special Section: Modeling visual word recognition. Journal of Experimental Psychology Human Perception and Performance; 1994 Dec Vol 20(6) 1177 to 1196 Seidl, J. & McMordie, W. 1978 English idioms and how to use them. Oxford: Oxford University Press. Seidlhofer, Barbara 1990 Summary Judgments: Perspectives on Reading and Writing. Reading in a Foreign Language; v6 n2 p413 24 Spr 1990 Seliger, H. W. & Long, M. H. (Eds.), unknown Classroom Oriented research on Second language Acquisition. Rowley Mass. Newbury House. Seliger, Herbert, W. and Elana Shohamy 1989 Second Language research methods Oxford: Oxford University press Seliger, Herbert W. (ed.); Vago, Robert M. (ed.) 1991 First Language Attrition Cambridge : Cambridge UP, Selinker, L. 1972 Interlanguage. International Review of Applied Linguistics, 10: 209 - 230. Selinker, L. 1992 Rediscovering Interlanguage. London: Longman. Selinker, L. R.Phillipson and M. Swain (Eds.), 1989 Research in Foreign Language Pedagogy. Clevedon: Multilingual Matters. Selkirk, E. 1982 The syntax of words. Mass. MIT Press. Selkoe, D. 1992 Aging brain, aging mind Scientific American 267 (3) pp96-103 Sellers, Sherrie. 1992 The Effects of Prereading Vocabulary Work on the Reading Comprehension and Vocabulary Learning of ESL Learners. MA Thesis, Brigham Young University, Linguistics Department. Provo, Utah. Sells, P. 1985 Lectures on contemporary syntactic theories. Stanford. CA: Center for the study of language and Information. Semke, H. 1984 Effects of the red pen. Foreign Language Annals 17: 195-202. Sen, A. E. 1983 Teaching vocabulary through riddles. English Teaching Forum, 21, 2, 12-17. Senechal, Monique; Cornell, Edward H. 1993 Vocabulary Acquisition through Shared Reading Experiences. Reading Research Quarterly; v28 n4 p360 to 74 Oct Dec 1993 Senechal, Monique; Thomas, Eleanor; Monker, Jo Ann 1995 Individual differences in 4 year old children's acquisition of vocabulary during storybook reading. Journal of Educational Psychology; 1995 Jun Vol 87(2) 218-229 Seni, Giovanni 1996 Large Vocabulary Recognition of On Line Handwritten Cursive Words Dissertation Abstracts International, Ann Arbor, MI (DAI). 1996 July, 57:1, 470B 71B DAI No.: DA9617910. State U of New York, Buffalo, 1995 Senior, A.W. 1994, K4g.. Off-line cursive handwriting recognition using recurrent neural networks. Ph.D., Cambridge - 45-2845 Serapiglia, Theresa 1978 Comparison of the Syntax and Vocabulary of Bilingual Spanish, Indian, and Monolingual Anglo American Children. Working Papers in Bilingualism, No. 16. Unknown Reference Seremetakis, C.Nadia unknown Senses Still : Perception and Memory as Material Culture in Modernity Serenius, C. A. 1931 An analytical and empirical study of certain techniques employed in vocabulary testing PhD. Dissertation Iowa, State University of Iowa Serra, Mary C. 1953 The concept burden of instructional materials Elementary School Journal 53: 508-512 Service, E. 1991 Phonological and semantic aspects of meaning for foreign language. In: (Eds.) Proceedings of the first international congres on memory and memorization in acquiring and learning languages. Brussels. Service, E 1992 Phonology, working memory and foreign language learning. Quarterly Journal of Experimental Psychology, 45a , 21-50. Service, E 1993 Contributions des codes memoriels a l'apprentissage lexical. Acquisition et Interaction en Langue Etrangere, 3( -94), 147-160. Service, E. unknown Phonological coding in working memory and foreign language learning. University of Helsinki: General Psychology Monographs, B9. Service, E. and F. Craik. 1993 Differences between young and older adults in learning a foreign language. Journal of Memory and Language, Orlando, FL (JMemL). 1993 Oct, 32:5, 608 23 Service, Elisabet; Kohonen, Viljo 1995 Is the Relation between Phonological Memory and Foreign Language Learning Accounted for by Vocabulary Acquisition? Applied Psycholinguistics; v16 n2 p155 72 Jun 1995 Setzler, H. H and R. E. Clark 1976 Research briefing: recent research on mnemotechnics for learning foreign Language vocabulary. Educational Technology. 16. 8 . 43-44. Seymour, Cathleen R.; And Others 1983 Vocabulary Load in Basal Reader Workbooks. Reading Improvement; v20 n4 p295 to 98 Win 1983 Shaffer, C. A 1989 comparison of Inductive and deductive approaches to teachinf foreign languages. Modern language Journal 73 Shake, Mary C.; Allington, Richard L.; Gaskins, Rob; Marr, Mary B. 1989 How remedial teachers teach vocabulary. RASE Remedial and Special Education; 1989 Sep Oct Vol 10(5) 51 to 57, 50 Shand, M. 1990 Lexical processing and second language comprehension. Unpublished paper: . Shand, M. A. 1990 The role of lexical processing in second language reading. TESOL-GRAM. 17, 1, 5-6 & 17, 2: 8-10. Shand, M. A. 1991 The use of dual language editions in second language acquisition. TESOL-GRAM. 18, 1, 6-7. Shanefield, L 1993 Eight steps to an ESOL collection. In R. R. Day (Ed.), New ways in teaching reading, (pp. 3-4 Alexandria, VA: TESOL. Shanon, B. 1982 Identification and classification of words and drawings in two languages. Quarterly Journal of Experimental Psychology, A, 135-152. Shanon, B. 1982 Lateralisation effects in the perception of Hebrew and English words. Brain and Language, 17, 107-123. Shapere D. 1971 The paradigm concept Science 172 706-709 Shapiro, B.J. 1969. The subjective estimation of relative word frequency. Journal of Verbal Learning and Verbal Behavior 8: 248-251 Shapiro, Deane H. 1982 Reliability of a four quadrant model of self control: Ratings by experts in Type A behavior health psychology, East/West psychology, and sex role psychology. Psychologia An International Journal of Psychology in the Orient; 1982 Sep Vol 25(3) 149 to 154 Shapiro, L. P.; Gordon, B.; Hack, N.; Killackey, J. 1993 Verb argument structure processing in complex sentences in Broca's and Wernicke's aphasia. Special Issue: Grammatical investigations of aphasia. Brain and Language; 1993 Oct Vol 45(3) 423 to 447 Sharkey, N unknown Fundamental issues for connectionist language processing In Brown et al Performance and competence in second language acquisition Sharkey, Noel E.; Mitchell, D. C. 1985 Word recognition in a functional context: The use of scripts in reading. Journal of Memory and Language; 1985 Apr Vol 24(2) 253 to 270 Sharma, R. S. 1985 Teaching semantic distinctions through literature. IRAL. 23, 3, 246-253. Sharma S 1980 Word Association Test. Curriculum Research Bulletin; Sharman, R.A. 1989. Observational evidence for a statistical model of language. Report 205. IBM UK Scientific Centre, Winchester. Sharwood - Smith, M. 1981 Consciouness raising and the second language learner. Applied Linguistics 2: 159 - 69. . Sharwood Smith, M. 1983 On Explaining Language Loss In Felix, S. and Wode, H. (eds.) 1983: Language Development at the Crossroads. TÅbingen: Gunter Narr Verlag. Sharwood Smith, M. 1984 Discussion. Re Meara¹s article ³The study of lexis in interlanguage². In: A. Davies, C. Criper and APR Howatt (Eds.) Interlanguage. Edinburgh: Edinburgh University Press. Sharwood Smith M. 1984 The study of lexis in interlanguage: Discussant. In A. Davies, C. Criper & A.P.R. Howatt (Eds.), Interlanguage: Papers in honour of S. Pit Corder (pp. 236-240) Edinburgh: Edinburgh University Press. Sharwood Smith, M. 1988 Conciousness raising and the second language learner. Rutherford, W. and Sharwood Smith, M. Grammar and second language teaching: a book of readings. Newbury House; New York. Sharwood Smith, M. 1991 Speaking to many minds: on the relevance of diffeernt tyopes of lanigae information for the L2 learner. Second Language Research. 7,2 pp. 118-132. Sharwood Smith, M. 1993 Input enhancement in instructed SLA. Theoretical bases.. Studies in Second Language Acquisition 15 165 - 179 Sharwood Smith, Michael, 1994 Second language learning :theoretical foundations London ;New York: Longman, Shattuck Hufnagel, Stefanie 1992 The role of word structure in segmental serial ordering. Special Issue: Lexical access in speech production. Cognition; 1992 Mar Vol 42(1 to 3) 213 to 259 Shattuck, Roger. 1980. The forbidden experiment: the story of the Wild Boy of Aveyron. New York: Farrar Straus Giroux. Shatz, C. 1992 The developing brain Scientific American 267 (3) pp34-41 Shaughnessy, Michael F.; Cockrell, Kelly; Evans, Robert 1986 Distinctiveness of encoding and learning words: Forms of "distinctiveness" and retention of vocabulary in immediate and longer term memory. Psychological Reports; 1986 Jun Vol 58(3) 763 to 766 Shaughnessy, Michael F.; Evans, Robert 1986 The Educational Psychology of Note Taking: Effects of Prior Word/World Knowledge. ERIC Number: ED283217 Shaughnessy, Michael F.; Reif, Laurie 1987 An investigation of differential encoding and retrieval by older adult college students. Psychological Reports; 1987 Dec Vol 61(3) 735-0 Shaw, A. M. 1983 What Dictionary to Use? A Closer Look at the "Oxford Advanced Learner's Dictionary," the "Longman Dictionary of Contemporary English" and the "Longman Lexicon of Contempory English." MEXTESOL Journal; v7 n2 p36 to 55 Aug 1983 Shaw, Gordon etc. (Ed.) unknown Neurobiology of Learning and Memory Sheard, Catherine; Readence, John E. 1988 An investigation of the inference and mapping processes of the componential theory of analogical reasoning. Journal of Educational Research; 1988 Jul Aug Vol 81(6) 347 to 353 Sheehy, Noel. Anthony Chapman and Wendy Conroy 1997 Boigraphical Dictionary of psychology London Routledge: Sheen R 1979 Faux amis for Francophones learning EFL SPEAQ Journal 3, 1-2 95-103 Sheen, R. 1994 A critical analysis of the advocacy of the task based syllabus. TESOL Quarterly. 28 1 127 - 151. Sheerin, S 1989 Self-access Oxford: Oxford University Press. Sheerin, S 1991 State of the art: Self-access Language Abstracts, July , 143-158. Sheffelbine, J. L. 1990 Student factors related to variability in learning word meanings from context. Journal of Reading Behavior, 22, 71-97. Shehadeh, Ali A. 1992 Comprehension and Performance in Second Language Acquisition: A Study of Second Language Learners' Production of Modified Comprehensible Output Dissertation Abstracts International, Ann Arbor, MI (DAI). 1992 June, 52:12, 4311A DAI No.: BRD 95515. Degree granting institution: U of Durham Shelton, Jennifer and Randi martin 1992 How semantic is automatic semantic priming? Journal of Experimental Psychology Learning, Memory, and Cognition; 18, 6, 1191-1210 Shemesh, R 1996 Library books for the non-reader English Teachers' Journal, 49 , 33-34. Sheory, R and K Mokhtari 1993 Reading habits of University ESL students. TESOL Matters, 3,2, 9 Shepherd, J. F. 1974 Research on the relationship between the meanings of morphemes and the meanings of derivatives. In Nacke (Ed.) (1974), 115-1. 19. Shepherd, James F. unknown College Vocabulary Skills Shibata, Seiji 1983 Acquisition of English Vocabulary - a case study of a Japanese child Corpus, 14, Rokko English Linguistics Circle p 86-108 Shibles, Burleigh. 1959 How many words does a first-grade child know? Elementary English. 36, 42-47. Shiffrin, R. M. unknown Attention. In R. C. Atkinson, R. J. Hearnstein, G. Lindzey & R. D. Luce (Eds.), Stevens¹ handbook of experimental psychology. pp. 739 811. New York: Wiley and sons. Shiffrin, Richard M.; Cook, James R. 1978 Short Term Forgetting of Item and Order Information Journal of Verbal Learning and Verbal Behavior; 17; 2; 189 to 218 Shiffrin, W. & Schneider, R.M. 1977 Controlled and automatic human processing: I. Detection, search and attention. Psychological Review 82:127 - 90. Shih, M. 1992 Beyond comprehension exercises in the ESL academic reading class. TESOL Quarterly. 26, 2, 289-318. Shillaw, J. 1995 The application of Rasch modelling to Yes/No vocabulary tests. CALS discussion paper Shillaw, J. 1995 Using a word list as a focus for vocabulary learning. The Language Teacher. 19,2, 58-59. Shillaw, J. 1996 The potential use of Rasch Analysis for vocabulary measurement Paper presented at the AILA Congress, Jyvaskyla, Finland. August 1996. Shimada, K 1994 The effect of semantic mapping on listening comprehension. Language Laboratory, 31 , 45-59. Shimamura R. 1994 Inflection and derivation in the mental lexicon. Paper presented at Jacet. Shimazuni, M. and Berber Sardinha, A.P. 1996 Approaching the Assessment of Performance Unit archive of schoolchildren's writing from the point of view of corpus linguistics. Paper presented at TALC (Teaching and Language Corpora) 1996, University of Lancaster. Shinn 1901 Child study monthly VI pp 398-401 Shipley, W. C. 1940 A self-administering scale for measuring intellectual impairment and deterioration Journal of psychology 9, 371-377 Shipley, W. C. and C. Burlingame 1941 A convenient self-administering scale for measuring intellectual impairment in Psychotics American Journal of psychiatry XCVII 1313-1324 Shlayer, J 1996 Extensive reading English Teachers' Journal, 49 , 32-33. Shockey, L. 1994 Ilse Lehiste. In: Asher, R.E., and Simpson, J.M.Y. (eds), The Encyclopedia of Language and Linguistics . Oxford: Pergamon Press, Vol 4, 2129-2130. Shockey, L. 1994 Quantity. In: Asher, R.E., and Simpson, J.M.Y. (eds), The Encyclopedia of Language and Linguistics. Oxford: Pergamon Press, Vol 6, 3429-3431. Shockey, L. 1994 Sentence Stress. In: Asher, R.E., and Simpson, J.M.Y. (eds), The Encyclopedia of Language and Linguistics . Oxford: Pergamon Press, Vol 7, 3843-3845. Shockey, L. 1994 Stress, Functions of. In: Asher, R.E., and Simpson, J.M.Y. (eds), The Encyclopedia of Language and Linguistics . Oxford: Pergamon Press, Vol 8, 4356-4358. Shockey, L. 1994 Word Stress. In: Asher, R.E., and Simpson, J.M.Y. (eds), The Encyclopedia of Language and Linguistics . Oxford: Pergamon Press, Vol 9, 5014-5018. Shockey, L., Spelman Miller, K. and Wichmann, A. 1994 Focus, Linking Meaning and Phonology. In: Bosch and Van Der Sandt (eds), Focus and National Language Processing, IBM Scientific Centre, Institute for Logic and Linguistics, Heidelberg, Working Paper 8, 175-184. Sholl A, A Sankaranarayanan and JF Kroll 1995 Transfer between picture naming and translation: a test of asymmetries in bilingual memory. Psychological Science, 6,1 , 45-49. Shopen, Timothy, ed. 1979. Languages and their speakers. University of Pennsylvania Press. Shore, W. J. and Durso, F. T. 1990 Partial knowledge in vocabulary acquisition: general constraints and specific detail. Journal of Educational Psychology. 82 (2) 315-318. Shu, H., Anderson, R.C. and Zhang, Zhoucan 1995 Incidental learning of word meanings while reading: a Chinese and American cross-cultural study. Reading Research Quarterly 30,1: 76-95. Shubert, Howard unknown Richard Henriquez: Memory Theatre Shum, David H.; McFarland, Ken A.; Bain, John D. 1990 Construct validity of eight tests of attention: Comparison of normal and closed head injured samples. Clinical Neuropsychologist; 1990 Jun Vol 4(2) 151 to 162 Shuttleworth, Mark; Cowie, Moira 1997 Dictionary of Translation Studies St. Jerome Publishing Shuy, R 1996 Language crimes: the use and abuse of language evidence in the classroom. Oxford: Oxford University press Shymkiw, Anna 1989 A Study of the Tendencies in the Lexical Semantic System of Bilingual Canadian Ukrainians Dissertation Abstracts International, Ann Arbor, MI (DAI). 1989 June, 49:12, 3711A Sibayan, B.P., Bautista, M.L.S. and Gonzalez, A. 1993. Teaching and learning simplification strategies in a Philippine classroom. In Tickoo (ed.) 1993.155-192. Sichel, Joyce L.; Chandler, Kenneth A. 1969 The Color Word Interference Test: The Effects of Varied Color Word Combinations Upon Verbal Response Latency Journal of Psychology; 72; 219 to 31 Siddiqui, Dilnawaz 1977 Effect of the Occurrence of Homophones in Teaching Material on Learning New Vocabulary. Unknown Reference Sidowski, Joseph B., Kopstein, F. J. and Shillestad, . I. J. 1961 Prompting and confirmation variables in verbal learning. Psychological Reports. 8, 401-406. Siegel, Donna Farrell; Hanson, Ralph A. Nov 90 Bilingual Background and Early Reading Instruction as Factors Related to the Reading Achievement of High School Seniors. ERIC Number: ED327827 Siegel, M.A. and Misselt, A.L. 1984. Adaptive feedback and review paradigm for computer-based drills. Journal of Educational Psychology. 76, 2. 310-317. Siegel, S. & Castellan, N.J.Jr. 1988 Non-parametric statistics for the behavioral sciences. New York: McGraw-Hill Book Company. Sierra Soriano, Ascension 1994 Lexicografia bilingue: Estudio contrastivo frances espanol (Bilingual Lexicography: Contrasting Study of French Spanish) Dissertation Abstracts International, Ann Arbor, MI (DAI). 1994 Fall, 55:3, Item 2885C Degree granting institution: U de Valencia, 1993 Sigafoos, Jeff; Pennell, Donna 1995 Parent and teacher assessment of receptive and expressive language in preschool children with developmental disabilities. Education and Training in Mental Retardation and Developmental Disabilities; 1995 Dec Vol 30(4) 329 335 Signet. Berlin, Brent and Paul Kay. 1969. Basic color terms: their universality and evolution. Berkeley: University of California Press. Siliakus, H.J. 1967 COMPUTER AIDED WORD RESEARCH. Australian Federation of Modern Language Teachers Associations, Melbourne. Silva, H. H. G. 1987 Os cognatos como factor de legibilidad de texto en lingua estrangeira. [Cognates as a factor in the legibility of texts in a foreign language.]. ESPecialist. 16 35-58. Silva, Phil A. 1986 A comparison of the predictive validity of the Reynell Developmental Language Scales, the Peabody Picture Vocabulary Test and the Stanford Binet Intelligence Scale. British Journal of Educational Psychology; 1986 Jun Vol 56(2) 201 to 204 Silver, Lynn and Harvey Halpern 1992 Word finding abilities of three types of aphasic subjects Journal of psycholinguistic research, 21, 5, 317-48 Silveri, Maria Caterina; Colosimo, Carlo 1995 Hypothesis on the nature of comprehension deficit in a patient with transcortical mixed aphasia with preserved naming. Brain and Language; 1995 Apr Vol 49(1) 1 to 26 Silvestri, Susan; Silvestri, Richard 1977 A Developmental Analysis of the Acquisition of Compound Words Language, Speech, and Hearing Services in Schools; 8; 4; 217 to 21 Sim D.D. and B.Laufer-Dvorkin. 1982 Reading Comprehension Course: Selected Strategies. Collins: Glasgow and London. Sim, D. D. and Laufer-Dvorkin, B. 1984 Vocabulary development Collins English Language Teaching, London. Sim, Donald and Bensoussan, Marsha. 1979 Control of contexualized function and content words as it affects EFL reading comprehension test scores. In R. Mackay et al (Eds.) Reading in a Second Language Newbury House, Massachusetts, 36-44. Sim, Iain 1998 One plus one equals three! Improving vocabulary acquisition and learning in pupils with speech and language impairments. Child-Language-Teaching-and-Therapy. 1998 Feb; Vol 14(1): 83-93 Simcock, Moina 1993 Developing Productive Vocabulary Using the ³Ask and Answer² Technique. Guidelines; v15 n2 p1 7 Dec 1993 Simensen, Aud Marit. 1987 Adapted readers: how are they adapted?. Reading in a Foreign Language. 4, 1. Simenson, A. 1990 Adapted texts: A discussion of some aspects of reference. Reading in a Foreign Language. 6 (2): 399-411. Simic, Marge, Comp.; Smith, Carl, Ed. 1990 Vocabulary Expansion Improves Reading and Learning. Learning Package No. 30. Unknown Reference Simmons, Deborah C.; Kameenui, Edward J. 1988 Learning disabled and normal achievers' vocabulary knowledge: A quantitative and qualitative analysis. National Reading Conference (1987, St. Petersburg, Florida). National Reading Conference Yearbook; 1988 No 37 133 to 140 Simmons, Deborah C.; Kameenui, Edward J.; 1990 The Effect of Task Alternatives on Vocabulary Knowledge: A Comparison of Students with and without Learning Disabilities. "Journal of Learning Disabilities; v23 n5 p291-97,316 May 1990"; Simon, H. A. 1974 How big is a chunk? Science 183, 482-8. Simpson, A 1994 Not the novel class: A different reading program Journal of Reading, 38 , 290-294. Simpson, G.B. unknown Understanding Word and Sentence Simpson, Greg B.; Foster, Mollie R. 1986 Lexical ambiguity and children's word recognition. Developmental Psychology; 1986 Mar Vol 22(2) 147 to 154 Simpson, Michele L.; And Others 1987 Ideas in Practice: Vocabulary Strategies Designed for College Students. Journal of Developmental Education; v11 n2 p20 to 24 Nov 1987 Simpson, Phyllis L. 1996 Three Step Reading Vocabulary Strategy for Today's Content Area Reading Classroom. Reading Improvement; v33 n2 p76 80 Sum 1996 Simpson, R. G. 1943 The vocabulary sections of the Cooperative English tests at the higher levels of difficulty Journal of Educational Psychology 34: 142-51 Simpson, W. E. 1965 Effects of Approximation to sentence Word Order and Grammatical class upon the serial learning of word lists. Journal of Verbal learning and verbal behaviour. 4, 510-514. Sims, Verner Martin. 1929 The reliability and validity of four types of vocabulary tests. Journal of Educational Research. 20, 91-96. Sinatra, Richard; Dowd, Cornelia A. 1991 Using Syntactic and Semantic Clues to Learn Vocabulary. Journal of Reading; v35 n3 p224 29 Nov 1991 Sinclair, J. 1991 Corpus, Concordance, Collocation. Oxford: Oxford University Press. Sinclair, J. (Ed.). 1987 Collins COBUILD English Language Dictionary. Collins, London. Sinclair J. (Ed.) 1987 1995 COBUILD English Language Dictionary. London: HarperCollins. Sinclair, J.M. 1987 Collocation: a progress report' In Steele, R. and Threadgold, T. (eds.) Language Topics: An International Collection of Papers by Colleagues, Students and Admirers of Professor Michael Halliday to Honour him on his Retirement, Vol. II. Amsterdam: John Sinclair, J.M. 1989. Uncommonly common words. In M.L. Tickoo (ed.). 135-152. Sinclair, J.M. 1992 The automatic analysis of corpora. In J. Svartvik (Ed.), Directions in corpus linguistics: Proceedings of Nobel symposium 82, Stockholm, 4-8 August 1991 (Trends in Linguistics: Studies and Monographs 65), (pp. 379-397 Sinclair, J.M. 1993 Text corpora: Lexicographers' needs. Zeitschrift fur Anglistik und Amerikanistik, 41(1), 5-14. Sinclair, J. McH. 1966 Beginning the study of lexis. In C.E. Bazell, J.C. Catford, M.A.K. Halliday & R.H. Robins (Eds.), In memory of J.R. Firth (pp. 410- 430). London: Longman. Sinclair, J. McH. 1985 Lexicographic evidence. In R. Ilson (Ed.), Dictionaries, lexicography and language learning (pp. 81-94). Oxford: Pergamon Press Ltd and The British Council. Sinclair, J. McH. 1988 Sense and structure in lexis. In J. D. Benson, M. J. Cummings, and W. S. Greaves (Eds.) Languages in a Systematic Perspective Benjamins, Amsterdam. Sinclair, J. McH. and Renouf, A. 1988 A lexical syllabus for language learning. In Carter and McCarthy 1988, 140-160. Sinclair John 1987 Grammar in the dictionary In Sinclair, John (Ed.), Looking Up : Account of the Cobuild Project in Lexical Computing. Collins ELT, London. Sinclair, John 1987 The nature of evidence In Sinclair, John (Ed.), Looking Up : Account of the Cobuild Project in Lexical Computing. Collins ELT, London. Sinclair, John 1996 The Empty Lexicon International Journal of Corpus Linguistics, AN Amsterdam, The Netherlands (IJCL). 1996, 1:1, 99 119 Sinclair, John (Ed.) 1987 Looking Up : Account of the Cobuild Project in Lexical Computing Collins ELT, London. Sinclair, S and N Ellis 1996 The silent period and working memory. In: K Sajavaara and C Fairweather (eds) Approaches to Second Language Acquisition.Jyvaskyla. . Singer, Gail 1977 Enjoying Vocabulary Learning in Junior High: The Keyword Method Canadian Modern Language Review; 34; 1; 80 7 Singer, H 1981 Instruction in Reading Acquisition Perception of Print, ed. O. Tzeng and H. Singer, 291-312.Hillsdale, N. J.: Erlbaum Singer, Robert etc. unknown Photography and Beyond in Japan : Space, Time and Memory Singh, Amritjit etc. (Ed.) unknown Memory and Cultural Politics : New Approaches to American Ethnic Singh, Amritjit etc. (Ed.) unknown Memory, Narrative and Identity : New Essays in Ethnic American Singleton, Cleavonne 1976 The Lasting Properties of Word Counts. ph.D. Dissertation, The Ohio State University Singleton, D. 1987 Mother and other tongue influence on learner French. Studies in Second Language Acquisition. 9, 327-346. Singleton, D 1993 Le role de la forme et du sens dans le lexique mental en L2. Acquisition et Interaction en Langue Etrangere, 3( -94), 3-29. Singleton, D 1994 Learning L2 lexis: a matter of form? In: G Bartelt (ed.) The dynamics of language processes: essays in honour of Hans W Dechert. T*bingen: G*nther Narr. . Singleton, D 1996 Formal aspects of the L2 mental lexicon: some evidence from university level learnersof French. In: K Sajavaara and C Fairweather (eds)Approaches to Second Language Acquisition.Jyvaskyla. . Singleton, D. 1997. Learning and processing L2 vocabulary. Language Teaching. 30.213-225. Singleton, D. 1999 Exploring the Second Language mental lexicon Cambridge: Cambridge University Press Singleton, D. unknown Words in the multilingual mind: an exploration of the L2 mental lexicon forthcoming Cambridge University Press Singleton, D. and D. Little. 1991 The second language lexicon: some evidence from university level learners of French and German. Second Language Research. 7,1, 61-82. Singleton, D and D Little 1992 Le lexique mental de l'apprenant d'une langue etrangere: quelques appercus apportes par le TCD Modern Languages Research Project. In: R Bouchard, J Billiez, J-M Colletta, V de Nucheze and A Millet (eds.) Acquisition et enseignement/aprentissage des langues. Grenoble: LIDILEM. Singleton, D (ed.) 1993 L'acquisition du lexique d'une langue etrangere. Acquisition et Interaction en Langue Etrangere, 3( -94), whole volume. Singleton, D. M. 1983 Alien intrusions in learner French: a case study. TEANGA:. Journal of the Irish Association for Applied Linguistics. 3, 87-128. Singleton, D. M. 1995 Review of Schreuder and Weltens (Eds.) The bilingual lexicon. John Benjamins. 1993. Applied Linguistics. 16(1): 125-127. Singleton, David unknown Language Acquisition: The Age Factor Sipe, Betty Barbara 1973 Strategies for Teaching Vocabulary Reading Improvement; 10; 1; 6 to 8 Siu, Man-Hung Learning Local Lexical Structure in Spontaneous Speech Language Modeling Dissertation-Abstracts-International, Section-B:-The-Sciences-and-Engineering, Ann Arbor, MI (DAIB). 1998 May, 58:11, 6145-46 DAI No.: DA9815008. Degree granting institution: Boston U, 1998 Sjoeholm, K. 1989 Characteristic features in lexical restructuring among Finnish- and Swedish-speaking learners of English. Scandinavian Working Papers on Bilingualism. 8, 103-113. Sjoholm, K 1993 Patterns of transferability among fixed expressions in second language acquisition. . In: B Ketteman and W Wieder In: (eds.) Current issues in European SLA research. Tubingen. Gunther Narr. Sjoholm, K 1998 A reappraisal of the role of cross-linguistic and environmental factors in lexical L2 acquisition. In: K Haastrup and A Viberg, (eds) Perspectives on lexical acquisition in a second language. Travaux de l'Institut de Linguistique de Lund. 38. Lund. Sjoholm, Kaj 1983 Problems in Œmeasuring¹ L2 learning strategies In: H. Ringböm (Ed.) Psycholinguistics and Foreign Language Learning. Åbo: Åbo Akademi, Skalmowski, W. and M. van Overbeke 1969 Computational analysis of interference phenomena at the lexical level. ITL, 5, 92-103. Skehan, P 1989 Individual Differences in Second Language Learning London: Edward Arnold Skehan, P. 1996. A framework for the implementation of task-based instruction. Applied Linguistics. 17, 1. 38-62. Skehan, P. In Press. Early lexical development and the prediction of foreign language learning success. In H. Lunt (Ed.) Proceedings of the CILT / ESRC conference on second language acquisition research. CILT, London. Skinner, L. H. 1935 A comparative study of 45 Italian textbooks Modern Language Journal 20 (2): 67-84 Slagter, P. J. 1986 Woorden, woorden, woorden. [Words, words, words.]. Levende Talen. 416, 616-617. Slakter M. J 1967 The measurement of risk-taking on objective examinations Final Report 5-8248 Washington DC US Ofice of Education Slamecka, Norman 1968 An examination of trace storage in free recall Journal of experimental psychology 76, 4, 504-513 Slamecka, Norman J. 1975 Intralist Cueing of Recognition Journal of Verbal Learning and Verbal Behavior; 14; 6; 630 to 637 Slamecka, Norman J.; Barlow, William 1979 The Role of Semantic and Surface Features in Word Repetition Effects. Journal of Verbal Learning and Verbal Behavior; v18 n5 p617 to 27 Oct 1979 Slimani, A. 1989 Learning words from class-room discourse. In: P. Meara (Ed.) Beyond Words. London: CILT. Slimani, A. 1989 The role of Topicalization in Classroom Language Learning. Applied Linguistics, 11: 223 - 34. Slimani, A. 1992 An evaluation of classroom interaction. In J. C. Andersonand A. Beretta eds Evaluating second language education. CUP Sloan, Megan S. 1996 Encouraging Young Students to Use Interesting Words in Their Writing. Reading Teacher; v50 n3 p268 69 Nov 1996 Sloat, C. and Taylor, S. 1985 The Structure of English Words 3rd ed. Kendell Hunt Pub. Co, Iowa. Slobin, D. I. 1973 Cognitive prerequisites for the development of grammar In C.A. Ferguson & D.I. Slobin (Eds.), Studies of Child Language Development New York: Holt Rinehart Winston. (pp. 175208) Slowiaczek, Louisa 1990 Effects of lexical stress in auditory word recognition Language and speech 33, 1, 47-68 Small, M. F. 1994 Ay up, a chimp wi¹ an accent New Scientist 4 June 33-37 Small, Steven L. etc. (Ed.) unknown Lexical Ambiguity Resolution: Perspectives from Psycholinguistics, Smallwood, B. A 1992 Children's literature for adult ESL literacy (ERIC Digest ED353864): ERIC. Smit-Kreuzen, M. 1986 Woordenschatverwerving - kan de computer helpen? [Vocabulary acquisition: can the computer help?]. Levende Talen. 436, 648-651. Smith, Andrew P.; Broadbent, Donald E. 1981 Noise and levels of processing. Acta Psychologica; 1981 Feb Vol 47(2) 129 to 142 Smith, Andrew P.; Jones, Dylan M.; Broadbent, Donald E. 1981 The effects of noise on recall of categorized lists. British Journal of Psychology; 1981 Aug Vol 72(3) 299 to 316 Smith, Brandon B. 1983 Cognitive Structure of Technical Knowledge: A Free Associawelcome datacomption Methodology. Unknown Reference Smith, Brenda D.; And Others 1987 The Effect of Imagery Instruction on Vocabulary Development. College Reading and Learning Assistance Technical Report No. 87 05. Unknown Reference Smith, C.S. 1988 Factors of linguistic complexity and performance. In R. Davison & G. Green (Eds.), Linguistic complexity and text comprehension (pp.247-279 Smith, Connie B.; Adamson, Lauren B.; Bakeman, Roger 1988 Interactional predictors of early language. First Language; 1988 Vol 8(23, Pt 2) 143 156 Smith, Cyrus F., Jr.; Harrison, Margaret Drumm 1983 A Comparative Analysis of Three Widely Used Graded Word Reading Tests. ERIC?? Smith, Derek H, 1988 The British adaptation of the WAIS R: The Vocabulary scale. British Journal of Clinical Psychology; 1988 Sep Vol 27(3) 261 to 262 Smith, Derek J. unknown Memory, Amnesia and Modern Cognitive Theory Smith, Edward, E. and Douglas, L. Medin 1981 Categories and and concepts Cambridge: Harvard Smith, Elliott L. unknown Contemporary Vocabulary Smith, Emily D. unknown PitmanScript; Word List Smith, F. 1973 Psycholinguistcs and reading HoltReinhart and winston Smith, F. 1982 Understanding Reading. Holt, Rinehart & Winston, New York. Smith, F. 1985. Reading . Second edition. Cambridge: CUP. Smith, Francis Prescott and Helen Campbell 1942 Objective achievement testing in french: recognition versus recall tests Modern language Journal 26: 192-8 Smith, George 1950 Opinions related to college expectations and vocabulary level Journal of social psychology. 32: 255-263 Smith, Madora. E. 1949 Measurement of the vocabularies of young bi-lingual children in both of the languages used. Pedagogical seminary and the journal of genetic psychology June 74: 305-310 Smith, Marilyn Chapnik; Besner, Derek; Miyoshi, Hiroto 1994 New limits to automaticity: Context modulates semantic priming. Journal of Experimental Psychology Learning, Memory, and Cognition; 1994 Jan Vol 20(1) 104 to 115 Smith, Mary. K. 1940 Measurement of size of vocabulary of children from 6 to 18 years of Age. (School grades 1-12) Psychological Bulletin 37: 581. Smith, Mary. K. 1941. Measurement of the size of general English vocabulary through the elementary grades and high school. Genetic Psychology Monographs. 24, 311-345. Also Ph.D Northwestern University and Summaries of Doctoral Dissertations 1940 298-300 Smith, Mavis; Tilly, Anne unknown Teeline Gold; Word List (M Smith & A Tilly) Smith, MC 1997 How do bilinguals access lexical information? In: AMB de Groot and J Kroll (eds) Tutorials in Bilingualism. Newark, NJ.:Lawrence Erlbaum. 1997. Smith, Niel. 1989. The twitter machine. Blackwell: Oxford. Smith, P.D. Jr. 1971 Toward a practical theory of second language instruction. Philadelphia: The Centre for Curriculum Development, Inc. Smith, Paul. 1969. Teaching vocabulary. Modern Language Journal. 53. 531-537. Smith, Philip T.; Boakes, Robert A. (Ed.) unknown Human and Animal Memory Smith, Philip T.; Jordan, Timothy R.; Sharma, Dinkar 1991 A connectionist model of visual word recognition that accounts for interactions between mask size and word length. Psychological Research Psychologische Forschung; 1991 Apr Vol 53(1) 80 to 87 Smith, Richard M.; Supanich, Gary P. 1984 The Vocabulary Scores of Company Presidents. Technical Report 1984 to 1. Smith, Robert W.L. (Ed.) unknown Dictionary of English Word Roots Smith, V.L. 1983 Vocabulary building for university-bound ESL students. Paper presented at the 17th Annual Convention of Teachers of English to Speakers of Other Languages, Toronto, Ontario, March 15-20, 1983. Smithies, Michael 1983 Reading Habits at a Third World Technological University. Reading in a Foreign Language; v1 n2 p111 18 Oct 1983 Smolak, Linda Marie 1980 Receptive Language Development in Infancy: Sequence, Cognitive Precursors, and Relationship to Production Dissertation Abstracts International, Ann Arbor, MI 1980, 41, 382B Smolensky, Paul 1996 On the Comprehension/Production Dilemma in Child Language Linguistic Inquiry, Cambridge, MA (LingI). 1996 Fall, 27:4, 720 31 Smythe, P. C., G. Jutras, J. Bramwell and R. C. Gardner 1973 Second Language retention over varying intervals Modern Language Journal, 57, 400-405 Snider, J.G. and Osgood, C.E. (eds). 1969. Semantic Differential Technique: a Sourcebook. Aldine Publishing Co., Chicago. Snodgrass, JG. 1993 Translating vs picture naming: similarities and differences. In: R. Schreuder and B. Weltens (Eds.) The Bilingual Lexicon. Amsterdam: Benjamins. Snodgrass, JG and S Tsivkin 1995 Organization of the bilinguals' lexicon: categorial vs alphabetic cuing in Russian-English bilinguals. Journal of Psycholinguistic Research 24,2, 145-163. Snodgrass, Joan Gay; McClure, Phyllis 1975 Storage and Retrieval Properties of Dual Codes for Pictures and Words in Recognition Memory Journal of Experimental Psychology (Human Learning and Memory); 1; 5; 521 to 29 Snow, C. and M. Hoefnagel-Hohle 1978 Age Differences in Second Language Acquisition Ed. Evelyn Hatch Rowley, Mass.: Newbury House Snowling, M., Chiat, S., & Hulme, C. 1991 Words, nonwords, and phonological processes: Some comments on Gathercole, Willis, Emslie, & Baddeley. Applied Psycholinguistics, 12, 369-373. Snyder, Jane Colette 1980 The Spontaneous Production of Figurative Language and Word Play in the Grade School Years Dissertation Abstracts International. 40, 5845B Snyder, Lynn S.; Bates, Elizabeth; Bretherton, Inge 1981 Content and context in early lexical development. Journal of Child Language; 1981 Oct Vol 8(3) 565 582 Snyder, William Emmett 1996 Cognitive Strategies in Second Language Lexical Processing: Evidence from English Speakers' Spelling Errors in Spanish Dissertation Abstracts International, Ann Arbor, MI (DAI). 1996 July, 57:1, 196A 97A DAI No.: DA9614842. Northwestern U, 1995 Soares, C. and F. Grosjean 1981 Left hemisphere lateralisation in bilingual and monolingual. Perception and Psychophysics, 29, 6, 599-604. Soars, L. and J. Soars. 1996 New Headway English Course - Intermediate - Student¹s Book. Oxford University Press Sobkowiak, Wlodzimierz 1994 Beyond the Year 2000: Phonetic Access Dictionaries (With Word Frequency Information) in EFL. System; 22 n4 p509 to 23 Nov Soderman, T 1993 Word associations of foreign language learners and native speakers: the phenomenon of a shift in response type and its relevance for lexical development. In: H Ringbom (ed) Near-native proficiency in English. Abo: Abo Akademi. Soderman, T 1993 Word associations of foreign language learners and native speakers - different response types and their relevance to lexical development. In: B Hammarberg In: (ed.) Problems, process and product in language learning. Soderman, Tiina unknown Lexical Characteristics of the Estonian North Eastern Coastal Dialect Soekemi. 1989. How to use a dictionary? In M.L. Tickoo (ed.). 204-212. Sokmen, A 1992 Students as vocabulary generators. TESOL Journal, 1,4 , 16-18. Sokmen, A. 1993 Word association results: a window to the lexicon of ESL students. JALT Journal. 15,2, 135-150. Sokmen, A.J. 1992 Students as vocabulary generators. TESOL Journal 1,4: 16-18. Sokmen, Anita 1997 Current trends in teaching second language vocabulary In Schmitt, N. and M. McCarthy (Eds.): Vocabulary: Description, Acquisition and Pedagogy: Cambridge, Cambridge University Press. 237-257 Sokmen, Anita J. 1991 Common threads; An interactive vocabulary builder. Englewood Cliffs NJ: Prentice Hall Regents. Solma, Robert T.; Adepoju, Adelanke A. 1995 The effect of aural feedback in second language vocabulary learning. Journal of Behavioral Education; 1995 Dec Vol 5(4) 433 445 Solman, Robert T.; Saunders Robyn J. 1984 The effect of pictures on the acquisition of a small vocabulary of similar-sight words Br. J. Educ. Psychol.; Vol.54, pt 3 : Nov 84 265-275 ISSN: 00070998 Solso, Robert (Ed.) 1997 Mind and brain sciences in the 21st century Bradford: MIT Sonaiya, Oluremi Comfort 1988 The Lexicon in Second Language Acquisition: A Lexical Approach to Error Analysis Dissertation Abstracts International, Ann Arbor, MI (DAI). 1988 Aug., 49:2, 247A Sonaiya, R. 1991 Vocabulary acquisition as a process of continual lexical disambiguation. IRAL. 29, 273-284. Sonck-Mercier, A, B Courveur-Loosen and J-P Nyssen 1991 Towards a common core for ESP. CILL, 17 , 281-289. Sopprasong, L. 1994. Do the Thai secondary school reading textbooks help the students prepare for the vocabulary of the university entrance test?. Unpublished MA research project, Victoria University of Wellington. Sorace, A 1985 Metalinguistic knowledge and lang use in acquisition-poor environments. Applied Linguistics, 6, 239-54 Sorace, Antonella 1996 The use of acceptability judgements in second language acquisition research In Handbook of second language acquisition Ritchie, W. and T. Bhatia (eds.) Academic press p375-404 Sotiroff, S. and N. Pratt 1978 Computer assisted vocabulary drill. Paper presented at the Vth International Congress of Applied Linguistics, Montreal. Soudek, Lev I.; Soudek, Miluse 1983 The Mental Lexicon in Second Language Learning; Pub. under Auspices of CIPL (The Hague); Actes du XIIIe cong. internat. des linguistes/Akten des XIII. Internat. Linguistenkongresses/Atti del XIII. cong. internazionale dei linguisti/Dai XIII kai kokusai gengogakusha kaigi rombunshu 1143 1147 IN Hattori Shiro (ed.); Inoue Kazuko (ed.); Shimomiya Tadao (assoc. ed.); Nagashima Yoshio (assoc. ed.). Proceedings of the XIIIth International Congress of Linguists, August 29 September 4, 1982, Tokyo. Tokyo : Tokyo Press, 1983. lxii, 1453 pp. Soulé-Susebielles, N. 1987 Improving students¹ competence in foreign language reading English Language Teaching Journal 41 (3): 198-203 Sounkalo, Jiddou 1991 Relationship between Second Language Instruction and Lexical Attrition and Deficiency in the Native Languages of Mauritanians Dissertation Abstracts International, Ann Arbor, MI (DAI). 1991 Aug, 52:2, 527A DAI No.: DA9120137. Degree granting institution: U of Pittsburgh Spache, George 1953 A new readability formula for Primary-Grade Reading materials Elementary School Journal 53: 410-413 Spache, George D. 1943 The vocabulary tests of the Revised stanford-Binet as independent measures of intellinence Journal of Educational Research 36, 512-516 Spache, George D., and Evelyn B. Spache 1973 Reading in the Elementary School, 3d. ed Boston: Allyn and Bacon Spack, R. 1985. Literature, reading writing and ESL: bridging the gaps. TESOL Quarterly. 19 (4) 703 - 725. Spada, N. 1986 The interaction between type of contact and type of instruction: some effects on the L2 proficiency of adult learners, Studies in 2nd lang acqiosition, 8:181-200 (in R.Ellis p.131) Spada, N. & Lighbown, P.M. 1993 Instruction and the development of questions in L2 classrooms. Studies in Second Language Acquisition, 15, 205-224. Sparks, R. and L. Ganschow 1993 Searching for cognitive locus of foreign language learning difficulties: linking first and second language learning Modern Language Journal 77 (3):289-302 Sparks, R.L., Ganschow, L., Javorsky, J., Pohlman, J., & Patton, J. 1992 Test comparisons among students identified as high-risk, low-risk, and learning disabled in high-school foreign language courses. Modern Language Journal, 76, 142-159. Spates, Deborah Blue 1979 An Investigation of the Peabody Picture Vocabulary Test and Selected Procedures for Evaluating Word Acquisition by a Group of First Grade Children Dissertation Abstracts International, Ann Arbor, MI 1979, 39, 5862B Spaulding, S. 1953 Three dimensional word repetition in reading material. Modern Language Journal, 37, 5, 226-230. Spaulding, Seth. 1951. Two formulas for estimating the reading difficulty of Spanish. Educational Research Bulletin. 30, 117-124. Spearitt, D. 1972 Identification of subskills of reading comprehension by maximum likelihood factor analysis. Reading Research Quarterly. 8, 92-111. Special issue 1994 Teacher research TESOL Journal Autumn Speelman, Craig P.; Kirsner, Kim 1990 The representation of text based and situation based information in discourse comprehension. Journal of Memory and Language; 1990 Feb Vol 29(1) 119 to 132 Speidel, G-E 1993 Phonological short-term memory and individual differences in learning to speak: a bilingual case study. First Language 13, 149-157. Spelke, E., Hirst, W. and Neisser, U. 1976 Skills of divided attention. Cognition, 4, 215 to 230. Spelman Miller, K. 1994 Writing on line: towards a linguistic analysis of revision processes on the word processor. The use of keystroke analysis in the study of writing. On-line paper for EARLI/ECWC Conference. Utrecht University, . Spencer, Andrew unknown Morphological Theory: An Introduction to Word Structure in Generative Spense, Gerry 1995 How to argue and win everytime New York: St Martin¹s griffin Spense, K.W. & Spense, T.J. (Eds.). 1986 The psychology of learning and Motivation : Advances in Research and Theory. New York: Academic Press. Spine, Thomas M.; Williges, Beverly H.; Maynard, Joseph F 1984 An economical approach to modeling speech recognition accuracy. International Journal of Man Machine Studies; 1984 Sep Vol 21(3) 191 202 Spinelli, E. and Siskin, H.J. 1992 Selecting, presenting and practicing vocabulary in a culturally-authentic context. Foreign Language Annals 25,4: 305-315. Spiro, R. J., Bruce, B. C. and Brewer, W. F. (Eds.). 1980 Theoretical Issues in Reading Comprehension. Erlbaum, New Jersey. Spitza, Kimett and Fischer, Susan D. 1981 Short term memory as a test of language proficiency. TESL Talk. 12, 4, 32-41. Spolsky, Bernard 1966 A psycholinguistic critique of programmed foreign language instruction IRAL 4, 2, 119-127 Spolsky, Bernard. 1979 Contrastive analysis, error analysis, Interlanguage and other useful fads. Modern language journal. 63 (2): 250-57 Spolsky, Bernard. 1988 Bridging the gap: a general theroy of second language learning. TESOL Quarterly. 22 3. 377 - 395 Spolsky, Bernard. 1989 Conditions for second language learning Oxford: Oxford University Press Spolsky, Bernard. 1995 Measured Words. Oxford: Oxford University Press. Spolsky, Bernard 1996 Comprehension testing, or can understanding be measured In: Brown, G., K. Malmkjaer, Alistair Pollit and J. Williams. Language and understanding: Oxford: Oxford University Press. Spolsky, Bernard. et al. 1971 A Spoken Word Count of Six-Year-Old Navajo Children, with Supplement--Complete Word List. Navajo Reading Study Progress Report No. 10. CS: New Mexico Univ., Albuquerque. ERIC Document. Spradlin, Joseph 1974 Discussion Summary - Development of receptive language In Schielelbusch, R. L., and Lloyd, L. L. Language prespectives- Acquisition, Retardation and Intervention. MacMillan, London. pp 269-81 Spring, Carl 1978 Automaticity of Word Recognition under Phonics and Whole Word Instruction. Journal of Educational Psychology; v70 n4 p445 to 50 Aug 1978 Squire, L. R. 1987 Memory and the brain. New York: Oxford University Press. Squire, Larry R.; Butters, N. (Ed.) unknown Neuropsychology of Memory Squire, Larry R. (Ed.) unknown Encyclopaedia of Learning and Memory Squire, Larry R. etc. (Ed.) unknown Memory: Organization and Locus of Change Squires, Judith etc. (Ed.) unknown Cultural Memory Srinivas, Kavitha; Roediger, Henry L.; Rajaram, Suparna 1992 The role of syllabic and orthographic properties of letter cues in solving word fragments. Memory and Cognition; 1992 May Vol 20(3) 219 to 230 Stachowiak, Franz Josef 1985 Metaphor Production and Comprehension in Aphasia 559 599 IN Paprotte Wolf (ed.); Dirven Rene (ed.). The Ubiquity of Metaphor: Metaphor in Language and Thought. Amsterdam : Benjamins, 1985. xix, 628 pp. Stadtlander, Lee-M. 1997 A compilation of 800 word neighborhoods by frequency. Behavior-Research-Methods, Instruments-and-Computers. 1997 Nov; Vol 29(4): 636-644 Stafford, Gerald Edward 1972 An Examination of the Effects of Three Testing Techniques on Word Accuracy, Comprehension, Rate, and Percentages of Semantic Substitutions in Oral Reading. Unknown Reference Stahl, Norman A.; And Others 1986 Developing College Vocabulary: A Content Analysis of Instructional Materials. College Reading and Learning Assistance Technical Report 86 07. Unknown Reference Stahl, Norman A.; Brozo, William G.; Smith, Brenda D.; Henk, William A.; et al 1991 Effects of teaching generative vocabulary strategies in the college developmental reading program. Journal of Research and Development in Education; 1991 Sum Vol 24(4) 24 to 32 Stahl, S. 1988. Review of McKeown and Curtis (1987). Journal of Reading Behavior 20,1, 89-95. Stahl, S.A. 1990. Beyond the instrumentalist hypothesis: some relationships between word meanings and comprehension. Technical report no. 505 of the Center for the Study of Reading, University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign. Stahl, S. A., Richek, M., & Vandevier, R. 1991 Learning meaning vocabulary through listening: A sixth-grade replication In J. Zutell & S. McCormick (Eds.), Learner factors/teacher factors: Issues in literacy research and instruction. Fortieth Yearbook of the National Reading Conference (pp. 185-192). Chicago: NRC Stahl, S. and Jacobson, M.G. 1986. Vocabulary difficulty, prior knowledge, and text comprehension. Journal of Reading Behavior. 18, 4. 309-323. Stahl, Steven. 1983 Differential word knowledge and reading comprehension. Journal of Reading Behaviour. 15, 4, 33-50. Stahl, Steven A. 1985 To Teach a Word Well: A Framework for Vocabulary Instruction. Reading World; v24 n3 p16 to 27 Mar 1985 Stahl, Steven A. 1986 Three Principles of Effective Vocabulary Instruction. Journal of Reading; 29 n7 p662 to 68 Apr 1986 Stahl, Steven A. 1988 Prior Knowledge and Task Variations in Learning Word Meanings from Context. Unknown Reference Stahl, Steven A. 1993 Vocabulary Instruction and the Nature of Word Meanings. ERIC Number: ED239231 Stahl, Steven A. and Fairbanks, Marilyn M. 1986 The effects of vocabulary instruction: a model-based meta-analysis. Review of Educational Research. 56 (1): 72-110. Stahl, Steven A.; And Others 1989 Prior Knowledge and Difficult Vocabulary in the Comprehension of Unfamiliar Text. Reading Research Quarterly; v24 n1 p27 43 Win 1989 Stahl, Steven A.; And Others 1991 Defining the Role of Prior Knowledge and Vocabulary in Reading Comprehension: The Retiring of Number 41. Journal of Reading Behavior; v23 n4 p487 to 508 1991 Stahl, Steven A.; And Others 1993 The Effects of Whole Language Instruction: An Update and a Reappraisal. Unknown Reference Stahl, Steven A. and Vancil, Sandra J. 1986 Discussion is what makes semantic maps work in vocabulary instruction. The Reading Teacher. 40, 1, 62-67. Stahl, Steven A.; Clark, Charles H. 1987 The Effects of Participatory Expectations in Classroom Discussion on the Learning of Science Vocabulary. American Educational Research Journal; v24 n4 p541 to 55 Win 1987 Stahl, Steven A.; Fairbanks, Marilyn M. 1986 The effects of vocabulary instruction: A model based meta analysis. Review of Educational Research; 1986 Spr Vol 56(1) 72 to 110 Stahl, Steven A.; Shiel, T. Gerard 1992 Teaching meaning vocabulary: Productive approaches for poor readers. Reading and Writing Quarterly Overcoming Learning Difficulties; 1992 Apr Jun Vol 8(2) 223 to 241 Stahl, Steven-A. 1998 Four questions about vocabulary knowledge and reading and some answers. Stainaker, J. M. and C. Ruth 1935 Chance versus selected distractors in a vocabulary test Journal of educational psychology 26: 161-168 Stallman, A. C. 1991 Learning vocabularies from context: Effects of focusing attention on individual words during reading. Unpublished doctoral dissertation, University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign. Stallman, A. C., Commeyras, M., Kerr, B. M., Meyer-Reimer, K., Jimenez, R., Hartman, D. K. and Pearson, P. D. 1989 Are new words really new?. Technical Report No. 471 Center for the Study of Reading, University of Illinois. Stallman, Anne Cooper 1992 Learning Vocabulary from Context: Effects of Focusing Attention on Individual Words during Reading Dissertation Abstracts International, Ann Arbor, MI (DAI). 1992 Jan, 52:7, 2484A DAI No.: DA9136743. Degree granting institution: U of Illinois, Urbana Stalnaker, John and Ruth Stalnaker 1935 Chance vs Selected distractors in a vocabulary test Journal of Educational Psychology 26 (3) 161-168 Stalnaker, John. M. 1935 Recognition and recall in a vocabulary test Pedagogical seminary of the Journal of genetic psychology 46: 463-64 Stalnaker, John M. and Kurath, William. 1935 A comparison of two types of foreign language vocabulary test. Journal of Educational Psychology. 26, 435-442. Standal, Timothy C.; Schaefer, Christine C. 1978 Vocabulary Improvement: Program Goals and Exemplary Techniques. ERIC 239229 Standwell , G. J. B. 1973 The phoneme, a red herring for language teaching? Audio-Visual Language Journal 11: 119-22. . Stang, H. 1989 A comparison of active and passive English language lexical skills among Japanese and Swiss-German students MA Project, Birkbeck College, London Stanley, Patricia D.; Ginther, Dean W. 1991 The Effects of Purpose and Frequency on Vocabulary Learning from Written Context of High and Low Ability Reading Comprehenders. Reading Research and Instruction; v30 n4 p31 to 41 Sum 1991 Stanley, Rose Mary 1984 The Recognition of Macrostructure: A Pilot Study. Reading in a Foreign Language; v2 n1 p156 68 Spr 1984 Stanovich, K. E. 1980 Toward an interactive -compensatory model of individual differences in the development of reading fluency. Reading Research Quarterly. 16, 32-71. Stanovich, K.E., & Cunningham, A.E. 1992 Studying the consequences of literacy within a literate society: The cognitive correlates of print exposure. Memory and Cognition, 20, 51-68. Stanovich, Keith E.; West, Richard F. 1981 The Effect of Sentence Context on Ongoing Word Recognition: Tests of a Two Process Theory. Journal of Experimental Psychology: Human Perception and Performance; v7 n3 p658 to 72 Jun 1981 Stansfield, Charles W 1989 Language Aptitude Reconsidered ERIC Digest, December 1989 . ERIC Clearinghouse on Languages and Linguistics, Washington, D. C.: Center for Applied Linguistics Starch 1916 Educational measurements New York: Macmillan Stark, M. 1990 Dictionary Workbooks: a critical evaluation of dictionary workbooks for the foreign learner of English. Exeter: University of Exeter Press. Starr, Richard 1960 New tests in foreign languages CHECK REF Proceedings Inv conf testing Probl. 97-110 Starr, Richard 1961 Proficiency tests in modern foreign languages CHECK REF PMLA 76: 7-11 May Starr, Richard 1962 MLA foreign language proficiency tests for teachers and advanced students CHECK REF PMLA 77: 31-42 Stati, S. 1985 L'analyse contrastive dans l'enseignement du vocbulaire. [Contrastive analysis in teaching vocabulary.]. In: D. Londi and C. Licari (Eds.). L'enseignement du francais dans l'aire mediterraneenne europeenne. Bologna: CLUEB. Statman, Stella. 1981 The activation of semantic memory: a pedagogical technique in the EFL classroom. English Language Teaching Journal. 35, 3, 232-233. Stauber, Kathleen Ann 1975 Children's Comprehension and Production of Semantic Relations. Dissertation Abstracts International, Ann Arbor, MI 1975, 36, 1953B 54B Stauffer, Russell 1980 The language experience approach Cambridge Harper Row Stauffer, Russell G. 1942. A study of prefixes in the Thorndike list to establish a list of prefixes that should be taught in the elementary school. Journal of Educational Research. 35, 6, 453-458. Stede, Manfred 1996 Lexical Paraphrases in Multilingual Sentence Generation Machine Translation, Dordrecht, Netherlands (MachT). 1996, 11:1 3, 75 107 Stedje, A. 1977 Tredesprakinterferens i fritt tal - en jämförande studie. [Trilingual interference in free speech: a comparative study.] In: R. Palmberg and H. Ringböm (Eds.): papers from the Conference on Contrastive Linguistics and Error Analysis. Åbo Akademi Foundation, 141-158. Stedt, Joe; And Others 1987 Using Mnemonic Explanations to Improve Sign Lexicon Learning with Children & Young Adults. Sign Language Studies; n55 p141 to 61 Sum 1987 Steele, S. 1981 An encyclopedia of AUX: A study of cross-linguistic equivalence. Cambridge, Mass.: MIT Press. Steffensen, Margaret S. 1988 The Dialogue Journal: A Method of Improving Cross Cultural Reading Comprehension. Reading in a Foreign Language; v5 n1 p193 203 Fall 1988 Stein, G. 1979. Nuclear Energy: Reflections on the structure of its vocabulary. Poetica. 10. 27-52. Stein, G. 1989. Recent developments in EFL dictionaries. In M.L. Tickoo (ed.). 10-41. Stein, Gabriele 1976 Semi-Productive Lexical Rules: A Note on -ed Adjectives Journal of English Linguistics. 10, 30-33 Stein, Gabriele. 1988 ELT dictionaries, the teacher and the student. JALT Journal. 11, 1, 36-45. Stein, MJ. 1993 The healthy inadequacy of contextual definition. In: T. Huckin, M. Haynes and J. Coady (Eds.) Second Language Reading and Vocabulary. Norwood, NJ.: Ablex. Stein, Nancy L. etc. (Ed.) unknown Memory for Everyday and Emotional Events Steinberg, J. S. 1978 Context clues as aids in comprehension. English Teaching Forum. 16, 2, 6-9. Steinfeld, Regina Sperber, 1995 An Investigation Of The Effects Of A Computer-Based Tutor In Foreign Language Vocabulary Learning. Phd. Fordham University, 1995. 175 Pp. Umi Dissertation Reference 9543465 Steingart, S.K. and Glock, M.D. 1979 Imagery and the recall of connected discourse. Reading Research Quarterly 15, 1: 66-83. Steinmetz, David C. unknown Memory and Mission Stemberger, Joseph P.; MacWhinney, Brian 1986 Frequency and the lexical storage of regularly inflected forms. Memory and Cognition; 1986 Jan Vol 14(1) 17 to 26 Stemberger, Joseph Paul 1982 The Lexicon in a Model of Language Production Stenberg, Georg; Wiking, Susanne; Dahl, Mats 1998 Judging words at face value: Interference in a word processing task reveals automatic processing of affective facial expressions. Cognition-and-Emotion. 1998 Nov; Vol 12(6): 755-782 Stenner, A.J. M. Smith and D.S. Burdick 1983 Towards a theory of construct definition Journal of educational measurement 20, 305-16 Stenstrom, A. 1990. Lexical items peculiar to spoken discourse. In J. Svartvik (ed.) The London-Lund Corpus of Spoken English: Description and Research. 137-175. Stenstrom, A-B. 1995a. Taboos in Teenage Talk, In G. Melchers &;B. Warren (eds) Studies in Anglistics. Stockholm: Almqvist &;Wiksell International, 71-80. Stenstrom, A-B. 1995b. Some remarks on comment clauses. In B. Aarts &;Ch. Meyer (eds) The verb in contemporary English. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 290-302. Stenstrom, A-B. &;J. Svartvik. 1994 Imparsable speech: Repeats and nonfluencies in spoken English. In N. Oostdijk &;P. de Haan (eds) Corpus-based research into language. Amsterdam: Rodopi, 241-254. Stern, H.H. 1975 What can we learn from the good language learner? Canadian Modern Language Review 31: 304-18. Sternberg, R.J. 1985 Beyond IQ: A Triarchic Theory of Human Intelligence. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press. Sternberg, R. J. 1987 Most vocabulary is learned from context. In McKeown, M. G. and M. E. Curtis. (Eds.). The Nature of Vocabulary Acquisition. Lawrence Erlbaum Associates. Hillsdale: New Jersey. 89-105. Sternberg, R. J. and Powell, J. S. 1983 Comprehending verbal comprehension. American Psychologist. 38, 878-893. Sternberg, Robert and McNamara, Timothy 1985 The representation and processing of information in real-time verbal comprehension In Embretson, S. (Ed) Test design: developments in psychology and psychometrics. Academic press Sternberg, Robert, J. 1996 Cognitive Psychology Fort Worth Harcourt brace Sternberg, Saul, Charles Wright, Ronald Knoll and Stephen Monsel 1980 Motor programs in rapid scpeech: additional evidence in Ronald Cole (Ed) Perception and production of fluent speech Hillsdale NJ: Lawrence Earlbaum Sternberg, Saul, Stephen Monsel , Ronald Knoll and Charles Wright 1980 The latency and duration of rapid movement sequences: comparisons of speech and typewriting In Ronald Cole (Ed) Perception and production of fluent speech Hillsdale NJ: Lawrence Earlbaum Stetkevych, Jaroslav unknown Modern Arabic Literary Language : Lexical and Stylistic Developments Stetson, Elton G.; Wiley, Patricia D. 1981 The RSVP: A Core Vocabulary for Students in Grades One to Nine. ERIC Document Stevens, Garfield Reeves-; Stevens, Judith Reeves- unknown Memory Prime Stevens, S.S. 1956. The direct estimation of sensory magnitudes - loudness. American Journal of Psychology 69, 1: 1-25. Stevens, S.S. 1958. Problems and methods of psychophysics. . Psychological Bulletin 55, 4: 177-196. Stevens, Tassos; Karmiloff-Smith, Annette 1997 Word learning in a special population: Do individuals with Williams syndrome obey lexical constraints? Journal-of-Child-Language. 1997 Oct; Vol 24(3): 737-765 Stevens, V. 1991 Classroom concordancing: vocabulary materials derived from relevant, authentic text. English for Specific Purposes. 10, 35-46. Stevens, V 1991 Concordance based vocabulary exercises: a viable alternative to gap filling. English Language Research Journal, 4 , 47-63. Stevens, Vance 1995 Concordancing with Language Learners: Why? When? What? CAELL Journal, 6,2 2-10. Stevenson, Douglas K. 1985 The Teaching of Testing: Reliability, Validity, and All That Stuff. Unknown Reference Stevenson, Marguerite, Mary Roach Lewis leavitt, Jon Miller and Robin Chapman 1988 Early receptive and productive skills in preterm and fullterm 8 month old infants Journal of psycholinguistic research, 17, 2, 169-83 Stevick, E. 1976 Memory meaning and method New York: newbury House Stevick, E. 1990 Research on what? Some terminology. Modern language journal. 74 (2): 143-152 Stevick, E. W. 1987 Toward a practical philosophy of pronunciation : another view. TESOL Quarterly 12 (2) 145 - 151 Stewart, Dianne M.; Hamilton, Marshall L. 1976 Imitation as a Learning Strategy in the Acquisition of Vocabulary Journal of Experimental Child Psychology; 21; 3; 380 to 392 Stewart, Sharon R.; And Others 1997 Incidental Learning of Sight Words during Articulation Training. Language, Speech, and Hearing Services in Schools; v28 n2 p115 26 Apr 1997 Stieglitz, EL 1983 A practical approach to vocabulary reinforcement. English Language Teaching Journal, 37, 1, 71-75. Stieglitz, Ezra L. and Stieglitz, Varda S. 1981 SAVOR the word to reinforce vocabulary in the content areas. Journal of Reading. 25, 1, 46-51. Stillings, N. Weisler and others 1995 Cognitive Science MIT Press. Stip, P. and J. Hulstijn. 1986 Hoe geef je het goede voorbeeld? Woordenschatuitbreiding met behulp van voorbeeld zinnen. [Explaingin word meanings with target language example sentences.]. Toegepaste Taalwetenschap in Artikelen. 25, 118-128. Stock, P. F. 1983 Polysemy. International Conference on Lexicography ed.R.R.K. Hartmann, 131-140. Stock, R.D. 1976 Some Factors Affecting the Acquisition of Foreign language Lexicon in the Classroom. Unpublished Ph.D. Thesis. Urbana, Champaign: University of Illinois. Stockdale, J. 1994. Reinforcing vocabulary: writing analogies. English Teaching Forum. 32, 2. 44-45. Stoda, Kevin 1994 A Burning Issue: The Need to Introduce ŒBeneficial Backwash¹ and a Testing Partnership in Japan in the 1990s Language Teacher 18, no. 10 Oct. : 35-37 Stoddard, G. D. 1929. An experiment in verbal learning. Journal of Educational Psychology. 20, 452-457. Stoffer, Ilka 1996 University Foreign Language Students' Choice of Vocabulary Learning Strategies as Related to Individual Difference Variables Dissertation Abstracts International, Ann Arbor, MI (DAI). 1996 Aug, 57:2, 610A DAI No.: DA9616905. U of Alabama, 1995 Stoller, FL and W. Grabe. 1993 Implications for L2 vocabulary acquisition and instruction from L1 vocabulary research. In: T. Huckin, M. Haynes and J. Coady (Eds.) Second Language Reading and Vocabulary. Norwood, NJ.: Ablex. Stolz, Walter S.; Tiffany, Janice 1972 The Production of 'Child Like' Word Associations by Adults to Unfamiliar Adjectives. Journal of Verbal Learning and Verbal Behavior. 11, 38 46 Stone, Clarence 1956 Measuring Difficulty of primary reading material : A constructive criticism of Spache¹s measure Elementary School Journal 57: 36-41 Stone, Clarence R. 1943. A reply to all in favor of a low vocabulary. Elementary School Journal. 44, 41-44. Stone, Gerald unknown Cognitive-behavioural Approach to Counselling Psychology: Implications Stone, Gregory O.; Van Orden, Guy C. 1993 Strategic control of processing in word recognition. Journal of Experimental Psychology Human Perception and Performance; 1993 Aug Vol 19(4) 744 to 774 Storch, Guenther 1979 Wortbildung und Fremdsprachenunterricht. Ein Beitrag zur Vermittlung zwischen Theorie und Praxis Word Formation and Foreign Language Teaching. A Contribution to Bridging between Theory and Practice (Part 1). Zielsprache Deutsch; n2 p2 to 13 1979 Storey, Peter 1997 Examining the test taking process: a cognitive perspective on the discourse cloze test language testing 14 (2): 214-231 Stotsky, S. 1983. Types of lexical cohesion in expository writing: implications for developing the vocabulary ofacademic discourse. College Composition and Communication. 34, 4. 430-446. Stotsky, Sandra L. Unknown Date Teaching Prefixes: Facts and Fallacies Language Arts; 54; 8; 887 to 90 Straight,-H.-Stephen  1979 A redefinition of the relationship between psycholinguistics and linguistics? International Journal of Psycholinguistics;1979 Vol 6(4)(16) 57-60; Straight, Stephen H. 1976 Comprehension versus Production in Linguistic Theory FLang 1976, 14, 525 40 Strassberg Rosenberg, Barbara; Shuell, Thomas J. 1974 Organization, Breadth of Categorization and Free Recall Learning in Children. ERIC Document Strasser, Stephen; Sena, John unknown Work is Not a Four-Letter Word: Improving the Quality of Your Work Life Stratton, E.P. and Nacke, P.L. 1974. The role of vocabulary knowledge in comprehension. In Nacke (1974). 185-192. Strevens, P. 1973. Technical, technological, and Scientific English. ELT Journal. 27, 3. 223-234. Strevens, P. 1974 A rationale for teaching pronunciation: the rival virtues of innocence and sophistication. English Language Teaching 28. pp. 182-9. . Strevens, P. 1978 In honour of A.S. Hornby. Oxford: Oxford University Press. Strevens, Peter 1965 Papers in Language Teaching London: Oxford University Press Strick, G. J. 1980 A hypothesis for semantic development in a second language. Language Learning, 30, 1, 155-176. Strickland, Ruth G. 1972 Vocabulary Development and Language Learning Educational Horizons; 50; 3; 150 to 5 Stripp Magda Grover 1981 Word association in cross-language studies and bilingualism Polyglot; Vol.3, fiche 2 : Sep 81 StrÑssler, J. 1982 Idioms in English: a Pragmatic Analysis. TÅbingen: Gunter Narr Stromberg, K. and Roach, P.J. 1994 The representation of stress-patterns in pronunciation dictionaries: "Morse-code" vs. orthographic marking. Journal of International Phonetic Association, 23, No 2, 55-58. Stromqvist, S. 1983 Lexical search games in adult second language acquisition: a model and some results. Gothenburg Papers in Theoretical Linguistics, 44 . Strong, G. 1996. Using Literature for Language Teaching in ESOL. Thought Currents in English Literature; v69 p291-305. ERIC Document Reproduction Service No. ED407860 Strozer, Judith R. unknown Language Acquisition After Puberty Strube, Gerhard; Wender, Karl F. (Ed.) unknown Cognitive Psychology of Knowledge Strucken, E. 1975 Wortschatzarbeit und Wortschatztests in Fortgeschrittenenunterricht. [Vocabulary work and vocabulary tests in advanced classes.] Praxis des Neusprachlichen Unterrichts, 22, 4, 432-435. Stuart, K 1990 Developing extensive reading skills with culturally relevant folktales TESL Reporter, 23 (1), 3. Stuart-Hamilton, Ian 1995 Dictionary of developmental psychology Jessica Kingsley Publishers Stubbs, Joseph B.; Tucker, G. Richard 1974 The Cloze Test as a Measure of English Proficiency Modern Language Journal; 58; 5 6; 239 241 Stubbs M 1980 Language and literacy . London: Routledge and Kegan Paul. Stubbs, M. 1995 Collocations and semantic profiles: On the cause of the trouble with quantitative studies. Functions of Language 2, 1: 23--55. Stubbs, Michael. 1986 Language development, lexical competence and nuclear vocabulary. In: Language Development in the school years, ed. Durkin, K, Croom Helm. Studdert, Kennedy Michael (eds) 1983 Psychobiology of Language. Cambridge : MIT Press. Stumpfel, Veronica; Kirsner, Kim 1986 Context effects in word identification and episodic recognition: A single dissociation. Bulletin of the Psychonomic Society; 1986 May Vol 24(3) 175 to 178 Sturdyvin, Evelyn 1937 Note on recognition versus recall as methods of testing spelling Journal of Educational psychology 28: 394-396 Suarez, A. and P. M. Meara 1994 Estimacion del vocabulario total conocido por un escolar. Revisita Investigacion Educativa. 23: 455-57. Suarez, Andres; Meara, Paul 1989 The Effects of Irregular Orthography on the Processing of Words in a Foreign Language. Reading in a Foreign Language; v6 n1 p349 56 Fall 1989 Suarez Yanez, A, J Seisdedos and P Meara 1998 EVOCA: estimacion del vocabulario. Madrid: Ediciones TEA. 1998. Sugawara, M. 1992 The effect of productive-use vocabulary exercises on confidence in vocabulary knowledge and receptive and productive vocabulary acquisition. MA Thesis. Linguistics department, Brigham Young University. Sugiyama, Junko 1996 The negative effect of teaching opposites together In P. Nation and D. Tatsuki Temple University Japan research studies in TESOL. Temple University Japan Vol. 7 Sullivan, Anthea E. unknown Sound Change in Progress : Study of Phonological Change and Lexical Sullivan, M. W. and A. D. Calvin 1947 Spoken and written vocabulary: their relation to a standard vocabulary test, intelligence and anxiety Journal of consulting psychology 21: 160 Summers, D. 1988 The role of dictionaries in language learning. In Carter and McCarthy, 111-125. Summers, D 1993 Insights into vocabulary through authentic corpora. The Language Teacher, 17,4, 21-22. Summers, D. 1995 Review of The Language Activator System, 23,2, 253-255 Summers, D. 1995 Vocabulary Learning: do dictionaries really help?. The Language Teacher. 19,2, 25-30. Summers, Edward G. 1984 A Paradigm for Developing Quick Word Tests for Reading Assessment in Secondary Grades. B. C. Journal of Special Education; v8 n1 p11 to 33 1984 Summers, Edward G.; Edwards, Peter 1975 Developing a Canadian Criterion Referenced Core Reading Vocabulary Test for Junior Secondary Grades. ERIC Document Sun, Yilin 1993 First and Second Language Word Recognition Processes in Chinese Dissertation Abstracts International, Ann Arbor, MI (DAI). 1993 Nov, 54:5, 1710A DAI No.: DANN78760. Degree granting institution: U of Toronto, 1992 Sunderland, J. 1990. Vocabulary and gender. English Studies (British Council). 5. 8-10. Sundman, N. unknown L2 word recognition ability among school chldren and adults. MA thesis. Abo Akademi. Surridge, Marie 1984 L¹utilite d¹un vocabulaire structure pour l¹etudiant anglophone du francais langue seconde (The Usefulness of a Structured Vocabulary for the Anglophone Student of French as a Second Language). Canadian Modern Language Review; v40 n4 p563 74 May 1984 Susser , B. & Robb, T.N. 1990 EFL extensive reading instruction: research and procedure. JALT Journal, 12(2), 161-185. Sutarsyah, C. 1993. The Vocabulary of Economics and Academic English. Unpublished MA thesis, Victoria University of Wellington, New Zealand. Sutarsyah, Cucu; Nation, Paul; Kennedy, Graeme 1994 How Useful Is EAP Vocabulary for ESP? A Corpus Based Case Study RELC Journal: A Journal of Language Teaching and Research in Southeast Asia, Singapore, Singapore (RELC). 1994 Dec, 25:2, 34 50 Suter R. 1976 Predictors of Pronunciation accuracy in Second Language Learning. Language Learning, 26: 2; pp. 233-54 Sutphen, Dick) unknown Great Memory Suzuki, Norihisa (Ed.) unknown Shared Memory Multiprocessing Svantesson, Ingemar unknown Mind Mapping and Memory : Powerful Techniques to Help You Make Better Use Svartvik, J. and Quirk, R. (eds). 1980. A Corpus of English Conversation. C.W.K. Gleerup, Lund. Svedstedt, Dag unknown Position of Objective Personal Pronouns : Study of Word Order in Modern Svenconis, DJ and S Kerst 1994 Investigating the teaching of second language vocabulary through semantic mapping in a hypertext environment. CALICO, 12,2+3 , 33-51. Svensen, B. 1993 Practical Lexicography. principles and methods of dictionary making Oxford, Oxford University Press. Swaby, B. E. 1977 The effects of advance organizers and vocabulary introduction on the reading comprehension of sixth grade students. Dissertation Abstracts International. 39, Al15. Swaffar, J. K. 1985 Reading authentic texts in a foreign language: A cognitive model. Modern Language Journal, 69(1), 15-34. Swaffer, J. 1995 Review of Huckin et al. Second Language Reading and Vocabulary. Norwood, NJ. Ablex. Language Learning. 45(1): 177-179. Swain, M. 1985 Communicative competence; some roles of comprehensible input and comprehensible output in its development. in S. Gass and C. Madden Eds. Input in Second Language Acquisition. Rowley, Mass., Newbury House Swain, Merril and S. Lapkin 1995 Problems in output and the cognitive processes they generate: a step towards second language learning Applied Linguistics 16: 372-391 Swain, Merrill 1992 Three functions of output in second language learning In Krashen, S. Principles and Practice in Second Language Acquisition. permagon 125-144 Swain, Merrill 1996 Integrating Language and Content in Immersion Classrooms: Research Perspectives. Canadian Modern Language Review; v52 n4 p529 48 Jun 1996 Swales, J. 1983 Vocabulary work in LSP - a case of neglect? Bulletin CILA, 37, 21-31. Swaminathan, R. 1973 The word. IRAL. 11 (1). Swan et al 1997 Special issue on study abroad and overseas learning The language Teacher, 21, 11 Swan, Gladys unknown Of Memory and Desire Swan, M. 1986 Learner English. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press. Swan, M. 1987 'Non-systematic Variability: a Self-inflicted Conundrum? In Ellis, R. (ed.) 1987: Second Language Acquisition in Context. London: Prentice-Hall. Swan, M. and Walter, C. 1984-1987 The Cambridge English Course. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press. Swan, Margaret; Besner Derek 1982 Models of lexical access in visual word recognition Q. J. Exp. Psychol., A.; Vol.34A, pt.2 : May 82 313-325 ISSN: 02724987 Swan, Michael 1997 The influence of the mother tongue on second language vocabulary acquisition and use In Schmitt, N. and M. McCarthy (Eds.): Vocabulary: Description, Acquisition and Pedagogy: Cambridge, Cambridge University Press. 156-180 Swanson, H. Lee 1987 Verbal Coding Deficits in the Recall of Pictorial Information by Learning Disabled Readers: The Influence of a Lexical System. American Educational Research Journal; v24 n1 p143 to 70 Spr 1987 Swanson, H.W. unknown Advances in Mental Retardation and Developmental Disabilities; Suppt.2: Memory and Learning Disabilities (HW Swanson) Swartz, ML. 1989 Development of a hyper-media environment for foreign vocabulary learning. AR. I. Technical report 857. Alexandria, Va.: U .S. Army Research Institute. Swartz, ML, SJ Kostyla, S. Hanfling and VM Holland. 1990 Preliminary assessment of a foreign language learning environment. Computer Assisted Language Learning. 1, 51-64. Sweeney, C. A. and Bellezza, F. S. 1982 Use of the keyword mnemonic for learning English vocabulary. Human Learning. 1, 155-163. Swenson, E. and West, M. P. 1934. On the counting of new words in textbooks for teaching foreign languages. Bulletin of the Department of Educational Research, University of Toronto. l. Swenson, Ingrid 1975 Word Recognition Cues Used in Matching Verbal Stimuli Within and Between Auditory and Visual Modalities Journal of Educational Psychology; 67; 3; 409 to 16 Swenson, R. N. 1967 A frequency count of contemporary German vocabulary based on three current leading newspapers. Ph.D. Thesis, University of Minnesota (Order no. 67-14, 660). Swineford 1936 Validity of test items Journal of Educational psychology 27 Swineford, Frances and Peter Miller 1953 Effects of directions regarding guessing on item statistics of a multiple-choice vocabulary test Journal of Educational psychology 44, 129-139 Swinney, D. A. 1979 Lexical access during sentence comprehension: (Re)consideration of context effects. Journal of Verbal Learning and Verbal Behavior, 18, 645-659. Sykes, J. B. (Ed.). 1982 The Concise Oxford Dictionary. Oxford University Press, Oxford. 7th ed. Symonds, P. M. 1926 Size of recognition and recall vocabularies. School and Society. 24, 559-560. Symonds, P. M. and E. Penney 1930 The increasing of English Vocabulary in the English class Journal of Educational Research. 15: 2, p 93-103 Symonds, Percival 1930 A foreign language prognosis test Teachers College Record 31: 540-56 Syverson, M. 1994 The Wealth of Reality: An Ecology of Composition UCSD: Dissertation Szalay, L.B., A. Abu-Hilal, J.B. Strohl, Mason, and Goodison. 1978 U.S.-Arabic Communication lexicon of Cultural Meanings. Washington: Institute of Comparative Studies Inc. Szalay, L. B. and C. Windle. 1968 Relative Influence of Linguistic Versus Cultural Factors on Free Verbal Associations Psychological Reports 22:43-51 Szalay, L.B. and Deese, J. 1978 Subjective Meaning and Culture: An Assessment through Word Associations. Erlbaum, Hillsdale. Szalay, Lorand B. and Glen H. Fisher. 1969. Communication Overseas In Elise C. Smith and Louis Fiber Luce (eds.) Toward Internationalism Massachusetts: Newbury House Publishers, Inc. Tabossi, P. 1982 Sentential context and the interpretation of unambiguous words. Quarterly Journal of Experimental Psychology. 34, 79-90. Tabossi, P. and Johnson-Laird, P.N. 1980 Linguistic context and the priming of semantic information. Quarterly. Journal of Experimental Psychology. 32, 595-603. Tadros, A. A. 1979 Arabic Interference in the Written English of Sudanese Students Relativisation. English Language Teaching Journal; v33 n3 p234 38 Apr 1979 Taeschner, T. 1983 Does the bilingual child possess twice the lexicon of the monolingual child? Rassegna Italiana di Linguistica Applicata, 15, 2/3, 179-188. Taeschner, Traute 1978 Uno studio sull'interferenza lessicale nel linguaggio di una bambina bilingue La frase mista (A Study of the Lexical Interference in the Speech of a Bilingual Child The Mixed Sentence). Rassegna Italiana di Linguistica Applicata; v10 n2 p43 to 49 May Dec 1978 Taft, M. 1991 Reading and the mental lexicon Hillsdale NJ: Lawrence Erlbaum. Taft, Marcus 1981 Prefix Stripping Revisited. Journal of Verbal Learning and Verbal Behavior; v20 n3 p289 to 97 Jun 1981 Taft, Marcus; Forster, Kenneth I. 1976 Lexical Storage and Retrieval of Polymorphemic and Polysyllabic Words Journal of Verbal Learning and Verbal Behavior; 15; 6; 607 to 620 Tager Flusberg, Helen (Ed.) unknown Constraints on Language Acquisition : Studies of Atypical Children Taggart, G. 1973 Obtaining lexical information in conversation: strategies for the advanced language learner. Canadian Modern Language Review. 29. 3. 8-15. Taillefer, Gail 1996 L2 Reading ability: further insight into the short-circuit hypothesis Modern Language Journal 80: 4 460-477 Takahashi, Masanobu 1988 The role of active rehearsal in human memory: The effects of primary and secondary rehearsal on recall and recognition. Japanese Journal of Educational Psychology; 1988 Jun Vol 36(2) 104 to 111 Takahashi, Toshiaki 1997 Japanese Learners' Acquisition and Use of the English Article System. Edinburgh Working Papers in Applied Linguistics; n8 p98 110 1997 Takala, S. 1982 A select bibliography of vocabulary studies. Jyvaskyla: Institute of Educational Research, Bulletin No 207. Takala, S. 1984 Evaluation of students' knowledge of English vocabulary in the Finnish comprehensive school. Jyvaskyla: Reports of the Institute of Educational Research, No. 350. Takala, S. 1985 Estimating students' vocabulary sizes in foreign language teaching. In: V. Kohonen, H. von Essen and C. Klein-Braley (Eds.) Practice and problems in language testing 8. Tampere: AFinL. A. Tallarida, Ronald 1992 Pocket Book of integrals and mathematical formulas CRC press Tam, Kai Yung 1997 Effects of Vocabulary Instruction, Error Correction, and Fluency Building on Oral Reading Rate and Reading Comprehension by Students with Limited English Proficiency Dissertation Abstracts International, Ann Arbor, MI (DAI). 1997 Jan, 57:7, 2871A DAI No.: DA9639353. Ohio State U, 1996 Tamarkin, Kenneth unknown Word Problems Tamayo, Jose M. 1987 Frequency of use as a measure of word difficulty in bilingual vocabulary test construction and translation. Educational and Psychological Measurement; 1987 Win Vol 47(4) 893 to 902 Tanaka, Shigenori 1984 Language Transfer as a Constraint on Lexico Semantic Development in Adults Learning a Second Language in Acquisition Poor Environments Dissertation Abstracts International, Ann Arbor, MI (DAI). 1984 June, 44:12, 3675A Tanaka, Shigenori; Mizuno, Harumitsu 1983 A Study on Basic Color Terms: Lexico Semantic Development in Japanese English Bilinguals in New York. Psychologia An International Journal of Psychology in the Orient; v26 n4 p203 to 13 Dec 1983 Taniguchi, S. 1995 The importance of self-generated processing in vocabulary learning. The Language Teacher. 19,2, 31-33. Tannen D. and Alatis, J. E. 1986 Language and Linguistics: the interdependence of theory, data and application. Georgetown University Roundtable on Languages and Linguistics. P 98-120. Tannen, Deborah. 1984. Conversational style: analysing talk among friends. Norwood, NJ: Ablex. Tannen, Deborah. 1986 That's not what I meant! Ballantine New York Tannen, Deborah 1989 Conversation style In: Dechert, Hans and Manfred Raupach (Eds.) Psycholinguistic Models of Language Production. Ablex Tannen, Deborah. 1990 You just don't understand. Women and man in conversation. New York: Morrow. Tannen, Deborah. 1994 Talking from 9-5: women and men at work: language, sex, and power Virago Tant, Judy L.; Douglas, Virginia I. 1982 Problem Solving in Hyperactive, Normal, and Reading Disabled Boys. Journal of Abnormal Child Psychology; v10 n3 p285 306 Sep 1982 Tao, PK 1994 Comprehension of non-technical words in science: the case of students using a foreign language as the medium of instruction. Research in Science Education (Hong Kong), 24, 322-330. Tardif, Twila 1996 Nouns Are Not Always Learned before Verbs: Evidence from Mandarin Speakers' Early Vocabularies. Developmental Psychology; v32 n3 p492 504 May 1996 Tarnoczi, L. 1971 Wortbestand, Wortschatz, Wortfrequenz. [Lexical inventory, vocabulary and word frequency.] IRAL, 9, 297-318. Tarone, E. 1977 Conscious communication strategies in interlanguage In Brown, H.D., Yorio, C., and Crymes, R. (eds.) On TESOL '77: Teaching and Learning English as a Second Language: Trends in Research and Practice. Washington, DC: TESOL: 194-203. Tarone, E. 1983. 'On the Variability of Interlanguage Systems'. Applied Linguistics 4.2: 142 163. Tarone, E. 1985 Variability in interlanguage use: a study of style-shifting in morphology and syntax. Language learning. 35 pp. 373 - 404. Tarone, E. 1988 Variation in Interlanguage. London: Edward Arnold. Tarone, E.and Yule, G. 1989 Focus on the language learner. Oxford. OUP. Tarone, E.E. 1978 The phonology of interlanguage. In J.C. Richards (Ed.), Understanding second and foreign language learning: Issues and approach (pp. 15-33) and in In G. Ioup & S.H. Weinberger (Eds.), Interlanguage Phonology: The acquisition of a second language sound system (pp. 70-85). Cambridge, Massachusetts: Newbury House Publishers. Tarone, E., Swain, M. & Fathman, A. 1976 Some limitations to the classroom applications of current second language acquisition research. TESOL Quarterly, 10, 19-32. Tarone, Elaine, Susan Gass and Andrew Cohen 1994 Research Methodology in second language acquisition New York: Lawrence Earlbaum Tate, Harry L. 1939. Two experiments in reading - vocabulary building. Modern Language Journal. 23, 214-218. Tauroza, S. 1990 Do unfamiliar sounds cause problems with word recognition in context?. Perspectives. 2, 123-148. Taylor, B. 1975 The use of overgeneralization and transfer learning strategies by elementary and intermediate students of ESL. Language Learning, 25, 1, 73-108 Taylor, Barbara M.; Beach, Richard W. 1984 The Effects of Text Structure Instruction on Middle Grade Students' Comprehension and Production of Expository Text. Reading Research Quarterly; v19 n2 p134 46 Win 1984 Taylor, C. 1980. Educational English as she is written. SET. 1980, 1. Taylor, C. V. 1979 The English of High School Text Books. ERDC Report No.18, Australian Govt. Taylor, C. V. 1983 Vocabulary for education in English. World Language English. 2, 2, 100-104. [4, 20]. Taylor, D.E. 1983 Automatic processes in word recognition Ph.D., Bristol - 33-2868 Taylor, I. 1971 How are words from two languages organized in bilingual¹s memory? Canadian Journal of Psychology, 25, 228-240. Taylor, I. 1976 Similarity between French and English words - a factor to be considered in bilingual language behaviour Journal of Psycholinguistic Research, 5, 1, 85-94. Taylor, I. and M. M. Taylor. 1990. The psychology of reading. New York: Academic press. Taylor, J. R. 1989 Linguistic Categorization. Oxford: Clarendon Press. Taylor, L. 1995 Vocabulary in Action. Englewood Cliffs, NJ.: Prentice-Hall. See also: Waring, R. 1995 The Language Teacher, 19, 2, 51. Taylor, Linda 1990 Teaching and Learning Vocabulary Prentice hall Taylor, M. 1976 Speculations on bilingualism and the cognitive network. Working Papers in Bilingualism, 2, 68-124. Taylor N 1981 The Word Knowledge Test: Form C and its use in TAFE. New South Wales. Dept of Technical and Further Education. Student Counselling Research Unit Taylor, W. C. 1953 Cloze procedure: a new tool for measuring readability Journalism Quarterly 30, 415-33 Teemant, Annela. 1988 Lexical Errors in ESL Compositions. MA Thesis, Brigham Young University, Linguistics Department. Provo, Utah. Teichroew, Francine J. 1989 Les notions de reception et de production dans le domaine lexicale et semantique. [Receptive and Productive vocabulary.]. Berne: Peter Lang. Temple, Christine M. 1989 Digit dyslexia: A category specific disorder in development dyscalculia. Cognitive Neuropsychology; 1989 Feb Vol 6(1) 93 to 116 Templeman, W. D. 1942 Vocabulary and success in college Journal of higher education, 13: 213-5. Also School and society. 1940 51: 221-24 Templin, Mildred 1957 Certain language skills in children: their development and interrelationships Institute of child welfare monographs 26 University of Minnesota ten-Hacken, Pius Word Formation in Electronic Dictionaries Dictionaries:-Journal-of-the-Dictionary-Society-of-North-America, Cleveland, OH (Dictionaries). 1998, 19, 158-87 Tennyson, R.D. and Cocchiarella, M.U. 1986. An empirically based instructional design theory for teaching concepts. Review of Educational Research. 56. 40-71. Terell, F., Terrell, S. & Golin, S. 1977 Language Productivity of Black and White Children in Black versus White Situations. Language and Speech 20, 4. Terman 1916 The measurement of Intelligence Terman, Lewis 1918 The vocabulary test as a measure of intelligence Journal of Educational psychology 9: 452-466 Terman Lewis and Maud A. Merrill. 1937 Measuring intelligence Boston : Houghton Mifflin Terman, Lewis M. and Childs, H. G. 1912 A tentative revision and extension of the Binet-Simon measuring scale of intelligence.Pts 1-3 Journal of Educational Psychology. 3, 61-74, 133-143, 198-208, 277-289 Terrace, Herbert S. 1979. Nim. A chimpanzee who learned sign language. New York: Pocket Books. Terrell, T. 1991 The role of grammar instruction in a communicative approach. Modern language: VOL.75 (i) P.52-63 Terrell, T. D. 1982 The natural approach to language teaching: an update. Modern Language Journal. 66, 2, 121-132. Terry, Robert 1986 Testing the productive skills: a creative focus for hybrid achievement tests Foreign language annals 19, 6, 521-28 Teschner, Richard V. 1974 Problems of Southwestern Spanish Lexicography International Journal of the Sociology of Language; 2; 41 to 51 Tessmer, M., Wilson, B. and Driscell, M. 1990 A new model of concept teaching and learning. Educational Technology Research and Development. 38, 1, 45-53. Teuber, Jeffrey F.; Furlong, Michael J. 1985 The Concurrent Validity of the Expressive One Word Picture Vocabulary Test for Mexican American Children. Psychology in the Schools; v22 n3 p269 to 73 Jul 1985 Thach, Sharon V.; Dwyer, David J. 1981 Kpelle: A Reference Handbook of Phonetics, Grammar, Lexicon and Learning Procedures. Unknown Reference Thapar, Anjali and Robert Greene 1994 Effects of level og processing on implicit and explicit tasks Journal of Experimental Psychology Learning, Memory, and Cognition; 20, 3, 671-679 Tharp, James B. 1927 The New examination versus the Old in foreign languages School and Society 26, no. 674 691-694 Tharp, James B. 1940. The measurement of vocabulary difficulty. Modern Language Journal. 24, 169-178. THEIOS, JOHN; AMRHEIN, PAUL C. 1989 THEORETICAL ANALYSIS OF THE COGNITIVE PROCESSING OF LEXICAL AND PICTORIAL STIMULI: READING,NAMING, AND VISUAL AND CONCEPTUAL COMPARISONS PSYCHOLOGICAL REVIEW; V96 N1 P5-24 JAN 1989 Thelen, J. 1986 Vocabulary instruction and meaningful learning. Journal of Reading. 29, 7, 603-609. Thevenin, A. 1969 Accroissement du vocabulaire chez les enfants bilingues. [Vocabulary growth in bilingual children.] Le Français dans le Monde, 64, 18-25. Thiede, Keith W.; And Others 1991 Recognition Versus Recall Test Formats: A Correlational Analysis. ERIC CLEARINGHOUSE_NO- TM016876; ERIC_NO- ED334261; Thios, Samuel J.; D'Agostino, Paul R. 1976 Effects of Repetition as a Function of Study Phase Retrieval Journal of Verbal Learning and Verbal Behavior; 15; 5; 529 to 536 Third, G.T. 1971-72 Convergence and divergence in free-recall performance. M.Ed., Aberdeen - 22-1276 Thoiron, P and PJL Arnaud 1992 Quelques aspects de la perception de la richesse lexicale. Cycnos, 8 , 33-47. Thomas, H.C.R. and Hill, D.R. 1993. Seventeen series of graded readers. ELT Journal. 47, 3. 250-267. Thomas, Helen. 1984 Developing the stylistic and lexical awareness of advanced students. English Language Teaching Journal. 38, 3, 187-. 191. Thomas, Jenny 1995 Meaning in interaction: an introduction to pragmatics London: Longman Thomas, Jenny and Mick Short 1996 Using Corpora for language research Harlow: Longman. Thomas, M. H. and Dieter, J. N. 1987 The positive effects of writing practice on integration of foreign words in memory. Journal of Educational Psychology. 79, 3, 249-253. Thomas, Margaret 1998 Programmatic ahistoricity in second language acqusition theory Studies in second language acquisition 20: 387-405 Thomas, MH and AY Wang 1996 Learning by the keyword mnemonic: looking for long-term benefits. Journal of Experimental Psychology: Applied, 2,4, 330-342. Thomassen, A. ; L. Noordman and P. Eling (Eds) . 1984 Het Leesproces Liese: Swets and Zeitlinger. Thompson, Brian. 1982 Initial vocabularies for reading. Set - research information for teachers no. 2, Item 3 (a). New Zealand Council for Educational Research, Wellington. Thompson, C. S. Wenger and C. Bartling 1978 How recall facilitates subsequent recall : a re-appraisal Journal of experimental psychology: Human learning and memory. 4 210-221 Thompson, Charles P. etc. unknown Autobiographical Memory: Remembering What and Remembering When Thompson, Charles P.; Frieman, Jerome unknown Memory Search by a Memorist Thompson, E. 1958. The `master word' approach to vocabulary training. Journal of Developmental Reading. 2. 62-66. Thompson, Ernest. 1958 The master word approach to vocabulary training. Journal of Developmental Reading, 2:1, 62-66. Thompson, G. and Ye Yiyun. 1991. Evaluation in the reporting verbs used in academic papers. Applied Linguistics. 12, 4. 365-382. Thompson G. Brian 1986 When nonsense is better than sense: non-lexical errors to word reading tests British Journal of Educational Psychology; Vol.56,no.2:Jun 86 p216-219 Thompson, Geoff. 1987 Using bilingual dictionaries. English Language Teaching Journal. 41, 4, 282-286. Thompson, Irene. 1987 Memory in language learning. In A. Wendon and J. Rubin (Eds.) Learner Strategies in Language Learning Prentice-Hall, London, 43-54. Thompson Panos, Karyn; Thomas Ruzic, Maria 1983 The Least You Should Know about Arabic: Implications for the ESL Writing Instructor. TESOL Quarterly; v17 n4 p609 23 Dec 1983 Thomson, Donald M. 1972 Context Effects in Recognition Memory Journal of Verbal Learning and Verbal Behavior; 11; 4; 497 511 Thordardottir, Elin-T.; Weismer, Susan-Ellis 1998 Mean length of utterance and other language sample measures in early Icelandic. First-Language. 1998 Feb; Vol 18(52, Pt 1): 1-32 Thordardottir, Elin-T.; Weismer, Susan-Ellis; Smith, Mary-E. 1997 Vocabulary learning in bilingual and monolingual clinical intervention. Child-Language-Teaching-and-Therapy. 1997 Oct; Vol 13(3): 215-227 Thorndike, E. L. 1908. Memory for paired associates. Psychological Review. 15, 122-138. Thorndike, E. L. 1914. Repetition versus recall in memorizing vocabularies. Journal of Educational Psychology. 5, 596-597. Thorndike, E. L. 1921 The Teacher's Word Book Teachers College, Columbia University. Deve;lopment of the list is described in Techer¹s College Record 22: 334-70, Sept 1921. Thorndike, E. L. 1923 The Thorndike Test of Word Knowledge Teachers College, Columbia University. Thorndike, E. L. 1924 The vocabularies of school pupils. In J. Carelton Bell (Ed.) Contributions to Education World Book Co., Yonkers. New York, 69-76. Thorndike, E. L. 1932 The Teacher's Word Book of 20, 000 Words found most frequently and widely in general reading for children and young people. New York: Bureau. of Publications Teachers College, Columbia University Thorndike, E.l 1935 Vocabulary burden of juvenile books The library quarterly 5: 151-63 Thorndike, E. L. 1941 The teaching of English suffixes. Teachers College, Columbia University. Thorndike, E. L. and Lorge, I. 1938 Semantic count of English words. Teachers College, Columbia University. New York Thorndike, E. L. and Lorge, I. 1944. The Teacher's Word Book of 30, 000 Words. Teachers College, Columbia University. Thorndike, R. and George Gallup 1941 Verbal intelligence of the American adult Journal of genetic psychology p75-85 Thorndike, R. L. 1942 Two screening tests of verbal intelligence Journal of applied psychology: 26, 128-135 Thorndike, R. L. 1948 An evaluation of the adult intellectual status of Termsn¹s gifted children Journal of genetic psychology 72: 17-27 Thorndike, R. L. 1973 Reading as reasoning. Reading Research Quarterly. 9, 135-147. Thorndike, R. L and E. Hagen 1969, 1977 Measurement and evaluation in psychology and education Wiley, New York 3rd Edition. 1977 4th Edition Thorndike, R. L. and Lorge, I. 1957- Vocabulary test - GT Institute of psychological research Thorpe, Rhona. 1982 My Word Book Multilithed material. Thrasher, R.H. 1973. An experimental measure of lexical knowledge applied to ESL text analysis. Paper presented to the AILA/TESOL Seminar on Language Testing. San Juan, Puerto Rico. May, 11, 1973.Cited in Upsur, J.A. 1975. Word Frequency Estimation in Foreign Language Learning. PhD dissertation, University of Michigan. Also cited in Arnaud, P.J.L. Subjective word frequency estimates in L1 and L2. Paper presented at the 9th World Congress of Applied Linguistics. Thessaloniki. April 15-21, 1990. Thurston, J and C Candlin 1998 Concordancing and the teaching of the vocabulary of academic English. English for Special Purposes, 17,3 , 267-280. Tickoo, M. L. 1987 New dictionaries and the ESL teacher. Guidelines. 9, 2, 57-67. Tickoo, M. L. 1988 Michael West in India: a centenary salute. English Language Teaching Journal. 42, 4, 294-300. Tickoo, M. L. 1989 Learner Dictionaries: State of the art. Singapore: SEAMO Regional Language Centre. Tickoo, M.L. 1989. Which dictionaries and why? Explaining some options. In M.L. Tickoo (ed.).184-203. Tickoo, M. L. 1990 Review of The Lexical Syllabus by D. Willis. RELC Journal. 21, 2, 87-94. Tickoo, M.L. (ed.). 1993. Simplification: Theory and Application. SEAMEO-RELC, Singapore. RELC anthology series no. 31. Tiee, Henry Hung yeh 1979 The Productive Affixes in Mandarin Chinese Morphology Word: Journal of the International Linguistic Association,. 30, 245-55 Tilley, Harvey C. 1936 A technique for determining the relative difficulty of word meanings among elementary school children. Journal of Experimental Education 5,1, 6l 64. Timko, H.G. 1970 Configuration as a cue in the word recognition of beginning readers. Journal of Experimental Education 39, 2: 68-69. Tinker, Miles, A. , Florence hackner and Marion Wesley 1940 Speed and quality of association as a measure of vocabulary knowledge Journal of educational psychology 31: 575-582 Tinkham, T. 1989 Rote learning, attitudes, and abilities: a comparison of Japanese and American students. TESOL Quarterly 23,4: 695-698. or vol 18 Tinkham, T. 1993 The effect of semantic clustering on the learning of second language vocabulary. System. 21, 3, 371-380. Tinkham, Thomas 1997 The Effects of Semantic and Thematic Clustering on the Learning of Second Language Vocabulary. Second Language Research; v13 n2 p138 63 Apr 1997 Tinkham, Thomas Nelson, 1994 The Effects Of Semantic And Thematic Clustering On The Learning Of Second Language Vocabulary (Semantic Clustering). Phd. University Of Illinois At Urbana-Champaign, 1994. 92 Pp. Umi Dissertation Reference 9416443 Tireman, L. S. and V. E. Woods 1940 Note on the influence on the validity of a vocabulary test f the method of indicating responses Journal of educational psychology 31: 153-4 Tobias, Sigmund 1995 Interest and metacognitive word knowledge. Journal of Educational Psychology; 1995 Sep Vol 87(3) 399 405 Tobin, M.J.; Myers, Jo unknown Memory Span Tests for the Deaf-Blind Todd, Loreto 1974 Pidgins and Creoles London: Routledge Tode, Tomoko 1996 Analysis of sequencing in a textbook In P. Nation and D. Tatsuki Temple University Japan research studies in TESOL. Temple University Japan Vol. 7 Toh, G., & Raja, M. 1997 ELT Materials: Some perceptions on the question of cultural relevance. Guidelines, 19(2), 45-72. Tojo, Kazuko 1992 An Analysis of the Components of Language Proficiency in a Bilingual Environment KASELE Bulletin 20, : 93-101 Tomasello, M. 1992 First Verbs: A Case Study of Early Grammatical Development. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press. Tomasello, Michael and Carol Herron 1988 Down the garden path: Inducing and correcting overgeneralization errors in the foreign language classroom Applied Psycholinguistics, 9, 237-246 Tomasello, Michael; Mervis, Carolyn B. 1994 The Instrument Is Great, but Measuring Comprehension Is Still a Problem. Monographs of the Society for Research in Child Development; v59 n5 p174 to 79 1994 Tomaszczyk, J. 1979 Dictionaries: Users and uses. Glottodidactica 12: 103-119. Tomaszczyk, Jerzy. 1981 Issues and developments in bilingual pedagogical lexicography. Applied Linguistics. 2, 3, 287-296. Tomaszczyk, Jerzy and B. Lewandowska-Tomaszczyk 1990 Meaning and lexicography Amsterdam and Philadelphia: John Benjamins Tomiyama, Machiko 1994 Longitudinal Second Language Attrition: Case Studies of Japanese Returnees. Unknown Reference Tomiyana, M. 1990 Grammatical errors and communication breakdown. TESOL Quarterly. 14: 71-9. Tomlin, S. R. and Villa, V. 1994 Attention in cognitive science and second language acquisition. . Studies in Second Language Acquisition 16 pp. 183 - 203 Tomlinson, B. 1991 Survey of vocabulary practice books. English Language Teaching Journal. 45 / 2 169 - 173. Tommola, Jorma 1983 Expecting the discourse topic in native and foreign language text comprehension In: H. Ringböm (Ed.) Psycholinguistics and Foreign Language Learning. Åbo: Åbo Akademi, 4 Tommola, Jorma 1990 Foreign language comprehension and production AFinLA Yearbook No. 48. Tomsett Marjorie 1983 Any old cloze?: a new way of developing reading skills through extensive word-deletion techniques and re-organised texts Rem. Educ.; Vol.18, no.1 : Feb 83 32-36 ISSN: 00344214 Tonkyn, A., Bygate, M. and Williams, E. 1994 Grammar and the Language Teacher. Hemel Hempstead, Prentice Hall, viii+259pp. Tono, Y. 1988 Assessment of the EFL learner's dictionary using skills. JACET Bulletin 19:103-126. Topping 1995 Paired reading, spelling and writing Cassels Toth, Jeffrey P.; Hunt, R. Reed 1990 Effect of generation on a word identification task. Journal of Experimental Psychology Learning, Memory, and Cognition; 1990 Nov Vol 16(6) 993 to 1003 Toth, M 1993 Using graded readers in the classroom Oxford: Heinemann. Touretzky, David 1991 Connectionist approaches to language learning Boston: Kluwer reprinted from machine Learning Towell, R. and Hawkins, R. 1994 Approaches to second language acquisition Multilingual Matters Towell, R.; And Others 1996 The Development of Fluency in Advanced Learners of French. Applied Linguistics, 17 n1 p84 119 Mar 1996 Townsend, Stacy 1995 The Effects of Vocabulary Homework on Third Grade Achievement. ERIC_NO- ED379643 Townsley, Louis 1985 Latin as a Vocabulary Builder for Hearing Impaired and Second Language Students of English. Teaching English to Deaf and Second Language Students; v3 n1 p4 to 8 Spr 1985 Toya, M 1993. Form of explanation in modification of listening input in L2 vocabulary learning. Occasional Paper #23.Honolulu: Department of ESL, University of Hawaii at Manoa. Tozcu, A 1997 The effect of teaching sight vocabulary with computer assisted instruction on vocabulary gain, decrease in reaction time for frequent word recognition and reading comprehension. PhD thesis, University of Arizona. 1997. Trabasso, Tom 1972 Mental operations in language comprehension In Carroll, J. B. and Freedle. Language comprehension and the acquisition of knowledge. Wiley: New York. pp 113-137 Trabert, Judith A. 1980 Level of Aspiration and Attrition in Foreign Language Learning 380 392 IN McCormack William C. (ed.); Izzo Herbert J. (ed.). The Sixth LACUS Forum 1979. Columbia, SC : Hornbeam, 1980. x, 537 pp. Tracy, F. 1893 The language of childhood. American Journal of Psychology. 6, 1, 107-138. Trahey, Martha 1996 Positive Evidence in Second Language Acquisition: Some Long Term Effects. Second Language Research; v12 n2 p111 39 Apr 1996 Tranel, Daniel; Damasio, Hanna; Damasio, Antonio-R. 1998 The neural basis of lexical retrieval. Trapini, Fred; Walmsley, Sean 1981 Five Readability Estimates: Differential Effects of Simplifying a Document. Journal of Reading; v24 n5 p398 403 Feb 1981 Trask, R. L. unknown A students¹ dictionary of language and Linguistics London: Arnold Traub, R. E., Hambleton, R.K. and B. Singh 1969 Effects of a promised reward or threatened penalty on performance of a multiple choice vocabulary test Educational and psychological measurement 29, 847-861 Traugott, Elisabeth and Mary Louise Pratt. 1980. Linguistics for students of literature. New York: Harcourt Brace Jovanovich. Traxler, Arthur E. 1963 Development of a vocabulary test for high school pupils and college freshmen Educational records Bulletin. 83, 67-73 Traxler, Arthur E. 1965 Vocababulary test for High School students and College freshman Educational records Bulletin. 87, 44-9 Treiman, R., & Danis, C. 1988 Short-term memory errors for spoken syllables are affected by the linguistic structure of the syllables. Journal of Experimental Psychology: Learning, Memory and Cognition, 14, 145-152. Treiman, Rebecca; Berch, Denise; Weatherston, Sarah 1993 Children's use of phoneme grapheme correspondences in spelling: Roles of position and stress. Journal of Educational Psychology; 1993 Sep Vol 85(3) 466 to 477 Trembly, D. 1966 Laws of learning general and specialized vocabulary in Proceedings of the meeting of the American Psychological association pp 229-30 Washington D.C. Ameican psychological association Tresselt, M. and Leeds, D. unknown Kent Rosanoff Word List 100 most frequent words. Journal of Genetic Psychology ????? p146 Treville, M-C. 1988 Faut-il enseigner le vocabulaire de la langue seconde? [Do we need to teach vocabulary in a second language?]. In: R.LeBlanc, J. Compain, L. Duquette and H. Seguin (Eds.) L'enseignement des langues secondes aux adultes: recherches et pratiques. Ottawa: Presse de L'Universite d'Ottawa. Treville, M-C. 1993 Role des congeneres interlinguaux dans le developpement du vocabulaire receptif. Quebec: Centre International de Recherche en Amenagement Linguistique. Treville, M-C 1996 Lexical learning and reading in L2 at the beginner level: the advantage of cognates. Canadian Modern Language Review, 53,1, 173-190. Treville, M-C and L Duquette 1996 Enseigner le vocabulaire en classe de langue. Paris: Hachette. Treville, Marie Claude 1996 Lexical Learning and Reading in L2 at the Beginner Level: The Advantage of Cognates. Canadian Modern Language Review; v53 n1 p173 90 Oct 1996 Tribble, C. and G. Jones. 1990 Concordances in the Classroom. London: Longman. Triggs, Tony D. unknown Word Bank Trimble, L. 1985. English for Science and Technology: a Discourse Approach. Cambridge University Press, Cambridge. Triola, Mario 1998 Elementary Statistics Addison Wesley Tripp, Ervin 1954 Identification and bilingualism In A S Dil (ed.) Language Acquisition and Communication Choice. Stanford Univ Press, 1-14. Tripp, S. D. 1990 The idea of a lexical meta-syllabus. System. 18, 2, 209-220. Tripp, Susan Ervin-; Dil, Anwar S. (Ed.) unknown Language Acquisition and Communicative Choice Tritch, M. 1981 Improving vocabulary: problems in co-occurrence and grammatical marking. English Teaching Forum. 19.2 . 22-27. Trojano, Luigi; Grossi, Darjo 1995 Phonological and lexical coding in verbal short term memory and learning. Brain and Language; 1995 Nov Vol 51(2) 336 354 Trott, Katharine unknown ' Pink for Girls, Blue for Boys' : Aspects of Lexical Development in Trudgill, Peter. 1974. Sociolinguistics: an introduction. Penguin. Truswell, Lynn; Sachs Jacqueline 1978 Comprehension of two-word instructions by children in the one-word stage J. Child Lang.; Vol.5, no.1: Feb 78 .17-24 ISSN: 03050009 Tryk, H.E. 1968. Subjective scaling of word frequency. . American Journal of Psychology 81: 170-177 Tryon, Warren W.; Jacobs, Ruth S. 1980 Effects of Basic Learning Skill Training on Peabody Picture Vocabulary Test Scores of Severely Disruptive, Low Skill Children. Unknown Reference Tsang, W-K. 1996 Comparing the effects of reading and writing on writing performance. Applied Linguistics, 17, 210-233. Tsang, Wai-king. 1997 A model of extensive reading to improve ESL/EFL proficiency. Guidelines, 19, 22-33. Tschistjakowa, T. 1974 Vielfältige Arbeit am Wortschatz. [Multi-form work with vocabulary.] Fremdsprachenunterricht, 18, 11, 533-540. Tse, L 1996 If you lead horses to water, they will drink: Introducing second language adults to books in English The California Reader, 29 , 14-17. Tse, L 1996 When an ESL adult becomes a reader Reading Horizons, 37 , 16-29. Tsui, English conversation: Oxford: Oxford University Press. Tsui, A 1996 Reticence and anxiety in the second language classroom In Bailey, K. and D. Voices from the language classroom Nunan Cambridge: CUP. pp145-167 Tubsree, C. 1987 Keyword method variations and cognitive styles in learning foreign words. PhD thesis, Indiana University. Tucker, G. Richard; Sarofim, Marian 1978 Investigating Linguistic Acceptability with Egyptian EFL Students. Unknown Reference Tucker, Jacqueline 1976 Contiguity of transformations and retarded and normal pupils' learning of sight vocabulary. Journal of Research and Development in Education; 1976 Vol 9(Mono) 10 Tucker, Jacqueline 1976 Coding transformations and retarded and normal pupils' sight vocabulary learning. Journal of Research and Development in Education; 1976 Vol 9(Mono) 9 Tuckman, Bruce W. 1972 Conducting educational research. New York. Harcourt Brace Jovanovich, Inc. (Units 3-4). Tudor, I. and Hafiz, F. 1989 Extensive reading as a means of input to L2 learning. Journal of Research in Reading. 12, 2, 164-178. Tudor, Ian; Hafiz F.M. 1990 Graded readers as an input medium in L2 learning System; Vol.18,no.1: 90 31-42 Tudor, Ian; Hafiz, Fateh Muhammad 1989 From Input to Intake: The Effect of Simplified Readers on ESL Development. Journal of Reading; v32 n8 p688 93 May 1989 Tuero, Susana Berta 1996 The Role of Unknown Vocabulary and Prior Knowledge in the Comprehension of Familiar and Unfamiliar Text When Reading in a Foreign Language Dissertation Abstracts International, Ann Arbor, MI (DAI). 1996 Nov, 57:5, 1993A DAI No.: DA9631353. Michigan State U, 1996 Tuinman, J. J. and Brady, M. E. 1974 How does vocabulary account for variance on reading comprehension tests? A preliminary instructional analysis. In Nacke (1974), 176-184. Tuldava, J. 1996 The Frequency Spectrum of Text and Vocabulary Journal of Quantitative Linguistics, Lisse, Netherlands (JQL). 1996 Apr, 3:1, 38 50 Tuldava, Juhan 1977 Quantitative Relations between the Size of Text and the Size of Vocabulary SMIL Quarterly: Journal of Linguistic Calculus 1977, 4, 28 35 Tulving. E. 1962 Subjective organization in free recall of Œunrelated¹ words. Psychological Review. 69: 344-54. Tulving, E. 1968 When is recall higher than recognition Psychonomic Science 10, 53-55 Tulving, E. and V. A. Colotla 1970 Free recall of trilingual lists. Cognitive Psychology, 1, 86-98. Tulving, Endel 1974 Recall and Recognition of Semantically Encoded Words Journal of Experimental Psychology; 102; 5; 778 to 87 Tulving, Endel; And Others 1982 Priming Effects in Word Fragment Completion Are Independent of Recognition Memory. Journal of Experimental Psychology: Learning, Memory, and Cognition; v8 n4 p336 42 Jul 1982 Tulving, Endel; Thomson, Donald M. 1973 Encoding Specificity and Retrieval Processes in Episodic Memory Psychological Review; 80; 5; 352 to 73 Tulving, Endel; Watkins, Michael J. 1973 Continuity between Recall and Recognition American Journal of Psychology; 86; 4; 739 to 48 Turner, D, 1979 The effect of instruction on 2nd lang. learning and 2nd lang. acquisition. In Anderson R. The acquisition & use of Spanish as 1st & 2nd langs. Washington, Dc. TESOL. Turner, G. 1983 Teaching French vocabulary: a training study. Educational Review, 35, 1, 81-88. Turner, Judith Simons 1995 Comprehension and Production of Relative Sentences by Children Ages Four through Twelve Dissertation Abstracts International, Ann Arbor, MI (DAI). 1995 June, 55:12, 3831A 32A DAI No.: DA9513140. Degree granting institution: Lehigh U, 1994 Turner, M.J. 1990 Word recognition in simulated phoneme strings using neural network type systems Ph.D., Manchester - 40-3252 Turner, Marilyn L.; LaPointe, Linda B.; Cantor, Judy; Reeves, Carolyn H.; et al 1987 Recency and suffix effects found with auditory presentation and with mouthed visual presentation: They're not the same thing. Journal of Memory and Language; 1987 Apr Vol 26(2) 138 164 Turner, Sharman Jane. 1986 Self-correction jigsaw pictures. Modern English Teacher. 13, 4, 28-30. Turton, Nigel 1995 ABC of common grammatical errors London: Macmillan Tuttle, H. G. 1974 Activities for vocabulary topics American Foreign Language Teacher 36-37. Tuttle, Heath 1979 Clues to Vocabularic Structure: Comparative Suffixal Productivity in the Five Books of Rabelais Dissertation Abstracts International. 38, 3451A-52AandLingua e Stile: Trimestrale di Linguistica e Critica Letteraria, .14, 151-63 Tuzi, F 1997 Short stories to increase paraphrasing skills The Language Teacher, 21 (5), 54-55. Tversky, A. and Kahneman, D. 1973. Availability: A hueristic for judging frequency and probability. Cognitive Psychology 5: 207-232. Twaddell, F. 1973 Vocabulary expansion in the ESOL classroom. TESOL Quarterly, 7, 6 1 -78. Tweissi, A.I. 1998. The effects of the amount and type of simplification on foreign language reading comprehension. Reading in a Foreign Language. 11, 2. 191-206. Twining, Charles, Spiral) unknown Memory Handbook : Practical Guide to Understanding and Managing Early Twomey, E. 1979 A bibliography of research carried out in the field of vocabulary learning in second languages. Unpublished MA thesis, Birkbeck College, University of London. Tyack, Dorothy; Ingram, David 1977 Children's Production and Comprehension of Questions Journal of Child Language; 4; 2; 211 to 224 Tyacke, Marian 1991 Strategies for Success: Bringing Out the Best in a Learner. TESL Canada Journal; v8 n2 p45 56 Mar 1991 Tyler, A. and Nagy, W. 1989 The acquisition of English derivational morphology. Journal of Memory and Language. 28, 649-667. Tyler, A. and Nagy, W. 1990 Use of derivational morphology during reading. Cognition. 36, 17-34. Tyler, Andrea; Lardiere, Donna 1996 Beyond Consciousness Raising: Re Examining the Role of Linguistics in Teacher Training Georgetown University Round Table on Languages and Linguistics, Baltimore, MD (GURT). 1996, 270 87 Tyler, L.K., Waksler, R. and Marslen-Wilson, W.D. 1993. Representation and access of derived words in English. In G. Altmann and R. Shillcock (eds) Cognitive Models of Speech Processing. Lawrence Erlbaum,Hillsdale. 125-140. Tyler, Lorraine K.; Marslen Wilson, William; Rentoul, James; Hanney, Peter 1988 Continuous and discontinuous access in spoken word recognition: The role of derivational prefixes. Journal of Memory and Language; 1988 Aug Vol 27(4) 368 to 381 Tyler, Lorraine K.; Ostrin, Ruth K. 1994 The processing of simple and complex words in an agrammatic patient: Evidence from priming. Neuropsychologia; 1994 Aug Vol 32(8) 1001 to 1013 Tyler, R. W. 1934 Constructing achievement tests pp 41-44 The master list as a device. Columbus: Ohio State University. Tzelgov, J, A Henik and D. Leiser. 1990 Controlling Stroop Interference: evidence from a bilingual task. Journal of Experimental Psychology: Learning, Memory and Cognition. 16, 760-771. Tzelgov, J and S Eben-Ezra 1992 Components of the between-language semantic priming effect. European Journal of Cognitive Psychology, 4 , 253-272. Tzeng, Ovid J. L. 1971 Amount of Information and Intralist Similarity in Paired Associates Learning Journal of Experimental Psychology; 91; 2; 227 32 Uberman, A. 1998. The use of games for vocabulary presentation and revision. English Teaching Forum. 36, 1. 20-27, 35. Ucen, Ivan 1992 Specifika a kapacita lexikalneho ucenia mentalne retardovanych deti skolskeho veku. (Specificity of and capacity for lexical learning by mentally retarded school aged children.) Psychologia a Patopsychologia Dietata; 1992 Vol 27(2) & 26(2 Suppl) 17 to 34 Uhl, Norman P.; And Others 1972 Receptive and Expressive Vocabularies of Upper Middle and Low SEL Children Elementary English; 49; 5; 725 to 9, 749 Uhl, W. L. 1924 The materials of reading New York Uhrbrock, Richard Stephen. 1935. The vocabulary of a five-year-old. Educational Research Bulletin. 14, 44, 85-97. Ujiie, J., & Krashen, S. D 1996 Comic book reading, reading enjoyment, and pleasure reading among middle class and Chapter I middle school students Reading Improvement, 33 (1), 51. Ujitani, E 1993a Reading questionnaire In R. R. Day (Ed.), New ways in teaching reading, (pp. 25-26. Alexandria, VA: TESOL. Ulanoff, Sharon; Pucci, Sandra 1993 Is Concurrent Translation or Preview Review More Effective in Promoting Second Language Vocabulary Acquisition? Unknown Reference Ulijn, J. M. 1984 Reading for professional purposes: psycholinguistic evidence in a cross linguistic perspective. In Pugh, A. K. and J. M. Ulijn (Eds) Reading for professional purposes. Heinemann Ulijn, J. M., S. J. Wolfe and I. Donn 1985 French influence on Vietnamese English: An experimental investigation of the effects of French transfer on the orthographic recognition and production of the English lexicon by Vietnamese speakers. In: U. Rothe (Ed) Glottometrika 7, Bochum: Brockmeyer. Ulijn, Jan M.; Strother, Judith B. 1990 The Effect of Syntactic Simplification on Reading EST Texts as L1 and L2. Journal of Research in Reading; v13 n1 p38 54 Feb 1990 Umbel, Vivian M.; Oller, D. K. 1994 Developmental Changes in Receptive Vocabulary in Hispanic Bilingual School Children. Language Learning; 44 n2 p221 to 42 Jun 1994 and In B. Harley (Ed.) lexical Issues in language learning. Amsterdam: John Benjamins. Umbel, Vivian M.; Pearson, Barbara Z.; Fernandez, Maria C.; Oller, D. K. 1992 Measuring bilingual children's receptive vocabularies. Child Development; 1992 Aug Vol 63(4) 1012 to 1020 Underdahl, Brian unknown Quick Memory Management Techniques Underhill, A. 1980 Use Your Dictionary. Oxford University Press, Oxford. Underwood, B.J. 1971. Recognition memory. In Kendler, H.H. and Spence, J.T. (eds.) Essays in Neobehaviorism. New York: Appleton-Century-Crofts. Underwood, B.J. 1972. Word recognition memory and frequency information. Journal of Experimental Psychology 94, 3: 276-283 Underwood, B. J. 1972 Word Recognition Memory and Frequency Information Journal of Experimental Psychology; 94; 3; 276 to 83 Underwood, B. J. and B. R. Ekstrand. 1965 An analysis of Intralist Similarity in Verbal Learning with experiments on conceptual similarity. Journal of verbal learning and verbal behaviour. 4: 447-62. Underwood, Benton and Geoffrey Keppel 1962 One Trial learning? Journal of Verbal Learning and Verbal Behavior; 1, 1-13 Underwood, Benton J.; And Others 1976 Integration of Discrete Verbal Units in Recognition Memory Journal of Experimental Psychology: Human Learning and Memory; 2; 3; 293 to 300 Underwood, Benton J.; Spielberger, Charles D. (Ed.) unknown Studies in Learning and Memory : Selected Papers Underwood, Geoffery and Vivienne Batt 1996 Reading and understanding Oxford: Blackwell Underwood, Geoffrey 1973 Control of Selective Attention and Interference of Processing in Memory Journal of Experimental Psychology; 99; 1; 28 to 34 Underwood, Geoffrey 1976 Semantic Interference from Unattended Printed Words British Journal of Psychology; 67 pt3; 327 to 38 Underwood, Geoffrey unknown Attention and Memory Underwood, Geoffrey; Wong Mei Yin 1996 Do bilingual children read words better in lists or in context? Journal of Research in Reading; Vol.19,no.1: Feb 96 61-76 Ungerer, F and H Schmid 1996 An Introduction to Cognitive Linguistics London: Longman unknown author 1993 Writing a book report In R. R. Day (Ed.), New ways in teaching reading, (pp. 9-11. Alexandria, VA: TESOL. Upsur, J.A. 1975. Word Frequency Estimation in Foreign Language Learning. PhD dissertation, University of Michigan. Upward C 1988 English spelling and educational progress. CLIE working papers, No.11. Urquhart, Alexander H. 1987 Comprehensions and Interpretations. Reading in a Foreign Language; v3 n2 p387 409 Spr 1987 Uyeda, Katherine M.; Mandler, George 1980 Prototypicality norms for 28 semantic categories. Behavior Research Methods and Instrumentation; 1980 Dec Vol 12(6) 587 to 595 Vacanti, John M.; Hamm, Norman H.; Cammeron, Susan A.; Peterson, Cindy 1977 Sex differences in encoding strategies for active and passive words. Psychological Reports; 1977 Jun Vol 40(3, Pt 2) 1043 to 1048 Vaid, J. and F. Genesee 1980 Neuropsychological approaches to bilingualism. Canadian Journal of Psychology, 34, 417-445. Vaid, Jyotsna; Pandit, Rama 1991 Sentence interpretation in normal and aphasic Hindi speakers. Special Issue: Crosslinguistic studies of aphasia. Brain and Language; 1991 Aug Vol 41(2) 250 to 274 Vail, Curtis 1932 Basic vocabulary studies The German Quarterly 5: 123-30 Vainikka, Anne; Young Scholten, Martha 1996 The Early Stages in Adult L2 Syntax: Additional Evidence from Romance Speakers. Second Language Research; v12 n2 p140 76 Apr 1996 Vakar, N.P. unknown A word count of spoken Russian, the soviet usage. Ohio state univ., Columbus. Research foundation. Valencia, S.W., Stallman, A.C., Commeyras, M., Pearson, P.D. and Hartman, D.K. 1991. Four measures of topical knowledge: a study of construct validity. Reading Research Quarterly. 26, 3. 204-233. Valentine, Tim etc. 1996 Cognitive Psychology of Proper Names London: Routledge Valette, R.M. 1977 Modern Language Testing. Second edition. New York: Harcourt Brace Jovanovich. Vallar, Giuseppe; Shallice, Tim (Ed.) unknown Neuropsychological Impairments of Short-term Memory Van Alstyne, Dorothy 1929 Van Alstyne Picture Vocabulary test for pre-school children Bloomingdale, Ill. Public School Publishing Co. Van Baalan, T. 1983 Giving learners rules: A study into the effect of grammatical instruction with varying degrees of explicitness. Interlanguage Studies Bulletin, Vol 7, No 1 71-79 van Bussel, FJJ 1994 Design rules for computer aided learning of vocabulary items in a second language. Computers and Human Behavior, 10 , 63-76. Van Bussel, FJJ. unknown Computerondersteund leren van Engels vocabulaire: een onderzoek naar de effecten van sequentiering en oefenvorm. [Computer assisted learning of English vocabulary: the effects of item sequencing and learning options.]. PhD thesis: Katholieke Universiteit, Brabant. van Camp, D. 1992 Nerons for computers Scientific American. Sept, 125-127. van Daalen-Kapteijns, M C Schouten-van Parreren and K de Glopper. 1993 Het afleiden van woordbetekenissen uit de context. Levende Talen.485589-593. Van Daalen-Kapteijns, M. M. and Elshout-Mohr, M. 1981 The acquisition of word meanings as a cognitive learning process. Journal of Verbal Learning and Verbal Behavior. 20, 386-399. van Dam, Gerrit; And Others 1974 The Isolation Effect in Free Recall and Recognition American Journal of Psychology; 87; 3; 497 to 504 van der Eijk, P., Alejandro, O. and Florenza, M. 1995. Lexical semantics and lexicographic sense distinction. International Journal of Lexicography. 8, 1. 1-27. Van Der Molen, Hugo; Morton, John 1979 Remembering Plurals: Unit of Coding and Form of Coding during Serial Recall. Cognition; v7 n1 p35 to 47 Mar 1979 Van der Wissel, A. 1988 Hampered production of words as a characteristic of school failure. Journal of Learning Disabilities; 1988 Oct Vol 21(8) 517-8 van Dijk, T. 1977 Text and context New York: Longman Van Dommelen, M. R. E. 1983 A study of lexical monitoring. Unpublished Doctoral Scriptie, Utrecht University. Van Ek 1975 Threshold level Pergamon van Ek, J.A., Alexander, L.G., and Fitzpatrick, M.A. 1977 Waystage English. Oxford: Pergamon. Van Ek, J. A. and J.L.M. Trim 1993 Threshold level 1990 Strasbourg: Council of Europe van Elsen, E, K van Deun and W Decoo 1991 Word chip: the application of external versatility to an English lexical CALL program. System, 19,4 , 401-417. van Elsen, E., van Deun, K. and Decoo, W. 1991. Wordchip: the application of external versatility to an English lexical CALL program. System. 19, 4.401-417. van Ginkel, CI and EH van der Linden 1996 Word associations in foreign language learning and foreign language loss. In: K Sajavaara and C Fairweather (eds) Approaches to Second Language Acquisition. Jyvaskyla. van Hell, JG and AC Mahn 1997 Keyword mnemonics vs rote rehearsal: learning concrete and abstract foreign words by experienced and inexperienced learners. Language Learning, 47,3, 507-546. Van Helmond, K. and M. Van Vugt 1984 On the transferability of nominal compounds. Interlanguage Studies Bulletin 8, 5-34. van Heuven, W, T Dijkstra and J Grainger 1994 Neighbourhood effects in bilingual word recognition: the BIA model and experiments. In: T Dijkstra and K de Smedt (eds). Computational Psycholinguistics. London: Taylor and Francis. 1995. Van Hout, R.and A Vermeer. 1988 Spontane taaldata en het meten van lexicale rijkdom in tweedetaalverwerving. [Spontaneous language data and the measurement of lexical richness in L2.]. Toegepaste Taalwetenschap in Artikelen. 30, 1, 67-81. van Koppen, I. 1987 L'influence du contexte -paradigmatique et syntagmatique- sur les connaissances réceptives et productives des mots et la mesure dans laquelle la valeur d'indice d'utilité intervient dans l'influence du contexte. Unpublished Masters Thesis. University of Utrecht. Van Loock, R. and G. Vanderloock 1980 A detailed analysis of the KU Leuven English Vocabulary test. MA Thesis, Katholieke Universiteit, Leuven. van Naerssen, M.M. 1980 How similar are Spanish as a first language and Spanish as a foreign language? In R.C. Scarcella & S.D. Krashen (Eds), Research in second language acquisition: Selected papers of the Los Angeles second language acquisition research forum (pp. 146-154 Van Parreren, Carel 1983 Primacy of Receptive Skills in Foreign Language Learning. System; v11 n3 p249 53 1983 Van Parreren, CF and M. C. Schouten -Van Parreren, 1978 Erwerb Eines Fremdsprachlichen Wortschatzes. [The development of a foreign language vocabulary.] In: I. Deterding and R. Hogel (Eds.). Englisch auf der Sekundarstage 1. Hanover: Schroedel. Van Parreren, CF and M. C. Schouten-van Parreren 1981 Contextual guessing: a trainable reader strategy. System, 9, 3, 235-241. Van Patten, B. 1987 On Babies and Bathwater: Input in Foreign Language Learning. Modern Language Journal, 71, ii pp. 156-164. Van Patten, B. 1996 Input processing and grammar instruction in second language acquisition : Theory and research Norwood, New jersy: Ablex Van Patten & Kutas. 1990 Interactions between sentence context and word frequency in event-related brain potentials. Memory And Cognition. 18, 380-393. Van Roey, J., Granger, S. and Swallow, H. in press Dictionnaire des Faux Amis / Dictionary of Faux Amis Français-Anglais English-French. Duculot, Gembloux, 3rd edition (1st edition: 1988; 2nd edition: 1991). Van Weeren, J. 1987 Teaching Pronunciation: An Application of Generalizability Theory, Language Learning 37.1. van Wendel de Joode, B 1994 Tests de vocabulaire neerlandais pour eleves forts et eleves faibles. In: FG Brinkman, JA van der Schee and MC Schouten-van Parreren. Curriculum research: different disciplines and common goals. Amsterdam: Instituut voor Didactiek en Onderwijspraktijk. . Van Willigen-Sinemus, M. 1976 Poging tot vocabulaire afbakening ten behoove van het tertiair onderwijs. [A French word list for tertiary level learners.] Levende Talen, 320, 431-434. Vance, Booney, 1987 Concurrent Validity of the Peabody Picture Vocabulary Test R and the Expressive One Word Picture Vocabulary Test for Language Delayed and Non Language Delayed Young Children. Diagnostique; v13 n1 p3 to 9 Fall 1987 Vance, Booney; West, Russ; Kutsick, Koressa 1989 Prediction of Wechsler Preschool and Primary Scale of Intelligence IQ scores for preschool children using the Peabody Picture Vocabulary Test R and the Expressive One Word Picture Vocabulary Test. Journal of Clinical Psychology; 1989 Jul Vol 45(4) 642 to 644 Vance, Hubert B.; Lewis, Rena; de Bell, Susan 1979 Correlations of the Wechsler Intelligence Scale for Children Revised, Peabody Picture Vocabulary Test, and Slosson Intelligence Test for a group of learning disabled students. Psychological Reports; 1979 Jun Vol 44(3, Pt 1) 735 to 738 Vance, Hubert B.; Singer, Marc G. 1979 Correlations between the Quick Test Forms 1 and 3 and Peabody Picture Vocabulary Test for children and youth with learning problems. Psychological Reports; 1979 Feb Vol 44(1) 315 to 318 Vandamme, F. 1982 Recognition and Production: Two Different Skills In: Lowenthal F. (ed. & pref.); Vandamme F. (ed.); Cordier J. (ed. & introd.). Language and Language Acquisition. New York : Plenum Vanermen, U 1993 Implementing CALL in advanced EFL-Vocabulary learning. In: JK Edge and K Richards (eds.) Teachers Develop Teachers Research. Oxford: Heinemann. Vanniarajan, S. 1997. An interactive model of vocabulary acquisition. Applied Language Learning. 8, 2. 183-216. Vanparys, J, C Zimmer, X Li and P Kelly 1997 Some salient and persistent difficulties encountered by Chinese and Francophone students in the learning of English vocabulary. ITL Review of Applied Linguistics, 115-116, 137-164. Vanpatten, B. and Cadierno, T. 1993 Explicit instruction and input processing. Studies in Second Language Acquisition. 15, 225 - 243. VanPatten, Bill and Teresa Cadierno 1993 Input Processing and Second Language acquisition Modern Language Journal, 77 VanPatten et al, 1987 Foreign language learning : a research perspective Cambridge [Cambridgeshire] ; New York : Newbury House. VanPatten, W. 1988 Review essay: How juries get hung:Problems with the evidence for a focus on form in teaching Language Learning 38(2): 243-260 Varley, David; Farrar, Janet 1979 Teaching English as a Second Language to Infant Pupils. English Language Teaching Journal; v34 n1 p34 37 Oct 1979 Varma, Mahadevi unknown Pilgrimage to the Himalayas and Other Silhouettes from Memory Varonis, E.M. and S. Gass, 1983 Non-Native Conversations: A Model for Negotiation of Meaning. Applied Linguistics. 6: 71-90. Vasey, F. T. 1919. Vocabulary of grammar grade school children. Journal of Educational Psychology. 10, 104-107. Vasta, Ross; And Others 1974 Accuracy of imitative production and discrimination: effects of contingent feedback Perceptual and motor skills. 39: 483-490 Vasta, Ross; And Others 1978 Facilitating Accuracy of Imitative Articulation through Reception Training. Journal of Experimental Child Psychology; v26 n3 p508 to 16 Dec 1978 Vasta, Ross; Novak, Gary 1975 Acquisition of a language concept through simple modeling. Psychological Reports; 1975 Jun Vol 36(3) 807 816 Vasta, Ross; Teitelbaum, Michael 1976 Reception Training Effects on the Production of Modeled Language Constructions Journal of Experimental Child Psychology; 22; 1; 67 72 Vaughan, M. 1980 The Validity of the Modified Word Learning Test. Journal of Clinical Psychology; v36 n2 p467 to 71 Apr 1980 Veer, G.C.Vander etc. (Ed.) unknown Cognitive Ergonomics : Contributions from Experimental Psychology Vejleskov, Hans 1982 Ordforrad. Ordforklaring eller hvad? en forundersogelse til videreudvikling af "The WISC Vocabulary Test." (Vocabulary knowledge: Explanation of words, or what? A pilot study of the Wechsler Intelligence Scale for Children (WISC) Vocabulary Test.) Skolepsykologi; 1982 Vol 19(5) 374 to 388 Velasquez, Mary Rosalinda Molina 1995 The Effect of First Language Proficiency on Second Language Vocabulary Achievement Dissertation Abstracts International, Ann Arbor, MI (DAI). 1995 Nov, 56:5, 1650A 51A DAI No.: DA9528805. Degree granting institution: U of Houston, 1995 Vellutino, Frank 1987 Dyslexia Scientific American, 256 (3) 20-27 Velmans M. (Ed.) 1996 The science of consciousness: Psychological, Neuropsychological and clinical reviews New York: Routledge Vendler, Z. . 1967 linguistics in philosophy. Cornell University press. Vendryes, J. 1925. Language: a linguistic introduction to history. Translated by P. Radin. New York: A.A. Knopf. Venezky, Richard L. 1970 The Structure of English Orthography. Janua Linguarum Series Minor 82, Mouton, The Hague. Verfaellie, Mieke; Reiss, Lisa; Roth, Heidi L. 1995 Knowledge of new English vocabulary in amnesia: An examination of premorbidly acquired semantic memory. Journal of the International Neuropsychological Society; 1995 Sep Vol 1(5) 443-3 Verhallen, M 1991 Woordenschatuitbreiding bij anderstalige kinderen. Amsterdam, UvA Vakgroep Taalwetenschap. . Verhallen, M 1993 Kennis van woordbetekenissen bij tweetalige kinderen. [Knowledge of word meanings in bilingual children.] Psychologie en Maatschappij, 17,, 129-146. Verhallen, M and R Schoenen 1998 Lexical knowledge in L1 and L2 of 3rd and 5th graders. Applied Linguistics, 19,4 , 452-471. Verhallen, M and S Verhallen 1994 Woorden leren, woorden onderwijzen: Handreiking voor leraren in basis- en voortgezet onderwijs. Hoevelaken: Christelijk Pedagoisch Studie Centrum. . Verhallen, M. and Schoonen, R. 1993 Lexical knowledge of monolingual and bilingual children. Applied Linguistics. 14, 4, 344-363. Verhallen, M. and Schoonen, R. 1998 Lexical knowledge in L1 and L2 of Thrd and Fifth Graders Applied Linguistics. 19, 4, 452-470 Verhallen-van Ling, M 1994 Lexicale vaardiggheid van Turkse en Nederlandse kinderen: Een vergelijkend onderzoek naar betekenistoekenning. Amsterdam: IFOTT, 7. . Verhoeven, L. 1988 The bilingual child as a word maker: word formation processes in Turkish and Dutch. Berkeley Linguistics Society, 14 232-243. Verhoeven, Ludo T. 1987 Lexical development in ethnic minority children. Perspectives on Child Language; 1987 Vol 2 75 to 91 Verhoeven, Ludo T.; Boeschoten, Hendrik E. 1986 First language acquisition in a second language submersion environment. Special Issue: Language loss. Applied Psycholinguistics; 1986 Sep Vol 7(3) 241 to 255 Verkaik, P. & P. van der Wijst. 1986 Taal verlies en woordherkenning in het Frans als vreemde taal. [Language loss and word recognition in French as a foreign language.]. Masters thesis: Katholieke Universiteit, Nijmegen. Verloren van Themaat, W. A. 1977 Productive Word Formation in Four Natural and Two Constructed Languages Eco logos 1977, 86, 3, 8-12 Vermeer, A. 1987 Beheersing van de nederlandse wordenschat bij allochtone kinderen. [Mastery of Dutch vocabulary by nonnative children]. Levende Talen. 426, 687-690. Vermeer, A. 1989 Elk jaar duizend woorden erbij: de woordenschat van Molukse kinderen. [A thousand words a year: the vocabulary of Moluccan children.]. TIMBANG. 5 14-18. Vermeer, A. 1989 Woordenschat en Nederlands als tweede taal: een experiment. Maggezien. 14, 3 16-21. Vermeer, A 1992 Exploring the second language learner lexicon In: L Verhoeven and JHAL de Jong (eds.) The construct of language proficiency. Amsterdam: Benjamins. . Vermeer, A 1993 Woordenschatverwerving in het onderwijs. VONK, Tijdschrift van de vereniging voor het onderwijs in het Nederlands, 22,5 15-22. Vernon, A. 1991 Second-language vocabulary acquisition: the issue of avoidance. Ph.D., London, Birkbeck College - 43-2682 Vernon, P. E. 1950 The Estimation of Difficulty of vocabulary British Journal of Educational Psychology 20: 77-82 Vernon, Sofia, A. 1993 Initial Sound/Letter Correspondences in Children's Early Written Productions. Journal of Research in Childhood Education; v8 n1 p12 to 22 Fall Win 1993 Veronique, D 1992 Recherches sur l'acquisition des langues secondes: un etat des lieux et quelques perspectives. Acquisition et Interaction en Langue Etrangere, 1 , 5-35. Veronique, D. and R. Porquier. 1986 Acquisition des moyens de la reference spatiale en francais par des adultes arabophones et hispanophones. [How native Arabic and Spanish speakers acquire terms for spatial reference in French.]. Langages. 84 79-103. Verploeg, R. 1983 Approaches to Vocabulary Testing. Unpublished Scriptie, Utrecht University. Verschaffel, Lieven; De Corte Erik 1996 An empirical test of the impact of primitive intuitive models of operations on solving word problems with a multiplicative structure Learning and Instruction; Vol.6,no.3: Sep 96 219-242 Verstraten, Linda 1992 Fixed Phrases in monolingual learners¹ dictionaries In: Arnaud P. and H. Bejoint (Eds.), Vocabulary and Applied Linguistics. London: Macmillan. 28-40 Vespoor, Marjolijn, and Harris Winitz 1997 Assessment of the lexical-input approach for intermediate language learners IRAL. 35, 61-75. Vianna, Jane Mello 1994 Vocabulary Teaching: A Way To Improve Learners' Fluency. Unknown Reference Viberg, A 1993 Cross linguistic perspectives on lexical organisation and lexical progression. In: K Hyltenstam and A Viberg (eds) Progression and Regression in Language. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press. Viberg, A. 1996 Crosslinguistic perspectives on lexical acquisistion. Paper presented at the AILA Congress, Jyvaskyla, Finland. August 1996. Viberg, A 1996 The study of lexical patterns in L2 oral production. In: K Sajavaara and C Fairweather (eds) Approaches to Second Language Acquisition.Jyvaskyla. . Viberg, A 1997 Lexical development in a second language. In: G Extra and L Verhoeven (eds). Language change in migration contexts. Viberg, Ake. 1989 A semantic field approach to vocabulary acquisition. Unpublished paper. 1-38. Viberg, Ake 1998 Cross-linguistic perspectives on lexical acquisition: the case of language-specific semantic differenatiation. In Haastrup, Kirsten and Ake Viberg Perspectives on lexical acquistion in second languages: Lund University. p. 175-208 Vicente, Kim J.; Hayes, Brian C.; Williges, Robert C. 1987 Assaying and isolating individual differences in searching a hierarchical file system. Human Factors; 1987 Jun Vol 29(3) 349 to 359 Vielan, A. 1975 Kognitive Wortschatzdidaktik. [Cognitive vocabulary teaching.] Die Neueren Sprachen, 74, 3, 248-264. Vigner, G. 1987 Competence textuelle et competence lexicale. [Textual competence and lexical competence.]. Le Francais dans le Monde. 210, 47-53. Vigner, G. 1989 Themes, champs lexicaux et activites discursives. [Themes, lexical fields and discourse activities.]. Le francais dans le monde. Aug-Sept., 134-145. Vihman, M. 1985 Language differentiation by the bilingual infant. Journal of Child Language, 12, 297-324. Vihman, M. 1986 More on language differentiation. Journal of Child Language. 13, 595-597. Vihman, M. M., M. A. Macken, R. Miller, H. Simmons and J. Miller 1985 From babbling to speech: a re-assesment of the continuity issue Language 61, 397-445 Vihman Marilyn May 1981 Phonology and the development of the lexicon: evidence from children's errors J. Child Lang.; Vol.8, no.2 : Jun 81 239-264 ISSN: 03050009 Vihman, Marilyn May 1993 Variable Paths to Early Word Production Journal of Phonetics, Jan Apr, 21:1-2, 61-82 Vihman, Marilyn May; Kay, Edwin; Boysson Bardies, Benedicte de; Durand, Catherine; Sundberg, Ulla 1994 External Sources of Individual Differences? A Cross-Linguistic Analysis of the Phonetics of Mothers' Speech to 1 Year Old Children Developmental Psychology. Sept, 30:5, 551-662 Vildomec, V. 1963. Multilingualism. Leyden: Sythoff. Villiers, Jill G.De (Ed.) unknown Acquisition of Wh-Questions A Special Issue of ' Language Acquisition' Villiers, Jill G.De; Villiers, Peter A.De unknown Language Acquisition Vincent, M. and Carter, R. 1986. Simple text and reading text. In C.J Brumfit and R. Carter (eds) Literature and Language Teaching  Oxford University Press, Oxford. 208-222. Vincent, Monica. 1983 Writing non-fiction readers. In R. R. Jordan (Ed.) Case Studies in ELT Collins ELT, London, 170-178. Vincent Smith, Lisbeth; And Others 1974 Acquisition of receptive vocabulary in the toddler age child. Child Development; 1974 Mar Vol. 45(1) 189 to 193 Viorel, Elena; Suciu, Anita Carmen 1977 Zu einigen Interferenzerscheinungen auf lexikalischer Ebene bei Deutsch sprechenden Rumaenen (On Some Interference Phenomena in the Vocabulary Used by German Speaking Romanians) Zielsprache Deutsch; 1; 4 to 9 Virtanen, T. 1996 Exploiting the International Corpus of Learner English (ICLE). In Harakka, T. and Koskela, M. (eds) Kieli ja tietokone: AFinLAn vuosikirja 1996 [AFinLa Yearbook 1996]. Publications of l'Association Finlandaise de Linguistique Appliquée (AFinLA) 54, Jyväskylä, pp. 157-66. Virtanen, T. 1997 The progressive in NNS and NS student compositions: Evidence from the International Corpus of Learner English. In Ljung, M. (ed.) Corpus-based Studies in English: Papers from the seventeenth International Conference on English Language Research on Computerized Corpora. Rodopi, Amsterdam, pp. 299-309. Virtanen, T. 1998 Direct questions in argumentative student writing. In Granger, S. (ed.) Learner English on Computer. Addison Wesley Longman, London and New York, pp. 94-118. Virtanen, T. and Lindgrén, S-A. forthcoming British or American English? A Student View. Paper presented at the MAVEN 97 Conference (The Major Varieties of English), Växjö, Sweden, 20-22 November, 1997. To appear in the proceedings. Visser, A. 1989 Learning core meanings. Guidelines. 11, 2, 10-17. Visser, A. 1990 Learning vocabulary through underlying meanings: an investigation of an interactive technique. RELC Journal. 21, 1, 11-28. Visser, I. and M. Jan de Weide 1983 The influence of the position of the recognition point on word recognition under unfavorable circumstances. Unpublished paper, Dept. of English Language and Literature. Rijksuniversiteit, Utrecht. Vitevitch, Michael-S.; Luce, Paul-A. 1998 When words compete: Levels of processing in perception of spoken words. Psychological-Science. 1998 Jul; Vol 9(4): 325-329 Vives Boix, C. 1995 The development of a measure of lexical organisation: the association vocabulary test. Ph.D., Wales, Swansea - 46-237 Vives Boix, G. and P. Meara 1995. A note on the reliability of Yes/No Vocabulary tests. discussion paper Vives, G. and P. M. Meara 1994 Word Associations in Spanish Vida Hispanica, 10, 12-22 Voelker, C. H. 1942 One thousand most frequent spoken words Quarterly journal of speech 28: 189-197 Vogel, Mabel and Carleton Washburne 1928 An objective method of determining grade placement of children¹s reading material Elementary school Journal 28, 373-81 Voice, J.K. 1996. Competition processes in visual word recognition. Ph.D., Edinburgh - 46-8799 Voinescu, I, E. Vish, S. Sirian and M. Maretsis 1977 Aphasia in a polyglot. Brain and Language, 4, 165-176. Voionmaa, K. 1987 En studie av lexikal oeverfoering hos vuxna spraklinaerare. [Lexical development in adult language learners]. In: E. Warde et al (Eds.) Aspects of Bilingualism. Uppsala. Volpe, Rosa 1994 From Comprehension to Production: The Role of Mental Anchors in Second Language Learning through Unedited Film Dissertation Abstracts International, Ann Arbor, MI (DAI). 1994 Feb, 54:8, 3016A DAI No.: DA9401024. Degree granting institution: U of Texas, Austin, 1993 Von Eckardt, barbara 1996 What is cognitive science MIT press Von Elek, Tibor. 1982 Test of Swedish as a second language: an experiment in self-assessment. Work Papers from the Language Teaching Research Centre, SPC, Goteborgs Universitet. No. 31. von Els, T., T. Bongaerts, G. Extra, C. van Os and A. Janssen-von Dieten 1984 Applied linguistics and the learning and teaching of foreign languages Edward Arnold von Studnitz, RE, and D Green 1997 Lexical decision and language switching. International Journal of Bilingualism, 1,1, 3-24. Voronin, Leon L. unknown Synaptic Modifications and Memory: An Electrophysiological Analysis Vossen, P. 1991. Polysemy and vagueness of meaning descriptions in the Longman dictionary of contemporary English In S. Johansson and A-B. Stentstrom (eds.) English Computer Corpora Mouton de Gruyer, Berlin. 105-123. Votaw, Marianne Cecil 1993 The Word Not Chosen: Predominant Language Use and Bilingual Lexical Decision Dissertation Abstracts International, Ann Arbor, MI (DAI). 1993 Nov, 54:5, 2794B DAI No.: DA9324905. Degree granting institution: U of Virginia, 1992 Votaw, MC 1992 A functional view of bilingual lexicosemantic organization. In: RJ Harris(ed) Cognitive Processing in Bilinguals.Amsterdam: Elsevier. 1992. Vougiouklis, P. 1990. Native and non-native readers' accuracy and confidence when guessing meanings of unknownwords. BAAL proceedings. Vougiouklis, P.S.K. 1990. Lexical decomposition as a strategy for guessing unknown words. Unpublished MS. Vougiouklis, P.S.K. 1990. Using dictionaries to correct lexical errors by Greek learners - some empirical evidence. Unpublished MS. Vygotsky, L. 1934. Thought and language In Kozulin, A. (ed): Lev Vygotsky: Thought and language . 1988. Cambridge, Mass: MIT Press. Wade, Nicholas unknown Psychologists in Word and Image Wadepuhl, W. and B. Morgan. 1934 Minimum Standard Vocabulary F.S. Crofts and Co Wagner,-Daniel-A.; Spratt,-Jennifer-E. 1993 Arabic orthography and reading acquisition. Cognition and culture: A cross-cultural approach to cognitive psychology. Advances in psychology, Vol. 103. (Jeanette Altarriba, Ed.), pp. 229-244. North-Holland/Elsevier Science Publishers, Amsterdam, Netherlands; xiii, 405 pp. Wagner, Klaus R. 1985 How Much Do Children Say in a Day? Journal of Child Language; v12 n2 p475 to 87 Jun 1985 Wagner, M. J. and G. Tilney 1983 The effect of 'super learning techniques' on the vocabulary acquisition and alpha brain wave production of language learners. TESOL Quarterly, 17, 1, 5-17. Wagner-Gough, J. 1975 Comparative studies in second language learning. CAL ERIC/CLL Series on Languages and Linguistics, 26. Wajnryb, Ruth. 1987 Vocabulary - consolidation through clusters. English Teachers Journal (Israel). 35, 67-70. Wajnryb, Ruth 1988 Communicative Use of Newspaper Texts in Classroom Reading: The Read Ask and Tell Approach. Reading in a Foreign Language; v4 n2 p107 18 Spr 1988 Wakabayashi, S 1995 Dual routes involved in processing different kinds of script. Working Papers in English and Applied Linguistics, Cambridge, 2 ,43-54. Walker, C. 1997. A self access extensive reading project using graded readers (with particular reference to students of English for academic purposes Reading in a Foreign Language, 11(1), 121-149. Walker, Donald. E. Antonio Zampolli and Nicolette Calzolari (eds.) 1995 Automating the lexicon: research and practice in a multilingual environment. Oxford: Oxford University Press Walker, Janet H. 1973 Pronounceability Effects on Word Nonword Encoding in Categorization and Recognition Tasks Journal of Experimental Psychology; 99; 3; 318 to 22 Walker, Laura J. 1983 Word identification strategies in reading a foreign language. Foreign Language Annals. 16, 4, 293-299. Walker, Lawrence 1979 Newfoundland Dialect Interference in Fourth Grade Spelling. Alberta Journal of Educational Research; v25 n4 p221 to 33 Dec 1979 Walker, Lou Ann. 19.. A loss for words. Harper and Row. Walker M. Nov 84 The Makaton Vocabulary: from Britain to the Antipodes. Australian Journal of Special Education; v.8 n.2 p.8-11 Walker Margaret 1979 The Makaton : in perspective APEX; Vol.7, no.1: Jun 79 p.12-14 ISSN: 01412205 Walker Margaret 1981 What is the Makaton Vocabulary? Spec. Educ.; Vol.8, no.3 : Sep 81 19-20 ISSN: 03057526 Walker, V. 1989 Competent scientist meets the empiricist mind. Centre for research in language newsletter. 3: 5-17. . Wallace, C. 1989 Learning to read in foreign language. A window on the language acquisition process. Reading in a Foreign Language. 5 (2): 277-98. Wallace, C. 1992. Reading. Oxford University Press, Oxford. Wallace, M. 1982 Teaching Vocabulary. London: Heinemann. Wallace, M.J. 1979 What is an idiom? An applied linguistic approach. In R.R.K. Hartmann (Ed.), Dictionaries and their users: Papers from the 1978 B.A.A.L. seminar on lexicography (pp. 63-70 Wallace, William P. 1978 Recognition Failure of Recallable Words and Recognizable Words. Journal of Experimental Psychology: Human Learning and Memory; v4 n5 p441 52 Sep 1978 Wallace, William P.; And Others 1978 Distractors in Recall, Distractor Free Recognition, and the Word Frequency Effect American Journal of Psychology; 91; 2; 295 to 304 Walley, Amanda C. 1993 The role of vocabulary development in children's spoken word recognition and segmentation ability. Special Issue: Phonological processes and learning disability. Developmental Review; 1993 Sep Vol 13(3) 286 to 350 Wallman, Joel. 1992. Aping language. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press. Walpole, H. ?? The theory of definition and its application to vocabulary MLJ 221: 398-402 Walter, G.G. 1985 Estimating the vocabulary size of the disadvantaged reader IEEE transactions on professional communication PC28, 4, 21-25 Walters, J. and R. Zatorre 1978 Latency differences for word recognition in bilinguals. Brain and Language, 6, 1 58-1 67. Walton, D. and D. Black 1957 The validity of a psychological test of brain damage British Journal of medical psychology 30. 270-279 Walton, D. and D. Black 1958 The predictive validity of a psychological test of brain damage Journal of mental science 105, 807-810 Walton, D. ; J. White; D. Black and A. Young 1959 The modified word learning test: a cross validation study British Journal of medical psychology 32, 213-220 Walton- Evens, Martha 1988 Relational models of the lexicon Cambridge University press Wang, A. Y. and M. H. Thomas 1992 The Effect of keywords on longterm retention: help or Hindrance? Journal of Educational Psychology. 87(3): 468-475. Wang, A. Y. and Thomas, M. H 1992. The effect of imagery-based mnemonics on the long term retention of Chinese Characters. Language Learning. 42 (3) pp. 359 - 376. and In B. Harley (Ed.) lexical Issues in language learning. Amsterdam: John Benjamins. Wang, Alvin Y.; And Others 1992 Keyword Mnemonic and Retention of Second Language Vocabulary Words. Journal of Educational Psychology; v84 n4 p520 to 28 Dec 1992 Wang, AY and MH Thomas 1992 The effect of imagery based mnemonics on the long-term retention of Chinese characters. Language Learning, 42,3 , 359-376. Wang, AY, MH Thomas and J Ouellette 1992 The effect of the keyword system on the longterm retention of second language vocabulary. Journal of Educational Psychology, (in press ) Wang, Cui xiang; Peng, Dan ling 1988 Research on the lexical representation in Chinese English bilingual readers. Acta Psychologica Sinica; 1988 Vol 20(4) 351 to 358 Wang, Shu-han C. 1998 A study on the learning and teaching of Hanzi characters University of Pennsylvania Working papers in Educational Lingistics, 14 (1): 69-101 Wanner, E. and L. R. Gleitman (eds) 1982 Language acquisition: the state of the art Cambridge: Cambridge University press Wanner, Leo (ed.) 1996 Lexical Functions in Lexicography and Natural Language Processing Amsterdam : Benjamins, 1996. xix, 355 pp. Wanner, Leo (ed.) 1996 Special Issue on: Lexical Choice Machine Translation, Dordrecht, Netherlands (MachT). 1996, 11:1 3 Ward, J.L 1925 Measuring the vocabulary burden American School Board Journal 71: 98 Ward, T. B. and J. Scott. 1987 Analytic and holistic modes of learning family resemblance concepts. Memory and cognition, 15, 42-54. Wardaugh unknown How Conversation Works Warden, David A. 1981 Experimenting with Children's Language British Journal of Psychology, Letchworth, Herts, England (BJP). 1981 May, 72:2, 217 222 Wardhaugh, Ronald 1993 Investigating language: Central problems in linguistics. Oxford: Blackwell. Waring, R. 1994 Review of The Language Activator. Longman. 1993. The Language Teacher. 18 (10): 65-66. Waring, R. 1995 An Early Emphasis on vocabulary The British Council Papers at St Andrews. 37-9 Waring, R. 1995 List learning and Interference effects Kiyo. Notre Dame Seishin UniversityOccasional papers. Waring, R. 1995 Review of Vocabulary in Action by Linda Taylor. The Language Teacher 19,2: 51. Waring, R. 1995 Towards a theoretical construct for the interface between input and pre-existing knowledge in Second Language Acquisition. Kiyo Studies in Foreign Language and Literature. 19 (1), 57-90 Waring, R. 1996 Connectionism and Second Language Vocabulary. Temple University Occassional Papers. Waring, R. 1997 A comparison of the Receptive and Productive Vocabulary Sizes of some Second Language Learners. Immaculata Occasional papers of Notre Dame Seishin University 1: 53-68 Waring, R. 1997 Graded and Extensive Reading - Questions and answers The Language Teacher (5) pp. 9-12 Waring, R. 1997 Guest editor ³Special edition on Extensive Reading² The Language Teacher 21, 5 Waring, R. 1997 Receptive and Productive learning of word cards by some Japanese learners of English Kiyo, Occassional papers of Notre Dame Seishin University: 21, 1, 94-114 Waring. R. 1997 The negative effects of learning words in semantic sets: a replication. System; v25 n2 p261 74 Jun 1997 Waring, R. 1998 Lexicality Judgements Kiyo, Occassional papers of Notre Dame Seishin University. 22 (1) pp43-59 Waring, R. 1998 Receptive and productive vocabulary: Do we know what we are talking about? Paper presented at PACSLRF conference. Aoyama Gakuin University, Tokyo March 26-29th. Waring, R. 1998 The hidden history of Vocabulary testing Paper presented at the Annual Language Testing Conference University Of wales, Swansea, Nov 22. Warkentein, Edgar. 1982 Is this a hammer which I see before me? Teaching technical vocabulary. TESL Talk. 13, 3, 155-159. Warner, R. and T. Szubka (Eds.) 1994 The mind-body problem: a guide to the current debate Oxford: Basil Blackwell Warner, Timothy P. 1972 Vocabulary: Make it a Stimulant, Not a Depressant Journal of Reading; 15; 8; 590 92 Warren, B. 1982 Common types of lexical errors among Swedish learners of English. Moderna Sprak, 76, 3, 209-228. Warren, P. M. 1970 Perceptual restoration of missing speech sounds Science, 67 392-3 Warren, P. M. and C. S. Obusek 1971 Speech perception and phonemic restoration perception and Psychophysics 9, 358-62 Warren, R. M. and Warren R. P. 1970 Auditory illusions and confusions. Scientific American, 223 (6) 30-36. Warrington Elizabeth K. 1981 Concrete word dyslexia Br. J. Psychol.; Vol.72, pt.2 : May 81 175-196 ISSN: 00071269 Warrington, Elizabeth K. unknown Camden Memory Tests; Paired Associate Learning Test Warrington, Elizabeth K. unknown Camden Memory Tests; Pictorial Recognition Memory Test Warrington, Elizabeth K. unknown Camden Memory Tests; Test Manual Warrington, Elizabeth K. unknown Camden Memory Tests; Topographical Recognition Memory Test Warrington, Elizabeth-K. 1997 The Graded Naming Test: A restandardisation. Neuropsychological-Rehabilitation. 1997 Apr; Vol 7(2): 143-146 Washburne, Carleton and Mabel Morphett 1929 A simple technique for determining whether children know the meanins of spelling words Journal of Educational Research March 1929 196-200 Watanabe, Y 1993 Effects of increased processing on incidental learning of foreign language vocabulary. Occasional Paper 24. Department of ESL, University of Hawai'i at Manoa.Honolulu Watanabe, Yoshinori 1996 Does grammar translation come from entrance examination² preliminary findings from classroom based research Language Testing. 13,3: 318-333 Watanabe, Yuichi 1996 Input, intake and retention: effects of increased processing on incidental learning of foreign vocabulary. Studies in Second Language Acquisition ? to appear: . Watcyn-Jones, Peter 1980 Start Testing Your Vocabulary and Test Your Vocabulary, Books 1-4 London: Penguin Books Waterhouse, Lynn; Fischer, Karen 1976 Genotype Contributions to Skill in Imitation, Comprehension, and Production 290 93 In: Raffler Engel Walburga von; Buyssens Eric; LeBlanc Raymond; May Jean. Baby Talk and Infant Speech. Amsterdam : Swets & Zeitlinger, 1976. 363 pp. Waters, Carrie Wherry; Waters, Lawrence K. 1971 Validity and Likability Ratings for Three Scoring Instructions for a Multiple Choice Vocabulary Test Educational and Psychological Measurement; 31; 4; 935 to 38 Waters, Mary and Alan Waters 1995 Study tasks in English Cambridge: cambridge university press Waters, Mary Duncan 1986 A Comparison of the Effectiveness of Three Modifications of a Computer Assisted Instruction Program Designed to Increase the Sight Vocabulary of Learning Disabled Children Dissertation Abstracts International, Ann Arbor, MI (DAI). 1986 Nov., 47:5, 1670A 1671A Watkins, L. Theresa; And Others 1990 Effects of Video Based Training on Spoken and Signed Language Acquisition by Students with Mental Retardation. Research in Developmental Disabilities; v11 n3 p273 to 88 1990 Watkins, Michael 1975 Inhibition in Recall with Extralist "Cues" Journal of Verbal Learning and Verbal Behavior; 14; 3; 294 to 303 Watkins, Michael J.; And Others 1974 The Modality Effect in Free and Serial Recall as a Function of Phonological Similarity Journal of Verbal Learning and Verbal Behavior; 13; 4; 430 to 447 Watkins, Michael J.; LeCompte, Denny C. 1991 Inadequacy of recall as a basis for frequency knowledge. Journal of Experimental Psychology Learning, Memory, and Cognition; 1991 Nov Vol 17(6) 1161 to 1176 Watkins, Michael J.; Peynircioglu, Zehra F. 1983 On the Nature of Word Recall: Evidence for Linguistic Specificity. Journal of Verbal Learning and Verbal Behavior; v22 n4 p385 94 Aug 1983 Watkins, Michael J.; Tulving, Endel 1975 Episodic Memory: When Recognition Fails Journal of Experimental Psychology (General); 104; 1; 5 to 29 Watkins, Michael J.; Tulving, Endel 1975 Recall and Recognition: A Reply to Light, Kimble, and Pellegrino Journal of Experimental Psychology (General); 104; 1; 37 8 Watkins, Michael J.; Watkins, Olga C. 1973 The Postcategorical Status of the Modality Effect in Serial Recall Journal of Experimental Psychology; 99; 2; 226 to 30 Watkins, Olga C.; Watkins, Michael J. 1977 Serial Recall and the Modality Effect: Effects of Word Frequency Journal of Experimental Psychology: Human Learning and Memory; 3; 6; 712 to 8 Watson, R., & Olson, D. 1987 From meaning to definition: A literate bias on the structure of word meaning In R. Horowitz & S. J. Samuels (Eds.), Comprehending oral and written language (pp. 329-353). New York: Academic Press. Watts, S.M. 1995. Vocabulary instruction during reading lessons in six classrooms. Journal of Reading Behavior. 27, 3. 399-424. Wawrzynczyk, Jan (ed.) 1995 Bilingual Lexicography in Poland: Theory and Practice Warsaw : Katedra lingwistyki formalnej, Uniwersytet Warszawski, 1995. 137 pp. Waxman, S.R. and Senghas, A. 1992. Relations among word meanings in early lexical development. Developmental Psychology. 28, 5. 862-873. Wayland, Sarah C.; Wingfield, Arthur; Goodglass, Harold 1989 Recognition of isolated words: The dynamics of cohort reduction. Applied Psycholinguistics; 1989 Dec Vol 10(4) 475 to 487 Weatherford, H. Jarold 1990 Techniques for Learning Vocabulary. Unknown Reference Weaver, Peter D.; McPherson, Marion W 1976 Gains in children's vocabulary scores during the last three decades. Psychological Record; 1976 Fal Vol 26(4) 519 522 Webb, E. M. 1941 Natural resources in the public schools. Unpublished Master¹s thesis, State College of Washington Webb, W. B. 1962 The effects of prolonged learning on learning. Journal of Verbal Learning and Verbal Behavior. 1, 173-182. Webber, J. 1977 An investigation into the effect of degree of competence in a language on the type token ratio. Unpublished MA thesis, Birkbeck College, University of London, Webber, N. E. 1978 Pictures and words as stimuli in learning foreign language responses Journal of Psychology, 98, 57-63. Weeks, Angelina 1928 A vocabulary information test Archives of psychology 15 (no. 97) 1-71 Wegman, Cornelis unknown Psychoanalysis and Cognitive Psychology : Formalization of Freud's Wehmeyer, Sally, ed 1993 Oxford Wordpower Dictionary Oxford: Oxford University Press Weigand, Edda; Hundsnurscher, Franz (Ed.) unknown Lexical Structures and Language Use: Proceedings of the International; v.2 Papers in English, German & French Weinberger, N.M. etc. (Ed.) unknown Memory Systems of the Brain : Animal and Human Cognitive Processes Weinert, Franz E.; Schneider, Wolfgang (Ed.) unknown Memory Performance and Competencies: Issues in Growth and Development Weinert, Regina 1995 The Role of Formulaic Language in Second Language Acquisition: A Review. Applied Linguistics, 16 n2 p180 205 Jun 1995 Weinreich, U. 1963 Lexicology In Sebeok, T. (ed.) Current Trends in Linguistics I. The Hague: Mouton. 60--93 Weinreich, U. 1969 Problems in the analysis of idioms' In Puhvel, J. (ed.) Substance and Structure of Language. Berkeley: University of California Press. 23--81 Weinstein, C. E. , Goetz, E. & Alexander, P. (eds) unknown Learning and study strategies. New York: Academic Press. (pp.299-321). Weinstein, C.E., Zimmerman, S.A. and Palmer, D.R. 1988. Assessing learning strategies: the design and development of the LASSI. In C.E. Weinstein, E.T. Goetz and Alexander, P.A. (eds.), Learning and Study Strategies: Issues in Assessment, Instruction, and Evaluation . New York: Academic Press. Weinstock, Roy B 1979 Anagram solving as influenced by solution word frequency, anagram transition probability, and subject's vocabulary level. Bulletin of the Psychonomic Society; 1979 Nov Vol 14(5) 375 378 Weir, C.J. 1990 Communicative Language Testing. Hemel Hempstead: Prentice Hall International. Weir, C. J.; And Others 1990 Reading Skills: Hierarchies, Implicational Relationships and Identifiability. Reading in a Foreign Language; v7 n1 p505 10 Fall 1990 Weir, C.J. and Roberts, J. 1994 Evaluation in ELT. Oxford, Blackwells, xii+338pp. Weis, D. 1986 Untersuchungen zur langfristigen Verfugbarkeit von Wortschatz im Leistungsfach Englisch. Neusprachliche Mitteilungen. 3, 174-180. Weisberg, Robert W. unknown Memory, Thought and Behaviour Weisenberg, T., A. Roe and K. McBride 1936 Adult intelligence New Yok: Commonwealth Fund Weismer, Susan Ellis 1996 Capacity Limitations in Working Memory: The Impact on Lexical and Morphological Learning by Children with Language Impairment. Topics in Language Disorders; v17 n1 p33 44 Nov 1996 Weismer, Susan Ellis; Murray Branch, Jamie; Miller, Jon F. 1993 Comparison of Two Methods for Promoting Productive Vocabulary in Late Talkers Journal of Speech and Hearing Research. Oct, 36:5, 1037-50 Weiss, David and Mark Davidson 1981 Test theory and methods Annual review of psychology, 36: 629-58 Weiss, David; Jackson, Rex 1983 The Validity of the Descriptive Tests of Language Skills: Relationships to Direct Measures of Writing Ability and to Grades in Introductory College English Courses. Unknown Reference Weiss, Donald H. unknown Increasing Your Memory Power Weiss, Sara L.; And Others 1977 The Relationship of Depth of Processing to Free Recall in Second and Fourth Graders Developmental Psychology; 13; 5; 525 to 526 Weissenborn, J. etc. (Ed.) unknown Theoretical Issues in Language Acquisition : Continuity and Change in Weist, Richard M.; And Others 1997 The Interaction of Language and Thought in Children's Language Acquisition: A Crosslinguistic Study. Journal of Child Language; v24 n1 p81 121 Feb 1997 Weist, Richard M.; Witkowska Stadnik, Katarzyna 1986 Basic relations in child language and the word order myth. International Journal of Psychology; 1986 Jun Vol 21(3) 363 to 381 Weitz, B. and P. Wright 1979 Retrospective self-insights on factors considered in product evaluation Journal of consumer research 6 93) 280-294 Wekker, Herman (Ed) 1996 Creole languages and language acquistion Studies in monographs 86. Berlin. Mouton de Gruyer Welch, D. H. 1975 Latinate English verbs and nouns: a synchronic, dachronic and panchronic description In A. Makkai and V. Makkai (Eds.) The First Lacus Forum, 1974 (pp. 458-471). Columbia, SC: Hornbeam Press Welch, R. A 1997 Introducing extensive reading The Language Teacher, 21 (5), 51-53. Weldon, Mary S. 1991 Mechanisms underlying priming on perceptual tests. Journal of Experimental Psychology Learning, Memory, and Cognition; 1991 May Vol 17(3) 526 to 541 Weldon, Mary S.; Jackson Barrett, Julie L. 1993 Why do pictures produce priming on the word fragment completion test? A study of encoding and retrieval factors. Memory and Cognition; 1993 Jul Vol 21(4) 519 to 528 Weldon, Mary S.; Roediger, Henry L.; Challis, Bradford H. 1989 The properties of retrieval cues constrain the picture superiority effect. Memory and Cognition; 1989 Jan Vol 17(1) 95 to 105 Weldon, Mary Susan; Roediger, Henry L.; Beitel, Dinara A.; Johnston, Teddy R. 1995 Perceptual and conceptual processes in implicit and explicit tests with picture fragment and word fragment cues. Journal of Memory and Language; 1995 Apr Vol 34(2) 268 285 Welford, A. T. Alan Traviss, Comparing recall and recognition in signal detection terms Cardiff c/o R. Slater, Department of Applied Psychology, UWIST, Llwyn-y-Grant, Penylan, Cardiff CF3 7UX : [UWIST Department of Applied Psychology], 1981. Occasional paper ; UWIST Department of Applied Psychology ; no.9. Wellman, Guy 1989 Wordbuilder: Vocabulary Development and Practice for Higher-Level Students London: Heinemann Wellman, Henry M. 1977 Tip of the Tongue and Feeling of Knowing Experiences: A Developmental Study of Memory Monitoring Child Development; 48; 1; 13 21 Wells, G 1981 Learning through interaction: the study of language development. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press. Welna, J. 1977 Deceptive words: a study on the contrastive lexicon of Polish and English. Papers and Studies in Contrastive Linguistics, 7, 73-84. Weltens, B, and M. Grendel. 1990 Taalverlies en woordherkenning in het Frans. [Language and attrition and word recognition in French.]. Toegepaste Taalwetenschap in Artikelen. 34, 76-80. Weltens, B. and M. Grendel. 1993 Attrition of vocabulary knowledge. In: R. Schreuder and B. Weltens (Eds.) The Bilingual Lexicon. Amsterdam: Benjamins. Weltens, B.; K. de Bot and T. van Els (Eds.) . unknown Language Attrition in Progress Dordrecht: Foris. Weltens, Bert 1987 The Attrition of Foreign Language Skills: A Literature Review. Applied Linguistics; v8 n1 p22 38 Spr 1987 Weltens, Bert; And Others 1989 The Long Term Retention of French by Dutch Students. Studies in Second Language Acquisition; v11 n2 p205 to 16 Jun 1989 Weltens, Bert; Cohen, Andrew D. 1989 Language Attrition Research: An Introduction. Studies in Second Language Acquisition; v11 n2 p127 33 Jun 1989 Wendell, Barrett 1891 English composition 2nd ed 2nd ed (1911) p. 67 Wenden, A. and Rubin, J. (eds.). 1987 Learner Strategies in Language Learning. New York: Prentice Hall. Wenden, A.L. 1987 How to be a successful language learner: Insights and prescriptions from L2 learners In Wenden, A. and Rubin, J. (eds.) Learner Strategies in Language Learning. New York: Prentice Hall. Wenden, Anita 1998 Metacognitive Knowledge and language Learning Applied Lingusitics. 19/4: 515-537 Wepman, Joseph M. and Haas, Wilbur. 1969 A spoken word count: children. Western Psychological Services, Los Angeles. Werner, H. and Kaplan, B. 1952. The acquisition of word meanings: a developmental study. Monographs of the Society for Research in Child Development. 15 (51, 1). Werner, Heinz and Kaplan, Edith. 1950. Development of word meaning through verbal context: an experimental study. Journal of Psychology. 29, 251-257. Wernicke, C. 1989 Neurology: Recent contributions on aphasia. (Trans R. de Bleser) Cognitive Neuropsychology; 1989 Dec Vol 6(6) 547 to 569 Wert, William F.Van unknown Memory Links Wesche, M. and E. Schneiderman 1982 Language lateralisation in adult bilingual. Studies in Second Language Acquisition, 4, 2, 153-169. Wesche M. and S Paribakht (eds) unknown Symposium on Vocabulary Research. Ottawa: CREAL. Wesche, M. and T. Paribakht 1996 Incidental L2 vocabulary learning as a guide to instructional practice. Paper presented at the AILA Congress, Jyvaskyla, Finland. August 1996. Wesche, M and TS Paribakht 1996 Assessing vocabulary knowledge: depth vs. breadth. Canadian Modern Language Review, 53,1, 13-40. Wesche, M, TS Paribakht and D Ready 1996 A comparative study of four ESL placement instruments. In: M Milanovic and N Saville (eds) Selected Papers from the 16th Language Testing Research Colloquium. Cambridge: UCLES. Wesche, Marjorie and T. Sima Paribakht 1998 The influence of task in reading-based L2 vocabulary acquisition: evidence from introspective studies In Haastrup, Kirsten and Ake Viberg Perspectives on lexical acquistion in second languages: Lund University p. 19-60 Weschler, D. 1944 The measurement of adult intelligence Baltimore: Williams and Williams (3rd Ed.) Weschler, D. 1944 The measurement and appraisal of adult intelligence Baltimore: Williams and Williams (4th.Ed.) Wesman, A. G. and Seashore, H. G. 1949. Frequency vs. complexity of words in verbal measurement. Journal of Educational Psychology. 40, 395-404. West, M. 19?? Speaking vocabulary in a foregn language Modern Language Journal 14 509-21 West, M. 1932. New Method Readers. Longman, London, Std. ed. West, M. 1934. A note on the inferability of cognates. High Points.16. 23-25. West, M. 1935. Definition vocabulary. Bulletin of the Department of Educational Research, University of Toronto, 4. West, M. 1935. The New Method English Dictionary. Longmans, Green and co., London. West, M. 1936. Interim report on vocabulary selection. P.S. King and son, London. West, M. 1938 The present position on vocabulary selection Modern Language Journal 21: 433-7 West, M. 1947. Types of exercise in language teaching. ELT Journal. 1, 5. 139-142. West, M. 1949. Vocabulary selection for speech and writing. ELT Journal. 4, 3. 62-67. West, M. 1950. `Simplified and abridged'. ELT Journal. 5, 2. 48-52. West, M. 1951. Catenizing. ELT Journal. 5, 6. 147-151. West, M. 1952 Examinations in a foreign language ELT 6: 60-3 West, M. 1952. How much English grammar?. ELT Journal. 7, 1. 14-20. West, M. 1953 A General Service List of English Words. Longman. Green & Co. London. West, M. 1953. What would you do?. ELT Journal. 7, 4. 135-137. West, M. 1953. The technique of reading aloud to a class. ELT Journal. 8, 1. 21-24. West, M. 1953-54. Is a textbook really necessary?. ELT Journal. 8, 2. 64-67. West, M. 1955 Catenizing (chaining words together). In West (1955). 2nd ed., 61-68. West, M. 1955 English spelling. English Language Teaching. 9, 4, 132-136. West, M. 1955 Learning To Read A Foreign Language. Longman, London. 2nd ed. West, M. 1956. In the classroom: 2: The problem of pupil talking time. ELT Journal. 10, 2. 71-73. West, M. 1956. The gap: The problem of the approach to technical and scientific writing. ELT Journal. 10, 4. 153-157. West, M. 1956. A plateau vocabulary for speech. Language Learning. 7, 1&2. 1-7. West, M. 1957. The adult learner. ELT Journal. 11, 2. 50-57. West, M. 1958. American and British usage. ELT Journal. 12, 2. 41-45. West, M. 1958. Bilingualism. ELT Journal. 12, 3. 94-97. West, M. 1959. Practice teaching in the training of language-teachers. ELT Journal. 13, 4. 149-154. West, M. 1959. At what age should language study begin?. ELT Journal. 14, 1. 21-26. West, M. 1960 Teaching English In Difficult Circumstances. Longman, London. West, M. 1960. Learning English as behaviour. ELT Journal. 15, 1. 3-11. West, M. 1963. Conversational tags. ELT Journal. 17, 4. 164-167. West, M. 1964. Criteria in the selection of simpified reading books. ELT Journal. 18, 4. 146-151. West, M. 1965. The problem of spelling. ELT Journal. 20, 1. 10-14. West, M. 1965. An International Reader's Dictionary. Longmans, London. West, M. 1966. Language without words. ELT Journal. 20, 3. 213-216. West, M. 1968. Factual English. ELT Journal. 12, 4. 121-131. West, M. 1968. The minimum adequate: a quest. ELT Journal. 22, 3. 205-210. West, M. P. 1939 Vocabulary limitation Journal of education: 71: 582-584 West, M., Swenson, E. et al. 1934. A critical examination of basic English. Bulletin of Department of Educational Research, University of Toronto. 2. West, Richard F.; And Others 1993 Reading in the Real World and Its Correlates. Reading Research Quarterly; v28 n1 p34-50 Jan-Mar 1993 West, Robin L.; Sinnott, Jan D. (Ed.) unknown Everyday Memory and Aging: Current Research and Methodology Westphal, P. B. 1977 In search of a systematic way with words. French Review, 51, 1, 59-64 Wetherby, Bruce; Striefel, Sebastian 1978 Application of Miniature Linguistic System or Matrix Training Procedures 317 356 IN Schiefelbusch Richard L. (ed.). Language Intervention Strategies. Baltimore : University Park Press, 1978. x, 420 pp. Wetherick, N. E.; Alexander, Jane 1977 The Role of Semantic Information in Short Term Memory in Children Aged 5 to 9 Years British Journal of Psychology; 68 pt1; 71 to 5 Wetherick, N. E.; And Others 1979 Social Class and Memory for Categorised and Uncategorised Lists. British Journal of Educational Psychology; v49 pt1 p83 to 86 Feb 1979 Wetzel, C. D. 1975 Effect of Orienting Tasks and Cue Timing on the Free Recall of Remember and Forget Cued Words Journal of Experimental Psychology (Human Learning and Memory); 1; 5; 556 to 66 Wetzel, C. Douglas; Hunt, Richard E. 1977 Cue Delay and the Role of Rehearsal in Directed Forgetting Journal of Experimental Psychology: Human Learning and Memory; 3; 2; 233 to 45 Wharton, John 1986 Teaching Tactics for Japan¹s English Classrooms Denver: Global Press Whimbey, Arthur etc. unknown Thinking Through Mathematics Word Problems : Strategies for Intermediate Whipple, Guy Montrose 1908 Vocabulary and word building test Psychological Review Vol 15, 94-105 Whipple, Guy Montrose and Mrs. 1909. The vocabulary of a three-year-old boy with some interpretive comments. Pedagogical Seminary . 16, 1, 1-22. Whissell, Robert; Marshall, Kimberly; Whissell, Cynthia M. 1990 Memory in a mood inducing verbal learning task. Perceptual and Motor Skills; 1990 Feb Vol 70(1) 307 to 314 Whitbread, R.M. unknown Lexis and Structure Whitcut, J. 1979 Learning With LDOCE. Longman, London. White, Cynthia J. 1988 The role of associational patterns and semantic networks in vocabulary development. English Teaching Forum. 26, 4, 9-11. White, E 1994 Oxford Bookworms teacher's guide Oxford: Oxford University Press. White, Edmund; Sorin, Hubert (Ill.) unknown Sketches from Memory: People and Places in the Heart of Our Paris White et al. 1991 Input enhancement and question formation Applied Linguistics, 12, 416-32 White, Howard 1988 Vocabulary acquisition from reading and ESL learners Dissertation Abstracts International, Ann Arbor, MI (DAI). 1989 July, 50:1, 129A 130A White, L. 1987 Against comprehensible input: The input hypothesis and the development of second language competence. Applied linguistics, 8, 1: 95 - 110. White, L. 1987 Markedness and second language acquisition. Studies in Second Language Acquisition, 9, 261-285. White, L. 1990 Second Language Acquisition and Universal Grammar. Studies in Second Language Acquisition, 12:121 - 133. White, L. 1991 Adverb Placement in Second Language Acquisition: some effects of positive and negative evidence in the classroom. Second Language Research 7: 133 - 61. White, Lydia 1989 Universal Grammar and Second Language Acquisition Amsterdam; John Benjamins. White, P. 1981 Limitations on verbal report on internal events Psychological Review, 87, 105-112 White, R. 1988 The ELT Curriculum. Oxford: Basil Blackwell. White, R. and Arndt, V. 1991 Process Writing. London: Longman. White, T. G., Power, M. A. and White, S. 1989 Morphological analysis: Implications for teaching and understanding vocabulary growth. Reading Research Quarterly. 24, 3, 283-304. White, T., Slater, W. and Graves, M. 1989 Yes / No method of vocabulary assessment: valid for whom and useful for what?. in McCormick, S. and J. Zutell (Eds) Cognitive and social perspectives for literary research and instruction. 38th yearbook, National reading conference White, Thomas G.; Graves, Michael F.; Slater, Wayne H 1990 Growth of reading vocabulary in diverse elementary schools: Decoding and word meaning. Journal of Educational Psychology; 1990 Jun Vol 82(2) 281 290 Whitehead, MR. 1990 First words: the language diary of a bilingual child's early speech. Early Years. 10,2, 53-57. Whitehurst, Grover J. 1977 Comprehension, selective imitation, and the CIP hypothesis. Journal of Experimental Child Psychology; 1977 Feb Vol 23(1) 23 38 Whitehurst, Grover J.; Fischel, Janet E. 1994 Early developmental language delay: What, if anything, should the clinician do about it? Journal of Child Psychology and Psychiatry and Allied Disciplines; 1994 May Vol 35(4) 613 648 Whitlow, J. W. 1990 Differential sensitivity of perceptual identification for words and pseudowords to test expectations: Implications for the locus of word frequency effects. Journal of Experimental Psychology Learning, Memory, and Cognition; 1990 Sep Vol 16(5) 837 to 851 Whitney, N. 1990. Vocabulary and the Cambridge First Certificate exam: the sticky end of the lexical lollipop. English Studies (British Council). 5. 31-36. Whitten, William B., II; Leonard, Janet Mauriello 1980 Learning From Tests: Facilitation of Delayed Recall by Initial Recognition Alternatives. Journal of Experimental Psychology: Human Learning and Memory; v6 n2 p127 to 34 Mar 1980 Whittlesea, Bruce, Michael Dorken and Wayne Podrouzek 1995 Repeated events in rapid lists: part 1. encoding and representation. Journal of Experimental Psychology Learning, Memory, and Cognition; 21, 4, 1670-1688 Whittlesea, Bruce, Michael Dorken and Wayne Podrouzek 1995 Repeated events in rapid lists: part 2 remembering repetitions Journal of Experimental Psychology Learning, Memory, and Cognition; 21, 4, 1689-1697 Whittlesea, Bruce, Wayne Podrouzek, Michael Dorken, Lisa Williams and Richard Wright. 1995 Types and tokens unscathed or unscathable? a reply to Downing and Kanwisher Journal of Experimental Psychology Learning, Memory, and Cognition; 21, 4, 1703-1706 Whorf, Benjamin. 1956. Language, thought, and reality: selected writings. Cambridge, MA: The MIT Press. Wickelgren, Wayne A. 1975 Age and Storage Dynamics in Continuous Recognition Memory Developmental Psychology; 11; 2; 165 to 169 Wickens, Delos D.; Dalezman, Joseph 1974 Spontaneous Recovery and Clustering of First List Responses Journal of Experimental Psychology; 103; 6; 1067 to 73 Wicker, Frank W.; Evertson, Carolyn M. 1972 Prerecall and Postrecall Imagery Ratings with Pictorial and Verbal Stimuli in Paired Associate Learning Journal of Experimental Psychology; 92; 1; 75 to 82 Wicklow, C. K. 1974 Review of H. Barnard: Advanced English vocabulary. ( 1972). Language Learning, 24, 167-170. Widdig W. and R.Esser. 1988 New possibilities in computer assisted learning of foreign language vocabulary using the Apple Macintosh. In: U. Jung (Ed.) Computers in Applied Linguistics and Language Teaching. Frankfurt: Peter Lang. Widdowson, H. 1996 Linguistics Oxford: Oxford University Press Widdowson, H. G. 1978 Teaching language as communication. Oxford: Oxford University Press. Widdowson, H. G. 1979 Explorations in applied linguistics Oxford University Press, Oxford. Widdowson, H. G. 1984 Reading and Communication 213-230 IN Alderson J. Charles (ed. & introd.); Urquhart A. H. (ed. & introd.); Candlin Christopher N. (pref.). Reading in a Foreign Language. London : Longman, 1984. xxviii, 324 pp. Widdowson, H. G. 1985 Against dogma: a reply to Michael Swan. English Language Teaching Journal. 39 3 Widdowson, H. G. 1993 Proper word in proper places. English Language Teaching Journal. 47 / 4 317 - 329. Widiger, Thomas A.; Trull, Timothy J.; Hurt, Stephen W.; Clarkin, John; et al 1987 A multidimensional scaling of the DSM III personality disorders. Archives of General Psychiatry; 1987 Jun Vol 44(6) 557 to 563 Widmann-Sadler, Pauline June. 1988 Getting involved with words. Practical English Teaching. 17. Wienert, F.E.; Perlmutter, Marion unknown Memory Development: Universal Changes and Individual Differences Wierzbicka, Anna 1997 Australian keywords and core cultural values In Understanding cultures through their key words: English, Russian, Polish, German and Japanese by Wierzbicka, Anna: New York: Oxford University Press. p 198 Wierzbicka, Anna 1997 Japanese keywords and core cultural values In Understanding cultures through their key words: English, Russian, Polish, German and Japanese by Wierzbicka, Anna: New York: Oxford University Press. p 235 Wierzbicka, Anna 1997 Understanding cultures through their key words: English, Russian, Polish, German and Japanese New York: Oxford University Press Wiig, E. H. and Semel, E. 1980 language asseeement and intervention for the learning disabled. Columbus: Charles Merrill Wijk, A. 1966. Rules of Pronunciation for the English Language. Oxford University Press, London. Wijnen, Frank 1988 Spontaneous word fragmentations in children: Evidence for the syllable as a unit in speech production. Journal of Phonetics; 1988 Apr Vol 16(2) 187 to 202 Wikberg, K. 1979 Lexical competence and the Swedish learner's problems with English vocabulary. In: B. Hammarberg (ed): Kontrastiv Lingvistik och Sekundär- spraksforskning, Stockholm: . Wikberg, K. 1979 Lexical errors made in English by Finnish and Swedish speaking secondary school students: a comparison. Helsinki: Report to the First Nordic Symposium on Interlanguage. Wikberg, K. 1980 Lexical semantics and its application to second and foreign language vocabulary learning and teaching. In: K. Sajavaara, A. Rasanen and T. Hirvonen (Eds.): AFinLA Year Book, 1980 Papers in Language Learning and Language Acquisition. Jyväskylä:, 119-130. Wikberg, K. 1984 Methods in contrastve lexicology. Applied Lingustics. 4 (3): 213-221. Wilberg, P. 1986 One to One Language Teaching Publications Wilberg, R.B. (Ed.) unknown Learning, Memory and Perception of Perceptual-motor Skills Wilbur, Ronnie B.; Menn, Lise 1975 Towards a Redefinition of Psychological Reality: On the Internal Structure of the Lexicon. San Jose Occasional Papers in Linguistics, Vol. 1. Wilcox, George. 1979 Teaching and testing vocabulary: a method to use with advanced Students. English Teaching Forum. 17, 3, 2-9. Wilczynska, W. 1989 Un dictionnaire de faux-amis: pourquoi faire? [Why make a dictionary of false friends?]. Le francais dans le monde. Aug-Sept., 179-186. Wilder, Larry; And Others 1973 Pronunciation Effects in Verbal Discrimination Learning. Wisconsin Univ., Madison. Research and Development Center for Cognitive Learning. Wilford, Judith. 1982 Guessing words from context. Unpublished research paper. Wilhelm, Albert E. 1986 Building vocabulary through exercises in context. English Teaching Forum. 24, 2, 45. Wilhite, S.C. 1980 Cued recall of sentences: a general structural account. D.Phil., Oxford - 31-770 Wilhite, Stephen C.; Payne, David E. unknown Learning and Memory: The Basis of Behaviour Wilkens, D. 1976 Notional Syllabuses. Oxford: Oxford University Press. Wilkes 1997 Knowledge in minds Laurence earlbaum Wilkins, D. A 1975 Second Language Learning and Teaching London: Edward Arnold Wilkins, D.A. 1994 Applied linguistics. In: Asher, R.E. and Simpson J.M.Y. (eds), Encyclopedia of Language and Linguistics . Oxford: Pergamon Press, Vol 1, 162-172. Wilkins D.A. 1994 Language, language acquisition and syllabus design: some recent issues. English Teaching, 49. Wilkins, D.A. 1994 Second and foreign language teaching. In: Asher, R.E. and Simpson J.M.Y. (eds), Encyclopedia of Language and Linguistics. Oxford: Pergamon Press, Vol 7, 7, 3715-3716. Wilkins, D.A. 1994 Subject Editor for Applied Linguistics. In: Asher, R.E. and Simpson J.M.Y. (eds), Encyclopedia of Language and Linguistics. Oxford: Pergamon Press, 10 Vols. Wilkins, Wendy K. 1994 Lexical Learning by Error Detection. Language Acquisition; v3 n2 p121 to 57 1993 to 94 Wilks. C 1994 Review of Boogards, P. Le Vocabulaire dans l¹apprentissage des langes etrangeres. Didier CALS Review Wilks, Clarissa 1997 Review of Treville M-C and Duquette, L. Enseigner le vocabulaire en classe de langue. CALS paper Willerman, B. and B. Melvin 1979 Reservations about keyword mnemonic. Canadian Modern Language Review, 35, 443-453. Willerman, S. B. 1978 The effect of the keyword mnemonic on the recall of French vocabulary. Paper presented at the 5th International Congress of Applied Linguistics, Montreal. Williams, C. B. 1970 Style and vocabulary: Numerical studies New York: Hafner Publishing co. and Griffin, London. Williams, Deirdre Howard-; Herd, Cynthia unknown Business Words : Essential Business English Vocabulary Williams, E. 1994 Second Language Pedagogy: Reading. In: Pergamon Encyclopedia of Language and Linguistics, . Williams, E. and Porter, D. 1983 Review of The Words You Need by Rudska et al. Reading in a Foreign Language. 1, 1, 68-71. Williams, Eddie 1987 Classroom Reading through Activating Content Based Schemata. Reading in a Foreign Language; v4 n1 p1 7 Fall 1987 Williams, Eddie 1993 First and Second Language Reading Proficiency of Year 3, 4 and 6 Children in Malawi and Zambia. Reading in a Foreign Language; v10 n1 p915 29 Fall 1993 Williams, Harold M. 1932. Some problems of sampling in vocabulary tests. Journal of Experimental Education. 1, 2, 131-133. Williams, J. 1992 The question of plagiarism and breach of copyright in the dictionary-making process in Euralex '92 Proceedings (Studia Translatologica A, 2) University of Tampere. Williams, J. 1996 Enough said: the problems of obscurity and cultural reference in learner's dictionary examples in Euralex '96 Proceedings University of Göteborg. Williams, J. M. 1990 Promoting lexical resources. Canadian Modern Language Review, 4. 6,4, 738-748. Williams, J.Mark G. etc. unknown Cognitive Psychology and Emotional Disorders Williams, J.N. 1986 The effective context for priming word recognition. Ph.D., Cambridge - 36-2558 Williams, Marion and Robert Burden 1997 Psychology for language teachers: a social constructivist approach Cambridge: Cambridge University Press Williams, R. 1985 Teaching vocabulary recognition strategies in ESP reading. ESP Journal, 4, 121-131. Williams, R. 1986 ŒTop ten¹ principles for teaching reading English Language Teaching Journal 40(1): 42-45 Williams, Ray 1983 Teaching the Recognition of Cohesive Ties in Reading a Foreign Language. Reading in a Foreign Language; v1 n1 p35 53 Mar 1983 Williams Ray 1985 Teaching vocablulary recognition strategies in ESP reading ESP Journal; Vol.4,no.2:85 121-131 Williams, Sean 1996 teaching opposites In P. Nation and D. Tatsuki Temple University Japan research studies in TESOL. Temple University Japan Vol. 7 Willimon, William H. unknown Intrusive Word : Preaching to the Unbaptized Willis, Bruce E. 1970 The Alternation of So Called Learned/Popular Vocabulary in a Phonological Description of Latin American Spanish. Dissertation Abstracts International, Ann Arbor, MI 1970, 31, 749A(Ill.) Willis, D. 1988 A lexical approach to syllabus design. EFL Gazette. Aug. Willis, D. 1990 The Lexical Syllabus. London: Collins Cobuild. See also 329 MM Tickoo RELC Journal 21, 2 (1990) 87-94 Willis, D 1994 A lexical approach. In: M Bygate, A Tonkyn and E Williams (eds). Grammar and the language teacher. New York: Prentice-Hall International. . Willis, D. 1995 Review of Lexical Phrases by Nattinger and DeCarrio. English Language Teaching Journal 49(1): 87-90. Willis, D. and J. Willis 1996 Grammar and lexis form a pedagogic corpus Paper presented at the AILA Congress, Jyvaskyla, Finland. August 1996. Willis, D. and Willis, J. 1987-1988 The Collins COBUILD English Course. London: Collins-COBUILD. Willis, F., G. Doble, U. Sankarayya and A. Smithers 1977 Residence abroad and the student of modern languages. Bradford: University of Bradford Modern Languages Centre. Willis, Jane and Dave Willis. 1996 Challenge and change in Language teaching. Heinemann Willis, Suzi; Edwards, Jo 1996 A prelingually deaf child's acquisition of spoken vocabulary in the first year of multichannel cochlea implant use Child language teaching and therapy. Volume 12, Number 3 pp. 272 Willows, Dale M.; Chitiri Helena-Fivi 1997 Bilingual word recognition in English and Greek Applied Psycholinguistics; Vol.18,no.2: Jun 97 139-156 Wilms, Geert Jan 1996 Automated Induction of a Lexical Sublanguage Grammar Using a Hybrid System of Corpus and Knowledge Based Techniques Dissertation Abstracts International, Ann Arbor, MI (DAI). 1996 Aug, 57:2, 1213B DAI No.: DA9616486. Mississippi State U, 1995 Wilson, D. Aug 1988. Vocabulary for business. EFL Gazette. Wilson, David L. Unknown Date Peer Produced Audiovisual Book Reports as a Strategy for Teaching Reading Vocabulary Skills to Fifth Grade Disadvantaged Students International Journal of Instructional Media; 4; 1; 47 to 52 Wilson, DT, R Wood and R Gibbons. 1991. Testfact. Chicago, IL.: Scientific Software Inc. Wilson, Evelyn H.; Pallrand, George J. 1969 The Tranny of Terminology Sci Teacher; 36; 7; 41 to 44 Wilss, Wolfram 1996 Knowledge and Skills in Translator Behavior Benjamins Translation Library, No.15 ISSN 0929-7316 Wilton, Murray Thomas 1980 Bilingual Lexicography: Theoretical Foundations and Practical Methodology, with Special Reference to Canadian French and English Dissertation Abstracts International, Ann Arbor, MI 1980, 40, 5038A Wimmer H. 1993 Characteristics of developmental dyslexia in a regular writing system. Applied Psycholinguistics 14,1, 1-33. Wind H, and M. Davidson 1969 Facilitation of paired-associate learning by language context. Psychonomic Science, 15, 4, 184-185. Windridge, Charles unknown Use Your Words : Dictionary of Word Usage Windsor, Jennifer 1994 Children's Comprehension and Production of Derivational Suffixes. Journal of Speech and Hearing Research; v37 n2 p408 17 Apr 1994 Wing, Barbara H 1986 Listening, Reading, Writing: Analysis and Application Middlebury, Vt.: Northeast Conference on the Teaching of Foreign Languages Wingfield, Arthur; And Others 1997 Word Recognition from Acoustic Onsets and Acoustic Offsets: Effects of Cohort Size and Syllabic Stress. Applied Psycholinguistics; v18 n1 p85 100 Mar 1997 Wingfield, Arthur, Andrea Alexander and Sonia Cavigelli 1994 Does memory constrain utilization of top down information in spoken word recognition? Evidence from normal aging Applied Psycholinguistics Wingo, Rosetta F. Unknown Date Building Business Vocabulary through Intentional and Incidental Learning In Second Year Typing Business Education World; 57; 5; 8 to 9,29 Winitz H. and J. Reeds 1975 Comprehension and problem solving as strategies for language training The Hague : Mouton Winitz, Harris; Sanders, Robert; Kort, Joan 1981 Comprehension and Production of the /ez/ Plural Allomorph Journal of Psycholinguistic Research, New York, NY (JPsyR). 1981, 10, 259 271 Winn, S. 1996. Vocabulary revitalized. TESOL Journal. 5, 4. 40. Winograd, E, C. Cohen and J. Barresi 1976 Memory for concrete and abstract words in bilingual speakers. Memory and Cognition, 4, 3, 323-329. Winter, B., & Reber, A.S. 1994 Implicit learning and the acquisition of natural languages In N. Ellis (Ed.), Implicit and Explicit Learning of Languages (pp. 115146). London: Academic Press. Winter, Christine 1992 Bilingual dictionaries: between Language and speech In: Arnaud P. and H. Bejoint (Eds.), Vocabulary and Applied Linguistics. London: Macmillan. 41-51 Winter, David unknown What's in a Word? Winter, E.O. 1977. A clause-relational approach to English texts: a study of some predictive lexical items in writtendiscourse. Instructional Science. 6, 1. 1-92. Winter, E.O. 1978. A look at the role of certain words in information structure. In K.P. Jones and V. Horsnell (eds) Informatics  3, 1: 85-97. Aslib, London..­ Winthrop, Henry 1957 Scoring, validation and construction problems in the Picture recognition type of vocabulary test Journal of general psychology 56: 269-279 Wintz, H. ed. 1987 Human Communication And Its Disorders, A Review . Norwood, NJ: Ablex. (pp. 1 - 87). Wise, H 1995 L'apprentissage informatise de langues cognates. Etudes Creoles, 18 , 84-90. Wiseman, A.P. 1989, A7. Vocabulary selection for EFL with special reference to etymology. Thesis (M.A.) - University of Exeter, 1989- 39-7947 Wiseman, Sandor; Tulving, Endel 1975 A Test of Confusion Theory of Encoding Specificity Journal of Verbal Learning and Verbal Behavior; 14; 4; 370 to 381 Wittgenstein, L 1953 Philosophical investigations new York, macmillan Wittrock, M.C. 1974. Learning as a generative process. Educational Psychologist. 11, 1. 87-95. Wittrock, M.C. 1991. Generative teaching of comprehension. Elementary School Journal. 92, 2. 169-184. Wittrock, M. C.; Carter, John F. 1975 Generative processing of hierarchically organized words. American Journal of Psychology; Vol 88(3) 489 to 501 Wittrock, M. C., Marks, Carolyn and Doctorow, M. 1975 Reading as a generative process. Journal of Educational Psychology. 67, 4, 484-489. Witty, Paul A. and Mabel Fry 1929 The vocabulary content of compositions written by college students Journal of educational research 19 135-138 Wixson, K.K. 1986. Vocabulary instruction and children's comprehension of basal stories. Reading Research Quarterly. 21, 3. 317-329. Wode, H. 1976 Developmental sequences in naturalistic L2 acquisition. Working Papers on Bilingualism, 11, 1-31. Wode, H. 1977 The L2 acquisition of /r/. Phonetica, 34, 200-217. Wode, H. 1996 Vocabulary development of German children in English in a partial Immersion setting. Paper presented at the AILA Congress, Jyvaskyla, Finland. August 1996. Wode, H, A. Rohde, F. Gassen, B. Weiss, M. Jekat and P. Jung. 1992 L1, L2, L3: continuity vs discontinuity in lexical acquisition. In: Arnaud P. and H. Bejoint (Eds.), Vocabulary and Applied Linguistics. London: Macmillan. 52-61 Wode, H., Bahns, J., Bedey, H. & Frank, W. 1978 Developmental sequence: An alternative approach to morpheme order. Language Learning, 28(1), 175- 185. Wode, Henning 1994 Nature, Nurture, and Age in Language Acquisition: The Case of Speech Perception. Studies in Second Language Acquisition; v16 n3 p325 45 Sep 1994 Wode, Henning 1994 Speech Perception and the Learnability of Languages. International Journal of Applied Linguistics; v4 n2 p143 to 68 1994 Wodinsky, M. and Nation, I. S. P. 1988 Learning from graded readers. Reading in a Foreign Language. 5, 1, 155-161. Wolf, Maryanne 1984 Naming, reading, and the dyslexias: A longitudinal overview. Annals of Dyslexia; 1984 Vol 34 87 to 115 Wolfe, H. K. 1886 Untersuchung uber das Tongedachtniss Philospohical Studies 3, 534-71 Wolfe, Paula 1996 Literacy Bargains: Toward critical literacy in a multilingual classroom TESOL Journal 5(4) 22-26 Summer. Wolfe Quintero, Kathryn Elizabeth 1993 The Representation and Acquisition of the Lexical Structure of English Dative Verbs: Experimental Studies of Native English Speakers and Japanese and Chinese Adult Learners of English Dissertation Abstracts International, Ann Arbor, MI (DAI). 1993 Mar, 53:9, 3198A DAI No.: DA9300351. Degree granting institution: U of Hawaii Wolff, Fanne E. 1910. A boy's dictionary. Child-Study Monthly. 2, 141-150. Wolff, Florence I. 1969 An Investigation of the Effects of Background Music on Learning of Vocabulary and Grammar and in Public Speaking. Unknown Reference Wolfle, Lee M. and McGee, Lea M. 1979 On the determination of causal ordering between vocabulary and comprehension. Journal of Reading Behavior. 11, 3, 273-277. Wolkinson, D., & Burchfield, L. 1998 How one school made extensive reading work. English Teachers¹ Journal (Israel), 52, 69-72. Wong, Bernice Y. L.; Wong, Roderick, 1986 Study Behavior as a Function of Metacognitive Knowledge about Critical Task Variables: An Investigation of above Average, Average, and Learning Disabled Readers. Learning Disabilities Research; v1 n2 p101 to 11 Sum 1986 Wong, IFH, D. Cheung and Lui Phooi Ching. 1992 Concordancing in the language classroom. Crosscurrents. 19,1, 41-46. Wong, R. 1985 Does pronunciation Teaching have a place in the Communicative Classroom? In Languages and Linguistics: The interdependence of Theory Data and Application. Georgetown University Roundtable on Languages and Linguistics. Wong, S. 1983. Overproduction, under-lexicalisation and unidiomatic usage in the 'make' causatives of Chinese speakers: a case for flexibility in interlanguage analysis Language Learning and Communication 2: 151 63. Wong-Fillmore, L. 1976 The Second Time Around. Unpublished doctoral dissertation, Stanford University. Wong-Fillmore, L. 1979 Individual differences in second language acquisition In Filmore, C.J., Wang, W-S.Y., and Kempler, D. (eds.) Individual differences in language ability and language behavior. New York: Academic Press. Wood 18?? Journal of German philology I. p294 Wood, Evelyn N., and Marjorie W. Barrows 1958 Reading Skills New York: Holt and Co. Wood, Judy W.; Wooley, John A. 1986 Adapting Textbooks. Clearing House; v59 n7 p332 to 35 Mar 1986 Wood, Karen D.; Robinson, Nora 1983 Vocabulary, Language and Prediction: A Prereading Strategy. Reading Teacher; v36 n4 p392 to 95 Jan 1983 Wood, M.M. 1981 Definition of Idiom. MA thesis: University of Birmingham Published 1986, Indiana University Linguistics Club Wood, R. 1977 Multiple-choice: a state of the art report Eval. Educ. 1: 191-280 Woodbridge, W. 1994 Review of Lexical Phrases by Nattinger and DeCarrio. The Language Teacher. Sept. 63 Woodeson, Elizabeth. 1982 Communicative crosswords. Modern English Teacher. 10, 2, 29-30. Woods, A and R Baker. 1985. Item Response Theory. Language Testing 2, 2, 119-140. Woods, Devon 1996 Teacher cognition in Language Teaching Cambridge: Cambridge University Press Woods, Fletcher and Hughes. 1986 Statistics in Language Studies. Cambridge University Press. Woodward, Amanda L.; Markman, Ellen M.; Fitzsimmons, Colleen M. 1994 Rapid word learning in 13 and 18 month olds. Developmental Psychology; 1994 Jul Vol 30(4) 553 to 566 Woodward, Tessa. 1984 Vocabulary review game. Modern English Teacher. 11, 3, 49. Woodward, Tessa. 1985 From vocabulary review to classroom dictionary. Modern English Teacher. 12, 4, 29. Woodward, Tessa. 1988 Vocabulary posters. Modern English Teacher. 15, 3, 31-32. Woodworth, R, and F. Wells 1911 Association tests Psychological Monographs Vol 8 #5 Woody, Clifford 1938 Attempts at measurement of meaningful experiences as a factor conditioning achievement in reading peabody Journal of Education 16, pp 180-191 Woolard, S. 1988 The battering ram: some observations on graded texts. Modern English Teacher. 15, 2. 19-20. Wooley. E. O 1945 Increasing the passive vocabulary in German German Quarterly 18: 64-75 Worden, Patricia E.; Ritchey, Gary H. 1979 The Development of the Category Recall Relationship in the Sorting Recall Task. Journal of Experimental Child Psychology; v27 n3 p384 to 94 Jun 1979 Worthington, D. and . I. S. P. Nation. 1996 Using texts to sequence the intoduction of new vocabulry in an EAP course. RELC Journal 27 (2): 1-11 Worthy, Jo 1996 A Matter of Interest: Literature That Hooks Reluctant Readers and Keeps Them Reading. Reading Teacher; v50 n3 p204 12 Nov 1996 Woutersen, M, K de Bot and B Weltens 1995 The bilingual lexicon: modality effects in processing. Journal of Psycholinguistic Research 24, 289-298. Woutersen, M, K de Bot and B Weltens The bilingual lexicon: modality effects in processing. 1995 Journal of Psycholinguistic Research 24 , 289-298. Woutersen, Mirjam; And Others 1994 Lexical Aspects of Standard Dialect Bilingualism. Applied Psycholinguistics; v15 n4 p447 73 Dec 1994 Wray, A., K. Trott and A. Bloomer 1998 Projects in Linguistics: A practical guide to researching language Arnold Wray, Alison 1992 Dual system (focusing hypothesis) Speculations in science and technology 13, 1 3-12 Wray, Alison 1992 The Focusing hypothesis: The theory of left hemisphered lateralised language re-examined Philadelphia: John Benjamins Wright, A.; Anderson, M. 1988 Does a Computer System Help to Teach a Sight Vocabulary to Children with Severe Learning Difficulties? Western European Education; v19 n4 p78 to 90 Win 1987 to 88 Wright, BD and M Linacre. 1991 Bigsteps 2.1. Chicago: Mesa Press. Wright, BD and MH Stone. 1979. Best Test Design. Chicago: Mesa Press. Wright, Laura unknown Sources of London English : Medieval Thames Vocabulary Wright, P. 1980 Limitations on verbal reports of internal events: a reply to Nisbett and Wilson Psychological review, 87 105-112. Wright, Rhonda 1996 A Study of the Acquisition of Verbs of Motion by Grade 4/5 Early French Immersion Students. Canadian Modern Language Review; v53 n1 p257 80 Oct 1996 Wright, Robert. 1991. Quest for the mother tongue. The Atlantic Monthly. April, 39=68. Wright, T. and Bolitho, R. 1993 Language awareness: a missing link in teacher education? English Language Teaching Journal. 47:4. pp. 292 - 304. Wu Hui Hua. 1992 Towards a contextual lexico-grammar: An application of concordance analysis in EST Teaching. RELC Journal. 23 (2): 18 - 34. Wu Qiku. 1987 How to master English and Russian words effectively? Higher Education Studies:. Nanjing Chemical Engineering College. 3, 43-51. Wyatt, James 1990 How useful are word lists in contrastive analysis? In Further Insights Into Contrastive Linguistics. ed. J.Fisiak. Benjamins: Holland pp. 177-186 Wydell T. 1996 Why English is hard on the brain. New Scientist, 20th January, 1996. Wyer, Robert S.; Srull, Thomas K. (Ed.) unknown Memory and Cognition in Its Social Context Wynn Marjorie 1993 Proprietary Vocabulary Acquisistion: A creative Thematic adventure Reading Horizons. 33 (5): 389-400 Wysocki, Katherine; Jenkins, Joseph R 1987 Deriving word meanings through morphological generalization. Reading Research Quarterly; 1987 Win Vol 22(1) 66 81 Xu, Huaxin 1996 A Descriptive Study of Lexical Errors in the Compositions of Chinese EFL University Students Dissertation Abstracts International, Ann Arbor, MI (DAI). 1996 Feb, 56:8, 3109A DAI No.: DA9543894. West Virginia U, 1995 Xue, G. & Nation, I. S. P. 1984 A university word list. Language Learning and Communication, 3(2), 215-229. Yalden, J 1983 The Communicative Syllabus: Evolution, Design, and Implementation New York: Pergamon Yalden, J. 1987 Principles of Course Design for Language Teaching. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press. Yamada, J. L. 1990 Laura: a case for the modularity of language Cambridge: MA: MIT Press Yamada, J. & Matsuura, N. 1982 The use of the English article among Japanese students. RELC Journal, 13(1), 50-63. Yamada, J, S. Takatsuka, N. Kotake and J. Kurusu 1980 On the optimum age for teaching foreign vocabulary to children. IRAL, 18, 245-247. Yamada, Jun; Kayamoto, Yuriko 1998 Valency, secondary frequency, and lexical access: A Japanese study. Applied-Psycholinguistics. 1998 Mar; Vol 19(1): 87-97 Yamada, Jun; Mitarai, Yasushi; Yoshida, Tatsuhiro 1991 Kanji words are easier to identify than katakana words. Psychological Research Psychologische Forschung; 1991 Sep Vol 53(2) 136 to 141 Yamamoto, A. 1994 Gendai eikoku gakko jijo (Current situation in British Schools) 1-6. English Teachers' Magazine, Tokyo: Taishukan, Vol 42, 12, 38-39. Yamamoto, A. 1994 The acquisition of English by a Japanese-speaking child: the sibilant-sound attachment as an influence of Japanese. In: Aldridge, M. (ed), Proceedings of the Child Language Seminar . University of Wales, Bangor: Multilingual Matters, . Yamamoto, A. 1994 The acquisition of English syntax by a Japanese-speaking child: with special emphasis on the VO-sequence acquisition." In: Clibbens, J. and Pendleton, B. (eds), Proceedings of the Child Language Seminar 1993, University of Plymouth, 109-120. Yamamoto, Hiroki December 1985 College Students¹ Retention of Vocabulary Learned during the Three Years of Senior High School. Seinan Women¹s Junior College Bulletin, no. 32 Kitakyushu, Japan: Seinan JoGakuin.: 67-92 Yamamoto, Hiroki December 1989 Cloze or Dictation: Which is a More Functional Tool as an EFL Overall Proficiency Measure? Seinan Women¹s Junior College Bulletin, no. 36 Kitakyushu, Japan: Seinan JoGakuin.: 15-30 Yamashita, Kiyomi; Yamashita, Toshiyuki 1987 Fuzziness in hierarchical organization of concepts. Japanese Journal of Psychonomic Science; 1987 Oct Vol 6(1) 29 to 34 Yamazaki, Asako 1996 Vocabulary Acquisition through Extensive Reading Dissertation Abstracts International, Ann Arbor, MI (DAI). 1996 Sept, 57:3, 1079A DAI No.: DA9623819. Temple U, 1996 Yanagihara, Takehiko; Petersen, Ronald C. (Ed.) unknown Memory Disorders: Research and Clinical Practice Yang Huizhong. 1986 A new technique for identifying scientific / technical terms and describing science texts. Literary and Linguistic Computing. 1, 2, 93-103. Yang, Lynne 1997 Tracking the acquisition of L2 vocabulary: the keki language experiment In Coady, J and T. Huckin. Second language Vocabulary Acquisition: A rationale for Pedagogy. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press. pp 125-156 Yang, Lynne R.; Givon, T. 1997 Benefits and Drawbacks of Controlled Laboratory Studies of Second Language Acquisition. The Keck Second Language Learning Project. Studies in Second Language Acquisition; v19 n2 p172 93 Jun 1997 Yang, Patricia Pei chun Che 1994 A Study of the Structure of Lexical Knowledge of Taiwanese Students Learning English as a Second/Foreign Language Dissertation Abstracts International, Ann Arbor, MI (DAI). 1994 Feb, 54:8, 2930A DAI No.: DA9334198. Degree granting institution: Indiana U, Pennsylvania, 1993 Yano, Y., Long, M. and Ross, S. 1994 The effects of simplified and elaborated texts on foreign language reading comprehansion. Language Learning, 44 , 189-219. Yap Kim Onn. 1979 On the determination of causal ordering - between vocabulary and comprehension - a rejoinder. Journal of Reading Behavior. 11, 3, 279-280. Yap Kim Onn. 1979 Vocabulary - building blocks of comprehension?. Journal of Reading Behavior. 11, 1, 50-61 Yarmohammadi, Lotfollah. 1980 Contact analysis of English and Persian measure words for pedagogical purposes. IRAL. 18, 1, 1-20. Yarwood, D. 1974-75. The vocabulary of knowledge and understanding in Serbo-Croat and English. Ph.D., Edinburgh - 25-450 Yasui, Minoru. no date. Consonant patterning in English. Kenkyushu, Tokyo. Yates, Frances A. unknown Art of Memory Yavuz, H. 1963. The retention of incidentally learned connotative responses. Journal of Psychology. 55. 409-418. Yavuz, H. and Bousfield, W.A. 1969. Recall of connotative meaning. Psychological Reports. 5. 319-320. Yeager, Samuel and John Bardo 1983 The impact of format-specific response bias on faces with scales The Journal of psychology 114. 235-242 Yelland, Gregory; Jacinta Pollard and Anthony Mecuri 1993 The metalinguistic benefits of limited contact with a second language Applied Psycholinguistics: 14: 423-444 Yelon, Stephen 1988 Using Test Question Formats for Tests of Knowledge Performance and Instruction; vol 27 number 8 p42-45 Sep 1988 ERIC NO EJ380438 Yeni Komshian, Grace H.; Lambert, Wallace E. 1969 Concurrent and Consecutive Modes of Learning Two Vocabularies Journal of Educational Psychology; 60; 3; 204 to 215 Yeshurun Shraga 1980 On the theoretical foundation of the cognitive method: a strategy for teaching word problems Int. J. Math. Educ. Sci. Technol.; Vol.11, no.3 : Jul-Sep 80 371-376 ISSN: 0020739x Ying, Hangguang 1995 What sort of input is needed for intake? IRAL 33,3 175-96 Ylisto, Ingrid P. 1968 An Empirical Investigation of Early Reading Responses of Young Children Int Reading Assn Conf Proc Pt 1; 13; 634 to 39 Yonemoto, Mayumi 1993 Steps Towards the Improvement of English Teaching in Japan KASELE Bulletin 21 : 34-40 Yopp, Hallie Kay 1988 The Validity and Reliability of Phonemic Awareness Tests. Reading Research Quarterly; v23 n2 p159 77 Spr 1988 Yorio, C. 1985 The ESL reading class: Reality or unreality. In C. N. Hedley & A. N. Baratta (Eds.), Contexts of reading (pp. 151-164). Norwood, NJ: Ablex. Yorio, C.A. 1980 Conventionalized language forms and the development of communicative competence. TESOL Quarterly, 14(4), 433-442. Yorke, F. 1986. Interpretive tasks applied to short stories. English Language Teaching Journal. 40 (4). 313 - 319 Yorkey, R 1997 Dictionaries for language learners. TESOL Quarterly, 31,1 (1997), 177-181. Yorkey, Richard. 1974 Which dictionary is `best'. English Teaching Forum. 12, 4, 16-33. Yorkey, Richard. 1979 Review of Longman Dictionary of Current English. TESOL Quarterly. 13, 3, 393-403. Yoshida, Midori. 1978 The acquisition of English vocabulary by a Japanese speaking child. In E. M. Hatch Second Language Acquisition Newbury House, Rowley, Mass., 91-100. Young, D. 1974 The acquisition of English syntax by three Spanish-speaking children. MA TESL thesis, University of California at Los Angeles. Young, R. 1984 Negotiation of Outcome and Negotiation of Meaning in ESL Classroom Interaction. TESOL Quarterly18 pp. 526-527. Young, R. K. and A. Webber 1967 Positive and negative transfer with bilinguals Journal of Verbal Learning and Verbal Behavior, 6, 874-877. Young, R. K. and I. Navar 1968 Retroactive inhibition with bilinguals Journal of Experimental Psychology 77, 109-11 5. Young, R. K. and J. G. Saegert 1966 Transfer with bilinguals. Psychonomic Science, 6, 161-162. Young, Richard; Bayley, Robert 1996 VARBRUL Analysis for Second Language Acquisition Research 253 306 IN Bayley Robert (ed.); Preston Dennis R. (ed.). Second Language Acquisition and Linguistic Variation. Amsterdam : Benjamins, 1996. xviii, 317 pp. Young, W. E. 1936 The relation of reading comprehension and retention to hearing comprehension and retention Journal of experimental education, 5, 30-39 Yu, Aija 1991 A vocabulary size survey (in Chinese). Foreign Language Teaching and Research, 1 42-47.Beijing: Foreign Language Institute. Yu, L 1996 The role of cross-linguistic lexical similarity in the use of motion verbs in English by Chinese and Japanese learners. EdD Thesis, University of Toronto, Yu, Liming 1996 The Role of L1 in the Acquisition of Motion Verbs in English by Chinese and Japanese Learners. Canadian Modern Language Review; v53 n1 p191 218 Oct 1996 Yu, Liming 1996 The role of the L1 in the acquisition of motion verbs in English by Chinese and Japanese learners. Canadian Modern Language Review, 53,1 , 191-218. Yu, V. 1993. Extensive reading programs--How can they best benefit the teaching and learning of English. TESL Reporter, 26(1), 1-9. Yu, V. W-S. 1996/1997, Winter The impact of a self-access reading scheme on students' reading habits, attitudes and second language development. Independence, 35-39. Yuill, Nicola; Parkin, Alan; Oakhill Jane 1986 On the nature of the difference between skilled and less-skilled comprehenders Journal of Research in Reading; Vol.9,no.2:Sep 86 80-91 Yule, George. 1935 The statistical study of literary vocabulary Cambridge: Cambridge University Press. Yule, George. 1985 The study of language: an introduction. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press. Yun, Zhou. 1988 The Effect of Part of Speech on the Acquisition of Vocabulary from Context. MA Thesis, Brigham Young University, Linguistics Department. Provo, Utah. Zahner, L. C. 1940 The testing of comprehension. Educational Record. Supplement No. 13 XXI pp 71-89 Zaidel, E 1983 On multiple representations of the lexicon in the brain - the case of two hemispheres In: Studdert Kennedy Michael (ed. pref. & introd.). Psychobiology of Language. Cambridge : MIT Press. Zamel, V. 1985. Responding to student writing. TESOL Quarterly, 19 (1). 79 - 100 Zamel, V. 1987. Recent research on wrining pedagogy. TESOL Quarterly, 21 (4). Zammuner, Vanda L. 1981 Speech Production: Strategies in Discourse Planning: A Theoretical and Empirical Enquiry Hamburg : Helmut Buske, 1981. xi, 316 pp. Zamora, Juan Clemente 1978 Interferencia reciproca: Receptividad y productividad Word: Journal of the International Linguistic Association. 29, 132-38 Zaragosa, Maria S. etc. (Ed.) unknown Memory and Testimony in the Child Witness Zarate, N 1986 Reading skills development of Hispanic students in American public schools: Some specific strategies (ERIC Digest ED286705): ERIC Clearinghouse on Rural Education and Small Schools, Las Cruces, N. Mex. Zatorre, R. 1983 La représentation des langues multiples dans le cerveau: vieux problèmes et nouvelles orientations. [The representation of several languages in the brain: new perspectives on old problems]. Langages, 72, 15-31. Zatorre, R. J. 1989 On the representation of multiple languages in the brain: old problems and new solutions. Brain and Language. 36 127-147. Zatovkanyuk, M. 1973 Klassifikacija javlenij jazykovoj interferencii na materiale leksiki i grammatiki (Classification of Language Interference Based on Vocabulary and Grammar) Russkij Yazyk Za Rubezhom; 2; 74 to 7 Zechmeister, E.B., Chronis, A.M., Cull, W.L., D'Anna, C.A. and Healy, N.A. 1995 Growth of a functionally important lexicon. Journal of Reading Behavior 27,2: 201-212. Zechmeister, E. B., D'Anna, C. A., Hall, J. W., Paus, C. H. and Smith, J. A. 1993 Metacognitive and other knowledge about the mental lexicon: Do we know how many words we know? Applied Linguistics. 14, 2, 188-206. Zechmeister, Eugene B. 1972 Orthographic Distinctiveness as a Variable in Word Recognition American Journal of Psychology; 85; 3; 425 to 30 Zechmeister, Eugene B.; Bennett, David J. 1991 How Easy Is It to Judge Ease of Learning? Bulletin of the Psychonomic Society, Austin, TX (BPS). 1991 Jan, 29:1, 36 38 Zechmeister, Eugene B.; Nyberg, Stanley unknown Human Memory: An Introduction to Research and Therapy Zechmeister, Eugene B.; Rusch, Kathleen M.; Markell, Kathryn A 1986 Training college students to assess accurately what they know and don't know. Human Learning Journal of Practical Research and Applications; 1986 Jan Mar Vol 5(1) 3 19 Zeiss, Paul Anthony 1983 A Comparison of the Effects of Super Learning Techniques on the Learning of English as a Second Language. Unknown Reference Zeki, S 1992 The visual image in the mind and brain Scientific American 267 (3) pp42-51 Zelinski, Elizabeth M.; Gilewski, Michael J.; Schaie, K. Warner 1993 Individual differences in cross sectional and 3 year longitudinal memory performance across the adult life span. Psychology and Aging; 1993 Jun Vol 8(2) 176-6 Zentella, Ana 1997 Growing up bi-lingual Blackwell Zettersten, Arne. 1978 A word frequency list based on American English Press reportage. Akademisk Forlav, Copenhagen. Zgusta, L (ed) 1980 Theory and method in lexicography Columbia, Hornbeam Zhang Shuqiang 1995 Semantic differential in the acquisition of English as a second language. Language Learning, 45,2 , 225-249. Zhang, Weishan The Acquisition of the English Lexicon From Context: An Empirical Study of Chinese Adult ESL Learners Dissertation-Abstracts-International, Section-A:-The-Humanities-and-Social-Sciences, Ann Arbor, MI (DAIA). 1998 May, 58:11, 4257 DAI No.: DA9816761. Degree granting institution: Indiana U, Pennsylvania, 1998 Zhang, X 1993 English collocations and their effect on the writing of native and non-native college freshmen. PhD thesis. Indiana University of Pennsylvania. . Zhou, Xiaolin and William Marslen-Wilson 1994 Words, morphemes and syllables in the Chinese mental lexicon Language and cognitive processes. 9, 3, 393-422 Zhu Hua 1997 Review of Huckin and Coady International Journal of Bilingualism, 1,2, 193-196. Zimmer, Karl E. 1964. Affixal Negation in English and Other Languages: An Investigation of Restricted Productivity WORD: Journal of the International Linguistic Association, 0:2, Supp. Zimmerman, B. 1986 Semantics and lexical error analysis. Englisch, Amerikanische Studien. 2 294-505. Zimmerman, Cheryl Boyd 1996 Self Selected Reading and Interactive Vocabulary Instruction: Knowledge and Perceptions of Word Learning among L2 Learners Dissertation Abstracts International, Ann Arbor, MI (DAI). 1996 Mar, 56:9, 3521A 22A DAI No.: DA9601089. U of Southern California, 1994 Zimmerman, Cheryl Boyd 1997 Do Reading and Interactive Vocabulary Instruction Make a Difference? An Empirical Study. TESOL Quarterly; v31 n1 p121 40 Spr 1997 Zimmerman, Cheryl Boyd 1997 Historical trends in second language vocabulary instruction In Coady, J and T. Huckin. Second language Vocabulary Acquisition: A rationale for Pedagogy. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press. pp 5-19 Zimmerman, J; P Broder, K Shaunessy and B Underwood 1977 A recognition test of vocabulary using signal detection measures and some correlates of word and non-word recognition Intelligence 1, 5-31 Zimmerman, Joel 1975 Free Recall after Self paced Study: A Test of the Attention Explanation of the Spacing Effect American Journal of Psychology; 88; 2; 277 to 91 Zimmerman, R. 1986 Classification and distribution of lexical errors in the written work of German learners of English. Papers and Studies in Contrastive Linguistics. 21: 21-41. Zimmerman, R. 1986 Retrospective and introspective methods in the study of L2 lexical strategies. In: R.Bohn and H. Wode (Eds.). Anglistentag: Vortrage. Giessen: Hoffman. Zimmerman, R. 1987 Form-oriented and content oriented lexical errors in L2 learners. IRAL. 25, 1: 55-67. Zimmerman, R. 1987 Lexical search in an L2 as impeded communication. Folia Linguistica, XXI, 2-4:, 407-424. Zimmerman, R. 1988 Paraphrase errors and word-formation errors in advanced German learners of English. In: J. Klegraf and D. Nehls (Eds.) Essays on the English langugae and applied linguistics on the occasion of Gerhard Nickel's 60th birthday. Heidelberg: Julius Groos Verlag. Zimmerman, R. 1989 A model of lexical search in L1-L2 translation: the collective learner, covert and partial errors. In: H. Dechert, (Ed.) Interlingual processes. Tubingen: Narr. Zimmerman, R. 1989 Introspective evidence for strategies of L2 lexical search. In: J Arabski (Ed.) On Foreign Language Learning: Selected Papers . Wroclaw. Zimmerman, R. 1989 Markedness, productivity and naturalness in L2 learner lexis. In: OM Tomic (ed). Markedness in synchrony and diachrony . Berlin: Mouton de Gruyter. Zimmerman, R. 1990 Lexicalishe Strategien: Perspektiven fuer die Wortschatzarbeit? Die Neueren Sprachen 89,5(1990) 426-452. Zimmerman, R. 1994 Dimensionen des mentalen Lexikons aus der Perspektieve des L2-Gebrauchs. In: Boerner, W. and K. Vogel (Eds.) Kognitieve Linguistik und Fremdsprachenerwerb: das mentale Lexikon. Tuebingen: Guenther Narr. Zimmerman, R. and K. Schneider. 1987 The collective learner tested: retrospective evidence for a model of lexical search. In: K. Faerch and G. Kasper (Eds.). Introspection in second language research. Clevedon Multilingual Matters. Zimmermann, R. 1989. A partial model of lexical search in L1-L2 translations. In H.W. Dechert and M. Raupach (eds) Interlingual Processes. Gunter Narr Verlag Tubingen.87-103. Zimmermann, R. and K. Schneider. 1987 Dialogical aspects of individual lexical search. Multilingua. 6, 2: 113-130. Zipf, George K. 1935. The Psycho-Biology of Language. M. I.T. Press, Cambridge, Mass. Zivkovic, Momcilo 1991 Partial standardisation of Initial Letter Word Association Test and a likely interpretation. Perceptual and Motor Skills; 1991 Apr Vol 72(2) 619 to 626 Zivkovic, Momcilo 1994 Instructions for additional qualitative scoring of the initial letter word association test. Perceptual and Motor Skills; 1994 Apr Vol 78(2) 467 to 477 Zobl, Helmut 1979 Systems of Verb Classification and Cohesion of Verb Complement Relations as Structural Conditions on Interference in a Child's L2 Development. Working Papers on Bilingualism, No. 18. Zobl, Helmut 1992 Sources of linguistic knowledge and uniformity of non-native performance Studies in second language acquisition, 14: 387-402 Zobl, Helmut 1995 Converging Evidence for the ³Acquisition Learning² Distinction. Applied Linguistics, 16 n1 p35 56 Mar 1995 Zobl, Helmut 1997 When affixes achieve independent representation Paper presented at EUROSLA Universitat Pompeu Fabra May 22-24 Zou, Guangming 1996 Vocabulary Knowledge and Vocabulary Tests: Toward a Relational Model of the ESL Lexicon Dissertation Abstracts International, Ann Arbor, MI (DAI). 1996 Apr, 56:10, 3868A DAI No.: DA9603527. Illinois State U, 1995 Zuck, Joyce Gilmour; Zuck, Louis V. 1984 Scripts: An Example from Newspaper Texts. Reading in a Foreign Language; v2 n1 p147 55 Spr 1984 Zuckernick, H 1996 Second language word decoding strategies. Canadian Modern Language Review, 53,1 76-96. Zughoul, M. R. 1991 Lexical choice: towards writing problematic word lists. IRAL. 29 (1). 45-60. Zurif, E. B. 1983 Issues regarding vocabulary skills in aphasia In: Studdert Kennedy Michael (ed. pref. & introd.). Psychobiology of Language. Cambridge : MIT Press. Zwicky, Arnold M. 1979 Classical Malapropisms. Language Sciences; v1 n2 p339 to 48 Sep 1979